File Nos. 33-62470 and 811-7704
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 27, 2006
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Post-Effective Amendment No. 79 [X]
and

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
Amendment No. 81 [X]

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (zip code)

(415) 627-7000
(Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

Evelyn Dilsaver
101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies of communications to:

Richard W. Grant, Esq.       John Loder, Esq.          Koji Felton, Esq.
Morgan Lewis & Bockius LLP   Ropes & Gray              Charles Schwab Investment
1701 Market Street           One International Place   Management, Inc.
Philadelphia, PA 19103       Boston, MA 02110-2624     101 Montgomery Street
                                                       120KNY-14-109
                                                       San Francisco, CA 94104

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box) / / Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) /X/ On February 28, 2006, pursuant to paragraph (b) / / 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) / / On (date), pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) / / 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) / / On (date), pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485 if appropriate, check the following box:
/ / This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

Part C


SCHWAB ACTIVE EQUITY FUNDS

SCHWAB FUNDS LOGO

Prospectus
February 28, 2006

- Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund TM
- Schwab Premier Equity Fund(R)
- Schwab Core Equity Fund TM
- Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM
- Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund TM
- Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM

- Schwab Financial Services Fund TM

- Schwab Health Care Fund TM

- Schwab Technology Fund TM

As with all mutual funds, the
Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and
accurate. Anyone who indicates
otherwise is committing a federal
crime. [CHARLES SCHWAB LOGO]


SCHWAB ACTIVE EQUITY FUNDS

ABOUT THE FUNDS

   Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund TM..........................    2

   Schwab Premier Equity Fund(R)............................    7

   Schwab Core Equity Fund TM...............................   12

   Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM...........................   17

   Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund TM..........................   22

   Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM.............................   27

   Schwab Financial Services Fund...........................   32

   Schwab Health Care Fund..................................   37

   Schwab Technology Fund...................................   42

   Fund management..........................................   47

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS

   Buying shares............................................   50

   Selling/exchanging shares................................   53

   Transaction policies.....................................   54

   Distributions and taxes..................................   57


ABOUT THE FUNDS

Each fund described in this prospectus uses the Schwab Equity Ratings(R) as part of its investment strategy in pursuing its investment goal.

The SCHWAB LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND TM is designed to offer long-term capital growth by investing primarily in large-cap stocks of U.S. companies. The fund invests its assets in companies it believes to have above-average growth potential.

The SCHWAB PREMIER EQUITY FUND(R) is designed to seek long-term capital growth by investing primarily in the common stocks of approximately 100 U.S. companies.

The SCHWAB CORE EQUITY FUND TM is designed to offer long-term capital growth by investing primarily in large-and mid-cap stocks. The fund seeks to outperform the S&P 500 Index while maintaining a level of volatility similar to the Index.

The SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND TM is designed to offer current income and capital appreciation by investing primarily in dividend paying common and preferred stocks. The fund seeks to provide current income from dividends that are eligible for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income.

The SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND TM is designed to offer long-term capital growth by investing primarily in small-cap stocks. The fund seeks to outperform the S&P SmallCap 600 Index while maintaining a level of volatility similar to the Index.

The SCHWAB HEDGED EQUITY FUND TM is designed to offer long-term capital appreciation over market cycles with lower volatility than the broad equity market. The fund invests primarily in stocks, using long and short positions.

The SCHWAB FINANCIAL SERVICES FUND is designed to offer long-term capital growth by primarily investing in equity securities issued by companies in the financial services sector.

The SCHWAB HEALTH CARE FUND is designed to offer long-term capital growth by primarily investing in equity securities issued by companies in the health care sector.

The SCHWAB TECHNOLOGY FUND is designed to offer long-term capital growth by primarily investing in equity securities issued by companies in the technology sector.

The funds are designed for long-term investors. The performance of the funds will fluctuate over time and, as with all investments, future performance may differ from past performance.


SCHWAB LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWLNX Select Shares(R): SWLSX


THE FUND SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH.

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND INVESTS PRIMARILY IN U.S. COMMON STOCKS. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in large-cap stocks of U.S. companies. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. Large-cap stocks generally are those with market capitalizations equal to at least $5 billion at the time of purchase. The fund invests its assets in companies it believes to have above- average growth potential. Growth may be measured by factors such as earnings or revenue. Companies with high growth potential tend to have higher than average price/earnings (P/E) or price/book (P/B) ratios. Companies with strong growth potential often have new products, technologies, or other opportunities, or have a strong industry or market position. The stocks of these companies are often called "growth" stocks.

The fund uses Schwab Equity Ratings(R) to aid its stock selection. Schwab Equity Ratings represents Schwab's point-of-view on the 12-month performance outlook for approximately 3,000 of the largest (by market capitalization) U.S.-headquartered stocks using a scale of "A," "B," "C," "D" and "F." Schwab's outlook is that "A" rated stocks, on average, will strongly outperform and "F" rated stocks, on average, will strongly underperform the equities market over the next 12 months. Generally, the fund seeks to invest in stocks that are rated "A", "B" or "C" at the time of purchase. If a stock held by the fund is downgraded to a rating below "C", the fund will sell the stock unless the portfolio managers believe it is necessary to continue holding the stock for purposes of diversification. The portfolio managers will consider the current market environment and any potential negative impact on the fund in determining when to sell a downgraded stock. In addition, the fund may purchase certain stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings to the extent the portfolio managers believe the purchases will help to manage the volatility of the fund's portfolio relative to the fund's benchmark.

2 Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund


Schwab Equity Ratings are based on a disciplined methodology that evaluates each stock on the basis of investment criteria from four broad categories:
Fundamentals, Valuation, Momentum and Risk. From time to time, Schwab may update the Schwab Equity Ratings methodology, including the factors underlying each broad category.

The Fundamentals grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several earnings quality measures derived from recent financial statement data. Stocks with attributes such as high cash return on investment, improving asset utilization, and a track record of reporting earnings that exceed consensus forecasts tend to have better Fundamentals grades.

The Valuation grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several value-oriented investment criteria. Stocks with attributes such as high levels of operating income and cash liquidity per dollar of current stock price tend to have better Valuation grades. From an investor sentiment perspective, stocks with shrinking shares outstanding and with relatively few total shares sold short tend to have better Valuation grades.

The Momentum grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several measures of short-term investor expectation change. Stocks with attributes such as recently improving analyst forecasts, strong relative price performance, and decreasing short interest tend to have better Momentum grades.

The Risk grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon diverse measures of investment risk. Larger stocks with attributes such as stable sales growth tend to have better Risk grades.

The fund uses an optimization model to assist in constructing the portfolio. In portfolio optimization, the portfolio managers seek to build a portfolio they believe will provide the optimal balance between risk and expected return, subject to parameters such as the number of stocks desired in the portfolio, the level of portfolio turnover, growth characteristics, industry and sector diversification, and volatility considerations.

The fund may invest in futures contracts to gain greater market exposure while still keeping a small portion of assets in cash for business operations. A futures contract is a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time. By using these instruments, the fund potentially can offset the impact on its performance of keeping some assets in cash. The fund also may lend portfolio securities to earn additional income. Any income realized through securities lending may help fund performance.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If it does, its portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund 3


RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

LARGE-CAP RISK. Many of the risks of this fund are associated with its investment in the large-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Large-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. During a period when large-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments--mid-or small-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag these investments.

"GROWTH" INVESTING RISK. Growth stocks can be volatile for several reasons. Since growth companies usually invest a high portion of earnings in their businesses, they may lack the dividends of value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market. The prices of growth stocks are based largely on projections of the issuer's future earnings and revenues. If a company's earnings or revenues fall short of expectations, its stock price may fall dramatically. Growth stocks may also be more expensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to value or other stocks.

MANAGEMENT RISK. The fund's investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause the fund to underperform its benchmark or other funds with a similar investment objective. The fund may invest in stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings, and these stocks may underperform the fund's stocks that receive Schwab Equity Ratings.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

4 Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund


PERFORMANCE

Because this is a new fund, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund's prospectus.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                    INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                          SHARES   SHARES(R)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REDEMPTION FEE*                                       2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                       0.87      0.87
Distribution (12b-1) fees                             None      None
Other expenses**                                      0.84      0.69
                                                     ----------------
Total annual operating expenses                       1.71      1.56
Less expense reduction                               (0.51)    (0.57)
                                                     ----------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES***                             1.20      0.99
                                                     ----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Based on estimated expenses for the current fiscal year.

*** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the fund's "net operating expenses" to 1.20% and 0.99% (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) for the Investor Shares and Select Shares, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                                          1 year        3 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES                            $122           $489
SELECT SHARES                              $101           $437

Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund 5


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            10/3/05 1-
INVESTOR SHARES                              10/31/05
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment loss                         (0.00) 2

  Net realized and unrealized losses          (0.27)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total loss from investment operations       (0.27)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period               9.73
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                              (2.70) 3

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                       1.20 4

  Gross operating expenses                     1.71 4

  Net investment loss                         (0.61) 4

Portfolio turnover rate                           4 3

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)        25

                                            10/3/05 1-
SELECT SHARES                                10/31/05
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment loss                         (0.00) 2

  Net realized and unrealized losses          (0.27)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total loss from investment operations       (0.27)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period               9.73
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                              (2.70) 3

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                       0.99 4

  Gross operating expenses                     1.56 4

  Net investment loss                         (0.40) 4

Portfolio turnover rate                           4 3

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)        33

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Per share amount was less than $0.01.

3 Not annualized.

4 Annualized.

6 Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund


SCHWAB PREMIER EQUITY FUND(R)
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWPNX Select Shares: SWPSX


THE FUND SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH.

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND INVESTS PRIMARILY IN U.S. COMMON STOCKS. Under normal circumstances, the fund pursues its goal by investing at least 80% of its net assets in stocks of U.S. companies. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund generally seeks to invest in the stocks of approximately 100 companies, but the fund may hold fewer or more stocks at a particular time. The fund may invest in companies of all sizes.

The fund uses Schwab Equity Ratings(R) to aid its stock selection. Schwab Equity Ratings represents Schwab's point-of-view on the 12-month performance outlook for approximately 3,000 of the largest (by market capitalization) U.S.-headquartered stocks using a scale of "A," "B," "C," "D" and "F." Schwab's outlook is that "A" rated stocks, on average, will strongly outperform and "F" rated stocks, on average will strongly underperform the equities market over the next 12 months. The fund will invest in a stock only if the stock is rated "A" or "B" at the time of purchase. If a stock held by the fund is downgraded to a rating below "B", the fund will sell the stock unless the portfolio managers believe it is necessary to continue holding the stock for purposes of sector diversification. The portfolio managers will consider the current market environment and any potential negative impact on the fund in determining when to sell a downgraded stock.

Schwab Equity Ratings are based on a disciplined methodology that evaluates each stock on the basis of investment criteria from four broad categories:
Fundamentals, Valuation, Momentum and Risk. From time to time, Schwab may update the Schwab Equity Ratings methodology, including the factors underlying each broad category.

The Fundamentals grade underlying a Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several earnings quality measures derived from recent financial statement data. Stocks with attributes such as high cash return on investment, improving asset utilization, and a track record of reporting earnings that exceed consensus forecasts tend to have better Fundamentals grades.

Schwab Premier Equity Fund(R) 7


The Valuation grade underlying a Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several value-oriented investment criteria. Stocks with attributes such as high levels of operating income and cash liquidity per dollar of current stock price tend to have better Valuation grades. Cash liquidity per dollar of current stock price refers to the amount of cash and cash-equivalent assets on a company's balance sheet, relative to its market capitalization. From an investor sentiment perspective, stocks with shrinking shares outstanding and with relatively few total shares sold short tend to have better Valuation grades.

The Momentum grade underlying a Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several measures of short-term investor expectation change. Stocks with attributes such as recently improving analyst forecasts, strong relative price performance, and decreasing short interest tend to have better Momentum grades.

The Risk grade underlying a Schwab Equity Rating is based upon diverse measures of investment risk. Larger stocks with attributes such as stable sales growth tend to have better Risk grades.

The fund uses an optimization model to assist in constructing the portfolio. In portfolio optimization, the portfolio managers seek to build a portfolio they believe will provide the optimal balance between risk and expected return, subject to parameters such as the number of stocks desired in the portfolio, the level of portfolio turnover, industry and sector diversification, and volatility considerations.

The fund may invest in futures contracts to gain greater market exposure while still keeping a small portion of assets in cash for business operations. A futures contract is a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time. By using these instruments, the fund potentially can offset the impact on its performance of keeping some assets in cash. The fund also may lend portfolio securities to earn additional income. Any income realized through securities lending may help fund performance.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If it does, its portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

8 Schwab Premier Equity Fund(R)


This fund could be appropriate for long-term investors interested in a fund designed to select its investments from among Schwab Equity Ratings' higher-rated stocks.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

LARGE- AND MID-CAP RISK. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments--small-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance could be reduced to the extent its portfolio is holding large- or mid-cap stocks.

SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--large-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance could be reduced to the extent its portfolio is holding small-cap stocks.

MANAGEMENT RISK. The fund's investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

Schwab Premier Equity Fund(R) 9


PERFORMANCE

Because this is a new fund, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund's prospectus.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                    INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                          SHARES   SHARES(R)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                       2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                       0.90      0.90
Distribution (12b-1) fees                             None      None
Other expenses                                        0.33      0.18
                                                     ----------------
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES                       1.23      1.08

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                          1 year        3 years        5 years        10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES            $125           $390           $676          $1,489
SELECT SHARES              $110           $343           $595          $1,317

10 Schwab Premier Equity Fund(R)


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            3/21/05 1-
INVESTOR SHARES                              10/31/05
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                        0.02

  Net realized and unrealized gains            0.68
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations      0.70
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period              10.70
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                               7.00 2

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                       0.78 3

  Gross operating expenses                     1.23 3

  Net investment income                        0.52 3

Portfolio turnover rate                          33 2

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)       364

                                            3/21/05 1-
SELECT SHARES                                10/31/05
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                        0.03

  Net realized and unrealized gains            0.68
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations      0.71
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period              10.71
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                               7.10 2

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                       0.68 3

  Gross operating expenses                     1.08 3

  Net investment income                        0.63 3

Portfolio turnover rate                          33 2

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)       481

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 Annualized.

Schwab Premier Equity Fund(R) 11


SCHWAB CORE EQUITY FUND TM
TICKER SYMBOL INVESTOR SHARES: SWANX


THE FUND SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH.

RISK MANAGEMENT

The fund approaches risk management from the perspective of its benchmark, the S&P 500 Index. The S&P 500 Index includes the common stocks of 500 leading U.S. publicly traded companies from a broad range of industries. The portfolio managers seek to keep the fund's volatility similar to that of the S&P 500 Index.

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND INVESTS PRIMARILY IN U.S. STOCKS. Under normal circumstances, the fund pursues its goal by investing at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund expects to hold the common stocks of U.S. companies that have market values of approximately $500 million or more. The fund seeks to assemble a portfolio with long-term performance that will exceed that of the S&P 500(R) Index.

The fund uses Schwab Equity Ratings(R) to aid its stock selection. Schwab Equity Ratings represents Schwab's point-of-view on the 12-month performance outlook for approximately 3,000 of the largest (by market capitalization) U.S.-headquartered stocks using a scale of "A," "B," "C," "D" and "F." Schwab's outlook is that "A" rated stocks, on average, will strongly outperform and "F" rated stocks, on average, will strongly underperform the equities market over the next 12 months. Generally, the fund seeks to invest in stocks that are rated "A" or "B" at the time of purchase, but the fund may purchase "C"-rated stocks for purposes of sector diversification. If a stock held by the fund is downgraded to a rating below "C", the fund will sell the stock unless the portfolio managers believe it is necessary to continue holding the stock for purposes of sector diversification. The portfolio managers will consider the current market environment and any potential negative impact on the fund in determining when to sell a downgraded stock. In addition, the fund may purchase certain stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings to the extent the portfolio managers believe the purchases will help to manage the volatility of the fund's portfolio.

Schwab Equity Ratings are based on a disciplined methodology that evaluates each stock on the basis of investment criteria from four broad categories:
Fundamentals, Valuation, Momentum and Risk. From time to time, Schwab may update the Schwab Equity Ratings methodology, including the factors underlying each broad category.

12 Schwab Core Equity Fund TM


The Fundamentals grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several earnings quality measures derived from recent financial statement data. Stocks with attributes such as high cash return on investment, improving asset utilization, and a track record of reporting earnings that exceed consensus forecasts tend to have better Fundamentals grades.

The Valuation grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several value-oriented investment criteria. Stocks with attributes such as high levels of operating income and cash liquidity per dollar of current stock price tend to have better Valuation grades. From an investor sentiment perspective, stocks with shrinking shares outstanding and with relatively few total shares sold short tend to have better Valuation grades.

The Momentum grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several measures of short-term investor expectation change. Stocks with attributes such as recently improving analyst forecasts, strong relative price performance, and decreasing short interest tend to have better Momentum grades.

The Risk grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon diverse measures of investment risk. Larger stocks with attributes such as stable sales growth tend to have better Risk grades.

The fund uses an optimization model to assist in constructing the portfolio. In portfolio optimization, the portfolio managers seek to build a portfolio they believe will provide the optimal balance between risk and expected return, subject to parameters such as the number of stocks desired in the portfolio, the level of portfolio turnover, industry and sector diversification, and volatility considerations.

The fund may invest in futures contracts to gain greater market exposure while still keeping a small portion of assets in cash for business operations. A futures contract is a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time. By using these instruments, the fund potentially can offset the impact on its performance of keeping some assets in cash. The fund also may lend portfolio securities to earn additional income. Any income realized through securities lending may help fund performance.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If it does, its portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

Schwab Core Equity Fund TM 13


This fund could be appropriate for long-term investors seeking an approach designed to outperform the S&P
500(R) Index.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

LARGE- AND MID-CAP RISK. Many of the risks of this fund are associated with its investment in the large- and mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments--small-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag these investments.

MANAGEMENT RISK. The fund's investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause the fund to underperform its benchmark or other funds with a similar investment objective. The fund may invest in stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings, and these stocks may underperform the fund's stocks that receive Schwab Equity Ratings.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

14 Schwab Core Equity Fund TM


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:
- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes
- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance
- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31 1

[BAR CHART]

      31.62   28.03   27.75   (7.71)  (17.89) (19.28) 28.19   13.50    9.40

        97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 23.09% Q4 1998
WORST QUARTER: (15.61%) Q3 2001

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05 1

                                                                                    Since
                                                               1 year   5 years   inception
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUND
  Before taxes                                                  9.40     1.08       9.56 2
  After taxes on distributions                                  9.19     0.80       8.35 2
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares               6.11     0.74       7.80 2

S&P 500(R) INDEX                                                4.91     0.54       8.46 3

1 Prior to June 1, 2002, the fund's day-to-day investment management was handled by a subadviser, Symphony Asset Management LLC. 2 Inception: 7/1/96.
3 From: 7/1/96.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund's total return.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES (% of transaction amount)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                           2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                           0.54
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                                 None
Other expenses                                                            0.31
                                                                        -------
Total annual operating expenses                                           0.85
Less expense reduction                                                   (0.10)
                                                                        -------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                                  0.75
                                                                        -------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.75% through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figure is based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

      1 year              3 years              5 years              10 years
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$77                         $261                 $462                $1,040

Schwab Core Equity Fund TM 15


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
                                            10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($) 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       13.81      12.71      10.89       12.53      18.53
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.13       0.12       0.10        0.08       0.08

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    2.03       1.09       1.79       (1.64)     (4.57)
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                2.16       1.21       1.89       (1.56)     (4.49)
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.16)     (0.11)     (0.07)      (0.08)     (0.07)

  Distributions from net realized gains         --         --         --          --      (1.44)
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                          (0.16)     (0.11)     (0.07)      (0.08)     (1.51)
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             15.81      13.81      12.71       10.89      12.53
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             15.74       9.57      17.54      (12.58)    (25.93)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%) 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.75       0.75       0.75        0.75       0.75

  Gross operating expenses                    0.85       0.88       0.88        0.91       0.88

  Net investment income                       0.93       0.89       0.94        0.63       0.55
Portfolio turnover rate                         48         86         73         114        106
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      547        263        237         179        210

1 Prior to June 1, 2002, the fund's day-to-day investment management was handled by a subadviser, Symphony Asset Management LLC.

16 Schwab Core Equity Fund TM


SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND TM
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWDIX Select Shares(R): SWDSX


THE FUND SEEKS CURRENT INCOME AND CAPITAL APPRECIATION.

SCHWAB EQUITY RATINGS

The fund uses Schwab Equity Ratings(R) to aid its stock selection. Schwab Equity Ratings represents Schwab's point-of-view on the 12-month performance outlook for approximately 3,000 of the largest (by market capitalization) U.S.-headquartered stocks using a scale of "A," "B," "C," "D" and "F." Schwab's outlook is that "A" rated stocks, on average, will strongly outperform and "F" rated stocks, on average, will strongly underperform the equities market over the next 12 months. Schwab Equity Ratings are based on a disciplined methodology that evaluates each stock on the basis of investment criteria from four broad categories: Fundamentals, Valuation, Momentum and Risk. From time to time, Schwab may update the Schwab Equity Ratings methodology, including the factors underlying each broad category.


STRATEGY

UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES, THE FUND INVESTS AT LEAST 80% OF ITS NET ASSETS IN DIVIDEND PAYING COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCKS. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund seeks to provide current income from dividends that are eligible for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income. The fund also seeks to provide capital appreciation by harnessing the power of the Schwab Equity Ratings TM.

The fund's initial selection universe typically consists of the 1,500 largest U.S. publicly traded companies in terms of market capitalization. These companies tend to be large- to mid-cap companies. From this list, the fund's portfolio manager seeks to select stocks that pay dividends and that have been rated "A" or "B" by Schwab Equity Ratings. The fund may purchase "C"-rated stocks for purposes of sector diversification. If a stock held by the fund is downgraded to a rating below "C", the fund will sell the stock unless the portfolio managers believe it is necessary to continue holding the stock for purposes of sector diversification. The portfolio managers will consider the current market environment and any potential negative impact on the fund in determining when to sell a downgraded stock. In addition, the fund may purchase certain stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings to the extent the portfolio managers believe the purchases will help to manage the volatility of the fund's portfolio. The manager then constructs a diversified portfolio that seeks to provide a dividend yield that exceeds that of the S&P 500 Index while seeking to maintain a lower volatility than that of the Index.

The fund may also invest in other equity investments, including convertible securities, and futures. Convertible securities can be converted into or exchanged for common stocks, preferred stocks or other securities. Convertible securities and preferred stocks provide an opportunity for equity participation, with the potential for a higher dividend or interest yield and lower price volatility compared to common stock.

Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM 17


The fund may invest in futures contracts to gain greater market exposure while still keeping a small portion of assets in cash for business operations. A futures contract is a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time. By using these instruments, the fund potentially can offset the impact of its performance of keeping some assets in cash. The fund also may lend portfolio securities to earn additional income. Any income realized through securities lending may help fund performance.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If it does, its portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

18 Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM


This fund may be an appropriate part of your overall investment strategy if you are a long-term investor looking for current dividend income and capital appreciation.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. In accordance with its income objective, the fund primarily invests in dividend paying stocks. As a result, fund performance will correlate directly with the performance of the dividend paying stock segment of the stock market. This may cause the fund to underperform funds that do not limit their investments to dividend paying stocks. In addition, if stocks held by the fund reduce or stop paying dividends, the fund's ability to generate income may be effected.

LARGE- AND MID-CAP RISK. Many of the risks of this fund are associated with its investment in the large- and mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments--small-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag these investments.

MANAGEMENT RISK. The fund's investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective. The fund may invest in stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings, and these stocks may underperform the fund's stocks that receive Schwab Equity Ratings.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES RISK. Convertible securities generally are debt obligations that pay income, but which may convert into common or preferred stock under certain circumstances. These investments, which are often issued by smaller or less established companies, are subject to the equity risks described above, but they also are subject to fixed income risks. For example, an issuer may fail to pay interest or dividends, and prices of convertible securities generally will fall when interest rates rise.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM 19


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:
- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes
- are shown for one class only, and would be different for the other share class
- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance
- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

                                16.59    5.18



                                  04      05



BEST QUARTER: 8.23% Q4 2004
WORST QUARTER: 0.07% Q4 2005

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                 Since
                                      1 year   inception
--------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                         5.18      15.47 1
  After taxes on distributions         4.67      14.41 1
  After taxes on distributions and
    sale of shares                     4.04      12.82 1

SELECT SHARES(R)
  Before taxes                         5.35      15.61 1

S&P 500(R) INDEX                       4.91      11.52 2

1 Inception: 9/2/03.

2 From: 9/2/03.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                    INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                          SHARES    SHARES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                       2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                       0.77      0.77
Distribution (12b-1) fees                             None      None
Other expenses                                        0.30      0.15
                                                     ----------------
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES                       1.07      0.92

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                          1 year        3 years        5 years        10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES            $109           $340           $590          $1,306
SELECT SHARES              $ 94           $293           $509          $1,131

20 Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   9/2/03 1-
INVESTOR SHARES                             10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       12.06      10.60       10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.26       0.29        0.05

  Net realized and unrealized gains           0.93       1.49        0.55
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations     1.19       1.78        0.60
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.26)     (0.32)         --

  Distributions from net realized gains      (0.19)        --          --
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                          (0.45)     (0.32)         --
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             12.80      12.06       10.60
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                              9.98      17.00        6.00 2

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      1.07       0.65          --

  Gross operating expenses                    1.09       1.19        1.34 3

  Net investment income                       2.17       2.71        3.41 3

Portfolio turnover rate                         26         39           2 2

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      528        267          94

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   9/2/03 1-
SELECT SHARES                               10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       12.06      10.60       10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.28       0.31        0.05

  Net realized and unrealized gains           0.93       1.48        0.55
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations     1.21       1.79        0.60
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.28)     (0.33)         --

  Distributions from net realized gains      (0.19)        --          --
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                          (0.47)     (0.33)         --
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             12.80      12.06       10.60
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             10.17      17.07        6.00 2

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.92       0.54          --

  Gross operating expenses                    0.94       1.04        1.19 3

  Net investment income                       2.32       2.83        3.41 3

Portfolio turnover rate                         26         39           2 2

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      509        252         111

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 Annualized.

Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM 21


SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND TM
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWSIX Select Shares(R): SWSCX


THE FUND SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH.

RISK MANAGEMENT

The fund approaches risk management from the perspective of its benchmark index, the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. This index includes the common stocks of 600 publicly traded U.S. companies, representing the leading small-cap companies in a broad range of industries. The portfolio managers seek to keep the fund's volatility similar to that of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index.

STRATEGY

UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES, THE FUND INVESTS AT LEAST 80% OF ITS NET ASSETS IN SMALL-CAP EQUITY SECURITIES. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. Small-cap equity securities generally are securities with market capitalizations of up to $2.5 billion or securities included in the S&P SmallCap 600 Index, each measured at time of purchase by the fund. In addition, small-cap equity securities may include those with market capitalizations of up to $5 billion so long as the purchase of those securities would not cause the average weighted market capitalization of the fund to exceed $2.5 billion. The fund seeks to assemble a portfolio with long-term performance that will exceed that of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index.

The fund uses Schwab Equity Ratings(R) to aid its stock selection. Schwab Equity Ratings represents Schwab's point-of-view on the 12-month performance outlook for approximately 3,000 of the largest (by market capitalization) U.S.-headquartered stocks using a scale of "A," "B," "C," "D" and "F." Schwab's outlook is that "A" rated stocks, on average, will strongly outperform and "F" rated stocks, on average, will strongly underperform the equities market over the next 12 months. Generally, the fund seeks to invest in stocks that are rated "A" or "B" at the time of purchase, but the fund may purchase "C"-rated stocks for purposes of sector diversification. If a stock held by the fund is downgraded to a rating below "C", the fund will sell the stock unless the portfolio managers believe it is necessary to continue holding the stock for purposes of sector diversification. The portfolio managers will consider the current market environment and any potential negative impact on the fund in determining when to sell a downgraded stock. In addition, the fund may purchase certain stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings to the extent the portfolio managers believe the purchases will help to manage the volatility of the fund's portfolio.

22 Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund


Schwab Equity Ratings are based on a disciplined methodology that evaluates each stock on the basis of investment criteria from four broad categories:
Fundamentals, Valuation, Momentum and Risk. From time to time, Schwab may update the Schwab Equity Ratings methodology, including the factors underlying each broad category.

The Fundamentals grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several earnings quality measures derived from recent financial statement data. Stocks with attributes such as high cash return on investment, improving asset utilization, and a track record of reporting earnings that exceed consensus forecasts tend to have better Fundamentals grades.

The Valuation grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several value-oriented investment criteria. Stocks with attributes such as high levels of operating income and cash liquidity per dollar of current stock price tend to have better Valuation grades. From an investor sentiment perspective, stocks with shrinking shares outstanding and with relatively few total shares sold short tend to have better Valuation grades.

The Momentum grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several measures of short-term investor expectation change. Stocks with attributes such as recently improving analyst forecasts, strong relative price performance, and decreasing short interest tend to have better Momentum grades.

The Risk grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon diverse measures of investment risk. Larger stocks with attributes such as stable sales growth tend to have better Risk grades.

The fund uses an optimization model to assist in constructing the portfolio. In portfolio optimization, the portfolio managers seek to build a portfolio they believe will provide the optimal balance between risk and expected return, subject to parameters such as the number of stocks desired in the portfolio, the level of portfolio turnover, industry and sector diversification, and volatility considerations.

The fund may invest in futures contracts to gain greater market exposure while still keeping a small portion of assets in cash for business operations. A futures contract is a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time. By using these instruments, the fund potentially can offset the impact on its performance of keeping some assets in cash. The fund also may lend portfolio securities to earn additional income. Any income realized through securities lending may help fund performance.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If it does, its portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund 23


This fund could be appropriate for long-term investors looking for a small-cap fund with the potential to outperform the S&P SmallCap 600 Index.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--large-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag these investments.

MANAGEMENT RISK. The fund's investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause the fund to underperform its benchmark or other funds with a similar investment objective. The fund may invest in stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings, and these stocks may underperform the fund's stocks that receive Schwab Equity Ratings.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

24 Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:
- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes
- are shown for one class only, and would be different for the other share class
- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance
- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

                                24.01   16.90



                                  04      05



BEST QUARTER: 13.09% Q4 2004
WORST QUARTER: (1.51%) Q3 2004

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                 Since
                                      1 year   inception
--------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                        16.90      27.76 1
  After taxes on distributions        16.33      25.76 1
  After taxes on distributions
    and sale of shares                11.48      23.12 1
SELECT SHARES(R)
  Before taxes                        17.11      27.99 1
S&P SMALLCAP 600 INDEX                 7.68      21.31 2

1 Inception: 7/1/03.
2 From: 7/1/03.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                              INVESTOR     SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                                    SHARES      SHARES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00        2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 0.98        0.98
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None        None
Other expenses                                                  0.39        0.24
                                                               ------------------
Total annual operating expenses                                 1.37        1.22
Less expense reduction                                         (0.07)      (0.10)
                                                               ------------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                        1.30        1.12
                                                               ------------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.30% and 1.12%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                       1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES         $132     $427      $743      $1,640
SELECT SHARES           $114     $377      $661      $1,468

Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund 25


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   7/1/03 1-
INVESTOR SHARES                             10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
Net asset value at beginning of period       14.13      11.81       10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income or loss               0.01      (0.04)      (0.02)

  Net realized and unrealized gains           3.12       2.58        1.83
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations     3.13       2.54        1.81
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Less distributions:
  Distributions from net realized gains      (1.54)     (0.22)         --
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             15.72      14.13       11.81
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             23.65      21.74       18.10 2

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      1.28       1.30        1.30 3

  Gross operating expenses                    1.38       1.61        1.73 3

  Net investment income or loss               0.11      (0.35)      (0.54) 3

Portfolio turnover rate                         90        118          39 2

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      170         37          26

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   7/1/03 1-
SELECT SHARES                               10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       14.16      11.81       10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income or loss               0.00 4    (0.02)      (0.01)

  Net realized and unrealized gains           3.16       2.59        1.82
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations     3.16       2.57        1.81
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Less distributions:
  Distributions from net realized gains      (1.54)     (0.22)         --
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             15.78      14.16       11.81
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             23.83      22.00       18.10 2

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      1.11       1.12        1.12 3

  Gross operating expenses                    1.23       1.46        1.58 3

  Net investment income or loss               0.09      (0.16)      (0.36) 3

Portfolio turnover rate                         90        118          39 2

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)       80         18          14

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 Annualized.

4 Per share amount was less than $0.01.

26 Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund


SCHWAB HEDGED EQUITY FUND TM
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWHIX Select Shares(R): SWHEX


THE FUND'S PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE IS LONG-TERM CAPITAL APPRECIATION OVER MARKET CYCLES WITH LOWER VOLATILITY THAN THE BROAD EQUITY MARKET.

LONG AND SHORT POSITIONS

When the fund takes a long position, it purchases a stock outright. When the fund takes a short position, it sells a stock that it has borrowed. To complete, or close out, the short sale transaction, the fund buys the same stock in the market and returns it to the lender. The fund makes money if the market price of the stock goes down after the short sale. Conversely, if the price of the stock goes up after the short sale, the fund will lose money because it will have to pay more to replace the borrowed stock than it received when it sold the stock short.

Short positions may be used to hedge against the volatility of the long portion of the overall portfolio and/or to garner returns from declines in securities prices. In an effort to enhance return, the portfolio managers also may leverage the fund's portfolio by engaging in borrowing or using options and futures contracts. A futures contract is a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time.


STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, THE FUND WILL ESTABLISH LONG AND SHORT POSITIONS IN EQUITY SECURITIES ISSUED BY U.S. COMPANIES. Under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these investments; typically, the actual percentage will be higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund typically purchases or sells short stocks of companies that have market capitalizations of $1 billion or more at the time the stock is purchased or sold short.

The fund uses Schwab Equity Ratings(R) to aid its stock selection. Schwab Equity Ratings represents Schwab's point-of-view on the 12-month performance outlook for approximately 3,000 of the largest (by market capitalization) U.S.-headquartered stocks using a scale of "A," "B," "C," "D" and "F." Schwab's outlook is that "A" rated stocks, on average, will strongly outperform and "F" rated stocks, on average, will strongly underperform the equities market over the next 12 months. In general, the fund selects its long positions from stocks that are rated "A" or "B" at the time of purchase and selects its short positions from stocks that are rated "D" or "F" at the time of purchase. The fund may purchase or sell short a "C"-rated stock for purposes of sector diversification. In addition, the fund may purchase certain stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings to the extent the portfolio managers believe the purchases will help to manage the volatility of the fund's portfolio.

Schwab Equity Ratings are based on a disciplined methodology that evaluates each stock on the basis of investment criteria from four broad categories:
Fundamentals, Valuation, Momentum and Risk. From time to time, Schwab may update the Schwab Equity Ratings methodology, including the factors underlying each broad category.

The Fundamentals grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several earnings quality measures derived from recent financial statement data. Stocks with attributes such as high cash return on investment, improving asset utilization, and a track record of reporting earnings that exceed consensus forecasts tend to have better Fundamentals grades.

Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM 27


The Valuation grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several value-oriented investment criteria. Stocks with attributes such as high levels of operating income and cash liquidity per dollar of current stock price tend to have better Valuation grades. From an investor sentiment perspective, stocks with shrinking shares outstanding and with relatively few total shares sold short tend to have better Valuation grades.

The Momentum grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several measures of short-term investor expectation change. Stocks with attributes such as recently improving analyst forecasts, strong relative price performance, and decreasing short interest tend to have better Momentum grades.

The Risk grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon diverse measures of investment risk. Larger stocks with attributes such as stable sales growth tend to have better Risk grades.

The fund uses an optimization model to assist in constructing the portfolio. In portfolio optimization, the portfolio managers seek to build a portfolio they believe will provide the optimal balance between risk and expected return, subject to parameters such as the number of stocks desired in the portfolio, the level of portfolio turnover, industry and sector diversification, and volatility considerations.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If it does, its portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gains distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

28 Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM


The fund could be appropriate for long-term investors seeking equity exposure with lower volatility than broad market indices, such as the S&P 500(R) Index.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time. THE FUND'S USE OF SHORT SELLING MAY REDUCE THE RISK OF GENERAL EQUITY MARKET VOLATILITY BUT CANNOT COMPLETELY ELIMINATE THAT RISK.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. The fund's long positions could decline in value at the same time that the value of the stocks sold short increase, thereby increasing the fund's overall potential for loss. The fund's short sales may result in a loss if the price of the borrowed securities rise and it costs more to replace the borrowed securities. In contrast to the fund's long positions, for which the risk of loss is typically limited to the amount invested, the potential loss on the fund's short positions is unlimited. In addition, any gain on a short sale is decreased, and any loss is increased, by the amount of any payment, dividend or interest that the fund may be required to pay with respect to the borrowed securities. Market factors may prevent the fund from closing out a short position at the most desirable time or at a favorable price. The lender of the borrowed securities may require the fund to return the securities on short notice, which may require the fund to purchase the borrowed securities at an unfavorable price, resulting in a loss.

LARGE- AND MID-CAP RISK. Many of the risks of this fund are associated with its investment in the large- and mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments--small-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag these investments.

LEVERAGE RISK. Using borrowed money to increase the fund's combined long and short exposure creates leverage, which can amplify the effects of market volatility on the fund's share price and make the fund's returns more volatile. The use of leverage may cause the fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so in order to satisfy its obligations. The use of leverage may also cause the fund to have higher expenses (especially interest and dividend expenses) than those of equity mutual funds that do not use such techniques.

MANAGEMENT RISK. The fund's investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective. The fund may invest in stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings, and these stocks may underperform the fund's stocks that receive Schwab Equity Ratings.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including options, futures and options on futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM 29


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:
- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes
- are shown for one class only, and would be different for the other class
- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance
- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section. Because the Investor Shares is a new share class, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the fund's prospectus.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

SELECT SHARES(R)

[BAR CHART]

                                22.87   17.44   10.92



                                  03      04      05



BEST QUARTER: 11.03% Q4 2003
WORST QUARTER: (0.47%) Q3 2004

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                 Since
                                      1 year   inception
--------------------------------------------------------
SELECT SHARES
  Before taxes                        10.92      14.28 1
  After taxes on distributions        10.47      13.90 1
  After taxes on distributions
    and sale of shares                 7.44      12.34 1

S&P 500(R) INDEX                       4.91      11.71 2

1 Inception: 9/3/02. 2 From: 9/3/02.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are expenses charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                              INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                                    SHARES    SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 1.68      1.68
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None      None
Other expenses:
  Dividend expenses on securities sold short                    0.34      0.34
  Interest expense                                              0.10      0.10
  Remainder of other expenses                                   0.37      0.22
                                                              -----------------
Total of other expenses                                         0.81      0.66
                                                              -----------------
Total annual operating expenses                                 2.49      2.34
Less expense reduction                                         (0.05)    (0.13)
                                                              -----------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                        2.44      2.21
                                                              -----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes, certain non-routine expenses and expenses for dividends and interest paid on securities sold short) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 2.00% and 1.77%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                       1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES         $247     $771     $1,321     $2,822
SELECT SHARES           $224     $718     $1,239     $2,666

30 Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            3/1/05 1-
INVESTOR SHARES                             10/31/05
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        13.51
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income from investment operations:
  Net investment income                        0.03

  Net realized and unrealized gains            0.91
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations      0.94
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period              14.45
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                               6.96 2

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses (including
    dividend expense on short sales)           2.32 3

  Net operating expenses (excluding
    dividend expense on short sales)           2.05 3,4

  Gross operating expenses                     2.35 3

  Net investment income                        0.56 3

Portfolio turnover rate                          87 2

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)        33

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   9/3/02 1-
SELECT SHARES                               10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       13.01      11.53       9.84       10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income or loss               0.04      (0.09)     (0.09)      (0.01)

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    2.05       1.57       1.78       (0.15)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                2.09       1.48       1.69       (0.16)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Less distributions:
  Distributions from net realized gains      (0.64)        --         --          --
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             14.46      13.01      11.53        9.84
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             16.52      12.84      17.17       (1.60) 2

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses (including
    dividend expense on short sales)          2.26       2.43       2.37        2.39 3

  Net operating expenses (excluding
    dividend expense on short sales)          1.92 4     2.10 5     2.00        2.00 3

  Gross operating expenses                    2.39       2.71       2.77        3.33 3

  Net investment income or loss               0.55      (0.86)     (0.90)      (0.79) 3

Portfolio turnover rate                         87         99        114          68 2

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      229         68         44          32

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 Annualized.

4 The ratio of net operating expenses would have been 1.82% if interest expense had not been included.

5 The ratio of net operating expenses would have been 2.00% if interest expense had not been included.

Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM 31


SCHWAB FINANCIAL SERVICES FUND
Ticker symbol Investor Shares: SWFFX


THE FUND'S GOAL IS TO SEEK LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH.

THE FINANCIAL SERVICES SECTOR

The economy can be divided into sectors, each consisting of a number of related industries. The financial services sector may include, for example, these types of companies:

- asset management firms

- brokerage companies

- commercial banks

- financial services firms

- insurance companies

- real estate investment trusts (REITs)

- savings and loan associations

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND PRIMARILY INVESTS IN EQUITY SECURITIES ISSUED BY COMPANIES IN THE FINANCIAL SERVICES SECTOR. It is the fund's policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these securities; typically, the actual percentage will be higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will concentrate its investments in securities of companies in the financial services sector (see sidebar). The fund generally invests in U.S. companies and may invest in companies of all sizes.

The fund uses Schwab Equity Ratings(R) to aid its stock selection. Schwab Equity Ratings represents Schwab's point-of-view on the 12-month performance outlook for approximately 3,000 of the largest (by market capitalization) U.S.-headquartered stocks using a scale of "A," "B," "C," "D" and "F." Schwab's outlook is that "A" rated stocks, on average, will strongly outperform and "F" rated stocks, on average, will strongly underperform the equities market over the next 12 months. Generally, the fund seeks to invest in stocks that are rated "A" or "B" at the time of purchase, but the fund may purchase "C"-rated stocks to broaden exposure among industries represented in the portfolio. If a stock held by the fund is downgraded to a rating below "C", the fund will sell the stock unless the portfolio managers believe it is necessary to continue holding the stock for purposes of maintaining this exposure. The portfolio managers will consider the current market environment and any potential negative impact on the fund in determining when to sell a downgraded stock. In addition, the fund may purchase certain stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings to the extent the portfolio managers believe the purchases will help to manage the volatility of the fund's portfolio.

Schwab Equity Ratings are based on a disciplined methodology that evaluates each stock on the basis of investment criteria from four broad categories:
Fundamentals, Valuation, Momentum and Risk. From time to time, Schwab may update the Schwab Equity Ratings methodology, including the factors underlying each broad category.

32 Schwab Financial Services Fund


The Fundamentals grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several earnings quality measures derived from recent financial statement data. Stocks with attributes such as high cash return on investment, improving asset utilization, and a track record of reporting earnings that exceed consensus forecasts tend to have better Fundamentals grades.

The Valuation grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several value-oriented investment criteria. Stocks with attributes such as high levels of operating income and cash liquidity per dollar of current stock price tend to have better Valuation grades. From an investor sentiment perspective, stocks with shrinking shares outstanding and with relatively few total shares sold short tend to have better Valuation grades.

The Momentum grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several measures of short-term investor expectation change. Stocks with attributes such as recently improving analyst forecasts, strong relative price performance, and decreasing short interest tend to have better Momentum grades.

The Risk grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon diverse measures of investment risk. Larger stocks with attributes such as stable sales growth tend to have better Risk grades.

The fund uses an optimization model to assist in constructing the portfolio. In portfolio optimization, the portfolio managers seek to build a portfolio they believe will provide the optimal balance between risk and expected return, subject to parameters such as the number of stocks desired in the portfolio, the level of portfolio turnover, industry diversification, and volatility considerations.

The fund may invest in futures contracts, exchange-traded funds and depositary receipts to gain greater market exposure while still keeping a small portion of assets in cash for business operations. A futures contract is a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time. By using these instruments, the fund potentially can offset the impact on its performance of keeping some assets in cash. The fund also may lend portfolio securities to earn additional income. Any income realized through securities lending may help fund performance.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If it does, its portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

Schwab Financial Services Fund 33


The fund may appeal to long-term investors who are interested in a fund that seeks to capture the performance potential of the financial services sector.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

CONCENTRATION RISK. Because the fund's investments are concentrated in issuers doing business in the same sector, your investment is exposed to that sector's risks. The companies in which the fund invests are affected by many of the same factors, such as legislative or regulatory changes, intense competition for market share and other competitive challenges posed by joint ventures and mergers between U.S. and foreign firms. In addition, the fund is subject to the risks that stocks of financial services companies may underperform other segments of the equity market or the stock market as a whole and are likely to have above-average volatility.

NON-DIVERSIFICATION RISK. The fund is non-diversified, which means that it may invest in the securities of relatively few issuers. As a result, a single adverse economic or regulatory occurrence may have a more significant effect on the fund's investments, and the fund may experience increased volatility.

MANAGEMENT RISK. The fund's investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause the fund to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective. The fund may invest in stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings, and these stocks may underperform the fund's stocks that receive Schwab Equity Ratings.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

ETF RISK. If the fund invests in any exchange-traded funds, the fund will bear its proportionate share of the expenses of those funds in addition to its own expenses. Also, to the extent the fund invests a portion of its assets in exchanged-traded funds, those assets will be subject to the risks of the exchanged-traded funds' portfolio securities.

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS RISK. Depositary receipts (which represent ownership in a group of stocks or a single stock) may trade at a discount, which may prevent the fund from obtaining the full market value of the depositary receipts' underlying securities.

34 Schwab Financial Services Fund


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of two indices. The indices are unmanaged and do not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

[BAR CHART]

      (7.94)  (12.41) 35.50   17.34   12.17

        01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 17.67% Q2 2003
WORST QUARTER: (14.27%) Q3 2001

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                                    Since
                                                               1 year   5 years   inception
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUND
  Before taxes                                                 12.17     7.54       10.65 1
  After taxes on distributions                                 10.97     6.73        9.59 1
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares               8.66     6.18        8.77 1

S&P 1500 SUPERCOMPOSITE FINANCIALS SECTOR INDEX                 6.58     4.47        8.77 2
S&P 500(R) INDEX                                                4.91     0.54       (1.16) 2

1 Inception: 7/3/00.

2 From: 7/3/00.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are expenses charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in total return.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES (% of transaction amount)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 0.54
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None
Other expenses                                                  0.61
                                                              -------
Total annual operating expenses                                 1.15
Less expense reduction                                         (0.05)
                                                              -------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                        1.10
                                                              -------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) to 1.10% through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figure is based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

     1 year              3 years              5 years              10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      $112                 $360                 $628                $1,393

Schwab Financial Services Fund 35


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
                                            10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       13.12      11.77       9.44       9.75       11.86
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.12       0.08       0.11       0.12        0.09

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    2.21       1.37       2.37      (0.28)      (1.76)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                2.33       1.45       2.48      (0.16)      (1.67)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.09)     (0.10)     (0.15)     (0.09)      (0.06)

  Distributions from net realized gains      (0.94)        --         --      (0.06)      (0.38)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                          (1.03)     (0.10)     (0.15)     (0.15)      (0.44)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             14.42      13.12      11.77       9.44        9.75
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             18.62      12.39      26.68      (1.78)     (14.51)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      1.07       1.05       1.04 1     0.89        0.89

  Gross operating expenses                    1.15       1.25       1.49       1.32        1.23

  Net investment income                       1.01       0.62       1.05       1.20        0.75
Portfolio turnover rate                         74         85        181        131         151
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)       29         20         18         17          21

1 The ratio of net operating expenses would have been 1.03% if interest expense had not been included.

36 Schwab Financial Services Fund


SCHWAB HEALTH CARE FUND
Ticker symbol Investor Shares: SWHFX


THE FUND'S GOAL IS TO SEEK LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH.

THE HEALTH CARE SECTOR

The economy can be divided into sectors, each consisting of a number of related industries. The health care sector may include, for example, these types of companies:

- drug and biotechnology companies

- health care facilities operators

- medical product manufacturers and suppliers

- medical providers

- medical services firms

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND PRIMARILY INVESTS IN EQUITY SECURITIES ISSUED BY COMPANIES IN THE HEALTH CARE SECTOR. It is the fund's policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these securities; typically, the actual percentage will be higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will concentrate its investments in securities of companies in the health care sector (see sidebar). The fund generally invests in U.S. companies and may invest in companies of all sizes.

The fund uses Schwab Equity Ratings(R) to aid its stock selection. Schwab Equity Ratings represents Schwab's point-of-view on the 12-month performance outlook for approximately 3,000 of the largest (by market capitalization) U.S.-headquartered stocks using a scale of "A," "B," "C," "D" and "F." Schwab's outlook is that "A" rated stocks, on average, will strongly outperform and "F" rated stocks, on average, will strongly underperform the equities market over the next 12 months. Generally, the fund seeks to invest in stocks that are rated "A" or "B" at the time of purchase, but the fund may purchase "C"-rated stocks to broaden exposure among industries represented in the portfolio. If a stock held by the fund is downgraded to a rating below "C", the fund will sell the stock unless the portfolio managers believe it is necessary to continue holding the stock for purposes of maintaining this exposure. The portfolio managers will consider the current market environment and any potential negative impact on the fund in determining when to sell a downgraded stock. In addition, the fund may purchase certain stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings to the extent the portfolio managers believe the purchases will help to manage the volatility of the fund's portfolio.

Schwab Equity Ratings are based on a disciplined methodology that evaluates each stock on the basis of investment criteria from four broad categories:
Fundamentals, Valuation, Momentum and Risk. From time to time, Schwab may update the Schwab Equity Ratings methodology, including the factors underlying each broad category.

Schwab Health Care Fund 37


The Fundamentals grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several earnings quality measures derived from recent financial statement data. Stocks with attributes such as high cash return on investment, improving asset utilization, and a track record of reporting earnings that exceed consensus forecasts tend to have better Fundamentals grades.

The Valuation grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several value-oriented investment criteria. Stocks with attributes such as high levels of operating income and cash liquidity per dollar of current stock price tend to have better Valuation grades. From an investor sentiment perspective, stocks with shrinking shares outstanding and with relatively few total shares sold short tend to have better Valuation grades.

The Momentum grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several measures of short-term investor expectation change. Stocks with attributes such as recently improving analyst forecasts, strong relative price performance, and decreasing short interest tend to have better Momentum grades.

The Risk grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon diverse measures of investment risk. Larger stocks with attributes such as stable sales growth tend to have better Risk grades.

The fund uses an optimization model to assist in constructing the portfolio. In portfolio optimization, the portfolio managers seek to build a portfolio they believe will provide the optimal balance between risk and expected return, subject to parameters such as the number of stocks desired in the portfolio, the level of portfolio turnover, industry diversification, and volatility considerations.

The fund may invest in futures contracts, exchange-traded funds and depositary receipts to gain greater market exposure while still keeping a small portion of assets in cash for business operations. A futures contract is a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time. By using these instruments, the fund potentially can offset the impact on its performance of keeping some assets in cash. The fund also may lend portfolio securities to earn additional income. Any income realized through securities lending may help fund performance.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If it does, its portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

38 Schwab Health Care Fund


Investors who believe that health care companies offer long-term growth potential may want to consider this fund.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

CONCENTRATION RISK. Because the fund's investments are concentrated in issuers doing business in the same sector, your investment is exposed to that sector's risks. The companies in which the fund invests are affected by many of the same factors, such as legislative or regulatory changes, intense competition for market share and other competitive challenges posed by joint ventures and mergers between U.S. and foreign firms. In addition, the fund is subject to the risks that stocks of health care companies may underperform other segments of the equity market or the stock market as a whole and are likely to have above-average volatility.

NON-DIVERSIFICATION RISK. The fund is non-diversified, which means that it may invest in the securities of relatively few issuers. As a result, a single adverse economic or regulatory occurrence may have a more significant effect on the fund's investments, and the fund may experience increased volatility.

MANAGEMENT RISK. The fund's investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause the fund to underperform funds with a similar investment objective. The fund may invest in stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings, and these stocks may underperform the fund's stocks that receive Schwab Equity Ratings.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

ETF RISK. If the fund invests in any exchange-traded funds, the fund will bear its proportionate share of the expenses of those funds in addition to its own expenses. Also, to the extent the fund invests a portion of its assets in exchanged-traded funds, those assets will be subject to the risks of the exchanged-traded funds' portfolio securities.

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS RISK. Depositary receipts (which represent ownership in a group of stocks or a single stock) may trade at a discount, which may prevent the fund from obtaining the full market value of the depositary receipts' underlying securities.

Schwab Health Care Fund 39


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of two indices. The indices are unmanaged and do not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

[BAR CHART]

      (14.40) (24.37) 36.76   31.01   20.03

        01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 16.67% Q4 2003
WORST QUARTER: (18.45%) Q1 2001

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                                    Since
                                                               1 year   5 years   inception
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUND
  Before taxes                                                 20.03      6.84       7.89 1
  After taxes on distributions                                 20.03      6.80       7.72 1
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares              13.02      5.89       6.74 1

S&P 1500 SUPERCOMPOSITE HEALTH CARE SECTOR INDEX                7.49     (1.20)      0.90 2

S&P 500(R) INDEX                                                4.91      0.54      (1.16) 2

1 Inception: 7/3/00.

2 From: 7/3/00.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are expenses charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in total return.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES (% of transaction amount)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 0.54
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None
Other expenses                                                  0.35
                                                              -------
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES                                 0.89
                                                              -------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

      1 year             3 years             5 years             10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       $91                 $284                $493               $1,096

40 Schwab Health Care Fund


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
                                            10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       10.78       8.43       7.12        9.00      10.27
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income or loss              (0.02)     (0.06)      0.01        0.03       0.00 1

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    3.27       2.41       1.33       (1.90)     (1.10)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                3.25       2.35       1.34       (1.87)     (1.10)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income          --         --      (0.03)      (0.01)     (0.00) 1

  Distributions from net realized gains         --         --         --          --      (0.17)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                             --         --      (0.03)      (0.01)     (0.17)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             14.03      10.78       8.43        7.12       9.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             30.15      27.88      18.96      (20.84)    (10.94)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.89       1.04       1.04        0.89       0.89

  Gross operating expenses                    0.89       1.07       1.34        1.18       1.17

  Net investment income or loss              (0.28)     (0.73)      0.13        0.25       0.06
Portfolio turnover rate                         42        105        200          99         92
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      397         54         25          21         32

1 Per share amount was less than $0.01.

Schwab Health Care Fund 41


SCHWAB TECHNOLOGY FUND
Ticker symbol Investor Shares: SWTFX


THE FUND'S GOAL IS TO SEEK LONG-TERM CAPITAL GROWTH.

THE TECHNOLOGY SECTOR

The economy can be divided into sectors, each consisting of a number of related industries. The technology sector may include, for example, these types of companies:

- companies involved in technology research, distribution, sales or service

- computer hardware and software makers

- defense and aerospace contractors

- electronic equipment makers

- Internet equipment and service providers

- office equipment makers

- semiconductor makers

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND PRIMARILY INVESTS IN EQUITY SECURITIES ISSUED BY COMPANIES IN THE TECHNOLOGY SECTOR. It is the fund's policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these securities; typically, the actual percentage will be higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund will concentrate its investments in securities of companies in the technology sector (see sidebar). The fund generally invests in U.S. companies and may invest in companies of all sizes.

The fund uses Schwab Equity Ratings(R) to aid its stock selection. Schwab Equity Ratings represents Schwab's point-of-view on the 12-month performance outlook for approximately 3,000 of the largest (by market capitalization) U.S.-headquartered stocks using a scale of "A," "B," "C," "D" and "F." Schwab's outlook is that "A" rated stocks, on average, will strongly outperform and "F" rated stocks, on average, will strongly underperform the equities market over the next 12 months. Generally, the fund seeks to invest in stocks that are rated "A" or "B" at the time of purchase, but the fund may purchase "C"-rated stocks to broaden exposure among industries represented in the portfolio. If a stock held by the fund is downgraded to a rating below "C", the fund will sell the stock unless the portfolio managers believe it is necessary to continue holding the stock for purposes of maintaining this exposure. The portfolio managers will consider the current market environment and any potential negative impact on the fund in determining when to sell a downgraded stock. In addition, the fund may purchase certain stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings to the extent the portfolio managers believe the purchases will help to manage the volatility of the fund's portfolio.

Schwab Equity Ratings are based on a disciplined methodology that evaluates each stock on the basis of investment criteria from four broad categories:
Fundamentals, Valuation, Momentum and Risk. From time to time, Schwab may update the Schwab Equity Ratings methodology, including the factors underlying each broad category.

42 Schwab Technology Fund


The Fundamentals grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several earnings quality measures derived from recent financial statement data. Stocks with attributes such as high cash return on investment, improving asset utilization, and a track record of reporting earnings that exceed consensus forecasts tend to have better Fundamentals grades.

The Valuation grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several value-oriented investment criteria. Stocks with attributes such as high levels of operating income and cash liquidity per dollar of current stock price tend to have better Valuation grades. From an investor sentiment perspective, stocks with shrinking shares outstanding and with relatively few total shares sold short tend to have better Valuation grades.

The Momentum grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon several measures of short-term investor expectation change. Stocks with attributes such as recently improving analyst forecasts, strong relative price performance, and decreasing short interest tend to have better Momentum grades.

The Risk grade underlying the Schwab Equity Rating is based upon diverse measures of investment risk. Larger stocks with attributes such as stable sales growth tend to have better Risk grades.

The fund uses an optimization model to assist in constructing the portfolio. In portfolio optimization, the portfolio managers seek to build a portfolio they believe will provide the optimal balance between risk and expected return, subject to parameters such as the number of stocks desired in the portfolio, the level of portfolio turnover, industry diversification, and volatility considerations.

The fund may invest in futures contracts, exchange-traded funds and depositary receipts to gain greater market exposure while still keeping a small portion of assets in cash for business operations. A futures contract is a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time. By using these instruments, the fund potentially can offset the impact on its performance of keeping some assets in cash. The fund also may lend portfolio securities to earn additional income. Any income realized through securities lending may help fund performance.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If it does, its portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

Schwab Technology Fund 43


The fund is designed for long-term investors seeking a way to gain exposure to the technology segment of the economy.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

CONCENTRATION RISK. Because the fund's investments are concentrated in issuers doing business in the same sector, your investment is exposed to that sector's risks. The companies in which the fund invests are affected by many of the same factors, such as legislative or regulatory changes, intense competition for market share and other competitive challenges posed by joint ventures and mergers between U.S. and foreign firms. In addition, the fund is subject to the risks that stocks of technology companies may underperform other segments of the equity market or the stock market as a whole and are likely to have above-average volatility.

NON-DIVERSIFICATION RISK. The fund is non-diversified, which means that it may invest in the securities of relatively few issuers. As a result, a single adverse economic or regulatory occurrence may have a more significant effect on the fund's investments, and the fund may experience increased volatility.

MANAGEMENT RISK. The fund's investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause the fund to underperform funds with a similar investment objective. The fund may invest in stocks that have not received Schwab Equity Ratings, and these stocks may underperform the fund's stocks that receive Schwab Equity Ratings.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

ETF RISK. If the fund invests in any exchange-traded funds, the fund will bear its proportionate share of the expenses of those funds in addition to its own expenses. Also, to the extent the fund invests a portion of its assets in exchanged-traded funds, those assets will be subject to the risks of the exchanged-traded funds' portfolio securities.

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS RISK. Depositary receipts (which represent ownership in a group of stocks or a single stock) may trade at a discount, which may prevent the fund from obtaining the full market value of the depositary receipts' underlying securities.

44 Schwab Technology Fund


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of two indices. The indices are unmanaged and do not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:
- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

[BAR CHART]

      (24.24) (35.78) 58.82    7.63    4.05

        01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 37.61% Q4 2001
WORST QUARTER: (38.19%) Q3 2001

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                                    Since
                                                               1 year   5 years   inception
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUND
  Before taxes                                                  4.05     (2.85)    (11.39) 1
  After taxes on distributions                                  4.05     (2.85)    (11.39) 1
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares               2.63     (2.40)     (9.23) 1

S&P 1500 SUPERCOMPOSITE TECHNOLOGY SECTOR INDEX                 1.58     (6.15)    (14.41) 2

S&P 500(R) INDEX                                                4.91      0.54      (1.16) 2

1 Inception: 7/3/00.

2 From: 7/3/00.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are expenses charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in total return.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES (% of transaction amount)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 0.54
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None
Other expenses                                                  0.43
                                                              -------
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES                                 0.97
                                                              -------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

     1 year              3 years              5 years              10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      $99                  $309                 $536                $1,190

Schwab Technology Fund 45


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
                                            10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        4.42       4.32       2.90        3.86       8.52
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment loss                        (0.01)     (0.04)     (0.02)      (0.02)     (0.03)

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    0.47       0.14       1.44       (0.94)     (4.63)
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                0.46       0.10       1.42       (0.96)     (4.66)
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period              4.88       4.42       4.32        2.90       3.86
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             10.41       2.31      48.97      (24.87)    (54.69)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.97       1.02 1     1.04        0.89       0.89

  Gross operating expenses                    0.97       1.02       1.25        1.15       1.16

  Net investment loss                        (0.23)     (0.78)     (0.65)      (0.57)     (0.65)

Portfolio turnover rate                         89        109        165         117        120

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)       53         49         43          26         39

1 The ratio of net operating expenses would have been 1.01% if interest expense had not been included.

46 Schwab Technology Fund


FUND MANAGEMENT

The funds' investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., has more than $147 billion under management.

The investment adviser for the funds is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104. Founded in 1989, the firm today serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab Funds(R). The firm manages assets for more than 5.5 million shareholder accounts.


(All figures on this page are as of 10/31/05.)

As the investment adviser, the firm oversees the asset management and administration of the funds. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee from each fund.

For the 12 months ended 10/31/05, these fees were 0.44% for the Schwab Core Equity Fund TM, 0.77% for the Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM, 0.89% for the Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund TM, 1.63% for the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM, 0.46% for the Schwab Financial Services Fund, 0.54% for the Schwab Health Care Fund and 0.54% for the Schwab Technology Fund. These figures, which are expressed as a percentage of each fund's average daily net assets, represent the actual amounts paid, including the effects of reductions.

For managing the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, the firm is entitled to receive an annual management fee from the fund of 0.87% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; 0.85% of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $1 billion; 0.83% of such net assets over $1 billion but not in excess of $2 billion; and 0.81% of such net assets over $2 billion.

For managing the Schwab Premier Equity Fund, the firm is entitled to receive an annual management fee from the fund of 0.91% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million; 0.885% of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $1 billion; 0.86% of such net assets over $1 billion.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees' approval of the funds' investment advisory agreement is available in each fund's 2005 annual report, which covers the period from 11/1/04 through 10/31/05.

JEFFREY MORTIMER, CFA, senior vice president and chief investment officer, equities, of the investment adviser, is responsible for the overall management of each of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in October 1997, he worked for more than eight years in asset management.

47

VIVIENNE HSU, CFA, vice president and senior equities portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of each of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in August 2004, she worked for more than 7 years in asset management and quantitative analysis at another investment firm.

LARRY MANO, a vice president and senior portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of each of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in November 1998, he worked for 20 years in equity management.

Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in each fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

48

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS

As a Schwab Funds(R) investor, you have a number of ways to do business with us.

On the following pages, you will find information on buying, selling and exchanging shares using the method that is most convenient for you. You also will see how to choose a distribution option for your investment. Helpful information on taxes is included as well.

49


SCHWAB ACCOUNTS

Some Schwab account features can work in tandem with features offered by the funds.

For example, when you sell shares in a fund, the proceeds automatically are paid to your Schwab account. From your account, you can use features such as MoneyLink(R), which lets you move money between your brokerage accounts and bank accounts, and Automatic Investment Plan (AIP), which lets you set up periodic investments.

For more information on Schwab accounts, call 1-800-435-4000 or visit the Schwab web site at www.schwab.com.

BUYING SHARES

Shares of each fund may be purchased through a Schwab account or through broker-dealers, banks, investment professionals or other financial institutions, 401(k) plans or other employee benefit plans (financial intermediaries).

The information on these pages outlines how Schwab investors can place "good orders," which are orders made in accordance with a fund's policies to buy, sell, and exchange shares of a fund.

If you are investing through a financial intermediary, including Schwab, the intermediary may impose additional or different conditions than a fund on purchases, redemptions or exchanges of fund shares. Some policy differences may include initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements, exchange policies, fund choices, cut-off time for investment and trading restrictions. For Schwab accounts, the minimum additional investment through an automatic investment plan is $100. Intermediaries may also independently establish and charge their customers transaction fees, account fees and other fees in addition to the fees charged by a fund. These additional fees may vary over time and would increase the cost of the customer's investment and lower investment returns. Shareholders who are customers of financial intermediaries should consult their intermediaries for information regarding these conditions and fees. The funds are not responsible for the failure of financial intermediaries to carry out their responsibilities to their customers.

The investment adviser and Schwab or its affiliates may pay certain financial intermediaries or their third party administrators for performing shareholder, recordkeeping, administrative, transfer agency or other services for their customers. In addition, the investment adviser and Schwab or its affiliates may pay certain intermediaries for providing distribution, marketing, promotional or other related services. The payments described by this paragraph may be substantial but are paid by the investment adviser and/or Schwab or its affiliates, not by a fund or its shareholders.

The Schwab Premier Equity Fund will close to new investors on or about the date on which assets of the fund total $1.5 billion (the "closing date"). For updated information on the fund's closing date, please visit the fund's website at www.schwab.com/schwabfunds. Existing shareholders of the fund and certain eligible investors, as set forth below, may continue to purchase additional shares in existing or new accounts and receive dividends and/or distributions in the form of additional shares of the fund. Existing shareholders and eligible investors include the following:

- Shareholders of the fund as of the closing date;

- Investors with the same address of record as existing shareholders;

- Investment advisers and wrap account programs with underlying clients holding fund shares as of the fund's closing date and any underlying clients of such investment advisers and wrap account

50 Investing in the funds


programs regardless of whether they were clients of the investment adviser or wrap account program on the fund's closing date; and

- Employee benefit plans with participants holding fund shares as of the fund's closing date and the participants of such plans regardless of whether they were participants of such plans on the fund's closing date.

After the fund's closing date, investors who are or become shareholders of the fund will remain eligible investors for as long as they continue to hold fund shares.

The fund reserves the right at any time to modify the eligibility criteria set forth above, including the right to suspend all sales of fund shares.

STEP 1

CHOOSE A FUND, AND CHOOSE A SHARE CLASS IF APPLICABLE. Your choice may depend on the amount of your investment. With respect to the funds that have two share classes, the Select Shares have lower expenses than the Investor Shares. You may convert your Investor Shares into Select Shares at any time if your account balance in the fund is at least $50,000. You must contact Schwab or your financial intermediary to request an interclass exchange of your Investor Shares for Select Shares--conversion is not automatic. If you no longer meet the minimum balance requirement for Select Shares, the fund reserves the right to redeem your shares. Select Shares may not be available through financial intermediaries other than Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

SHARE CLASS       MINIMUM INITIAL INVESTMENT            MINIMUM BALANCE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES   $2,500 ($1,000 for retirement,        NONE
                  education and custodial accounts)


SELECT            $50,000                               $40,000
  SHARES(R)

The Schwab Core Equity Fund TM, Schwab Financial Services Fund TM, Schwab Health Care Fund TM and Schwab Technology Fund TM are offered only as Investor Shares. Certain investment managers, including managers in Schwab Institutional, may aggregate the investments of their underlying customer accounts for purposes of meeting the Select Shares initial minimum investment and minimum balance requirements.

51

STEP 2

CHOOSE AN OPTION FOR FUND DISTRIBUTIONS. The three options are described below. If you don't indicate a choice, you will receive the first option.

OPTION                 FEATURES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
REINVESTMENT           All dividends and capital gain distributions are
                       invested automatically in shares of your fund or
                       share class, as applicable.


CASH/REINVESTMENT MIX  You receive payment for dividends, while any
                       capital gain distributions are invested in
                       shares of your fund or share class, as
                       applicable.


CASH                   You receive payment for all dividends and
                       capital gain distributions.

STEP 3

PLACE YOUR ORDER. Use any of the methods described on the following page. Make checks payable to Charles Schwab and Co., Inc. Orders placed in-person or through a telephone representative are subject to a service fee, payable to Schwab.

52 Investing in the funds



WHEN PLACING ORDERS

With every order to buy, sell or exchange shares, you will need to include the following information:

- Your name or, for Internet orders, your account number/"Login ID."

- Your account number (for Schwab-Link transactions, include the master account and subaccount numbers) or, for Internet orders, your password.

- The name and share class (if applicable) of the fund whose shares you want to buy or sell.

- The dollar amount or number of shares you would like to buy, sell or exchange.

- When selling or exchanging shares by mail, be sure to include the signature of at least one of the persons whose name is on the account.

- For exchanges, the name and share class (if applicable) of the fund into which you want to exchange and the distribution option you prefer.

- When selling shares, how you would like to receive the proceeds.

Please note that orders to buy, sell or exchange become irrevocable at the time you mail them.

SELLING/EXCHANGING SHARES

When selling or exchanging shares, please be aware of the following policies:

- A fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.

- If you are selling shares that were recently purchased by check, the proceeds may be delayed until the check for purchase clears; this may take up to 15 days from the date of purchase.

- As indicated in the funds' fee tables, the funds charge a redemption fee, which is discussed in more detail under "Redemption Fees" under the "Transaction policies" section of this prospectus.

- Each fund reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of a fund's assets, whichever is less. A shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

- Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds(R) that are not Sweep Investments(R) and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging.

- You must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.

METHODS FOR PLACING DIRECT ORDERS

INTERNET                                         SCHWABLINK(R)
www.schwab.com                                   Investment professionals should follow the
                                                 transaction instructions in the SchwabLink
SCHWAB BY PHONE TM 1                             manual; for technical assistance, call
Automated voice service or speak with a          1-800-647-5465.
representative at 1-800-435-4000 (for TDD
service, call 1-800-345-2550).                   MAIL
                                                 Write to Schwab Funds at:
TELEBROKER(R)                                    P.O. Box 3812
Automated touch-tone phone service at            Englewood, CO 80155-3812
1-800-272-4922.
                                                 IN PERSON 1
                                                 Visit the nearest Charles Schwab branch
                                                 office.

You are automatically entitled to initiate transactions by the Internet or telephone. The funds and Schwab employ procedures to confirm the authenticity of Internet and telephone instructions. If the funds and Schwab follow these procedures, they will not be responsible for any losses or costs incurred by following Internet or telephone instructions that they reasonably believe to be genuine.

1 Orders placed in-person or through a telephone representative are subject to a service fee, payable to Schwab.

53


THE FUNDS AND SCHWAB RESERVE CERTAIN RIGHTS, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:

- To automatically redeem your shares if the account they are held in is closed for any reason.

- To automatically redeem your shares upon 60 days written notice if the value of your investment in a fund falls below the stated minimum balance requirement for the fund or share class, as applicable.

- To materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days' written notice to shareholders.

- To change or waive a fund's or share class' investment minimums.

- To suspend the right to sell shares back to a fund, and delay sending proceeds, during times when trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, or otherwise as permitted by the SEC.

- To withdraw or suspend any part of the offering made by this prospectus.

TRANSACTION POLICIES

THE FUNDS ARE OPEN FOR BUSINESS EACH DAY THAT THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE (NYSE) IS OPEN. The funds calculate their share prices each business day as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). A fund's share price is its net asset value per share, or NAV, which is the fund's net assets divided by the number of its shares outstanding.

Orders to buy, sell or exchange shares that are received in good order no later than the close of a fund (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time) will be executed at the next share price calculated that day.

If you place an order through a financial intermediary, please consult with that intermediary to determine when your order will be executed. Generally, you will receive the share price next calculated after a fund receives your order from your financial intermediary. However, some intermediaries may arrange with a fund for you to receive the share price next calculated after your intermediary has received your order. Some financial intermediaries may require that they receive your orders prior to a specified cut-off time.

In valuing their securities, the funds use market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available, a fund may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the fund's Board of Trustees as discussed in more detail under "Fair value pricing" in this "Transaction policies" section.

THE FUNDS RESERVE CERTAIN RIGHTS REGARDING TRANSACTION POLICIES, AS DETAILED IN THE ADJACENT COLUMN.

POLICY REGARDING SHORT-TERM OR EXCESSIVE TRADING. Each fund is intended for long-term investment and not for short-term or excessive trading (collectively "market timing"). Market timing may adversely impact a fund's performance by disrupting the efficient management of the fund, increasing fund transaction costs and taxes, causing the fund to maintain higher cash balances, and diluting the value of the fund's shares.

Each fund's Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to reduce the risk of market timing by fund shareholders. Each fund seeks to deter market timing through several methods. These methods may include:
trade activity monitoring; redemption fees; and fair value pricing. Although these methods are designed to discourage market timing, there can be no guarantee that the fund will be able to identify and restrict investors that engage in such activities. In addition, these methods (other than redemption fees) are inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application. Each fund and its service providers seek to make these judgments and applications in a manner that they believe is consistent with interests of the fund's long-term shareholders. Each fund may amend these policies and procedures in response to changing regulatory requirements or to enhance the effectiveness of the program.

54 Investing in the funds


TRADE ACTIVITY MONITORING. Each fund, through its service providers, maintain trade activity monitoring procedures with respect to the purchase, sale and exchange of fund shares. This process involves reviewing transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds within specified time intervals. Trading activity identified by these factors, or from other information then available (such as the actual trading pattern or dollar amount of the transactions), will be evaluated to determine whether such activity is detrimental to the fund.

If, as a result of this trade activity monitoring, a fund believes that a shareholder has engaged in market timing, it may, in its sole discretion, request the shareholder to stop such market timing activities or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholder's account. Each fund specifically reserves the right to reject any purchase or exchange orders by any investor or group of investors indefinitely for any reason. Transactions placed in contravention of a fund's market timing policies are not necessarily deemed accepted by the fund and may be canceled or revoked by the fund on the next business day following receipt by the fund.

Fund shares may be held through 401(k) and other group retirement plans and other omnibus arrangements maintained by broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries. Omnibus accounts allow financial intermediaries to aggregate their customers' investments in one account and to purchase, redeem and exchange fund shares without the identity of a particular customer being known to a fund. A number of these financial intermediaries may not have the capability or may not be willing to apply the funds' market timing policies. As a result, a fund cannot assure that its policies will be enforced with regard to fund shares held through such omnibus arrangements. While each fund may monitor share turnover at the omnibus account level, a fund's ability to monitor and detect market timing by shareholders in these omnibus accounts is limited, and, therefore, the fund may not be able to determine whether trading by these shareholders is contrary to the fund's market timing policies.

REDEMPTION FEES. Each fund may impose a short-term redemption fee on any fund shares that are redeemed or exchanged by a shareholder within a specified number of days, as detailed below, of the purchase date. The funds impose the redemption fees in an effort to deter short-term trading, to facilitate efficient fund management, to minimize the impact on fund performance and to offset fund transaction costs and other expenses. Each fund charges a redemption fee of 2.00% on shares sold or exchanged 30 days or less after purchasing them. These fees may be imposed to the extent the shares redeemed exceed the number of shares that have been held more than 30 days. Each fund treats shares that have been held the longest as being redeemed first and shares that have been held the shortest as being redeemed last. Fund shares purchased with reinvested dividends are not subject to redemption fees. Each fund retains the redemption fees for the benefit of the remaining shareholders.

55

As noted above, the fund shares may be held in omnibus accounts by financial intermediaries. Currently, only certain intermediaries have the systems capability to collect the redemption fees on behalf of the fund. Even intermediaries that do have the capability may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying and calculating the fees that are different from those of a fund or may be unwilling to collect the fees. As such, a fund may not be able to collect redemption fees through these intermediaries. Each fund notifies all financial intermediaries of its policy and will encourage all financial intermediaries to develop the capability to begin collecting the redemption fees from all of their customers that invest in the fund.

Each fund reserves the right to waive its redemption fee if the fund or its service providers believe that such waivers are consistent with the best interests of the fund and its long-term shareholders. For example, the redemption fees may not be assessed in the following non-exclusive list of transactions: redemptions by tax-advantaged retirement plans; redemptions by certain fee-based or wrap programs; redemptions pursuant to rebalancing programs or systematic withdrawal plans established with the fund or financial intermediaries; redemptions by charitable giving funds; redemptions by registered investment companies; and redemptions initiated by the fund. Each fund also reserves the right to modify or eliminate the redemption fees or waivers at any time.

FAIR VALUE PRICING. The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value each fund's securities when market prices are not "readily available" or are unreliable. For example, a fund may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security's primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security's primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security's value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security's primary trading market.

By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, each fund seeks to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology is designed to deter "arbitrage" market timers, who seek to exploit delays between the change in the value of a fund's portfolio holdings and the net asset value of the fund's shares, and seeks to ensure that the prices at which the fund's shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders.

Each fund makes fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the fund's valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that a fund could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION. A description of the funds' policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the funds' portfolio securities is available in the funds' Statement of Additional Information.

56 Investing in the funds


DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

ANY INVESTMENT IN A FUND TYPICALLY INVOLVES SEVERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Because each person's tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in the fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) web site at www.irs.gov.

AS A SHAREHOLDER, YOU ARE ENTITLED TO YOUR SHARE OF THE DIVIDENDS AND GAINS A FUND EARNS. Every year, each fund distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record, except the Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, which typically makes income distributions at the end of the calendar quarter. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of each fund's year-end distributions, if any, may be made available on the fund's website:
www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.

UNLESS YOU ARE INVESTING THROUGH AN IRA, 401(K) OR OTHER TAX-ADVANTAGED

RETIREMENT ACCOUNT, YOUR FUND DISTRIBUTIONS GENERALLY HAVE TAX CONSEQUENCES. Each fund's net investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a fund. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.

GENERALLY, ANY SALE OR EXCHANGE OF YOUR SHARES IS A TAXABLE EVENT. For tax purposes, an exchange of your shares for shares of another Schwab Fund is treated the same as a sale. An exchange between classes within a fund is not reported as a taxable sale. A sale may result in a capital gain or loss for you. The gain or loss generally will be treated as short term if you held the shares for 12 months or less, long term if you held the shares longer.

AT THE BEGINNING OF EVERY YEAR, THE FUNDS PROVIDE SHAREHOLDERS WITH INFORMATION DETAILING THE TAX STATUS OF ANY DISTRIBUTIONS a fund paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.

SCHWAB CUSTOMERS WHO SELL FUND SHARES typically will receive a report that calculates their gain or loss using the "average cost" single-category method. This information is not reported to the IRS, and you still have the option of calculating gains or losses using any other methods permitted by the IRS.


MORE ON QUALIFIED DIVIDEND INCOME AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Dividends that are designated by the fund as qualified dividend income are eligible for a reduced maximum tax rate. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations.

The Schwab Dividend Equity Fund expects that the majority, or possibly all, of the fund's ordinary income distributions will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income subject to the reduced tax rates. Each of the other funds expect that a portion of each fund's ordinary income distribution will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income subject to the reduced tax rates.

If you are investing through a taxable account and purchase shares of a fund just before it declares a distribution, you may receive a portion of your investment back as a taxable distribution. This is because when a fund makes a distribution, the share price is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

You can avoid "buying a dividend," as it is often called, by finding out if a distribution is imminent and waiting until afterwards to invest. Of course, you may decide that the opportunity to gain a few days of investment performance outweighs the tax consequences of buying a dividend.

57

NOTES


TO LEARN MORE

This prospectus contains important information on the funds and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources.

ANNUAL AND SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS, which are mailed to current fund investors, discuss recent performance and fund holdings.

The STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.

For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab Funds(R) at 1-800-435-4000. In addition, you may visit Schwab Funds' web site at www.schwab.com/schwabfunds for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI, or an annual or semi-annual report.

The SAI, the funds' annual and semi-annual reports and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC's web site (http://www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You can also review and copy information about the funds, including the funds' SAI, at the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-942-8090 for information on the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room.

SEC FILE NUMBER

Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund TM           811-7704
Schwab Premier Equity Fund TM             811-7704
Schwab Core Equity Fund TM                811-7704
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM            811-7704
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund TM           811-7704
Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM              811-7704
Schwab Financial Services Fund            811-7704
Schwab Health Care Fund                   811-7704
Schwab Technology Fund                    811-7704

REG26571FLT-04

SCHWAB ACTIVE EQUITY FUNDS

PROSPECTUS
February 28, 2006

[CHARLES SCHWAB LOGO]


SCHWAB EQUITY INDEX FUNDS

SCHWAB FUNDS LOGO

Prospectus
February 28, 2006

- Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund
- Schwab Institutional Select(R) S&P 500 Fund
- Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund
- Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R)
- Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R)
- Schwab International Index Fund(R)

As with all mutual funds, the
Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and
accurate. Anyone who indicates
otherwise is committing a federal
crime. [CHARLES SCHWAB LOGO]


SCHWAB EQUITY INDEX FUNDS

ABOUT THE FUNDS

   Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund................................    2

   Schwab Institutional Select(R) S&P 500 Fund..............    7

   Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund................................   11

   Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R)...........................   15

   Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R)..................   19

   Schwab International Index Fund(R).......................   24

   Fund management..........................................   28

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS

   Buying shares............................................   30

   Selling/exchanging shares................................   32

   Transaction policies.....................................   33

   Distributions and taxes..................................   37


ABOUT THE FUNDS

The funds in this prospectus are index funds and share the same basic investment strategy: They are designed to track the performance of a stock market index.

This strategy distinguishes an index fund from an "actively managed" mutual fund. Instead of choosing investments for the fund based on portfolio management's judgment, an index is used to determine which securities the fund should own.

Because the composition of an index tends to be comparatively stable, index funds historically have shown low portfolio turnover compared to actively managed funds.

The funds are designed for long-term investors. Their performance will fluctuate over time and, as with all investments, future performance may differ from past performance.


SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX FUND
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWPIX Select Shares(R): SWPPX e.Shares(R):
SWPEX


THE FUND'S GOAL IS TO TRACK THE TOTAL RETURN OF THE S&P 500(R) INDEX.

LARGE-CAP STOCKS

Although the 500 companies in the index constitute only about 10% of all the publicly traded companies in the United States, they represent approximately 71% of the total value of the U.S. stock market. (All figures are as of 12/31/05.)

Companies of this size are generally considered large-cap stocks. Their performance is widely followed, and the index itself is popularly seen as a measure of overall U.S. stock market performance.

Because the index weights a stock according to its market capitalization (total market value of all shares outstanding), larger stocks have more influence on the performance of the index than do the index's smaller stocks.


INDEX

THE S&P 500 INDEX INCLUDES THE STOCKS OF 500 LEADING U.S. PUBLICLY TRADED COMPANIES FROM A BROAD RANGE OF INDUSTRIES. Standard & Poor's, the company that maintains the index, uses a variety of measures to determine which stocks are listed in the index. Each stock is represented in the index in proportion to its total market value.

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND GENERALLY INVESTS IN STOCKS THAT ARE INCLUDED IN THE INDEX. It is the fund's policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does.

Like many index funds, the fund also may invest in futures contracts (a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time) and lend its securities to minimize the gap in performance that naturally exists between any index fund and its corresponding index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike the index, the fund incurs expenses and must keep a small portion of its assets in cash for business operations. By using futures, the fund potentially can offset a portion of the gap attributable to its cash holdings. In addition, any income realized through securities lending may help reduce the portion of the gap attributable to expenses.

2

Long-term investors who want to focus on large-cap U.S. stocks or who are looking for performance that is linked to a popular index may want to consider this fund.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Your investment follows the large-cap portion of the U.S. stock market, as measured by the index. It follows these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund's expenses, the fund's performance is normally below that of the index.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

LARGE-CAP RISK. Although the S&P 500(R) Index encompasses stocks from many different sectors of the economy, its performance primarily reflects that of large-cap stocks, which tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. As a result, during a period when these stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or mid- or small-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag those investments.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and
(iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

Index ownership--"Standard & Poor's(R)", "S&P(R)", "S&P 500(R)", "Standard & Poor's 500" and "500" are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund. The Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor's, and Standard & Poor's makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the fund. More complete information may be found in the Statement of Additional Information (see back cover).

3

PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:
- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes
- are shown for one share class only, and would be different for the other share classes
- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance
- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. The fund has three share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

      32.47   28.05   20.60   (9.33)  (12.15) (22.28) 28.15   10.53    4.66

        97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 21.08% Q4 1998
WORST QUARTER: (17.29%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                     Since
                                1 year   5 years   inception
------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                   4.66     0.24       8.25 1
  After taxes on distributions   4.10    (0.26)      7.77 1
  After taxes on distributions
    and sale of shares           3.03    (0.11)      6.99 1
SELECT SHARES(R)
  Before taxes                   4.79     0.40       6.25 2
E.SHARES(R)
  Before taxes                   4.82     0.33       8.35 1
S&P 500(R) INDEX                 4.91     0.54       8.65 3

1 Inception: 5/1/96. 2 Inception: 5/19/97. 3 From: 5/1/96.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                    INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                          SHARES    SHARES   E.SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                       2.00      2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                       0.09      0.09      0.09
Distribution (12b-1) fees                             None      None      None
Other expenses                                        0.28      0.13      0.13
                                                     -------------------------
Total annual operating expenses                       0.37      0.22      0.22
Less expense reduction                                  --     (0.03)       --
                                                     -------------------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                              0.37      0.19      0.22
                                                     -------------------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares, Select Shares and e.Shares to 0.37%, 0.19% and 0.28%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                        1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
-------------------------------------------------------------
Investor Shares          $38      $119      $208       $468
Select Shares            $19      $ 68      $121       $277
e.Shares                 $23      $ 71      $124       $280

4 Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
INVESTOR SHARES                             10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       17.61      16.36      13.79       16.45      22.15
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.34       0.23       0.20        0.20       0.17

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    1.14       1.23       2.57       (2.68)     (5.70)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                1.48       1.46       2.77       (2.48)     (5.53)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.30)     (0.21)     (0.20)      (0.18)     (0.17)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             18.79      17.61      16.36       13.79      16.45
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                              8.44       9.03      20.39      (15.32)    (25.11)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.37       0.37       0.36        0.35       0.35

  Gross operating expenses                    0.40       0.45       0.46        0.46       0.46

  Net investment income                       1.74       1.35       1.45        1.21       0.95

Portfolio turnover rate                          4          3          3           8          4

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)    3,666      3,849      3,510       2,760      3,070

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
SELECT SHARES(R)                            10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       17.68      16.41      13.83       16.50      22.21
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.36       0.26       0.24        0.22       0.20

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    1.16       1.24       2.57       (2.69)     (5.71)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                1.52       1.50       2.81       (2.47)     (5.51)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.32)     (0.23)     (0.23)      (0.20)     (0.20)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             18.88      17.68      16.41       13.83      16.50
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                              8.66       9.25      20.62      (15.20)    (24.97)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.19       0.19       0.19        0.19       0.19

  Gross operating expenses                    0.25       0.30       0.31        0.31       0.31

  Net investment income                       1.92       1.53       1.63        1.37       1.11

Portfolio turnover rate                          4          3          3           8          4

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)    3,938      4,119      3,692       3,029      3,563

5

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS continued

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
E.SHARES                                    10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       17.62      16.37      13.79       16.46      22.17
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.39       0.26       0.23        0.23       0.20
  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    1.11       1.21       2.56       (2.71)     (5.71)
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                1.50       1.47       2.79       (2.48)     (5.51)
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.31)     (0.22)     (0.21)      (0.19)     (0.20)
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             18.81      17.62      16.37       13.79      16.46
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                              8.58       9.10      20.55      (15.32)    (25.02)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.24       0.28       0.28        0.28       0.28
  Gross operating expenses                    0.25       0.30       0.31        0.31       0.31
  Net investment income                       1.88       1.44       1.54        1.28       1.02

Portfolio turnover rate                          4          3          3           8          4

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      220        249        246         220        304

6 Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund


SCHWAB INSTITUTIONAL SELECT(R) S&P 500 Fund

Ticker symbol: ISLCX


THE FUND SEEKS HIGH TOTAL RETURN BY TRACKING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE S&P 500(R) INDEX.

LARGE-CAP STOCKS

Although the 500 companies in the index constitute only about 10% of all the publicly traded companies in the United States, they represent approximately 71% of the total value of the U.S. stock market. (All figures are as of 12/31/05.) For this reason, the index is widely used as a measure of overall U.S. stock market performance.

Because the index weights a stock according to its market capitalization (total market value of all shares outstanding), larger stocks have more influence on the performance of the index than do the index's smaller stocks.

INDEX

THE S&P 500 INDEX INCLUDES THE STOCKS OF 500 LEADING U.S. PUBLICLY TRADED COMPANIES FROM A BROAD RANGE OF INDUSTRIES. Standard & Poor's, the company that maintains the index, uses a variety of measures to determine which stocks are listed in the index. Each stock is represented in the index in proportion to its total market value.

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND GENERALLY INVESTS IN STOCKS THAT ARE INCLUDED IN THE INDEX. It is the fund's policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does.

Like many index funds, the fund may invest in futures contracts (a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time) and lend its securities to minimize the gap in performance that naturally exists between any index fund and its corresponding index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike the index, the fund incurs expenses and must keep a small portion of its assets in cash for business operations. By using futures, the fund potentially can offset a portion of the gap attributable to its cash holdings. In addition, any income realized through securities lending may help reduce a portion of the gap attributable to expenses.

7

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Your investment follows the large-cap portion of the U.S. stock market, as measured by the index. It follows these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund's expenses, the fund's performance is normally below that of the index.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

LARGE-CAP RISK. Although the S&P 500(R) Index encompasses stocks from many different sectors of the economy, its performance primarily reflects that of large-cap stocks, which tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. As a result, during a period when these stocks fall behind other types of investments--mid- or small-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag those investments.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and
(iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

Index ownership--"Standard & Poor's(R)", "S&P(R)", "S&P 500(R)", "Standard & Poor's 500" and "500" are trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the fund. The Schwab Institutional Select(R) S&P 500 Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor's, and Standard & Poor's makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in the fund. More complete information may be found in the Statement of Additional Information (see back cover).

8 Schwab Institutional Select(R) S&P 500 Fund


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

00           01

      (9.20)  (12.05) (22.10) 28.47   10.72    4.88

        00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 15.36% Q2 2003
WORST QUARTER: (17.22%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                                    Since
                                                               1 year   5 years   inception
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUND
  Before taxes                                                   4.88     0.44      1.07 1
  After taxes on distributions                                   4.39    (0.10)     0.57 1
  After taxes on distributions
    and sale of shares                                           3.18     0.04      0.60 1

S&P 500(R) INDEX                                                 4.91     0.54      1.18 2

1 Inception: 2/1/99.

2 From: 2/1/99.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the fund's total return.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES (% of transaction amount)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                           2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                           0.18
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                                 None
Other expenses                                                            0.15
                                                                        -------
Total annual operating expenses                                           0.33
Less expense reduction                                                   (0.23)
                                                                        -------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                                  0.10
                                                                        -------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.10% through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE
Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figure is based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

     1 year              3 years              5 years              10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      $10                  $83                  $162                 $396

9

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                                         11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-   11/1/99-
                                                         10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01   10/31/00
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                     8.30       7.00        8.36      11.26     10.74
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                                    0.13       0.12        0.12       0.12      0.11
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses              0.64       1.30       (1.37)     (2.91)     0.52
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations          0.77       1.42       (1.25)     (2.79)     0.63
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                    (0.12)     (0.12)      (0.11)     (0.11)    (0.09)
  Distributions from net realized gains                      --         --          --         --     (0.02)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                                       (0.12)     (0.12)      (0.11)     (0.11)    (0.11)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                           8.95       8.30        7.00       8.36     11.26
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                           9.36      20.65      (15.18)    (24.95)     5.86


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                                   0.15       0.15        0.15       0.15      0.16 1

  Gross operating expenses                                 0.35       0.36        0.37       0.37      0.38

  Net investment income                                    1.56       1.65        1.38       1.14      1.06

Portfolio turnover rate                                       3          4          12         13         6

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                   348        272         203        261       382

1 The ratio of net operating expenses would have been 0.15% if certain non-routine expenses (proxy fees) had not been included.

10 Schwab Institutional Select(R) S&P 500 Fund


SCHWAB 1000 INDEX(R) FUND
Ticker symbols: Investor Shares: SNXFX Select Shares(R): SNXSX

INDEX

THE SCHWAB 1000 INDEX INCLUDES THE STOCKS OF THE LARGEST 1,000 PUBLICLY TRADED COMPANIES IN THE UNITED STATES, with size being determined by market capitalization (total market value of all shares outstanding). The index is designed to be a measure of the performance of large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks.

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND GENERALLY INVESTS IN STOCKS THAT ARE INCLUDED IN THE INDEX. It is the fund's policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does.

The fund may make use of certain management techniques in seeking to enhance its after-tax performance. For example, it may adjust its weightings of certain stocks, continue to hold a stock that is no longer included in the index or choose to realize certain capital losses and use them to offset capital gains. These strategies may help the fund reduce taxable capital gains distributions to its shareholders.

Like many index funds, the fund also may invest in futures contracts (a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time) and lend its securities to minimize the gap in performance that naturally exists between any index fund and its corresponding index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike the index, the fund incurs expenses and must keep a small portion of its assets in cash for business operations. By using futures, the fund potentially can offset a portion of the gap attributable to its cash holdings. In addition, any income realized through securities lending may help reduce the portion of the gap attributable to expenses.


THE FUND'S GOAL IS TO MATCH THE TOTAL RETURN OF THE SCHWAB 1000 INDEX(R).

LARGE- AND MID-CAP STOCKS

Although there are currently more than 4,999 total stocks in the United States, the companies represented by the Schwab 1000 Index make up some 88% of the total value of all U.S. stocks. (Figures are as of 12/31/05.)

These large- and mid-cap stocks cover many industries and represent many sizes. Because large- and mid-cap stocks can perform differently from each other at times, a fund that invests in both categories of stocks may have somewhat different performance than a fund that invests only in large-cap stocks.


11

Because it includes many U.S. stocks and industries, this fund could make sense for long-term investors seeking broad diversification in a single investment. Stock investors who want exposure beyond the large-cap segment of the U.S. stock market also may want to consider this fund.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Your investment follows the large- and mid-cap portions of the U.S. stock market, as measured by the index. It follows these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund's expenses, the fund's performance is normally below that of the index.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

LARGE- AND MID-CAP RISK. Many of the risks of this fund are associated with its investment in the large- and mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag these investments.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and
(iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

12 Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund


PERFORMANCE
The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of two indices. The indices are unmanaged and do not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- are shown for one share class only, and would be different for the other share class

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

      21.57   31.92   27.16   21.00   (8.21)  (12.26) (21.19) 28.74   10.82    6.05

        96      97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 21.93% Q4 1998
WORST QUARTER: (16.61%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                                     Since
                                                     1 year   5 years   10 years   Inception
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                                        6.05     0.91       9.01       10.56 1
  After taxes on distributions                        5.85     0.53       8.62       10.04 1
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares     4.20     0.55       7.76        9.24 1

SELECT SHARES(R)
  Before taxes                                        6.21     1.05         --        6.86 2

SCHWAB 1000 INDEX(R)                                  6.31     1.24       9.37       10.96 3

S&P 500(R) INDEX                                      4.91     0.54       9.07       10.62 3

1 Inception: 4/2/91. 2 Inception: 5/19/97. 3 From: 4/2/91.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                            INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                                  SHARES   SHARES(R)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                               2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                               0.22      0.22
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                     None      None
Other expenses                                                0.28      0.13
                                                            -----------------
Total annual operating expenses**                             0.50      0.35
                                                            -----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the net operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 0.51% and 0.36%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                          1 year        3 years        5 years        10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES            $51            $160           $280           $628
SELECT SHARES              $36            $113           $197           $443

13

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
INVESTOR SHARES                             10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       32.54      30.25      25.25       29.57      39.95
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.55       0.37       0.33        0.31       0.26

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    2.70       2.26       4.99       (4.36)    (10.40)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                3.25       2.63       5.32       (4.05)    (10.14)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.48)     (0.34)     (0.32)      (0.27)     (0.24)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             35.31      32.54      30.25       25.25      29.57
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             10.04       8.78      21.34      (13.87)    (25.50)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.50       0.50       0.49        0.46       0.46

  Gross operating expenses                    0.50       0.50       0.51        0.52       0.51

  Net investment income                       1.49       1.15       1.27        1.04       0.78

Portfolio turnover rate                          6          5          5           9          8

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)    4,166      4,258      3,974       3,223      3,852

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
SELECT SHARES(R)                            10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       32.56      30.27      25.26       29.58      39.98
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.56       0.42       0.37        0.35       0.31

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    2.74       2.25       4.99       (4.36)    (10.41)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                3.30       2.67       5.36       (4.01)    (10.10)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.52)     (0.38)     (0.35)      (0.31)     (0.30)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             35.34      32.56      30.27       25.26      29.58
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             10.21       8.90      21.52      (13.77)    (25.40)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.35       0.35       0.35        0.35       0.35

  Gross operating expenses                    0.35       0.35       0.36        0.37       0.36

  Net investment income                       1.63       1.30       1.41        1.15       0.89

Portfolio turnover rate                          6          5          5           9          8

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)    2,328      2,138      1,996       1,588      1,911

14 Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund


SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX FUND(R)
Ticker symbols: Investor Shares: SWSMX Select Shares(R): SWSSX


THE FUND'S GOAL IS TO TRACK THE PERFORMANCE OF A BENCHMARK INDEX THAT MEASURES THE TOTAL RETURN OF SMALL CAPITALIZATION U.S. STOCKS.

SMALL-CAP STOCKS

In measuring the performance of the second-largest 1,000 companies in the U.S. stock market, the index may be said to focus on the "biggest of the small" among America's publicly traded stocks.

Historically, the performance of small-cap stocks has not always paralleled that of large-cap stocks. For this reason, some investors use them to diversify a portfolio that invests in larger stocks.


INDEX

THE FUND SEEKS TO ACHIEVE ITS INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE BY TRACKING THE TOTAL RETURN OF THE SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX(R). The index includes the stocks of the second-largest 1,000 publicly traded companies in the United States, with size being determined by market capitalization (total market value of all shares outstanding). The index is designed to be a measure of the performance of small-cap U.S. stocks.

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND GENERALLY INVESTS IN STOCKS THAT ARE INCLUDED IN THE INDEX. It is the fund's policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does.

Like many index funds, the fund also may invest in futures contracts (a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time) and lend its securities to minimize the gap in performance that naturally exists between any index fund and its corresponding index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike the index, the fund incurs expenses and must keep a small portion of its assets in cash for business operations. By using futures, the fund potentially can offset a portion of the gap attributable to its cash holdings. In addition, any income realized through securities lending may help reduce the portion of the gap attributable to expenses.

15

With its small-cap focus, this fund may make sense for long-term investors who are willing to accept greater risk in the pursuit of potentially higher long-term returns.

RISKS

MARKET RISKS. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Your investment follows the small-cap portion of the U.S. stock market, as measured by the index. It follows the market during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In addition, because of the fund's expenses, the fund's performance is normally below that of the index.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag these investments.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and
(iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

16 Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R)


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of two indices. The indices are unmanaged and do not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:
- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes
- are shown for one share class only, and would be different for the other share class
- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance
- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

      15.49   25.69   (3.57)  24.20    3.73   (0.90)  (22.46) 43.37   16.47    4.66

        96      97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 24.44% Q2 2003
WORST QUARTER: (20.94%) Q3 1998

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                                     Since
                                                     1 year   5 years   10 years   inception
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                                        4.66     6.07       9.25       9.65 1
  After tax on distributions                          4.35     5.66       8.46       8.95 1
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares     3.17     5.02       7.75       8.24 1

SELECT SHARES(R)
  Before taxes                                        4.88     6.22         --       8.92 2

SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX(R)                             4.95     6.19      10.12      10.54 3

RUSSELL 2000 INDEX(R)                                 4.55     8.22       9.26       9.87 3

1 Inception: 12/3/93. 2 Inception: 5/19/97. 3 From: 12/3/93.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                              INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                                    SHARES    SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 0.30      0.30
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None      None
Other expenses                                                  0.28      0.13
                                                              -----------------
Total annual operating expenses                                 0.58      0.43
Less expense reduction                                            --     (0.01)
                                                              -----------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                        0.58      0.42
                                                              -----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 0.60% and 0.42%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                          1 year        3 years        5 years        10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES            $59            $186           $324           $726
SELECT SHARES              $43            $137           $240           $541

17

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
INVESTOR SHARES                             10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       19.92      18.22      13.27       15.98      21.06
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.14       0.13       0.11        0.13       0.07

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    2.38       1.68       4.98       (2.17)     (2.76)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                2.52       1.81       5.09       (2.04)     (2.69)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.13)     (0.11)     (0.14)      (0.09)     (0.08)
  Distributions from net realized gains         --         --         --       (0.58)     (2.31)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                          (0.13)     (0.11)     (0.14)      (0.67)     (2.39)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             22.31      19.92      18.22       13.27      15.98
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             12.66       9.98      38.72      (13.66)    (13.66)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.58       0.59       0.56        0.49       0.49

  Gross operating expenses                    0.58       0.59       0.60        0.60       0.61

  Net investment income                       0.57       0.66       0.74        0.77       0.49

Portfolio turnover rate                         40         39         34          44         49

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      823        869        886         722        804

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
SELECT SHARES(R)                            10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       19.96      18.25      13.28       16.00      21.09
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.17       0.17       0.14        0.14       0.11

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    2.39       1.68       4.99       (2.18)     (2.78)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                2.56       1.85       5.13       (2.04)     (2.67)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.16)     (0.14)     (0.16)      (0.10)     (0.11)
  Distributions from net realized gains         --         --         --       (0.58)     (2.31)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                          (0.16)     (0.14)     (0.16)      (0.68)     (2.42)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             22.36      19.96      18.25       13.28      16.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             12.86      10.16      39.02      (13.62)    (13.56)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.41       0.42       0.41        0.38       0.38

  Gross operating expenses                    0.43       0.44       0.45        0.45       0.46

  Net investment income                       0.74       0.82       0.89        0.88       0.60

Portfolio turnover rate                         40         39         34          44         49

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      795        761        759         638        727

18 Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R)


SCHWAB TOTAL STOCK MARKET INDEX FUND(R)
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWTIX Select Shares(R): SWTSX


THE FUND'S GOAL IS TO TRACK THE TOTAL RETURN OF THE ENTIRE U.S. STOCK MARKET, AS MEASURED BY THE DOW JONES WILSHIRE 5000 COMPOSITE INDEX SM.

THE U.S. STOCK MARKET

The U.S. stock market is commonly divided into three segments, based on market capitalization.

Mid- and small-cap stocks are the most numerous, but make up only about one-third of the total value of the market. In contrast, large-cap stocks are relatively few in number but make up approximately two-thirds of the market's total value. In fact, the largest 1,000 of the market's listed stocks represent about 88% of its total value. (All figures on this page are as of 12/31/05).

In terms of performance, these segments can behave somewhat differently from each other, over the short-term as well as the long-term. For that reason, the performance of the overall stock market can be seen as a blend of the performance of all three segments.


INDEX

THE FUND'S BENCHMARK INDEX INCLUDES ALL PUBLICLY TRADED STOCKS OF COMPANIES HEADQUARTERED IN THE UNITED STATES FOR WHICH PRICING INFORMATION IS READILY AVAILABLE--CURRENTLY MORE THAN 7,000 STOCKS. The index weights each stock according to its market capitalization (total market value of all shares outstanding).

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND GENERALLY INVESTS IN STOCKS THAT ARE INCLUDED IN THE INDEX. It is the fund's policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy.

Because it would be too expensive to buy all of the stocks included in the index, the investment adviser may attempt to replicate the total return of the U.S. stock market by using statistical sampling techniques. These techniques involve investing in a limited number of index securities which, when taken together, are expected to perform similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on a variety of factors, including capitalization, divided yield, price/earnings ratio, and industry factors. The fund generally expects that its portfolio will include the largest 2,500 to 3,000 U.S. stocks (measured by market capitalization), and that its industry weightings, dividend yield and price/earnings ratio will be similar to those of the index.

The fund may use certain techniques in seeking to enhance its after-tax performance, such as adjusting its weightings of certain stocks or choosing to realize certain capital losses and use them to offset capital gains. These strategies may help the fund reduce taxable capital gain distributions to its shareholders.

Like many index funds, the fund also may invest in futures contracts (a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time) and lend its securities to minimize the gap in

19

performance that naturally exists between any index fund and its corresponding index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike the index, the fund incurs expenses and must keep a small portion of its assets in cash for business operations. By using futures, the fund potentially can offset a portion of the gap attributable to its cash holdings. In addition, any income realized through securities lending may help reduce the portion of the gap attributable to expenses.

20 Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R)


With its very broad exposure to the U.S. stock market, this fund is designed for long-term investors who want exposure to all three segments of the market: large-, mid-and small-cap.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Your investment follows the U.S. stock market, as measured by the index. It follows this market during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. Because the fund uses statistical sampling techniques in an attempt to replicate the total return of the U.S. stock market, the gap between the performance of the fund and that of the index may increase. In addition, because of the fund's expenses, the fund's performance is normally below that of the index.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

LARGE- AND MID-CAP RISK. Many of the risks of this fund are associated with its investments in the large- and mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag those investments.

SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag these investments.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and
(iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

Index ownership--"Dow Jones," "Wilshire," "The DJW 5000 SM," "The Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 SM" and "The Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Composite Index SM" are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and Wilshire Associates Incorporated and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. The Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R), based on The Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Composite Index SM, is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones or Wilshire and neither Dow Jones nor Wilshire makes any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product.

21

PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- are shown for one share class only, and would be different for the other share class

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

      (10.63) (11.19) (20.53) 30.69   12.34    6.01

        00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 15.94% Q2 2003
WORST QUARTER: (16.56%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                          Since
                                                     1 year   5 years   inception
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                                        6.01     1.90      2.00 1
  After taxes on distributions                        5.83     1.55      1.66 1
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares     4.15     1.42      1.51 1

SELECT SHARES(R)
  Before taxes                                        6.22     2.06      2.15 1

DOW JONES WILSHIRE 5000 COMPOSITE INDEX               6.32     2.12      2.14 2

1 Inception: 6/1/99.

2 From: 6/1/99.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                              INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                                    SHARES    SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 0.25      0.25
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None      None
Other expenses                                                  0.29      0.14
                                                              -----------------
TOTAL ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES**                               0.54      0.39

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 0.58% and 0.39%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                          1 year        3 years        5 years        10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES            $55            $173           $302           $677
SELECT SHARES              $40            $125           $219           $493

22 Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R)


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
INVESTOR SHARES                             10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       19.04      17.48      14.35       16.62      22.49
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.29       0.19       0.16        0.16       0.15

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    1.69       1.53       3.14       (2.27)     (5.87)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                1.98       1.72       3.30       (2.11)     (5.72)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.25)     (0.16)     (0.17)      (0.16)     (0.15)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             20.77      19.04      17.48       14.35      16.62
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             10.45       9.93      23.24      (12.86)    (25.55)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.54       0.56       0.53        0.40       0.40

  Gross operating expenses                    0.54       0.56       0.59        0.62       0.65

  Net investment income                       1.37       1.07       1.18        1.11       0.94

Portfolio turnover rate                          2          2          3           2          2

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      600        592        469         263        224

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
SELECT SHARES(R)                            10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       19.09      17.52      14.37       16.65      22.52
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.31       0.22       0.20        0.19       0.18

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    1.71       1.54       3.14       (2.29)     (5.87)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                2.02       1.76       3.34       (2.10)     (5.69)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.28)     (0.19)     (0.19)      (0.18)     (0.18)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             20.83      19.09      17.52       14.37      16.65
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             10.63      10.10      23.50      (12.81)    (25.40)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.39       0.39       0.36        0.27       0.27

  Gross operating expenses                    0.39       0.41       0.44        0.47       0.50

  Net investment income                       1.52       1.23       1.35        1.24       1.07

Portfolio turnover rate                          2          2          3           2          2

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      617        548        429         264        257

23

SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND(R)
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWINX Select Shares(R): SWISX


THE FUND'S GOAL IS TO TRACK THE PERFORMANCE OF A BENCHMARK INDEX THAT MEASURES THE TOTAL RETURN OF LARGE, PUBLICLY TRADED NON-U.S. COMPANIES FROM COUNTRIES WITH DEVELOPED EQUITY MARKETS OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES.

INTERNATIONAL STOCKS

Over the past decades, foreign stock markets have grown rapidly. The market value of the fund captures 26% of the world's total market capitalization. (All figures are as of 12/31/05.)

For some investors, an international index fund represents an opportunity for low-cost access to a variety of world markets in one fund. Others turn to international stocks to diversify a portfolio of U.S. investments, because international stock markets historically have performed somewhat differently from the U.S. market.

INDEX

THE FUND SEEKS TO ACHIEVE ITS INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE BY TRACKING THE TOTAL RETURN OF THE SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX(R). The index includes stocks of 350 of the largest publicly traded companies from selected countries outside the United States. The selected countries all have developed securities markets and include most Western European countries, as well as Australia, Canada, Hong Kong and Japan--as of December 31, 2005, 21 countries in all. Within these countries, Schwab identifies 350 of the largest companies according to their free float-adjusted market capitalizations (total market value of all shares available for purchase by international investors) in U.S. dollars. The index does not maintain any particular country weightings, although any given country cannot represent more than 35% of the index.

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND GENERALLY INVESTS IN STOCKS THAT ARE INCLUDED IN THE INDEX. It is the fund's policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in these stocks; typically, the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund generally gives the same weight to a given stock as the index does, and does not hedge its exposure to foreign currencies beyond using forward contracts to lock in exchange rates for the portfolio securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions establish a rate of exchange that can be expected to be received upon settlement of the securities.

Like many index funds, the fund also may invest in futures contracts (a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time) and lend its securities to minimize the gap in performance that naturally exists between any index fund and its corresponding index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike the index, the fund incurs expenses and must keep a small portion of its assets in cash for business operations. By using futures, the fund potentially can offset a portion of the gap attributable to its cash holdings. In addition, any income realized through securities lending may help reduce the portion of the gap attributable to expenses.

24

For long-term investors who are interested in the potential rewards of international investing and who are aware of the additional risks, this fund may be worth considering.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Your investment follows the performance of a mix of international large-cap stocks, as measured by the index. It follows these stocks during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of market declines. In addition, because of the fund's expenses, the fund's performance is normally below that of the index.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK. The fund's investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges). In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The fund may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities' markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries.

CURRENCY RISK. As a result of the fund's investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the fund will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar. If such an event occurs, the dollar value of an investment in the fund would be adversely affected.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures and forward contracts) to enhance returns. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Any loans of portfolio securities by the fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the fund's performance could be reduced.

25

PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of two indices. The indices are unmanaged and do not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- are shown for one share class only, and would be different for the other share class

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

       9.12    7.31   15.85   33.62   (17.59) (22.74) (15.63) 36.13   18.21   12.66

        96      97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 19.88% Q4 1999
WORST QUARTER: (19.77%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                                               Since
                                                               1 year   5 years   10 years   Inception
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                                                 12.66     3.40       5.85        6.27 1
  After taxes on distributions                                 12.28     2.81       5.31        5.73 1
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares               8.61     2.55       4.77        5.18 1

SELECT SHARES(R)
  Before taxes                                                 12.94     3.54         --        4.90 2

SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX(R)                                  13.59     4.01       6.35        6.87 3

MSCI-EAFE(R) INDEX                                             13.54     4.55       5.83        6.13 3

1 Inception: 9/9/93. 2 Inception: 5/19/97. 3 From: 9/9/93.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                              INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                                    SHARES    SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 0.40      0.40
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None      None
Other expenses                                                  0.32      0.17
                                                              -----------------
Total annual operating expenses                                 0.72      0.57
Less expense reduction                                         (0.03)    (0.07)
                                                              -----------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                        0.69      0.50
                                                              -----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 0.69% and 0.50%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                             1 year              3 years              5 years              10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES               $70                  $227                 $398                 $892
SELECT SHARES                 $51                  $176                 $311                 $707

26 Schwab International Index Fund(R)


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
INVESTOR SHARES                             10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       14.82      12.74      10.47       12.22      17.13
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.35       0.26       0.23        0.21       0.15

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    2.18       2.05       2.25       (1.82)     (4.81)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                2.53       2.31       2.48       (1.61)     (4.66)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.28)     (0.23)     (0.21)      (0.14)     (0.25)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             17.07      14.82      12.74       10.47      12.22
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             17.30      18.40      24.24      (13.34)    (27.58)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.68       0.69       0.65        0.58       0.58

  Gross operating expenses                    0.72       0.73       0.74        0.76       0.75

  Net investment income                       2.05       1.78       2.01        1.70       1.14

Portfolio turnover rate                         10          1          7          13         18

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      595        550        494         443        519

                                            11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
HIGHLIGHTS SELECT SHARES(R)                 10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period       14.83      12.75      10.47       12.23      17.14
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                       0.38       0.28       0.25        0.21       0.16

  Net realized and unrealized gains or
    losses                                    2.19       2.05       2.26       (1.82)     (4.80)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                2.57       2.33       2.51       (1.61)     (4.64)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income       (0.31)     (0.25)     (0.23)      (0.15)     (0.27)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period             17.09      14.83      12.75       10.47      12.23
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                             17.56      18.56      24.50      (13.31)    (27.45)

RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                      0.50       0.50       0.49        0.47       0.47

  Gross operating expenses                    0.57       0.58       0.59        0.61       0.60

  Net investment income                       2.23       1.97       2.19        1.81       1.25

Portfolio turnover rate                         10          1          7          13         18

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)      776        687        629         536        616

27

FUND MANAGEMENT

The funds' investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., has more than $147 billion under management.

The investment adviser for the Schwab Equity Index Funds is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104. Founded in 1989, the firm today serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab Funds(R). The firm manages assets for more than 5.5 million shareholder accounts. (All figures on this page are as of 10/31/05.)

As the investment adviser, the firm oversees the asset management and administration of the Schwab Equity Index Funds. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee from each fund. For the 12 months ended 10/31/05, these fees were 0.11% for the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, 0.00% for the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund, 0.22% for the Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund, 0.29% for the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R), 0.25% for the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R), and 0.36% for the Schwab International Index Fund(R). These figures, which are expressed as a percentage of each fund's average daily net assets, represent the actual amounts paid, including the effects of reductions.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees' approval of each fund's investment advisory agreement is available in each fund's 2005 annual report, which covers the period of 11/1/04 through 10/31/05.

JEFFREY MORTIMER, CFA, senior vice president and chief investment officer, equities, of the investment adviser, is responsible for the overall management of each of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in October 1997, he worked for more than eight years in asset management.

LARRY MANO, a vice president and senior portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R) and the co-management of each of the remaining funds. Prior to joining the firm in November 1998, he worked for 20 years in equity management.

TOM BROWN, an associate portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is a day-to-day co-manager of each of the funds, except Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund. He joined Schwab in 1995, became a trader in 1999, and was named to his current position in 2004.

Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in each fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

28

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS

As a Schwab Funds(R) investor, you have a number of ways to do business with us.

On the following pages, you will find information on buying, selling and exchanging shares using the method that is most convenient for you. You also will see how to choose a distribution option for your investment. Helpful information on taxes is included as well.

29


SCHWAB ACCOUNTS

Some Schwab account features can work in tandem with features offered by the funds.

For example, when you sell shares in a fund, the proceeds automatically are paid to your Schwab account. From your account, you can use features such as MoneyLink(R), which lets you move money between your brokerage accounts and bank accounts, and Automatic Investment Plan (AIP), which lets you set up periodic investments.

For more information on Schwab accounts, call 1-800-435-4000 or visit the Schwab web site at www.schwab.com.


BUYING SHARES

Shares of each fund may be purchased through a Schwab account or through broker-dealers, banks, investment professionals or other financial institutions, 401(k) plans or other employee benefit plans (financial intermediaries).

The information on these pages outlines how Schwab investors can place "good orders," which are orders made in accordance with a fund's policies to buy, sell, and exchange shares of a fund.

If you are investing through a financial intermediary, including Schwab, the intermediary may impose additional or different conditions than a fund on purchases, redemptions or exchanges of fund shares. Some policy differences may include initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements, exchange policies, fund choices, cut-off time for investment and trading restrictions. For Schwab accounts, the minimum additional investment through an automatic investment plan is $100. Intermediaries may also independently establish and charge their customers transaction fees, account fees and other fees in addition to the fees charged by a fund. These additional fees may vary over time and would increase the cost of the customer's investment and lower investment returns. Shareholders who are customers of financial intermediaries should consult their intermediaries for information regarding these conditions and fees. The funds are not responsible for the failure of financial intermediaries to carry out their responsibilities to their customers.

The investment adviser and Schwab or its affiliates may pay certain financial intermediaries or their third party administrators, for performing shareholder, recordkeeping, administrative, transfer agency or other services for their customers. In addition, the investment adviser and Schwab or its affiliates may pay certain intermediaries for providing distribution, marketing, promotional or other related services. The payments described by this paragraph may be substantial but are paid by the investment adviser and/or Schwab or its affiliates, not by a fund or its shareholders.

30 Investing in the funds


STEP 1

CHOOSE A FUND AND A SHARE CLASS. Your choice may depend on the amount of your investment. Currently, e.Shares(R) are available only for the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund and are offered to clients of Schwab Institutional, The Charles Schwab Trust Company and certain retirement plans. With respect to those funds offering both Select Shares(R) and Investor Shares, the Select Shares have lower expenses than the Investor Shares. You may convert your Investor Shares into Select Shares at any time if your account balance in the fund is at least $50,000. You must contact Schwab or your financial intermediary to request an interclass exchange of your Investor Shares for Select Shares--conversion is not automatic. If you no longer meet the minimum balance requirement, the fund reserves the right to redeem your shares. Select Shares may not be available through financial intermediaries other than Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

The minimum investments and minimum balance requirement for each fund and share class are as follows:

                         MINIMUM INITIAL          MINIMUM
SHARE CLASS              INVESTMENT               BALANCE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES          $2,500 ($1,000 for       NONE
                         retirement, education
                         and custodial accounts)


SELECT SHARES(R)         $50,000                  $40,000


E.SHARES                 $1,000 ($500 for         NONE
                         retirement, education
                         and custodial accounts)


INSTITUTIONAL SELECT     $75,000                  $60,000
S&P 500 FUND

Certain investment managers, including managers in Schwab Institutional, may aggregate the investments of their underlying customer accounts for purposes of meeting the initial minimum investment and minimum balance requirements.

STEP 2

CHOOSE AN OPTION FOR FUND DISTRIBUTIONS. The three options are described below. If you don't indicate a choice, you will receive the first option.

OPTION                 FEATURES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
REINVESTMENT           All dividends and capital gain distributions are
                       invested automatically in shares of your fund.


CASH/REINVESTMENT MIX  You receive payment for dividends, while any
                       capital gain distributions are invested in
                       shares of your fund.


CASH                   You receive payment for all dividends and
                       capital gain distributions.

STEP 3

PLACE YOUR ORDER. Use any of the methods described on the following page. Please note that e.Shares(R) are available only through SchwabLink(R). Make checks payable to Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Orders placed in person or through a telephone representative are subject to a service fee, payable to Schwab.

31

SELLING/EXCHANGING SHARES

USE ANY OF THE METHODS DESCRIBED BELOW TO SELL SHARES OF A FUND.

When selling or exchanging shares, please be aware of the following policies:

- A fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.

- If you are selling shares that were recently purchased by check, the proceeds may be delayed until the check for purchase clears; this may take up to 15 days from the date of purchase.

- As indicated in each fund's fee table, each fund charges a redemption fee, which is discussed in more detail under "Redemption fees" under the "Transaction policies" section of this prospectus.

- There is no redemption fee when you exchange between share classes of the same fund.

- Each fund reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of a fund's assets, whichever is less. A shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

- Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds(R) that are not Sweep Investments(R) and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging.

- You must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.

METHODS FOR PLACING DIRECT ORDERS

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R), Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R) and Schwab International Index Fund(R)

INTERNET                                         SCHWABLINK(R)
www.schwab.com                                   Investment professionals should follow the
                                                 transaction instructions in the SchwabLink
SCHWAB BY PHONE TM 1                             manual; for technical assistance, call
Automated voice service or speak with a          1-800-647-5465.
representative at 1-800-435-4000 (for TDD
service, call 1-800-345-2550)                    MAIL
                                                 Write to Schwab Funds at:
TELEBROKER(R)                                    P.O. Box 3812
Automated touch-tone phone service at            Englewood, CO 80155-3812
1-800-272-4922.
                                                 IN PERSON 1
                                                 Visit the nearest Charles Schwab branch
                                                 office.

SCHWAB INSTITUTIONAL SELECT(R) S&P 500 FUND: If you are investing through an investment manager, contact your manager directly or the Schwab Signature Services Alliance team at 1-800-515-2157. If you do not have an investment manager, call 1-800-435-4000 for instructions or go to www.schwab.com. 1
(1-800-345-2550 for TDD users.)

You are automatically entitled to initiate transactions by the Internet or telephone. The funds and Schwab employ procedures to confirm the authenticity of Internet and telephone instructions. If the funds and Schwab follow these procedures, they will not be responsible for any losses or costs incurred by following Internet or telephone instructions that they reasonably believe to be genuine.

1 Orders placed in person or through a telephone representative are subject to a service fee, payable to Schwab.


WHEN PLACING ORDERS

With every order to buy, sell or exchange shares, you will need to include the following information:

- Your name or, for Internet orders, your account number/"Login ID."

- Your account number (for SchwabLink(R) transactions, you must include the master account and subaccount numbers) or, for Internet orders, your password.

- The name and share class (if applicable) of the fund whose shares you want to buy or sell.

- The dollar amount or number of shares you would like to buy, sell or exchange.

- When selling or exchanging shares by mail or by fax, be sure to include the signature of at least one of the persons who is authorized to trade (either an accountholder or authorized investment manager).

- For exchanges, the name and share class (if applicable) of the fund into which you want to exchange and the distribution option you prefer.

- When selling shares, how you would like to receive the proceeds.

Please note that orders to buy, sell or exchange become irrevocable at the time you mail them.

32 Investing in the funds



THE FUNDS AND SCHWAB RESERVE CERTAIN RIGHTS, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:

- To automatically redeem your shares if the account they are held in is closed for any reason.

- To automatically redeem your shares upon 60 days written notice if the value of your investment in a fund falls below the stated minimum balance requirement for the fund or share class, as applicable.

- To materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days' written notice to shareholders.

- To change or waive a fund's or share class' investment minimums.

- To suspend the right to sell shares back to a fund, and delay sending proceeds, during times when trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, or otherwise as permitted by the SEC.

- To withdraw or suspend any part of the offering made by this prospectus.


TRANSACTION POLICIES

THE FUNDS ARE OPEN FOR BUSINESS EACH DAY THAT THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE (NYSE) IS OPEN. The funds calculate their share prices each business day, for each share class, as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). A fund's share price is its net asset value per share, or NAV, which is the fund's net assets divided by the number of its shares outstanding.

Orders to buy, sell or exchange shares that are received in good order no later than the close of a fund (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time) will be executed at the next share price calculated that day.

If you place an order through a financial intermediary, please consult with that intermediary to determine when your order will be executed. Generally, you will receive the share price next calculated after a fund receives your order from your financial intermediary. However, some intermediaries may arrange with a fund for you to receive the share price next calculated after your intermediary has received your order. Some financial intermediaries may require that they receive your orders prior to a specified cut-off time.

In valuing their securities, the funds use market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available, a fund may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the fund's Board of Trustees as discussed in more detail under "Fair value pricing" in this "Transaction policies" section.

Shareholders of the Schwab International Index Fund(R) should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the fund is closed, the value of the fund's portfolio may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund.

THE FUNDS RESERVE CERTAIN RIGHTS REGARDING TRANSACTION POLICIES, AS DETAILED IN THE ADJACENT COLUMN.

POLICY REGARDING SHORT-TERM OR EXCESSIVE TRADING. Each fund is intended for long-term investment and not for short-term or excessive trading (collectively "market timing"). Market timing may adversely impact a fund's performance by disrupting the efficient management of the fund, increasing fund transaction costs and taxes, causing the fund to maintain higher cash balances, and diluting the value of the fund's shares.

Each fund's Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to reduce the risk of market timing by fund shareholders. Each fund seeks to deter market timing through several methods. These methods may include:
trade activity monitoring; redemption fees; and fair value pricing. Although these methods are designed to discourage market timing, there can be no guarantee that the fund will be able to identify and restrict investors that engage in such activities. In addition, these methods (other than redemption fees) are inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application. Each fund and its service providers seek to make these

33

judgments and applications in a manner that they believe is consistent with interests of the fund's long-term shareholders. Each fund may amend these policies and procedures in response to changing regulatory requirements or to enhance the effectiveness of the program.

TRADE ACTIVITY MONITORING. Each fund, through its service providers, maintains trade activity monitoring procedures with respect to the purchase, sale and exchange of fund shares. This process involves reviewing transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds within specified time intervals. Trading activity identified by these factors, or from other information then available (such as the actual trading pattern or dollar amount of the transactions), will be evaluated to determine whether such activity is detrimental to the fund.

If, as a result of this trade activity monitoring, a fund believes that a shareholder has engaged in market timing, it may, in its sole discretion, request the shareholder to stop such market timing activities or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholder's account. Each fund specifically reserves the right to reject any purchase or exchange orders by any investor or group of investors indefinitely for any reason. Transactions placed in contravention of a fund's market timing policies are not necessarily deemed accepted by the fund and may be canceled or revoked by the fund on the next business day following receipt by the fund.

Fund shares may be held through 401(k) and other group retirement plans and other omnibus arrangements maintained by broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries. Omnibus accounts allow financial intermediaries to aggregate their customers' investments in one account and to purchase, redeem and exchange fund shares without the identity of a particular customer being known to a fund. A number of these financial intermediaries may not have the capability or may not be willing to apply the funds' market timing policies. As a result, a fund cannot assure that its policies will be enforced with regard to fund shares held through such omnibus arrangements. While each fund may monitor share turnover at the omnibus account level, a fund's ability to monitor and detect market timing by shareholders in these omnibus accounts is limited, and, therefore, the fund may not be able to determine whether trading by these shareholders is contrary to the fund's market timing policies.

REDEMPTION FEES. The Schwab Equity Index Funds may impose a short-term redemption fee on any fund shares that are redeemed or exchanged by a shareholder within a specified number of days of the purchase date, as detailed below. The funds impose the redemption fees in an effort to deter short-term trading, to facilitate efficient fund management, to minimize the impact on fund performance and to offset fund transaction costs and other expenses. Each of the Schwab Equity Index Funds charges a redemption fee of 2.00% on shares sold or exchanged 30 days or less after purchasing them. These fees may be imposed to the extent the shares redeemed exceed the number of shares that have been held more than the specified number

34 Investing in the funds


of days. Each fund treats shares that have been held the longest as being redeemed first and shares that have been held the shortest as being redeemed last. Fund shares purchased with reinvested dividends are not subject to redemption fees. Each fund retains the redemption fees for the benefit of the remaining shareholders.

As noted above, the fund shares may be held in omnibus accounts by financial intermediaries. Currently, only certain intermediaries have the systems capability to collect the redemption fees on behalf of the fund. Even intermediaries that do have the capability may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying and calculating the fees that are different from those of a fund or may be unwilling to collect the fees. As such, a fund may not be able to collect redemption fees through these intermediaries. Each fund notifies all financial intermediaries of its policy and will encourage all financial intermediaries to develop the capability to begin collecting the redemption fees from all of their customers that invest in the fund.

Each fund reserves the right to waive its redemption fee if the fund or its service providers believe that such waivers are consistent with the best interests of the fund and its long-term shareholders. For example, the redemption fees may not be assessed in the following non-exclusive list of transactions: redemptions by tax-advantaged retirement plans; redemptions by certain fee-based or wrap programs; redemptions pursuant to rebalancing programs or systematic withdrawal plans established with the fund or financial intermediaries; redemptions by charitable giving funds; redemptions by registered investment companies; and redemptions initiated by the fund. Each fund also reserves the right to modify or eliminate the redemption fees or waivers at any time.

FAIR VALUE PRICING. The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value each fund's securities when market prices are not "readily available" or are unreliable. For example, a fund may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security's primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security's primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security's value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security's primary trading market.

By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, each fund seeks to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology is designed to deter "arbitrage" market timers, who seek to exploit delays between the change in the value of a fund's portfolio holdings and the net asset value of the fund's shares, and seeks to ensure that the prices at which the fund's shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders.

35

Each fund makes fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the fund's valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that a fund could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS. A description of the fund's policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund's portfolio securities is available in the fund's Statement of Additional Information.

36 Investing in the funds


DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

ANY INVESTMENT IN THE FUNDS TYPICALLY INVOLVES SEVERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Because each person's tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in a fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) web site at www.irs.gov.

AS A SHAREHOLDER, YOU ARE ENTITLED TO YOUR SHARE OF THE DIVIDENDS AND GAINS YOUR FUND EARNS. Every year, each fund distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of each fund's year-end distribution, if any, may be made available on the fund's website www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.

UNLESS YOU ARE INVESTING THROUGH AN IRA, 401(K) OR OTHER TAX-ADVANTAGED

RETIREMENT ACCOUNT, YOUR FUND DISTRIBUTIONS GENERALLY HAVE TAX CONSEQUENCES. Each fund's net investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the fund. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.

GENERALLY, ANY SALE OR EXCHANGE OF YOUR SHARES IS A TAXABLE EVENT. For tax purposes, an exchange of your shares for shares of another Schwab Fund is treated the same as a sale. An exchange between classes within a fund is not reported as a taxable sale. A sale may result in a capital gain or loss for you. The gain or loss generally will be treated as short term if you held the shares for 12 months or less, long term if you held the shares longer.

SHAREHOLDERS IN THE SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND(R) MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS as a result of foreign tax payments made by the fund. Typically, these payments will reduce the fund's dividends but will still be included in your taxable income. You may be able to claim a tax credit or deduction for your portion of foreign taxes paid by the fund, however.

AT THE BEGINNING OF EVERY YEAR, THE FUNDS PROVIDE SHAREHOLDERS WITH INFORMATION DETAILING THE TAX STATUS OF ANY DISTRIBUTIONS a fund paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.

SCHWAB CUSTOMERS WHO SELL FUND SHARES typically will receive a report that calculates their gain or loss using the "average cost" single-category method. This information is not reported to the IRS, and you still have the option of calculating gains or losses using any other methods permitted by the IRS.


MORE ON QUALIFIED DIVIDEND INCOME AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Dividends that are designated by the funds as qualified dividend income are eligible for a reduced maximum tax rate. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations. The funds expect that a portion of each fund's ordinary income distributions will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income subject to the reduced tax rates.

If you are investing through a taxable account and purchase shares of a fund just before it declares a distribution, you may receive a portion of your investment back as a taxable distribution. This is because when a fund makes a distribution, the share price is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

You can avoid "buying a dividend," as it is often called, by finding out if a distribution is imminent and waiting until afterwards to invest. Of course, you may decide that the opportunity to gain a few days of investment performance outweighs the tax consequences of buying a dividend.

37

TO LEARN MORE

This prospectus contains important information on the funds and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources:

ANNUAL AND SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS, which are mailed to current fund investors, discuss recent performance and fund holdings.

The STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.

For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab Funds(R) at 1-800-435-4000. In addition, you may visit Schwab Funds' web site at www.schwab.com/schwabfunds for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI, or an annual or semi-annual report.

The SAI, the funds' annual and semi-annual reports and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC's web site (http://www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You can also review and copy information about the funds, including the funds' SAI, at the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-942-8090 for information on the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room.

SEC FILE NUMBERS

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund                 811-7704
Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500
  Fund                                    811-7704
Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund                 811-6200
Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R)            811-7704
Schwab Total Stock Market Index
Fund(R)                                   811-7704
Schwab International Index Fund(R)        811-7704

REG13644FLT-11

SCHWAB EQUITY INDEX FUNDS

PROSPECTUS
February 28, 2006

[CHARLES SCHWAB LOGO]


SCHWAB MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIOS(R)

SCHWAB FUNDS LOGO

Prospectus
February 28, 2006

- Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio TM
- Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio TM
- Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio TM
- Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio TM

As with all mutual funds, the
Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and
accurate. Anyone who indicates
otherwise is committing a federal
crime. [CHARLES SCHWAB LOGO]


SCHWAB MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIOS(R)

ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS

   All Equity Portfolio.....................................    2

   Growth Portfolio.........................................    7

   Balanced Portfolio.......................................   12

   Conservative Portfolio...................................   17

   Portfolio management.....................................   22

INVESTING IN THE PORTFOLIOS

   Buying shares............................................   24

   Selling/exchanging shares................................   26

   Transaction policies.....................................   27

   Distributions and taxes..................................   31


ABOUT THE PORTFOLIOS

The portfolios in this prospectus share the same investment approach. Each portfolio seeks to maintain a defined mix of asset classes over time, and each invests mainly in a combination of other Schwab Funds(R), which are managed using indexing strategies. Each portfolio pursues a different investment goal.

This approach is intended to offer the investor key features of two types of investment strategies: asset allocation and indexing. Each portfolio's performance is a blend of the performance of different asset classes or different segments within an asset class.

Indexing, a strategy of tracking the performance of a given segment of the market over time, involves looking to an index to determine what securities to own. By investing in a combination of other Schwab Funds(R), the portfolios are designed to offer diversification in a single investment.

The portfolios are designed for long-term investors. Their performance will fluctuate over time and, as with all investments, future performance may differ from past performance.


SCHWAB MARKETTRACK ALL EQUITY PORTFOLIO TM
Ticker symbol Investor Shares: SWEGX


THE PORTFOLIO SEEKS HIGH CAPITAL GROWTH THROUGH AN ALL-STOCK PORTFOLIO.

ASSET ALLOCATION AMONG FUNDS

Asset allocation is a strategy of investing specific percentages of a portfolio in various asset classes.

The portfolio's allocation focuses on stock investments for long-term growth. The portfolio seeks to remain close to the target allocations of 45% in large- cap, 30% in international and 25% in small-cap stocks and typically does not change its target allocation.

Because the portfolio must keep a small portion of its assets in cash for business operations, the portfolio's actual investments will be slightly less than 100% in stock funds.

The portfolio managers monitor the portfolio's holdings and cash flow and manage them as needed in order to maintain the portfolio's target allocation. The managers may permit modest deviations from the target allocation for certain periods of time, in order to reduce transaction costs.


STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE PORTFOLIO MAINTAINS A DEFINED ASSET ALLOCATION. The portfolio's target allocation is 100% in stock investments, with certain percentages for different segments of the stock market. It is the fund's policy that, under normal circumstances, it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in stock investments; typically the actual percentage is considerably higher. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy.

The portfolio invests mainly in other Schwab Funds(R), particularly three of the Equity Index Funds. These underlying funds seek to track the total returns of various stock market indices. They typically invest in the stocks included in the index they are tracking, and generally give each stock the same weight as the index does. Each underlying fund focuses on a different segment of the stock market. Below are the underlying funds for this portfolio and the indices they seek to track, listed according to their corresponding category in the portfolio's asset allocation:

ALLOCATION     FUND AND INDEX
----------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE-CAP      Schwab Institutional Select(R) S&P 500 Fund. Seeks to
               track the S&P 500 Index(R), a widely recognized index
               maintained by Standard & Poor's that includes 500 U.S.
               publicly traded stocks.

SMALL-CAP      Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R). Seeks to track the
               Schwab Small-Cap Index(R), which includes the
               second-largest 1,000 U.S. publicly traded stocks as
               measured by market capitalization.

INTERNATIONAL  Schwab International Index Fund(R). Seeks to track the
               Schwab International Index(R), which includes 350 of
               the largest stocks (as measured by free float-adjusted
               market capitalization) that are publicly traded in
               developed securities markets outside the United States.

For the large-cap allocation, the portfolio may also invest directly in all of the stocks which comprise the S&P 500 Index (or other similar index), using an indexing strategy. In addition, the portfolio may purchase individual securities to maintain its allocations.

2

This portfolio's exposure to a broad spectrum of U.S. and international stocks may make it an appropriate choice for long-term investors seeking a composite of U.S. and international stock market performance in a single fund.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the portfolio will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

ALLOCATION RISK. The portfolio's stock allocations can have an effect on returns. The risks and returns of different segments of the stock market can vary over the long term and the short term. Because of this, the portfolio's performance could suffer during times when segments emphasized by its target allocation are out of favor, or when stocks in general are out of favor.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Many of the risks of this portfolio are associated with its investments in underlying stock index funds. The portfolio's underlying stock index funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock market, as measured by their respective indices. Neither the portfolio, because of its asset allocation strategy, nor the underlying funds, because of their indexing strategy, take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. While the portfolio's underlying funds seek to track the returns of various indices, in each case an underlying fund's performance normally is below that of the index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike an index, the underlying funds incur expenses and must keep a small portion of their assets in cash. To the extent that an underlying fund lends securities or makes short-term or other investments to reduce its performance gap, it may increase the risk that its performance will be reduced. The portfolio itself keeps a small portion of its assets in cash, which may contribute modestly to lower performance.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance--the portfolio's performance also will lag those investments.

FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK. The portfolio's investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse

3

changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges). In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The portfolio may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities' markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries.

CURRENCY RISK. As a result of the portfolio's investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the portfolio will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar. If such an event occurs, the dollar value of an investment in the portfolio would be adversely affected.

4 Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio TM


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows portfolio returns before and after taxes, and compares portfolio performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

[BAR CHART]

      25.06   (8.91)  (13.05) (20.45) 33.96   13.98    6.83

        99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 18.54% Q2 2003
WORST QUARTER: (18.38%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                                    Since
                                                               1 year   5 years   inception
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PORTFOLIO
  Before taxes                                                  6.83     2.44       3.75 1
  After taxes on distributions                                  6.42     2.02       3.29 1
  After taxes on distributions
    and sale of shares                                          4.44     1.84       2.96 1

S&P 500(R) INDEX                                                4.91     0.54       3.00 2

1 Inception: 5/19/98.

2 From: 5/19/98.

PORTFOLIO FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a portfolio investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the portfolio. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of portfolio assets, so their effect is included in total return. Fees of the underlying funds are reflected in those funds' performance, and thus indirectly in portfolio performance.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES (% of transaction amount)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                           2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                           0.44
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                                 None
Other expenses                                                            0.31
                                                                        -------
Total annual operating expenses                                           0.75
Less expense reduction                                                   (0.25)

                                                                        -------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                                  0.50
                                                                        -------
Estimated indirect expenses of underlying funds***                        0.30

                                                                        -------
TOTAL NET PORTFOLIO AND UNDERLYING FUNDS OPERATING EXPENSES               0.80
                                                                        -------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the portfolio.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the portfolio's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.50% through 2/27/07.

*** As of 12/31/05.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below includes both the portfolio's operating expenses and the indirect expenses of the underlying funds and uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the portfolio's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figure is based on "total net portfolio and underlying funds operating expenses". The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the portfolio or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

     1 year              3 years              5 years              10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      $82                  $337                 $612                $1,398

5

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the portfolio's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single portfolio share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the portfolio would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The portfolio's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the portfolio's annual report (see back cover).

                                                         11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
                                                         10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                     10.44       9.43       7.60       9.06      12.06
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                                     0.12       0.08       0.09       0.05       0.22
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses               1.11       1.02       1.85      (1.32)     (2.99)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations           1.23       1.10       1.94      (1.27)     (2.77)
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                     (0.12)     (0.09)     (0.09)     (0.05)     (0.22)
  Distributions from net realized gains                       --         --      (0.02)     (0.14)     (0.01)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                                        (0.12)     (0.09)     (0.11)     (0.19)     (0.23)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                           11.55      10.44       9.43       7.60       9.06
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                           11.81      11.75      25.77     (14.40)    (23.27)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses 1                                  0.50       0.50       0.50       0.50       0.50
  Gross operating expenses 1                                0.75       0.76       0.76       0.77       0.77
  Net investment income                                     1.07       0.83       1.10       0.58       1.93
Portfolio turnover rate                                       49          7         10         15          5
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                    463        450        427        353        405

1 The expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the portfolio invests are not included in this ratio. The income received by the portfolio from underlying funds is reduced by those expenses.

6 Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio TM


SCHWAB MARKETTRACK GROWTH PORTFOLIO TM

Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWHGX P Shares: SWPGX

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE PORTFOLIO MAINTAINS A DEFINED ASSET ALLOCATION. The
portfolio's target allocation includes stock, bond and cash investments.

The portfolio invests mainly in other Schwab Funds(R), including index funds, which seek to track the total returns of various market indices. Index funds typically invest in the securities included in the index they are tracking, and give each security the same weight as the index does. Each underlying fund focuses on a different market segment. Below are the underlying funds for this portfolio and the indices they seek to track, listed according to their corresponding category in the portfolio's asset allocation:

ALLOCATION     FUND AND INDEX
----------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE-CAP      Schwab Institutional Select(R) S&P 500 Fund. Seeks to
               track the S&P 500 Index(R), a widely recognized index
               maintained by Standard & Poor's that includes 500 U.S.
               publicly traded stocks.

SMALL-CAP      Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R). Seeks to track the
               Schwab Small-Cap Index(R), which includes the
               second-largest 1,000 U.S. publicly traded stocks as
               measured by market capitalization.

INTERNATIONAL  Schwab International Index Fund(R). Seeks to track the
               Schwab International Index(R), which includes 350 of
               the largest stocks (as measured by free float-adjusted
               market capitalization) that are publicly traded in
               developed securities markets outside the United States.

BOND           Schwab Total Bond Market Fund TM. Seeks to track the
               Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, which
               includes a broad-based mix of U.S. investment-grade
               bonds with maturities greater than one year.

For the large-cap allocation, the portfolio may also invest directly in all of the stocks which comprise the S&P 500 Index (or other similar index), using an indexing strategy. In addition, the portfolio may purchase individual securities to maintain its allocations.


THE PORTFOLIO SEEKS HIGH CAPITAL GROWTH WITH LESS VOLATILITY THAN AN ALL-STOCK PORTFOLIO.

ASSET ALLOCATION

Asset allocation is a strategy of investing specific percentages of a portfolio in various asset classes.
The Growth Portfolio's allocation focuses on stock investments, while including some bonds and cash investments in seeking to reduce the portfolio's volatility. The portfolio seeks to remain close to the target allocations of 80% stocks, 15% bonds and 5% cash and typically does not change its target allocation.

The stock allocation is further divided into three segments: 40% of assets for large-cap, 20% for small-cap and 20% for international.

The portfolio managers monitor the portfolio's holdings and cash flow and manage them as needed in order to maintain the portfolio's target allocation. The managers may permit modest deviations from the target allocation for certain periods of time, in order to reduce transaction costs.


7

By emphasizing stocks while including other investments to temper market risk, this portfolio could be appropriate for investors seeking attractive long-term growth with potentially lower volatility.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the portfolio will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

ALLOCATION RISK. The portfolio's asset and stock allocations can have an effect on returns. The risks and returns of different classes of assets and different segments of the stock market can vary over the long term and the short term. Because of this, the portfolio's performance could suffer during times when the types of stocks favored by its target allocation are out of favor, or when stocks in general are out of favor.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Many of the risks of this portfolio are associated with its investments in underlying stock and bond index funds. The portfolio's underlying index funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock or bond market, as measured by their respective indices. Neither the portfolio, because of its asset allocation strategy, nor the underlying funds, because of their indexing strategy, take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. While the portfolio's underlying funds seek to track the returns of various indices, in each case an underlying fund's performance normally is below that of the index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike an index, the underlying funds incur expenses and must keep a small portion of their assets in cash. To the extent that an underlying fund lends securities or makes short-term or other investments to reduce its performance gap, it may increase the risk that its performance will be reduced. The portfolio itself keeps a small portion of its assets in cash, which may contribute modestly to lower performance.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance--the portfolio's performance also will lag those investments.

8 Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio TM


FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK. The portfolio's investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges). In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The portfolio may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities' markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries.

CURRENCY RISK. As a result of the portfolio's investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the portfolio will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar. If such an event occurs, the dollar value of an investment in the portfolio would be adversely affected.

DEBT SECURITIES RISK. Bond prices generally fall when interest rates rise. Bonds with longer maturities tend to be more sensitive to this risk. Portfolio performance also could be affected if an issuer or guarantor of a bond held by the portfolio fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Lower-quality bonds are considered speculative with respect to its issuer's ability to make timely payments or otherwise honor its obligations. In addition, prices of lower-quality bonds tend to be more volatile than those of investment-grade bonds, and may fall based on bad news about the issuer, an industry or the overall economy. Mortgage- or asset-backed securities are subject to the risk that these bonds may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause the portfolio to hold securities paying lower than market rates of interest, which could hurt the portfolio's yield or share price. Also, bonds of foreign issuers may be more volatile than those of comparable bonds from U.S. issuers, for reasons ranging from limited issuer information to the risk of political upheaval. The portfolio's use of mortgage dollar rolls could cause the portfolio to lose money if the price of the mortgage-backed securities sold fall below the agreed upon repurchase price, or if the counterparty is unable to honor the agreement.

9

PERFORMANCE

The information below shows portfolio returns before and after taxes, and compares portfolio performance (which varies over time) to that of two indices. The indices are unmanaged and do not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- are shown for one share class only, and would be different for the other share class

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

The portfolio has two share classes, which have different minimum investments, different costs and different eligibility requirements. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section. Because the P Shares is a new share class, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the portfolio's prospectus.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

      14.49   21.00   15.17   19.36   (4.81)  (8.43)  (15.48) 27.08   11.61    5.69

        96      97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 15.70% Q4 1998
WORST QUARTER: (14.15%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                  1 year   5 years   10 years
-------------------------------------------------------------
PORTFOLIO
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                     5.69     3.02       7.72
  After taxes on distributions     5.10     2.39       6.86
  After taxes on distributions
    and sale of shares             3.70     2.20       6.25

S&P 500(R) INDEX                   4.91     0.54       9.07

LEHMAN BROTHERS U.S. AGGREGATE
  BOND INDEX                       2.43     5.87       6.16

PORTFOLIO FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a portfolio investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the portfolio. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of portfolio assets, so their effect is included in total return for each share class. Fees of the underlying funds are reflected in those funds' performance, and thus indirectly in portfolio performance.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                     INVESTOR       P
  (% of transaction amount)                           SHARES      SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                        2.00        None

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                        0.43        0.43
Distribution (12b-1) fees                              None        None
Other expenses                                         0.29        0.14
                                                       ----------------
Total annual operating expenses                        0.72        0.57
Less expense reduction                                (0.22)      (0.22)
                                                       ----------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                               0.50        0.35
                                                       ----------------
Estimated indirect expenses of underlying funds***     0.30        0.30
                                                       ----------------
TOTAL NET PORTFOLIO AND UNDERLYING FUNDS OPERATING
  EXPENSES                                             0.80        0.65
                                                       ----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the portfolio.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and P Shares to 0.50% and 0.35%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

*** As of 12/31/05.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below includes both the portfolio's operating expenses and the indirect expenses of the underlying funds and uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the portfolio's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on "total net portfolio and underlying funds operating expenses". The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the portfolio or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                          1 year        3 years        5 years        10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES            $82            $322           $582          $1,324
P SHARES                   $66            $277           $505          $1,161

10 Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio TM


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the portfolio's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single portfolio share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the portfolio would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The portfolio's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the portfolio's annual report (see back cover).

                                                         11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
                                                         10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                     15.57      14.36      12.05      13.88      17.22
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                                     0.27       0.21       0.18       0.19       0.41
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses               1.20       1.21       2.33      (1.62)     (3.22)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations           1.47       1.42       2.51      (1.43)     (2.81)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                     (0.23)     (0.21)     (0.20)     (0.24)     (0.44)
  Distributions from net realized gains                       --         --         --      (0.16)     (0.09)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                                        (0.23)     (0.21)     (0.20)     (0.40)     (0.53)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                           16.81      15.57      14.36      12.05      13.88
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                            9.48       9.94      21.18     (10.78)    (16.71)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses 1                                  0.50       0.50       0.50       0.50       0.50
  Gross operating expenses 1                                0.72       0.73       0.74       0.75       0.74
  Net investment income                                     1.58       1.35       1.48       1.35       2.58
Portfolio turnover rate                                       33          9          9         21         10

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                    657        614        578        510        511

1 The expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the portfolio invests are not included in this ratio. The income received by the portfolio from underlying funds is reduced by those expenses.

11

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK BALANCED PORTFOLIO TM
Ticker symbol Investor Shares: SWBGX


THE PORTFOLIO SEEKS BOTH CAPITAL GROWTH AND INCOME.

ASSET ALLOCATION

Asset allocation is a strategy of investing specific percentages of a portfolio in various asset classes.

The Balanced Portfolio's allocation is weighted toward stock investments, while including substantial bond investments in seeking to add income and reduce the portfolio's volatility. The portfolio seeks to remain close to the target allocations of 60% stocks, 35% bonds and 5% cash and typically does not change its target allocation.

The stock allocation is further divided into three segments: 30% of assets for large-cap, 15% for small-cap and 15% for international.

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE PORTFOLIO MAINTAINS A DEFINED ASSET ALLOCATION. The
portfolio's target allocation includes bond, stock and cash investments.

The portfolio invests mainly in other Schwab Funds(R), including index funds, which seek to track the total returns of various market indices. Index funds typically invest in the securities included in the index they are tracking, and give each security the same weight as the index does. Each underlying fund focuses on a different market segment. Below are the underlying funds for this portfolio and the indices they seek to track, listed according to their corresponding category in the portfolio's asset allocation:

ALLOCATION     FUND AND INDEX
------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE-CAP      Schwab Institutional Select(R) S&P 500 Fund. Seeks to
               track the S&P 500 Index(R), a widely recognized index
               maintained by Standard & Poor's that includes 500 U.S.
               publicly traded stocks.

SMALL-CAP      Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R). Seeks to track the Schwab
               Small-Cap Index(R), which includes the second-largest
               1,000 U.S. publicly traded stocks as measured by market
               capitalization.

INTERNATIONAL  Schwab International Index Fund(R). Seeks to track the
               Schwab International Index(R), which includes 350 of the
               largest stocks (as measured by free float-adjusted market
               capitalization) that are publicly traded in developed
               securities markets outside the United States.

BOND           Schwab Total Bond Market Fund TM. Seeks to track the
               Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, which includes
               a broad-based mix of U.S. investment-grade bonds with
               maturities greater than one year.

For the large-cap allocation, the portfolio may also invest directly in all of the stocks which comprise the S&P 500 Index (or other similar index), using an indexing strategy. In addition, the portfolio may purchase individual securities to maintain its allocations. The portfolio managers monitor the portfolio's holdings and cash flow and manage them as needed in order to maintain the portfolio's target allocation. The managers may permit modest deviations from the target allocation for certain periods of time, in order to reduce transaction costs.

12

With a blend of asset types that modestly favors stocks, this portfolio may be appropriate for long-term investors with moderate sensitivity to risk.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the portfolio will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

ALLOCATION RISK. The portfolio's asset and stock allocations can have a substantial effect on performance. The risks and returns of different classes of assets and different segments of the stock market can vary over the long term and the short term. Because it intends to maintain substantial exposure to stocks as well as bonds, the portfolio will be hurt by poor performance in either market. Also, because it does not intend to make strategic changes in its allocation, the portfolio's performance may be hurt during times when segments emphasized by its target allocation are out of favor.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Many of the risks of this portfolio are associated with its investments in underlying stock and bond index funds. The portfolio's underlying index funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock or bond market, as measured by their respective indices. Neither the portfolio, because of its asset allocation strategy, nor the underlying funds, because of their indexing strategy, take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. While the portfolio's underlying funds seek to track the returns of various indices, in each case an underlying fund's performance normally is below that of the index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike an index, the underlying funds incur expenses and must keep a small portion of their assets in cash. To the extent that an underlying fund lends securities or makes short-term or other investments to reduce its performance gap, it may increase the risk that its performance will be reduced. The portfolio itself keeps a small portion of its assets in cash, which may contribute modestly to lower performance.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

DEBT SECURITIES RISK. Bond prices generally fall when interest rates rise. Bonds with longer maturities tend to be more sensitive to this risk. Portfolio performance also could be affected if an issuer or guarantor of a bond held by the portfolio fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Lower-quality bonds are considered speculative with respect to its issuer's ability to make timely payments or otherwise honor its obligations. In addition, prices of lower-quality bonds tend to be more volatile than those of investment-grade bonds, and may fall based on bad news about the issuer, an industry or the overall economy.

13

Mortgage- or asset-backed securities are subject to the risk that these bonds may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause the portfolio to hold securities paying lower than market rates of interest, which could hurt the portfolio's yield or share price. Also, bonds of foreign issuers may be more volatile than those of comparable bonds from U.S. issuers, for reasons ranging from limited issuer information to the risk of political upheaval. The portfolio's use of mortgage dollar rolls could cause the portfolio to lose money if the price of the mortgage-backed securities sold fall below the agreed upon repurchase price, or if the counterparty is unable to honor the agreement.

SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance--the portfolio's performance also will lag those investments.

FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK. The portfolio's investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges). In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The portfolio may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities' markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries.

CURRENCY RISK. As a result of the portfolio's investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the portfolio will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar. If such an event occurs, the dollar value of an investment in the portfolio would be adversely affected.

14 Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio TM


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows portfolio returns before and after taxes, and compares portfolio performance (which varies over time) to that of two indices. The indices are unmanaged and do not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

[BAR CHART]

      11.15   17.76   13.67   14.00   (1.03)  (4.40)  (9.85)  21.04    9.64    4.88

        96      97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 11.81% Q4 1998
WORST QUARTER: (9.78%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                               1 year   5 years   10 years
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PORTFOLIO
  Before taxes                                                  4.88     3.71       7.25
  After taxes on distributions                                  4.22     2.84       6.19
  After taxes on distributions
    and sale of shares                                          3.39     2.65       5.70

S&P 500(R) INDEX                                                4.91     0.54       9.07

LEHMAN BROTHERS U.S. AGGREGATE BOND INDEX                       2.43     5.87       6.16

PORTFOLIO FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a portfolio investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the portfolio. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of portfolio assets, so their effect is included in total return. Fees of the underlying funds are reflected in those funds' performance, and thus indirectly in portfolio performance.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES (% of transaction amount)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                           2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                           0.44
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                                 None
Other expenses                                                            0.29
                                                                        -------
Total annual operating expenses                                           0.73

Less expense reduction                                                   (0.23)
                                                                        -------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                                  0.50
                                                                        -------
Estimated indirect expenses of underlying funds***                        0.35
                                                                        -------
TOTAL NET PORTFOLIO AND UNDERLYING FUNDS OPERATING EXPENSES               0.85
                                                                        -------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the portfolio.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the portfolio's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.50% through 2/27/07.

*** As of 12/31/05.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below includes both the portfolio's operating expenses and the indirect expenses of the underlying funds and uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the portfolio's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figure is based on "total net portfolio and underlying funds operating expenses". The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the portfolio or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

     1 year              3 years              5 years              10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      $87                  $336                 $604                $1,371

15

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the portfolio's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single portfolio share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the portfolio would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The portfolio's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the portfolio's annual report (see back cover).

                                                         11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
                                                         10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                     14.66      13.78      12.05      13.47      15.53
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                                     0.34       0.29       0.25       0.32       0.45
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses               0.74       0.88       1.77      (1.22)     (1.92)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations           1.08       1.17       2.02      (0.90)     (1.47)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                     (0.28)     (0.29)     (0.29)     (0.40)     (0.49)
  Distributions from net realized gains                       --         --         --      (0.12)     (0.10)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                                        (0.28)     (0.29)     (0.29)     (0.52)     (0.59)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                           15.46      14.66      13.78      12.05      13.47
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                            7.41       8.61      17.12      (7.08)     (9.72)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses 1                                  0.50       0.50       0.50       0.50       0.50
  Gross operating expenses 1                                0.73       0.74       0.74       0.74       0.74
  Net investment income                                     2.20       2.03       1.98       2.35       3.31
Portfolio turnover rate                                       25         11         17         31         21

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                    519        541        516        462        497

1 The expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the portfolio invests are not included in this ratio. The income received by the portfolio from underlying funds is reduced by those expenses.

16 Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio TM


SCHWAB MARKETTRACK CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO TM

Ticker symbol Investor Shares: SWCGX P Shares: SWCPX

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE PORTFOLIO MAINTAINS A DEFINED ASSET ALLOCATION. The
portfolio's target allocation includes bond, stock and cash investments.

The portfolio invests mainly in other Schwab Funds(R), including index funds, which seek to track the total returns of various market indices. Index funds typically invest in the securities included in the index they are tracking, and give each security the same weight as the index does. Each underlying fund focuses on a different market segment. Below are the underlying funds for this portfolio and the indices they seek to track, listed according to their corresponding category in the portfolio's asset allocation:

ALLOCATION     FUND AND INDEX
------------------------------------------------------------------------
BOND           Schwab Total Bond Market Fund TM. Seeks to track the
               Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, which includes
               a broad-based mix of U.S. investment-grade bonds with
               maturities greater than one year.

LARGE-CAP      Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund and/or Schwab Institutional
               Select(R) S&P 500 Fund. Each seeks to track the S&P 500
               Index(R), a widely recognized Index maintained by
               Standard & Poor's that includes 500 U.S. publicly traded
               stocks.

SMALL-CAP      Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R). Seeks to track the Schwab
               Small-Cap Index(R), which includes the second-largest
               1,000 U.S. publicly traded stocks as measured by market
               capitalization.

INTERNATIONAL  Schwab International Index Fund(R). Seeks to track the
               Schwab International Index(R), which includes 350 of the
               largest stocks (as measured by free float-adjusted market
               capitalization) that are publicly traded in developed
               securities markets outside the United States.

For the large-cap allocation, the portfolio may also invest directly in all of the stocks which comprise the S&P 500 Index (or other similar index), using an indexing strategy. In addition, the portfolio may purchase individual securities to maintain its allocations. The portfolio managers monitor the portfolio's holdings and cash flow and manage them as needed in order to maintain the portfolio's target allocation. The managers may permit modest deviations from the target allocation for certain periods of time, in order to reduce transaction costs.


THE PORTFOLIO SEEKS INCOME AND MORE GROWTH POTENTIAL THAN AN ALL-BOND PORTFOLIO.

ASSET ALLOCATION

Asset allocation is a strategy of investing specific percentages of a portfolio in various asset classes.

The Conservative Portfolio's allocation is weighted toward bond investments, while including substantial stock investments in seeking to obtain long-term growth. The portfolio seeks to remain close to the target allocations of 55% bonds, 40% stocks and 5% cash and typically does not change its target allocation.

The stock allocation is further divided into three segments: 20% of assets for large-cap, 10% for small-cap and 10% for international.

17

Conservative investors and investors with shorter time horizons are among those for whom this portfolio was created.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the portfolio will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

ALLOCATION RISK. The portfolio's asset and stock allocations can have a substantial effect on performance. The risks and returns of different classes of assets and different segments of the stock market can vary over the long-term and the short-term. Because it intends to maintain substantial exposure to bonds as well as stocks, the portfolio will be hurt by poor performance in either market. Also, because it does not intend to make strategic changes in its allocation, the portfolio's performance may be hurt during times when segments emphasized by its target allocation are out of favor.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. Many of the risks of this portfolio are associated with its investments in underlying stock and bond index funds. The portfolio's underlying index funds seek to track the performance of various segments of the stock or bond market, as measured by their respective indices. Neither the portfolio, because of its asset allocation strategy, nor the underlying funds, because of their indexing strategy, take steps to reduce market exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. While the portfolio's underlying funds seek to track the returns of various indices, in each case an underlying fund's performance normally is below that of the index. This gap occurs mainly because, unlike an index, the underlying funds incur expenses and must keep a small portion of their assets in cash. To the extent that an underlying fund lends securities or makes short-term or other investments to reduce its performance gap, it may increase the risk that its performance will be reduced. The portfolio itself keeps a small portion of its assets in cash, which may contribute modestly to lower performance.

DEBT SECURITIES RISK. Bond prices generally fall when interest rates rise. Bonds with longer maturities tend to be more sensitive to this risk. Portfolio performance also could be affected if an issuer or guarantor of a bond held by the portfolio fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Lower-quality bonds are considered speculative with respect to its issuer's ability to make timely payments or otherwise honor its obligations. In addition, prices of lower-quality bonds tend to be more volatile than those of investment-grade bonds, and may fall based on bad news about the issuer, an industry or the overall economy. Mortgage- or asset-backed securities are subject to the risk that these bonds may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause the portfolio to hold securities paying lower than market rates of interest, which could hurt the portfolio's yield or share price. Also, bonds of foreign issuers may be more volatile than those of comparable bonds from U.S. issuers, for reasons ranging from limited issuer information to the risk of political upheaval. The portfolio's use of mortgage dollar rolls could cause the fund to lose money if the price

18 Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio TM


of the mortgage-backed securities sold fall below the agreed upon repurchase price, or if the counterparty is unable to honor the agreement.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance--the portfolio's performance also will lag those investments.

FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK. The portfolio's investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges). In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The portfolio may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities' markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries.

CURRENCY RISK. As a result of the portfolio's investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the portfolio will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar. If such an event occurs, the dollar value of an investment in the portfolio would be adversely affected.

19

PERFORMANCE

The information below shows portfolio returns before and after taxes, and compares portfolio performance (which varies over time) to that of two indices. The indices are unmanaged and do not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:
- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rates that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- are shown for one class only, and would be different for the other share class

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance.

The portfolio has two share classes, which have different minimum investments, different costs and different eligibility requirements. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section. Because the P Shares is a new share class, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the portfolio's prospectus.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

       8.14   14.71   11.56    8.70    2.71   (0.35)  (4.02)  15.05    7.80    3.98

        96      97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 8.49% Q2 1997
WORST QUARTER: (5.26%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                1 year   5 years   10 years
-----------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                   3.98     4.28       6.66
  After taxes on distributions   3.13     3.16       5.26
  After taxes on distributions
    and sale of shares           2.71     2.98       4.91

LEHMAN BROTHERS U.S. AGGREGATE
  BOND INDEX                     2.43     5.87       6.16

S&P 500(R) INDEX                 4.91     0.54       9.07

PORTFOLIO FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a portfolio investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the portfolio. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of portfolio assets, so their effect is included in total return for each share class. Fees of the underlying funds are reflected in those funds' performance, and thus indirectly in portfolio performance.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                              INVESTOR     P
  (% of transaction amount)                                    SHARES    SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00      None

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 0.44      0.44
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None      None
Other expenses                                                  0.31      0.16
                                                               ----------------
Total annual operating expenses                                 0.75      0.60
Less expense reduction                                         (0.25)    (0.25)
                                                               ----------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                        0.50      0.35
                                                               ----------------
Estimated indirect expenses of underlying funds***              0.41      0.41
                                                               ----------------
TOTAL NET PORTFOLIO AND UNDERLYING FUNDS OPERATING EXPENSES     0.91      0.76
                                                               ----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the portfolio.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the portfolio's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and P Shares to 0.50% and 0.35%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

*** As of 12/31/05.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below includes both the portfolio's operating expenses and the indirect expenses of the underlying funds and uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the portfolio's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on "total net portfolio and underlying funds operating expenses". The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the portfolio or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                          1 year        3 years        5 years        10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES            $93            $354           $636          $1,490
P SHARES                   $78            $307           $556          $1,267

20 Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio TM


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the portfolio's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single portfolio share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the portfolio would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The portfolio's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the portfolio's annual report (see back cover).

                                                         11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
                                                         10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                     13.09      12.53      11.37      12.22      13.12
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                                     0.36       0.34       0.29       0.40       0.49
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses               0.32       0.57       1.16      (0.78)     (0.80)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations           0.68       0.91       1.45      (0.38)     (0.31)

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                     (0.35)     (0.35)     (0.29)     (0.41)     (0.50)
  Distributions from net realized gains                       --         --         --      (0.06)     (0.09)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                                        (0.35)     (0.35)     (0.29)     (0.47)     (0.59)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                           13.42      13.09      12.53      11.37      12.22
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                            5.24       7.38      12.98      (3.29)     (2.39)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses 1                                  0.50       0.50       0.50       0.50       0.50
  Gross operating expenses 1                                0.75       0.75       0.75       0.76       0.77
  Net investment income                                     2.67       2.70       2.44       3.17       3.85
Portfolio turnover rate                                        9         10         17         32         15

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                    300        290        289        263        211

1 The expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the portfolio invests are not included in this ratio. The income received by the portfolio from underlying funds is reduced by those expenses.

21

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

The portfolios' investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., has more than $147 billion under management.

The investment adviser for the portfolios is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104. Founded in 1989, the firm today serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab Funds(R). The firm manages assets for more than 5.5 million shareholder accounts. (All figures on this page are as of 10/31/05).

As the investment adviser, the firm oversees the asset management and administration of the portfolios. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee from each portfolio. For the 12 months ended 10/31/05, these fees were 0.18% for the All Equity Portfolio, 0.20% for the Growth Portfolio, 0.20% for the Balanced Portfolio and 0.19% for the Conservative Portfolio. These figures, which are expressed as a percentage of each portfolio's average daily net assets, represent the actual amounts paid, including the effects of reductions.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees' approval of the portfolios' investment advisory agreement is available in the portfolios' 2005 annual report, which covers the period of 11/1/04 through 10/31/05.

LARRY MANO, a vice president and senior portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for the day-to-day co-management of the equity portions of the portfolios. Prior to joining the firm in November 1998, he worked for 20 years in equity management.

TOM BROWN, an associate portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is the day-to-day co-manager of the equity portions of the portfolios. He joined Schwab in 1995, became a trader in 1999, and was named to his current position in 2004.

STEVEN HUNG, a director and portfolio manager of the investment adviser, has day-to-day responsibility for the co-management of the bond and cash portions of the portfolios. He joined the firm in 1998 and has worked in fixed-income asset management since 1999.

MATTHEW HASTINGS, CFA, a director and portfolio manager of the investment adviser, has day-to-day responsibility for the co-management of the bond and cash portions of the portfolios. He joined the firm in 1999 and has worked in fixed income and asset management since 1996.

Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in each fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

22

INVESTING IN THE PORTFOLIOS

As a Schwab Funds(R) investor, you have a number of ways to do business with us.

On the following pages, you will find information on buying, selling and exchanging shares using the method that is most convenient for you. You also will see how to choose a distribution option for your investment. Helpful information on taxes is included as well.

23


SCHWAB ACCOUNTS

Some Schwab account features can work in tandem with features offered by the portfolios.

For example, when you sell shares in a portfolio, the proceeds automatically are paid to your Schwab account. From your account, you can use features such as MoneyLink(R), which lets you move money between your brokerage accounts and bank accounts and Automatic Investment Plan (AIP), which lets you set up periodic investments.

For more information on Schwab accounts, call 1-800-435-4000 or visit the Schwab web site at www.schwab.com.

BUYING SHARES

Shares of each portfolio may be purchased through a Schwab account or through broker-dealers, banks, investment professionals or other financial institutions, 401(k) plans or other employee benefit plans (financial intermediaries).

The information on these pages outlines how Schwab investors can place "good orders," which are orders made in accordance with a portfolio's policies to buy, sell, and exchange shares of a portfolio.

If you are investing through a financial intermediary, including Schwab, the intermediary may impose additional or different conditions than a portfolio on purchases, redemptions or exchanges of portfolio shares. Some policy differences may include initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements, exchange policies, portfolio choices, cut-off time for investment and trading restrictions. For Schwab accounts, the minimum additional investment through an automatic investment plan is $100. Intermediaries may also independently establish and charge their customers transaction fees, account fees and other fees in addition to the fees charged by a portfolio. These additional fees may vary over time and would increase the cost of the customer's investment and lower investment returns. Shareholders who are customers of financial intermediaries should consult their intermediaries for information regarding these conditions and fees. The portfolios are not responsible for the failure of financial intermediaries to carry out their responsibilities to their customers.

The investment adviser and Schwab or its affiliates may pay certain financial intermediaries or their third party administrators, for performing shareholder, recordkeeping, administrative, transfer agency or other services for their customers. In addition, the investment adviser and Schwab or its affiliates may pay certain intermediaries for providing distribution, marketing, promotional or other related services. The payments described by this paragraph may be substantial but are paid by the investment adviser and/or Schwab or its affiliates, not by a portfolio or its shareholders.

24 Investing in the portfolios


STEP 1

CHOOSE A PORTFOLIO, then decide how much you want to invest. Please note effective April 1, the Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio and Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio will begin offering P Shares to charitable giving funds and tax-advantaged retirement plans.

                       MINIMUM INITIAL
                       INVESTMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES        $1,000 ($500 for retirement, education and
                       custodial accounts)

P SHARES               $100,000

STEP 2

CHOOSE AN OPTION FOR PORTFOLIO DISTRIBUTIONS. The three options are described below. If you don't indicate a choice, you will receive the first option.

OPTION                 FEATURES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
REINVESTMENT           All dividends and capital gain distributions are
                       invested automatically in shares of your
                       portfolio.


CASH/REINVESTMENT MIX  You receive payment for dividends, while any
                       capital gain distributions are invested in
                       shares of your portfolio.


CASH                   You receive payment for all dividends and
                       capital gain distributions.

STEP 3

PLACE YOUR ORDER. Use any of the methods described on the following page. Make checks payable to Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Orders placed in person or through a telephone representative are subject to a service fee, payable to Schwab.

25


WHEN PLACING ORDERS

With every order to buy, sell or exchange shares, you will need to include the following information:

- Your name or, for Internet orders, your account number/"Login ID."

- Your account number (for SchwabLink transactions, include the master account and subaccount numbers) or, for Internet orders, your password.

- The name and share class (if applicable) of the portfolio whose shares you want to buy or sell.

- The dollar amount or number of shares you would like to buy, sell or exchange.

- When selling or exchanging shares by mail, be sure to include the signature of at least one of the persons whose name is on the account.

- For exchanges, the name and share class (if applicable) of the portfolio into which you want to exchange and the distribution option you prefer.

- When selling shares, how you would like to receive the proceeds.

Please note that orders to buy, sell or exchange become irrevocable at the time you mail them.

SELLING/EXCHANGING SHARES

USE ANY OF THE METHODS DESCRIBED BELOW TO SELL SHARES OF A PORTFOLIO.

When selling or exchanging shares, please be aware of the following policies:

- A portfolio may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.

- If you are selling shares that were recently purchased by check, the proceeds may be delayed until the check for purchase clears; this may take up to 15 days from the date of purchase.

- As indicated in each portfolio's fee table, each portfolio charges a redemption fee on Investor Shares, which is discussed in more detail under "Redemption fees" under the "Transaction policies" section of this prospectus.

- The portfolios reserve the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of a portfolio's assets, whichever is less. A shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

- Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds(R) that are not Sweep Investments(R) and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the portfolio and share class into which you are exchanging.

- You must obtain and read the prospectus for the portfolio into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.

METHODS FOR PLACING DIRECT ORDERS

INTERNET                                         SCHWABLINK(R)
www.schwab.com                                   Investment professionals should follow the
                                                 transaction instructions in the SchwabLink
SCHWAB BY PHONE TM 1                             manual; for technical assistance, call
Automated voice service or speak with a          1-800-647-5465.
representative at 1-800-435-4000 (for TDD
service, call 1-800-345-2550).                   MAIL
                                                 Write to Schwab Funds at:
TELEBROKER(R)                                    P.O. Box 3812
Automated touch-tone phone service at            Englewood, CO 80155-3812
1-800-272-4922.
                                                 IN PERSON 1
                                                 Visit the nearest Charles Schwab branch
                                                 office.

You are automatically entitled to initiate transactions by the Internet or telephone. The portfolios and Schwab employ procedures to confirm the authenticity of Internet and telephone instructions. If the portfolios and Schwab follow these procedures, they will not be responsible for any losses or costs incurred by following Internet or telephone instructions that they reasonably believe to be genuine.

1 Orders placed in person or through a telephone representative are subject to a service fee, payable to Schwab.

26 Investing in the portfolios


TRANSACTION POLICIES

THE PORTFOLIOS ARE OPEN FOR BUSINESS EACH DAY THAT THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE (NYSE) IS OPEN. The portfolios calculate their share prices each business day, as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). A portfolio's share price is its net asset value per share, or NAV, which is the portfolio's net assets divided by the number of its shares outstanding. Orders to buy, sell or exchange shares that are received in good order no later than the close of the portfolio (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time) will be executed at the next share price calculated that day.

If you place an order through a financial intermediary, please consult with that intermediary to determine when your order will be executed. Generally, you will receive the share price next calculated after a fund receives your order from your financial intermediary. However, some intermediaries may arrange with a fund for you to receive the share price next calculated after your intermediary has received your order. Some financial intermediaries may require that they receive your orders prior to a specified cut-off time.

In valuing underlying fund investments, the portfolios use the NAVs reported by their underlying funds. In valuing other portfolio securities, the portfolios use market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available, a portfolio may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the portfolio's Board of Trustees as discussed in more detail under "Fair value pricing" in this "Transaction policies" section.

Shareholders of the portfolios should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the portfolios are closed, the value of some of a portfolio's securities may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the portfolios.

THE PORTFOLIOS RESERVE CERTAIN RIGHTS REGARDING TRANSACTION POLICIES, AS DETAILED IN THE ADJACENT COLUMN.


THE PORTFOLIOS AND SCHWAB RESERVE CERTAIN RIGHTS, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:

- To automatically redeem your shares if the account they are held in is closed for any reason.

- To automatically redeem your shares upon 60 days written notice if the value of your investment in a portfolio falls below the stated minimum balance requirement for the portfolio or share class.

- To materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days' written notice to shareholders.

- To change or waive a portfolio's or share class' investment minimums.

- To suspend the right to sell shares back to a portfolio, and delay sending proceeds, during times when trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, or otherwise as permitted by the SEC.

- To withdraw or suspend any part of the offering made by this prospectus.

POLICY REGARDING SHORT-TERM OR EXCESSIVE TRADING. Each portfolio is intended for long-term investment and not for short-term or excessive trading (collectively "market timing"). Market timing may adversely impact a portfolio's performance by disrupting the efficient management of the portfolio, increasing portfolio transaction costs and taxes, causing the portfolio to maintain higher cash balances, and diluting the value of the portfolio's shares.

Each portfolio's Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to reduce the risk of market timing by portfolio shareholders. Each portfolio seeks to deter market timing through several methods. These methods may include: trade activity monitoring; redemption fees; and fair value pricing. Although these methods are designed to discourage market timing, there can be no guarantee that the portfolio will be able to identify and restrict investors that engage in such activities. In addition, these

27

methods (other than redemption fees) are inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application. Each portfolio and its service providers seek to make these judgments and applications in a manner that they believe is consistent with interests of the portfolio's long-term shareholders. Each portfolio may amend these policies and procedures in response to changing regulatory requirements or to enhance the effectiveness of the program.

TRADE ACTIVITY MONITORING. Each portfolio, through its service providers, maintains trade activity monitoring procedures with respect to the purchase, sale and exchange of portfolio shares. This process involves reviewing transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds within specified time intervals. Trading activity identified by these factors, or from other information then available (such as the actual trading pattern or dollar amount of the transactions), will be evaluated to determine whether such activity is detrimental to the portfolio.

If, as a result of this trade activity monitoring, a portfolio believes that a shareholder has engaged in market timing, it may, in its sole discretion, request the shareholder to stop such market timing activities or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholder's account. Each portfolio specifically reserves the right to reject any purchase or exchange orders by any investor or group of investors indefinitely for any reason. Transactions placed in contravention of a portfolio's market timing policies are not necessarily deemed accepted by the portfolio and may be canceled or revoked by the portfolio on the next business day following receipt by the portfolio.

Portfolio shares may be held through 401(k) and other group retirement plans and other omnibus arrangements maintained by broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries. Omnibus accounts allow financial intermediaries to aggregate their customers' investments in one account and to purchase, redeem and exchange portfolio shares without the identity of a particular customer being known to a portfolio. A number of these financial intermediaries may not have the capability or may not be willing to apply the portfolios' market timing policies. As a result, a portfolio cannot assure that its policies will be enforced with regard to portfolio shares held through such omnibus arrangements. While each portfolio may monitor share turnover at the omnibus account level, a portfolio's ability to monitor and detect market timing by shareholders in these omnibus accounts is limited, and, therefore, the portfolio may not be able to determine whether trading by these shareholders is contrary to the portfolio's market timing policies.

REDEMPTION FEES. The portfolios may impose a short-term redemption fee on any portfolio Investor Shares that are redeemed or exchanged by a shareholder within 30 days of the purchase date. The portfolios impose the redemption fees in an effort to deter short-term trading, to facilitate efficient portfolio management, to minimize the impact on portfolio performance and to offset portfolio transaction costs and other expenses.

28 Investing in the portfolios


The portfolios charge a redemption fee of 2.00%. These fees may be imposed to the extent the Investor Shares redeemed exceed the number of Investor Shares that have been held more than 30 days. Each portfolio treats shares that have been held the longest as being redeemed first and shares that have been held the shortest as being redeemed last. Portfolio shares purchased with reinvested dividends are not subject to redemption fees. Each portfolio retains the redemption fees for the benefit of the remaining shareholders.

As noted above, the portfolio shares may be held in omnibus accounts by financial intermediaries. Currently, only certain intermediaries have the systems capability to collect the redemption fees on behalf of the portfolio. Even intermediaries that do have the capability may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying and calculating the fees that are different from those of a portfolio or may be unwilling to collect the fees. As such, a portfolio may not be able to collect redemption fees through these intermediaries. Each portfolio notifies all financial intermediaries of its policy and will encourage all financial intermediaries to develop the capability to begin collecting the redemption fees from all of their customers that invest in the portfolio.

Each portfolio reserves the right to waive its redemption fee if the portfolio or its service providers believe that such waivers are consistent with the best interests of the portfolio and its long-term shareholders. For example, the redemption fees may not be assessed in the following non-exclusive list of transactions: redemptions by tax-advantaged retirement plans; redemptions by certain fee-based or wrap programs; redemptions pursuant to rebalancing programs or systematic withdrawal plans established with the portfolio or financial intermediaries; redemptions by charitable giving funds; redemptions by registered investment companies; and redemptions initiated by the portfolio. Each portfolio reserves the right to waive the redemption fees if the portfolio or their service providers believe that such waivers are consistent with the best interests of the portfolio. Each portfolio also reserves the right to modify or eliminate the redemption fees or waivers at any time.

FAIR VALUE PRICING. The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value each portfolio's securities when market prices are not "readily available" or are unreliable. For example, a portfolio may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security's primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security's primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security's value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security's primary trading market.

By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, each portfolio seeks to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology is designed to deter "arbitrage" market timers,

29

who seek to exploit delays between the change in the value of a portfolio's portfolio holdings and the net asset value of the portfolio's shares, and seeks to ensure that the prices at which the portfolio's shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders.

Each portfolio makes fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the portfolio's valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that a portfolio could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security. The respective prospectuses for the underlying funds in which the portfolios invest explain the circumstances in which those funds will use fair value pricing and the effects of fair value pricing.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION. A description of the portfolios' policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the portfolios' portfolio securities is available in the portfolios' Statement of Additional Information.

30 Investing in the portfolios


DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

ANY INVESTMENT IN THE PORTFOLIOS TYPICALLY INVOLVES SEVERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Because each person's tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in a portfolio. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) web site at www.irs.gov.

AS A SHAREHOLDER, YOU ARE ENTITLED TO YOUR SHARE OF THE DIVIDENDS AND GAINS YOUR PORTFOLIO EARNS. Every year, each portfolio distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record, except for the Conservative Portfolio, which typically makes income distributions at the end of every calendar quarter. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of each portfolio's year-end distribution, if any, may be made available on the portfolio's website:
www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.

UNLESS YOU ARE INVESTING THROUGH AN IRA, 401(K) OR OTHER TAX-ADVANTAGED

RETIREMENT ACCOUNT, YOUR PORTFOLIO DISTRIBUTIONS GENERALLY HAVE TAX CONSEQUENCES. Each portfolio's net investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the portfolio. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.

GENERALLY, ANY SALE OR EXCHANGE OF YOUR SHARES IS A TAXABLE EVENT. For tax purposes, an exchange of your shares for shares of another Schwab Fund is treated the same as a sale. A sale may result in a capital gain or loss for you. The gain or loss generally will be treated as short term if you held the shares for 12 months or less; long term if you held the shares longer.

AT THE BEGINNING OF EVERY YEAR, THE PORTFOLIOS PROVIDE SHAREHOLDERS WITH INFORMATION DETAILING THE TAX STATUS OF ANY DISTRIBUTIONS a portfolio paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.

SCHWAB CUSTOMERS WHO SELL PORTFOLIO SHARES typically will receive a report that calculates their gain or loss using the "average cost" single-category method. This information is not reported to the IRS, and you still have the option of calculating gains or losses using any other methods permitted by the IRS.


MORE ON QUALIFIED DIVIDEND INCOME AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Dividends that are designated by the portfolios as qualified dividend income are eligible for a reduced maximum tax rate. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations. The portfolios expect that a portion of each portfolio's ordinary income distributions will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income subject to the reduced tax rates.

If you are investing through a taxable account and purchase shares of a portfolio just before it declares a distribution, you may receive a portion of your investment back as a taxable distribution. This is because when a portfolio makes a distribution, the share price is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

You can avoid "buying a dividend," as it is often called, by finding out if a distribution is imminent and waiting until afterwards to invest. Of course, you may decide that the opportunity to gain a few days of investment performance outweighs the tax consequences of buying a dividend.

31

NOTES


TO LEARN MORE

This prospectus contains important information on the portfolios and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources:

ANNUAL AND SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS, which are mailed to current portfolio investors, discuss recent performance and portfolio holdings.

The STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.

For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the portfolios, call Schwab Funds(R) at 1-800-435-4000. In addition, you may visit Schwab Funds' web site at www.schwab.com/schwabfunds for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI, or an annual or semi-annual report.

The SAI, the portfolios' annual and semi-annual reports and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC's web site (http://www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You can also review and copy information about the portfolios, including the portfolios' SAI, at the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-942-8090 for information on the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room.

SEC FILE NUMBER

Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios(R)          811-7704

REG13757FLT-09

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIOS(R)

PROSPECTUS
February 28, 2006

[CHARLES SCHWAB LOGO]


[LAUDUS FUNDS LOGO]

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2006

COMMAND PERFORMANCE TM

LAUDUS MARKETMASTERS FUNDS TM

Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund TM
Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund TM
Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund TM
Laudus International MarketMasters Fund TM

As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal crime.


LAUDUS MARKETMASTERS FUNDS TM

ABOUT THE FUNDS

   Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund TM........................    2

   Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund TM....................    9

   Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund TM...................   17

   Laudus International MarketMasters Fund TM...............   24

   Fund management..........................................   33

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS

   Buying shares............................................   40

   Selling/exchanging shares................................   43

   Transaction policies.....................................   44

   Distributions and taxes..................................   47


ABOUT THE FUNDS

The funds in this prospectus share a "multi-manager" strategy. The funds' investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), uses rigorous criteria to select investment managers with proven long-term track records to manage a portion of each fund's assets. By combining the strengths of different managers, the funds seek to bring together a variety of market capitalization ranges across investment styles that include:

VALUE an approach that seeks companies whose stocks appear undervalued in light of factors such as the company's earnings, book value, revenues or cash flow

GROWTH an approach that focuses on a company's prospects for growth of revenue and earnings

BLEND an approach involving elements of value and growth styles

In addition to selecting the investment managers and allocating fund assets among them, CSIM is responsible for monitoring and coordinating the overall management of the funds. Each business day, CSIM reviews the funds' holdings, evaluates the performance of the investment managers, watches for any incidental overweighting in a security or industry, and looks for opportunities to offset capital gains with losses.

The talents of seasoned investment managers, along with CSIM's ability to assemble and oversee them, are expected to result in strong, diversified and sound investment choices.

The funds are designed for long-term investors. The funds' performance will fluctuate over time and, as with all investments, future performance may differ from past performance.


LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND TM
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWOGX Select Shares: SWMGX


THE FUND SEEKS CAPITAL GROWTH.

SIZES OF STOCKS

The performance of U.S. large-cap stocks is widely followed, in part because they make up so much of the total value of the U.S. stock market.

For example, the 500 companies in the S&P 500(R) Index constitute only about 10% of all the publicly traded companies in the United States, yet they represent approximately 71% of the total value of the U.S. stock market. (All figures are as of 12/31/05.)

Because small- and mid-cap stocks may at times perform differently from large-cap stocks (and from each other), the fund's exposure to these stocks means that its performance is likely to be somewhat different than if it invested in large-cap stocks exclusively.

STRATEGY

UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES, THE FUND PURSUES ITS GOAL BY INVESTING AT LEAST 80% OF ITS NET ASSETS IN EQUITY SECURITIES OF U.S. COMPANIES or investments with similar economic characteristics, such as futures. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. The fund expects to invest a majority of its assets in large- and mid-cap companies, but also may invest, to a lesser extent, in small-cap companies.

CSIM allocates portions of the fund's assets to several investment managers, who then manage their respective portions under the general supervision of CSIM. In choosing the investment managers and their allocations, CSIM considers a number of factors, including market trends, its own outlook for a given market capitalization or investment style category, and the investment managers' performance in various market conditions. In addition to monitoring and coordinating the investment managers, CSIM also manages the cash portion of the fund.

In determining which securities to buy and sell, the investment managers use active management methods--that is, methods based on their judgments about such factors as a company's financial condition and prospects, its stock price, and the economy in general. Although each investment manager uses its own securities selection process and invests within a specific market capitalization range and investment style, all investment managers look for securities that have the potential for capital appreciation.

The following table identifies the fund's investment managers, their areas of focus and asset allocation. For more details, see the "Fund management" section of this prospectus.

                                                              ALLOCATION OF
                                                              NET ASSETS
INVESTMENT MANAGER                      INVESTMENT STYLE      (%) 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GARDNER LEWIS ASSET MANAGEMENT L.P.     Large-cap growth            27.3
HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P.                  Mid/large-cap value         19.3
TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY       Small/mid-cap blend         20.4
THORNBURG INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.   Large-cap blend             33.0
CASH AND OTHER ASSETS                   --                             0

1 As of December 31, 2005.

2

GARDNER LEWIS ASSET MANAGEMENT L.P.'S ("GARDNER LEWIS") investment process focuses on companies that show superior prospects for earnings growth. By developing and maintaining contacts with management, customers, competitors, and suppliers of current and potential companies, the manager attempts to invest in those companies undergoing positive changes that have not yet been recognized by "Wall Street" analysts and the financial press. Companies within the Gardner Lewis portfolio typically show strong earnings growth when compared to the previous year's comparable period. Gardner Lewis generally avoids companies that have excessive levels of debt, and favors investment in companies whose price-to-earnings ratio when purchased is less than that company's projected growth rate for the coming year. In selecting these companies, the manager includes analysis of the following: growth rate of earnings; financial performance; management strengths and weaknesses; current market valuation in relation to earnings growth; historic and comparable company valuations; level and nature of the company's debt, cash flow, and working capital; and quality of the company's assets. The number of holdings in the Gardner Lewis portion of the fund is limited to 50 stocks; therefore, any new position must displace all or part of an existing portfolio holding. This forced displacement requires the constant re-evaluation of each one of the holdings in the context of new opportunities. While securities generally are acquired for the long term, they may be sold under any of the following circumstances: forced displacement by a better idea; realization of the manager's price objective; disparity between Wall Street expectations and what Gardner Lewis perceives to be reality; and deteriorating fundamentals.

HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P. ("HARRIS") is a value investor and utilizes a fundamental, bottom-up investment approach. They look for above-average businesses trading at below-average prices that are run by managers who act to maximize the value of the business for shareholders. Harris purchases stock that they believe to be out-of-favor for temporary (not secular) reasons, and trade at a significant discount to their estimated intrinsic business value. For each of the stocks on Harris' internal, approved list, buy and sell targets are established when the stock is first added to this list. These targets, determined by the analyst, are reviewed regularly to ensure they reflect current company fundamentals. Each stock is rated "buy," "hold," or "sell" based on the current stock price in relation to the analyst buy/sell target. Harris sells a stock for four reasons: when a stock achieves 90% of its fair value; when there is a significantly more attractive investment; when they detect a deterioration in company fundamentals; or when they discern that management is no longer a steward of shareholder interests.

TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY ("TCW") seeks to achieve capital appreciation through investment in inefficiently priced small and medium-sized companies through bottom-up, fundamental research. TCW sells positions when the level of earnings growth is achieved, and the market values of these earnings are at levels commensurate with other companies sharing these growth prospects.

3

THORNBURG INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.'S ("THORNBURG") investment strategy is to hold stocks representing promising companies purchased at a discount to Thornburg's appraisal of their long-term intrinsic value. These stocks fall into three categories they identify as Basic Value (cyclicals), Consistent Earners (seasoned non-cyclicals) and Emerging Franchises (younger companies with Thornburg's perception of a favorable trade-off of return/risk). Stock selection is on an individual company basis using a fundamental research process that includes financial analysis, management interviews, and valuation appraisal. Thornburg establishes a target price at time of purchase. Thornburg sells stocks
(1) at or near target prices, (2) when company fundamentals no longer support their investment thesis, or (3) if another stock is perceived to represent better value and a better risk/reward trade-off. In emerging markets, Thornburg typically holds premiere companies in those markets or companies with leading business positions.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. In addition, one investment manager may purchase portfolio securities at the same time that another investment manager sells the same securities. As a result, the fund's portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

4 Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund TM


This fund, which emphasizes U.S. stock investments, may make sense for you if you believe in the long-term growth potential of the U.S. stock market.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

LARGE- AND MID-CAP RISK. Many of the risks of this fund are associated with its investments in the large- and mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag those investments.

SMALL-CAP RISK. The fund may invest a portion of its assets in stocks of small-cap companies, which, historically, have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. The fund's investment managers attempt to reduce the impact of the performance of any given investment style by investing in both value and growth style stocks. But whenever value stocks fall out of favor with investors, they may underperform growth stocks, and vice versa.

MANAGEMENT RISK. As with all actively managed funds, the strategies of the fund's managers--its investment adviser and investment managers--may not achieve their desired results. For example, with value stocks, the market might fail to recognize the true worth of an undervalued company, or a manager might misjudge that worth. With growth stocks, whose prices depend largely on expectations of companies' future growth, a manager's expectations may prove to be unfounded.

MULTI-MANAGER RISK. Although CSIM monitors and seeks to coordinate the overall management of the fund, each investment manager makes investment decisions independently, and it is possible that the investment styles of the investment managers may not complement one another. As a result, the fund's exposure to a given stock, industry or investment style could unintentionally be smaller or larger than if the fund had a single manager.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

5

PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rate that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- are shown for one share class only, and would be different for the other share class

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. Because the fund was originally an asset allocation fund with a multi-fund strategy, its performance prior to June 3, 2002, does not reflect the fund's current strategy and may have been different if it did.

The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

      18.36   15.15   35.65   (11.97) (8.67)  (24.45) 38.55    5.70    4.63

        97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 25.72% Q4 1999
WORST QUARTER: (17.80%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                   Since
                              1 year   5 years   inception
----------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                 4.63     1.12       6.22 1
  After taxes on
    distributions              4.61     1.04       4.46 1
  After taxes on
    distributions and sale
    of shares                  3.04     0.91       4.29 1
SELECT SHARES(R)               4.84       --       7.54 2

S&P 500(R) INDEX               4.91     0.54       7.61 3

1 Inception: 11/18/96. 2 Inception: 6/4/04. 3 From: 11/18/96.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                             INVESTOR   SELECT
   (% of transaction amount)                                  SHARES   SHARES(R)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 0.93      0.93
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None      None
Other expenses                                                  0.43      0.38
                                                               -----------------
Total annual operating expenses                                 1.36      1.31
Less expense reduction                                         (0.11)    (0.24)
                                                               -----------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                        1.25      1.07
                                                               -----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.25% and 1.07%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                             1 year              3 years              5 years              10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES               $127                 $420                 $734                $1,626
SELECT SHARES                 $109                 $392                 $695                $1,558

6 Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund TM


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                                         11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
INVESTOR SHARES                                          10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                    10.30       9.94       7.48        9.20      13.89
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income or loss                            0.02      (0.03)     (0.01)       0.06       0.38
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses              0.94       0.39       2.47       (1.68)     (3.21)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations          0.96       0.36       2.46       (1.62)     (2.83)
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                       --         --         --       (0.10)     (0.46)
  Distributions from net realized gains                      --         --         --          --      (1.40)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                                          --         --         --       (0.10)     (1.86)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                          11.26      10.30       9.94        7.48       9.20
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                           9.32       3.62      32.89      (17.92)    (22.81)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                                   1.25       1.25       1.25        0.83 1,2   0.50 2
  Gross operating expenses                                 1.38       1.39       1.42        1.16 2     0.89 2
  Net investment income or loss                            0.14      (0.25)     (0.12)       0.50       3.27
Portfolio turnover rate                                      83         72         97         390        145
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                   150        180        169         129        176

1 The ratio of net operating expenses would have been 0.74% if certain non-routine expenses (proxy fees) had not been included.

2 Prior to the fund's change in structure on June 3, 2002, the expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the fund invested were not included in this ratio.

7

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS continued

                                                         11/1/04-   6/4/04 1-
SELECT SHARES                                            10/31/05   10/31/04
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                    10.32       10.42
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income or loss                            0.02       (0.00) 2
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses              0.96       (0.10)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations          0.98       (0.10)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                          11.30       10.32
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                           9.50       (0.96) 3


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                                   1.07        1.07 4
  Gross operating expenses                                 1.33        1.37 4
  Net investment income or loss                            0.25       (0.08) 4
Portfolio turnover rate                                      83          72 3
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                     2           1

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Per share amount was less than $0.01.

3 Not annualized.

4 Annualized.

8 Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund TM


LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND TM
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWOBX Select Shares: SWMBX

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND INVESTS IN EQUITY AND FIXED INCOME SECURITIES, AS DESCRIBED IN THE ADJACENT COLUMN. For its equity portion, the fund expects to invest in large- and mid-cap U.S. companies, but also may invest in small-cap companies. For its fixed income portion, the fund expects to invest primarily in investment-grade debt instruments, but also may invest to a limited extent in high yield securities ("junk bonds"), and the weighted average duration of the fixed income portion will normally be within approximately two years of the Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index which was 4.6 years, as of December 31, 2005.

CSIM allocates portions of the fund's assets to several investment managers, who then manage their respective portions under the general supervision of CSIM. In choosing the investment managers and their allocations, CSIM considers a number of factors, including market trends, its own outlook for a given market capitalization or investment style category, and the investment managers' performance in various market conditions. In addition to monitoring and coordinating the investment managers, CSIM also manages the cash portion of the fund.

In determining which securities to buy and sell, the investment managers use active management methods--that is, methods based on their judgments about such factors as a company's financial condition and prospects, its stock and bond prices, and the economy in general. Although each equity investment manager uses its own securities selection process and invests within a specific market capitalization range and investment style, all equity investment managers look for securities that have the potential for capital appreciation. The fixed income investment manager invests for maximum total return consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management.
The following table identifies the fund's investment managers, their area of focus and asset allocation. For more details, see the "Fund management" section of this prospectus.

                                                                       ALLOCATION OF
                                                                       NET ASSETS
INVESTMENT MANAGER                                  INVESTMENT STYLE   (%) 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GARDNER LEWIS ASSET MANAGEMENT L.P.                 Large-cap growth         17.9%
JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC/PERKINS, WOLF,         Mid-cap value            18.8%
MCDONNELL AND COMPANY, LLC
PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC           Fixed
                                                    income--Total
                                                    return                   30.4%
TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY                   Large-cap value          32.3%
CASH AND OTHER ASSETS                               --                        0.6%


THE FUND SEEKS CAPITAL GROWTH AND INCOME.

ASSET ALLOCATION AND INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

Asset allocation is a strategy of investing specific percentages of a fund in various asset classes.

Normally, the fund expects to invest approximately 45% to 75% of its assets in stocks and other equity securities and the rest in bonds and other fixed income securities. This allocation is designed to provide a mix of the growth opportunities of stock investing with the income opportunities of bonds and other fixed income securities.

The fund may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies as well as U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers. The fund also may invest in mortgage- or asset-backed securities, as well as derivatives, such as options, futures (a contract to buy or sell a specific financial instrument at a specified price at a specific future time), and swap agreements (a contract between the fund and another party to exchange a set of payments that the fund owns for a set of payments owned by the other party). The fund also may use certain investment techniques (such as buy backs or dollar rolls) to obtain market exposure to the instruments in which it invests.

1 As of December 31, 2005.

9

GARDNER LEWIS ASSET MANAGEMENT L.P.'S ("GARDNER LEWIS") investment process focuses on companies that show superior prospects for earnings growth. By developing and maintaining contacts with management, customers, competitors, and suppliers of current and potential companies, the manager attempts to invest in those companies undergoing positive changes that have not yet been recognized by "Wall Street" analysts and the financial press. Companies within the Gardner Lewis portfolio typically show strong earnings growth when compared to the previous year's comparable period. Gardner Lewis generally avoids companies that have excessive levels of debt, and favors investment in companies whose price-to-earnings ratio when purchased is less than that company's projected growth rate for the coming year. In selecting these companies, the manager includes analysis of the following: growth rate of earnings; financial performance; management strengths and weaknesses; current market valuation in relation to earnings growth; historic and comparable company valuations; level and nature of the company's debt, cash flow, and working capital; and quality of the company's assets. The number of holdings in the Gardner Lewis portion of the fund is limited to 50 stocks; therefore, any new position must displace all or part of an existing portfolio holding. This forced displacement requires the constant re-evaluation of each one of the holdings in the context of new opportunities. While securities generally are acquired for the long term, they may be sold under any of the following circumstances: forced displacement by a better idea; realization of the manager's price objective; disparity between Wall Street expectations and what Gardner Lewis perceives to be reality; and deteriorating fundamentals.

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC'S ("PIMCO") investment process is based upon a long-term approach, which utilizes both "top-down" and "bottom-up" strategies. Top-down strategies focus on duration, yield curve positioning, volatility and sector rotation while bottom-up strategies drive their security selection process and facilitate the identification and analysis of undervalued securities. PIMCO believes that no single strategy should dominate returns, therefore its total return strategy relies on multiple sources of value added. PIMCO's buy, sell or hold decisions are made in order to optimize the risk/return and the relative value characteristics of the securities, thus current holdings are constantly re-evaluated for their relative attractiveness versus investments available in the marketplace. For instance, securities are sold when they individually no longer represent good value, when superior risk/return potential exists in substitute positions (factoring in transaction costs), or when they no longer fit with the macroeconomic or structural strategies in the fund.

PERKINS, WOLF, MCDONNELL AND COMPANY, LLC ("PERKINS") generally looks for companies with: a low price relative to their assets, earnings, cash flow or business franchise; products and services that give them a competitive advantage; and quality balance sheets and strong management. In determining the strength of a company's balance sheet, the money manager will consider factors such as debt to equity ratios and the nature

10 Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund TM


and quality of a company's assets. Perkins will generally sell a security when it no longer meets these investment criteria or when it has met the money manager's expectations for appreciation.

TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY ("TCW") uses a large-cap relative value strategy where they seek undervalued, large-cap stocks where the company has a fundamental catalyst or competitive advantage which will ultimately be recognized by the market place and appreciate in value. TCW's bottom up approach utilizes a three-step process. First they screen the investable universe for companies that meet one or more value characteristic that is equal to or lower than the equivalent characteristic for the overall market. These characteristics include one or more of the following indicators: price to earnings, price to cash flow, price to book value, and price to sales ratios. Dividend paying companies are preferred, but not mandatory. The second step is to determine if there is a fundamental catalyst that will make the stock value be realized in the market place such as: new or strong management, new products or market niche, a restructuring, or earnings surprise. The third step is TCW's disciplined approach with respect to both their portfolio construction, which emphasizes broad sector diversification, and their sell discipline, which emphasizes market recognition of strong fundamentals, leading to high earnings growth. TCW believes by generally having at least a minimum of 0.5 times or a maximum of 2.0 times the weighting of each major economic sector in the discipline, they will reduce risk over time.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. In addition, one investment manager may purchase portfolio securities at the same time that another investment manager sells the same securities. As a result, the fund's portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

11

Long-term investors seeking a blend of stock and bond investments may want to consider this fund.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

ASSET ALLOCATION RISK. The fund's particular asset allocation can have a significant effect on performance. The fund manages its allocation with long-term performance in mind, and does not seek any particular type of performance in the short-term. Because the risks and returns of different asset classes can vary widely over any given time period, the fund's performance could suffer if a particular asset class does not perform as expected.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

LARGE- AND MID-CAP RISK. Many of the risks of this fund are associated with its investments in the large- and mid-cap segments of the U.S. stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap U.S. stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or small-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag those investments.

INTEREST RATE RISK. The fund is subject to the risk that interest rates rise and fall over time. As with any investment whose yield reflects current interest rates, the fund's yield will change over time. During periods when interest rates are low, the fund's yield (and total return) also may be low. Changes in interest rates also may affect the fund's share price: a sharp rise in interest rates could cause the fund's share price to fall. This risk is greater when the fund holds bonds with longer maturities. To the extent that an investment sub-adviser of the fund anticipates interest rate trends imprecisely, the fund could miss yield opportunities or its share price could fall.

CREDIT RISK. The fund is subject to the risk that a decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could cause the fund's share price to fall. Although the fund invests primarily in investment-grade securities, the fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Securities rated below investment-grade (junk bonds) involve greater risks of default or downgrade and are more volatile than investment-grade securities. Below investment-grade securities involve greater risk of price declines than investment-grade securities due to actual or perceived changes in an issuer's creditworthiness. In addition, issuers of below investment-grade securities may be more susceptible than other issuers to economic downturns. Such securities are subject to the risk that the issuer may not be able to pay interest or dividends and ultimately to repay principal upon maturity. Discontinuation of these payments could substantially adversely affect the market value of the security.

PREPAYMENT AND EXTENSION RISK. The fund's fixed income investments are subject to the risk that the securities may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause the fund to hold securities paying

12 Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund TM


lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund's yield or share price. In addition, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of certain fixed income securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, the fund may exhibit additional volatility. This is known as extension risk. When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their fixed income securities sooner than expected. This can reduce the returns of the fund because the fund will have to reinvest that money at the lower prevailing interest rates. This is known as prepayment risk.

MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS RISK. The fund's mortgage dollar rolls could lose money if the price of the mortgage-backed securities sold falls below the agreed upon repurchase price, or if the counterparty is unable to honor the agreement.

MANAGEMENT RISK. As with all actively managed funds, the strategies of the fund's managers--its investment adviser and investment managers--may not achieve their desired results. For example, with value stocks, the market might fail to recognize the true worth of an undervalued company, or a manager might misjudge that worth. With growth stocks, whose prices depend largely on expectations of companies' future growth, a manager's expectations may prove to be unfounded.

MULTI-MANAGER RISK. Although CSIM monitors and seeks to coordinate the overall management of the fund, each investment manager makes investment decisions independently, and it is possible that the investment styles of the investment managers may not complement one another. As a result, the fund's exposure to a given stock, industry, investment style, or type of bond could unintentionally be smaller or larger than if the fund had a single manager.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include
(i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and
(iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag those investments.

13

PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of two indices. The indices are unmanaged and do not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rate that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- are shown for one share class only, and would be different for the other share class

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. Because the fund originally used a different asset allocation strategy and a multi-fund strategy, its performance prior to June 3, 2002, does not reflect the fund's current strategy and may have been different if it did.

The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

      16.51   13.59   25.77   (5.16)  (4.97)  (9.48)  23.21   10.44    4.96

        97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 18.58% Q4 1999
WORST QUARTER: (10.97%) Q3 2001

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                                    Since
                                                               1 year   5 years   inception
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                                                  4.96     4.20       7.60 1
  After taxes on distributions                                  4.25     3.62       5.78 1
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares               4.01     3.31       5.47 1
SELECT SHARES(R)                                                5.16       --       9.38 2

S&P 500(R) INDEX                                                4.91     0.54       7.61 3

LEHMAN BROTHERS U.S. AGGREGATE BOND INDEX                       2.43     5.87       6.34 3

1 Inception: 11/18/96. 2 Inception: 6/3/04. 3 From: 11/18/96.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                              INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                                    SHARES   SHARES(R)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 0.78      0.78
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None      None
Other expenses                                                  0.47      0.42
                                                              -----------------
Total annual operating expenses                                 1.25      1.20
Less expense reduction                                         (0.15)    (0.25)
                                                              -----------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                        1.10      0.95
                                                              -----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.10% and 0.95%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                             1 year              3 years              5 years              10 years
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES               $112                 $382                 $672                $1,498
SELECT SHARES                 $ 97                 $356                 $636                $1,432

14 Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund TM


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                                         11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
INVESTOR SHARES                                          10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                    11.88      11.07       9.35      10.12       13.44
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                                    0.15       0.08       0.12       0.20        0.43
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses              0.91       0.86       1.75      (0.73)      (2.12)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations          1.06       0.94       1.87      (0.53)      (1.69)
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                    (0.09)     (0.13)     (0.15)     (0.24)      (0.52)
  Distributions from net realized gains                      --         --         --         --       (1.11)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                                       (0.09)     (0.13)     (0.15)     (0.24)      (1.63)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                          12.85      11.88      11.07       9.35       10.12
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                           8.92       8.59      20.25      (5.55)     (13.95)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                                   1.10       1.10       1.10       0.76 1,2    0.50 2
  Gross operating expenses                                 1.27       1.32       1.33       1.10 2      0.89 2
  Net investment income                                    1.14       0.68       1.13       1.89        3.67
Portfolio turnover rate                                     283        242        256        380          95
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                   130        130        109         97         118

1 The ratio of net operating expenses would have been 0.72% if certain non-routine expenses (proxy fees) had not been included.

2 Prior to the fund's change in structure on June 3, 2002, the expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the fund invested were not included in this ratio.

15

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS continued

                                                         11/1/04-   6/3/04 1-
SELECT SHARES                                            10/31/05   10/31/04
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                    11.89       11.57
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                                    0.15        0.02
  Net realized and unrealized gains                        0.93        0.30
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations                  1.08        0.32
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                    (0.10)         --
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                          12.87       11.89
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                           9.11        2.77 2


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                                   0.95        0.95 3
  Gross operating expenses                                 1.22        1.29 3
  Net investment income                                    1.32        0.73 3
Portfolio turnover rate                                     283         242 2
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                     9           2

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 Annualized.

16 Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund TM


LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND TM
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWOSX Select Shares: SWMSX

STRATEGY

UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES, THE FUND PURSUES ITS GOAL BY INVESTING AT LEAST 80% OF ITS NET ASSETS IN EQUITY SECURITIES of companies with small market capitalizations or investments with similar economic characteristics, such as futures. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. Companies with small market capitalizations generally are those with market capitalizations of $2.5 billion or less but may include companies with market capitalizations of up to $5 billion so long as the purchase of those securities would not cause the average weighted market capitalization of the fund to exceed $2.5 billion.

CSIM allocates portions of the fund's assets to several investment managers, who then manage their respective portions under the general supervision of CSIM. In choosing the investment managers and their allocations, CSIM considers a number of factors, including market trends, its own outlook for a given market capitalization or investment style category, and the investment managers' performance in various market conditions. In addition to monitoring and coordinating the investment managers, CSIM also manages the cash portion of the fund.

In determining which securities to buy and sell, the investment managers use active management methods--that is, methods based on their judgments about such factors as a company's financial condition and prospects, its stock price, and the economy in general. Although each investment manager uses its own securities selection process and invests within a specific market capitalization range and investment style, all investment managers look for securities that have the potential for capital appreciation.

The following table identifies the fund's investment managers, their areas of focus and asset allocation. For more details, see the "Fund management" section of this prospectus.

                                                                       ALLOCATION OF
                                                                       NET ASSETS
INVESTMENT MANAGER                                  INVESTMENT STYLE   (%) 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAMRO CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC                         Small-cap                27.7
                                                    value/blend
TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY                   Small/mid-cap            16.6
                                                    blend
TOCQUEVILLE ASSET MANAGEMENT LP                     Small-cap blend           8.8
VEREDUS ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC                        Small-cap growth         46.3
CASH AND OTHER ASSETS                               --                        0.6


THE FUND SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL APPRECIATION.

SMALL-CAP STOCKS AND CAPITAL GROWTH

There are thousands of small-cap companies, which historically have made up approximately 10%-20% of the total U.S. market capitalization. These companies are found in every industry, although they tend to be concentrated in high- growth sectors such as technology.

Over the past 70 years, stocks of these companies have offered high long-term growth rates. At the same time, they have often been more volatile than large- cap stocks, sometimes suffering deep slumps and at other times enjoying strong market enthusiasm.

1 As of December 31, 2005.

17

TAMRO CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC ("TAMRO") combines valuation with a unique thematic bottom-up approach to identify true fundamental opportunities. TAMRO manages their allocation of assets with an emphasis on identifying companies with attractive valuations and evidence of a positive dynamic for change that is currently not reflected in the stock price. That change is reflected in identifying leading industry consolidators that are temporarily depressed; companies that are restructuring operations where new management with a successful track record and strong incentives can come in and achieve significant earnings improvement. In addition, they look for companies where new products will accelerate revenue and earnings growth to new levels, but the market valuation does not reflect this growth rate. Securities are attractive for purchase when trading at the low end of their historic range and offer a favorable risk/reward ratio. TAMRO monitors the valuation and fundamental developments of each security in its portfolio. Quarterly earnings reports are reviewed by the investment committee and TAMRO's reasons to sell are based on earnings growth decelerating, price preceding fundamental developments, lack of confidence in management or a more attractive opportunity.

TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY ("TCW") seeks to achieve capital appreciation through investment in inefficiently priced small and medium-sized companies through bottom-up, fundamental research. TCW sells positions when the level of earnings growth is achieved, and the market values of these earnings are at levels commensurate with other companies sharing these growth prospects.

TOCQUEVILLE ASSET MANAGEMENT LP ("TOCQUEVILLE") is a manager of small-cap domestic equities utilizing a Contrarian-Value approach. They seek unique, financially strong companies that have considerable long-term potential but are experiencing near-term profitability issues which have caused the stock to fall by 50% or more in value, thus limiting downside risk. Intensive fundamental analysis is performed during the first twelve months to develop confidence in understanding the company's problem plus their plan for recovery. Tocqueville constantly assesses the probability that management will succeed in showing important progress. They build positions over 3-12 months as management executes on their plan to restore profitability but typically sell if no improvement is realized within 4-6 quarters from initial purchase. Positions are retained until investors begin to recognize the improving outlook for fundamentals. Typically, the holding period is three years. Positions will be sold sooner if management fails to show progress with their business plan.

VEREDUS ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC ("VEREDUS") invests primarily in growth stocks of small-cap companies whose earnings are growing, or are expected to grow, at an accelerated rate. They look for inefficiencies in the market caused by inaccurate expectations (e.g. earnings), focusing on companies that have:
expanding unit volume growth, increasing profit margins, significant new product development efforts and returns in excess of their cost of capital. To help manage risk, Veredus adheres to a strict discipline regarding the sale of securities. A stock is sold or reduced in size when a company does not meet internal expectations. A stock may also be sold

18 Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund TM


due to a change in strategic market outlook, if it is fully valued on their eighteen to twenty four month earnings projection, or a better idea develops.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. In addition, one investment manager may purchase portfolio securities at the same time that another investment manager sells the same securities. As a result, the fund's portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

19

For the long-term investor, a small-cap stock investment can be important because of the exposure it provides to a different segment of the stock market.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag those investments.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. The fund's investment managers attempt to reduce the impact of the performance of any given investment style by investing in both value and growth style stocks. But whenever value stocks fall out of favor with investors, they may underperform growth stocks, and vice versa.

MANAGEMENT RISK. As with all actively managed funds, the strategies of the fund's managers--its investment adviser and investment managers--may not achieve their desired results. For example, with value stocks, the market might fail to recognize the true worth of an undervalued company, or a manager might misjudge that worth. With growth stocks, whose prices depend largely on expectations of companies' future growth, a manager's expectations may prove to be unfounded.

MULTI-MANAGER RISK. Although CSIM monitors and seeks to coordinate the overall management of the fund, each investment manager makes investment decisions independently, and it is possible that the investment styles of the investment managers may not complement one another. As a result, the fund's exposure to a given stock, industry or investment style could unintentionally be smaller or larger than if the fund had a single manager.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

20 Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund TM


PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rate that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- are shown for one share class only, and would be different for the other share class

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. Because the fund originally used a multi-fund strategy, its performance prior to June 3, 2002, does not reflect the fund's current strategy and may have been different if it did.

The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

       0.61   37.88   (11.36) (0.09)  (25.92) 58.68   15.35    2.68

        98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 27.68% Q2 2003
WORST QUARTER: (24.08%) Q3 2002

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                          Since
                                                     1 year   5 years   inception
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                                        2.68     6.82       6.54 1
  After taxes on distributions                        1.45     6.52       5.44 1
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares     3.42     5.88       5.05 1

SELECT SHARES(R)                                      2.82       --       9.72 2

RUSSELL 2000 INDEX                                    4.55     8.22       6.58 3

1 Inception: 9/16/97. 2 Inception: 6/9/04. 3 From: 9/16/97.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                              INVESTOR   SELECT
(% OF TRANSACTION AMOUNT)                                      SHARES   SHARES(R)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                                 2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                                 1.17      1.17
Distribution (12b-1) fees                                       None      None
Other expenses                                                  0.47      0.42
                                                               -----------------
Total annual operating expenses                                 1.64      1.59
Less expense reduction                                         (0.09     (0.22)
                                                               -----------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                                        1.55      1.37
                                                               -----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.55% and 1.37%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                          1 year        3 years        5 years        10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES            $158           $508           $883          $1,936
SELECT SHARES              $139           $480           $845          $1,871

21

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                                         11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
INVESTOR SHARES                                          10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                    12.18      11.08       7.18        8.73      12.27
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income or loss                           (0.14)     (0.14)     (0.09)       0.04       0.41
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses              1.34       1.24       3.99       (1.54)     (2.68)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations          1.20       1.10       3.90       (1.50)     (2.27)
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                       --         --      (0.00) 1    (0.03)     (0.55)
  Distributions from net realized gains                      --         --         --       (0.02)     (0.72)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                                          --         --         --       (0.05)     (1.27)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                          13.38      12.18      11.08        7.18       8.73
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                           9.85       9.93      54.32      (17.34)    (19.99)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                                   1.55       1.55       1.55        0.93 2,3   0.50 2
  Gross operating expenses                                 1.69       1.77       1.80        1.31 2     0.91 2
  Net investment income or loss                           (0.95)     (1.08)     (0.98)       0.06       4.17

Portfolio turnover rate                                      94        140         94         324        172

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                   108        129        115          81        111

1 Per-share amount was less than $0.01.

2 Prior to the fund's change in structure on June 3, 2002, the expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the fund invested were not included in this ratio.

3 The ratio of net operating expenses would have been 0.84% if certain non-routine expenses (proxy fees) had not been included.

22 Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund TM


                                                         11/1/04-   6/9/04 1-
SELECT SHARES                                            10/31/05   10/31/04
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                    12.19       12.11
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment loss                                     (0.11)      (0.03)
  Net realized and unrealized gains                        1.33        0.11
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations                  1.22        0.08
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                          13.41       12.19
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                          10.01        0.66 3


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                                   1.37        1.37 2
  Gross operating expenses                                 1.63        1.79 2
  Net investment loss                                     (0.76)      (0.91) 2
Portfolio turnover rate                                      94         140 3
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                     1        0.32

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Annualized.

3 Not annualized.

23

LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND TM
Ticker symbols Investor Shares: SWOIX Select Shares(R): SWMIX


THE FUND SEEKS LONG-TERM CAPITAL APPRECIATION.

INTERNATIONAL STOCKS

Approximately two-thirds of the world's market opportunities lie outside the United States. These include developed countries whose securities markets are established and whose economies are industrialized, as well as emerging markets, where industrialization and securities markets are in the process of developing.

With so many opportunities available, it is difficult for any one investment adviser to maintain expertise in all industries and regions. The multi-manager approach offers a potential solution by allowing CSIM to assemble a combination of investment managers whose strengths lie in different areas.

STRATEGY

TO PURSUE ITS GOAL, THE FUND NORMALLY INVESTS A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF ITS ASSETS IN EQUITY SECURITIES of companies outside the United States. The fund expects to invest in companies across all market capitalization ranges. The fund typically focuses on developed markets but may invest in companies from emerging markets as well.

CSIM allocates portions of the fund's assets to several investment managers, who then manage their respective portions under the general supervision of CSIM. In choosing the investment managers and their allocations, CSIM considers a number of factors, including global economic trends, its own outlook for a given market capitalization or investment style category and regions and countries that offer the greatest potential for growth, and the investment managers' performance in various market conditions. In addition to monitoring and coordinating the investment managers, CSIM also manages the cash portion of the fund.

In determining which securities to buy and sell, the investment managers use active management methods--that is, methods based on their judgments about such factors as a company's financial condition and prospects, its stock price, regional and country trends, and the economy in general. Although each investment manager uses its own securities selection process and invests within a specific investment style, all investment managers look for securities that have the potential for capital appreciation.

The following table identifies the fund's investment managers, their areas of focus and asset allocation. For more details, see the "Fund management" section of this prospectus.

                                                                           ALLOCATION OF
                                                                           NET ASSETS
INVESTMENT MANAGER                                  INVESTMENT STYLE       (%) 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMERICAN CENTURY GLOBAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT,      International small
INC.                                                company                      19.8
ARTISAN PARTNERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP                International growth         14.5
HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P.                              International value          36.3
WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, LLC                        International growth         27.9
CASH AND OTHER ASSETS                               --                            1.5

1 As of December 31, 2005.

24

AMERICAN CENTURY GLOBAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.'S ("AMERICAN CENTURY") portfolio managers look for stocks of companies they believe will increase in value over time, using an investment strategy developed by American Century. In implementing this strategy, the managers use a bottom-up approach to stock selection. This means that they make their investment decisions based primarily on their analysis of individual companies, rather than on broad economic forecasts. Management of the fund is based on the belief that, over the long term, stock price movements follow growth in earnings, revenues and/or cash flow.

Using American Century's extensive computer database, as well as other primary analytical research tools, the portfolio managers track financial information for individual companies to identify and evaluate trends in earnings, revenues and other business fundamentals. Under normal market conditions, the fund's portfolios will primarily consist of securities of companies whose earnings or revenues are not only growing, but growing at an accelerating pace. This includes companies whose growth rates, although still negative, are less negative than prior periods, and companies whose growth rates are expected to accelerate. Other analytical techniques help identify additional signs of business improvement, such as increasing cash flows, or other indications of the relative strength of a company's business. These techniques help the portfolio managers buy or hold the stocks of companies they believe have favorable growth prospects and sell the stocks of companies whose characteristics no longer meet their criteria.

The portion of the fund managed by American Century will be invested primarily in equity securities of companies that are small-sized at the time of purchase and are located in foreign developed countries or emerging market countries. The portfolio managers generally consider small-sized companies to include those with a market capitalization less than $1.5 billion; however the portfolio managers do not eliminate companies from consideration based solely on market capitalization. If the companies in which the fund invests are successful, these companies may grow into medium- and large-sized companies. In addition, if the portfolio managers determine that the availability of small-sized companies in which to invest is not adequate to meet the fund's investment needs, the portfolio managers may invest in medium- and large-sized companies.

In addition to locating strong companies with earnings, revenue and/or cash flow growth, the portfolio managers believe that it is important to diversify the fund's holdings across different countries and geographical regions in an effort to manage the risks of an international portfolio. For this reason, the portfolio managers also consider the prospects for relative economic growth among countries or regions, economic and political conditions, expected inflation rates, currency exchange fluctuations and tax considerations when making investments.

The portfolio managers do not attempt to time the market. Instead, under normal market conditions, they intend to keep the funds essentially fully invested in stocks regardless of the movement of stock prices generally.

25

ARTISAN PARTNERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ("ARTISAN") uses a bottom-up investment process to select securities of international growth companies regardless of market capitalization, concentrating on industries or themes that Artisan believes present accelerating growth prospects and companies Artisan thinks are well positioned to capitalize on that growth. Artisan has a primary emphasis on developed markets but also invests in emerging markets. Artisan's investment team conducts its own fundamental analysis of each potential investment, looking for well-managed companies focused on increasing shareholder value, with sustainable growth prospects, reasonable valuations, and dominant or increasing market shares or direct exposure to an identified theme. Securities purchased are generally those believed to offer the most compelling potential earnings growth relative to their valuation. Artisan monitors each holding closely, evaluating new information relative to the original reasons for investing. Any material change will result in prompt review of the stock. Stocks are generally sold when the stock is approaching full valuation, changing circumstances affect the original reasons for its purchase, a company exhibits deteriorating fundamentals, or more attractive opportunities are identified.

HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P. ("HARRIS") is a value investor and utilizes a fundamental, bottom-up investment approach. They look for above-average businesses trading at below-average prices that are run by managers who act to maximize the value of the business for shareholders. Harris purchases stock that they believe to be out-of-favor for temporary (not secular) reasons, and trade at a significant discount to their estimated intrinsic business value. For each of the stocks on Harris's internal, approved list, buy and sell targets are established when the stock is first added to this list. These targets, determined by the analyst, are reviewed regularly to ensure they reflect current company fundamentals. Each stock is rated "buy," "hold," or "sell" based on the current stock price in relation to analyst buy/sell target. Harris sells a stock for four reasons: when a stock achieves 90% of its fair value; when there is a significantly more attractive investment; when they detect a deterioration in company fundamentals; or when they discern that management is no longer a steward of shareholder interests.

WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, LLC ("WILLIAM BLAIR") seeks companies that historically have had superior growth, profitability and quality relative to companies within the same industry worldwide, and that are expected to continue such performance. Companies with above-average returns on equity, strong balance sheets and consistent, above-average earnings growth at reasonable valuation levels will be the primary focus. Stock selection will take into account both local and global comparisons. William Blair will vary the geographic diversification and types of securities based upon their continuous evaluation of economic, market and political trends throughout the world, by considering such factors as the conditions and growth potential of various economies and securities markets, currency exchange rates, technological developments in the various countries and other pertinent financial, social, national and political factors. William Blair will seek investment

26 Laudus International MarketMasters Fund TM


opportunities in companies at different stages of development ranging from large, well-established companies to smaller companies at an earlier stage of development. Companies become candidates for sale if their long-term growth outlook is compromised or if management's actions alter the outlook or risk profile for the business.

The fund may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. In addition, one investment manager may purchase portfolio securities at the same time that another investment manager sells the same securities. As a result, the fund's portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower fund performance and increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, the fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When the fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

27

International stock funds offer access to many foreign markets that can be difficult for individual investors to reach.

RISKS

MARKET RISK. Stock markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money.

EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

FOREIGN INVESTMENT RISK. The fund's investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges). In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. The fund may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value as compared to a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities' markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries.

CURRENCY RISK. As a result of the fund's investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the fund will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the fund would be adversely affected.

EMERGING MARKETS RISK. Emerging market countries are countries that the World Bank or the United Nations considers to be emerging or developing. Emerging markets may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and unreliable securities valuation. It is sometimes difficult to obtain and enforce court judgments in such countries and there is often a greater potential for nationalization and/or expropriation of assets by the government of an emerging market country. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with the fund's investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar.

LARGE- AND MID-CAP RISK. Certain of the risks of this fund are associated with its investments in the large- and mid-cap segments of the stock market. Both large- and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies.

28 Laudus International MarketMasters Fund TM


SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large-and mid-cap stocks. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--bonds or large-cap stocks, for instance--the fund's performance also will lag those investments.

INVESTMENT STYLE RISK. The fund's investment managers attempt to reduce the impact of the performance of any given investment style by investing in both value and growth style stocks. But whenever value stocks fall out of favor with investors, they may underperform growth stocks, and vice versa.

MANAGEMENT RISK. As with all actively managed funds, the strategies of the fund's managers--its investment adviser and investment managers--may not achieve their desired results. For example, with value stocks, the market might fail to recognize the true worth of an undervalued company, or a manager might misjudge that worth. With growth stocks, whose prices depend largely on expectations of companies' future growth, a manager's expectations may prove to be unfounded.

MULTI-MANAGER RISK. Although CSIM monitors and seeks to coordinate the overall management of the fund, each investment manager makes investment decisions independently, and it is possible that the investment styles of the investment managers may not complement one another. As a result, the fund's exposure to a given region, country, stock, industry or investment style could unintentionally be smaller or larger than if the fund had a single manager.

DERIVATIVES RISK. The fund may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. The fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and (iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the fund.

29

PERFORMANCE

The information below shows fund returns before and after taxes, and compares fund performance (which varies over time) to that of an index. The index is unmanaged and does not include expenses or taxes. All figures assume distributions were reinvested.

The after-tax figures:

- reflect the highest individual federal marginal income tax rate that applied during the period, but assume no state or local taxes

- are shown for one class only, and would be different for the other share class

- may not reflect your actual after-tax performance

- may not be relevant to shares in an IRA, 401(k) or other tax-advantaged retirement account

Keep in mind that future performance (both before and after taxes) may differ from past performance. Because the fund originally used a multi-fund strategy, its performance prior to June 3, 2002, does not reflect the fund's current strategy and may have been different if it did.

The fund has two share classes, which have different minimum investments and different costs. For information on choosing a class, see the "Buying shares" section.

ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31

INVESTOR SHARES

[BAR CHART]

       6.81   13.29   74.82   (14.42) (14.16) (18.32) 43.95   19.34   19.33

        97      98      99      00      01      02      03      04      05

BEST QUARTER: 41.67% Q4 1999
WORST QUARTER: (21.09%) Q3 2002

AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS (%) as of 12/31/05

                                                                                    Since
                                                               1 year   5 years   inception
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES
  Before taxes                                                 19.33     7.53       11.31 1
  After taxes on distributions                                 19.31     7.00        9.65 1
  After taxes on distributions and sale of shares              12.92     6.18        8.92 1

SELECT SHARES(R)                                               19.59       --       17.90 2

MSCI EAFE INDEX                                                13.54     4.55        5.78 3

1 Inception: 10/16/96. 2 Inception: 4/2/04. 3 From: 10/16/96.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the fund. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in the total return for each share class.

FEE TABLE (%)

SHAREHOLDER FEES                                    INVESTOR   SELECT
  (% of transaction amount)                          SHARES   SHARES(R)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee*                                       2.00      2.00

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                                       1.28      1.28
Distribution (12b-1) fees                             None      None
Other expenses                                        0.42      0.37
                                                     ----------------
Total annual operating expenses                       1.70      1.65
Less expense reduction                               (0.05)    (0.18)
                                                     ----------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES**                              1.65      1.47
                                                     ----------------

* Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

** Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.65% and 1.47%, respectively, through 2/27/07.

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that the fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on net operating expenses. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the fund or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                          1 year        3 years        5 years        10 years
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES            $168           $531           $918          $2,004
SELECT SHARES              $150           $503           $880          $1,939

30 Laudus International MarketMasters Fund TM


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                                         11/1/04-   11/1/03-   11/1/02-   11/1/01-   11/1/00-
INVESTOR SHARES                                          10/31/05   10/31/04   10/31/03   10/31/02   10/31/01
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                    13.58      11.95       8.74       10.80      15.53
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                                    0.06       0.02       0.03        0.10       0.73
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses              3.16       1.65       3.18       (1.43)     (3.90)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations          3.22       1.67       3.21       (1.33)     (3.17)
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                    (0.02)     (0.04)     (0.00) 1    (0.07)     (0.77)
  Distributions from net realized gains                      --         --         --       (0.66)     (0.79)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total distributions                                       (0.02)     (0.04)        --       (0.73)     (1.56)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                          16.78      13.58      11.95        8.74      10.80
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                          23.75      13.98      36.74      (13.65)    (22.41)


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                                   1.65       1.65       1.65        0.99 2,3   0.50 3
  Gross operating expenses                                 1.74       1.89       1.92        1.32 3     0.88 3
  Net investment income                                    0.37       0.15       0.33        0.60       5.13
Portfolio turnover rate                                      53         69         99         158         51
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                   794        552        302         206        215

1 The per share amount was less than $0.01.

2 The ratio of net operating expenses would have been 0.93% if certain non-routine expenses (proxy fees) had not been included.

3 Prior to the fund's change in structure on June 3, 2002, the expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the fund invested were not included in this ratio.

31

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS continued

                                                         11/1/04-   4/2/04 1-
SELECT SHARES                                            10/31/05   10/31/04
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period                    13.61       13.64
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                                    0.08        0.02
  Net realized and unrealized gains or losses              3.17       (0.05)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment operations          3.25       (0.03)
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income                    (0.05)         --
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period                          16.81       13.61
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                                          23.90       (0.22) 2


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ratio to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses                                   1.47        1.47 3
  Gross operating expenses                                 1.68        1.86 3
  Net investment income                                    0.59        0.37 3
Portfolio turnover rate                                      53          69 2
Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)                   274          81

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 Annualized.

32 Laudus International MarketMasters Fund TM


FUND MANAGEMENT

The funds' investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., has more than $147 billion under management.

The investment adviser for the Laudus MarketMasters Funds TM is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104. Founded in 1989, the firm today serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab Funds(R) and Laudus Funds TM. The firm manages assets for more than 5.5 million shareholder accounts. (All figures on this page are as of 10/31/05.)

As the investment adviser, the firm oversees the asset management and administration of the Laudus MarketMasters Funds. As compensation for these services, the firm receives a management fee from each fund. For the 12 months ended 10/31/05, these fees were 0.82% for the Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund TM, 0.63% for the Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund TM, 1.07% for the Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund TM and 1.23% for the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund TM. These figures, which are expressed as a percentage of each fund's average daily net assets, represent the actual amounts paid, including the effects of reductions, and are based on the fees that applied for that period. CSIM pays the investment managers out of the management fee it receives.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees' approval of each fund's investment advisory agreement and sub-advisory agreement is available in the funds' 2005 annual report, which covers the period of 11/1/04 through 10/31/05.

Subject to oversight by the funds' Board of Trustees, the investment adviser acts as the "manager of managers" for the funds and has overall responsibility for the management of the funds. The investment adviser may recommend the appointment of additional or replacement investment managers to the funds' Board of Trustees. The funds and the investment adviser have received exemptive relief from the SEC to permit the investment adviser and the funds to hire or terminate investment managers without shareholder approval, subject to certain conditions. One of the conditions requires approval by the Board of Trustees before any such hiring is implemented. In addition, the exemptive order currently prohibits the investment adviser from entering into sub-advisory agreements with affiliates of the investment adviser without shareholder approval. Within 90 days of the hiring of any new investment manager, the investment adviser will furnish shareholders of the affected fund with the required information about the new investment manager.

33

JEFFREY MORTIMER, CFA, senior vice president and chief investment officer, equities, of the investment adviser, is responsible for the overall management of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in October 1997, he worked for more than eight years in asset management.

CAROLINE LEE, a director and portfolio manager of the investment adviser, co-manages the funds. Prior to joining the firm in November 2005, she worked in asset management for over four years overseeing sub-advisor relationships in the pension group of a major corporation. She has also had three years of previous experience in investment management at another financial services firm.

Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in each fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

34 Laudus International MarketMasters Fund TM


THE FUNDS' INVESTMENT MANAGERS

The table below shows each fund's current investment managers and the individuals who serve as portfolio managers for each investment manager's portion of fund assets.

LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND TM

                                 YEAR FOUNDED/
                                 ASSETS UNDER
INVESTMENT MANAGER               MANAGEMENT
AND ADDRESS                      (AS OF 12/31/05)  PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)      EMPLOYMENT EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GARDNER LEWIS ASSET MANAGEMENT   1990              W. Whitfield Gardner,     Began investment career in 1982.
L.P.                             $5.2 billion      Chairman and Chief        He founded Gardner Lewis in 1990.
285 Wilmington-West Chester                        Executive Officer
Pike
Chadds Ford, PA 19317

                                                   John L. Lewis, IV,        Began investment career in 1986.
                                                   President                 He founded Gardner Lewis in 1990.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P.           1976              Robert M. Levy,           Began investment career in 1977.
Two North LaSalle                $63.4 billion     C.F.A., Chairman and      Joined Harris Associates in 1985.
Suite 500                                          Chief Investment Officer
Chicago, IL 60602-3790

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT        1971              Susan I. (Schottenfeld)   Began investment career in 1981.
COMPANY                          $30.7 billion     Suvall, Managing          Joined TCW in 1985 as a Special
865 South Figueroa St.                             Director                  Situation Analyst, named to
Suite 1800                                                                   current position in 1998.
Los Angeles, CA 90017

                                                   Nick Galluccio,           Joined TCW in 1982 and has been a
                                                   Group Managing Director   Portfolio Manager with TCW since
                                                                             1984.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THORNBURG INVESTMENT             1982              William V. Fries,         Began investment career in 1970.
MANAGEMENT, INC.                 $18.7 billion     C.F.A.,                   Joined Thornburg in 1995.
119 East Marcy St.                                 Managing Director,
Suite 202                                          Portfolio Manager
Santa Fe, NM 87501

                                                   Ed Maran, CFA,            Began investment career in 1993.
                                                   Portfolio Manager         Joined Thornburg in 2002 as
                                                                             Associate Portfolio Manager,
                                                                             named to current position in
                                                                             2006. Prior to joining Thornburg
                                                                             he was a Senior Analyst at USAA.

                                                   Connor Browne, CFA,       Joined Thornburg in 2001 as
                                                   Portfolio Manager         Associate Portfolio Manager,
                                                                             named to current position in
                                                                             2006.

Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in the fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

35

LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND TM

                                 YEAR FOUNDED/
                                 ASSETS UNDER
INVESTMENT MANAGER               MANAGEMENT
AND ADDRESS                      (AS OF 12/31/05)  PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)      EMPLOYMENT EXPERIENCE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GARDNER LEWIS ASSET MANAGEMENT   1990              W. Whitfield Gardner,     Began investment career in 1982.
L.P.                             $5.2 billion      Chairman and Chief        He founded Gardner Lewis in 1990.
285 Wilmington- West Chester                       Executive Officer
Pike
Chadds Ford, PA 19317

                                                   John L. Lewis, IV,        Began investment career in 1986.
                                                   President                 He founded Gardner Lewis in 1990.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC     1969              --                        --
151 Detroit Street               $148.5
Denver, CO 80206                 billion(1)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERKINS, WOLF, MCDONNELL AND     1980              Robert H. Perkins,        Robert H. Perkins began his
COMPANY, LLC                     $10.1 billion     President and CIO         investment career in 1970. He
310 South Michigan Avenue                                                    founded Perkins, Wolf, McDonnell
Suite 2600                                                                   in 1980.
Chicago, IL 60604

                                                   Thomas M. Perkins,        Thomas M. Perkins began his
                                                   Portfolio Manager         investment career in 1974. He
                                                                             joined Perkins in 1998.

                                                   Jeffrey Kautz, C.F.A.,    Jeffrey Kautz began his Investment
                                                   Portfolio Manager         career in 1995. He joined Perkins
                                                                             in 1997.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT    1971              Chris Dialynas is a       Chris Dialynas joined PIMCO in
COMPANY LLC                      $594.1 billion    Managing Director,        1980. He has twenty-five years of
840 Newport Center Dr.                             portfolio manager, and a  investment experience.
Newport Beach, CA 92660                            senior member of PIMCO's
                                                   investment strategy
                                                   group. He is responsible
                                                   for the day-to-day
                                                   management of the fund's
                                                   assets.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT        1971              Diane E. Jaffee, CFA      Began investment career in 1982.
COMPANY                          $30.7 billion     Managing Director         Joined TCW in 2001 when SG Cowen
865 South Figueroa St.                                                       Asset Management was acquired by
Suite 1800                                                                   TCW. Portfolio Manager of
Los Angeles, CA 90017                                                        investment strategy since 1993.

                                                   Matthew J. Spahn,         Began investment career in 1996.
                                                   Senior Vice President     Joined TCW in 2001 when SG Cowen
                                                                             Asset Management was acquired by
                                                                             TCW. Assistant Portfolio Manager
                                                                             of investment strategy since 1999.

1 Assets are for Janus Capital Group Inc., parent of Janus Capital Management
LLC.

Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in the fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

36 Fund management


LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND TM

                                 YEAR FOUNDED/
                                 ASSETS UNDER
INVESTMENT MANAGER               MANAGEMENT
AND ADDRESS                      (AS OF 12/31/05)  PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)      EMPLOYMENT EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAMRO CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC      2000              Philip D. Tasho, CFA,     Began investment career in 1980.
1660 Duke Street                 $331.1 million    President and Chief       Co-founded TAMRO in 2000. From
Suite 200                                          Investment Officer;       1995 to 2000, Chairman, Chief
Alexandria, VA 22314                               primarily responsible     Executive Officer and Chief
                                                   for the day-to-day        Investment Officer of Riggs
                                                   management                Investment Management Co.
                                                                             (RIMCO).

                                                   Timothy A. Holland, CFA,  Began investment career in 2000
                                                   Senior Equity Analyst     at Manley Asset Management, L.P.
                                                                             Joined TAMRO in 2005.

                                                   Massimo Marolo, Equity    Began investment career in 1999.
                                                   Analyst                   Joined TAMRO in 2003. From 2000
                                                                             to 2001, Associate, Enron
                                                                             Corporation and from 2001-2003,
                                                                             independent consultant.

                                                   Ronald G. Whitley,        Began investment career in 1995
                                                   Equity Analyst            at IFG Network Securities. From
                                                                             1995 to 2000, Accountant at
                                                                             PhotoAssist dealing with 401k,
                                                                             corporate and other
                                                                             investment-related accounts. From
                                                                             2003 to 2005, working to obtain
                                                                             MBA in Finance from Indiana
                                                                             University's Kelley School of
                                                                             Business where he was President
                                                                             of the MBA Investment Club and
                                                                             the student leader of the
                                                                             Investment Management Academy.
                                                                             Joined TAMRO in 2005.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT        1971              Susan I. (Schottenfeld)   Began investment career in 1981.
COMPANY                          $30.7 billion     Suvall, Managing          Joined TCW in 1985 as a Special
865 South Figueroa St.                             Director                  Situation Analyst, named to
Suite 1800                                                                   current position in 1998.
Los Angeles, CA 90017

                                                   Nick Galluccio,           Joined TCW in 1982 and has been a
                                                   Group Managing Director   Portfolio Manager with TCW since
                                                                             1984.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOCQUEVILLE ASSET MANAGEMENT LP  1985              P. Drew Rankin,           Began investment career in 1970.
40 W 57th Street                 $4.7 billion      Managing Director,        Joined Tocqueville in 1994.
New York, NY 10019                                 Portfolio Manager
                                                   primarily responsible
                                                   for day-to-day
                                                   management

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in the fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

37

LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND TM (Continued)

                                 YEAR FOUNDED/
                                 ASSETS UNDER
INVESTMENT MANAGER               MANAGEMENT
AND ADDRESS                      (AS OF 12/31/05)  PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)      EMPLOYMENT EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VEREDUS ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC     1998              B. Anthony Weber,         Began investment career in 1984.
6060 Dutchmans Lane              $2.5 billion      President, Chief          Founding member of Veredus in
Suite 320                                          Investment Officer        1998. From 1993 to 1998,
Louisville, KY 40205                                                         President, Senior Portfolio
                                                                             Manager, SMC Capital, Inc.

                                                   Charles P. McCurdy, Jr.,  Began investment career in 1986.
                                                   CFA                       Founding member of Veredus in
                                                   Executive Vice            1998.
                                                   President, Portfolio
                                                   Manager

                                                   Charles F. Mercer, Jr.,   Began investment career in 1992.
                                                   CFA                       Founding member of Veredus in
                                                   Portfolio Manager         1998, as of Research, named to
                                                                             current position in 2001.

Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in the fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

38 Fund management


LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND TM

                                 YEAR FOUNDED/
                                 ASSETS UNDER
INVESTMENT MANAGER               MANAGEMENT
AND ADDRESS                      (AS OF 12/31/05)  PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)      EMPLOYMENT EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMERICAN CENTURY GLOBAL          1958              Federico Laffan,          Began investment career in 1997.
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC.      $100.8 billion    Vice President and        Joined American Century in 2001
666 Third Avenue                                   Portfolio Manager         as a Senior Investment Analyst,
23rd Floor                                                                   named to current position in
New York, NY 10017                                                           2004. From 1997-2001,
                                                                             International Equity Portfolio
                                                                             Manager, Warburg Pincus/Credit
                                                                             Suisse Asset Management.

                                                   Trevor Gurwich,           Rejoined the team that manages
                                                   Vice President and        International Opportunities in
                                                   Portfolio Manager         August 2005. He previously was a
                                                                             member of the team from June 2001
                                                                             until January 2004. From January
                                                                             2004 to August 2005, he was a
                                                                             member of the global growth
                                                                             investment team. He joined
                                                                             American Century in July 1998 and
                                                                             became a portfolio manager in
                                                                             March 2001.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARTISAN PARTNERS LIMITED         1994              Mark L. Yockey, C.F.A.,   Began investment career in 1981.
PARTNERSHIP                      $44.7 billion     Managing Director and     Joined Artisan Partners in 1995.
875 East Wisconsin Avenue                          Portfolio Manager
Suite 800
Milwaukee, WI 53202-5402

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P.           1976              David G. Herro, C.F.A.,   Began investment career in 1986.
Two North LaSalle                $63.4 billion     Partner, Chief            Joined Harris Associates in 1992.
Suite 500                                          Investment Officer,
Chicago, IL 60602-3790                             International Equities
                                                   and Portfolio Manager

                                                   Chad M. Clark, C.F.A.,    Began investment career in 1995.
                                                   Partner, Analyst and      Joined Harris Associates in 1995.
                                                   Portfolio Manager

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, LLC     1935              W. George Greig,          Began investment career in 1979.
222 West Adams St.               $35.6 billion     Principal, International  Joined William Blair in 1996.
Chicago, IL 60606                                  Equity Portfolio Manager

Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in the fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

39

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS

As a MarketMasters TM investor, you have a number of ways to do business with us.

On the following pages, you will find information on buying, selling and exchanging shares using the method that is most convenient for you. You also will see how to choose a distribution option for your investment. Helpful information on taxes is included as well.

40

BUYING SHARES

Shares of each fund may be purchased through a Schwab account or through broker-dealers, banks, investment professionals or other financial institutions, 401(k) plans or other employee benefit plans (financial intermediaries).

The information on these pages outlines how Schwab investors can place "good orders," which are orders made in accordance with a fund's policies to buy, sell, and exchange shares of a fund.

If you are investing through a financial intermediary, including Schwab, the intermediary may impose additional or different conditions than a fund on purchases, redemptions or exchanges of fund shares. Some policy differences may include initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements, exchange policies, fund choices, cut-off time for investment and trading restrictions. For Schwab accounts, the minimum additional investment through an automatic investment plan is $100. Intermediaries may also independently establish and charge their customers transaction fees, account fees and other fees in addition to the fees charged by a fund. These additional fees may vary over time and would increase the cost of the customer's investment and lower investment returns. Shareholders who are customers of financial intermediaries should consult their intermediaries for information regarding these conditions and fees. The funds are not responsible for the failure of financial intermediaries to carry out their responsibilities to their customers.

The investment adviser and Schwab or its affiliates may pay certain financial intermediaries or their third party administrators for performing shareholder, recordkeeping, administrative, transfer agency or other services for their customers. In addition, the investment adviser and Schwab or its affiliates may pay certain intermediaries for providing distribution, marketing, promotional or other related services. The payments described by this paragraph may be substantial but are paid by the investment adviser and/or Schwab or its affiliates, not by a fund or its shareholders.


SCHWAB ACCOUNTS

Some Schwab account features can work in tandem with features offered by the funds.

For example, when you sell shares in a fund, the proceeds automatically are paid to your Schwab account. From your account, you can use features such as MoneyLink(R), which lets you move money between your brokerage accounts and bank accounts and Automatic Investment Plan (AIP), which lets you set up periodic investments.

For more information on Schwab accounts, call 1-800-435-4000 or visit the Schwab web site at www.schwab.com.

41

STEP 1

CHOOSE A FUND AND A SHARE CLASS. Your choice may depend on the amount of your investment. The funds have two share classes. The Select Shares have lower expenses than the Investor Shares. You may convert your Investor Shares into Select Shares at any time if your account balance in the fund is at least $50,000. You must contact Schwab or your financial intermediary to request an interclass exchange of your Investor Shares for Select Shares--conversion is not automatic. If you no longer meet the minimum balance requirement for Select Shares, the fund reserves the right to redeem your shares. Select Shares may not be available through financial intermediaries other than Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

                       MINIMUM INITIAL INVESTMENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SHARES        $2,500 ($1,000 for retirement,          NONE
                       education and custodial accounts)

SELECT SHARES          $50,000                                 $40,000

Certain investment managers, including managers in Schwab Institutional, may aggregate the investments of their underlying customer accounts for purposes of meeting the Select Shares initial minimum investment and minimum balance requirements.

STEP 2

CHOOSE AN OPTION FOR FUND DISTRIBUTIONS. The three options are described below. If you don't indicate a choice, you will receive the first option.

OPTION                 FEATURES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
REINVESTMENT           All dividends and capital gain distributions are
                       invested automatically in shares of your fund.


CASH/REINVESTMENT MIX  You receive payment for dividends, while any
                       capital gain distributions are invested in
                       shares of your fund.


CASH                   You receive payment for all dividends and
                       capital gain distributions.

STEP 3

PLACE YOUR ORDER. Use any of the methods described on the following page. Make checks payable to Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. Orders placed in person or through a telephone representative are subject to a service fee, payable to Schwab.

42 Investing in the funds


SELLING/EXCHANGING SHARES

USE ANY OF THE METHODS DESCRIBED BELOW TO SELL SHARES OF A FUND.

When selling or exchanging shares, please be aware of the following policies:

- A fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.

- If you are selling shares that were recently purchased by check, the proceeds may be delayed until the check for purchase clears; this may take up to 15 days from the date of purchase.

- As indicated in each fund's fee table, each fund charges a redemption fee, which is discussed in more detail under "Redemption fees" under the "Transaction policies" section of this prospectus.

- There is no redemption fee when you exchange between share classes of the same fund.

- The funds reserve the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of a fund's assets, whichever is less. A shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

- Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds(R), including other Laudus MarketMasters Funds TM, that are not Sweep Investments TM and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging.

- You must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.

METHODS FOR PLACING DIRECT ORDERS

INTERNET                                         SCHWABLINK(R)
www.schwab.com                                   Investment professionals should follow the
                                                 transaction instructions in the SchwabLink
SCHWAB BY PHONE TM 1                             manual; for technical assistance, call
Automated voice service or speak with a          1-800-647-5465.
representative at 1-800-435-4000 (for TDD
service, call 1-800-345-2550).                   MAIL
                                                 Write to MarketMasters Funds at:
TELEBROKER(R)                                    P.O. Box 3812
Automated touch-tone phone service at            Englewood, CO 80155-3812
1-800-272-4922
                                                 IN PERSON 1
                                                 Visit the nearest Charles Schwab branch
                                                 office.

You are automatically entitled to initiate transactions by the Internet or telephone. The funds and Schwab employ procedures to confirm the authenticity of Internet and telephone instructions. If the funds and Schwab follow these procedures, they will not be responsible for any losses or costs incurred by following Internet or telephone instructions that they reasonably believe to be genuine.

1 Orders placed in-person or through a telephone representative are subject to a service fee, payable to Schwab.


WHEN PLACING ORDERS

With every order to buy, sell or exchange shares, you will need to include the following information:

- Your name or, for Internet orders, your account number/"Login ID."

- Your account number (for Schwab Link transactions, include the master account and subaccount numbers) or, for Internet orders, your password.

- The name and share class (if applicable) of the fund whose shares you want to buy or sell.

- The dollar amount or number of shares you would like to buy, sell or exchange.

- When selling or exchanging shares by mail, be sure to include the signature of at least one of the persons whose name is on the account.

- For exchanges, the name and share class (if applicable) of the fund into which you want to exchange and the distribution option you prefer.

- When selling shares, how you would like to receive the proceeds.

Please note that orders to buy, sell or exchange become irrevocable at the time you mail them.

43


THE FUNDS AND SCHWAB RESERVE CERTAIN RIGHTS, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:

- To automatically redeem your shares if the account they are held in is closed for any reason.

- To automatically redeem your shares upon 60 days written notice if the value of your investment in a fund falls below the stated minimum balance requirement for the fund or share class, as applicable.

- To materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days' written notice to shareholders.

- To change or waive a fund's or share class' investment minimums.

- To suspend the right to sell shares back to the fund, and delay sending proceeds, during times when trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, or otherwise as permitted by the SEC.

- To withdraw or suspend any part of the offering made by this prospectus.

TRANSACTION POLICIES

THE FUNDS ARE OPEN FOR BUSINESS EACH DAY THAT THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE (NYSE) IS OPEN. The funds calculate their share prices each business day, as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). A fund's share price is its net asset value per share, or NAV, which is the fund's net assets divided by the number of its shares outstanding. Orders to buy, sell or exchange shares that are received in good order no later than the close of a fund (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time) will be executed at the next share price calculated that day.

If you place an order through a financial intermediary, please consult with that intermediary to determine when your order will be executed. Generally, you will receive the share price next calculated after a fund receives your order from your financial intermediary. However, some intermediaries may arrange with a fund for you to receive the share price next calculated after your intermediary has received your order. Some financial intermediaries may require that they receive your orders prior to a specified cut-off time.

In valuing their securities, the funds use market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available, a fund may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the funds' Board of Trustees as discussed in more detail under "Fair value pricing" in this "Transaction policies" section.

Shareholders of the Laudus International MarketMasters FundTM should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the fund is closed, the value of the fund's portfolio may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund.

THE FUNDS RESERVE CERTAIN RIGHTS REGARDING TRANSACTION POLICIES, AS DETAILED IN THE ADJACENT COLUMN.

POLICY REGARDING SHORT-TERM OR EXCESSIVE TRADING. Each fund is intended for long-term investment and not for short-term or excessive trading (collectively "market timing"). Market timing may adversely impact a fund's performance by disrupting the efficient management of the fund, increasing fund transaction costs and taxes, causing the fund to maintain higher cash balances, and diluting the value of the fund's shares.

Each fund's Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to reduce the risk of market timing by fund shareholders. Each fund seeks to deter market timing through several methods. These methods may include:
trade activity monitoring; redemption fees; and fair value pricing. Although these methods are designed to discourage market timing, there can be no guarantee that the fund will be able to identify and restrict investors that engage in such activities. In addition, these methods (other than redemption fees) are inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application. Each fund and its service providers seek to make these judgments and applications in a manner that they believe is consistent with interests of the fund's long-term shareholders. Each fund may amend these policies and procedures in response to changing regulatory requirements or to enhance the effectiveness of the program.

44 Investing in the funds


TRADE ACTIVITY MONITORING. Each fund, through its service providers, maintains trade activity monitoring procedures with respect to the purchase, sale and exchange of fund shares. This process involves reviewing transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds within specified time intervals. Trading activity identified by these factors, or from other information then available (such as the actual trading pattern or dollar amount of the transactions), will be evaluated to determine whether such activity is detrimental to the fund.

If, as a result of this trade activity monitoring, a fund believes that a shareholder has engaged in market timing, it may, in its sole discretion, request the shareholder to stop such market timing activities or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholder's account. Each fund specifically reserves the right to reject any purchase or exchange orders by any investor or group of investors indefinitely for any reason. Transactions placed in contravention of a fund's market timing policies are not necessarily deemed accepted by the fund and may be canceled or revoked by the fund on the next business day following receipt by the fund.

Fund shares may be held through 401(k) and other group retirement plans and other omnibus arrangements maintained by broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries. Omnibus accounts allow financial intermediaries to aggregate their customers' investments in one account and to purchase, redeem and exchange fund shares without the identity of a particular customer being known to a fund. A number of these financial intermediaries may not have the capability or may not be willing to apply the funds' market timing policies. As a result, a fund cannot assure that its policies will be enforced with regard to fund shares held through such omnibus arrangements. While each fund may monitor share turnover at the omnibus account level, a fund's ability to monitor and detect market timing by shareholders in these omnibus accounts is limited, and, therefore, the fund may not be able to determine whether trading by these shareholders is contrary to the fund's market timing policies.

REDEMPTION FEES. The funds may impose a short-term redemption fee on any fund shares that are redeemed or exchanged by a shareholder within a specified number of days, as detailed below, of the purchase date. The funds impose the redemption fees in an effort to deter short-term trading, to facilitate efficient fund management, to minimize the impact on fund performance and to offset fund transaction costs and other expenses. Each of the funds charges a redemption fee of 2.00% on shares sold or exchanged 30 days or less after purchasing them. These fees may be imposed to the extent the shares redeemed exceed the number of shares that have been held more than the specified number of days. Each fund treats shares that have been held the longest as being redeemed first and shares that have been held the shortest as being redeemed last. Fund shares purchased with reinvested dividends are not subject to redemption fees. Each fund retains the redemption fees for the benefit of the remaining shareholders.

45

As noted above, the fund shares may be held in omnibus accounts by financial intermediaries. Currently, only certain intermediaries have the systems capability to collect the redemption fees on behalf of the fund. Even intermediaries that do have the capability may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying and calculating the fees that are different from those of a fund or may be unwilling to collect the fees. As such, a fund may not be able to collect redemption fees through these intermediaries. Each fund notifies all financial intermediaries of its policy and will encourage all financial intermediaries to develop the capability to begin collecting the redemption fees from all of their customers that invest in the fund.

Each fund reserves the right to waive its redemption fee if the fund or its service providers believe that such waivers are consistent with the best interests of the fund and its long-term shareholders. For example, the redemption fees may not be assessed in the following non-exclusive list of transactions: redemptions by tax-advantaged retirement plans; redemptions by certain fee-based or wrap programs; redemptions pursuant to rebalancing programs or systematic withdrawal plans established with the fund or financial intermediaries; redemptions by charitable giving funds; redemptions by registered investment companies; and redemptions initiated by the fund. Each fund also reserves the right to modify or eliminate the redemption fees or waivers at any time.

FAIR VALUE PRICING. The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value each fund's securities when market prices are not "readily available" or are unreliable. For example, a fund may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security's primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security's primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security's value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security's primary trading market.

By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, each fund seeks to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology is designed to deter "arbitrage" market timers, who seek to exploit delays between the change in the value of a fund's portfolio holdings and the net asset value of the fund's shares, and seeks to ensure that the prices at which the fund's shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders.

Each fund makes fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the fund's valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that a fund could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION. A description of the funds' policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the funds' portfolio securities is available in the funds' Statement of Additional Information.

46 Investing in the funds


DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

ANY INVESTMENT IN THE FUNDS TYPICALLY INVOLVES SEVERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Because each person's tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in a fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) web site at www.irs.gov.

AS A SHAREHOLDER, YOU ARE ENTITLED TO YOUR SHARE OF THE DIVIDENDS AND GAINS YOUR FUND EARNS. Every year, each fund distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of each fund's year-end distribution, if any, may be made available on the fund's website: www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.

UNLESS YOU ARE INVESTING THROUGH AN IRA, 401(K) OR OTHER TAX-ADVANTAGED

RETIREMENT ACCOUNT, YOUR FUND DISTRIBUTIONS GENERALLY HAVE TAX CONSEQUENCES. Each fund's net investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the fund. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.

GENERALLY, ANY SALE OR EXCHANGE OF YOUR SHARES IS A TAXABLE EVENT. For tax purposes, an exchange of your shares for shares of another Schwab Fund or another Laudus MarketMasters Fund is treated the same as a sale. An exchange between classes within a fund is not reported as a taxable sale. A sale may result in a capital gain or loss for you. The gain or loss generally will be treated as short term if you held the shares for 12 months or less, long term if you held the shares longer.

SHAREHOLDERS IN THE LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND TM MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS as a result of foreign tax payments made by the fund. Typically, these payments will reduce the fund's dividends but will still be included in your taxable income. You may be able to claim a tax credit or deduction for your portion of foreign taxes paid by the fund, however.

AT THE BEGINNING OF EVERY YEAR, THE FUNDS PROVIDE SHAREHOLDERS WITH INFORMATION DETAILING THE TAX STATUS OF ANY DISTRIBUTIONS a fund paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.

SCHWAB CUSTOMERS WHO SELL FUND SHARES typically will receive a report that calculates their gain or loss using the "average cost" single-category method. This information is not reported to the IRS, and you still have the option of calculating gains or losses using any other methods permitted by the IRS.


MORE ON QUALIFIED DIVIDEND INCOME AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

Dividends that are designated by the funds as qualified dividend income are eligible for a reduced maximum tax rate. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations. The funds expect that a portion of each fund's ordinary income distributions will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income subject to the reduced tax rates.

If you are investing through a taxable account and purchase shares of a fund just before it declares a distribution, you may receive a portion of your investment back as a taxable distribution. This is because when a fund makes a distribution, the share price is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

You can avoid "buying a dividend," as it is often called, by finding out if a distribution is imminent and waiting until afterwards to invest. Of course, you may decide that the opportunity to gain a few days of investment performance outweighs the tax consequences of buying a dividend.

47

NOTES


NOTES


LAUDUS MARKETMASTERS FUNDS TM

TO LEARN MORE

This prospectus contains important information on the funds and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources:

ANNUAL AND SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS, which are mailed to current fund investors, discuss recent performance and fund holdings.

The STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.

For a free copy of any of these documents or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab at 1-800-435-4000. In addition, you may visit www.schwab.com/marketmasters for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI, or an annual or semi-annual report.

The SAI, the funds' annual and semi-annual reports and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC's web site (http://www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You can also review and copy information about the funds, including the funds' SAI, at the SEC's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call 1-202-942-8090 for information on the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room.

[LAUDUS FUNDS LOGO]

PROSPECTUS

February 28, 2006

COMMAND PERFORMANCE TM

SEC FILE NUMBER
Laudus MarketMasters Funds 811-7704

REG23308FLT-11


SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS

SCHWAB FUNDS LOGO

Prospectus
February 28, 2006

- Schwab Target 2010 Fund
- Schwab Target 2020 Fund
- Schwab Target 2030 Fund
- Schwab Target 2040 Fund
- Schwab Retirement Income Fund

As with all mutual funds, the
Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and
accurate. Anyone who indicates
otherwise is committing a federal
crime. [CHARLES SCHWAB LOGO]


SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS

ABOUT THE FUNDS

   Schwab Target 2010 Fund..................................    2

   Schwab Target 2020 Fund..................................    2

   Schwab Target 2030 Fund..................................    2

   Schwab Target 2040 Fund..................................    2

   Schwab Retirement Income Fund............................    2

   Fund management..........................................   21

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS

   Buying shares............................................   23

   Selling/exchanging shares................................   25

   Transaction policies.....................................   26

   Distributions and taxes..................................   30


ABOUT THE FUNDS

The Schwab Target Funds (the funds) share the same investment approach: each seeks to achieve its objective by investing in a combination of other Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds (the underlying funds). These underlying funds will include stock, bond and money market mutual funds and will be used by the funds to meet their target asset allocations and investment styles. The funds are designed to provide investors with investment management, asset allocation and ongoing reallocation over time. Because the funds invest in other mutual funds, each fund is considered a "fund of funds."

The Schwab Retirement Income Fund is designed for investors currently in retirement, and has a majority of its portfolio invested in fixed income, ultra-short fixed income and money market funds. The other Schwab Target Funds (collectively, the target year funds) are designed for investors who are currently saving for their retirement and plan to retire close to the year indicated in a fund's name. These funds gradually decrease their equity holdings and increase fixed income holdings as the target retirement date approaches, becoming more conservative over time.

The retirement year included in a target year fund's name does not necessarily represent the specific year you expect to need your assets. It is intended only as a general guide.

The funds are designed for long-term investors. Their performance will fluctuate over time and, as with all investments, future performance may differ from past performance.


SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS

Ticker symbols   Target 2010 Fund: SWBRX   Target 2020 Fund: SWCRX   Target 2030
                 Fund: SWDRX
                 Target 2040 Fund: SWERX   Retirement Income Fund: SWARX


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE OF THE FUNDS

Schwab Retirement Income Fund seeks to provide current income and, as a secondary investment objective, capital appreciation.

Each of the Schwab Target 2010, Schwab Target 2020, Schwab Target 2030 and Schwab Target 2040 Funds seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation.

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES OF THE FUNDS

Each of the funds seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a combination of other Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds (the underlying funds) in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, money market and other securities in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The target asset allocation for the Schwab Retirement Income Fund is expected to remain fixed over time. For each of the other funds (collectively, the target year funds), the target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser's asset allocation strategy. In general, each target year fund's allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target retirement date. At the stated retirement date, each target year fund's allocation will be approximately 60% equity securities, 35% fixed income securities, 4% ultra-short fixed income securities and 1% money market funds. Each target year fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund's stated retirement date. Each fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, each fund may invest directly in equity and fixed income securities, cash equivalents, including money market securities, and futures.

For temporary defensive purposes during unusual economic or market conditions or for liquidity purposes, each fund may invest up to 100% of its assets directly in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations. When a fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

2 Schwab Target Funds


DESCRIPTION OF THE FUNDS' ASSET ALLOCATION STRATEGIES

Each fund invests in a combination of underlying Schwab Funds and Laudus Funds. Each fund's target allocation is intended to allocate investments among various asset classes such as equity, fixed income, and ultra-short fixed income securities and money market funds. As set forth below, each fund has its own distinct target portfolio allocation and is designed to accommodate different investment goals and risk tolerances.

The following chart shows each fund's target allocation among the various asset classes as of the date of this prospectus.

TARGET ASSET ALLOCATION

                                                                                          SCHWAB
                                         SCHWAB      SCHWAB      SCHWAB      SCHWAB     RETIREMENT
                                         TARGET      TARGET      TARGET      TARGET       INCOME
ASSET CLASS                             2010 FUND   2020 FUND   2030 FUND   2040 FUND      FUND
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUITY SECURITIES                          63%         70%         77%         84%          20%
FIXED-INCOME SECURITIES                    35%         28%         21%         14%          50%
ULTRA-SHORT FIXED INCOME SECURITIES         1%          1%          1%          1%          25%
MONEY MARKET FUNDS                          1%          1%          1%          1%           5%

As shown above, the portfolios of the funds with an earlier target retirement date are more heavily allocated to fixed income and ultra-short fixed income securities and money market funds; therefore these funds represent a more conservative approach. Funds with later target retirement dates take a more aggressive approach by allocating a greater amount of their assets to equity securities.

The target asset allocation of the Schwab Retirement Income Fund is expected to remain fixed over time. The target asset allocations of the target year funds have been developed with two general rules of investing in mind:

- Higher investment returns are generally accompanied by a higher risk of losing money. Put another way, the greater an investment's potential return, the greater its potential loss. For example, equity securities generally provide long-term returns that are superior to fixed income securities, although their returns have tended to be more volatile in the short-term.

- Because their investments have more time to recover from losses, investors with longer time horizons generally have a higher risk tolerance.

For these reasons, the target asset allocations of the target year funds are expected to vary over time as your investment horizon changes.

Schwab Target Funds 3


Over time, the allocation to asset classes and underlying funds will change according to a predetermined "glide path," as illustrated below. As the glide path shows, each target year fund's asset mix becomes more conservative as time elapses--both prior to and after the target retirement date. This reflects the need for reduced investment risk as retirement approaches and the need for greater certainty of income after retiring. Once a fund reaches its most conservative planned allocation, approximately 20 years after its target date, its allocation to equity securities will remain fixed at approximately 20% of assets and the remainder will be allocated to fixed-income and ultra-short fixed income securities and money market funds. At such time, the target year fund's allocations should match the allocations of the Schwab Retirement Income Fund. The adviser reserves the right to modify the glide path from time to time should circumstances warrant.

TARGET ASSET ALLOCATION OVER TIME

[LINE GRAPH]

                                                            YEAR VERSUS TARGET
                                                            ------------------

                                INTERNATIONAL       SMALL-CAP         LARGE-CAP                          ULTRA-SHORT
                                   EQUITY            EQUITY            EQUITY         FIXED INCOME      FIXED INCOME
                                -------------       ---------         ---------       ------------      ------------
-35                                  21                17                47                13                 1
                                     21                17                46                14                 1
                                     21                17                46                14                 1
                                     21                17                45                15                 1
                                     21                17                44                16                 1
-30                                  20                17                44                17                 1
                                     20                17                44                17                 1
                                     20                16                44                18                 1
                                     20                15                44                19                 1
                                     20                15                44                19                 1
-25                                  19                15                44                20                 1
                                     19                15                43                21                 1
                                     19                14                43                22                 1
                                     19                14                43                22                 1
                                     19                14                42                23                 1
-20                                  19                14                41                24                 1
                                     19                14                41                24                 1
                                     18                14                41                25                 1
                                     18                14                40                26                 1
                                     18                13                40                27                 1
-15                                  18                13                40                27                 1
                                     18                12                40                28                 1
                                     17                12                40                29                 1
                                     17                12                40                29                 1
                                     17                12                39                30                 1
-10                                  17                12                38                31                 1
                                     17                11                38                32                 1
                                     17                11                38                32                 1
                                     16                11                38                33                 1
                                     16                11                37                34                 1
-5                                   16                11                37                34                 1
                                     16                11                36                35                 1
                                     16                11                35                35                 2
                                     15                11                35                35                 3
                                     15                11                35                35                 3
T                                    15                10                35                35                 4
                                     14                10                34                37                 4
                                     14                 9                33                38                 5
                                     13                 9                32                40                 5
                                     13                 8                31                41                 6
5                                    12                 8                30                43                 6
                                     12                 7                29                44                 7
                                     11                 7                28                46                 7
                                     11                 6                27                47                 8
                                     10                 6                26                49                 8
10                                   10                 5                25                50                 9
                                      9                 5                24                50                11
                                      9                 4                23                50                13
                                      8                 4                22                50                15
                                      8                 3                21                50                17
15                                    7                 3                20                50                19
                                      7                 2                19                50                21
                                      6                 2                18                50                22
                                      6                 1                17                50                23
                                      5                 1                16                50                24
20                                    5                 0                15                50                25

                                MONEY MARKET
                                    FUNDS
                                ------------
-35                                   1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
-30                                   1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
-25                                   1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
-20                                   1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
-15                                   1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
-10                                   1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
-5                                    1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
T                                     1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
5                                     1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
10                                    1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
                                      1
15                                    1
                                      1
                                      2
                                      3
                                      4
20                                    5

COMBINATION OF A TARGET FUND WITH THE SCHWAB RETIREMENT INCOME FUND

Each target year fund's target asset allocation and the weightings for each of its underlying funds will be strategically adjusted on at least an annual basis. When the target asset allocation of a target year fund matches the target asset allocation of the Schwab Retirement Income Fund and, therefore, becomes fixed (approximately 20 years after the fund's target retirement date), the fund's Board of Trustees expects to approve the combination of the fund with the Schwab Retirement Income Fund. At such time, the target year fund's shareholders will become shareholders of the Schwab Retirement Income Fund. Shareholders will be notified prior to such combination.

4 Schwab Target Funds


PRINCIPAL RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUNDS

The funds are intended for investors seeking an investment option whose asset mix becomes more conservative over time, and who are willing to accept the risks associated with the funds' asset allocation strategies. In general, a target year fund with a later target date is expected to be more volatile than a target year fund with an earlier target date. The Schwab Retirement Income Fund is expected to be the least volatile of the funds.

- INVESTMENT RISK. Your investment is not a bank deposit. Your investment in the funds is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.

- ASSET ALLOCATION RISK. The funds are subject to asset allocation risk, which is the risk that the selection of the underlying funds and the allocation of the funds' assets among the various asset classes and market segments will cause the funds to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

- MARKET RISK. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of your investment in the funds will fluctuate, which means that you could lose money on your investment.

- DIRECT INVESTMENT RISK. Each fund may invest a portion of its assets directly in equity and fixed income securities, cash equivalents, including money market securities, and futures. A fund's direct investment in these securities is subject to the same or similar risks as those described for an underlying fund's investment in the same security. Please see "Principal Risks of the Underlying Funds" for a description of these risks.

INVESTOR PROFILE

The funds are designed to offer investors a professionally managed investment plan that simplifies the investment management of an investor's assets prior to, and continuing after, the investor's retirement. The main component of the investment program is the funds' ongoing reallocation of the investor's assets among various asset classes, including equities, fixed income securities and money market securities and other cash investments. In particular, the funds are designed for investors who are either saving for retirement, in the case of the target year funds, or, in the case of the Schwab Retirement Income Fund, for investors who are currently in retirement.

WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST IN THE FUNDS?

The funds may be a suitable investment for investors

- seeking an investment whose asset allocation mix becomes more conservative over time

- seeking funds that combine the potential for capital appreciation and income

- seeking the convenience of funds that allocate their assets among both stock and bond investments

WHO MAY NOT WANT TO INVEST IN THE FUNDS?

The funds may not be suitable for investors

- seeking to invest for a short period of time

- uncomfortable with fluctuations in the value of their investment

- seeking to use the funds for educational savings accounts

The funds are designed to be an integral part of an investor's overall retirement investment strategy. However, they are not designed to provide investors with a complete solution to their retirement needs. Investors must consider many factors when choosing an investment strategy for their retirement. For example, factors such as an appropriate retirement date, your expected retirement needs and your sources of income all should be considered when you choose your overall retirement strategy.

Schwab Target Funds 5


RISK SPECTRUM

Each fund has a different level of risk and the amount of risk is relative to the time horizon included in its name. Target year funds with earlier target retirement dates will tend to be less risky and have lower expected returns than the target year funds with later target retirement dates. The following risk spectrum is designed to provide investors with a general overview of the relative risk characteristics of each fund.

[RISK SPECTRUM CHART]

RISK SPECTRUM

Lower                                 Moderate                                                 Higher
                                        Risk

                       Retirement
                       Income Fund

                                       Schwab
                                      2010 Fund

                                                     Schwab
                                                    2020 Fund

                                                                   Schwab
                                                                  2030 Fund

                                                                                 Schwab
                                                                                2040 Fund

6 Schwab Target Funds


FUND PERFORMANCE HISTORY

Schwab Target 2010 Fund
Schwab Target 2020 Fund
Schwab Target 2030 Fund
Schwab Target 2040 Fund
Schwab Retirement Income Fund

Because these are new funds, no performance figures are given. This information will appear in a future version of the funds' prospectus. Performance history for each underlying fund is available in its prospectus.

FUND FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table describes what you could expect to pay as a fund investor in each of the Schwab Target Funds. "Shareholder fees" are charged to you directly by the funds. "Annual operating expenses" are paid out of fund assets, so their effect is included in each fund's total return.

SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS - FEE TABLES

                                      SCHWAB      SCHWAB      SCHWAB      SCHWAB       SCHWAB
SHAREHOLDER FEES                      TARGET      TARGET      TARGET      TARGET     RETIREMENT
  (% of transaction amount)          2010 FUND   2020 FUND   2030 FUND   2040 FUND   INCOME FUND
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Redemption fee 1                        2.00        2.00        2.00        2.00         None

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (% of average net assets)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management fees                         None        None        None        None         None
Distribution (12b-1) fees               None        None        None        None         None
Other expenses 2                        0.37        0.36        0.58        1.10         0.64
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
Total annual operating expenses         0.37        0.36        0.58        1.10         0.64
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
Less expense reduction                 (0.31)      (0.32)      (0.55)      (1.09)       (0.54)
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
NET OPERATING EXPENSES 3                0.06        0.04        0.03        0.01         0.10
                                      ----------------------------------------------------------

1 Charged only on shares you sell or exchange 30 days or less after buying them and paid directly to the fund.

2 Based on estimated expenses for the current fiscal year.

3 Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the net operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of each of the Schwab Target Funds through 2/28/07 as follows: Schwab Retirement Income Fund limited to 0.10%, Schwab Target 2010 Fund limited to 0.06%, Schwab Target 2020 Fund limited to 0.04%, Schwab Target 2030 Fund limited to 0.03% and Schwab Target 2040 Fund limited to 0.01%.

Schwab Target Funds 7


In addition to the total operating expenses shown above, each Schwab Target Fund, as a shareholder in the underlying funds, will indirectly bear its pro-rata share of the expenses incurred by the underlying funds. The returns of the Schwab Target Funds will be net of these expenses. The following table provides an estimate of these expenses based on each fund's target asset allocation as of the date of this prospectus and each underlying fund's total annual net operating expenses (after fee waivers and reimbursements, if any), as of its most recent fiscal year end. The table also shows the total estimated expense that results from combining a fund's "net operating expenses", shown above, with the estimated net operating expenses (after fee waivers and reimbursements, if any) of the underlying funds. Actual expenses of the underlying funds indirectly borne by the Schwab Target Funds will vary with changes in the allocation of each Schwab Target Fund's assets among the underlying funds and with other events that directly affect the operating expenses of the underlying funds.

                                                                   Estimated Combined Net
                                  Estimated Net Operating      Operating Expenses Attributable
                                Expenses Attributable to the     to the Target Fund and the
                                      Underlying Funds                Underlying Funds
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Schwab Target 2010 Fund                     0.85%                            0.91%
Schwab Target 2020 Fund                     0.88%                            0.92%
Schwab Target 2030 Fund                     0.90%                            0.93%
Schwab Target 2040 Fund                     0.98%                            0.99%
Schwab Retirement Income Fund               0.59%                            0.69%

EXAMPLE

Designed to help you compare expenses, the example below includes both the fund's operating expenses plus the estimated net operating expenses of the underlying funds and uses the same assumptions as other mutual fund prospectuses: a $10,000 investment, 5% return each year and that a fund's operating expenses remain the same. The one-year figures are based on the combined net operating expenses of the fund and underlying funds. The expenses would be the same whether you stayed in the funds or sold your shares at the end of each period. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.

EXPENSES ON A $10,000 INVESTMENT

                                                                 1 Year        3 Years
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHWAB TARGET 2010 FUND                                           $ 93           $391
SCHWAB TARGET 2020 FUND                                           $ 94           $398
SCHWAB TARGET 2030 FUND                                           $ 95           $454
SCHWAB TARGET 2040 FUND                                           $101           $588
SCHWAB RETIREMENT INCOME FUND                                     $ 70           $341

8 Schwab Target Funds


SCHWAB TARGET 2010 FUND

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            7/1/05 1-
                                            10/31/05
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income from investment operations:
  Net investment income                        0.04

  Net realized and unrealized gains            0.20
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations      0.24
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period              10.24
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                               2.40 2


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses 3                     0.06 4
  Gross operating expenses 3                   0.37 4
  Net investment income                        1.51 4

Portfolio turnover rate                          --

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)        32

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 The expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in this ratio. The income received by the fund from underlying funds is reduced by those expenses.

4 Annualized.

Schwab Target Funds 9


SCHWAB TARGET 2020 FUND

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            7/1/05 1-
                                            10/31/05
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income from investment operations:
  Net investment income                        0.04

  Net realized and unrealized gains            0.24
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations      0.28
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period              10.28
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                               2.80 2


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses 3                     0.04 4
  Gross operating expenses 3                   0.36 4
  Net investment income                        1.29 4

Portfolio turnover rate                          --

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)        35

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 The expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in this ratio. The income received by the fund from underlying funds is reduced by those expenses.

4 Annualized.

10 Schwab Target Funds


SCHWAB TARGET 2030 FUND

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            7/1/05 1-
                                            10/31/05
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income from investment operations:
  Net investment income                        0.03

  Net realized and unrealized gains            0.28
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations      0.31
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period              10.31
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                               3.10 2


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses 3                     0.03 4
  Gross operating expenses 3                   0.58 4
  Net investment income                        1.05 4

Portfolio turnover rate                          --

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)        19

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 The expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in this ratio. The income received by the fund from underlying funds is reduced by those expenses.

4 Annualized.

Schwab Target Funds 11


SCHWAB TARGET 2040 FUND

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            7/1/05 1-
                                            10/31/05
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income from investment operations:
  Net investment income                        0.02

  Net realized and unrealized gains            0.34
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income from investment operations      0.36
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period              10.36
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                               3.60 2


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses 3                     0.01 4
  Gross operating expenses 3                   1.10 4
  Net investment income                        0.80 4

Portfolio turnover rate                          --

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)         9

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 The expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in this ratio. The income received by the fund from underlying funds is reduced by those expenses.

4 Annualized.

12 Schwab Target Funds


SCHWAB RETIREMENT INCOME FUND

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section provides further details about the fund's financial history for its period of operations. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. "Total return" shows the percentage that an investor in the fund would have earned or lost during a given period, assuming all distributions were reinvested. The fund's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, audited these figures. Their full report is included in the fund's annual report (see back cover).

                                            7/1/05 1-
                                            10/31/05
PER-SHARE DATA ($)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at beginning of period        10.00
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Income or loss from investment operations:
  Net investment income                        0.11

  Net realized and unrealized losses          (0.09)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
  Total income or loss from investment
    operations                                 0.02
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------

Less distributions:
  Dividends from net investment income        (0.12)
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net asset value at end of period               9.90
                                            -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total return (%)                               0.16 2


RATIOS/SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (%)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Ratios to average net assets:
  Net operating expenses 3                     0.10 4
  Gross operating expenses 3                   0.64 4
  Net investment income                        3.40 4

Portfolio turnover rate                          --

Net assets, end of period ($ X 1,000,000)        14

1 Commencement of operations.

2 Not annualized.

3 The expenses incurred by underlying funds in which the fund invests are not included in this ratio. The income received by the fund from underlying funds is reduced by those expenses.

4 Annualized.

Schwab Target Funds 13


THE FUNDS' INVESTMENTS IN UNDERLYING FUNDS

The following table shows which underlying funds will be used within each asset class and the target allocations for each individual underlying fund, as of the date of this prospectus. The adviser may deviate from the target asset allocations listed below. Accordingly, a fund's actual allocations may differ from this illustration. In addition, differences in the performance of underlying funds and the size and frequency of purchase and redemption orders may affect a fund's actual allocations.

                                               SCHWAB      SCHWAB      SCHWAB      SCHWAB       SCHWAB
                                               TARGET      TARGET      TARGET      TARGET     RETIREMENT
ASSET CLASS AND UNDERLYING FUNDS              2010 FUND   2020 FUND   2030 FUND   2040 FUND   INCOME FUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUITY SECURITIES
  Schwab Core Equity Fund                        22%         24%         27%          28%          0%
  Laudus Rosenberg U.S. Large Capitalization
    Growth Fund                                   7%          8%          8%           9%          0%
  Schwab Dividend Equity Fund                     7%          8%          8%           9%         15%
  Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund                    7%          8%         10%          11%          0%
  Laudus Rosenberg U.S. Discovery Fund            4%          4%          5%           6%          0%
  Laudus International MarketMasters Fund        10%         10%         12%          13%          5%
  Laudus Rosenberg International Small
    Capitalization Fund                           6%          8%          7%           8%          0%
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------
  TOTAL EQUITY                                   63%         70%         77%          84%         20%
FIXED-INCOME SECURITIES
  Schwab Total Bond Market Fund                  35%         28%         21%          14%         50%
ULTRA-SHORT FIXED-INCOME SECURITIES
  Schwab YieldPlus Fund(R)                        1%          1%          1%           1%         25%
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------
  TOTAL FIXED INCOME                             36%         29%         22%          15%         75%
MONEY MARKET FUNDS
  Schwab Value Advantage Money Fund               1%          1%          1%           1%          5%

The target year funds' allocation process among the various asset classes is strategic rather than tactical. Accordingly, the adviser does not intend to make frequent adjustments to the funds' target asset allocations, other than the annual adjustments described above under the "Principal Investment Strategies of the Funds" section. Nor does the adviser intend to make frequent changes to the funds that serve as underlying funds. However, the adviser reserves the right to modify a fund's target allocations and underlying fund weightings and to substitute other underlying funds and add additional underlying funds from time to time should circumstances warrant a change.

14 Schwab Target Funds


DESCRIPTION OF UNDERLYING FUNDS

The funds invest primarily in the underlying funds. Therefore, each fund's investment performance is directly related to the investment performance of these underlying funds. The following chart provides a brief description of the principal investment strategies of the current underlying funds. Additional information about the underlying funds is provided in each underlying fund's prospectus.

ASSET CLASS & UNDERLYING FUND                         INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUITY FUNDS -- DOMESTIC

SCHWAB CORE EQUITY FUND                               Seeks long-term capital growth. The fund invests,
                                                      under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net
                                                      assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The
                                                      fund seeks to assemble a portfolio with long-term
                                                      performance that will exceed that of the S&P 500(R)
                                                      Index.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAUDUS ROSENBERG U.S. LARGE CAPITALIZATION GROWTH     Seeks to outperform the total return (capital
FUND                                                  appreciation and current income) of the Russell
                                                      1000(R) Growth Index. The fund invests, under normal
                                                      circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in the
                                                      securities of U.S. large capitalization companies. For
                                                      purposes of this policy, a large capitalization
                                                      company is one that is within the market
                                                      capitalization range of the companies included in the
                                                      Russell 1000(R) Growth Index. The fund generally
                                                      exhibits a 'growth' style of investing.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND                           Seeks current income and capital appreciation. The
                                                      fund invests, under normal circumstances, at least 80%
                                                      of its net assets in dividend paying common and
                                                      preferred stock. The fund invests in securities of
                                                      U.S. companies that tend to be either large- or
                                                      mid-cap companies.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND                          Seeks long-term capital growth. Under normal
                                                      circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its
                                                      net assets in small-cap equity securities. The fund
                                                      will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before
                                                      changing this policy. Small-cap equity securities
                                                      generally are securities with market capitalizations
                                                      of up to $2.5 billion or securities included in the
                                                      S&P SmallCap 600 Index, each measured at time of
                                                      purchase by the fund. In addition, small-cap equity
                                                      securities may include those with market
                                                      capitalizations of up to $5 billion so long as the
                                                      purchase of those securities would not cause the
                                                      average weighted market capitalization of the fund to
                                                      exceed $2.5 billion. The fund seeks to assemble a
                                                      portfolio with long-term performance that will exceed
                                                      that of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAUDUS ROSENBERG U.S.                                 Seeks a return (capital appreciation and current
DISCOVERY FUND                                        income) greater than that of the Russell 2500 TM
                                                      Index. The fund invests, under normal circumstances,
                                                      at least 80% of its net assets in securities of U.S.
                                                      small/mid capitalization companies. For purposes of
                                                      this policy, a small/mid capitalization company is one
                                                      that is within the market capitalization range of the
                                                      companies included in the Russell 2500 TM Index.

Schwab Target Funds 15


ASSET CLASS & UNDERLYING FUND                         INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EQUITY FUNDS -- INTERNATIONAL

LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND               Seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund
                                                      normally invests a substantial amount of its assets in
                                                      equity securities of companies outside the United
                                                      States and typically focuses on developed markets, but
                                                      may invest in companies from emerging markets as well.
                                                      The fund invests in companies across all market
                                                      capitalization ranges.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAUDUS ROSENBERG INTERNATIONAL                        Seeks a return (capital appreciation and current
SMALL CAPITALIZATION FUND                             income) greater than that of the S&P/Citigroup World
                                                      ex-U.S. Extended Market Index. The fund invests, under
                                                      normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets
                                                      in the securities of international small
                                                      capitalization companies. For purposes of this policy,
                                                      an international small capitalization company is one
                                                      that is within the market capitalization range of the
                                                      companies included in the S&P/Citigroup World ex-U.S.
                                                      Extended Market Index. The fund invests primarily in
                                                      equity securities of companies that are traded
                                                      principally in markets outside the United States.

FIXED INCOME FUNDS

SCHWAB TOTAL BOND MARKET FUND                         Seeks high current income by tracking the performance
                                                      of the Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index
                                                      ("Lehman Index"). The fund primarily invests in a
                                                      diversified portfolio of investment grade debt
                                                      instruments with varying maturities and is designed to
                                                      track the performance of the Lehman Index. The Lehman
                                                      Index includes investment-grade government, corporate,
                                                      mortgage-, commercial mortgage-and asset-backed bonds
                                                      that are denominated in U.S. dollars and have
                                                      maturities longer than one year.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCHWAB YIELDPLUS FUND(R)                              Seeks high current income with minimal changes in
                                                      share price. The fund primarily invests in investment
                                                      grade and medium grade bonds and seeks to keep the
                                                      average duration of its portfolio at one year or less.
                                                      The fund's investment strategy is designed to offer
                                                      the potential for somewhat higher yields than a money
                                                      market fund, although unlike a money market fund, its
                                                      share price will fluctuate.

MONEY MARKET FUNDS

SCHWAB VALUE ADVANTAGE MONEY FUND                     Seeks highest current income consistent with stability
                                                      of capital and liquidity. Invests in high-quality,
                                                      U.S. dollar-denominated money market securities. The
                                                      fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 share price.

16 Schwab Target Funds


PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS

The value of your investment in the funds is based primarily on the prices of the underlying funds that the funds purchase. In turn, the price of each underlying fund is based on the value of its securities. The prices of these securities change daily and each underlying fund's performance reflects the risks of investing in a particular asset class or classes. Certain of the underlying funds reflect the risks of equity investing, while others reflect the risks of investing in fixed income securities or foreign securities. The degree to which the risks described below apply to a particular fund varies according to its asset allocation.

PRINCIPAL RISKS COMMON TO THE UNDERLYING FUNDS

- INVESTMENT RISK. An investment in the underlying funds is not a bank deposit. The funds' investments in the underlying funds are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.

- MARKET RISK. Stock and bond markets rise and fall daily. As with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets, the value of the funds' investments in the underlying funds will fluctuate, which means that the funds could lose money on their investment.

- MARKET SEGMENT RISK. The underlying funds invest their assets in accordance with their own distinct investment objectives. As a result, the performance of an underlying fund will correlate directly with the performance of the particular segment of the stock or bond market that the fund invests in (e.g., large-cap securities, small-cap securities, foreign securities, fixed income securities or dividend-paying common stocks). This may cause the underlying fund to underperform funds that do not similarly restrict their investments to a particular market segment.

- MANAGEMENT RISK. Generally, the underlying funds are actively managed mutual funds. Any actively managed mutual fund is subject to the risk that its investment adviser (or sub-adviser) will make poor stock selections. An underlying fund's adviser applies its own investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the fund, but there can be no guarantee that they will produce the desired results. In addition, with respect to certain of the underlying funds, the investment adviser makes investment decisions for the fund using a strategy based largely on historical information. There is no guarantee that a strategy based on historical information will produce the desired results in the future. In addition, if market dynamics change, the effectiveness of this strategy may be limited. Either of these risks may cause these underlying funds to underperform other funds with a similar investment objective.

PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE UNDERLYING EQUITY FUNDS

- EQUITY RISK. The prices of equity securities in which the underlying funds invest rise and fall daily. These price movements may result from factors affecting individual companies, industries or the securities market as a whole. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments. The prices of securities issued by such companies may suffer a decline in response. In addition, the equity market tends to move in cycles which may cause stock prices to fall over short or extended periods of time.

- LARGE- AND MID-CAP RISK. An underlying fund's investments in large- and mid-cap companies will reflect the risks associated with the large-cap and mid-cap segments of the stock market. Both large-cap and mid-cap stocks tend to go in and out of favor based on market and economic conditions. However, stocks of mid-cap companies tend to be more volatile than those of large-cap companies because mid-cap companies tend to be more susceptible to adverse business or economic events than larger more established companies. During a period when large- and mid-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--small-cap stocks, for

Schwab Target Funds 17


instance--the performance of an underlying fund that focuses its investments in large-and mid-cap securities will lag these investments.

- SMALL-CAP RISK. Historically, small-cap stocks have been riskier than large- and mid-cap stocks. Accordingly, underlying funds that invest in small-cap securities may be more volatile than underlying funds that invest in large- and mid-cap securities. Stock prices of smaller companies may be based in substantial part on future expectations rather than current achievements and may move sharply, especially during market upturns and downturns. Small-cap companies themselves may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than larger, more established companies. In addition, smaller companies may have limited financial resources, product lines and markets, and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volumes than the securities of larger companies. Further, smaller companies may have less publicly available information and, when available, it may be inaccurate or incomplete. During a period when small-cap stocks fall behind other types of investments--large-cap stocks, for instance--the performance of an underlying fund that focuses its investments in small-cap securities will lag these investments.

- FOREIGN SECURITIES RISK. An underlying fund's investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks that are greater than those associated with investments in securities of U.S. issuers. These include risks of adverse changes in foreign economic, political, regulatory and other conditions, or changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations (including limitations on currency movements and exchanges). In certain countries, legal remedies available to investors may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the United States. The securities of some foreign companies may be less liquid and, at times, more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. An underlying fund with foreign investments may also experience more rapid or extreme changes in value than a fund that invests solely in securities of U.S. companies because the securities markets of many foreign countries are relatively small, with a limited number of companies representing a small number of industries. During any period when foreign securities underperform other types of investments--U.S. securities, for instance--the performance of an underlying fund that focuses its investments in foreign securities will lag these investments.

- EMERGING MARKETS RISK. Emerging market countries are countries that the World Bank or the United Nations considers to be emerging or developing. Emerging markets may be more likely to experience political turmoil or rapid changes in market or economic conditions than more developed countries. Emerging market countries often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements and unreliable securities valuation. It is sometimes difficult to obtain and enforce court judgments in such countries and there is often a greater potential for nationalization and/or expropriation of assets by the government of an emerging market country. In addition, the financial stability of issuers (including governments) in emerging market countries may be more precarious than in other countries. As a result, there will tend to be an increased risk of price volatility associated with an underlying fund's investments in emerging market countries, which may be magnified by currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar.

- CURRENCY RISK. As a result of an underlying fund's investments in securities denominated in, and/or receiving revenues in, foreign currencies, the fund will be subject to currency risk. This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar, or, in the case of hedging positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged. In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the underlying fund would be adversely affected.

- "GROWTH" INVESTING RISK. Certain of the underlying funds pursue a "growth style" of investing. Growth investing focuses on a company's prospects for growth of revenue and earnings. If a company's earnings or revenues fall short of expectations, its stock price may fall dramatically. Growth stocks also can perform

18 Schwab Target Funds


differently from the market as a whole and other types of stocks and can be more volatile than other types of stocks.

- "VALUE" INVESTING RISK. Certain of the underlying funds may pursue a "value style" of investing. Value investing focuses on companies whose stocks appear undervalued in light of factors such as the company's earnings, book value, revenues or cash flow. If an underlying fund's investment adviser's (or sub-adviser's) assessment of a company's value or prospects for exceeding earnings expectations or market conditions is wrong, the underlying fund could suffer losses or produce poor performance relative to other funds. In addition, "value stocks" can continue to be undervalued by the market for long periods of time.

- PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RISK. Certain of the underlying funds may buy and sell portfolio securities actively. If they do, their portfolio turnover rate and transaction costs will rise, which may lower the underlying fund's performance and may increase the likelihood of capital gain distributions.

- DERIVATIVES RISK. Certain of the underlying funds may use derivatives (including futures) to enhance returns or hedge against market declines. An underlying fund's use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. These risks include (i) the risk that the counterparty to a derivative transaction may not fulfill its contractual obligations; (ii) risk of mispricing or improper valuation; and
(iii) the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. These risks could cause the fund to lose more than the principal amount invested. In addition, investments in derivatives may involve leverage, which means a small percentage of assets invested in derivatives can have a disproportionately larger impact on the underlying fund.

- EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS (ETFS) RISK. Certain of the underlying funds may purchase shares of ETFs to gain exposure to a particular portion of the market while awaiting an opportunity to purchase securities directly. When an underlying fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing the expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro-rata portion of the ETF's expenses. Therefore, it may be more costly to own an ETF than to own the underlying securities directly. In addition, while the risks of owning shares of an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities the ETF is designed to track, lack of liquidity in an ETF can result in its value being more volatile than the underlying portfolio of securities.

- CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES RISK. Certain of the underlying funds may invest in convertible securities, which are debt obligations that pay income, but which may convert into common or preferred stock under certain circumstances. These investments, which are often issued by smaller or less established companies, are subject to the equity risks described above, but they also are subject to fixed income risks described below. For example, an issuer may fail to pay interest or dividends, and prices of convertible securities generally will fall when interest rates rise.

- SECURITIES LENDING RISK. Certain of the underlying funds may lend their portfolio securities to earn additional income. Any loans of portfolio securities by an underlying fund are fully collateralized. However, if the borrowing institution defaults, the underlying fund's performance could be reduced.

PRINCIPAL RISKS OF THE UNDERLYING FIXED INCOME AND MONEY MARKET FUNDS

- INTEREST RATE RISK. The underlying fixed income funds are subject to the risk that interest rates rise and fall over time. As with any investment whose yield reflects current interest rates, an underlying fund's yield will change over time. During periods when interest rates are low, an underlying fund's yield (and total return) also may be low. Changes in interest rates also may affect an underlying fund's share price: a sharp rise in interest rates could cause the fund's share price to fall. This risk is greater when the underlying fund holds bonds with longer maturities. To the extent that the investment adviser (or sub-adviser) of an underlying

Schwab Target Funds 19


fund anticipates interest rate trends imprecisely, the underlying fund could miss yield opportunities or its share price could fall.

- CREDIT RISK. The underlying fixed income funds are subject to the risk that a decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could cause the fund's share price to fall. Although each of the underlying funds invests primarily in investment-grade securities, the fund could lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its obligations. Lower-quality bonds (commonly called "junk bonds") are considered speculative with respect to the issuer's ability to make principal and interest payments. In addition, prices of lower quality bonds tend to be more volatile than those of investment-grade bonds, and may fall based on bad news about the issuer, an industry or the overall economy.

- PREPAYMENT AND EXTENSION RISK. The underlying funds' investments in fixed income securities are subject to the risk that the bonds may be paid off earlier or later than expected. Either situation could cause the underlying fund to hold securities paying lower-than-market rates of interest, which could hurt the fund's yield or share price. In addition, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of certain fixed income securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, an underlying fund that holds these securities may exhibit additional volatility. This is known as extension risk. When interest rates decline, borrowers may pay off their fixed income securities sooner than expected. This can reduce the returns of an underlying fund because the fund will have to reinvest that money at the lower prevailing interest rates. This is known as prepayment risk.

- U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES RISK. Many of the U.S. government securities that the underlying funds invest in are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government, which means they are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury. Securities such as those issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Student Loan Marketing Association and the Federal Home Loan Bank are supported by limited lines of credit maintained by their issuers with the U.S. Treasury. Others, such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation, are supported solely by the credit of the issuer. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. Also, any government guarantees on securities the underlying funds own do not extend to shares of the underlying funds themselves.

- MONEY MARKET FUND RISK. In addition to the risks discussed under "Investment Risk" above, an investment by the funds in an underlying money market fund has additional risks. For example, although the underlying money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 net asset value, it is possible to lose money by investing in a money market fund. In addition, a money market fund is not designed to offer capital appreciation. In exchange for their emphasis on stability and liquidity, money market investments may offer lower long-term performance than stock or bond investments.

- FOREIGN SECURITIES RISK. An underlying fund's investments in fixed income securities of foreign companies subjects the underlying fund to additional risks. Please see "Foreign securities risk" and "Currency risk" sections above for a discussion of these additional risks.

20 Schwab Target Funds


FUND MANAGEMENT

The investment adviser for the funds is Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104. Founded in 1989, the firm today serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab Funds(R) and the Laudus Funds. The firm manages assets for more than 5.5 million shareholder accounts and has more than $147 billion under management. (All figures on this page are as of 10/31/05.)

As the investment adviser, the firm oversees the asset management and administration of the funds. The firm does not receive a fee for the services it performs for the funds. However, the firm is entitled to receive an annual management fee from each of the underlying funds.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees' approval of each fund's investment advisory agreement is available in each fund's 2005 annual report, which covers the period of 7/01/05 through 10/31/05.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

JEFFREY MORTIMER, CFA, senior vice president and chief investment officer, equities, of the investment adviser, is responsible for the overall management of each of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in October 1997, he worked for more than eight years in asset management.

KIMON DAIFOTIS, CFA, senior vice president and chief investment officer, fixed-income, of the investment adviser, is responsible for the overall management of the bond and cash portions of the funds. Prior to joining the firm in September 1997, he worked for more than 20 years in research and asset management.

TOM BROWN, an associate portfolio manager of the investment adviser, is responsible for day-to-day co-management of each of the funds. He joined Schwab in 1995, became a trader in 1999, and was named to his current position in 2004.

Additional information about the portfolio managers' compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers' ownership of securities in each fund is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

21

INVESTING IN THE FUNDS

As a Schwab Funds(R) investor, you have a number of ways to do business with us.

On the following pages, you will find information on buying, selling and exchanging shares using the method that is most convenient for you. You also will see how to choose a distribution option for your investment. Helpful information on taxes is included as well.

22

BUYING SHARES

Shares of the funds may be purchased through a Schwab account or through broker-dealers, banks, investment professionals or other financial institutions, 401(k) plans or other employee benefit plans (financial intermediaries).

The information on these pages outlines how Schwab investors can place "good orders," which are orders made in accordance with a fund's policies to buy, sell, and exchange shares of a fund.

If you are investing through a financial intermediary, including Schwab, the intermediary may impose additional or different conditions than the fund on purchases, redemptions or exchanges of fund shares. Some policy differences may include initial, subsequent and maintenance investment requirements, exchange policies, fund choices, cut-off time for investment and trading restrictions. For Schwab accounts, the minimum additional investment through an automatic investment plan is $100. Intermediaries may also independently establish and charge their customers transaction fees, account fees and other fees in addition to the fees charged by the funds. These additional fees may vary over time and would increase the cost of the customer's investment and lower investment returns. Shareholders who are customers of financial intermediaries should consult their intermediaries for information regarding these conditions and fees. The funds are not responsible for the failure of financial intermediaries to carry out their responsibilities to their customers.

The investment adviser and Schwab or its affiliates may pay certain financial intermediaries or their third party administrators for performing shareholder, recordkeeping, administrative, transfer agency or other services for their customers. In addition, the investment adviser and Schwab or its affiliates may pay certain intermediaries for providing distribution, marketing, promotional or other related services. The payments described by this paragraph may be substantial but are paid by the investment adviser and/or Schwab or its affiliates, not by a fund or its shareholders.


SCHWAB ACCOUNTS

Some Schwab account features can work in tandem with features offered by the funds.

For example, when you sell shares in a fund, the proceeds automatically are paid to your Schwab account. From your account, you can use features such as MoneyLink(R), which lets you move money between your brokerage accounts and bank accounts, and Automatic Investment Plan (AIP), which lets you set up periodic investments.

For more information on Schwab accounts, call 1-800-435-4000 or visit the Schwab web site at www.schwab.com.

23

STEP 1

CHOOSE A FUND. The minimum initial investment requirement for each fund is set forth below.

MINIMUM INITIAL INVESTMENT
----------------------------------------------------------------------
$2,500 ($1,000 for custodial accounts)

STEP 2

CHOOSE AN OPTION FOR FUND DISTRIBUTIONS. The three options are described below. If you don't indicate a choice, you will receive the first option.

OPTION                 FEATURES
----------------------------------------------------------------------
REINVESTMENT           All dividends and capital gain distributions
                       are invested automatically in shares of your
                       fund.


CASH/REINVESTMENT MIX  You receive payment for dividends, while any
                       capital gain distributions are invested in
                       shares of your fund.


CASH                   You receive payment for all dividends and
                       capital gain distributions.

STEP 3

PLACE YOUR ORDER. Use any of the methods described on the following page. Make checks payable to Charles Schwab and Co., Inc. Orders placed in-person or through a telephone representative are subject to a service fee, payable to Schwab.

24 Investing in the funds


SELLING/EXCHANGING SHARES

When selling or exchanging shares, please be aware of the following policies:

- A fund may take up to seven days to pay sale proceeds.

- If you are selling shares that were recently purchased by check, the proceeds may be delayed until the check clears; this may take up to 15 days from the date of purchase.

- Each fund reserves the right to honor redemptions in liquid portfolio securities instead of cash when your redemptions over a 90-day period exceed $250,000 or 1% of a fund's assets, whichever is less. A shareholder may incur transaction expenses in converting these securities to cash.

- Exchange orders are limited to other Schwab Funds(R) that are not Sweep Investments(R) and must meet the minimum investment and other requirements for the fund and share class into which you are exchanging.

- You must obtain and read the prospectus for the fund into which you are exchanging prior to placing your order.

METHODS FOR PLACING DIRECT ORDERS

INTERNET                                         SCHWABLINK(R)
www.schwab.com                                   Investment professionals should follow the
                                                 transaction instructions in the SchwabLink
SCHWAB BY PHONE TM                               manual; for technical assistance, call
Automated voice service or speak with a          1-800-647-5465.
representative at 1-800-435-4000 (for TDD
service, call 1-800-345-2550).                   MAIL
                                                 Write to Schwab Funds at:
TELEBROKER(R)                                    P.O. Box 3812
Automated touch-tone phone 1-800-272-4922.       Englewood, CO 80155-3812

                                                 IN PERSON 1
                                                 Visit the nearest Charles Schwab service at
                                                 branch office.

You are automatically entitled to initiate transactions by the Internet or telephone. The funds and Schwab employ procedures to confirm the authenticity of Internet and telephone instructions. If the funds and Schwab follow these procedures, they will not be responsible for any losses or costs incurred by following Internet or telephone instructions that they reasonably believe to be genuine.

1 Orders placed in-person or through a telephone representative are subject to a service fee, payable to Schwab.


WHEN PLACING ORDERS

With every order to buy, sell or exchange shares, you will need to include the following information:

- Your name or, for internet orders, your account number/"Login ID."

- Your account number (for Schwab-Link transactions, include the master account and subaccount numbers) or, for internet orders, your password.

- The name of the fund whose shares you want to buy or sell.

- The dollar amount or number of shares you would like to buy, sell or exchange.

- When selling or exchanging shares by mail, be sure to include the signature of at least one of the persons whose name is on the account.

- For exchanges, the name of the fund into which you want to exchange and the distribution option you prefer.

- When selling shares, how you would like to receive the proceeds.

Please note that orders to buy, sell or exchange become irrevocable at the time you mail them.

25


THE FUNDS AND SCHWAB RESERVE CERTAIN RIGHTS, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:

- To automatically redeem your shares if the account they are held in is closed for any reason.

- To materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days' written notice to shareholders.

- To change or waive a fund's investment minimums.

- To suspend the right to sell shares back to a fund, and delay sending proceeds, during times when trading on the NYSE is restricted or halted, or otherwise as permitted by the SEC.

- To withdraw or suspend any part of the offering made by this prospectus.

TRANSACTION POLICIES

THE FUNDS ARE OPEN FOR BUSINESS EACH DAY THAT THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE (NYSE) IS OPEN. The funds calculate their share prices each business day as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). A fund's share price is its net asset value per share, or NAV, which is the fund's net assets divided by the number of its shares outstanding.

Orders to buy, sell or exchange shares that are received in good order no later than the close of a fund (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time) will be executed at the next share price calculated that day.

If you place an order through a financial intermediary, please consult with that financial intermediary to determine when your order will be executed. Generally, you will receive the share price next calculated after a fund receives your order from your financial intermediary. However, some financial intermediaries may arrange with a fund for you to receive the share price next calculated after your financial intermediary has received your order. Some financial intermediaries may require that they receive orders prior to a specified cut-off time.

In valuing underlying fund investments, the funds use the NAVs reported by their underlying funds. In valuing other portfolio securities, the funds use market quotes or official closing prices if they are readily available. In cases where quotes are not readily available, a fund may value securities based on fair values developed using methods approved by the fund's Board of Trustees as discussed in more detail under "Fair value pricing" in this "Transaction policies" section.

Shareholders of the funds should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the funds are closed, the value of some of a fund's securities may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the funds.

THE FUNDS RESERVE CERTAIN RIGHTS REGARDING TRANSACTION POLICIES, AS DETAILED IN THE ADJACENT COLUMN.

26 Investing in the funds


POLICY REGARDING SHORT-TERM OR EXCESSIVE TRADING. Each fund is intended for long-term investment and not for short-term or excessive trading (collectively "market timing"). Market timing may adversely impact a fund's performance by disrupting the efficient management of the fund, increasing fund transaction costs and taxes, causing the fund to maintain higher cash balances, and diluting the value of the fund's shares.

Each fund's Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to reduce the risk of market timing by fund shareholders. Each fund seeks to deter market timing through several methods. These methods may include:
trade activity monitoring, redemption fees and fair value pricing. Although these methods are designed to discourage market timing, there can be no guarantee that the fund will be able to identify and restrict investors that engage in such activities. In addition, these methods (other than redemption fees) are inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application. Each fund and its service providers seek to make these judgments and applications uniformly and in a manner that they believe is consistent with interests of the fund's long-term shareholders. Each fund may amend these policies and procedures in response to changing regulatory requirements or to enhance the effectiveness of the program.

TRADE ACTIVITY MONITORING. Each fund, through its service providers, maintain trade activity monitoring procedures with respect to the purchase, sale and exchange of fund shares. This process involves reviewing transactions that exceed certain monetary thresholds within specified time intervals. Trading activity identified by these factors, or from other information then available (such as the actual trading pattern or dollar amount of the transactions), will be evaluated to determine whether such activity is detrimental to the fund.

If, as a result of this trade activity monitoring, a fund believes that a shareholder has engaged in market timing, it may, in its sole discretion, request the shareholder to stop such market timing activities or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholder's account. Each fund specifically reserves the right to reject any purchase or exchange orders by any investor or group of investors indefinitely for any reason. Transactions placed in contravention of a fund's market timing policies are not necessarily deemed accepted by the fund and may be canceled or revoked by the fund on the next business day following receipt by the fund.

Fund shares may be held through 401(k) and other group retirement plans and other omnibus arrangements maintained by broker/dealers and other financial intermediaries. Omnibus accounts allow financial intermediaries to aggregate their customers' investments in one account and to purchase, redeem and exchange fund shares without the identity of a particular customer being known to a fund. A number of these financial intermediaries may not have the capability or may not be willing to apply the funds' market timing policies. As a result, a fund cannot assure that its

27

policies will be enforced with regard to fund shares held through such omnibus arrangements. While each fund may monitor share turnover at the omnibus account level, a fund's ability to monitor and detect market timing by shareholders in these omnibus accounts is limited, and, therefore, the fund may not be able to determine whether trading by these shareholders is contrary to the fund's market timing policies.

REDEMPTION FEES. Except for the Schwab Retirement Income Fund, each fund may impose a short-term redemption fee on any fund shares that are redeemed or exchanged by a shareholder within a specified number of days, as detailed below, of the purchase date. These funds, the target year funds, impose the redemption fees in an effort to deter short-term trading, to facilitate efficient fund management, to minimize the impact on fund performance and to offset fund transaction costs and other expenses. The target year funds charge a redemption fee of 2.00% on shares sold or exchanged 30 days or less after purchasing them. These fees may be imposed to the extent the shares redeemed exceed the number of shares that have been held more than the specified number of days. The target year funds treat shares that have been held the longest as being redeemed first and shares that have been held the shortest as being redeemed last. Fund shares purchased with reinvested dividends are not subject to redemption fees. The target year funds retain the proceeds of the redemption fees for the benefit of the remaining shareholders.

As noted above, the fund shares may be held in omnibus accounts by financial intermediaries. Currently, only certain intermediaries have the systems capability to collect the redemption fees on behalf of the fund. Even intermediaries that do have the capability may use criteria and methods for tracking, applying and calculating the fees that are different from those of a fund or may be unwilling to collect the fees. As such, a fund may not be able to collect redemption fees through these intermediaries. Each fund notifies all financial intermediaries of its policy and will encourage all financial intermediaries to develop the capability to begin collecting the redemption fees from all of their customers that invest in the fund.

Each fund reserves the right to waive its redemption fee if the fund or its service providers believe that such waivers are consistent with the best interests of the fund and its long-term shareholders. For example, the redemption fees may not be assessed in the following non-exclusive list of transactions: redemptions by tax-advantaged retirement plans; redemptions by certain fee-based or wrap programs; redemptions pursuant to rebalancing programs or systematic withdrawal plans established with the fund or financial intermediaries; redemptions by charitable giving funds; redemptions by registered investment companies; and redemptions initiated by the fund. Each fund also reserves the right to modify or eliminate the redemption fees or waivers at any time.

28 Investing in the funds


FAIR VALUE PRICING. The Board of Trustees has adopted procedures to fair value each fund's securities when market prices are not "readily available" or are unreliable. For example, a fund may fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security's primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security's primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security's value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security's primary trading market.

By fair valuing securities whose prices may have been affected by events occurring after the close of trading, each fund seeks to establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the current sales of these securities. This methodology is designed to deter "arbitrage" market timers, who seek to exploit delays between the change in the value of a fund's portfolio holdings and the net asset value of the fund's shares, and seeks to ensure that the prices at which the fund's shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to shareholders.

Each fund makes fair value determinations in good faith in accordance with the fund's valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that a fund could obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security. The respective prospectuses for the underlying funds in which the funds invest explain the circumstances in which those funds will use fair value pricing and the effects of fair value pricing.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION. A description of the funds' policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the funds' portfolio securities is available in the funds' Statement of Additional Information.

29


MORE ON QUALIFIED DIVIDEND INCOME AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Dividends that are designated by the fund as qualified dividend income are eligible for a reduced maximum tax rate. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations.

If you are investing through a taxable account and purchase shares of a fund just before it declares a distribution, you may receive a portion of your investment back as a taxable distribution. This is because when a fund makes a distribution, the share price is reduced by the amount of the distribution.

You can avoid "buying a dividend," as it is often called, by finding out if a distribution is imminent and waiting until afterwards to invest. Of course, you may decide that the opportunity to gain a few days of investment performance outweighs the tax consequences of buying a dividend.

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

ANY INVESTMENT IN A FUND TYPICALLY INVOLVES SEVERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS. The information below is meant as a general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Because each person's tax situation is different, you should consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your investment in the fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) web site at www.irs.gov.

AS A SHAREHOLDER, YOU ARE ENTITLED TO YOUR SHARE OF THE DIVIDENDS AND GAINS A FUND EARNS. Every year, each fund distributes to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gains, if any. These distributions typically are paid in December to all shareholders of record except for the Schwab Retirement Income Fund, which typically makes income distributions at the end of every month. During the fourth quarter of the year, typically in early November, an estimate of each fund's year-end distribution, if any, may be made available on the fund's website: www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.

UNLESS YOU ARE INVESTING THROUGH AN IRA, 401(K) OR OTHER TAX-ADVANTAGED

RETIREMENT ACCOUNT, YOUR FUND DISTRIBUTIONS GENERALLY HAVE TAX CONSEQUENCES. Each fund's net investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Other capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in a fund. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them in cash.

GENERALLY, ANY SALE OR EXCHANGE OF YOUR SHARES IS A TAXABLE EVENT. For tax purposes, an exchange of your shares for shares of another Schwab Fund is treated the same as a sale. A sale may result in a capital gain or loss for you. The gain or loss generally will be treated as short term if you held the shares for 12 months or less, long term if you held the shares longer.

AT THE BEGINNING OF EVERY YEAR, THE FUNDS PROVIDE SHAREHOLDERS WITH INFORMATION DETAILING THE TAX STATUS OF ANY DISTRIBUTIONS a fund paid during the previous calendar year. Schwab customers also receive information on distributions and transactions in their monthly account statements.

SCHWAB CUSTOMERS WHO SELL FUND SHARES typically will receive a report that calculates their gain or loss using the "average cost" single-category method. This information is not reported to the IRS, and you still have the option of calculating gains or losses using any other methods permitted by the IRS.

30 Investing in the funds


NOTES


TO LEARN MORE

This prospectus contains important information on the funds and should be read and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information from the following sources:

ANNUAL AND SEMI ANNUAL REPORTS, which are mailed to current fund investors discuss recent performance and fund holdings.

The STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (SAI) includes a more detailed discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into the prospectus making it legally part of the prospectus. For a free copy of any of those documents or to request other information or ask questions about the funds, call Schwab Funds(R) at 1-800-435-4000. In addition you may visit Schwab Funds' web site at www.schwab.com/schwabfunds for a free copy of a prospectus, SAI or an annual or semi annual report.

The SAI, the funds' annual and semi annual reports and other related materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the SEC's web site (http//www.sec.gov). You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a duplicating fee by sending a request by e-mail to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC Washington DC 20549-0102. You can also review and copy information about the funds, including the funds' SAI at the SEC s Public Reference Room in Washington DC Call 1-202-942-8090 for information on the operation of the SEC's Public Reference Room.

SEC FILE NUMBER

Schwab Target 2010 Fund                   811-7704
Schwab Target 2020 Fund                   811-7704
Schwab Target 2030 Fund                   811-7704
Schwab Target 2040 Fund                   811-7704
Schwab Retirement Income Fund             811-7704

REG32636FLT-01

SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS

PROSPECTUS
February 28, 2006

[CHARLES SCHWAB LOGO]


STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        SCHWAB CORE EQUITY FUND TM              SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND TM

       SCHWAB HEDGED EQUITY FUND TM              SCHWAB PREMIER EQUITY FUND TM



     SCHWAB FINANCIAL SERVICES FUND TM          SCHWAB MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIOS(R)
        SCHWAB HEALTH CARE FUND TM                    ALL EQUITY PORTFOLIO
         SCHWAB TECHNOLOGY FUND TM                      GROWTH PORTFOLIO
                                                       BALANCED PORTFOLIO
                                                     CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO

         SCHWAB EQUITY INDEX FUNDS
         SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX FUND
SCHWAB INSTITUTIONAL SELECT(R) S&P 500 FUND           SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS
         SCHWAB 1000 INDEX(R) FUND                  SCHWAB TARGET 2010 FUND
       SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX FUND(R)               SCHWAB TARGET 2020 FUND
  SCHWAB TOTAL STOCK MARKET INDEX FUND(R)           SCHWAB TARGET 2030 FUND
     SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND(R)             SCHWAB TARGET 2040 FUND
                                             SCHWAB RETIREMENT INCOME FUND
      SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND TM

SCHWAB LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND

FEBRUARY 28, 2006

The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with each fund's prospectus dated February 28, 2006 (each as amended from time to time). To obtain a free copy of any of the prospectuses, please contact Schwab Funds(R) at 1-800-435-4000 or write to the funds at P.O. Box 3812, Englewood, CO 80155-3812. For TDD service call 1-800-345-2550. The prospectuses also may be available on the Internet at:
http://www.schwab.com/schwabfunds.

Each fund, except for the Schwab 1000 Index Fund, is a series of Schwab Capital Trust (a trust) and the Schwab 1000 Index Fund is a series of Schwab Investments (a trust), (collectively referred to as the "trusts"). The funds are part of the Schwab complex of funds ("Schwab Funds").

The funds' audited financial statements from the funds' annual reports for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2005, are incorporated by reference into this SAI. A copy of a fund's 2005 annual report is delivered with the SAI.

The Schwab Equity Index Funds' shareholder reports, except Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund, include a summary portfolio schedule. Each of these fund's 2005 annual full portfolio schedule from Form N-CSR is a separate document delivered with the SAI and is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS .............    3
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS ..............................................   45
DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES ....................   59
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES ..................   69
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES ...............................   69
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES .............................   80
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST .............................................   87
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION, DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER ........................   88
DOCUMENTS AND PRICING OF SHARES ......................................   90
TAXATION .............................................................   91

2

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The SCHWAB FINANCIAL SERVICES FUND TM, SCHWAB HEALTH CARE FUND TM, and SCHWAB
TECHNOLOGY FUND TM each seek long-term capital growth.

The SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX FUND seeks to track the price and dividend performance (total return) of stocks of U.S. companies, as represented by Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index (the S&P 500(R)).

The SCHWAB INSTITUTIONAL SELECT(R) S&P 500 FUND seeks high total return.

The SCHWAB 1000 INDEX(R) FUND seeks to match the total return of the Schwab 1000 Index(R), an index created to represent performance of publicly traded equity securities of the 1,000 largest U.S. companies.

The SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX FUND(R) seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures total return of small capitalization U.S. stocks.

The SCHWAB TOTAL STOCK MARKET INDEX FUND(R) seeks to track the total return of the entire U.S. stock market.

The SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND(R) seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures the total return of large, publicly traded non-U.S. companies from countries with developed equity markets outside of the United States.

The SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX FUND, SCHWAB INSTITUTIONAL SELECT(R) S&P 500 FUND, SCHWAB 1000 INDEX FUND, SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX FUND, SCHWAB TOTAL STOCK MARKET INDEX FUND, and SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND are collectively referred to as the "EQUITY INDEX FUNDS."

The SCHWAB MARKETTRACK ALL EQUITY PORTFOLIO TM seeks high capital growth over the long term.

The SCHWAB MARKETTRACK GROWTH PORTFOLIO TM seeks high capital growth with less volatility than an all stock portfolio.

The SCHWAB MARKETTRACK BALANCED PORTFOLIO TM seeks maximum total return, including both capital growth and income.

The SCHWAB MARKETTRACK CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO TM seeks income and more growth potential than an all bond fund.

The SCHWAB MARKETTRACK ALL EQUITY PORTFOLIO, GROWTH PORTFOLIO, BALANCED PORTFOLIO, and CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO are referred to collectively as the "MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIOS(R)."

The SCHWAB CORE EQUITY FUND TM seeks long-term capital growth.

The SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND TM seeks long-term capital growth.

The SCHWAB HEDGED EQUITY FUND TM seeks long-tem capital appreciation over market cycles with lower volatility than the broad equity market.

3

The SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND TM seeks current income and capital appreciation.

The SCHWAB PREMIER EQUITY FUND TM seeks long-term capital growth.

The SCHWAB LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND TM seeks long-term capital growth.

The SCHWAB TARGET 2010, SCHWAB TARGET 2020, SCHWAB TARGET 2030 AND SCHWAB TARGET 2040 FUNDS each seeks to provide capital appreciation and income consistent with its current asset allocation. The SCHWAB RETIREMENT INCOME FUND seeks to provide current income and, as a secondary investment objective, capital appreciation.

The SCHWAB RETIREMENT INCOME FUND, SCHWAB TARGET 2010 FUND, SCHWAB TARGET 2020 FUND, SCHWAB TARGET 2030 FUND AND SCHWAB TARGET 2040 FUND are referred to collectively as the "Schwab Target Funds."

The investment objective for each fund may be changed only by vote of a majority of its outstanding voting shares. A majority of the outstanding voting shares of a fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of the voting shares represented at the meeting, if more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of the fund are represented at the meeting or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of a fund. There is no guarantee a fund will achieve its objective.

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES

The following investment strategies, risks and limitations supplement those set forth in the prospectus and may be changed without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted. Also, policies and limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard, shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund's acquisition of such security or asset unless otherwise noted. Thus, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. Not all investment securities or techniques discussed below are eligible investments for each fund.

THE SCHWAB FINANCIAL SERVICES FUND TM will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities issued by companies in the financial services sector. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. The investments may include, for example, commercial banks, savings and loan associations, insurance companies, brokerage companies, asset management firms, real estate investment trusts and financial services firms.

The financial services sector is currently undergoing relatively rapid change as existing distinctions between financial service segments become less clear. For instance, recent business combinations have included insurance, finance, and securities brokerage under single ownership. Some primarily retail corporations have expanded into securities and insurance industries. Moreover, the federal laws generally separating commercial and investment banking were revised to permit a greater level of affiliation between financial services companies.

Rule 12d3-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") limits the extent to which a fund may invest in the securities of any one company that derives more than 15% of its revenues from brokerage, underwriting or investment management activities. A fund may purchase securities of an issuer that derived

4

more than 15% of its gross revenues in its most recent fiscal year from securities-related activities, subject to the following conditions: (1) the purchase cannot cause more than 5% of the fund's total assets to be invested in securities of that issuer; (2) for any equity security, the purchase cannot result in the fund owning more than 5% of the issuer's outstanding securities in that class; and (3) for a debt security, the purchase cannot result in the fund owning more than 10% of the outstanding principal amount of the issuer's debt securities.

THE SCHWAB HEALTH CARE FUND TM will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities issued by companies in the health care sector. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. The investments may include, for example, companies engaged in the design, manufacture, or sale of products or services used for or in connection with health care or medicine, biotechnology and drug companies, health care facilities operators, medical product manufacturers and suppliers, medical services firms and medical providers.

THE SCHWAB TECHNOLOGY FUND TM will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities issued by companies in the technology sector. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. The investments may include, for example, companies that develop, produce, or distribute products or services in the electronic equipment, semiconductor, computer hardware and software, office equipment, Internet and defense and aerospace industries.

SCHWAB EQUITY INDEX FUNDS:

THE SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX FUND will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities included in the S&P 500. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

THE SCHWAB INSTITUTIONAL SELECT(R) S&P 500 FUND intends to achieve its objective by tracking the performance of the S&P 500(R) Index. It is the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund's policy that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities included in the benchmark. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The S&P 500 is, generally, representative of the performance of the U.S. stock market. The index consists of 500 stocks chosen for market size, liquidity and industry group representation. It is a market value weighted index (stock price times number of shares outstanding), with each stock's weight in the index proportionate to its market value. The S&P 500 does not contain the 500 largest stocks, as measured by market capitalization. Although many of the stocks in the index are among the largest, it also includes some relatively small companies. Those companies, however, generally are established companies within their industry group. Standard & Poor's (S&P) identifies important industry groups within the U.S. economy and then allocates a representative sample of stocks with each group to the S&P 500. There are four major industry sectors within the index: industrials, utilities, financials and transportation. The fund may purchase securities of companies with which it is affiliated to the extent these companies are represented in its index.

The Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund and the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P. S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the shareholders of the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund and the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the funds particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 Index to track general stock market performance. S&P's only

5

relationship to the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund and the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 Index, which is determined, composed and calculated by S&P without regard to the funds. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund and the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund or their shareholders into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the S&P 500 Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the prices and amount of shares in either the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund or the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which each fund's shares are to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of each fund's shares.

S&P does not guarantee the accuracy and/or the completeness of the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein, and S&P shall have no liability for any errors, omissions or interruptions therein. S&P makes no warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, its shareholders or any other person or entity from the use of the S&P 500(R) Index or any data therein. S&P makes no express or implied warranties and expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall S&P have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages (including lost profits), even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

THE SCHWAB 1000 INDEX(R) FUND will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities included in the Schwab 1000 Index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

To be included in the Schwab 1000 Index, a company must satisfy all of the following criteria: (1) it must be an "operating company" (i.e., not an investment company) or real estate investment trust incorporated in the United States, its territories or possessions; (2) a liquid market for its common shares must exist on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), American Stock Exchange (AMEX) or the NASDAQ/NMS and (3) its market value must place it among the top 1,000 such companies as measured by market capitalization (share price times the number of shares outstanding). The fund may purchase securities of companies with which it is affiliated to the extent these companies are represented in its index.

As of October 31, 2005, the aggregate market capitalization of the stocks included in the Schwab 1000 Index was approximately $13 trillion. This represents approximately 88% of the total market value of all publicly traded U.S. companies, as represented by the Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Composite Index.

THE SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX FUND(R) will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities included in the benchmark index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund intends to achieve its investment objective by tracking the price and dividend performance (total return) of the Schwab Small-Cap Index(R) (Small-Cap Index). The Schwab Small-Cap Index was created to represent the performance of equity securities of the second 1,000 largest U.S. companies, ranked by market capitalization (share price times the number of shares outstanding).

To be included in the Schwab Small-Cap Index, a company must satisfy all of the following criteria: (1) it must be an "operating company" (i.e., not an investment company) or a real estate investment trust incorporated in the United States, its territories or possessions; (2) a liquid market for its common shares must exist on the NYSE, AMEX or the NASDAQ/NMS and (3) its market value must place it among the

6

second-largest 1,000 such companies as measured by market capitalization (i.e., from the company with a rank of 1,001 through the company with a rank of 2,000). The fund may purchase securities of companies with which it is affiliated to the extent these companies are represented in its index.

THE SCHWAB TOTAL STOCK MARKET INDEX FUND(R) will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in securities included in the benchmark index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

In pursuing its objective, the fund uses the Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Composite Index to measure the total return of the U.S. stock market. The Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Composite Index is representative of the performance of the entire U.S. stock market. The index measures the performance of all U.S. headquartered equity securities with readily available pricing data. It is a market-value weighted index consisting of approximately 4,999 stocks as of October 31, 2005. The fund may purchase securities of companies with which it is affiliated to the extent these companies are represented in its index.

"Dow Jones," "Wilshire," "The Dow Jones Wilshire 5000(SM)" and "The Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Composite Index(SM)" are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc. and Wilshire Associates Incorporated and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by Charles Schwab & Co. Inc. The Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R) based on The Dow Jones Wilshire 5000 Composite Index(SM), is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Dow Jones or Wilshire and neither Dow Jones nor Wilshire makes any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product.

Because it would be too expensive to buy all of the stocks included in the index, the investment adviser may use statistical sampling techniques in an attempt to replicate the total return of the U.S. stock market using a smaller number of securities. These techniques use a smaller number of index securities than that included in the index, which, when taken together, are expected to perform similarly to the index. These techniques are based on a variety of factors, including capitalization, dividend yield, price/earnings ratio, and industry factors.

THE SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND(R) will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in stocks included in the benchmark index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

The Schwab International Index Fund intends to achieve its investment objective by tracking the price and dividend performance (total return) of the Schwab International Index(R) (International Index). The International Index was created to represent the performance of common stocks and other equity securities issued by large publicly traded companies from countries around the world with major developed securities markets, excluding the United States.

To be included in the International Index the securities must be issued by an operating company (i.e., not an investment company) whose principal trading market is in a country with a major developed securities market outside the United States. In addition, 350 of the largest companies are selected based on the market value of the company's outstanding securities as measured by free-float adjusted market capitalization (share price times the number of shares available for purchase by international investors). The free-float available for purchase by international investors generally excludes shares held by strategic investors (such as governments, corporations, controlling shareholders and management) and shares subject to foreign ownership restrictions. The fund may purchase securities of companies with which it is affiliated to the extent these companies are represented in its index. By tracking the largest companies in developed markets, the index represents the performance of what some analysts deem the "blue chips" of international

7

markets. The index also is designed to provide a broad representation of the international market, by limiting investments by country to no more than 35% of the total market capitalization of the index. The International Index was first made available to the public on July 29, 1993.

The Schwab 1000 Index(R), Small-Cap Index and International Index were developed and are maintained by Schwab. Schwab receives no compensation from the funds for maintaining these indices. Schwab reviews and, as necessary, revises the lists of companies whose securities are included in the Schwab 1000 Index, the Small-Cap Index and the International Index usually annually. Companies known by Schwab to meet or no longer meet the inclusion criteria may be added or deleted as appropriate. Schwab also will modify each index as necessary to account for corporate actions (e.g., new issues, repurchases, stock dividends/splits, tenders, mergers, stock swaps, spin-offs or bankruptcy filings made because of a company's inability to continue operating as a going concern).

Schwab may change the Schwab 1000 Index and the Small-Cap Index inclusion criteria if it determines that doing so would cause the Schwab 1000 Index and the Small-Cap Index to be more representative of the domestic equity market. Schwab also may change the International Index inclusion criteria if it determines that doing so would cause the International Index to be more representative of the large, publicly traded international company equity market. In the future, the Board of Trustees, may take necessary and timely action to change the benchmark index for the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R), including selecting a new one, should it decide that such changes would better enable the fund to seek its objective of tracking the small-cap U.S. stock sector and taking such action would be in the best interest of the fund's shareholders. The Board of Trustees also may take necessary and timely action to change the benchmark index for the Schwab International Index Fund(R), including selecting a new one, should it decide that such changes would better enable the fund to seek its objective of tracking the international stock sector and taking such action would be in the best interest of the fund's shareholders. The Board of Trustees may select another index for the Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund, subject to shareholder approval, should it decide that taking such action would be in the best interest of the fund's shareholders.

A particular stock's weighting in the Small-Cap Index or the Schwab 1000 Index is based on its relative total market value (i.e., its market price per share times the number of shares outstanding), divided by the total market capitalization of its index.

A particular stock's weighting in the International Index is based on its relative free-float adjusted market value, divided by the total free-float adjusted market capitalization of the index.

SCHWAB CORE EQUITY FUND TM:

The Core Equity Fund will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND TM:

The Small-Cap Equity Fund will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in small-cap equity securities. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. Small-cap equity securities generally are securities with market capitalizations of up to $2.5 billion or securities included in the S&P SmallCap 600 Index, each measured at time of purchase by the fund. In addition, small-cap equity securities may include those with market capitalizations of up to $5

8

billion so long as the purchase of those securities would not cause the average weighted market capitalization of the fund to exceed $2.5 billion.

SCHWAB HEDGED EQUITY FUND TM:

The Hedged Equity Fund will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities, primarily common stocks. The fund will notify shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND TM:

The Dividend Equity Fund will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in dividend paying common and preferred stocks. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. Dividend paying stocks are those stocks that historically have paid, or the manager anticipates will pay, a dividend.

SCHWAB PREMIER EQUITY FUND TM:

The Premier Equity Fund will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80 % of its net assets in common stocks. The fund will notify shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

SCHWAB LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND TM:

The Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets in large-cap stocks of U.S. companies. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. Large-cap stocks generally are those with market capitalizations equal to at least $5 billion. For purposes of this policy, net assets means net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIOS(R) AND SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS:

Each MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIO seeks to maintain a defined mix of asset classes over time, and each invests mainly in a combination of other Schwab Funds(R), which are managed using indexing strategies. The MarketTrack Portfolios may invest in various types of underlying funds, which are summarized below. Not all underlying funds discussed below are eligible investments for each MarketTrack Portfolio. Each MarketTrack Portfolio also may invest in securities other than shares of Schwab Funds, such as stocks, bonds and money market securities, and engage in certain investment techniques. For the large-cap allocation, each portfolio may also invest directly in all the stocks which comprise the S&P 500 Index(R) (or other similar index), using an indexing strategy.

Each of the SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing in a combination of underlying funds in accordance with its target portfolio allocation. These underlying funds invest their assets directly in equity, fixed income, money market and other securities, in accordance with their own investment objectives and policies. The target asset allocation for the Schwab Retirement Income Fund is expected to remain fixed over time. For each target fund, the target asset allocation will be adjusted annually based on the adviser's asset allocation strategy. In general, each

9

target fund's allocation to equity securities will decrease and its allocation to fixed income securities will increase as the fund approaches its target retirement date. At the stated retirement date, each target fund's allocation will be approximately 60% equities, 35% bonds, 4% ultra-short fixed income securities and 1% money market funds. Each Schwab Target Fund will continue to reduce its allocation to equity securities for 20 years beyond the fund's stated retirement date. Each fund intends to invest in a combination of underlying funds; however, each fund may invest directly in equity, fixed income securities, cash equivalents, including money market securities, and futures. These investments and the risks normally associated with these investments are discussed below.

MUTUAL FUNDS (open-end mutual funds) are registered investment companies, which issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis. CLOSED-END FUNDS are registered investment companies that offer a fixed number of shares and are usually listed on an exchange. These funds generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders' money and investing it in various types of securities, such as stocks, bonds and money market securities. These funds also make various investments and use certain techniques in order to enhance their performance. These may include entering into delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions or swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid and restricted securities and repurchase agreements and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in these funds generally reflect the risks of the securities in which these funds invest and the investment techniques they may employ. Also, these funds charge fees and incur operating expenses. Each MarketTrack portfolio will normally invest at least 50% of their assets in other Schwab Funds(R), which are registered open-end investment companies.

STOCK FUNDS typically seek growth of capital and invest primarily in equity securities. Other investments generally include debt securities, such as U.S. government securities, and some illiquid and restricted securities. Stock funds typically may enter into delayed-delivery or when-issued securities transactions, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and futures and options contracts. Some stock funds invest exclusively in equity securities and may focus on a specialized segment of the stock market, like stocks of small companies or foreign issuers, or may focus on a specific industry or group of industries. The greater a fund's investment in stock, the greater exposure it will have to stock risk and stock market risk. Stock risk is the risk that a stock may decline in price over the short or long term. When a stock's price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Some stocks, like small company and international stocks, are more sensitive to stock risk than others. Diversifying investments across companies can help to lower the stock risk of a portfolio. Market risk is typically the result of a negative economic condition that affects the value of an entire class of securities, such as stocks or bonds. Diversification among various asset classes, such as stocks, bonds and cash, can help to lower the market risk of a portfolio. The Schwab Funds(R) stock funds that the MarketTrack portfolios may currently invest in are the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund, Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R), and Schwab International Index Fund(R). The underlying stock funds that the Schwab Target Funds may currently invest in are the Schwab Core Equity Fund, Laudus Rosenberg U.S. Large Capitalization Growth Fund, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund, Laudus Rosenberg U.S. Discovery Fund, Laudus International MarketMasters Fund and Laudus Rosenberg International Small Capitalization Fund. A stock fund's other investments and use of investment techniques also will affect its performance and portfolio value. While it is the MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio's target allocation to invest 100% in stock investments, it is the portfolio's policy that, under normal circumstances, it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in stock investments. The portfolio will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

10

SMALL-CAP STOCK FUNDS typically seek capital growth and invest primarily in equity securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations. Small-cap stock funds generally make similar types of investments and employ similar types of techniques as other stock funds, except that they focus on stocks issued by companies at the lower end of the total capitalization of the U.S. stock market. These stocks tend to be more volatile than stocks of companies of larger capitalized companies. Small-cap stock funds, therefore, tend to be more volatile than stock funds that invest in mid- or large-cap stocks, and are normally recommended for long-term investors. The Schwab Funds(R) small-cap stock fund that the MarketTrack portfolios may currently invest in is the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R). The underlying small-cap stock funds that the Schwab Target Funds may currently invest in are Laudus Rosenberg International Small Capitalization Fund, Laudus Rosenberg U.S. Discovery Fund and the Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of small-cap stocks, please refer to "Small-Cap Stocks" later in the document.

INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUNDS typically seek capital growth and invest primarily in equity securities of foreign issuers. Global stock funds invest primarily in equity securities of both domestic and foreign issuers. International and global stock funds generally make similar types of investments and employ similar types of investment techniques as other stock funds, except they focus on stocks of foreign issuers. Some international stock and global stock funds invest exclusively in foreign securities. Some of these funds invest in securities of issuers located in emerging or developing securities markets. These funds have greater exposure to the risks associated with international investing. International and global stock funds also may invest in foreign currencies and depositary receipts and enter into futures and options contracts on foreign currencies and forward foreign currency exchange contracts. The Schwab Funds international stock fund that the MarketTrack portfolios may currently invest in is the Schwab International Index Fund(R). The underlying international stock funds that the Schwab Target Funds may currently invest in are the Laudus Rosenberg International Small Capitalization Fund and Laudus International MarketMasters Fund. For a more detailed discussion of the risks of international stock, please refer to "Foreign Securities" later in the document.

BOND FUNDS typically seek high current income by investing primarily in debt securities, including U.S. government securities, corporate bonds, stripped securities and mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Other investments may include some illiquid and restricted securities. Bond funds typically may enter into delayed-delivery or when-issued securities transactions, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and futures contracts. Bond funds are subject to interest rate and income risks as well as credit and prepayment risks. When interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise, which may affect the values of bond funds and their yields. For example, when interest rates fall, issuers tend to pre-pay their outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. A bond fund holding these securities would be forced to invest the principal received from the issuer in lower yielding debt securities. Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities generally will not occur. This risk is known as extension risk and may affect the value of a bond fund if the value of its securities are depreciated as a result of the higher market interest rates. Bond funds also are subject to the risk that the issuers of the securities in their portfolios will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. The Schwab Funds(R) bond fund that the MarketTrack portfolios may currently invest in is the Schwab Total Bond Market Fund TM. The underlying bond funds that the Schwab Target Funds may currently invest in are Schwab Total Bond Market Fund and Schwab YieldPlus Fund(R). For a more detailed discussion of the risks of bonds, please refer to "Debt Securities" later in the document.

MONEY MARKET FUNDS typically seek current income and a stable share price of $1.00 by investing in money market securities. Money market securities include commercial paper and short-term U.S. government securities, certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances and repurchase agreements. Some money market securities may be illiquid or restricted securities or purchased on a delayed-delivery or when

11

issued basis. The Schwab Funds money market fund that the MarketTrack portfolios may currently invest in is the Schwab Value Advantage Money Fund(R). The underlying money market fund that the Schwab Target Funds may currently invest in is the Schwab Value Advantage Money Fund(R). For a more detailed discussion of the risks of money market securities, please refer to "Money Market Securities" later in the document.

INVESTMENTS, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS

The different types of investments that the funds (or, in the case of the MarketTrack Portfolios and Schwab Target Funds, an underlying fund) typically may invest in, the investment techniques they may use and the risks normally associated with these investments are discussed below. However, all of a MarketTrack Portfolio's and Target Fund's underlying funds various types of investments and investment techniques are not currently known. Each MarketTrack Portfolio and Target Fund also may invest in securities other than shares of underlying funds, such as stocks, bonds and money market securities, and engage in certain investment techniques, which are outlined below. For purposes of the descriptions below, references to "a fund" or "the funds" include each portfolio of the MarketTrack Portfolios and each Target Fund, unless otherwise noted.

Not all securities or techniques discussed below are eligible investments for each fund. A fund will make investments that are intended to help achieve its investment objective.

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES are securities that are backed by the loans or accounts receivable of an entity, such as a bank or credit card company. These securities are obligations that the issuer intends to repay using the assets backing them (once collected). Therefore, repayment may depend largely on the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities. The rate of principal payments on asset-backed securities generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets, which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a result, the yield on any asset-backed security is difficult to predict with precision, and actual yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated yield to maturity. Sometimes the credit support for asset-backed securities is limited to the underlying assets, but, in other cases, may be provided by a third party via a letter of credit or insurance guarantee.

BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES or notes are credit instruments evidencing a bank's obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. A fund will invest only in bankers' acceptances of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million.

BORROWING. A fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes; for example, a fund may borrow at times to meet redemption requests rather than sell portfolio securities to raise the necessary cash. In addition, the Hedged Equity Fund may borrow for investment purposes. A fund's borrowings will be subject to interest costs. Borrowing can also involve leveraging when securities are purchased with the borrowed money. Leveraging creates interest expenses that can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowed money. In addition, leveraging may magnify changes in the net asset value of a fund's shares and in its portfolio yield. A fund will earmark or segregate assets to cover such borrowings in accordance with positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). If assets used to secure a borrowing decrease in value, a fund may be required to pledge additional collateral to avoid liquidation of those assets.

A fund may establish lines-of-credit (lines) with certain banks by which it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by a fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. Each fund may use the lines to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force the fund to liquidate securities under

12

circumstances which are unfavorable to the fund's remaining shareholders. In addition, the Hedged Equity Fund may establish lines with certain banks by which it may borrow funds for investment purposes, such as the purchase of securities. Each fund will pay fees to the banks for using its lines.

CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT or time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. A fund will invest only in certificates of deposit of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million.

COMMERCIAL PAPER consists of short-term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and other institutions to finance short-term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted but sometimes may be interest bearing. Commercial paper, which also may be unsecured, is subject to credit risk.

CONCENTRATION means that substantial amounts of assets are invested in a particular industry or group of industries. Concentration increases investment exposure to industry risk. For example, the automobile industry may have a greater exposure to a single factor, such as an increase in the price of oil, which may adversely affect the sale of automobiles and, as a result, the value of the industry's securities. Schwab Financial Services Fund TM , Schwab Health Care Fund TM and Schwab Technology Fund TM will, under normal conditions, invest 25% or more of its total assets in the industry or group of industries representing its sector. Each of the Schwab Equity Index Funds will not concentrate its investments, unless its index is so concentrated. Each of the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios and Schwab Target Funds will not concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries unless its underlying fund investments are so concentrated. The Schwab Core Equity Fund and Schwab Hedged Equity Fund will not concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, unless the S&P 500 Index is so concentrated. The Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund and Schwab Premier Equity Fund will not concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries. The Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund will not concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, unless the S&P SmallCap 600 Index is so concentrated.

CREDIT AND LIQUIDITY supports may be employed by issuers to reduce the credit risk of their securities. Credit supports include letters of credit, insurance and guarantees provided by foreign and domestic entities. Liquidity supports include puts and demand features. Most of these arrangements move the credit risk of an investment from the issuer of the security to the support provider. Changes in the credit quality of a support provider could cause losses to a fund, and affect its share price.

DEBT SECURITIES are obligations issued by domestic and foreign entities, including governments and corporations, in order to raise money. They are basically "IOUs," but are commonly referred to as bonds or money market securities. These securities normally require the issuer to pay a fixed, variable or floating rate of interest on the amount of money borrowed (the "principal") until it is paid back upon maturity.

Debt securities experience price changes when interest rates change. For example, when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise. Also, issuers tend to pre-pay their outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. This is especially true for bonds with sinking fund provisions, which commit the issuer to set aside a certain amount of money to cover timely repayment of principal and typically allow the issuer to annually repurchase certain of its outstanding bonds from the open market or at a pre-set call price.

Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities generally will not occur. This is known as extension risk and may cause the value of debt securities to depreciate as a result of the higher market interest rates. Typically, longer-maturity securities react to interest rate

13

changes more severely than shorter-term securities (all things being equal), but generally offer greater rates of interest.

Debt securities also are subject to the risk that the issuers will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. This is called credit risk. Corporate debt securities (bonds) tend to have higher credit risk generally than U.S. government debt securities. Debt securities also may be subject to price volatility due to market perception of future interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk). Investment-grade debt securities are considered medium- or/and high-quality securities, although some still possess varying degrees of speculative characteristics and risks. Debt securities rated below investment-grade are riskier, but may offer higher yields. These securities are sometimes referred to as high yield securities or "junk bonds." The market for these securities has historically been less liquid than for investment-grade securities.

DELAYED-DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS include purchasing and selling securities on a delayed-delivery or when-issued basis. These transactions involve a commitment to buy or sell specific securities at a predetermined price or yield, with payment and delivery taking place after the customary settlement period for that type of security. When purchasing securities on a delayed-delivery basis, a fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations. Typically, no interest will accrue to a fund until the security is delivered. A fund will earmark or segregate appropriate liquid assets to cover its delayed-delivery purchase obligations. When a fund sells a security on a delayed-delivery basis, the fund does not participate in further gains or losses with respect to that security. If the other party to a delayed-delivery transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, the fund could suffer losses.

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) as well as other "hybrid" forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject the fund to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States.

Although the two types of depositary receipt facilities (unsponsored or sponsored) are similar, there are differences regarding a holder's rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or acquiescence of) the underlying issuer; typically, however, the depository requests a letter of non-objection from the underlying issuer prior to establishing the facility. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition

14

of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through voting rights to depositary receipt holders with respect to the underlying securities.

Sponsored depositary receipt facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that sponsored depositary receipts are established jointly by a depository and the underlying issuer through a deposit agreement. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts holders may bear costs such as deposit and withdrawal fees. Depositories of most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer's request.

DIVERSIFICATION involves investing in a wide range of securities and thereby spreading and reducing the risks of investment. Each fund is a series of an open-end investment management company. Each of the Schwab Financial Services Fund TM, Schwab Health Care Fund TM, and the Schwab Technology Fund TM are non-diversified mutual funds, which means that a relatively high percentage of assets of the funds may be invested in the obligations of a limited number of issuers. The value of shares of these funds may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than the shares of a diversified investment company would be. Each of the Schwab Financial Services Fund, Schwab Health Care Fund, and Schwab Technology Fund intends to diversify its investments to the extent required to qualify as a "regulated investment company" under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). The Schwab Equity Index Funds, Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios, Schwab Target Funds, Schwab Core Equity Fund, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund and Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund are diversified mutual funds.

EMERGING OR DEVELOPING MARKETS exist in countries that are considered to be in the initial stages of industrialization. The risks of investing in these markets are similar to the risks of international investing in general, although the risks are greater in emerging and developing markets. Countries with emerging or developing securities markets tend to have economic structures that are less stable than countries with developed securities markets. This is because their economies may be based on only a few industries and their securities markets may trade a small number of securities. Prices on these exchanges tend to be volatile, and securities in these countries historically have offered greater potential for gain (as well as loss) than securities of companies located in developed countries.

EQUITY SECURITIES represent ownership interests in a company, and are commonly called "stocks." Equity securities historically have outperformed most other securities, although their prices can fluctuate based on changes in a company's financial condition, market conditions and political, economic or even company-specific news. When a stock's price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Sometimes factors, such as economic conditions or political events, affect the value of stocks of companies of the same or similar industry or group of industries, and may affect the entire stock market.

Types of equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, ADRs, EDRs, and interests in real estate investment trusts, (for more information on real estate investment trusts, "REITs", see section entitled "Real Estate Investments Trusts").

15

Common stocks, which are probably the most recognized type of equity security, represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer and usually entitle the owner to voting rights in the election of the corporation's directors and any other matters submitted to the corporation's shareholders for voting, as well as to receive dividends on such stock. The market value of common stock can fluctuate widely, as it reflects increases and decreases in an issuer's earnings. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners, other debt holders and owners of preferred stock take precedence over the claims of common stock owners.

Preferred stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer but do not ordinarily carry voting rights, though they may carry limited voting rights. Preferred stocks normally have preference over the corporation's assets and earnings, however. For example, preferred stocks have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends. Preferred stocks normally pay dividends at a specified rate. However, preferred stock may be purchased where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its dividend. Such investments would be made primarily for their capital appreciation potential. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Certain classes of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock of the issuer. By holding convertible preferred stock, a fund can receive a steady stream of dividends and still have the option to convert the preferred stock to common stock. Preferred stock is subject to many of the same risks as common stock and debt securities.

Convertible securities are typically preferred stocks or bonds that are exchangeable for a specific number of another form of security (usually the issuer's common stock) at a specified price or ratio. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on bonds or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. A corporation may issue a convertible security that is subject to redemption after a specified date, and usually under certain circumstances. A holder of a convertible security that is called for redemption would be required to tender it for redemption to the issuer, convert it to the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. The convertible structure allows the holder of the convertible bond to participate in share price movements in the company's common stock. The actual return on a convertible bond may exceed its stated yield if the company's common stock appreciates in value and the option to convert to common stocks becomes more valuable. Convertible securities typically pay a lower interest rate than nonconvertible bonds of the same quality and maturity because of the convertible feature. Convertible securities are also rated below investment grade ("high yield") or are not rated, and are subject to credit risk.

Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics and risks similar to nonconvertible debt and equity securities. In addition, convertible securities are often concentrated in economic sectors, which, like the stock market in general, may experience unpredictable declines in value, as well as periods of poor performance, which may last for several years. There may be a small trading market for a particular convertible security at any given time, which may adversely impact market price and a fund's ability to liquidate a particular security or respond to an economic event, including deterioration of an issuer's creditworthiness.

Convertible preferred stocks are nonvoting equity securities that pay a fixed dividend. These securities have a convertible feature similar to convertible bonds, but do not have a maturity date. Due to their fixed income features, convertible securities provide higher income potential than the issuer's common stock, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. In the event of a company's liquidation, bondholders have claims on company assets senior to those of shareholders; preferred shareholders have claims senior to those of common shareholders.

16

Convertible securities typically trade at prices above their conversion value, which is the current market value of the common stock received upon conversion, because of their higher yield potential than the underlying common stock. The difference between the conversion value and the price of a convertible security will vary depending on the value of the underlying common stock and interest rates. When the underlying value of the common stocks declines, the price of the issuer's convertible securities will tend not to fall as much because the convertible security's income potential will act as a price support. While the value of a convertible security also tends to rise when the underlying common stock value rises, it will not rise as much because their conversion value is more narrow. The value of convertible securities also is affected by changes in interest rates. For example, when interest rates fall, the value of convertible securities may rise because of their fixed income component.

Warrants are types of securities usually issued with bonds and preferred stock that entitle the holder to purchase a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price for a specific period of time. The prices of warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying common stock. Warrants have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. If a warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and the fund will lose the purchase price it paid for the warrant and the right to purchase the underlying security.

Initial Public Offering. The funds may purchase shares issued as part of, or a short period after, a company's initial public offering ("IPOs"), and may at times dispose of those shares shortly after their acquisition. A fund's purchase of shares issued in IPOs exposes it to the risks associated with companies that have little operating history as public companies, as well as to the risks inherent in those sectors of the market where these new issuers operate. The market for IPO issuers has been volatile, and share prices of newly-public companies have fluctuated significantly over short periods of time.

Master Limited Partnerships ("MLPs") MLPs are limited partnerships in which the common units are publicly traded. MLP common units are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market and are generally registered with the SEC. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or own interests) that are related to real estate development and oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role, if any, in the partnership's operations and management.

MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount ("minimum quarterly distributions"). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the minimum quarterly distribution is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the minimum quarterly distribution; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive

17

distributions are intended to encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership's cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results are intended to benefit all security holders of the MLP, however, such incentive distribution payments give rise to potential conflicts of interest between the common unit holders and the general partner.

MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. The funds may purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties in private placements. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to annually elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units, have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.

MLP subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to their original sponsors, such as their founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to the MLP, and investors. Subordinated units may be purchased directly from these persons as well as newly-issued subordinated units from MLPs themselves. Subordinated units have similar voting rights as common units and are generally not publicly traded. Once the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units, including any arrearages, has been paid, subordinated units receive cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution prior to any incentive payments to the MLP's general partner. Unlike common units, subordinated units do not have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units and general partner interests have priority over subordinated units. Subordinated units are typically converted into common units on a one-to-one basis after certain time periods and/or performance targets have been satisfied. The purchase or sale price of subordinated units is generally tied to the common unit price less a discount. The size of the discount varies depending on the likelihood of conversion, the length of time remaining to conversion, the size of the block purchased relative to trading volumes, and other factors, including smaller capitalization partnerships or companies potentially having limited product lines, markets or financial resources, lacking management depth or experience, and being more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic development than larger more established companies.

General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP's original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors. A holder of general partner interests can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the holder's investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights and in many cases, operating control, over the MLP. These interests themselves are not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP's aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights, which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unit holders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.

18

Additional risks involved with investing in a MLP are risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.

Certain MLPs are dependent on their parent companies or sponsors for a majority of their revenues. Any failure by a MLP's parents or sponsors to satisfy their payments or obligations would impact the MLP's revenues and cash flows and ability to make distributions.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS ("ETFs") such as Standard and Poor's Depositary Receipts ("SPDRs") Trust, are investment companies that typically are registered under the 1940 Act as open-end funds or unit investment trusts ("UITs"). ETFs are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are generally based on specific domestic and foreign market indices. An "index-based ETF" seeks to track the performance of an index holding in its portfolio either the contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Because ETFs are based on an underlying basket of stocks or an index, they are subject to the same market fluctuations as these types of securities in volatile market swings. ETFs, like mutual funds, have expenses associated with their operation, including advisory fees. When a fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF's expenses.

FOREIGN SECURITIES involve additional risks, including foreign currency exchange rate risks, because they are issued by foreign entities, including foreign governments, banks and corporations, or because they are traded principally overseas. Foreign securities in which a fund may invest include foreign entities that are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments, as well as fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates and withholding taxes, could have more dramatic effects on the value of foreign securities. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, change of government or war could affect the value of foreign investments. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

Foreign securities typically have less volume and are generally less liquid and more volatile than securities of U.S. companies. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although a fund will endeavor to achieve the most favorable overall results on portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. There may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers as well. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of a fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.

Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures and, in certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause a fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Losses to a fund arising out of the inability to fulfill a contract to sell such securities also could result in potential liability for a fund.

19

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may be made and held in foreign currencies. In addition, a fund may hold cash in foreign currencies. These investments may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and may cause a fund to incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange market as well as by political and economic factors. Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities, and net investment income and gains, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by a fund.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS involve the purchase or sale of foreign currency at an established exchange rate, but with payment and delivery at a specified future time. Many foreign securities markets do not settle trades within a time frame that would be considered customary in the U.S. stock market. Therefore, a fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to secure exchange rates for portfolio securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions do not seek to eliminate any fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities involved. Instead, the transactions simply establish a rate of exchange that can be expected when a fund settles its securities transactions in the future. Forwards involve certain risks. For example, if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of the contracts or if the value of the foreign currency changes unfavorably, a fund could sustain a loss.

The underlying funds in which the MarketTrack Portfolios and Schwab Target Funds may invest also may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts to protect the value of specific portfolio positions, which is called "position hedging." When engaging in position hedging, an underlying fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which portfolio securities are denominated (or against an increase in the value of currency for securities that the underlying fund expects to purchase). Buying and selling foreign currency exchange contracts involves costs and may result in losses. The ability of an underlying fund to engage in these transactions may be limited by tax considerations. Although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to declines in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of such currency. Transactions in these contracts involve certain other risks. Unanticipated fluctuations in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the underlying funds than if they had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between the underlying fund's holdings of securities denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts into which the underlying fund enters. Such imperfect correlation may cause an underlying fund to sustain losses, which will prevent it from achieving a complete hedge or expose it to risk of foreign exchange loss. Losses to an underlying fund will affect the performance of its corresponding MarketTrack Portfolio or Schwab Target Fund, as applicable.

FUTURES CONTRACTS are instruments that represent an agreement between two parties that obligates one party to buy, and the other party to sell, specific instruments at an agreed-upon price on a stipulated future date. In the case of futures contracts relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the close of the transaction, the parties usually agree to deliver the final cash settlement price of the contract. A fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies, interest rates, or any other futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) licenses and regulates on foreign exchanges. Consistent with CFTC regulations, the funds have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term "commodity pool operator" under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

A fund must maintain a small portion of its assets in cash to process shareholder transactions in and out of the fund and to pay its expenses. In order to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have

20

on its performance, a fund may purchase futures contracts. Such transactions allow a fund's cash balance to produce a return similar to that of the underlying security or index on which the futures contract is based. With respect to the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R) and Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R), because there is not currently available any futures contract tied directly to either the total return of the U.S. stock market or these funds' indices, there is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful. A fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on a specified foreign currency to "fix" the price in U.S. dollars of the foreign security it has acquired or sold or expects to acquire or sell. A fund may enter into a futures contract for these or other reasons.

When buying or selling futures contracts, a fund must place a deposit with its broker equal to a fraction of the contract amount. This amount is known as "initial margin" and must be in the form of liquid debt instruments, including cash, cash-equivalents and U.S. government securities. Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as "variation margin" may be made daily, if necessary, as the value of the futures contracts fluctuates. This process is known as "marking-to-market." The margin amount will be returned to a fund upon termination of the futures contracts assuming all contractual obligations are satisfied. Because margin requirements are normally only a fraction of the amount of the futures contracts in a given transaction, futures trading can involve a great deal of leverage. In order to avoid this, a fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding futures contracts as may be required under the federal securities laws. Underlying funds in which the MarketTrack Portfolios and Schwab Target Funds invest may have the same or different arrangements.

While a fund may purchase and sell futures contracts in order to simulate full investment, there are risks associated with these transactions. Adverse market movements could cause a fund to experience substantial losses when buying and selling futures contracts. Of course, barring significant market distortions, similar results would have been expected if a fund had instead transacted in the underlying securities directly. There also is the risk of losing any margin payments held by a broker in the event of its bankruptcy. Additionally, a fund incurs transaction costs (i.e., brokerage fees) when engaging in futures trading.

Futures contracts normally require actual delivery or acquisition of an underlying security or cash value of an index on the expiration date of the contract. In most cases, however, the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the date of the contract by buying or selling, as the case may be, identical futures contracts. Such offsetting transactions terminate the original contracts and cancel the obligation to take or make delivery of the underlying securities or cash. There may not always be a liquid secondary market at the time a fund seeks to close out a futures position. If a fund is unable to close out its position and prices move adversely, a fund would have to continue to make daily cash payments to maintain its margin requirements. If a fund had insufficient cash to meet these requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time or incur extra costs by borrowing the cash. Also, a fund may be required to make or take delivery of, and incur extra transaction costs buying or selling the underlying securities. A fund seek to reduce the risks associated with futures transactions by buying and selling futures contracts that are traded on national exchanges or for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES generally are any securities that cannot be disposed of promptly and in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which a fund has valued the instruments. The liquidity of a fund's investments is monitored under the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees. Investments currently not considered liquid include repurchase agreements not maturing within seven days and certain restricted securities.

INDEXING STRATEGIES involve tracking the securities represented in, and therefore, performance of an index. Each Schwab Equity Index Fund normally will invest primarily in the securities of its index. Moreover, each

21

of these index funds invests so that its portfolio performs similarly to that of its index. Each of these index funds tries to generally match its holdings in a particular security to its weight in the index. Each index fund will seek a correlation between its performance and that of its index of 0.90 or better. A perfect correlation of 1.0 is unlikely as the index funds incur operating and trading expenses unlike their indices. An index fund may rebalance its holdings in order to track its index more closely. In the event its intended correlation is not achieved, the Board of Trustees will consider alternative arrangements for an index fund. Certain of the Equity Index Funds serve as underlying funds for the MarketTrack Portfolios.

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING. A fund may borrow money from and/or lend money to other funds/portfolios in the Schwab complex. All loans are for temporary or emergency purposes and the interest rates to be charged will be the average of the overnight repurchase agreement rate and the short-term bank loan rate. All loans are subject to numerous conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds/portfolios. The interfund lending facility is subject to the oversight and periodic review of the Board of Trustees of the Schwab Funds(R).

MONEY MARKET SECURITIES are high-quality, short-term debt securities that may be issued by entities such as the U.S. government, corporations and financial institutions (like banks). Money market securities include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances, notes and time deposits.

Money market securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest and are generally subject to credit and interest rate risks. The maturity date or price of and financial assets collateralizing a security may be structured in order to make it qualify as or act like a money market security. These securities may be subject to greater credit and interest rate risks than other money market securities because of their structure. Money market securities may be issued with puts or sold separately, sometimes called demand features or guarantees, which are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or "put provider." When a fund buys a put, losses could occur as a result of the costs of the put or if it exercises its rights under the put and the put provider does not perform as agreed. Standby commitments are types of puts.

A fund must keep a portion of its assets in cash for business operations. In order to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, a fund may invest in money market securities.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES represent an interest in an underlying pool of mortgages. Issuers of these securities include agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, and private entities, such as banks. The income paid on mortgage-backed securities depends upon the income received from the underlying pool of mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities include collateralized mortgage obligations, mortgage-backed bonds and stripped mortgage-backed securities. These securities are subject to interest rate risk, like other debt securities, in addition to prepayment and extension risk. Prepayments occur when the holder of an individual mortgage prepays the remaining principal before the mortgage's scheduled maturity date. As a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying securities, mortgage-backed securities are often subject to more rapid prepayment of principal than their stated maturity indicates. Because the prepayment characteristics of the underlying mortgages vary, it is not possible to predict accurately the realized yield or average life of a particular issue of mortgage-backed securities. Prepayment rates are important because of their effect on the yield and price of the securities. Accelerated prepayments adversely impact yields for mortgage-backed securities purchased at a premium (i.e., a price in excess of principal amount) and may involve additional risk of loss of principal because the premium may not be fully amortized at the time the obligation is repaid. The opposite is true for mortgage-backed securities purchased at a discount. The MarketTrack Portfolios and Schwab Target Funds may purchase mortgage-related securities at a premium or at a discount. When interest rates rise, extension risk increases and may affect the value of a fund. Principal and interest payments on the mortgage-related securities are guaranteed by the government

22

however, such guarantees do not extend to the value or yield of the mortgage-related securities themselves or of a fund's shares.

OPTIONS CONTRACTS generally provide the right to buy or sell a security, commodity, futures contract or foreign currency in exchange for an agreed upon price. If the right is not exercised after a specified period, the option expires and the option buyer forfeits the money paid to the option seller.

A call option gives the buyer the right to buy a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. For this right, the call option buyer pays the call option seller, commonly called the call option writer, a fee called a premium. Call option buyers are usually anticipating that the price of the underlying security will rise above the price fixed with the call writer, thereby allowing them to profit. If the price of the underlying security does not rise, the call option buyer's losses are limited to the premium paid to the call option writer. For call option writers, a rise in the price of the underlying security will be offset in part by the premium received from the call option buyer. If the call option writer does not own the underlying security, however, the losses that may ensue if the price rises could be potentially unlimited. If the call option writer owns the underlying security or commodity, this is called writing a covered call. All call options written by a fund will be covered, which means that the fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding.

A put option is the opposite of a call option. It gives the buyer the right to sell a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. Put option buyers are usually anticipating a decline in the price of the underlying security, and wish to offset those losses when selling the security at a later date. All put options a fund writes will be covered, which means that the fund will earmark or segregate cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for a fund. However, in return for the option premium, a fund accepts the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities market value at the time of purchase.

A fund may purchase and write put and call options on any securities in which it may invest or any securities index or basket of securities based on securities in which it may invest. A fund may purchase and write such options on securities that are listed on domestic or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. Like futures contracts, option contracts are rarely exercised. Option buyers usually sell the option before it expires. Option writers may terminate their obligations under a written call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such purchases are referred to as "closing purchase transactions." A fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options it has purchased or written.

An exchange traded currency option position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although a fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If a fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets earmarked or held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (1) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options;
(2) an exchange may impose restrictions on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be

23

imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (4) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (5) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (the OCC) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (6) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, a fund will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to a formula the staff of the SEC approves.

Additional risks are involved with options trading because of the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage that may be involved in options trading. There may be imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the securities held by a fund and the prices of the options, possible lack of a liquid secondary markets, and the resulting inability to close such positions prior to their maturity dates.

A fund may write or purchase an option only when the market value of that option, when aggregated with the market value of all other options transactions made on behalf of the fund, does not exceed 5% of its net assets.

PROMISSORY NOTES are written agreements committing the maker or issuer to pay the payee a specified amount either on demand or at a fixed date in the future, with or without interest. These are sometimes called negotiable notes or instruments and are subject to credit risk. Bank notes are notes used to represent obligations issued by banks in large denominations.

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS (REITS) are pooled investment vehicles, which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests and, in some cases, manage real estate. REITs are sometimes referred to as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. An equity REIT invests primarily in properties and generates income from rental and lease properties and, in some cases, from the management of real estate. Equity REITs also offer the potential for growth as a result of property appreciation and from the sale of appreciated property. Mortgage REITs invest primarily in real estate mortgages, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and derive income for the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITS may combine the features of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are generally organized as corporations or business trusts, but are not taxed as a corporation if they meet certain requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including other REITs), cash and government securities, distribute at least 95% of its taxable income to its shareholders and receive at least 75% of that income from rents, mortgages and sales of property.

Like any investment in real estate, a REIT's performance depends on many factors, such as its ability to find tenants for its properties, to renew leases, and to finance property purchases and renovations. In general, REITs may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which may have an exaggerated effect to the extent a REIT concentrates its investment in certain regions or property types. For example, rental income could decline because of extended vacancies, increased competition from nearby properties, tenants' failure to pay rent, or incompetent management. Property values could

24

decrease because of overbuilding, environmental liabilities, uninsured damages caused by natural disasters, a general decline in the neighborhood, losses due to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes, or changes in zoning laws. Ultimately, a REIT's performance depends on the types of properties it owns and how well the REIT manages its properties.

In general, during periods of rising interest rates, REITs may lose some of their appeal for investors who may be able to obtain higher yields from other income-producing investments, such as long-term bonds. Higher interest rates also mean that financing for property purchases and improvements is more costly and difficult to obtain. During periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that mortgagors elect to prepay, which can reduce the yield on securities issued by mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay debts to the REIT when due and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.

Like small-cap stocks in general, certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations and their securities can be more volatile than--and at times will perform differently from--large-cap stocks. In addition, because small-cap stocks are typically less liquid than large-cap stocks, REIT stocks may sometimes experience greater share-price fluctuations than the stocks of larger companies. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification, and are therefore subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through a fund, a shareholder will bear indirectly a proportionate share of the REIT's expenses in addition to their proportionate share of a fund's expenses. Finally, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS are instruments under which a buyer acquires ownership of certain securities (usually U.S. government securities) from a seller who agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the buyer's holding period. Any repurchase agreements a fund enters into will involve the fund as the buyer and banks or broker-dealers as sellers. The period of repurchase agreements is usually short
- from overnight to one week, although the securities collateralizing a repurchase agreement may have longer maturity dates. Default by the seller might cause a fund to experience a loss or delay in the liquidation of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. A fund also may incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a repurchase agreement's seller, a fund might incur expenses in enforcing its rights, and could experience losses, including a decline in the value of the underlying securities and loss of income. A fund will make payment under a repurchase agreement only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer of the collateral to the account of its custodian bank.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Restricted securities may be considered to be liquid if an institutional or other market exists for these securities. In making this determination, a fund, under the direction and supervision of the Board of Trustees, will take into account the following factors: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (4) the nature of the security and marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer). To the extent a fund invests in restricted securities that are deemed liquid, the general level of illiquidity in the fund's portfolio may be increased if qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing these securities.

REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund would sell a security in exchange for cash and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. A fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. If a fund uses

25

the cash it obtains to invest in other securities, this may be considered a form of leverage and may expose the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value of the fund's portfolio securities.

SECURITIES LENDING of portfolio securities is a common practice in the securities industry. A fund may engage in security lending arrangements. For example, a fund may receive cash collateral and may invest it in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, but will do so only to the extent that it will not lose the tax treatment available to regulated investment companies. Lending portfolio securities involves risks that the borrower may fail to return the securities or provide additional collateral. Also, voting rights with respect to loaned securities may pass with the lending of the securities.

A fund may loan portfolio securities to qualified broker-dealers or other institutional investors provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, letters of credit, cash or cash equivalents or other appropriate instruments maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned; (2) the fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned; (3) the fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of the fund, including collateral received from the loan (at market value computed at the time of the loan).

Although voting rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, the lender retains the right to recall a security (or terminate a loan) for the purpose of exercising the security's voting rights. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities or thinly traded securities such as small-cap stocks. In addition, because recalling a security may involve expenses to a fund, it is expected that a fund will do so only where the items being voted upon are, in the judgment of the investment adviser, either material to the economic value of the security or threaten to materially impact the issuer's corporate governance policies or structure.

SECURITIES OF OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES. Investment companies generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders' money and investing it in securities such as stocks, bonds and money market instruments. Investment companies include: (1) open-end funds (commonly called mutual funds) that issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis, (2) closed-end funds that offer a fixed number of shares, and are usually listed on an exchange, and (3) unit investment trusts that generally offer a fixed number of redeemable shares. Certain open-end funds and unit investment trusts are traded on exchanges.

Investment companies may make investments and use techniques designed to enhance their performance. These may include delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions; swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid, and/or restricted securities and repurchase agreements; and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in a particular investment company will generally reflect the risks of the securities in which it invests and the investment techniques it employs. Also, investment companies charge fees and incur expenses.

The funds may buy securities of other investment companies, including those of foreign issuers, in compliance with the requirements of federal law or any SEC exemptive order. A fund may invest in investment companies that are not registered with the SEC or privately placed securities of investment companies (which may or may not be registered), such as hedge funds and offshore funds. Unregistered funds are largely exempt from the regulatory requirements that apply to registered investment companies. As a result, unregistered funds may have a greater ability to make investments, or use investment techniques, that offer a higher potential investment return (for example, leveraging), but which may carry high risk. Unregistered funds, while not regulated by the SEC like registered funds, may be indirectly

26

supervised by the financial institutions (e.g., commercial and investment banks) that may provide them with loans or other sources of capital. Investments in unregistered funds may be difficult to sell, which could cause a fund selling an interest in an unregistered fund to lose money. For example, many hedge funds require their investors to hold their investments for at least one year.

Federal law restricts the ability of one registered investment company to invest in another. As a result, the extent to which a fund may invest in another investment company may be limited. With respect to investments in other mutual funds, the SEC has granted the funds an exemption from the limitations of the 1940 Act that restrict the amount of securities of underlying mutual funds a fund may hold, provided that certain conditions are met. The conditions requested by the SEC were designed to address certain abuses perceived to be associated with funds of funds, including unnecessary costs (such as sales loads, advisory fees and administrative costs), and undue influence by a fund of funds over the underlying fund. The conditions apply only when a fund and its affiliates in the aggregate own more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one underlying fund.

Under the terms of the exemptive order, each fund and its affiliates may not control a non-affiliated underlying fund. Under the 1940 Act, any person who owns beneficially, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is assumed to control that company. This limitation is measured at the time the investment is made.

SHORT SALES may be used by a fund as part of its overall portfolio management strategies or to offset (hedge) a potential decline in the value of a security. A fund may engage in short sales that are either "against the box" or "uncovered." A short sale is "against the box" if at all times during which the short position is open, a fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or has the right to acquire, at no added cost, the securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to a fund with respect to the securities that are sold short. "Uncovered" short sales are transactions under which a fund sells a security it does not own. To complete such transaction, a fund may borrow the security through a broker to make delivery to the buyer and, in doing so, the fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. A fund also may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities, which would increase the cost of the security. In addition, a fund is often obligated to pay any accrued interest and dividends on the securities until they are replaced. The proceeds of the short sale position will be retained by the broker until a fund replaces the borrowed securities.

A fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security and, conversely, the fund will realize a gain if the price declines. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. A short sale creates the risk of an unlimited loss, as the price of the underlying securities could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying those securities to cover the short position. If a fund sells securities short "against the box," it may protect unrealized gains, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises. The successful use of short selling as a hedging strategy may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.

A fund's obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash or other liquid securities. In addition, a fund will earmark cash or liquid assets or place in a segregated account an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the market value of the securities sold short, marked-to-market daily, and (2) any cash or other liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale.

27

SMALL-CAP STOCKS include common stocks issued by operating companies with market capitalizations that place them at the lower end of the stock market, as well as the stocks of companies that are determined to be small based on several factors, including the capitalization of the company and the amount of revenues. Historically, small-cap company stocks have been riskier than stocks issued by large- or mid-cap companies for a variety of reasons. Small-cap companies may have less certain growth prospects and are typically less diversified and less able to withstand changing economic conditions than larger capitalized companies. Small-cap companies also may have more limited product lines, markets or financial resources than companies with larger capitalizations, and may be more dependent on a relatively small management group. In addition, small-cap companies may not be well known to the investing public, may not have institutional ownership and may have only cyclical, static or moderate growth prospects. Most small-cap company stocks pay low or no dividends.

These factors and others may cause sharp changes in the value of a small-cap company's stock, and even cause some small-cap companies to fail. Additionally, small-cap stocks may not be as broadly traded as large- or mid-cap stocks, and a fund's positions in securities of such companies may be substantial in relation to the market for such securities. Accordingly, it may be difficult for a fund to dispose of securities of these small-cap companies at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions. This lower degree of liquidity can adversely affect the value of these securities. For these reasons and others, the value of a fund's investments in small-cap stocks is expected to be more volatile than other types of investments, including other types of stock investments. While small-cap stocks are generally considered to offer greater growth opportunities for investors, they involve greater risks and the share price of a fund that invests in small-cap stocks may change sharply during the short term and long term.

STOCK SUBSTITUTION STRATEGY is a strategy, whereby each Equity Index Funds may, in certain circumstances, substitute a similar stock for a security in its index.

SWAP AGREEMENTS are privately negotiated over-the-counter derivative products in which two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities (referred to as the "underlying") and a predetermined amount (referred to as the "notional amount"). The underlying for a swap may be an interest rate (fixed or floating), a currency exchange rate, a commodity price index, a security, group of securities or a securities index, a combination of any of these, or various other rates, assets or indices. Swap agreements generally do not involve the delivery of the underlying or principal, and a party's obligations generally are equal to only the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the swap agreement.

Swap agreements can be structured to increase or decrease a fund's exposure to long or short term interest rates, corporate borrowing rates and other conditions, such as changing security prices and inflation rates. They also can be structured to increase or decrease a fund's exposure to specific issuers or specific sectors of the bond market such as mortgage securities. For example, if a fund agreed to pay a longer-term fixed rate in exchange for a shorter-term floating rate while holding longer-term fixed rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease a fund's exposure to longer-term interest rates. Swap agreements tend to increase or decrease the overall volatility of a fund's investments and its share price and yield. Changes in interest rates, or other factors determining the amount of payments due to and from a fund, can be the most significant factors in the performance of a swap agreement. If a swap agreement calls for payments from a fund, a fund must be prepared to make such payments when they are due. In order to help minimize risks, a fund will earmark or segregate appropriate assets for any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed under the terms of a swap agreement entered into on a net basis. All other swap agreements will require a fund to earmark or segregate assets in the amount of the accrued amounts owed under the swap. A fund could sustain losses if a counterparty does not perform as agreed under the terms of the swap. A fund will enter into swap agreements with counterparties deemed creditworthy by the investment adviser.

28

In addition, the funds may invest in swaptions, which are privately-negotiated option-based derivative products. Swaptions give the holder the right to enter into a swap. A fund may use a swaption in addition to or in lieu of a swap involving a similar rate or index.

For purposes of applying a fund's investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the prospectuses and this SAI) swap agreements are generally valued by the funds at market value. In the case of a credit default swap sold by a fund (i.e., where the fund is selling credit default protection), however, the fund will generally value the swap at its notional amount. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by the funds for purposes of applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE INVESTMENTS. During unusual economic or market conditions or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, the Schwab Core Equity Fund TM, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM, Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund TM, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund TM, Schwab Premier Equity Fund TM and the Schwab Financial Services Fund TM, Schwab Health Care Fund TM, Schwab Technology Fund TM and each of the Schwab Target Funds may invest up to 100% of their assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short-term obligations.

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES are issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Not all U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Some U.S. government securities, such as those issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA or Sallie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB), are supported by a line of credit the issuing entity has with the U.S. Treasury. Others are supported solely by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation (FFCB). There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. Of course U.S. government securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, are among the safest securities, however, not unlike other debt securities, they are still sensitive to interest rate changes, which will cause their yields and prices to fluctuate.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

SCHWAB FINANCIAL SERVICES FUND TM, SCHWAB HEALTH CARE FUND TM AND SCHWAB TECHNOLOGY FUND TM:

The following investment limitations may be changed only by vote of a majority of each fund's outstanding voting shares.

(1) Each fund will concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time. The Schwab Financial Fund will concentrate its investments in securities of companies in the financial services sector. The Schwab Health Care Fund will concentrate its investments in securities of companies in the health care sector. The Schwab Technology Fund will concentrate its investments in securities of companies in the technology sector.

(2) Each fund may not purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

29

(3) Each fund may not make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4) Each fund may not borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) Each fund may not issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6) Each fund may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

THE FOLLOWING INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

Each fund may not:

(1) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(2) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(4) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(5) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (1) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (2) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (3) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

(6) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

30

(7) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

SCHWAB EQUITY INDEX FUNDS

THE FOLLOWING INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS MAY BE CHANGED ONLY BY VOTE OF A MAJORITY OF EACH FUND'S OUTSTANDING VOTING SHARES.

EACH OF THE SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX FUND, SCHWAB 1000 INDEX(R) FUND, SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX FUND(R), AND SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND(R) MAY NOT:

(1) Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the Investment Company 1940 Act (the "1940 Act"), the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2) Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3) Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4) Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6) Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(7) Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

IN ADDITION, EACH OF THE SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX FUND, SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX FUND(R) AND SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND(R) MAY NOT:

(1) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, including any exemptive relief granted by the SEC.

IN ADDITION, THE SCHWAB 1000 INDEX(R) FUND MAY NOT:

(1) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.

31

THE SCHWAB TOTAL STOCK MARKET INDEX FUND(R) MAY NOT:

(1) Purchase securities of any issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as a diversified company under the 1940 Act.

(2) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder.

(3) (i) Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts, futures or real estate, (ii) lend or borrow money, (iii) issue senior securities, (iv) underwrite securities or (v) pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder.

THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

EACH FUND MAY NOT:

(1) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(2) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(3) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

(4) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

(5) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that each fund may purchase securities to the extent that its index is also so concentrated).

(6) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that each fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

32

(7) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

IN ADDITION, THE SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX FUND(R)

(1) Intends to achieve its investment objective by tracking the price and dividend performance (total return) of the Schwab Small-Cap Index.

IN ADDITION, THE SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND(R)

(1) Intends to achieve its investment objective by tracking the price and dividend performance (total return) of the Schwab International Index.

IN ADDITION, THE SCHWAB TOTAL STOCK MARKET INDEX FUND(R) MAY NOT:

(1) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

SCHWAB INSTITUTIONAL SELECT(R) S&P 500 FUND

THE FOLLOWING INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS MAY BE CHANGED ONLY BY VOTE OF A MAJORITY OF THE FUND'S OUTSTANDING VOTING SHARES:

THE SCHWAB INSTITUTIONAL SELECT S&P 500 FUND MAY NOT:

(1) Purchase securities of any issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as a diversified company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act").

(2) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder.

(3) (i) Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts, futures contracts or real estate, (ii) lend or borrow money, (iii) issue senior securities,
(iv) underwrite securities or (v) pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder.

THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

THE FUND MAY NOT:

(1) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(2) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

33

(4) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

(5) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(6) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that each fund may purchase securities to the extent that its index is also so concentrated).

(7) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

(8) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIOS(R)

THE FOLLOWING INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS MAY BE CHANGED ONLY BY VOTE OF A MAJORITY OF EACH PORTFOLIO'S OUTSTANDING VOTING SHARES.

THE ALL EQUITY PORTFOLIO MAY NOT:

(1) Purchase securities of any issuer unless consistent with the maintenance of its status as a diversified company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act").

(2) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder.

(3) (i) Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts or real estate,
(ii) lend or borrow money, (iii) issue senior securities, (iv) underwrite securities, or (v) pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder.

EACH OF THE GROWTH PORTFOLIO, BALANCED PORTFOLIO AND CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO
MAY NOT:

(1) Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

34

(2) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3) Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, including any exemptive relief granted by the SEC.

(5) Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6) Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(7) Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(8) Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

EACH PORTFOLIO MAY NOT:

(1) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(2) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts and options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(3) Borrow money except that the portfolio may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

(4) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

35

(5) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries.

(6) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(7) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the portfolio may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

IN ADDITION, THE ALL EQUITY PORTFOLIO MAY NOT:

(1) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

SCHWAB CORE EQUITY FUND TM

THE FOLLOWING INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS MAY BE CHANGED ONLY BY VOTE OF A MAJORITY OF THE FUND'S OUTSTANDING VOTING SHARES:

(1) The fund may not purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2) The fund may not concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3) The fund may not purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4) The fund may not make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) The fund may not borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6) The fund may not issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

36

(7) The fund may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

THE FUND MAY NOT:

(1) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(2) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(3) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(4) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that the fund may purchase securities to the extent that the S&P 500(R) is also so concentrated).

(6) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

(7) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

(8) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND TM

THE FOLLOWING INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS MAY BE CHANGED ONLY BY VOTE OF A MAJORITY OF THE FUND'S OUTSTANDING VOTING SHARES:

37

(1) The fund may not purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2) The fund may not concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3) The fund may not purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4) The fund may not make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) The fund may not borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6) The fund may not issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(7) The fund may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

THE FUND MAY NOT:

(1) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(2) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(3) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(4) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

38

(5) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that the fund may purchase securities to the extent that the S&P SmallCap 600(R) is also so concentrated).

(6) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

(7) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

(8) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

SCHWAB HEDGED EQUITY FUND TM

THE FOLLOWING INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS MAY BE CHANGED ONLY BY VOTE OF A MAJORITY OF THE FUND'S OUTSTANDING VOTING SHARES:

(1) The fund may not purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2) The fund may not concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3) The fund may not purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4) The fund may not make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) The fund may not borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6) The fund may not issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

39

(7) The fund may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

THE FUND MAY NOT:

(1) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(2) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(3) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(4) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries (except that the fund may purchase securities to the extent that the S&P 500(R) is also so concentrated).

(6) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

(7) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

(8) Borrow money, except that the fund may (i) borrow money (A) for temporary or emergency purposes or (B) from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets.

SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND TM, SCHWAB PREMIER EQUITY FUND TM AND SCHWAB LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND

THE FOLLOWING INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS MAY BE CHANGED ONLY BY VOTE OF A MAJORITY OF THE FUND'S OUTSTANDING VOTING SHARES:

40

EACH FUND MAY NOT:

(1) Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3) Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4) Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(6) Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(7) Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

EACH FUND MAY NOT:

(1) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(2) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(3) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(4) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

41

(5) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries.

(6) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

(7) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

(8) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS:

The following investment limitations may be changed only by vote of a majority of each fund's outstanding voting shares.

Each fund may not:

(1) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(2) Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(3) Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(4) Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(5) Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

42

(6) Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

(7) Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

THE FOLLOWING INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

Each fund may not:

(1) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

(2) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

(3) Purchase securities on margin, except such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

(4) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (1) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (2) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (3) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

(5) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

(6) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

(7) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries.

THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS OF THE 1940 ACT MAY ASSIST INVESTORS IN UNDERSTANDING THE ABOVE POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS.

Borrowing. The 1940 Act restricts an investment company from borrowing (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in excess of 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary

43

borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets). Transactions that are fully collateralized in a manner that does not involve the prohibited issuance of a "senior security" within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, shall not be regarded as borrowings for the purposes of a fund's investment restriction.

Concentration. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company's total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions.

Diversification. Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a "diversified company," as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer's voting securities would be held by the fund.

Lending. Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies.

Real Estate. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company's ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. Each fund has adopted a fundamental policy that would permit direct investment in real estate. However, each fund has a non-fundamental investment limitation that prohibits it from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed only by vote of a fund's Board of Trustees.

Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by an investment company evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits each fund from issuing senior securities, although it provides allowances for certain borrowings and certain other investments, such as short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, when such investments are "covered" or with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligations.

Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. The foregoing restriction does not apply to non-diversified funds.

Policies and investment limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund's acquisition of such security or asset, unless otherwise noted. Except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause a fund to exceed its limitation, the fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.

44

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

The funds are overseen by a Board of Trustees. The trustees are responsible for protecting shareholder interests. The trustees regularly meet to review the investment activities, contractual arrangements and the investment performance of each fund. The trustees met 8 times during the most recent fiscal year.

Certain trustees are "interested persons." A trustee is considered an interested person of the trust under the 1940 Act if he or she is an officer, director, or an employee of Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. ("CSIM") or Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. ("Schwab"). A trustee also may be considered an interested person of the trust under the 1940 Act if he or she owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation, a publicly traded company and the parent company of the funds' investment adviser and distributor.

Each of the officers and/or trustees also serves in the same capacity as described for the trust, for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments and Schwab Annuity Portfolios. Except as specifically noted below, as used herein the term "Family of Investment Companies" collectively refers to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and Schwab Capital Trust which as of October 31, 2005, included 57 funds.

On January 30, 2004, CSIM became the investment advisor of the Laudus Trust and the Laudus Variable Insurance Trust (The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust, Laudus Trust and Laudus Variable Insurance Trust are collectively referred to herein as the "fund complex"). As of October 31, 2005, the fund complex consisted of 68 funds. Ms. Byerwalter and Mr. Hasler also serve as trustees for the Laudus Trust and Laudus Variable Insurance Trust, therefore, each of these trustees oversees all 68 funds in the fund complex. The address of each individual is 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104.

Each officer's and trustee's principal occupations during the past five years, other current directorships and affiliations, if any, with The Charles Schwab Corporation, Schwab and CSIM are as follows:

   NAME, YEAR OF                            PRINCIPAL
    BIRTH, AND        TERM OF OFFICE       OCCUPATIONS
 (POSITION(S) WITH    AND LENGTH OF      DURING THE PAST
    THE TRUST)        TIME SERVED 1        FIVE YEARS        OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

DONALD F. DORWARD    Trustee of        Chief Executive       None
1931                 Schwab Capital    Officer, Dorward
(Trustee)            Trust since       & Associates
                     1993 and Schwab   (corporate
                     Investments       management,
                     since 1991.       marketing and
                                       communications
                                       consulting
                                       firm). From
                                       1996-1999,
                                       Executive Vice
                                       President and
                                       Managing
                                       Director, Grey
                                       Advertising.
                                       Prior to 1996,


1 Trustees remain in office until they resign, retire or are removed by shareholder vote. The Schwab Funds(R) retirement policy requires that independent trustees elected after January 1, 2000 retire at age 72 or after twenty years as a trustee, whichever comes first. Independent trustees elected prior to January 1, 2000 will retire on the following schedule: Messr. Holmes and Dorward will retire on December 31, 2007, and Messrs. Stephens and Wilsey will retire on December 31, 2010.

45

   NAME, YEAR OF                            PRINCIPAL
    BIRTH, AND        TERM OF OFFICE       OCCUPATIONS
 (POSITION(S) WITH    AND LENGTH OF      DURING THE PAST
    THE TRUST)        TIME SERVED 1        FIVE YEARS        OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       President and
                                       Chief Executive
                                       Officer, Allen &
                                       Dorward
                                       Advertising.

ROBERT G. HOLMES     Trustee of        Chairman, Chief      None
1931                 Schwab Capital    Executive
(Trustee)            Trust since       Officer and
                     1993 and Schwab   Director, Semloh
                     Investments       Financial, Inc.
                     since 1991.       (international
                                       financial
                                       services and
                                       investment
                                       advisory firm).

DONALD R. STEPHENS   Trustee of        Managing             None
1938                 Schwab Capital    Partner, D.R.
(Trustee)            Trust since       Stephens &
                     1993 and Schwab   Company
                     Investments       (investments).
                     since 1991.       Prior to 1996,
                                       Chairman and Chief
                                       Executive Officer
                                       of North American
                                       Trust (real estate
                                       investment trust).

MICHAEL W. WILSEY    Trustee of        Chairman and         None
1943                 Schwab Capital    Chief Executive
(Trustee)            Trust since       Officer, Wilsey
                     1993 and Schwab   Bennett, Inc.
                     Investments       (real estate
                     since 1991.       investment and
                                       management, and
                                       other
                                       investments).

MARIANN BYERWALTER   Trustee of        Chairman of JDN      Ms. Byerwalter is on
1960                 Schwab Capital    Corporate            the Boards of
(Trustee)            Trust and         Advisory LLC.        Stanford University,
                     Schwab            From 1996 to         America First
                     Investments       2001, Vice           Companies (venture
                     since 2000.       President for        capital/fund
                                       Business Affairs     management), Redwood
                                       and Chief            Trust, Inc.
                                       Financial            (mortgage finance),
                                       Officer of           Stanford Hospitals
                                       Stanford             and Clinics, SRI
                                       University, and      International
                                       in 2001, Special     (research), PMI
                                       Advisor to the       Group Inc. (mortgage
                                       President of         insurance), Lucile
                                       Stanford             Packard Children's
                                       University. 2


2 Charles R. Schwab, an interested trustee (see below) has served as a Trustee of Stanford University since December 1993.

46

   NAME, YEAR OF                            PRINCIPAL
    BIRTH, AND        TERM OF OFFICE       OCCUPATIONS
 (POSITION(S) WITH    AND LENGTH OF      DURING THE PAST
    THE TRUST)        TIME SERVED 1        FIVE YEARS        OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Hospital, and
                                                            Pacific Life
                                                            Insurance Company.
                                                            Ms. Byerwalter is
                                                            also a Trustee of
                                                            Laudus Trust and
                                                            Laudus Variable
                                                            Insurance Trust,
                                                            both of which are
                                                            managed by CSIM or
                                                            its affiliates and
                                                            are included in the
                                                            Schwab mutual fund
                                                            complex.

WILLIAM A. HASLER    Trustee of        Dean Emeritus,       Mr. Hasler is on the
1941                 Schwab Capital    Haas School of       Boards of Aphton
(Trustee)            Trust and         Business,            Corporation
                     Schwab            University of        (bio-pharmaceuticals),
                     Investments       California,          Mission West
                     since 2000.       Berkeley.  Until     Properties
                                       February 2004,       (commercial real
                                       Co-Chief             estate), Stratex
                                       Executive            Networks (network
                                       Officer, Aphton      equipment), Genitope
                                       Corporation          Corp.
                                       (bio-                (bio-pharmaceuticals),
                                       pharmaceuticals).    TOUSA
                                       Prior to August      (homebuilding);
                                       1998, Dean of        Non-Executive
                                       the Haas School      Chairman, Solectron
                                       of Business,         Corporation
                                       University of        (manufacturing).
                                       California,          Mr. Hasler is also a
                                       Berkeley (higher     Trustee of Laudus
                                       education).          Trust and Laudus
                                                            Variable Insurance
                                                            Trust, both of which
                                                            are managed by CSIM
                                                            or its affiliates
                                                            and are included in
                                                            the Schwab mutual
                                                            fund complex.

GERALD B. SMITH      Trustee of        Since 1990,          Mr. Smith is on the
1960                 Schwab Capital    Chairman and         Board of Cooper
(Trustee)            Trust and         Chief Executive      Industries
                     Schwab            Officer and          (electrical
                     Investments       founder of Smith     products, tools and
                     since 2000.       Graham & Co.         hardware); Chairman,
                                       (investment          Texas Southern
                                       advisors).           University
                                                            Foundation;
                                                            Executive Committee
                                                            and Board Member, MD
                                                            Anderson Cancer
                                                            Center; Chairman of
                                                            the audit committee
                                                            of Northern Border
                                                            Partners, M.L.P.
                                                            (energy).

47

   NAME, YEAR OF                            PRINCIPAL
    BIRTH, AND        TERM OF OFFICE       OCCUPATIONS
 (POSITION(S) WITH    AND LENGTH OF      DURING THE PAST
    THE TRUST)        TIME SERVED 1        FIVE YEARS        OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              INTERESTED TRUSTEES

CHARLES R. SCHWAB 3  Chairman and      Chairman, Chief      Trustee, Charles and
1937                 Trustee of        Executive            Helen Schwab
(Chairman and        Schwab Capital    Officer and          Foundation;
Trustee)             Trust since       Director, The        Chairman, All Kinds
                     1993 and Schwab   Charles Schwab       of Minds Institute
                     Investments       Corporation,         (education);
                     since 1991.       Charles Schwab &     Chairman and
                                       Co., Inc.;           Director, Charles
                                       Chairman and         Schwab Foundation;
                                       Director,            Chairman of the
                                       Charles Schwab       Finance Committee,
                                       Investment           San Francisco Museum
                                       Management,          of Modern Art;
                                       Inc., Charles        Trustee, Stanford
                                       Schwab Bank, N.A.;   University.
                                       Chairman and
                                       Chief Executive
                                       Officer, Schwab
                                       (SIS) Holdings
                                       Inc. I, Schwab
                                       International
                                       Holdings, Inc.;
                                       Chief Executive
                                       Officer and
                                       Director, Schwab
                                       Holdings, Inc.;
                                       Director, U.S.
                                       Trust Company,
                                       U.S. Trust
                                       Corporation,
                                       United States
                                       Trust Company of
                                       New York.  Until
                                       May 2003,
                                       Co-Chief
                                       Executive
                                       Officer, The
                                       Charles Schwab
                                       Corporation.

RANDALL W. MERK 3,4  Trustee of        Executive Vice       None
1954                 Schwab Capital    President and
(Trustee)            Trust since       President,
                     2005 and Schwab   Schwab Financial
                     Investments       Products,
                     since 2005.       Charles Schwab &
                                       Co., Inc.;
                                       Director,
                                       Charles Schwab
                                       Asset Management
                                       (Ireland)
                                       Limited. From
                                       September 2002
                                       to July 2004,
                                       Chief Executive
                                       Officer,


3 In addition to their employment with the investment adviser and the distributor, Messrs. Schwab and Merk also own stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation. Mr. Schwab and Mr. Merk are Interested Trustees because they are employees of Schwab and/or the adviser.

4 Mr. Merk was appointed to the board on May 24, 2005.

48

   NAME, YEAR OF                            PRINCIPAL
    BIRTH, AND        TERM OF OFFICE       OCCUPATIONS
 (POSITION(S) WITH    AND LENGTH OF      DURING THE PAST
    THE TRUST)        TIME SERVED 1        FIVE YEARS        OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Charles Schwab
                                       Investment
                                       Management, Inc.
                                       and Executive
                                       Vice President,
                                       Charles Schwab &
                                       Co., Inc. Prior
                                       to September
                                       2002, President
                                       and Chief
                                       Investment
                                       Officer,
                                       American Century
                                       Investment
                                       Management, and
                                       Director,
                                       American Century
                                       Companies, Inc.;
                                       Until June 2001,
                                       Chief Investment
                                       Officer -- Fixed
                                       Income, American
                                       Century
                                       Companies, Inc.

                                    OFFICERS

EVELYN DILSAVER      Officer of        Director,             N/A
1955                 Schwab Capital    Executive Vice
(President and       Trust and         President and
Chief Executive      Schwab            President,
Officer)             Investments       Charles Schwab
                     since 2004.       Investment
                                       Management, Inc.
                                       Vice President,
                                       Laudus Trust and
                                       Laudus Variable
                                       Insurance Trust.
                                       From June 2003 to
                                       July 2004, Senior
                                       Vice President,
                                       Asset Management
                                       Products and
                                       Services, Charles
                                       Schwab & Co., Inc.
                                       Prior to June 2003,
                                       Executive Vice
                                       President, Chief
                                       Financial Officer,
                                       and Chief
                                       Administrative
                                       Officer, U.S.
                                       Trust, a subsidiary
                                       of The Charles
                                       Schwab Corporation.

49

   NAME, YEAR OF                            PRINCIPAL
    BIRTH, AND        TERM OF OFFICE       OCCUPATIONS
 (POSITION(S) WITH    AND LENGTH OF      DURING THE PAST
    THE TRUST)        TIME SERVED 1        FIVE YEARS        OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STEPHEN B. WARD      Officer of        Director, Senior      N/A
1955                 Schwab Capital    Vice President
(Senior Vice         Trust and         and Chief
President and        Schwab            Investment
Chief Investment     Investments       Officer, Charles
Officer)             since 1991.       Schwab
                                       Investment
                                       Management,
                                       Inc.; Chief
                                       Investment
                                       Officer, The
                                       Charles Schwab
                                       Trust Company.

GEORGE PEREIRA       Officer of        Senior Vice           N/A
1964                 Schwab Capital    President and
(Treasurer and       Trust and         Chief Financial
Principal            Schwab            Officer, Charles
Financial Officer)   Investments       Schwab
                     since 2004.       Investment
                                       Management,
                                       Inc.; Director,
                                       Charles Schwab
                                       Asset Management
                                       (Ireland)
                                       Limited. From
                                       December 1999 to
                                       November 2004,
                                       Sr. Vice
                                       President,
                                       Financial
                                       Reporting,
                                       Charles Schwab &
                                       Co., Inc.

KOJI E. FELTON       Officer of        Senior Vice           N/A
1961                 Schwab Capital    President, Chief
(Secretary)          Trust and         Counsel and
                     Schwab            Corporate
                     Investments       Secretary,
                     since 1998.       Charles Schwab
                                       Investment
                                       Management,
                                       Inc.; Senior
                                       Vice President
                                       and Deputy
                                       General Counsel,
                                       Charles Schwab &
                                       Co., Inc.
                                       Prior to June
                                       1998, Branch
                                       Chief in
                                       Enforcement at
                                       U.S. Securities
                                       and Exchange
                                       Commission in
                                       San Francisco.

50

   NAME, YEAR OF                            PRINCIPAL
    BIRTH, AND        TERM OF OFFICE       OCCUPATIONS
 (POSITION(S) WITH    AND LENGTH OF      DURING THE PAST
    THE TRUST)        TIME SERVED 1        FIVE YEARS        OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RANDALL FILLMORE     Officer of        Senior Vice           N/A
1960                 Schwab Capital    President,
(Chief Compliance    Trust and         Institutional
Officer)             Schwab            Compliance and
                     Investments since Chief Compliance
                     2002.             Officer,
                                       Charles Schwab
                                       Investment
                                       Management, Inc.
                                       Chief Compliance
                                       Officer, Laudus
                                       Trust and Laudus
                                       Variable Insurance
                                       Trust. From 2002 to
                                       2003, Vice
                                       President, Charles
                                       Schwab & Co., Inc.,
                                       and Charles Schwab
                                       Investment
                                       Management, Inc.
                                       From 2000 to 2002,
                                       Vice President,
                                       Internal Audit,
                                       Charles Schwab &
                                       Co., Inc.


KIMON P. DAIFOTIS    Officer of        Senior Vice           N/A
1959                 Schwab Capital    President and
(Senior Vice         Trust and         Chief Investment
President and        Schwab            Officer -- Fixed
Chief Investment     Investments       Income, Charles
Officer)             since 2004.       Schwab
                                       Investment
                                       Management,
                                       Inc. Prior to
                                       2004, Vice
                                       President and
                                       Sr. Portfolio
                                       Manager, Charles
                                       Schwab
                                       Investment
                                       Management, Inc.

JEFFREY M. MORTIMER  Officer of        Senior Vice           N/A
1963                 Schwab Capital    President and
(Senior Vice         Trust and         Chief Investment
President and        Schwab            Officer --
Chief Investment     Investments       Equities,
Officer)             since 2004.       Charles Schwab
                                       Investment
                                       Management,
                                       Inc.; Vice
                                       President and
                                       Chief Investment
                                       Officer, Laudus
                                       Trust and Laudus
                                       Variable
                                       Insurance
                                       Trust. Prior to
                                       2004, Vice

51

   NAME, YEAR OF                            PRINCIPAL
    BIRTH, AND        TERM OF OFFICE       OCCUPATIONS
 (POSITION(S) WITH    AND LENGTH OF      DURING THE PAST
    THE TRUST)        TIME SERVED 1        FIVE YEARS        OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       President and Sr.
                                       Portfolio Manager,
                                       Charles Schwab
                                       Investment
                                       Management, Inc.

TRUSTEE COMMITTEES

The Board of Trustees has established certain committees and adopted Committee charters with respect to those committees, each as described below:

- The Audit and Compliance Committee (formerly the Audit/Portfolio Compliance Committee) has oversight responsibility for the integrity of the Trusts' financial reporting processes and compliance policies, procedures and processes, and for each Trust's overall system of internal controls. This Committee is comprised of at least four Independent Trustees. Currently, Messrs. Hasler, Holmes, Wilsey and Ms. Byerwalter are members of this Committee. The charter directs that the Committee must meet four times annually, with additional meetings as the Committee deems appropriate. The Committee met 4 times during the most recent fiscal year.

- The primary purpose of the Governance Committee is to review and make recommendations to the Board regarding Trust governance-related matters, including but not limited to Board compensation practices, retirement policies and term limits, Board self-evaluations, the effectiveness and allocation of assignments and functions by the Board, the composition of committees of the Board, and the training of Trustees. The Committee is also responsible for selecting and nominating candidates to serve as trustees. There are no specific procedures in place to consider nominees recommended by shareholders, but such nominees would be considered if such nominations were submitted in accordance with Rule 14a-8 of the 1934 Act in conjunction with a shareholder meeting to consider the election of Trustees. This Committee is comprised of at least three Independent Trustees. Currently, Messrs. Dorward, Hasler and Holmes and Ms. Byerwalter are members of this Committee. The charter directs that the Committee meets at such times and with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. The Committee did not meet during the most recent fiscal year.

- The primary purpose of the Investment Oversight Committee is to oversee the investment activities of each Trust. This Committee is comprised of at least three Independent Trustees. Currently, Messrs. Smith, Stephens and Wilsey are members of this Committee. The charter directs that the Committee meets at such times and with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. The committee did not meet during the most recent fiscal year.

- The primary purposes of the Marketing, Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Committee are to review matters relating to the marketing of the funds' shares; to oversee the quality and cost of shareholder services provided to the Trusts and their shareholders pursuant to the shareholder servicing and/or administrative service plans; and to oversee the Trusts' distribution-related arrangements, including the distribution-related services provided to the Trusts and their shareholders. This Committee is comprised of at least three Independent Trustees. Currently, Messrs. Dorward, Smith and Stephens are members of this Committee. The charter directs that the Committee meets at such times and with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. The committee did not meet during the most recent fiscal year.

52

TRUSTEE COMPENSATION

The following table provides trustee compensation for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2005. This information is for the fund complex, which included 68 funds as of October 31, 2005.

                                    ($)               Pension or
                           Aggregate Compensation     Retirement        ($)
                                    From:              Benefits        Total
                            Schwab                    Accrued as    Compensation
                           Capital        Schwab     Part of Fund    from Fund
 Name of Trustee            Trust      Investments     Expenses       Complex
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab                0             0         N/A                0
Randall W. Merk                  0             0         N/A                0
Mariann Byerwalter         $33,113       $24,425         N/A         $223,026
Donald F. Dorward          $33,113       $24,425         N/A         $168,025
William A. Hasler          $35,090       $25,886         N/A         $233,026
Robert G. Holmes           $33,113       $24,425         N/A         $168,025
Gerald B. Smith            $33,113       $24,425         N/A         $168,025
Donald R. Stephens         $33,113       $24,425         N/A         $168,025
Michael W. Wilsey          $31,900       $23,501         N/A         $161,800

53

SECURITIES BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH TRUSTEE

The following tables provide each Trustee's equity ownership of a fund and ownership of all registered investment companies overseen by each Trustee in the Family of Investment Companies as of December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2005, the Family of Investment Companies included 57 funds.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Dollar Range of Trustee
                                               Ownership of the:
                                                                                         Aggregate Dollar Range of
                                                         Schwab           Schwab          Trustee Ownership in the
                               Schwab Financial       Health Care        Technology        Family of Investment
Name of Trustee                Services Fund TM        Fund TM            Fund TM                Companies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab                     None               None               None             Over $100,000
Randall W. Merk                       None               None               None             Over $100,000
Mariann Byerwalter                    None               None               None             Over $100,000
Donald F. Dorward                     None               None               None             Over $100,000
William A. Hasler                     None               None               None             Over $100,000
Robert G. Holmes                      None               None               None             Over $100,000
Gerald B. Smith                       None               None         $10,001-$50,000        Over $100,000
Donald R. Stephens                    None               None               None             Over $100,000
Michael W. Wilsey                     None               None               None             Over $100,000

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Dollar Range of Trustee
                                               Ownership of the:
                                                                                         Aggregate Dollar Range of
                                                                                          Trustee Ownership in the
                             Schwab Hedged       Schwab Core Equity       Schwab S&P       Family of Investment
Name of Trustee              Equity Fund TM           Fund TM           500 Index Fund           Companies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab           $10,001-$50,000         Over $100,000        Over $100,000           Over $100,000
Randall W. Merk                   None                  None                  None               Over $100,000
Mariann Byerwalter                None                  None                  None               Over $100,000
Donald F. Dorward                 None                  None                  None               Over $100,000
William A. Hasler                 None                  None                  None               Over $100,000
Robert G. Holmes                  None                  None                  None               Over $100,000
Gerald B. Smith                   None             $10,001-$50,000            None               Over $100,000
Donald R. Stephens                None                  None                  None               Over $100,000
Michael W. Wilsey                 None             $10,001-$50,000       Over $100,000           Over $100,000

54

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Dollar Range of Trustee
                                               Ownership of the:
                                                                                         Aggregate Dollar Range of
                                                                        Schwab Total      Trustee Ownership in the
                             Schwab 1000             Schwab Small-      Stock Market       Family of Investment
Name of Trustee             Index(R) Fund          Cap Index Fund(R)    Index Fund(R)            Companies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab             Over $100,000        Over $100,000       Over $100,000           Over $100,000
Randall W. Merk                   None                  None                None               Over $100,000
Mariann Byerwalter           $10,001-$50,000            None                None               Over $100,000
Donald F. Dorward           $50,001-$100,000            None                None               Over $100,000
William A. Hasler             Over $100,000             None                None               Over $100,000
Robert G. Holmes            $50,001-$100,000            None                None               Over $100,000
Gerald B. Smith                   None                  None                None               Over $100,000
Donald R. Stephens                None                  None                None               Over $100,000
Michael W. Wilsey                 None                  None                None               Over $100,000

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Dollar Range of Trustee
                                               Ownership of the:
                                                                                         Aggregate Dollar Range of
                                  Schwab               Schwab                             Trustee Ownership in the
                              International         Dividend Equity    Schwab Small-Cap    Family of Investment
 Name of Trustee              Index Fund(R)            Fund TM         Equity Fund TM            Companies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab             Over $100,000        Over $100,000       Over $100,000          Over $100,000
Randall W. Merk               Over $100,000            None                 None              Over $100,000
Mariann Byerwalter                 None                None                 None              Over $100,000
Donald F. Dorward                  None                None                 None              Over $100,000
William A. Hasler                  None                None                 None              Over $100,000

55

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Dollar Range of Trustee
                                               Ownership of the:
                                                                                         Aggregate Dollar Range of
                                  Schwab               Schwab                             Trustee Ownership in the
                              International         Dividend Equity    Schwab Small-Cap    Family of Investment
 Name of Trustee              Index Fund(R)            Fund TM         Equity Fund TM            Companies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert G. Holmes                   None                None                 None              Over $100,000
Gerald B. Smith                    None                None                 None              Over $100,000
Donald R. Stephens                 None                None                 None              Over $100,000
Michael W. Wilsey                  None                None                 None              Over $100,000

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Dollar Range of Trustee
                                               Ownership of the:

                                Schwab                                                   Aggregate Dollar Range of
                             Institutional                                                Trustee Ownership in the
                            Select S&P 500        Schwab Large-       Schwab Premier       Family of Investment
Name of Trustee                  Fund            Cap Growth Fund       Equity Fund               Companies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab                None           Over $100,000        Over $100,000          Over $100,000
Randall W. Merk                  None          $10,001-$50,000      $10,001-$50,000         Over $100,000
Mariann Byerwalter               None                None                None               Over $100,000
Donald F. Dorward                None                None                None               Over $100,000
William A. Hasler                None                None                None               Over $100,000
Robert G. Holmes                 None                None                None               Over $100,000
Gerald B. Smith                  None                None            $1 - $10,000           Over $100,000
Donald R. Stephens               None                None                None               Over $100,000
Michael W. Wilsey                None                None                None               Over $100,000

56

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Dollar Range of Trustee
                                               Ownership of the:

                                Schwab               Schwab              Schwab          Aggregate Dollar Range of
                             MarketTrack All       MarketTrack         MarketTrack        Trustee Ownership in the
                                Equity               Growth             Balanced           Family of Investment
Name of Trustee              Portfolio TM         Portfolio TM        Portfolio TM               Companies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab           Over $100,000        Over $100,000            None             Over $100,000
Randall W. Merk             Over $100,000             None                None             Over $100,000
Mariann Byerwalter               None                 None                None             Over $100,000
Donald F. Dorward                None           $10,001-$50,000           None             Over $100,000
William A. Hasler                None                 None                None             Over $100,000
Robert G. Holmes                 None                 None                None             Over $100,000
Gerald B. Smith                  None                 None                None             Over $100,000
Donald R. Stephens               None                 None                None             Over $100,000
Michael W. Wilsey                None                 None                None             Over $100,000

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Dollar Range of Trustee
                                          Ownership of the:
                                                                             Aggregate Dollar Range of
                                                                              Trustee Ownership in the
                                    Schwab MarketTrack Conservative            Family of Investment
Name of Trustee                             Portfolio TM                             Companies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab                           $10,001-$50,000                        Over $100,000
Randall W. Merk                                  None                              Over $100,000
Mariann Byerwalter                               None                              Over $100,000
Donald F. Dorward                                None                              Over $100,000
William A. Hasler                                None                              Over $100,000
Robert G. Holmes                                 None                              Over $100,000
Gerald B. Smith                                  None                              Over $100,000
Donald R. Stephens                               None                              Over $100,000
Michael W. Wilsey                                None                              Over $100,000

57

                    Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the:
                                                                                                Aggregate Dollar Range of
                                                                                                   Trustee Ownership in the
                                                                                  Retirement        Family of Investment
 Name of Trustee     2010 Fund      2020 Fund      2030 Fund       2040 Fund      Income Fund           Companies 5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab    None           None           None            None           None                 Over $100,000
Randall W. Merk      None           None           None            None           None                 Over $100,000
Mariann Byerwalter   None           None           None            None           None                 Over $100,000
Donald F. Dorward    None           None           None            None           None                 Over $100,000
William A. Hasler    None           None           None            None           None                 Over $100,000
Robert G. Holmes     None           None           None            None           None                 Over $100,000
Gerald B. Smith      None           None           None            None           None                 Over $100,000
Donald R. Stephens   None           None           None            None           None                 Over $100,000
Michael W. Wilsey    None           None           None            None           None                 Over $100,000

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Independent Trustees may enter into a fee deferral plan. Under this plan, deferred fees will be credited to an account established by the trust as of the date that such fees would have been paid to the trustee. The value of this account will equal the value that the account would have if the fees credited to the account had been invested in the shares of Schwab Funds(R) selected by the trustee. Currently, none of the Independent Trustees has elected to participate in this plan.

CODE OF ETHICS

The funds, their investment adviser and Schwab have adopted a Code of Ethics
(Code) as required under the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions or restrictions, the Code permits the trustees, directors, officers or advisory representatives of the funds or the investment adviser or the directors or officers of Schwab to buy or sell directly or indirectly securities for their own accounts. This includes securities that may be purchased or held by the funds. Securities transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of the investment adviser's Chief Compliance Officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting and review requirements.


5 For the purposes of this table, the term "Family of Investment Companies" includes The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Capital Trust, Laudus Trust and Laudus Variable Insurance Trust, which consisted of 68 funds as of December 31, 2005.

58

DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

Charles Schwab Investment Management ("CSIM"), as an investment adviser, is generally responsible for voting proxies with respect to the securities held in accounts of investment companies for which it provides discretionary investment management services. CSIM's Proxy Committee exercises and documents CSIM's responsibility with regard to voting of client proxies (the "Proxy Committee"). The Proxy Committee is composed of representatives of CSIM's Compliance, Fund Administration, Legal and Portfolio Management Departments, and chaired by CSIM's Chief Investment Officer. The Chairman of the Committee may appoint the remaining members of the Committee. The Proxy Committee reviews and, as necessary, may amend periodically these Procedures to address new or revised proxy voting policies or procedures. The policies stated in these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures (the "CSIM Proxy Procedures") pertain to all of CSIM's clients.

The Boards of Trustees (the "Trustees") of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios (collectively, the "Funds" or "SchwabFunds") has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements. The Trustees have adopted these Proxy Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various SchwabFunds portfolios. CSIM will present amendments to the Trustees for approval. However, there may be circumstances where the Proxy Committee deems it advisable to amend the Proxy Procedures between regular SchwabFunds Board meetings. In such cases, the Trustees will be asked to ratify any changes at the next regular meeting of the Board.

To assist CSIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, CSIM has retained Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. ISS is an independent company that specializes in providing a variety of proxy-related services to institutional investment managers, plan sponsors, custodians, consultants, and other institutional investors. The services provided by ISS include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping.

PROXY VOTING POLICY

For investment companies and other clients for which CSIM exercises its responsibility for voting proxies, it is CSIM's policy to vote proxies in the manner that CSIM and the Proxy Committee determine will maximize the economic benefit to CSIM's clients. In furtherance of this policy, the Proxy Committee has received and reviewed ISS's written proxy voting policies and procedures ("ISS's Proxy Procedures") and has determined that ISS's Proxy Procedures are consistent with the CSIM Proxy Procedures and CSIM's fiduciary duty with respect to its clients. The Proxy Committee will review any material amendments to ISS's Proxy Procedures to determine whether such procedures continue to be consistent with the CSIM Proxy Voting Procedures, and CSIM's fiduciary duty with respect to its clients.

Except under the circumstances described below, the Proxy Committee will delegate to ISS responsibility for voting proxies, including timely submission of votes, on behalf of CSIM's clients in accordance with ISS's Proxy Procedures.

For proxy issues that are not addressed by ISS's Proxy Procedures or are determined by the Proxy Committee or the applicable portfolio manager or other relevant portfolio management staff to raise significant concerns with respect to the accounts of CSIM clients, the Proxy Committee will review the analysis and recommendation of ISS. Examples of factors that could cause a matter to raise significant concerns include, but are not limited to: issues whose outcome has the potential to materially affect the

59

company's industry, or regional or national economy, and matters which involve broad public policy developments which may similarly materially affect the environment in which the company operates. The Proxy Committee also will solicit input from the assigned portfolio manager and other relevant portfolio management staff for the particular portfolio security. After evaluating all such recommendations, the Proxy Committee will decide how to vote the shares and will instruct ISS to vote consistent with its decision. The Proxy Committee has the ultimate responsibility for making the determination of how to vote the shares in order to maximize the value of that particular holding.

With respect to proxies of an affiliated mutual fund, the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the fund (i.e., "echo vote"), unless otherwise required by law. When required by law, the Proxy Committee will also "echo vote" proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund. For example, certain exemptive orders issued to the SchwabFunds by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, require the SchwabFunds, under certain circumstances, to "echo vote" proxies of registered investment companies that serve as underlying investments of the SchwabFunds. When not required to "echo vote," the Proxy Committee will delegate to ISS responsibility for voting proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund in accordance with ISS's Proxy Procedures.

Conflicts of Interest. Except as described above for proxies of mutual funds, for proxy issues that present material conflicts of interest between CSIM, and/or any of its affiliates, and CSIM's clients, CSIM will delegate to ISS responsibility for voting such proxies in accordance with ISS's Proxy Procedures. The CSIM Legal Department is responsible for developing procedures to identify material conflicts of interest.

Voting Foreign Proxies. CSIM has arrangements with ISS for voting proxies. However, voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign securities may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost than voting proxies with respect to domestic securities, due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting. Problems voting foreign proxies may include the following:

- proxy statements and ballots written in a foreign language;

- untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;

- restrictions of foreigner's ability to exercise votes;

- requirements to vote proxies in person;

- the imposition of restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting;

- requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate CSIM's voting instructions.

In consideration of the foregoing issues, ISS uses its best-efforts to vote foreign proxies. As part of its ongoing oversight, the Proxy Committee will monitor the voting of foreign proxies to determine whether all reasonable steps are taken to vote foreign proxies. If the Proxy Committee determines that the cost associated with the attempt to vote outweighs the potential benefits clients may derive from voting, the Proxy Committee may decide not to attempt to vote.

Sub-Advisory Relationships. For investment companies or other clients that CSIM has delegated day-to-day investment management responsibilities to an investment adviser, CSIM may delegate its responsibility to vote proxies with respect to such investment companies' or other clients' securities. Each Sub-adviser to whom proxy voting responsibility has been delegated will be required to review all proxy solicitation material and to exercise the voting rights associated with the securities as it has been allocated in the best interest of each investment company and its shareholders, or other client. Prior to

60

delegating the proxy voting responsibility, CSIM will review each sub-adviser's proxy voting policy to ensure that each Sub-adviser's proxy voting policy is generally consistent with the maximization of economic benefits to the investment company or other client.

REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION

CSIM will maintain, or cause ISS to maintain, records which identify the manner in which proxies have been voted (or not voted) on behalf of CSIM clients. CSIM will comply with all applicable rules and regulations regarding disclosure of its or its clients proxy voting records and procedures.

CSIM will retain all proxy voting materials and supporting documentation as required under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

PROXY COMMITTEE QUORUM

Attendance by four members (or their respective designates) constitutes a quorum.

CONCISE SUMMARY OF ISS U.S. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Effective for meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2006

1. AUDITORS

RATIFYING AUDITORS

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless:

- An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

- There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's financial position; or

- Fees for non-audit services are excessive.

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

VOTING ON DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN UNCONTESTED ELECTIONS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees, examining, but not limited to, the following factors:

- Composition of the board and key board committees;

- Attendance at board and committee meetings;

- Corporate governance provisions and takeover activity;

- Disclosures under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

- Long-term company performance relative to a market and peer index;

- Extent of the director's investment in the company;

- Existence of related party transactions;

- Whether the chairman is also serving as CEO;

- Whether a retired CEO sits on the board;

- Number of outside boards at which a director serves.

WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

- Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse (such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company);

- Sit on more than six public company boards;

- Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own (withhold only at their outside boards).

WITHHOLD from the entire board (except for new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) if:

61

- The company's poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand feature. Withhold every year until this feature is removed;

- The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval since the beginning of 2005, does not commit to putting it to shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote and has not yet been withheld from for this issue;

- The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year;

- The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years;

- The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares;

- At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold rate;

- A Russell 3000 company underperformed its industry group (GICS group). The test will consist of the bottom performers within each industry group (GICS) based on a weighted average TSR. The weightings are as follows: 20 percent weight on 1-year TSR; 30 percent weight on 3-year TSR; and 50 percent weight on 5-year TSR. Company's response to performance issues will be considered before withholding.

WITHHOLD from inside directors and affiliated outside directors when:

- The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

- The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

- The full board is less than majority independent.

WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

- The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive;

- A material weakness identified in the Section 404 disclosures rises to a level of serious concern; there are chronic internal control issues and an absence of established effective control mechanisms.

WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee if:

- There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance;

- The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

- The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment they made to shareholders;

- The company has poor compensation practices.

WITHHOLD from directors, individually or the entire board, for egregious actions or failure to replace management as appropriate.

CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION OF THE BOARD

Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board. Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

INDEPENDENT CHAIR (SEPARATE CHAIR/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring the position of chair be filled by an independent director unless there are compelling reasons to recommend against the proposal, such as a counterbalancing governance structure. This should include all of the following:

- Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.);

- Two-thirds independent board;

62

- All-independent key committees;

- Established governance guidelines;

- The company does not under-perform its peers.

MAJORITY VOTE SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

Generally vote FOR reasonably crafted shareholders proposals calling for directors to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast and/or the elimination of the plurality standard for electing directors (including binding resolutions requesting that the board amend the company's bylaws), provided the proposal includes a carve-out for a plurality voting standard when there are more director nominees than board seats (e.g., contested elections). Consider voting AGAINST the shareholder proposal if the company has adopted a formal corporate governance policy that present a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and provide an adequate response to both new nominees as well as incumbent nominees who fail to receive a majority of votes cast.

At a minimum, a company's policy should articulate the following elements to adequately address each director nominee who fails to receive an affirmative of majority of votes cast in an election:

- Established guidelines disclosed annually in the proxy statement concerning the process to follow for nominees who receive majority withhold votes;

- The policy needs to outline a clear and reasonable timetable for all decision-making regarding the nominee's status;

- The policy needs to specify that the process of determining the nominee's status will be managed by independent directors and must exclude the nominee in question;

- An outline of a range of remedies (for example, acceptance of the resignation, maintaining the director but curing the underlying causes of the withheld votes, etc.);

- The final decision on the nominee's status should be promptly disclosed via an SEC filing. The policy needs to include the timeframe for disclosure and require a full explanation of how the decision was reached.

In addition, the company should articulate to shareholders why its policy is the best structure for demonstrating accountability to shareholders.

3. PROXY CONTESTS

VOTING FOR DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN CONTESTED ELECTIONS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

- Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

- Management's track record;

- Background to the proxy contest;

- Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

- Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

- Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

- Stock ownership positions.

REIMBURSING PROXY SOLICITATION EXPENSES

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

63

4. TAKEOVER DEFENSES

POISON PILLS

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

- Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

- The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e. the "fiduciary out" provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within twelve months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for poison pills to be put to a vote within a time period of less than one year after adoption. If the company has no non-shareholder approved poison pill in place and has adopted a policy with the provisions outlined above, vote AGAINST the proposal. If these conditions are not met, vote FOR the proposal, but with the caveat that a vote within twelve months would be considered sufficient.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

- No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

- A term of no more than three years;

- No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

- Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, ten percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

SUPERMAJORITY VOTE REQUIREMENTS

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote. Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

5. MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS

For mergers and acquisitions, evaluate the proposed transaction based on these factors:

- Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

- Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal?

- Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

- Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm's length? Was the process fair and equitable?

- Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests.

- Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the parties to the transaction?

64

6. STATE OF INCORPORATION

REINCORPORATION PROPOSALS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to change a company's state of incorporation, taking into consideration both financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, comparative economic benefits, and a comparison of the jurisdictional laws. Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

7. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

COMMON STOCK AUTHORIZATION

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance using a model developed by ISS. Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a company's shares are in danger of being de-listed or if a company's ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain. In addition, for capital requests less than or equal to 300 percent of the current authorized shares that marginally fail the calculated allowable cap (i.e., exceed the allowable cap by no more than 5 percent), on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote FOR the increase based on the company's performance and whether the company's ongoing use of shares has shown prudence.

ISSUE STOCK FOR USE WITH RIGHTS PLAN

Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

PREFERRED STOCK

Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights ("blank check" preferred stock). Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.

Vote FOR proposals to create "de-clawed" blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense). Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable. Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a company's industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.

8. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the plan if:

- The total cost of the company's equity plans is unreasonable;

- The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options without prior shareholder approval;

- There is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company's performance;

- The company's three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2 percent and the mean plus 1 standard deviation of its industry group; or

- The plan is a vehicle for poor pay practices.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on the cost of the plans against the company's allowable cap. Vote for the plan if ALL of the following qualitative factors in the board's compensation plan are met and disclosed in the proxy statement:

65

- Stock ownership guidelines with a minimum of three times the annual cash retainer.

- Vesting schedule or mandatory holding/deferral period:

- A minimum vesting of three years for stock options or restricted stock; or

- Deferred stock payable at the end of a three-year deferral period.

- A balanced mix between cash and equity. If the mix is heavier on equity, the vesting schedule or deferral period should be more stringent, with the lesser of five years or the term of directorship.

- No retirement/benefits and perquisites for non-employee directors; and

- A table with a detailed disclosure of the cash and equity compensation for each non-employee director for the most recent fiscal year.

DISCLOSURE OF CEO COMPENSATION-TALLY SHEET

Companies should provide better and more transparent disclosure related to CEO pay. Consider withhold votes in the future from the compensation committee and voting against equity plans if compensation disclosure is not improved and a tally sheet is not provided.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS--QUALIFIED PLANS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR plans if:

- Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

- Offering period is 27 months or less; and

- The number of shares allocated to the plan is ten percent or less of the outstanding shares.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS--NON-QUALIFIED PLANS

Vote CASE-by-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR plans with:

- Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);

- Limits on employee contribution (a fixed dollar amount or a percentage of base salary);

- Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee's contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value;

- No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.

OPTION EXCHANGE PROGRAMS/RE-PRICING OPTIONS

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration historic trading patterns, rationale for the re-pricing, value-for-value exchange treatment of surrendered options, option vesting, term of the option, exercise price and participation. Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option re-pricing to a shareholder vote.

SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS FOR EXECUTIVES/GOLDEN PARACHUTES

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to require golden parachutes or executive severance agreements to be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts. Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include:

- A trigger beyond the control of management;

- The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs;

- Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in the company's ownership structure has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control.

66

9. CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

ANIMAL RIGHTS

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing unless:

- The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary or not required by regulation;

- The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are accepted and used at peer firms;

- The company has been the subject of recent, significant controversy related to its testing programs.

Generally vote FOR proposals seeking a report on the company's animal welfare standards.

DRUG PRICING AND RE-IMPORTATION

Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing. Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting that the company evaluate their product pricing considering:

- The existing level of disclosure on pricing policies;

- Deviation from established industry pricing norms;

- The company's existing initiatives to provide its products to needy consumers;

- Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions.

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting that companies report on the financial and legal impact of their policies regarding prescription drug re-importation unless such information is already publicly disclosed.
Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug re-importation.

GENETICALLY MODIFIED FOODS

Vote AGAINST proposals asking companies to voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in their products or alternatively to provide interim labeling and eventually eliminate GE ingredients due to the costs and feasibility of labeling and/or phasing out the use of GE ingredients.

TOBACCO

Most tobacco-related proposals (such as on second-hand smoke, advertising to youth and spin-offs of tobacco-related business) should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

TOXIC CHEMICALS

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company discloses its policies related to toxic chemicals. Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions requesting that companies evaluate and disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing certain chemicals.

Generally vote AGAINST resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its products within a certain timeframe unless such actions are required by law in specific markets.

ARCTIC NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE

Generally vote AGAINST request for reports outlining potential environmental damage from drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (ANWR) unless:

- New legislation is adopted allowing development and drilling in the ANWR region;

- The company intends to pursue operations in the ANWR; and

- The company has not disclosed an environmental risk report for its ANWR operations.

67

CONCENTRATED AREA FEEDING OPERATIONS (CAFOS)

Vote FOR resolutions requesting that companies report to shareholders on the risks and liabilities associated with CAFOs unless:

- The company has publicly disclosed guidelines for its corporate and contract farming operations, including compliance monitoring; or

- The company does not directly source from CAFOs.

GLOBAL WARMING AND KYOTO PROTOCOL COMPLIANCE

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas emissions from company operations and/or products unless this information is already publicly disclosed or such factors are not integral to the company's line of business. Generally vote AGAINST proposals that call for reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by specified amounts or within a restrictive time frame unless the company lags industry standards and has been the subject of recent, significant fines or litigation resulting from greenhouse gas emissions.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that companies outline their preparations to comply with standards established by Kyoto Protocol signatory markets unless:

- The company does not maintain operations in Kyoto signatory markets;

- The company already evaluates and substantially discloses such information; or,

- Greenhouse gas emissions do not significantly impact the company's core businesses.

POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to improve the disclosure of a company's political contributions considering: any recent significant controversy or litigation related to the company's political contributions or governmental affairs; and the public availability of a policy on political contributions. Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political contributions.

LINK EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TO SOCIAL PERFORMANCE

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to review ways of linking executive compensation to social factors, such as corporate downsizings, customer or employee satisfaction, community involvement, human rights, environmental performance, predatory lending, and executive/employee pay disparities.

OUTSOURCING/OFFSHORING

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing, considering: the risks associated with certain international markets; the utility of such a report; and the existence of a publicly available code of corporate conduct that applies to international operations.

HUMAN RIGHTS REPORTS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports detailing the company's operations in a particular country and on proposals to implement certain human rights standards at company facilities or those of its suppliers and to commit to outside, independent monitoring.

10. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.

68

CONVERTING CLOSED-END FUND TO OPEN-END FUND

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

- Past performance as a closed-end fund;

- Market in which the fund invests;

- Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

- Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

ESTABLISH DIRECTOR OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENT

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

REIMBURSE SHAREHOLDER FOR EXPENSES INCURRED

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote FOR the reimbursement of the solicitation expenses.

TERMINATE THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to terminate the investment advisor, considering the following factors:

- Performance of the fund's net asset value;

- The fund's history of shareholder relations;

The performance of other funds under the advisor's management.

Funds' Proxy Voting Records

The Trusts are required to disclose annually each fund's complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. The funds' proxy voting record for the most recent 12 month period ended June 30th is available by visiting the Schwab website at www.schwab.com/schwabfunds. A fund's Form N-PX is also available on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of February 21, 2006 the officers and trustees of the trusts, as a group owned, of record directly or beneficially, less than 1% of the outstanding voting securities of the funds except with respect to the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund and the Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund, the group owned 2.30% and 1.25% of each fund, respectively.

As of February 15, 2006 the following represents persons or entities that owned, of record or beneficially, more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of any class of each fund:

SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND

Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Fund             120 Kearny Street,                  17.33%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Fund               120 Kearny Street,                  9.17%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Fund                 120 Kearny Street,                  16.32%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Charles Schwab Trust Company                   1 Montgomery Street, 7th Floor,     11.58%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX FUND

Charles Schwab Trust Company                   1 Montgomery Street, 7th Floor,     59.62%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
SCHWAB 1000 INDEX FUND

Charles Schwab Trust Company                   1 Montgomery Street, 7th Floor,     13.53%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
SCHWAB SMALL CAP INDEX FUND

Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio        120 Kearny Street,                  14.72%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio          120 Kearny Street,                  9.40%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio            120 Kearny Street,                  16.66%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Charles Schwab Trust Company                   1 Montgomery Street, 7th Floor,     11.80%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
SCHWAB MARKETTRACK CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO

Schwab Fund For Charitable Giving              120 Kearny Street,                  26.81%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Charles Schwab Trust Company                   1 Montgomery Street, 7th Floor,     14.67%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
SCHWAB MARKETTRACK BALANCED PORTFOLIO

Charles Schwab Trust Company                   1 Montgomery Street, 7th Floor,     17.22%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
SCHWAB MARKETTRACK GROWTH PORTFOLIO

Schwab Fund For Charitable Giving              120 Kearny Street,                  17.94%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Charles Schwab Trust Company                   1 Montgomery Street, 7th Floor,     8.64%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
SCHWAB INSTITUTIONAL SELECT S&P 500 FUND

Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Fund             120 Kearny Street,                  14.70%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Fund               120 Kearny Street,                  5.34%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Fund                 120 Kearny Street,                  11.21%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
Charles Schwab Trust Company                   1 Montgomery Street, 7th Floor,     19.60%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104
SCHWAB TOTAL STOCK MARKET FUND

Charles Schwab Trust Company                   1 Montgomery Street, 7th Floor,     8.18%
                                               San Francisco, CA 94104

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

INVESTMENT ADVISER

CSIM, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Charles Schwab Corporation, 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco CA 94104, serves as the funds' investment adviser and administrator pursuant to Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements (Advisory Agreement) between it and each trust. Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab), 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA 94104, is an affiliate of the investment adviser and is the trusts' distributor, shareholder services agent and transfer agent. Charles R. Schwab is the founder, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman, and Director of The Charles Schwab

69

Corporation. As a result of his ownership of and interests in The Charles Schwab Corporation, Mr. Schwab may be deemed to be a controlling person of the investment adviser and Schwab.

ADVISORY AGREEMENT

The continuation of a fund's Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually (1) by the vote of the trustees or by a vote of the shareholders of the fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment advisory agreement or "interested persons" of any party (the "Independent Trustees"), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

Each year, the Board of Trustees calls and holds a meeting to decide whether to renew the Advisory Agreement between the Trusts and CSIM with respect to existing funds in the Trusts. In preparation for the meeting, the Board requests and reviews a wide variety of materials provided by the funds' investment adviser, as well as extensive data provided by third parties, and the Independent Trustees receive advice from counsel to the Independent Trustees.

SCHWAB FINANCIAL SERVICES FUND TM, SCHWAB HEALTH CARE FUND TM AND SCHWAB TECHNOLOGY FUND TM

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab Financial Services Fund, Schwab Health Care Fund and Schwab Technology Funds, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.54% of each fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 0.515% of such net assets greater than $500 million and not in excess of $1 billion and 0.49% of such net assets over $1 billion.

Prior to February 28, 2005, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, accrued daily and payable monthly, of 0.54% of each fund's average daily net assets.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Financial Services Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $100,000, $68,000, and $20,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $19,000, $39,000, and $70,000, respectively).

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Health Care Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $1,019,000, $215,000, and $54,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $0, $9,000, and $65,000, respectively).

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Technology Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $263,000, $278,000, and $103,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $0, $1,000, and $62,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit each of Schwab Financial Services Fund's, Schwab Health Care Fund's and Schwab Technology Fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) to 1.10% through February 27, 2007.

SCHWAB EQUITY INDEX FUNDS

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.15% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 0.09% of such net assets greater than $500 million and not in excess of $5 billion, 0.08% of such net assets greater than $5 billion and not in excess of $10 billion and 0.07% of such net assets over $10 billion.

70

Prior to February 28, 2005, for its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, of 0.20% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, and 0.17% of such net assets over $500 million.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $9,147,000, $12,243,000, and $9,450,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $546,000, $1,591,000, and $1,672,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares, e.Shares and Select Shares to 0.37%, 0.28% and 0.19%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund(R), the investment adviser is entitled to receive an annual fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, of 0.18% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $1 billion, and 0.15%, of such net assets over $1 billion.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Institutional Select(R) S&P 500 Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $0, $0, and $0, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $1,516,000, $554,000, and $412,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.10% through February 27, 2007.

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.30% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 0.22% of such net assets greater than $500 million and not in excess of $5 billion, 0.20% of such net assets greater than $5 billion and not in excess of $10 billion and 0.18% of such net assets over $10 billion.

Prior to February 28, 2005, for its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab 1000 Index Fund, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, of 0.30% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million and 0.22% of such net assets over $500 million.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab 1000 Index Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $14,690,000, $14,335,000, and $11,407,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $0, $7,000, and $407,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab 1000 Index Fund's annual operating expenses (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 0.51% and 0.36%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive an annual fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, of 0.33% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, and 0.28% of such net assets over $500 million.

71

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $4,909,000, $4,817,000, and $3,832,000, respectively, (gross fees were reduced by $24,000, $139,000, and $337,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 0.60% and 0.42%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive an annual fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, of 0.30% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, and 0.22% of such net assets over $500 million.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $3,060,000, $2,739,000, and $1,527,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $0, $4,000, and $386,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 0.58% and 0.39%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab International Index Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive an annual fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, of 0.43% of the average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, and 0.38% of such net assets over $500 million.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab International Index Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $4,875,000, $4,400,000, and $3,349,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $539,000, $470,000, and $697,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab International Index Fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 0.69% and 0.50%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIOS(R)

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab MarketTrack All Equity, Conservative, Balanced and Growth Portfolios, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.44% of each portfolio's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million and 0.39% of such net assets over $500 million.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio TM paid net investment advisory fees of $889,000, $834,000, and $672,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $1,183,000, $1,165,000, and $975,000, respectively).

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio TM paid net investment advisory fees of $1,344,000, $1,231,000, and $1,027,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $1,482,000, $1,411,000, and $1,265,000, respectively).

72

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio TM paid net investment advisory fees of $1,091,000, $1,071,000, and $966,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $1,252,000, $1,254,000, and $1,137,000, respectively).

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio TM paid net investment advisory fees of $588,000, $573,000, and $518,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $742,000, $720,000, and $682,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit each of the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio's Investor Shares "net operating expenses" (excluding the impact of its investments in the underlying Schwab Funds, interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.50% through February 27, 2007.

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio's P Shares "net operating expenses" (excluding the impact of its investments in the underlying Schwab Funds, interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the P Shares to 0.35% through February 27, 2007.

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio's P Shares "net operating expenses" (excluding the impact of its investments in the underlying Schwab Funds, interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the P Shares to 0.35% through February 27, 2007.

SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND TM

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.775% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 0.77% of such net assets greater than $500 million and not in excess of $1 billion and 0.76% of such net assets over $1 billion.

Prior to February 28, 2005, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.85% of the fund's average daily net assets.

For the fiscal year ending October 31, 2005, 2004 and the period between September 2, 2003 and October 31, 2003, the Dividend Equity Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $6,415,000, $1,603,000, and $0, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $155,000, $1,661,000 and $232,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab Dividend Equity Fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.10% and 0.95%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

SCHWAB HEDGED EQUITY FUND TM

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 1.675% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 1.65% of such net assets greater than $500 million and not in excess of $1 billion and 1.63% of such net assets over $1 billion.

Prior to February 28, 2005, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, accrued daily and payable monthly, of 1.75% of the fund's average daily net assets.

73

For the fiscal years ending October 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $2,197,000, $778,000, and $506,000, respectively (fees were reduced by $88,000, $144,000, and $150,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes, certain non-routine expenses and expenses for dividends and interest paid on securities sold short) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 2.00% and 1.77%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

SCHWAB CORE EQUITY FUND TM

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab Core Equity Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.54% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million and 0.49% of such net assets over $500 million.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Core Equity Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $1,641,000, $1,069,000, and $820,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $377,000, $324,000, and $265,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab Core Equity Fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) to 0.75% through February 27, 2007.

SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND TM

For its advisory and administrative services to the Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.975% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 0.93% of such net assets greater than $500 million and not in excess of $1 billion and 0.91% of such net assets above $1 billion.

Prior to February 28, 2005, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly, of 1.05% of the fund's average daily net assets.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, and 2004 and the period between July 1, 2003 and October 31, 2003, the Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $1,151,000, $371,000 and $66,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $130,000, $153,000 and $46,000, respectively).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.30% and 1.12%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

SCHWAB PREMIER EQUITY FUND

For its advisory and administration services to the fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive an annual fee, accrued and paid monthly, of 0.91% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 0.885% of such net assets greater than $500 million and not in excess of $1 billion, and 0.86% of such net assets over $1 billion.

For the period between March 21, 2005 and October 31, 2005, the Schwab Premier Equity Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $2,075,000 (gross fees were reduced by $1,401,000).

74

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) for the Investor Shares and Select Shares(R) to 1.30% and 1.15%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

SCHWAB LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND

For its advisory and administration services to the fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive an annual fee, accrued and paid monthly, of 0.87% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 0.85% of such net assets over $500 million but not in excess of $1 billion, 0.83% of such net assets over $1 billion but not in excess of $2 billion and 0.81% of such assets over $2 billion.

For the period between October 3, 2005 and October 31, 2005, the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $16,000, (gross fees were reduced by $22,000).

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the fund's net operating expenses to 1.20% and 0.99% (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) for the Investor Shares and Select Shares(R), respectively, through February 27, 2007.

SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS

The investment adviser does not receive a fee for the services it performs for the funds. However, the investment adviser is entitled to receive an annual management fee from each of the underlying funds.

Through February 28, 2007, Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit each fund's "net operating expenses" (excluding the impact of its investments in the underlying funds and interest, taxes, and certain non-routine expenses) as shown below.

Fund                                               Net Operating Expenses

Schwab Target 2010 Fund                            0.06%
Schwab Target 2020 Fund                            0.04%
Schwab Target 2030 Fund                            0.03%
Schwab Target 2040 Fund                            0.01%
Schwab Retirement Income Fund                      0.10%

The amount of the expense caps is determined in coordination with the Board of Trustees, and the expense cap is intended to limit the effects on shareholders of expenses incurred in the ordinary operation of a fund. The expense cap is not intended to cover all fund expenses, and a fund's expenses may exceed the expense cap. For example, the expense cap does not cover investment-related expenses, such as brokerage commissions, interest and taxes, nor does it cover extraordinary or non-routine expenses, such as shareholder meeting costs.

DISTRIBUTOR

Pursuant to a Distribution Agreement, Schwab is the principal underwriter for shares of the funds and is the trusts' agent for the purpose of the continuous offering of the funds' shares. The funds pay for prospectuses and shareholder reports to be prepared and delivered to existing shareholders. Schwab pays such costs when the described materials are used in connection with the offering of shares to prospective investors and for supplemental sales literature and advertising. Schwab receives no fee under the Distribution Agreement.

75

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES AND TRANSFER AGENT

Schwab provides fund information to shareholders, including share price, shareholder ownership and account activities and distributes a fund's prospectuses, financial reports and other informational literature about a fund. Schwab maintains the office space, equipment and personnel necessary to provide these services. At its own expense, Schwab may engage third party entities, as appropriate, to perform some or all of these services.

For the services performed as transfer agent under its contract with the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund TM, Schwab Premier Equity Fund TM, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM, Schwab Core Equity Fund TM, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund TM, Schwab Financial Services Fund TM, Schwab Health Care Fund TM, and Schwab Technology Fund TM and each of the Schwab Equity Index Funds and Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios(R), Schwab is entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly from each fund or by each share class, in the amount of 0.05% of the fund's or share class' average daily net assets.

Schwab does not receive a fee from the Schwab Target Funds for the services it performs as transfer agent under its contract with the Schwab Target Funds.

For the services performed as shareholder services agent under its contract with the Schwab Core Equity Fund, Schwab Financial Services Fund, Schwab Health Care Fund and Schwab Technology Fund and each of the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios -- Investor Shares, Schwab is entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly from each fund, in the amount of 0.20% of each fund's average daily net assets. For the services performed as shareholder services agent, Schwab is entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly from the P Shares of the Schwab MarketTrack Conservative and Growth Portfolios, in the amount of 0.05% of each fund's daily net assets.

For the services performed as shareholder services agent under its contract with the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund, Schwab is entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly from each fund, in the amount of 0.05% of the fund's average daily net assets.

For the services performed as shareholder services agent under its contract with the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund(R), Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund(R), and Schwab International Index Fund(R), Schwab is entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly from each share class of each fund, in the amount of 0.20% of Investor Shares', 0.05% of Select Shares'(R) and 0.05% of e.Shares'(R) average daily net assets.

For the services performed as shareholder services agent under its contract with the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund and Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab is entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly from each share class of each fund, in the amount of 0.20% of Investor Shares' and 0.05% of Select Shares'(R) average daily net assets.

Schwab does not receive a fee for the services it performs as shareholder services agent under its contract with the Schwab Target Funds.

CUSTODIANS AND FUND ACCOUNTANTS

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40 Water Street, Boston, MA, 02109 serves as custodian for the funds listed in the table below.

76

Schwab Large-Cap Equity Fund
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund
Schwab Financial Services Fund
Schwab Health Care Fund
Schwab Technology Fund
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund
Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund
Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund
Schwab International Index Fund
Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio
Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio Schwab Target 2010 Fund
Schwab Target 2020 Fund
Schwab Target 2030 Fund
Schwab Target 2040 Fund
Schwab Retirement Income Fund

State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA, 02111, serves as custodian for the other funds and also serves as fund accountant for all funds.

The custodians are responsible for the daily safekeeping of securities and cash held or sold by the funds. The fund accountant maintains all books and records related to the funds' transactions.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The funds' independent registered public accounting firm, PricewatersCooper, LLP, audit and report on the annual financial statements of the funds and review certain regulatory reports and the funds' federal income tax return. They also perform other professional accounting, auditing, tax and advisory services when the trusts engage them to do so. Their address is 3 Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, CA 94111. The funds' audited financial statements from the funds' annual reports for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2005, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

LEGAL COUNSEL

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP serves as counsel to the Trust.

OTHER SERVICES

With respect to the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund TM, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund TM, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM, Schwab Core Equity Fund TM, Schwab Financial Services Fund TM, Schwab Health Care Fund TM and Schwab Technology Fund TM, Schwab provides the investment adviser with quantitative analyses of the relative attractiveness of stocks in which these funds might invest. These funds are designed to harness the power of the Schwab Equity Ratings TM, which evaluates stocks on the basis of a wide variety of investment criteria from four broad categories: fundamentals, valuation, momentum and risk. Specifically with regard to the Schwab Hedged

77

Equity Fund, the fund purchases from among Schwab's higher rated stocks and short stocks from among Schwab's lower rated stocks. Pursuant to an agreement between the investment adviser and Schwab, the investment adviser pays Schwab a fixed annual fee for these services.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

OTHER ACCOUNTS. Each portfolio manager (collectively referred to as the "Portfolio Managers") is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain accounts, as listed below. The accounts listed below are not subject to a performance-based advisory fee. The information below is provided as of October 31, 2005.

                     REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES
                   (THIS AMOUNT INCLUDES THE FUNDS IN
                      THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
                              INFORMATION)                 OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES          OTHER ACCOUNTS

                     NUMBER OF                               NUMBER OF                          NUMBER OF
   NAME              ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS         ACCOUNTS        TOTAL ASSETS       ACCOUNTS    TOTAL ASSETS
Jeff Mortimer           31             $52,782,321,069           0                --             3,999      $734,773,476
Larry Mano              16             $22,553,172,115           0                --             3,999      $734,773,476
Vivienne Hsu             7              $2,374,499,609           0                --             3,999      $734,773,476
Tom Brown               15             $18,601,624,568           0                --             3,999      $734,773,476
Kim Daifotis            35            $117,359,159,599           0                --                23       $17,917,642
Matthew Hastings         4              $8,058,651,922           0                --                23       $17,917,642
Steven Hung              4              $8,058,651,922           0                --                23       $17,917,642

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. A Portfolio Manager's management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with its management of a fund's investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. These other accounts include Schwab Personal Portfolio Managed Accounts and other mutual funds advised by CSIM (collectively, the "Other Managed Accounts"). The Other Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives as a fund, track the same index a fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by a fund. While the Portfolio Managers' management of Other Managed Accounts may give rise to the potential conflicts of interest listed below, CSIM does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such conflicts are material, CSIM believes it has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.

KNOWLEDGE OF THE TIMING AND SIZE OF FUND TRADES. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the Portfolio Managers' day-to-day management of a fund. Because of their positions with a fund, the Portfolio Managers know the size, timing, and possible market impact of fund trades. It is theoretically possible that the Portfolio Managers could use this information to the advantage of the Other Managed Accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a fund. However, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time. Moreover, with respect to index funds, which seek to track their benchmark index, much of this information is publicly available. When it is determined to be in the best interest of both accounts, the Portfolio Managers may aggregate trade orders for the Other Managed Accounts, excluding Schwab Personal Portfolio Managed Accounts, with those of a fund. All aggregated orders are subject to CSIM's aggregation and allocation policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that (i) a Portfolio Manager will not aggregate orders unless he or she believes such aggregation is consistent with his or her duty to seek best execution; (ii) no account will be favored over any other account; (iii) each account that participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average security price with all transaction costs shared on a pro-rata basis; and (iv) if the aggregated order cannot be executed in full, the partial execution is allocated pro-rata among the participating accounts in accordance with the size of each account's order.

78

INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the Portfolio Managers' management of a fund and Other Managed Accounts which, in theory, may allow them to allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors the Other Managed Accounts over a fund, which conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that CSIM or the Portfolio Managers receive, or expect to receive, greater compensation from their management of the Other Managed Accounts than the fund. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is CSIM's policy to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as discussed above, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with each account's investment objectives and related restrictions. For example, while the Portfolio Managers may buy for an Other Managed Account securities that differ in identity or quantity from securities bought for a fund or refrain from purchasing securities for an Other Managed Account that they are otherwise buying for a fund in an effort to outperform its specific benchmark, such an approach might not be suitable for a fund given its investment objectives and related restrictions.

COMPENSATION. Charles Schwab & Co., the trust's distributor, compensates each CSIM Portfolio Manager for his or her management of the funds. Each Portfolio Manager's compensation consists of a fixed annual ("base") salary and a discretionary bonus. The base salary is determined considering compensation payable for a similar position across the investment management industry and an evaluation of the individual Portfolio Manager's overall performance such as the portfolio manager's contribution to the firm's overall investment process, being good corporate citizens, and contributions to the firm's asset growth and business relationships. The discretionary bonus is determined in accordance with the CSIM Portfolio Management Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), which is designed to reward consistent and superior investment performance relative to established benchmarks and/or industry peer groups. The Plan is an annual incentive plan that provides quarterly advances at management's discretion based on their determination of whether funds are available under the Plan as well as factors such as the portfolio manager's contribution to the firm's overall investment process, being good corporate citizens, and contribution to the firm's asset growth and business relationships.

The Plan consists of two independent funding components: 75% of the funding is based on fund investment performance and 25% of the funding is based on Schwab's corporate performance. Funding from these two components is pooled into two separate incentive pools (one for Fixed Income portfolio managers and the second for Equity portfolio managers) and then allocated to the plan participants by CSIM senior management. This allocation takes into account fund performance as well as the portfolio manager's leadership, teamwork, and contribution to CSIM goals and objectives.

- Fund Investment Performance Funding into this Plan component is determined by fund performance relative to a Lipper Category or an established industry peer group. Peer groups are determined by the CSIM Peer Group Committee and are reviewed on a regular basis.

- For all funds except index and money market funds: A fund's investment performance ranking relative to its peer group or respective Lipper Category ("fund ranking") is determined based on its 1-year and 3-year pre-tax return before expenses. In determining a fund ranking, 75% of the weighting is based on the 3-year pre-tax performance and 25% is based on the 1-year pre-tax performance. The 1-year and 3-year performance numbers are calculated based on a calendar year.

- For money market and index funds: A money market fund's investment performance ranking ("fund ranking") is determined by its gross yield (i.e., yield before expenses) relative to its iMoney Net category on a calendar year-to-date basis. An index fund's

79

investment performance ranking ("fund ranking") is determined by the fund's tracking error (deviation from the benchmark) relative to its peer group on a calendar year-to-date basis.

A composite rating for each Portfolio Manager is then determined, based on a weighted average of all of their individual funds' rankings. The specific weight given to a fund in that calculation is determined by CSIM's senior management.

- Schwab Corporate Performance Funding into this Plan component is determined by Schwab corporate performance which is based on two financial performance measures: (1) year-to-date net revenue growth; and (2) Schwab's profit margin. The actual amount of funding into the Plan is discretionary and is determined by Schwab's senior management following the end of each quarter.

The Portfolio Managers' compensation is not based on the value of the assets held in a fund's portfolio.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. The following table shows the dollar amount range of the Portfolio Managers' "beneficial ownership" of shares of the funds they manage as of October 31, 2005. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. "Beneficial ownership" is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER       FUND                          DOLLAR RANGE OF FUND SHARES
Larry Mano              Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund     $10,001 - $50,000
Vivienne Hsu            Schwab Hedged Equity Fund-    $10,001 - $50,000
                        Investor
                        Schwab Hedged Equity Fund-    $50,000 - $100,000
                        Select
                        Schwab Premier Equity Fund    $10,001 - $50,000
                        Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund  $1 - $10,000
Thomas Brown            MarketTrack Funds             $0
Steve Hung              MarketTrack Funds             $0
Matt Hastings           MarketTrack Funds             $0

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

For reporting purposes, a fund's portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the value of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year, whichever is less, by the monthly average value of portfolio securities the fund owned during the fiscal year. When making the calculation, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less ("short-term securities") are excluded. Short positions that the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund intends to maintain for more than one year are included in the purchases and sales. Costs of covering short sales are included in purchases, and proceeds on short sales are included in sales.

A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all portfolio securities (aside from short-term securities) were sold and either repurchased or replaced once during the fiscal year.

Typically, funds with high turnover (such as 100% or more) tend to generate higher capital gains and transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions.

A fund's portfolio turnover rate is in the financial highlights table in its prospectus.

The turnover rate for the Schwab Large-Cap Equity Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund TM, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund TM, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund TM, Schwab Core Equity Fund TM, Schwab Financial Services Fund TM, Schwab Health Care Fund TM and Schwab Technology Fund TM are largely driven by the quantitative techniques used to help the funds construct their investment portfolio. The turnover rates for the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund, Schwab Core Equity Fund, Schwab Financial Services Fund, Schwab Health Care Fund and Schwab Technology Fund are largely driven by the quantitative techniques used to help the funds construct their investment portfolio. These quantitative techniques and, in particular, how they affect the portfolio managers' decisions to purchase new securities for a fund's portfolio and/or sell existing securities in a fund's portfolio are primarily responsible for the reduction in the Core Equity Fund's and Health Care Fund's portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal year ending 2005 as compared to the fiscal year ending 2004.

80

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE

The funds' Board of Trustees has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and circumstances regarding the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings information to shareholders and third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the funds' portfolio securities is in the best interests of fund shareholders, and include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the funds' shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the funds' investment adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the funds, its investment adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to such procedures, the Board has authorized the president of the funds to authorize the release of the funds' portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles.

The Board exercises on-going oversight of the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings by overseeing the implementation and enforcement of the fund's policies and procedures by the Chief Compliance Officer and by considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning any material compliance matters. The Board will receive periodic updates, at least annually, regarding entities which were authorized to be provided "early disclosure" (as defined below) of the fund's portfolio holdings information.

A complete list of each fund's portfolio holdings is published on the Schwab Funds website at www.schwab.com/schwabfunds, under "Prospectuses and Reports", typically 60-80 days after the end of each fund's fiscal quarter. The portfolio holdings information available on the Schwab Funds' website is the same that is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form N-Q or Form N-CSR. In addition, each fund's top ten holdings list is posted on the Schwab Funds website monthly, typically with a 10-day lag. In addition to the top ten holdings information, the fund also provides on the website monthly information regarding certain attributes of a portfolio investment holdings such as a portfolio's sector weightings, composition, credit quality and duration and maturity as applicable. The information on the website is publicly available to all categories of persons.

Each fund may disclose portfolio holdings information to certain persons and entities prior to and more frequently than the public disclosure of such information ("early disclosure"). The president may authorize early disclosure of portfolio holdings information to such parties at differing times and/or with different lag times provided that (a) the president of the funds determines that the disclosure is in the best interests of the funds and that there are no conflicts of interest between the fund's shareholders and fund's adviser and distributor; and (b) the recipient is, either by contractual agreement or otherwise by law, required to maintain the confidentiality of the information.

Currently, Callan Associates, Inc. receives early disclosure of portfolio holdings information. Callan Associates provides consulting services to the Committee for the Charles Schwab Employee Benefit Administrative Committee in connection with the company's 401(k) plan. Callan receives the funds' portfolio holdings on a calendar quarterly basis with a lag typically of 30 days. Neither the fund nor any other party receives compensation or other consideration from Callan Associates in connection with this arrangement. Pursuant to a confidentiality agreement entered into between Callan and the trusts, Callan is required to maintain the confidentiality of the portfolio holdings information and will not allow any of its employees or agents to use such information as a basis for trading in securities or making investment decisions or recommendations.

81

In addition, the funds' service providers including, without limitation, the investment adviser, distributor, the custodian, fund accountant, transfer agent, auditor, proxy voting service provider, pricing information venders, publisher, printer and mailing agent may receive early disclosure of portfolio holdings information as frequently as daily in connection with the services they perform for the funds. Service providers will be subject to a duty of confidentiality with respect to any portfolio holdings information whether imposed by the provisions of the service provider's contract with the trust or by the nature of its relationship with the trust.

The funds' policies and procedures prohibit the funds, the funds' investment adviser or any related party from receiving any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

The investment adviser makes decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities on behalf of the funds. The investment adviser is responsible for implementing these decisions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange or certain riskless principal transactions placed on NASDAQ are typically effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. Purchases and sales of fixed income securities may be transacted with the issuer, the issuer's underwriter, or a dealer. The funds do not usually pay brokerage commissions on purchases and sales of fixed income securities, although the price of the securities generally includes compensation, in the form of a spread or a mark-up or mark-down, which is not disclosed separately. The prices the funds pay to underwriters of newly-issued securities usually include a commission paid by the issuer to the underwriter. Transactions placed through dealers who are serving as primary market makers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. The money market securities in which the funds may invest are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes. It is expected that the cost of executing portfolio securities transactions of the funds will primarily consist of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions.

The investment adviser seeks to obtain the best execution for the funds' portfolio transactions. The investment adviser may take a number of factors into account in selecting brokers or dealers to execute these transactions. Such factors may include, without limitation, the following: execution price; brokerage commission or dealer spread; size or type of the transaction; nature or character of the markets; clearance or settlement capability; reputation; financial strength and stability of the broker or dealer; efficiency of execution and error resolution; block trading capabilities; willingness to execute related or unrelated difficult transactions in the future; order of call; ability to facilitate short selling; provision of additional brokerage or research services or products; whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive, on aggregate, prices at least as favorable as the closing prices on a given day when adherence to "market-on-close" pricing aligns with fund objectives; or whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive the volume-weighted average price (VWAP) for a security for a given trading day (or portion thereof) when the investment adviser believes that VWAP execution is in a fund's best interest. In addition, the investment adviser has incentive sharing arrangements with certain unaffiliated brokers who guarantee market-on-close pricing: on a day when such a broker executes transactions at prices better, on aggregate, than market-on-close prices, that broker may receive, in addition to his or her standard commission, a portion of the net difference between the actual execution prices and corresponding market-on-close prices for that day.

The investment adviser may cause a fund to pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers or dealers in return for brokerage or research services or products if the investment adviser believes that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. In addition to agency

82

transactions, the investment adviser may receive brokerage and research services or products in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC and other regulatory guidelines. In both instances, these services or products may include: economic, industry, or company research reports or investment recommendations; subscriptions to financial publications or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation equipment and services; research or analytical computer software and services; products or services that assist in effecting transactions, including services of third-party computer systems developers directly related to research and brokerage activities; and effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement). The investment adviser may use research services furnished by brokers or dealers in servicing all fund accounts, and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions or spreads to the broker or dealer providing such services.

The investment adviser may receive a service from a broker or dealer that has both a "research" and a "non-research" use. When this occurs, the investment adviser will make a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with fund commissions or spreads, while the investment adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the investment adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the investment adviser believes that the costs of such services may be appropriately allocated to their anticipated research and non-research uses.

The investment adviser may purchase for funds, new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the investment adviser with research services, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations permitting these types of arrangements.

The investment adviser may place orders directly with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems. Placing orders with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems may enable funds to trade directly with other institutional holders. At times, this may allow funds to trade larger blocks than would be possible trading through a single market maker.

The investment adviser may aggregate securities sales or purchases among two or more funds. The investment adviser will not aggregate transactions unless it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution for each affected fund and is consistent with the terms of the investment advisory agreement for such fund. In any single transaction in which purchases and/or sales of securities of any issuer for the account of a fund are aggregated with other accounts managed by the investment adviser, the actual prices applicable to the transaction will be averaged among the accounts for which the transaction is effected, including the account of the fund.

In determining when and to what extent to use Schwab or any other affiliated broker-dealer as its broker for executing orders for the funds on securities exchanges, the investment adviser follows procedures, adopted by the funds' Board of Trustees, that are designed to ensure that affiliated brokerage commissions (if relevant) are reasonable and fair in comparison to unaffiliated brokerage commissions for comparable transactions. The Board reviews the procedures annually and approves and reviews transactions involving affiliated brokers quarterly.

83

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS

SCHWAB FINANCIAL SERVICES FUND TM, SCHWAB HEALTH CARE FUND TM AND SCHWAB TECHNOLOGY FUND TM

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Financial Services Fund paid brokerage commissions of $12,196, $10,684, and $38,375, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Health Care Fund paid brokerage commissions of $164,489, $73,426, and $50,686, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Technology Fund paid brokerage commissions of $55,721, $102,339, and $16,329, respectively.

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK PORTFOLIOS(R)

The MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio did not pay brokerage commissions during the past three fiscal years.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Growth Portfolio, paid brokerage commissions of $2,465, $449, and $692, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Balanced Portfolio, paid brokerage commissions of $4,512, $297, and $514, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 the Conservative Portfolio, paid brokerage commissions of $302, $101, and $142, respectively.

SCHWAB EQUITY INDEX FUNDS

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund paid brokerage commissions of $256,330, $193,566, and $273,712, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund paid brokerage commissions of $53,777, $15,981, and $16,343, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund paid brokerage commissions of $199,910, $179,770, and $227,676, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund paid brokerage commissions of $508,087, $1,192,916, and $1,321,990, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund paid brokerage commissions of $20,027, $66,744, and $131,950, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab International Index Fund paid brokerage commissions of $97,795, $51,547, and $105,010, respectively.

SCHWAB CORE EQUITY FUND TM

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Schwab Core Equity Fund paid brokerage commissions of $228,044, $165,304, and $211,434, respectively.

SCHWAB HEDGED EQUITY FUND TM

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund paid brokerage commissions of $407,687, $63,395, and $52,710, respectively. The dollar amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Schwab Hedged Equity Fund in fiscal year 2005 were greater than in fiscal year 2004 primarily due to a significant increase in the fund's assets.

84

SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND TM

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the period between July 1, 2003 and October 31, 2003, the Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund paid brokerage commissions of $248,571, $102,431 and $39,865, respectively.

SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND TM

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the period between September 2, 2003 and October 31, 2003, the Schwab Dividend Equity Fund paid brokerage commissions of $267,583, $198,237 and $86,268, respectively.

SCHWAB LARGE-CAP GROWTH FUND TM

For the period between August 9, 2005 and October 31, 2005, the Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund paid brokerage commissions of $9,769.

SCHWAB PREMIER EQUITY FUND TM

For the period between March 21, 2005 and October 31, 2005, the Schwab Premier Equity Fund paid brokerage commissions of $482,178.

SCHWAB TARGET FUNDS TM

For the period between July 1, 2005 and October 31, 2005, each of the Schwab Target Funds paid no brokerage commissions.

REGULAR BROKER-DEALERS

A fund's regular broker-dealers during its most recent fiscal year are: (1) the ten broker-dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions from the fund; (2) the ten broker-dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions; and (3) the ten broker-dealers that sold the largest dollar amount of the fund's shares. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2005, certain of the funds purchased securities issued by the following regular broker-dealers:

SCHWAB FINANCIAL SERVICES FUND

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF
             Regular Broker-
                 Dealer                                  OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Technology Group, Inc.                $                     1,089,000

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK GROWTH PORTFOLIO

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF

             Regular Broker-
                 Dealer                                  OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JPMorgan Chase & Co.                             $                     1,279,000
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.                        $                       609,000

85

SCHWAB MARKETTRACK BALANCED PORTFOLIO

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF
                 Regular Broker-
                     Dealer                              OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.                        $                       408,000

SCHWAB S&P 500 INDEX FUND

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF
                 Regular Broker-
                     Dealer                              OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JPMorgan Chase & Co.                             $                    92,936,000
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.                        $                    43,572,000
Morgan Stanley                                   $                    42,691,000
Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc.                   $                    23,696,000
The Bear Stearns Cos., Inc.                      $                     8,607,000

SCHWAB 1000 INDEX(R) FUND

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF
                 Regular Broker-
                     Dealer                              OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JPMorgan Chase & Co.                             $                    64,225,000
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.                        $                    29,341,000
Morgan Stanley                                   $                    29,116,000
The Bear Stearns Cos., Inc.                      $                     5,365,000
Instinet Group, Inc.                             $                       642,000
Jefferies Group, Inc.                            $                       580,000

SCHWAB SMALL-CAP INDEX FUND

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF
                 Regular Broker-
                     Dealer                              OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Technology Group, Inc.                $                     2,516,000

SCHWAB TOTAL STOCK MARKET INDEX FUND

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF
                 Regular Broker-
                     Dealer                              OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JPMorgan Chase & Co.                             $                    10,838,000
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.                        $                     5,166,000
Morgan Stanley                                   $                     4,913,000
Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc.                   $                     2,857,000
The Bear Stearns Cos., Inc.                      $                     1,441,000
Jefferies Group, Inc.                            $                       174,000
National Financial Partners Corp.                $                       113,000

SCHWAB INTERNATIONAL INDEX FUND

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF
                 Regular Broker-
                     Dealer                              OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ABN Amro Holdings NV                             $                     7,370,000
Societe Generale, Class A                        $                     6,984,000

86

INSTITUTIONAL SELECT S&P 500 FUND

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF
                 Regular Broker-
                     Dealer                              OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JPMorgan Chase & Co.                             $                    14,569,000
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.                        $                     6,792,000
Morgan Stanley                                   $                     6,664,000
The Bear Stearns Cos., Inc.                      $                     1,348,000

SCHWAB SMALL-CAP EQUITY FUND

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF
                 Regular Broker-
                     Dealer                              OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment Technology Group, Inc.                $                     7,139,000

SCHWAB DIVIDEND EQUITY FUND

                                                  VALUE OF FUND'S HOLDINGS AS OF
                 Regular Broker-
                     Dealer                              OCTOBER 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JPMorgan Chase & Co.                             $                    13,754,000

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUSTS

Each fund, except the Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund, is a series of Schwab Capital Trust, an open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on May 7, 1993. The Schwab 1000 Index Fund is a series of Schwab Investments, an open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on October 26, 1990.

The funds may hold special shareholder meetings, which may cause the funds to incur non-routine expenses. These meetings may be called for purposes such as electing trustees, changing fundamental policies and amending management contracts. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share owned and may vote by proxy or in person. Proxy materials will be mailed to shareholders prior to any meetings, and will include a voting card and information explaining the matters to be voted upon.

The bylaws of each trust provide that a majority of shares entitled to vote shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a shareholders' meeting, except that where any provision of law, or of the Declaration of Trust or of the bylaws permits or requires that (1) holders of any series shall vote as a series, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that series entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that series, or (2) holders of any class shall vote as a class, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that class entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that class. Any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting, without the necessity of further notice. Each Declaration of Trust specifically authorizes the Board of Trustees to terminate the trust (or any of its funds) by notice to the shareholders without shareholder approval.

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the trust's obligations. Each Declaration of Trust, however, disclaims shareholder liability for the trust's acts or obligations and requires that notice of such disclaimer be

87

given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the trust or the trustees. In addition, each Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the property of an investment portfolio in which a shareholder owns or owned shares for all losses and expenses of such shareholder or former shareholder if he or she is held personally liable for the obligations of the trust solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder. Moreover, each trust will be covered by insurance, which the trustees consider adequate to cover foreseeable tort claims. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered remote, because it is limited to circumstances in which a disclaimer is inoperative and the trust itself is unable to meet its obligations. There is a remote possibility that a fund could become liable for a misstatement in the prospectus or SAI about another fund.

As more fully described in each Declaration of Trust, the trustees may each year, or more frequently, distribute to the shareholders of each series accrued income less accrued expenses and any net realized capital gains less accrued expenses. Distributions of each year's income of each series shall be distributed pro rata to shareholders in proportion to the number of shares of each series held by each of them. Distributions will be paid in cash or shares or a combination thereof as determined by the trustees. Distributions paid in shares will be paid at the net asset value as determined in accordance with the bylaws.

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION, DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS AND
PRICING OF SHARES

PURCHASING AND REDEEMING SHARES OF THE FUNDS

The funds are open each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open (business days). The NYSE's trading session is normally conducted from 9:30 a.m. Eastern time until 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday, although some days, such as in advance of and following holidays, the NYSE's trading session closes early. The following holiday closings are currently scheduled for 2006:
New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr.'s Birthday, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. While orders to buy, sell and exchange shares are typically accepted by Schwab at any time, only orders that are received in good order by a fund's transfer agent no later than the close of the NYSE's trading session will be executed that day at the fund's (or class') share price calculated that day. On any day that the NYSE closes early, the funds reserve the right to advance the time by which purchase, redemption and exchanges orders must be received by the funds' transfer agent that day in order to be executed that day at that day's share price.

As long as the funds or Schwab follow reasonable procedures to confirm that an investor's telephone or Internet order is genuine, they will not be liable for any losses the investor may experience due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. These procedures may include requiring a form of personal identification or other confirmation before acting upon any telephone or Internet order, providing written confirmation of telephone or Internet orders and tape recording all telephone orders.

Share certificates will not be issued in order to avoid additional administrative costs, however, share ownership records are maintained by Schwab.

Each Trust's Declaration of Trust provides that shares may be automatically redeemed if held by a shareholder in an amount less than the minimum required by each fund or share class. Each fund's minimum initial investments and minimum balance requirements, if any, are set forth in the prospectus. These minimums may be waived, for clients of Schwab Institutional and Schwab Corporate Services retirement plans. These minimums may also be waived for certain other investors, including trustees, officers and employees of Schwab, and for certain investment programs, including programs for

88

retirement savings, education savings, or charitable giving. Schwab may receive other compensation for providing services to these clients, investors and programs. The minimums may be changed without prior notice.

Certain investment managers, including managers in Schwab Institutional, may aggregate the investments of their underlying customer accounts for purposes of meeting the Select Shares and Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund's initial minimum investment and minimum balance requirements. In order to aggregate investments for these purposes, investment managers must purchase shares through a financial institution, such as a broker, that has been approved by the fund or its distributor and that has the capability to process purchase and redemption orders and to monitor the balances of the managers' underlying customer accounts on an aggregated basis.

As explained in more detail in the funds' prospectus, each fund that charges a redemption fee reserves the right to waive its early redemption fee for certain tax-advantaged retirement plans or charitable giving funds, certain fee-based or wrap programs, or in other circumstances when the funds' officers determine that such a waiver is in the best interest of a fund and its shareholders.

Each of the funds has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets at the beginning of such period. This election is irrevocable without the SEC's prior approval. Redemption requests in excess of these limits may be paid, in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board of Trustees may deem advisable. Payment will be made wholly in cash unless the Board of Trustees believes that economic or market conditions exist that would make such payment a detriment to the best interests of a fund. If redemption proceeds are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued as set forth in "Pricing of Shares." A redeeming shareholder would normally incur transaction costs if he or she were to convert the securities to cash.

Each fund is designed for long-term investing. Because short-term trading activities can disrupt the smooth management of a fund and increase its expenses, each fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to refuse any purchase or exchange order, or large purchase or exchange orders, including any purchase or exchange order which appears to be associated with short-term trading activities or "market timing." Because market timing decisions to buy and sell securities typically are based on an individual investor's market outlook, including such factors as the perceived strength of the economy or the anticipated direction of interest rates, it is difficult for a fund to determine in advance what purchase or exchange orders may be deemed to be associated with market timing or short-term trading activities. More information regarding the funds' policies regarding "market timing" is included in the funds' prospectus.

Shares of the funds may be held only through a Schwab account or certain financial intermediaries that have an arrangement with Schwab. If you close your Schwab account, your fund shares may be redeemed unless you first transfer them to such a financial intermediary.

In certain circumstances, shares of a fund may be purchased "in kind" (i.e., in exchange for securities, rather than for cash). The securities tendered as part of an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on the American Stock Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange, or Nasdaq. Securities accepted by the fund will be valued, as set forth in the fund's prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. The shares of the fund that are issued to the shareholder in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividend, subscription, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of the fund and must be delivered to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. A fund will not

89

accept securities in exchange for its shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the fund and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the fund's investment adviser.

EXCHANGING SHARES OF THE FUNDS

An exchange order involves the redemption of all or a portion of the shares of one Schwab Fund and the simultaneous purchase of shares of another Schwab Fund. Exchange orders must meet the minimum investment and any other requirements of the fund or class purchased. Exchange orders may not be executed between shares of Sweep Investments(R) and shares of non-Sweep Investments. Shares of Sweep Investments may be bought and sold automatically pursuant to the terms and conditions of your Schwab account agreement or by direct order as long as you meet the minimums for direct investments. In addition, different exchange policies may apply to Schwab Funds(R) that are bought and sold through third-party investment providers and the exchange privilege between Schwab Funds may not be available through third-party investment providers.

The funds and Schwab reserve certain rights with regard to exchanging shares of the funds. These rights include the right to: (i) refuse any purchase or exchange order that may negatively impact a fund's operations; (ii) refuse orders that appear to be associated with short-term trading activities; and
(iii) materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days' written notice to shareholders.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

Typically once a year, an updated prospectus will be mailed to shareholders describing each fund's investment strategies, risks and shareholder policies. Twice a year, financial reports will be mailed to shareholders describing each fund's performance and investment holdings. In order to eliminate duplicate mailings of shareholder documents, each household may receive one copy of these documents, under certain conditions. This practice is commonly called "householding." If you want to receive multiple copies, you may write or call your fund at the address or telephone number on the front of this SAI. Your instructions will be effective within 30 days of receipt by Schwab.

PRICING OF SHARES

Each business day, each share class of a fund calculates its share price, or NAV, as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). This means that NAVs are calculated using the values of a fund's portfolio securities as of the close of the NYSE. Such values are required to be determined in one of two ways: securities for which market quotations are readily available are required to be valued at current market value; and securities for which market quotations are not readily available are required to be valued at fair value using procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.

Shareholders of funds that invest in foreign securities should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the funds are closed, the value of some of a fund's securities may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund. The funds use approved pricing services to provide values for their portfolio securities. Current market values are generally determined by the approved pricing services as follows: generally securities traded on exchanges are valued at the last-quoted sales price on the exchange on which such securities are primarily traded, or, lacking any sales, at the mean between the bid and ask prices; generally securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported sales price that day, or, if no sales are reported, at the mean between the bid and ask prices. Generally securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued in accordance with the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. In addition, securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges are generally valued at the preceding closing values of such

90

securities on their respective exchanges with these values then translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate. Fixed income securities normally are valued based on valuations provided by approved pricing services. Securities may be fair valued pursuant to procedures approved by the funds' Board of Trustees when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security's primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security's primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security's value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security's primary trading market. The Board of Trustees regularly reviews fair value determinations made by the funds pursuant to the procedures.

In accordance with the 1940 Act, the underlying funds in which the MarketTrack Portfolios and Schwab Target Funds invest are valued at their respective net asset values as determined by those funds. The underlying funds that are money market funds may value their portfolio securities based on the value or amortized cost method. The other underlying funds value their portfolio securities based on market quotes if they are readily available.

TAXATION

This discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.

FEDERAL TAX INFORMATION FOR THE FUNDS

It is each fund's policy to qualify for taxation as a "regulated investment company" (RIC) by meeting the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, each fund expects to eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal income tax to which it is subject. If a fund does not qualify as a RIC under the Code, it will be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income and any net realized capital gains.

Each fund is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes and is not combined with the trust's other funds. Each fund intends to qualify as a RIC so that it will be relieved of federal income tax on that part of its income that is distributed to shareholders. In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, a fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally, net investment income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) and also must meet several additional requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of a fund's gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock or securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership; (ii) at the close of each quarter of a fund's taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of a Fund's assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (iii) at the close of each quarter of a fund's taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses if the fund owns at least 20% of the voting power of such issuers, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Certain master limited partnerships may qualify as "qualified publicly traded partnerships" for purposes of the Subchapter M diversification rules described above. In order to do so, the master limited partnership must satisfy two requirements during the taxable year. First, the interests of such partnership either must be traded on an established securities market or must be readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). Second, less than 90% of the partnership's gross income can consist of dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, or gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock securities or currencies.

The Code imposes a non-deductible excise tax on RICs that do not distribute in a calendar year (regardless of whether they otherwise have a non-calendar taxable year) an amount equal to 98% of their "ordinary income" (as defined in the Code) for the calendar year plus 98% of their net capital gain for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any undistributed amounts from prior years. The non-deductible excise tax is equal to 4% of the deficiency. For the foregoing purposes, a fund is treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year. A fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate fund investments in order to make sufficient distributions to avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the investment advisor or sub-advisor might not otherwise have chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC.

A fund's transactions in futures contracts, forward contracts, foreign currency exchange transactions, options and certain other investment and hedging activities may be restricted by the Code and are subject to special tax rules. In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to a fund, defer its losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of a fund's assets, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses or otherwise affect the character of a fund's income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Each fund will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to these transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of a fund and its shareholders.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS

The discussion of federal income taxation presented below supplements the discussion in each fund's prospectus and only summarizes some of the important federal tax considerations generally affecting shareholders of the funds. Accordingly, prospective investors (particularly those not residing or domiciled in the United States) should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of investing in the funds.

91

Any dividends declared by a fund in October, November or December and paid the following January are treated, for tax purposes, as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of the year in which they were declared. In general, distributions by a fund of investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains), if any, whether received in cash or additional shares, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A portion of these distributions may be treated as qualified dividend income (eligible for the reduced maximum rate to individuals of 15% (5% for individuals in lower tax brackets)) to the extent that a fund receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that (i) the shareholder has not held the shares of the fund on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares of a fund become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (and each fund also satisfies those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder), (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Distributions from net capital gain (if any) that are designated as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held shares of a fund. However, if you receive a capital gains dividend with respect to fund shares held for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares shall, to the extent of the capital gains dividend, be treated as a long-term capital loss. Long-term capital gains also will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Absent further legislation, the maximum 15% tax rate on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

A fund will inform you of the amount of your ordinary income dividends and capital gain distributions, if any, at the time they are paid and will advise you of their tax status for federal income tax purposes, including what portion of the distributions will be qualified dividend income, shortly after the close of each calendar year. For corporate investors in a fund, dividend distributions the fund designates to be from dividends received from qualifying domestic corporations will be eligible for the 70% corporate dividends-received deduction to the extent they would qualify if the fund were a regular corporation. Distributions by a fund also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes, and its treatment under applicable tax laws may differ from the federal income tax treatment.

A fund will be required in certain cases to withhold at the applicable withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury the withheld amount of taxable dividends paid to any shareholder who (1) fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number certified under penalty of perjury; (2) is subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly report all payments of interest or dividends; (3) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is not subject to "backup withholding;" or (4) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder's ultimate U.S. tax liability.

Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from net investment income and short-term capital gains; provided, however, that for a fund's taxable year beginning after December 31, 2004 and not beginning after December 31, 2007, interest related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding taxes. Distributions to foreign shareholders of such short-term capital gain dividends, of

92

long-term capital gains and any gains from the sale or other disposition of shares of a fund generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who either (1) meets the Code's definition of "resident alien" or (2) is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above.

Income that a MarketTrack Portfolio, Schwab Target Fund or the Schwab International Index Fund(R) receives from sources within various foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. If a MarketTrack Portfolio, Schwab Target Fund or the Schwab International Index Fund has at least 50% of its assets invested in foreign securities at the end of its taxable year, it may elect to "pass through" to its shareholders the ability to take either the foreign tax credit or the deduction for foreign taxes. Pursuant to this election, U.S. shareholders must include in gross income, even though not actually received, their respective pro rata share of foreign taxes, and may either deduct their pro rata share of foreign taxes (but not for alternative minimum tax purposes) or credit the tax against U.S. income taxes, subject to certain limitations described in Code sections 901 and 904. A shareholder who does not itemize deductions may not claim a deduction for foreign taxes. It is expected that the Schwab International Index Fund will have more than 50% of the value of its total assets at the close of its taxable year invested in foreign securities, and it will make this election. It is expected that the MarketTrack Portfolios and Schwab Target Funds will not have 50% of their assets invested in foreign securities at the close of their taxable years, and therefore will not be permitted to make this election. Also, to the extent a MarketTrack Portfolio or Schwab Target Fund invests in an underlying mutual fund that elects to pass through foreign taxes, the MarketTrack Portfolio or Schwab Target Fund will not be able to pass through the taxes paid by the underlying mutual fund. Each shareholder's respective pro rata share of foreign taxes a MarketTrack Portfolio or Schwab Target Fund pays will, therefore, be netted against its share of the MarketTrack Portfolio's or Schwab Target Fund's gross income.

The MarketTrack Portfolios, Schwab Target Funds and the Schwab International Index Fund may invest in a non-U.S. corporation, which could be treated as a passive foreign investment company (PFIC) or become a PFIC under the Code. This could result in adverse tax consequences upon the disposition of, or the receipt of "excess distributions" with respect to, such equity investments. To the extent the Schwab International Index Fund(R), Schwab Target Funds and the MarketTrack Portfolios do invest in PFICs, it may elect to treat the PFIC as a "qualified electing fund" or mark-to-market its investments in PFICs annually. In either case, the Schwab International Index Fund, Schwab Target Funds and the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolios may be required to distribute amounts in excess of realized income and gains. To the extent that the Schwab International Index Fund, Schwab Target Funds and the MarketTrack Portfolios do invest in foreign securities which are determined to be PFIC securities and are required to pay a tax on such investments, a credit for this tax would not be allowed to be passed through to the funds' shareholders. Therefore, the payment of this tax would reduce the Schwab International Index Fund's and each of the Schwab MarketTrack Portfolio's and Schwab Target Fund's economic return from its PFIC shares, and excess distributions received with respect to such shares are treated as ordinary income rather than capital gains.

Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting investments in the fund.

TAX EFFICIENCY

The Schwab 1000 Index(R) Fund and Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund employ specific investment strategies designed to minimize capital gain distributions while achieving each fund's investment objective. These strategies include selling the highest tax cost securities first, not re-balancing the

93

portfolio to reflect changes in their indexes, trading only round-lots or large blocks of securities and focusing on individual tax lots in deciding when and how to manage the realization of capital gains. In addition, the investment adviser monitors, analyzes and evaluates each of these funds' portfolio as well as market conditions to carefully manage necessary trading activity and to determine when there are opportunities to realize capital losses, which offset realized capital gains. These policies will be utilized to the extent they do not have a material effect on each fund's ability to track or match the performance of its index. They may affect the composition of a fund's index holdings as compared to the index. There can be no assurance that the investment adviser will succeed in avoiding realized net capital gains.

94

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
LAUDUS MARKETMASTERS FUNDS TM

LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND TM
LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND TM
LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND TM
LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND TM

FEBRUARY 28, 2006

The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the funds' prospectus dated February 28, 2006.

To obtain a free copy of the prospectus, please contact Schwab at 1-800-435-4000 or write to the funds at P.O. Box 3812, Englewood, CO 80155-3812. For TDD service call 1-800-345-2550. The prospectus also may be available on the Internet at: http://www.schwab.com/marketmasters.

Each fund is a series of Schwab Capital Trust ("trust"). The funds' investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. ("CSIM") acts as the "manager of managers" of the funds and, subject to approval by the funds' Board of Trustees, hires sub-advisers ("investment managers") to manage portions of the funds' assets.

The funds' audited financial statements from the funds' annual report for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2005, are incorporated by reference into this SAI. A copy of the funds' 2005 annual report is delivered with the SAI.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, SECURITIES, STRATEGIES,
RISKS AND LIMITATIONS.....................................................     2
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS...................................................    41
DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES.........................    52
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.......................    63
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES ...................................    64
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES..................................    90
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST..................................................    95
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION, DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS
AND PRICING OF SHARES.....................................................    96
TAXATION..................................................................    99
APPENDIX -- RATINGS OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES..............................   103

1

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, SECURITIES, STRATEGIES, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

Each fund's investment objective may be changed only by vote of a majority of its outstanding voting shares. A majority of the outstanding voting shares of a fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of the voting shares represented at the meeting, if more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of a fund are represented at the meeting or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting shares of a fund.

LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND TM seeks capital growth.

LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND TM seeks capital growth and income.

LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND TM seeks long-term capital appreciation.

LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND TM seeks long-term capital appreciation.

The following investment policies, securities, strategies, risks and limitations supplement those set forth in the prospectus and may be changed without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted. Also, policies and limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard, shall be measured immediately after and as a result of a fund's acquisition of such security or asset unless otherwise noted. Thus, any subsequent change in values, net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. There is no guarantee the funds will achieve their objectives.

FUND INVESTMENT POLICIES

It is the Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund's policy that, under normal circumstances, it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of U.S. companies or investments with similar economic characteristics. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. A U.S. company is a company (i) whose securities are traded on a recognized stock exchange in the United States; (ii) that, alone or on a consolidated basis, derives more than 50% or more of its annual revenue from either goods produced, sales made or services performed in the United States; or (iii) is organized or has a principal office in the United States.

It is the Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund's policy that, under normal circumstances, it will invest at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of companies with small market capitalizations or investments with similar economic characteristics, such as futures. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. Companies with small market capitalizations generally are those with market capitalizations of $2.5 billion or less, at the time of the fund's investment, but may include companies with market capitalizations of up to $5 billion so long as the purchase of those securities would not cause the average weighted market capitalization of the fund to exceed $2.5 billion at the time of the fund's investment.

It is the Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund's policy that, under normal circumstances, it will

2

invest at least 25% of its assets in equity securities or investments with similar economic characteristics and at least 25% of its assets in fixed income securities or investments with similar economic characteristics. For purposes of this policy, assets mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.

It is the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund's policy that, under normal circumstances, it will invest a substantial amount of its assets in equity securities of companies outside the United States. The fund expects to invest in companies across market capitalization ranges. The fund typically focuses on developed markets but may invest in companies from emerging markets as well.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES, STRATEGIES AND RISKS

BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES or notes are credit instruments evidencing a bank's obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. A fund will invest only in bankers' acceptances of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million.

BORROWING. A fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes; for example, a fund may borrow at times to meet redemption requests rather than sell portfolio securities to raise the necessary cash. A fund's borrowings will be subject to interest costs. Borrowing can also involve leveraging when securities are purchased with the borrowed money. Leveraging creates interest expenses that can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowed money. In addition, leveraging may magnify changes in the net asset value of a fund's shares and in its portfolio yield. A fund will earmark or segregate assets to cover such borrowings in accordance with positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). If assets used to secure a borrowing decrease in value, a fund may be required to pledge additional collateral to avoid liquidation of those assets.

Each fund may establish lines-of-credit ("lines") with certain banks by which it may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by a fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. Each fund may use the lines to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force a fund to liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to the fund's remaining shareholders. Each fund will pay a fee to the bank for using the lines.

CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT or time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. A fund will invest only in certificates of deposit of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million.

COMMERCIAL PAPER consists of short term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and other institutions to finance short term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted but sometimes may be interest bearing. Commercial paper, which also may be unsecured, is subject to credit risk.

CONCENTRATION means that substantial amounts of assets are invested in a particular industry or group of industries. Concentration increases investment exposure to industry risk. For example, the automobile industry may have a greater exposure to a single factor, such as an increase in the price of oil, which may adversely affect the sale of automobiles and, as a result, the value of the industry's securities.

3

CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS. The funds may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, the funds would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the funds would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the funds would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the funds would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

The funds may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held it its portfolio, in which case the funds would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk - that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the funds in the event of a default.

CREDIT AND LIQUIDITY supports may be employed by issuers to reduce the credit risk of their securities. Credit supports include letters of credit, insurance, total return and credit swap agreements and guarantees provided by foreign and domestic entities. Liquidity supports include puts, and demand features. Most of these arrangements move the credit risk of an investment from the issuer of the security to the support provider. Changes in the credit quality of a support provider could cause losses to a fund, and affect its share price.

DEBT SECURITIES are obligations issued by domestic and foreign entities, including governments and corporations, in order to raise money. They are basically "IOUs," but are commonly referred to as bonds or money market securities. These securities normally require the issuer to pay a fixed, variable or floating rate of interest on the amount of money borrowed ("principal") until it is paid back upon maturity.

Debt securities experience price changes when interest rates change. For example, when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise. Also, issuers tend to pre-pay their outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates. This is especially true for bonds with sinking fund provisions, which commit the issuer to set aside a certain amount of money to cover timely repayment of principal and typically allow the issuer to annually repurchase certain of its outstanding bonds from the open market or at a pre-set call price.

Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities generally will not occur. This is known as extension risk and may cause the value of debt securities to depreciate as a result of the higher market interest rates. Typically, longer-maturity securities react to interest rate changes more severely than shorter-term securities (all things being equal), but generally offer greater rates of interest.

Debt securities also are subject to the risk that the issuers will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all. This is called credit risk. Corporate debt securities ("bonds") tend to have higher credit risk generally than U.S. government debt securities. Debt instruments also may be subject to price volatility due to market perception of future interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk). Investment-grade debt securities are considered medium- or/and high-quality securities, although some still possess varying degrees of speculative characteristics and risks. Debt securities rated

4

below investment-grade are riskier, but may offer higher yields. These securities are sometimes referred to as high yield securities or "junk bonds."

The market for these securities has historically been less liquid than investment grade securities.

See the Appendix for a full description of the various ratings assigned to debt securities by various nationally recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSRO"s).

DELAYED-DELIVERY TRANSACTIONS include purchasing and selling securities on a delayed-delivery or when-issued basis. These transactions involve a commitment to buy or sell specific securities at a predetermined price or yield, with payment and delivery taking place after the customary settlement period for that type of security. When purchasing securities on a delayed-delivery basis, a fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations. Typically, no interest will accrue to the purchaser until the security is delivered. A fund will earmark or segregate appropriate liquid assets to cover its delayed-delivery purchase obligations. When a fund sells a security on a delayed-delivery basis, it does not participate in further gains or losses with respect to that security. If the other party to a delayed-delivery transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, a fund could suffer losses.

DELAYED FUNDING LOANS AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITIES. Each fund may enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect of requiring a fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the company's financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). To the extent that a fund is committed to advance additional funds, it will at all times segregate or "earmark" assets, determined to be liquid in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, in an amount sufficient to meet such commitments.

The funds may invest in delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, a fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. The funds currently intend to treat delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of the funds' limitation on illiquid investments. For a further discussion of the risks involved in investing in Loan Participations and other forms of direct indebtedness see "Loan Participations." Participation interests in revolving credit facilities will be subject to the limitations discussed in "Loan Participations." Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of a fund's investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by the fund.

DEMAND FEATURES, which may include guarantees, are used to shorten a security's effective maturity and/or enhance its creditworthiness. If a demand feature provider were to refuse to permit the feature's exercise or otherwise terminate its obligations with respect to such feature, however, the security's effective maturity may be lengthened substantially, and/or its credit

5

quality may be adversely impacted. In either event, a fund may experience an increase in share price volatility. This also could lengthen a fund's overall average effective maturity.

DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) as well as other "hybrid" forms of ADRs, including European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs), are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer. Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored. These certificates are issued by depository banks and generally trade on an established market in the United States or elsewhere. The underlying shares are held in trust by a custodian bank or similar financial institution in the issuer's home country. The depository bank may not have physical custody of the underlying securities at all times and may charge fees for various services, including forwarding dividends and interest and corporate actions. ADRs are alternatives to directly purchasing the underlying foreign securities in their national markets and currencies. However, ADRs continue to be subject to many of the risks associated with investing directly in foreign securities.

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may subject the funds to investment risks that differ in some respects from those related to investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Such risks include future adverse political and economic developments, possible imposition of withholding taxes on income, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign deposits, possible establishment of exchange controls or taxation at the source or greater fluctuation in value due to changes in exchange rates. Foreign issuers of securities often engage in business practices different from those of domestic issuers of similar securities, and there may be less information publicly available about foreign issuers. In addition, foreign issuers are, generally speaking, subject to less government supervision and regulation and different accounting treatment than are those in the United States.

Although the two types of depositary receipt facilities (unsponsored or sponsored) are similar, there are differences regarding a holder's rights and obligations and the practices of market participants. A depository may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or acquiescence of) the underlying issuer; typically, however, the depository requests a letter of non-objection from the underlying issuer prior to establishing the facility. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through voting rights to depositary receipt holders with respect to the underlying securities.

Sponsored depositary receipt facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that sponsored depositary receipts are established jointly by a depository and the underlying issuer through a deposit agreement. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders. With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts holders may bear costs such as deposit and withdrawal fees. Depositories of most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer's request.

6

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS are commonly defined to include securities or contracts whose values depend on (or "derive" from) the value of one or more other assets such as securities, currencies, or commodities. These "other assets" are commonly referred to as "underlying assets."

A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits characteristics similar to options or forward contracts. Options and forward contracts are considered to be the basic "building blocks" of derivatives. For example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately negotiated, over-the-counter (OTC) options (including caps, floors, collars, and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or forward contracts in different ways, and applying these structures to a wide range of underlying assets.

Risk management strategies include investment techniques designed to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities, manage the average duration of the portfolio or create or alter exposure to certain asset classes, such as equity, other debt or foreign securities.

In addition to the derivative instruments and strategies described in this SAI, the investment adviser or sub-adviser expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other hedging or risk management techniques. The investment adviser or sub-adviser may utilize these new derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are consistent with a fund's investment objective and permitted by a fund's investment limitations, operating policies, and applicable regulatory authorities.

DIVERSIFICATION involves investing in a wide range of securities and thereby spreading and reducing the risks of investment. Each fund is a series of an open-end investment management company. Each fund is a diversified mutual fund.

DURATION was developed as a more precise alternative to the concept of "maturity." Traditionally, a debt obligation's maturity has been used as a proxy for the sensitivity of the security's price to changes in interest rates (which is the "interest rate risk" or "volatility" of the security). However, maturity measures only the time until a debt obligation provides its final payment, taking no account of the pattern of the security's payments prior to maturity. In contrast, duration incorporates a bond's yield, coupon interest payments, final maturity, call and put features and prepayment exposure into one measure. Duration is the magnitude of the change in the price of a bond relative to a given change in market interest rates. Duration management is one of the fundamental tools used by the investment adviser and investment sub-advisers for debt portions of the portfolios.

EMERGING OR DEVELOPING MARKETS exist in countries that are considered to be in the initial stages of industrialization. The risks of investing in these markets are similar to the risks of international investing in general, although the risks are greater in emerging and developing markets. Countries with emerging or developing securities markets tend to have economic structures that are less stable than countries with developed securities markets. This is because their economies may be based on only a few industries and their securities markets may trade a small number of securities. Prices on these exchanges tend to be volatile, and securities in these countries historically have offered greater potential for gain (as well as loss) than securities of companies located in developed countries.

EQUITY SECURITIES represent ownership interests in a company, and are commonly called "stocks." Equity securities historically have outperformed most other securities, although their

7

prices can fluctuate based on changes in a company's financial condition, market conditions and political, economic or even company-specific news. When a stock's price declines, its market value is lowered even though the intrinsic value of the company may not have changed. Sometimes factors, such as economic conditions or political events, affect the value of stocks of companies of the same or similar industry or group of industries, and may affect the entire stock market.

Types of equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, ADRs, EDRs, and interests in real estate investment trusts, (for more information on real estate investment trusts, "REITs", see section entitled "Real Estate Investments Trusts").

Common stocks, which are probably the most recognized type of equity security, represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer and usually entitle the owner to voting rights in the election of the corporation's directors and any other matters submitted to the corporation's shareholders for voting, as well as to receive dividends on such stock. The market value of common stock can fluctuate widely, as it reflects increases and decreases in an issuer's earnings. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners, other debt holders and owners of preferred stock take precedence over the claims of common stock owners.

Preferred stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer but do not ordinarily carry voting rights, though they may carry limited voting rights. Preferred stocks normally have preference over the corporation's assets and earnings, however. For example, preferred stocks have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends. Preferred stocks normally pay dividends at a specified rate. However, preferred stock may be purchased where the issuer has omitted, or is in danger of omitting, payment of its dividend. Such investments would be made primarily for their capital appreciation potential. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of bond owners take precedence over the claims of preferred and common stock owners. Certain classes of preferred stock are convertible into shares of common stock of the issuer. By holding convertible preferred stock, a fund can receive a steady stream of dividends and still have the option to convert the preferred stock to common stock. Preferred stock is subject to many of the same risks as common stock and debt securities.

Convertible securities are typically preferred stocks or bonds that are exchangeable for a specific number of another form of security (usually the issuer's common stock) at a specified price or ratio. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on bonds or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. A corporation may issue a convertible security that is subject to redemption after a specified date, and usually under certain circumstances. A holder of a convertible security that is called for redemption would be required to tender it for redemption to the issuer, convert it to the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. The convertible structure allows the holder of the convertible bond to participate in share price movements in the company's common stock. The actual return on a convertible bond may exceed its stated yield if the company's common stock appreciates in value and the option to convert to common stocks becomes more valuable.

Convertible securities typically pay a lower interest rate than nonconvertible bonds of the same quality and maturity because of the convertible feature. Convertible securities are also rated below investment grade ("high yield") or are not rated, and are subject to credit risk.

Prior to conversion, convertible securities have characteristics and risks similar to nonconvertible debt and equity securities. In addition, convertible securities are often concentrated in economic

8

sectors, which, like the stock market in general, may experience unpredictable declines in value, as well as periods of poor performance, which may last for several years. There may be a small trading market for a particular convertible security at any given time, which may adversely impact market price and a fund's ability to liquidate a particular security or respond to an economic event, including deterioration of an issuer's creditworthiness.

Convertible preferred stocks are nonvoting equity securities that pay a fixed dividend. These securities have a convertible feature similar to convertible bonds, but do not have a maturity date. Due to their fixed income features, convertible securities provide higher income potential than the issuer's common stock, but typically are more sensitive to interest rate changes than the underlying common stock. In the event of a company's liquidation, bondholders have claims on company assets senior to those of shareholders; preferred shareholders have claims senior to those of common shareholders.

Convertible securities typically trade at prices above their conversion value, which is the current market value of the common stock received upon conversion, because of their higher yield potential than the underlying common stock. The difference between the conversion value and the price of a convertible security will vary depending on the value of the underlying common stock and interest rates. When the underlying value of the common stocks declines, the price of the issuer's convertible securities will tend not to fall as much because the convertible security's income potential will act as a price support. While the value of a convertible security also tends to rise when the underlying common stock value rises, it will not rise as much because their conversion value is more narrow. The value of convertible securities also is affected by changes in interest rates. For example, when interest rates fall, the value of convertible securities may rise because of their fixed income component.

Warrants are types of securities usually issued with bonds and preferred stock that entitle the holder to purchase a proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price for a specific period of time. The prices of warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying common stock. Warrants have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. If a warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and the fund will lose the purchase price it paid for the warrant and the right to purchase the underlying security.

Initial Public Offering. The funds may purchase shares issued as part of, or a short period after, a company's initial public offering ("IPOs"), and may at times dispose of those shares shortly after their acquisition. A fund's purchase of shares issued in IPOs exposes it to the risks associated with companies that have little operating history as public companies, as well as to the risks inherent in those sectors of the market where these new issuers operate. The market for IPO issuers has been volatile, and share prices of newly-public companies have fluctuated significantly over short periods of time.

Master Limited Partnerships ("MLPs") MLPs are limited partnerships in which the common units are publicly traded. MLP common units are freely traded on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market and are generally registered with the SEC. MLPs often own several properties or businesses (or own interests) that are related to real estate development and oil and gas industries, but they also may finance motion pictures, research and development and other projects. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general

9

partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role, if any, in the partnership's operations and management.

MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount ("minimum quarterly distributions"). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the minimum quarterly distribution is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the minimum quarterly distribution; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions are intended to encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership's cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results are intended to benefit all security holders of the MLP, however, such incentive distribution payments give rise to potential conflicts of interest between the common unit holders and the general partner.

MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. The funds may purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties in private placements. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to annually elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units, have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.

MLP subordinated units are typically issued by MLPs to their original sponsors, such as their founders, corporate general partners of MLPs, entities that sell assets to the MLP, and investors. Subordinated units may be purchased directly from these persons as well as newly-issued subordinated units from MLPs themselves. Subordinated units have similar voting rights as common units and are generally not publicly traded. Once the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units, including any arrearages, has been paid, subordinated units receive cash distributions up to the minimum quarterly distribution prior to any incentive payments to the MLP's general partner. Unlike common units, subordinated units do not have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units and general partner interests have priority over subordinated units. Subordinated units are typically converted into common units on a one-to-one basis after certain time periods and/or performance targets have been satisfied. The purchase or sale price of subordinated units is generally tied to the common unit price less a discount. The size of the discount varies depending on the likelihood of conversion, the length of time remaining to conversion, the size of the block purchased relative to trading volumes, and other

10

factors, including smaller capitalization partnerships or companies potentially having limited product lines, markets or financial resources, lacking management depth or experience, and being more vulnerable to adverse general market or economic development than larger more established companies.

General partner interests of MLPs are typically retained by an MLP's original sponsors, such as its founders, corporate partners, entities that sell assets to the MLP and investors. A holder of general partner interests can be liable under certain circumstances for amounts greater than the amount of the holder's investment in the general partner interest. General partner interests often confer direct board participation rights and in many cases, operating control, over the MLP. These interests themselves are not publicly traded, although they may be owned by publicly traded entities. General partner interests receive cash distributions, typically 2% of the MLP's aggregate cash distributions, which are contractually defined in the partnership agreement. In addition, holders of general partner interests typically hold incentive distribution rights, which provide them with a larger share of the aggregate MLP cash distributions as the distributions to limited partner unit holders are increased to prescribed levels. General partner interests generally cannot be converted into common units. The general partner interest can be redeemed by the MLP if the MLP unitholders choose to remove the general partner, typically with a supermajority vote by limited partner unitholders.

Additional risks involved with investing in a MLP are risks associated with the specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.

Certain MLPs are dependent on their parent companies or sponsors for a majority of their revenues. Any failure by a MLP's parents or sponsors to satisfy their payments or obligations would impact the MLP's revenues and cash flows and ability to make distributions.

EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS ("ETFs") such as Standard and Poor's Depositary Receipts ("SPDRs") Trust, are investment companies that typically are registered under the 1940 Act as open-end funds or unit investment trusts ("UITs"). ETFs are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are generally based on specific domestic and foreign market indices. Shares of an ETF may be bought and sold throughout the day at market prices, which may be higher or lower than the shares' net asset value. An "index-based ETF" seeks to track the performance of an index holding in its portfolio either the contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Because ETFs are based on an underlying basket of stocks or an index, they are subject to the same market fluctuations as these types of securities in volatile market swings. ETFs, like mutual funds, have expenses associated with their operation, including advisory fees. When a fund invests in an ETF, in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro rata portion of the ETF's expenses. As with any exchange listed security, ETF shares purchased in the secondary market are subject to customary brokerage charges.

EVENT-LINKED BONDS. Each fund may invest up to 5% of its net assets in "event-linked bonds," which are fixed income securities for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific "trigger" event, such as a hurricane, earthquake, or other physical or weather-related phenomenon. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as "catastrophe bonds." If a trigger event occurs, a fund may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. Event-linked bonds often provide for an extension of maturity to process and audit loss claims where a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. Event-linked bonds may also expose a fund to

11

certain unanticipated risks including credit risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations, and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked bonds may also be subject to liquidity risk.

FIXED TIME DEPOSITS are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. A fund will not invest in fixed time deposits, which (1) are not subject to prepayment or (2) provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits) if, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such deposits, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days and other illiquid assets.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS. All funds that may invest in foreign currency-denominated securities also may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options and may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward currency contracts ("forwards") with terms generally of less than one year. Funds may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities.

The funds may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. Each fund will earmark or segregate assets for any open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes and mark to market daily as may be required under the federal securities laws.

A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect a fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Many foreign securities markets do not settle trades within a time frame that would be considered customary in the U.S. stock market. Therefore, a fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to secure exchange rates for fund securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions do not seek to eliminate any fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities involved. Instead, the transactions simply establish a rate of exchange that can be expected when the fund settles its securities transactions in the future. Forwards involve certain risks. For example, if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of the contracts or if the value of the foreign currency changes unfavorably, the fund could sustain a loss.

Funds also may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts to protect the value of specific portfolio positions, which is called "position hedging." When engaging in position hedging, a fund may enter into forward foreign currency exchange transactions to protect against a decline in the values of the foreign currencies in which portfolio securities are denominated (or against an increase in the value of currency for securities that the fund expects to purchase).

12

Buying and selling foreign currency exchange contracts involves costs and may result in losses. The ability of a fund to engage in these transactions may be limited by tax considerations. Although these techniques tend to minimize the risk of loss due to declines in the value of the hedged currency, they tend to limit any potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of such currency. Transactions in these contracts involve certain other risks. Unanticipated fluctuations in currency prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the funds than if they had not engaged in any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation between the fund's holdings of securities denominated in a particular currency and forward contracts into which the fund enters. Such imperfect correlation may cause a fund to sustain losses, which will prevent it from achieving a complete hedge or expose it to risk of foreign exchange loss.

Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that a fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time. Also, such transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for a fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.

Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of each fund with a view to protecting the outlook, and the funds might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:

LOCK IN. When the investment adviser or sub-adviser/investment manager ("sub-adviser") desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.

CROSS HEDGE. If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, a fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency which is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of the fund's portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.

DIRECT HEDGE. If the investment adviser or sub-adviser wants to a eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if the investment adviser or sub-adviser thinks that a fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country's bonds but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, a fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated the contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but a fund would benefit from an increase in value of the bond.

PROXY HEDGE. The investment adviser or sub-adviser might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, a fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be closer to those in the U.S. and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.

COSTS OF HEDGING. When a fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if the fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign

13

currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the "cost" of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar. It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from a fund's dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield. Instead such costs will, over time, be reflected in a fund's net asset value per share.

TAX CONSEQUENCES OF HEDGING. Under applicable tax law, the funds may be required to limit their gains from hedging in foreign currency forwards, futures, and options. Although the funds are expected to comply with such limits, the extent to which these limits apply is subject to tax regulations as yet unissued. Hedging may also result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Those provisions could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by the funds and could affect whether dividends paid by the funds are classified as capital gains or ordinary income.

FOREIGN SECURITIES involve additional risks, including foreign currency exchange rate risks, because they are issued by foreign entities, including foreign governments, banks and corporations or because they are traded principally overseas. Foreign securities in which the funds may invest include foreign entities that are not subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. corporations. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about foreign entities. Foreign economic, political and legal developments, as well as fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates and withholding taxes, could have more dramatic effects on the value of foreign securities. For example, conditions within and around foreign countries, such as the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, diplomatic developments, change of government or war could affect the value of foreign investments. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

Foreign securities typically have less volume and are generally less liquid and more volatile than securities of U.S. companies. Fixed commissions on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although the funds will endeavor to achieve the most favorable overall results on portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, dealers and listed companies than in the United States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. There may be difficulties in obtaining or enforcing judgments against foreign issuers as well. These factors and others may increase the risks with respect to the liquidity of a fund, and its ability to meet a large number of shareholder redemption requests.

Foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures and, in certain markets, there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Such delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when a portion of the assets of a fund is uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause a fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Losses to a fund arising out of the inability to fulfill a contract to sell such securities also could result in potential liability for a fund.

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers may be made and held in foreign currencies. In addition, the funds may hold cash in foreign currencies. These investments may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations, and

14

may cause a fund to incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange market as well as by political and economic factors. Changes in the foreign currency exchange rates also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned, gains and losses realized on the sale of securities, and net investment income and gains, if any, to be distributed to shareholders by a fund.

FORWARD CONTRACTS are sales contracts between a buyer (holding the "long" position), and the seller (holding the "short" position) for an asset with delivery deferred to a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the underlying asset.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS involve the purchase or sale of foreign currency at an established exchange rate, but with payment and delivery at a specified future time. Many foreign securities markets do not settle trades within a time frame that would be considered customary in the U.S. stock market. Therefore, the fund may engage in forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to secure exchange rates for portfolio securities purchased or sold, but awaiting settlement. These transactions do not seek to eliminate any fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities involved. Instead, the transactions simply establish a rate of exchange that can be expected when the fund settles its securities transactions in the future. Forwards involve certain risks. For example, if the counterparties to the contracts are unable to meet the terms of the contracts or if the value of the foreign currency changes unfavorably, the fund could sustain a loss.

FUTURES CONTRACTS are instruments that represent an agreement between two parties that obligates one party to buy, and the other party to sell, specific instruments at an agreed-upon price on a stipulated future date. In the case of futures contracts relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the close of the transaction, the parties usually agree to deliver the final cash settlement price of the contract. A fund may purchase and sell futures contracts based on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies, interest rates, or any other futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that the Commodities Future Trading Commission ("CFTC") licenses and regulates on foreign exchanges. Consistent with CFTC regulations, the funds have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term "commodity pool operator" under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Each fund that engages in futures contracts must maintain a small portion of its assets in cash to process shareholder transactions in and out of it to pay its expenses. In order to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, a fund may purchase futures contracts. Such transactions allow the fund's cash balance to produce a return similar to that of the underlying security or index on which the futures contract is based. Also, a fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on a specified foreign currency to "fix" the price in U.S. dollars of the foreign security it has acquired or sold or expects to acquire or sell. A fund may enter into futures contracts for other reasons as well.

When buying or selling futures contracts, a fund must place a deposit with its broker equal to a fraction of the contract amount. This amount is known as "initial margin" and must be in the form of liquid debt instruments, including cash, cash-equivalents and U.S. government securities. Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as "variation margin" may be made daily, if

15

necessary, as the value of the futures contracts fluctuate. This process is known as "marking-to-market." The margin amount will be returned to the fund upon termination of the futures contracts assuming all contractual obligations are satisfied. Because margin requirements are normally only a fraction of the amount of the futures contracts in a given transaction, futures trading can involve a great deal of leverage. In order to avoid this, each fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding futures contracts as may be required under the federal securities laws.

While a fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts in order to simulate full investment, there are risks associated with these transactions. Adverse market movements could cause a fund to experience substantial losses when buying and selling futures contracts. Of course, barring significant market distortions, similar results would have been expected if a fund had instead transacted in the underlying securities directly. There also is the risk of losing any margin payments held by a broker in the event of its bankruptcy. Additionally, a fund incurs transaction costs (i.e. brokerage fees) when engaging in futures trading. To the extent a fund also invests in futures in order to simulate full investment, these same risks apply.

When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a fund may seek, through the sale of futures contracts, to offset a decline in the value of their current portfolio securities. When rates are falling or prices are rising, a fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, may attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when they effect anticipated purchases. Similarly, a fund may sell futures contracts on a specified currency to protect against a decline in the value of that currency and their portfolio securities that are denominated in that currency. A fund may purchase futures contracts on a foreign currency to fix the price in U.S. dollars of a security denominated in that currency that a fund have acquired or expect to acquire.

Futures contracts normally require actual delivery or acquisition of an underlying security or cash value of an index on the expiration date of the contract. In most cases, however, the contractual obligation is fulfilled before the date of the contract by buying or selling, as the case may be, identical futures contracts. Such offsetting transactions terminate the original contracts and cancel the obligation to take or make delivery of the underlying securities or cash. There may not always be a liquid secondary market at the time a fund seeks to close out a futures position. If a fund is unable to close out its position and prices move adversely, the fund would have to continue to make daily cash payments to maintain its margin requirements. If a fund had insufficient cash to meet these requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time or incur extra costs by borrowing the cash. Also, a fund may be required to make or take delivery and incur extra transaction costs buying or selling the underlying securities. A fund seeks to reduce the risks associated with futures transactions by buying and selling futures contracts that are traded on national exchanges or for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.

HIGH YIELD SECURITIES, also called lower quality bonds ("junk bonds"), are frequently issued by companies without long track records of sales and earnings, or by those of questionable credit strength, and are more speculative and volatile (though typically higher yielding) than investment grade bonds. Adverse economic developments could disrupt the market for high yield securities, and severely affect the ability of issuers, especially highly-leveraged issuers, to service their debt obligations or to repay their obligations upon maturity.

Also, the secondary market for high yield securities at times may not be as liquid as the secondary market for higher-quality debt securities. As a result, the investment adviser could

16

find it difficult to sell these securities or experience difficulty in valuing certain high yield securities at certain times. Prices realized upon the sale of such lower rated securities, under these circumstances, may be less than the prices at which a fund purchased them.

Thus, high yield securities are more likely to react to developments affecting interest rates and market and credit risk than are more highly rated securities, which primarily react to movements in the general level of interest rates. When economic conditions appear to be deteriorating, medium- to lower-quality debt securities may decline in value more than higher-quality debt securities due to heightened concern over credit quality, regardless of prevailing interest rates. Prices for high yield securities also could be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect a fund's net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market value for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities.

HYBRID INSTRUMENTS are a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a "benchmark"). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.

Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes a fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the fund. Each fund will not invest more than 5% of its total assets in hybrid instruments.

Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative securities with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options, or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable. The funds will only invest in commodity-linked hybrid instruments that qualify under applicable rules of the CFTC for an exemption from the provisions of the CEA.

Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the funds' investments in these

17

products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES generally are any securities that cannot be disposed of promptly and in the ordinary course of business at approximately the amount at which a fund has valued the instruments. The liquidity of a fund's investments is monitored under the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees. Investments currently not considered liquid include repurchase agreements not maturing within seven days and certain restricted securities.

INFLATION-INDEXED BONDS are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index ("CPI") accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semiannual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if a fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi -annually), and inflation over the first six months were 1%, the mid -year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi
- annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole years' inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate. The funds may also invest in other inflation related bonds, which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided the bond will be subject to credit risk, which means that the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond's inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers ("CPI-U"), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as

18

housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

INTERFUND BORROWING AND LENDING. A fund may borrow money from and/or lend money to other funds/portfolios in the Schwab complex ("Schwab Funds(R)"). All loans are for temporary or emergency purposes and the interest rates to be charged will be the average of the overnight repurchase agreement rate and the short term bank loan rate. All loans are subject to numerous conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds/portfolios. The interfund lending facility is subject to the oversight and periodic review of the Board of Trustees of the Schwab Funds.

INTERNATIONAL BONDS are certain obligations or securities of foreign issuers, including Eurodollar Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued by foreign issuers payable in Eurodollars (U.S. dollars held in banks located outside the United States, primarily Europe), Yankee Bonds, which are U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued in the U.S. by foreign banks and corporations, and EuroBonds, which are bonds denominated in U.S. dollars and usually issued by large underwriting groups composed of banks and issuing houses from many countries. Investments in securities issued by foreign issuers, including American Depositary Receipts and securities purchased on foreign securities exchanges, may subject a fund to additional investment risks, such as adverse political and economic developments, possible seizure, nationalization or expropriation of foreign investments, less stringent disclosure requirements, non-U.S. withholding taxes and the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions.

Additional risks include less publicly available information, the risk that companies may not be subject to the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements of U.S. companies, the risk that foreign securities markets may have less volume and therefore may be less liquid and their prices more volatile than U.S. securities, and the risk that custodian and transaction costs may be higher. Foreign issuers of securities or obligations are often subject to accounting requirements and engage in business practices different from those respecting domestic issuers of similar securities or obligations. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

LOAN INTERESTS, and other direct debt instruments or interests therein, may be acquired by a fund. A loan interest is typically originated, negotiated, and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company, or other financial institution ("Agent") for a lending syndicate of financial institutions. The Agent typically administers and enforces the loan on behalf of the other lenders in the syndicate. In addition, an institution typically but not always the Agent ("Collateral Bank"), holds collateral (if any) on behalf of the lenders. When a Collateral Bank holds collateral, such collateral typically consists of one or more of the following asset types:
inventory, accounts receivable, property, plant and equipment, intangibles, common stock of subsidiaries or other investments. These loan interests may take the form of participation interests in, assignments of or novations of a loan during its second distribution, or direct interests during a primary distribution. Such loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or

19

foreign banks, insurance companies, finance companies, or other financial institutions who have made loans or are members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of loan interests. A fund may also acquire loan interests under which a fund derives its rights directly from the borrower. Such loan interests are separately enforceable by a fund against the borrower and all payments of interest and principal are typically made directly to a fund from the borrower. In the event that a fund and other lenders become entitled to take possession of shared collateral, it is anticipated that such collateral would be held in the custody of the Collateral Bank for their mutual benefit. A fund may not act as an Agent, a Collateral Bank, a guarantor or sole negotiator or structurer with respect to a loan.

The investment adviser or sub-adviser will analyze and evaluate the financial condition of the borrower in connection with the acquisition of any Loan Interest. Credit ratings are typically assigned to Loan Interests in the same manner as with other fixed income debt securities, and the investment adviser or sub-adviser analyzes and evaluates these ratings, if any, in deciding whether to purchase a Loan Interest. The investment adviser or sub-adviser also analyzes and evaluates the financial condition of the Agent and, in the case of Loan Interests in which a fund does not have privity with the borrower, those institutions from or through whom a fund derives its rights in a loan ("Intermediate Participants").

In a typical loan, the Agent administers the terms of the loan agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all the institutions which are parties to the loan agreement. A fund will generally rely upon the Agent or Intermediate Participant to receive and forward to a fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a participation agreement a fund has direct recourse against the borrower, a fund will rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the loan agreement based upon reports prepared by the borrower. The seller of the Loan Interest usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Loan Interests of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate the loan, may give the borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the loan. The Agent is compensated by the borrower for providing these services under a loan agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Loan Interests for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, a fund will perform such tasks on its own behalf, although a Collateral Bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of a fund and the other holders pursuant to the applicable loan agreement.

A financial institution's appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor agent generally would be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of Loan Interests. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of a fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent's general creditors, a fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Loan Interest, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving Intermediate Participants, similar risks may arise.

20

Purchasers of Loan Interests depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the borrower for payment of principal and interest. If a fund does not receive a scheduled interest or principal payment on such indebtedness, a fund's share price and yield could be adversely affected. Loans that are fully secured offer a fund more protections than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the borrower's obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated. Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Borrowers that are in bankruptcy or restructuring may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Direct indebtedness of developing countries also will involve a risk that the governmental entities responsible for the repayment of the debt may be unable, or unwilling, to pay interest and repay principal when due.

The Loan Interests market is in a developing phase with increased participation among several investor types. The dealer community has become increasingly involved in this secondary market. If, however, a particular Loan Interest is deemed to be illiquid, it would be valued using procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. In such a situation, there is no guarantee that a fund will be able to sell such Loan Interests, which could lead to a decline in the value of the Loan Interests and the value of a fund's shares.

LOAN PARTICIPATIONS. The funds may purchase participations in commercial loans. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participation in a loan to a corporate borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The funds may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, a fund assumes the credit risk associated with the corporate borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which a fund intends to invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service.

A loan is often administered by an agent bank acting as agent for all holders. The agent bank administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement. In addition, the agent bank is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the corporate borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, a fund has direct recourse against the corporate borrower, the fund may have to rely on the agent bank or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a corporate borrower. A financial institution's employment as agent bank might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor agent bank would generally be appointed to replace the terminated agent bank, and assets held by the agent bank under the loan agreement should remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the agent bank for the benefit of a fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the agent bank's general creditors, the fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions (e.g., an insurance company or governmental agency) similar risks may arise.

Purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate borrower for payment of principal and interest. If a fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the fund's share price and yield could be adversely affected. Loans that are fully secured offer a fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However,

21

there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower's obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.

The funds may invest in loan participations with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, a fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

Each fund limits the amount of its total assets that it will invest in any one issuer or in issuers within the same industry. For purposes of these limits, a fund generally will treat the corporate borrower as the "issuer" of indebtedness held by the funds. In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between a fund and the corporate borrower, if the participation does not shift to the funds the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the corporate borrower, SEC interpretations require the funds to treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the corporate borrower as "issuers" for the purposes of determining whether the funds have invested more than 5% of its assets in a single issuer. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may restrict a funds' ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.

Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the investment adviser or sub-advisers believes to be a fair price. In addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining a fund's net asset value than if that value were based on available market quotations, and could result in significant variations in the fund's daily share price. At the same time, some loan interests are traded among certain financial institutions and accordingly may be deemed liquid. As the market for different types of indebtedness develops, the liquidity of these instruments is expected to improve. In addition, the funds currently intend to treat indebtedness for which there is no readily available market as illiquid for purposes of the funds' limitation on illiquid investments. Investments in loan participations are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Trust's investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by a fund.

Investments in loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution's interests with respect to the loan may involve additional risks to the funds. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, a fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, a fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, the funds rely on the investment adviser's and sub-advisers' research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentation could adversely affect the funds.

MATURITY OF INVESTMENTS will generally be determined using the portfolio fixed income securities' final maturity dates. However for certain securities, maturity will be determined using the security's effective maturity date. The effective maturity date for a security subject to a put or demand feature is the demand date, unless the security is a variable- or floating-rate security. If it is a variable-rate security, its effective maturity date is the earlier of its demand date or next interest rate change date. For variable-rate

22

securities not subject to a put or demand feature and floating-rate securities, the effective maturity date is the next interest rate change date. The effective maturity of mortgage-backed and certain other asset-backed securities is determined on an "expected life" basis by the investment adviser. For an interest rate swap agreement, its effective maturity would be equal to the difference in the effective maturity of the interest rates "swapped." Securities being hedged with futures contracts may be deemed to have a longer maturity, in the case of purchases of future contracts, and a shorter maturity, in the case of sales of futures contracts, than they would otherwise be deemed to have. In addition, a security that is subject to redemption at the option of the issuer on a particular date ("call date"), which is prior to, or in lieu of, the security's stated maturity, may be deemed to mature on the call date rather than on its stated maturity date. The call date of a security will be used to calculate average portfolio maturity when the investment adviser reasonably anticipates, based upon information available to it, that the issuer will exercise its right to redeem the security. The average portfolio maturity of a fund is dollar-weighted based upon the market value of a fund's securities at the time of the calculation. A fund may invest in securities with final or effective maturities of any length.

MONEY MARKET SECURITIES are high-quality, short term debt securities that may be issued by entities such as the U.S. government, corporations and financial institutions (like banks). Money market securities include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances, notes and time deposits. Certificates of deposit and time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Banker's acceptances are credit instruments evidencing a bank's obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. Commercial paper consists of short term, unsecured promissory notes issued to finance short term credit needs.

Money market securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest and are generally subject to credit and interest rate risks. The maturity date or price of and financial assets collateralizing a security may be structured in order to make it qualify as or act like a money market security. These securities may be subject to greater credit and interest rate risks than other money market securities because of their structure. Money market securities may be issued with puts or sold separately, sometimes called demand features or guarantees, which are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or "put provider." When a fund buys a put, losses could occur as a result of the costs of the put or if it exercises its rights under the put and the put provider does not perform as agreed. Standby commitments are types of puts.

Each fund may keep a portion of its assets in cash for business operations. In order to reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, a fund may invest in money market securities. Each fund may also invest in money market securities to the extent it is consistent with its investment objective.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES ("MBS") and other ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES ("ABS") may be purchased by a fund. MBS represent participations in mortgage loans, and include pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities. MBS may be issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA or Ginnie Mae) and Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, or by private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans, including savings associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, and special purpose entities (collectively, "private lenders"). MBS are based on different types of mortgages including those on commercial real estate and residential property. MBS issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other MBS that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by

23

the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of credit enhancement.

ABS have structural characteristics similar to MBS. ABS represent direct or indirect participation in assets such as automobile loans, credit card receivables, trade receivables, home equity loans (which sometimes are categorized as MBS) or other financial assets. Therefore, repayment depends largely on the cash flows generated by the assets backing the securities. The credit quality of most ABS depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on ABS may be supported by credit enhancements including letters of credit, an insurance guarantee, reserve funds and overcollateralization. In the case of privately-issued mortgage-related and asset-backed securities, the Portfolios take the position that such instruments do not represent interests in any particular industry or group of industries.

COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family MBS. Many of the risks of investing in commercial MBS reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial MBS may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

COLLATERALIZED DEBT OBLIGATIONS. The Funds may invest in collateralized debt obligations ("CDOs"), which includes collateralized bond obligations ("CBOs"), collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs") and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cashflows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the "equity" tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically have higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which a Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Funds as illiquid securities, however an active

24

dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Funds' prospectuses (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but are not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the Funds may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATION ("CMO") is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, on a monthly basis. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, and their income streams.

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.

In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation ("issuer") issues multiple series (e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds ("Bonds"). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates ("Collateral"). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The Series A, B, and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the Series Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B, or C Bond currently being paid off. When the Series A, B, and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begins to be paid currently. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or savings and loan associations) to borrow against their loan portfolios.

The rate of principal payment on MBS and ABS generally depends on the rate of principal payments received on the underlying assets which in turn may be affected by a variety of economic and other factors. As a result, the price and yield on any MBS or ABS is difficult to predict with precision and price and yield to maturity may be more or less than the anticipated yield to maturity. If a fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if a fund purchases these securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will reduce yield to maturity. Amounts available for reinvestment by a fund are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of rising interest rates.

While many MBS and ABS are issued with only one class of security, many are issued in more than one class, each with different payment terms. Multiple class MBS and ABS are issued as a method of providing credit support, typically through creation of one or more classes whose right

25

to payments on the security is made subordinate to the right to such payments of the remaining class or classes. In addition, multiple classes may permit the issuance of securities with payment terms, interest rates, or other characteristics differing both from those of each other and from those of the underlying assets. Examples include stripped securities, which are MBS and ABS entitling the holder to disproportionate interest or principal compared with the assets backing the security, and securities with classes having characteristics different from the assets backing the securities, such as a security with floating interest rates with assets backing the securities having fixed interest rates. The market value of such securities and CMO's generally is more or less sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates than is the case with traditional MBS and ABS, and in some cases such market value may be extremely volatile.

CMO RESIDUALS. CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets, in the same manner as an interest-only ("IO") class of stripped mortgage-backed securities. See "Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities." In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. As described below with respect to stripped mortgage-backed securities, in certain circumstances a fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in a CMO residual.

CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has only very recently developed and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the 1933 Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed "illiquid" and subject to a Fund's limitations on investment in illiquid securities.

STRIPPED MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES. SMBS are derivative multi-class mortgage securities. SMBS may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one

26

class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the "IO" class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or "PO" class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a fund's yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories.

Under certain circumstances these securities may be deemed "illiquid" and subject to a fund's limitations on investment in illiquid securities.

MUNICIPAL LEASES are obligations issued to finance the construction or acquisition of equipment or facilities. These obligations may take the form of a lease, an installment purchase contract, a conditional sales contract or a participation interest in any of these obligations. Municipal leases may be considered illiquid investments. Additionally, municipal leases are subject to "nonappropriation risk," which is the risk that the municipality may terminate the lease because funds have not been allocated to make the necessary lease payments. The lessor would then be entitled to repossess the property, but the value of the property may be less to private sector entities than it would be to the municipality.

MUNICIPAL SECURITIES are debt securities issued by a state, its counties, municipalities, authorities and other subdivisions, or the territories and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia, including their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities and corporations. These securities may be issued to obtain money for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as airports, bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, public utilities, schools, streets, and water and sewer works. Other public purposes include refunding outstanding obligations, obtaining funds for general operating expenses and obtaining funds to loan to other public institutions and facilities.

Municipal securities also may be issued to finance various private activities, including certain types of private activity bonds ("industrial development bonds" under prior law). These securities may be issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide certain privately owned or operated facilities.

Municipal securities may be owned directly or through participation interests, and include general obligation or revenue securities, tax-exempt commercial paper, notes and leases.

Municipal securities generally are classified as "general obligation" or "revenue" and may be purchased directly or through participation interests. General obligation securities typically are secured by the issuer's pledge of its full faith and credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue securities typically are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special tax or other specific revenue source. Private activity bonds and industrial development bonds are, in most cases, revenue bonds and generally do not constitute the pledge of the credit of the issuer of such bonds. The credit quality of private activity bonds is frequently related to the credit standing of private corporations or other entities.

Examples of municipal securities that are issued with original maturities of 397 days or less are

27

short term tax anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, construction loan notes, pre-refunded municipal bonds and tax-free commercial paper. Tax anticipation notes typically are sold to finance working capital needs of municipalities in anticipation of the receipt of property taxes on a future date. Bond anticipation notes are sold on an interim basis in anticipation of a municipality's issuance of a longer-term bond in the future. Revenue anticipation notes are issued in expectation of the receipt of other types of revenue, such as that available under the Federal Revenue Sharing Program. Construction loan notes are instruments insured by the Federal Housing Administration with permanent financing by Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae at the end of the project construction period. Pre-refunded municipal bonds are bonds that are not yet refundable, but for which securities have been placed in escrow to refund an original municipal bond issue when it becomes refundable. Tax-free commercial paper is an unsecured promissory obligation issued or guaranteed by a municipal issuer. A fund may purchase other municipal securities similar to the foregoing that are or may become available, including securities issued to pre-refund other outstanding obligations of municipal issuers.

A fund also may invest in moral obligation securities, which are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If the issuer of a moral obligation security is unable to meet its obligation from current revenues, it may draw on a reserve fund. The state or municipality that created the entity has only a moral commitment, not a legal obligation, to restore the reserve fund.

The value of municipal securities may be affected by uncertainties with respect to the rights of holders of municipal securities in the event of bankruptcy or the taxation of municipal securities as a result of legislation or litigation. For example, under federal law, certain issuers of municipal securities may be authorized in certain circumstances to initiate bankruptcy proceedings without prior notice to or the consent of creditors. Such action could result in material adverse changes in the rights of holders of the securities. In addition, litigation challenging the validity under the state constitutions of present systems of financing public education has been initiated or adjudicated in a number of states, and legislation has been introduced to effect changes in public school finances in some states. In other instances, there has been litigation challenging the issuance of pollution control revenue bonds or the validity of their issuance under state or federal law, which ultimately could affect the validity of those municipal securities or the tax-free nature of the interest thereon.

Municipal securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest, which may be exempt from federal income tax and, typically, personal income tax of a state or locality. Some municipal securities are taxable. These securities are issued by state and local governments and instrumentalities thereof that pay interest that is not exempt from federal income tax. States and municipalities issue taxable instruments for various reasons, relating in some cases to the nature of the project being financed and to various specific ceilings on debt issuance in others. The rate of interest payable on such instruments typically reflects its taxable nature.

NON-PUBLICLY TRADED SECURITIES AND PRIVATE PLACEMENTS. A fund may invest in securities that are neither listed on a stock exchange nor traded over-the-counter, including privately placed securities. Such unlisted securities may involve a higher degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. As a result of the absence of a public trading market for these securities, they may be less liquid than publicly traded securities. Although these securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from these sales could be less than those originally paid by the fund or less than what may be considered the fair value of such securities. Furthermore, companies whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements which might be applicable if

28

their securities were publicly traded. If such securities are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being sold, a fund may be required to bear the expenses of registration.

OPTIONS CONTRACTS generally provide the right to buy or sell a security, commodity, futures contract or foreign currency in exchange for an agreed upon price. If the right is not exercised after a specified period, the option expires and the option buyer forfeits the money paid to the option seller.

A call option gives the buyer the right to buy a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. For this right, the call option buyer pays the call option seller, commonly called the call option writer, a fee called a premium. Call option buyers are usually anticipating that the price of the underlying security will rise above the price fixed with the call writer, thereby allowing them to profit. If the price of the underlying security does not rise, the call option buyer's losses are limited to the premium paid to the call option writer. For call option writers, a rise in the price of the underlying security will be offset in part by the premium received from the call option buyer. If the call option writer does not own the underlying security, however, the losses that may ensue if the price rises could be potentially unlimited. If the call option writer owns the underlying security or commodity, this is called writing a covered call. All call and put options written by a fund will be covered, which means that a fund will own the securities subject to the option so long as the option is outstanding or the fund will earmark or segregate assets for any outstanding option contracts.

A put option is the opposite of a call option. It gives the buyer the right to sell a specified number of shares of a security at a fixed price on or before a specified date in the future. Put option buyers are usually anticipating a decline in the price of the underlying security, and wish to offset those losses when selling the security at a later date. All put options the funds write will be covered, which means that the fund will earmark or segregate cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with a value at least equal to the exercise price of the put option. The purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for the funds. However, in return for the option premium, the funds accept the risk that they may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities' market value at the time of purchase.

A fund may purchase and write put and call options on any securities in which they may invest or any securities index or basket of securities based on securities in which they may invest. In addition, the funds may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options. The funds may purchase and write such options on securities that are listed on domestic or foreign securities exchanges or traded in the over-the-counter market. Like futures contracts, option contracts are rarely exercised. Option buyers usually sell the option before it expires. Option writers may terminate their obligations under a written call or put option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such purchases are referred to as "closing purchase transactions." A fund may enter into closing sale transactions in order to realize gains or minimize losses on options they have purchased or wrote.

An exchange-traded currency option position may be closed out only on an options exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series. Although the funds generally will purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option or at any particular time. If a fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to options it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying securities or dispose of assets earmarked or held in a segregated account until the options expire or are exercised. Similarly, if a fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise

29

the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities.

Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (1) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options;
(2) an exchange may impose restrictions on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (4) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (5) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation ("OCC") may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (6) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes its position, the funds will treat purchased over-the-counter options and all assets used to cover written over-the-counter options as illiquid securities, except that with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S. government securities pursuant to an agreement requiring a closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to a formula the staff of the SEC approves.

Additional risks are involved with options trading because of the low margin deposits required and the extremely high degree of leverage that may be involved in options trading. There may be imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the securities held by a fund and the prices of the options, possible lack of a liquid secondary market, and the resulting inability to close such positions prior to their maturity dates.

A fund may write or purchase an option only when the market value of that option, when aggregated with the market value of all other options transactions made on behalf of the fund, does not exceed 5% of its net assets.

PROMISSORY NOTES are written agreements committing the maker or issuer to pay the payee a specified amount either on demand or at a fixed date in the future, with or without interest. These are sometimes called negotiable notes or instruments and are subject to credit risk. Bank notes are notes used to represent obligations issued by banks in large denominations.

PUTS are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or "put provider." When a fund buys a security with a put feature, losses could occur if the put provider does not perform as agreed. If a put provider fails to honor its commitment upon a fund's attempt to exercise the put, a fund may have to treat the security's final maturity as its effective maturity. If that occurs, the security's price may be negatively impacted, and its sensitivity to interest rate changes may be increased, possibly contributing to increased share price volatility for a fund. This also could lengthen a fund's overall average effective maturity. Standby commitments are types of puts.

QUALITY OF FIXED INCOME INVESTMENTS will be principally investment-grade for each fund's assets. Investment-grade quality securities are rated by at least one NRSRO in one of the four highest rating categories (within which there may be sub-categories or gradations indicating

30

relative standing) or have been determined to be of equivalent quality by the investment adviser or sub-adviser. Sometimes an investment-grade quality security may be downgraded to a below investment-grade quality rating. If a security no longer has at least one investment-quality rating from an NRSRO, the investment adviser or sub-adviser would reanalyze the security in light of the downgrade and determine whether a fund should continue to hold the security. However, such downgrade would not require the investment adviser or sub-advisers to sell the security on behalf of a fund. Sometimes lower-quality securities may be downgraded to an even lower quality. The investment adviser or sub-adviser may also elect to purchase high-yield securities that are rated (at the time of purchase) B or higher or the equivalent by Moody's, S&P or Fitch, Inc. or are determined to be of similar investment quality by the investment manager.

REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS (REITS) are pooled investment vehicles, which invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests and, in some cases, manage real estate. REITs are sometimes referred to as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. An equity REIT invests primarily in properties and generates income from rental and lease properties and, in some cases, from the management of real estate. Equity REITs also offer the potential for growth as a result of property appreciation and from the sale of appreciated property. Mortgage REITs invest primarily in real estate mortgages, which may secure construction, development or long term loans, and derive income for the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs may combine the features of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are generally organized as corporations or business trusts, but are not taxed as a corporation if they meet certain requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including other REITs), cash and government securities, distribute at least 95% of its taxable income to its shareholders and receive at least 75% of that income from rents, mortgages and sales of property.

Like any investment in real estate, a REIT's performance depends on many factors, such as its ability to find tenants for its properties, to renew leases, and to finance property purchases and renovations. In general, REITs may be affected by changes in underlying real estate values, which may have an exaggerated effect to the extent a REIT concentrates its investment in certain regions or property types. For example, rental income could decline because of extended vacancies, increased competition from nearby properties, tenants' failure to pay rent, or incompetent management. Property values could decrease because of overbuilding, environmental liabilities, uninsured damages caused by natural disasters, a general decline in the neighborhood, losses due to casualty or condemnation, increases in property taxes, or changes in zoning laws. Ultimately, a REIT's performance depends on the types of properties it owns and how well the REIT manages its properties.

In general, during periods of rising interest rates, REITs may lose some of their appeal for investors who may be able to obtain higher yields from other income-producing investments, such as long term bonds. Higher interest rates also mean that financing for property purchases and improvements is more costly and difficult to obtain. During periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that mortgagors elect to prepay, which can reduce the yield on securities issued by mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the ability of borrowers to repay debts to the REIT when due and equity REITs may be affected by the ability of tenants to pay rent.

Like small-cap stocks in general, certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations and their securities can be more volatile than--and at times will perform differently from--large-cap stocks. In addition, because small-cap stocks are typically less liquid than large-cap stocks, REIT stocks may sometimes experience greater share-price fluctuations than the stocks of larger

31

companies. Further, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills, have limited diversification, and are therefore subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects. By investing in REITs indirectly through a fund, a shareholder will bear indirectly a proportionate share of the REIT's expenses in addition to their proportionate share of a fund's expenses. Finally, REITs could possibly fail to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code or to maintain their exemptions from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("1940 Act").

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS are instruments under which a buyer acquires ownership of certain securities (usually U.S. government securities) from a seller who agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the buyer's holding period. Any repurchase agreements the fund enters into will involve the fund as the buyer and banks or broker-dealers as sellers. The period of repurchase agreements is usually short
- from overnight to one week, although the securities collateralizing a repurchase agreement may have longer maturity dates. Default by the seller might cause the fund to experience a loss or delay in the liquidation of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. The fund also may incur disposition costs in liquidating the collateral. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a repurchase agreement's seller, the fund might incur expenses in enforcing its rights, and could experience losses, including a decline in the value of the underlying securities and loss of income. The fund will make payment under a repurchase agreement only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer of the collateral to the account of its custodian bank.

RESTRICTED SECURITIES are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their sale. Restricted securities may be considered to be liquid if an institutional or other market exists for these securities. In making this determination, a fund, under the direction and supervision of the Board of Trustees will take into account various factors, including: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (4) the nature of the security and marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer). To the extent a fund invests in restricted securities that are deemed liquid, its general level of illiquidity may be increased if qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing these securities.

REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS AND MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS may be used by a fund. A fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage transactions as discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. A fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. If a fund uses the cash it obtains to invest in other securities, this may be considered a form of leverage and may expose the fund to a greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the value on the fund's portfolio's securities. Because a fund receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing. When required by guidelines of the SEC, a fund will set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligations to repurchase the security.

A fund also may enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which a fund would sell MBS for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While a fund would forego principal and interest paid on the MBS during the roll period, a fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. A fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower

32

forward price. At the time a fund would enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets earmarked or in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to buy MBS. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered a borrowing by a fund.

The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into by a fund may be used as arbitrage transactions in which a fund will maintain an offsetting position in short duration investment-grade debt obligations. Since a fund will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and short duration, the investment adviser believes that such arbitrage transactions present lower risks to a fund than those associated with other types of leverage. There can be no assurance that a fund's use of the cash it receives from a mortgage dollar roll will provide a positive return.

SECURITIES LENDING of portfolio securities is a common practice in the securities industry. A fund will engage in security lending arrangements. For example, a fund may receive cash collateral, and it may invest it in short term, interest-bearing obligations, but will do so only to the extent that it will not lose the tax treatment available to regulated investment companies. Lending portfolio securities involves risks that the borrower may fail to return the securities or provide additional collateral. Also, voting rights with respect to the loaned securities may pass with the lending of the securities.

A fund may loan portfolio securities to qualified broker-dealers or other institutional investors provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. government securities, letters of credit, cash or cash equivalents or other appropriate instruments maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned; (2) the fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned; (3) the fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total assets of the fund, including collateral received from the loan (at market value computed at the time of the loan).

Although voting rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, the lender retains the right to recall a security (or terminate a loan) for the purpose of exercising the security's voting rights. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for foreign securities or thinly traded securities such as small-cap stocks. In addition, because recalling a security may involve expenses to a fund, it is expected that a fund will do so only where the items being voted upon are, in the judgment of the investment adviser, either material to the economic value of the security or threaten to materially impact the issuer's corporate governance policies or structure.

SECURITIES OF OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES may be purchased and sold by a fund and those issued by foreign investment companies. Mutual funds are registered investment companies, which may issue and redeem their shares on a continuous basis (open-end mutual funds) or may offer a fixed number of shares usually listed on an exchange (closed-end mutual funds). Mutual funds generally offer investors the advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders' money and investing it in various types of securities, such as stocks, bonds and money market securities. Mutual funds also make various investments and use certain techniques in order to enhance their performance. These may include entering into delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions or swap agreements; buying and selling futures contracts, illiquid and restricted securities and repurchase agreements and

33

borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in mutual funds generally reflect the risks of the securities in which the mutual funds invest and the investment techniques they may employ. Also, mutual funds charge fees and incur operating expenses.

If a fund decides to purchase securities of other investment companies, a fund intends to purchase shares of mutual funds in compliance with the requirements of federal law or any applicable exemptive relief received from the SEC. Mutual fund investments for a fund are currently restricted under federal regulations, and therefore, the extent to which a fund may invest in another mutual fund may be limited.

Funds in which a fund also may invest include unregistered or privately-placed funds, such as hedge funds and offshore funds. Hedge funds and offshore funds are not registered with the SEC, and therefore are largely exempt from the regulatory requirements that apply to registered investment companies (mutual funds). As a result, these types of funds have greater ability to make investments or use investment techniques, such as leveraging, that can increase investment return but also may substantially increase the risk of losses. Investments in these funds also may be more difficult to sell, which could cause losses to a fund. For example, hedge funds typically require investors to keep their investment in a hedge fund for some period of time, such as 1 year or more. This means investors would not be able to sell their shares of a hedge fund until such time had past, and the investment may be deemed to be illiquid. In addition, because hedge funds may not value their portfolio holdings on a frequent basis, investments in those hedge funds may be difficult to price.

SHORT SALES may be used by a fund as part of its overall portfolio management strategies or to offset (hedge) a potential decline in the value of a security. A fund may engage in short sales that are either "against the box" or "uncovered." A short sale is "against the box" if at all times during which the short position is open, a fund owns at least an equal amount of the securities or securities convertible into, or has the right to acquire, at no added cost, the securities of the same issue as the securities that are sold short. A short sale against the box is a taxable transaction to a fund with respect to the securities that are sold short. "Uncovered" short sales are transactions under which a fund sells a security it does not own. To complete such transaction, a fund may borrow the security through a broker to make delivery to the buyer and, in doing so, the fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of the replacement. A fund also may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities, which would increase the cost of the security. In addition, a fund is often obligated to pay any accrued interest and dividends on the securities until they are replaced. The proceeds of the short sale position will be retained by the broker until a fund replaces the borrowed securities.

A fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security and, conversely, the fund will realize a gain if the price declines. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. A short sale creates the risk of an unlimited loss, as the price of the underlying securities could theoretically increase without limit, thus increasing the cost of buying those securities to cover the short position. If a fund sells securities short "against the box," it may protect unrealized gains, but will lose the opportunity to profit on such securities if the price rises. The successful use of short selling as a hedging strategy may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.

A fund's obligation to replace the securities borrowed in connection with a short sale will be

34

secured by collateral deposited with the broker that consists of cash or other liquid securities. In addition, a fund will earmark cash or liquid assets or place in a segregated account an amount of cash or other liquid assets equal to the difference, if any, between (1) the market value of the securities sold short, marked-to-market daily, and (2) any cash or other liquid securities deposited as collateral with the broker in connection with the short sale.

SINKING FUNDS may be established by bond issuers to set aside a certain amount of money to cover timely repayment of bondholders' principal raised through a bond issuance. By creating a sinking fund, the issuer is able to spread repayment of principal to numerous bondholders while reducing reliance on its then current cash flows. A sinking fund also may allow the issuer to annually repurchase certain of its outstanding bonds from the open market or repurchase certain of its bonds at a call price named in a bond's sinking fund provision. This call provision will allow bonds to be prepaid or called prior to a bond's maturity. The likelihood of this occurring is substantial during periods of falling interest rates.

SMALL-CAP STOCKS include common stocks issued by operating companies with market capitalizations that place them at the lower end of the stock market, as well as the stocks of companies that are determined to be small based on several factors, including the capitalization of the company and the amount of revenues. Historically, small company stocks have been riskier than stocks issued by large- or mid-cap companies for a variety of reasons. Small-companies may have less certain growth prospects and are typically less diversified and less able to withstand changing economic conditions than larger capitalized companies. Small-cap companies also may have more limited product lines, markets or financial resources than companies with larger capitalizations, and may be more dependent on a relatively small management group. In addition, small-cap companies may not be well known to the investing public, may not have institutional ownership and may have only cyclical, static or moderate growth prospects. Most small company stocks pay low or no dividends.

These factors and others may cause sharp changes in the value of a small company's stock, and even cause some small-cap companies to fail. Additionally, small-cap stocks may not be as broadly traded as large- or mid-cap stocks, and a fund's positions in securities of such companies may be substantial in relation to the market for such securities. Accordingly, it may be difficult for a fund to dispose of securities of these small-cap companies at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions. This lower degree of liquidity can adversely affect the value of these securities. For these reasons and others, the value of a fund's investments in small-cap stocks is expected to be more volatile than other types of investments, including other types of stock investments. While small-cap stocks are generally considered to offer greater growth opportunities for investors, they involve greater risks and the share price of a fund that invests in small-cap stocks may change sharply during the short term and long term.

SPREAD TRANSACTIONS may be used for hedging or managing risk. A fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers. Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives a fund the right to put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relation to another security that a fund does not own, but which is used as a benchmark. The risk to a fund in purchasing covered spread options is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any transaction costs. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be available. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect a fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities. Such protection is only provided during the life of the spread option.

35

STRIPPED SECURITIES are securities whose income and principal components are detached and sold separately. While risks associated with stripped securities are similar to other fixed income securities, stripped securities are typically subject to greater changes in value. U.S. Treasury securities that have been stripped by the Federal Reserve Bank are obligations of the U.S. Treasury.

STRUCTURED NOTES are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. The terms of the structured and indexed securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity and therefore, may result in a loss of invested capital. Structured and indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the reference may produce an increase or a decrease in the interest rate or the value of the structured or indexed security at maturity may be calculated as a specified multiple of the change in the value of the reference; therefore, the value of such security may be very volatile. Structured and indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the investor bears the risk of the reference. Structured or indexed securities may also be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities or more traditional debt securities. To the extent a fund invests in these securities, however, PIMCO analyzes these securities in its overall assessment of the effective duration of the fund's portfolio in an effort to monitor the fund's interest rate risk.

SWAP AGREEMENTS are privately negotiated over-the-counter derivative products in which two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities (referred to as the "underlying") and a predetermined amount (referred to as the "notional amount"). The underlying for a swap may be an interest rate (fixed or floating), a currency exchange rate, a commodity price index, a security, group of securities or a securities index, a combination of any of these, or various other rates, assets or indices. Swap agreements generally do not involve the delivery of the underlying or principal, and a party's obligations generally are equal to only the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the swap agreement.

Swap agreements can be structured to increase or decrease a fund's exposure to long or short term interest rates, corporate borrowing rates and other conditions, such as changing security prices and inflation rates. They also can be structured to increase or decrease a fund's exposure to specific issuers or specific sectors of the bond market such as mortgage securities. For example, if a fund agreed to pay a longer-term fixed rate in exchange for a shorter-term floating rate while holding longer-term fixed rate bonds, the swap would tend to decrease a fund's exposure to longer-term interest rates. Swap agreements tend to increase or decrease the overall volatility of a fund's investments and its share price and yield. Changes in interest rates, or other factors determining the amount of payments due to and from a fund, can be the most significant factors in the performance of a swap agreement. If a swap agreement calls for payments from a fund, a fund must be prepared to make such payments when they are due. In order to help minimize risks, a fund will earmark or segregate appropriate assets for any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed under the terms of a swap agreement entered into on a net basis. All other swap agreements will require a fund to earmark or segregate assets in the amount of the accrued amounts owed under the swap. A fund could sustain losses if a counterparty does not perform as agreed under the terms of the swap. A fund will enter into swap agreements with counterparties deemed creditworthy by the investment adviser.

36

In addition, the funds may invest in swaptions, which are privately-negotiated option-based derivative products. Swaptions give the holder the right to enter into a swap. A fund may use a swaption in addition to or in lieu of a swap involving a similar rate or index.

For purposes of applying the funds' investment policies and restrictions (as stated in the prospectus and this SAI) swap agreements are generally valued by the funds at market value. In the case of a credit default swap sold by a fund (i.e., where the fund is selling credit default protection), however, the fund will generally value the swap at its notional amount. The manner in which certain securities or other instruments are valued by the funds for purposes of applying investment policies and restrictions may differ from the manner in which those investments are valued by other types of investors.

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE STRATEGIES are strategies the funds may take for temporary or defensive purposes. The investment strategies for the funds are those that the funds use during normal circumstances. During unusual economic or market conditions or for temporary defensive or liquidity purposes, each fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, money market instruments, repurchase agreements and other short term obligations that would not ordinarily be consistent with the funds' objectives. A fund will do so only if the investment adviser or sub-advisers believe that the risk of loss outweighs the opportunity for capital gains or higher income. When a fund engages in such activities, it may not achieve its investment objective.

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES are issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Not all U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Some U.S. government securities, such as those issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the Student Loan Marketing Association (SLMA or Sallie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB), are supported by a line of credit the issuing entity has with the U.S. Treasury. Others are supported solely by the credit of the issuing agency or instrumentality such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation (FFCB). There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law. Of course U.S. government securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, are among the safest securities, however, not unlike other debt securities, they are still sensitive to interest rate changes, which will cause their yields and prices to fluctuate.

VARIABLE- AND FLOATING-RATE DEBT SECURITIES pay an interest rate, which is adjusted either periodically or at specific intervals or which floats continuously according to a formula or benchmark. Although these structures generally are intended to minimize the fluctuations in value that occur when interest rates rise and fall, some structures may be linked to a benchmark in such a way as to cause greater volatility to the security's value.

Some variable-rate securities may be combined with a put or demand feature (variable-rate demand securities) that entitles the holder to the right to demand repayment in full or to resell at a specific price and/or time. While the demand feature is intended to reduce credit risks, it is not always unconditional, and may make the securities more difficult to sell quickly without losses. There are risks involved with these securities because there may be no active secondary market for a particular variable-rate demand security purchased by a fund. In addition, a fund may exercise its demand rights only at certain times. A fund could also suffer losses in the event that the issuer defaults on its obligation.

WRAP AGREEMENTS may be entered into by a fund with insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions ("wrapper providers"). A wrap agreement typically obligates the wrapper

37

provider to maintain the value of the assets covered under the agreement ("covered assets") up to a specified maximum dollar amount upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The value is pre-determined using the purchase price of the securities plus interest at a specified rate minus an adjustment for any defaulted securities. The specified interest rate may be adjusted periodically under the terms of the agreement. While the rate typically will reflect movements in the market rates of interest, it may at times be less or more than the actual rate of income earned on the covered assets. The rate also can be impacted by defaulted securities and by purchase and redemption levels in a fund. A fund also pays a fee under the agreement, which reduces the rate as well.

Wrap agreements may be used as a risk management technique intended to help minimize fluctuations in a fund's NAV. However, a fund's NAV will typically fluctuate at least minimally, and may fluctuate more at times when interest rates are fluctuating. Additionally, wrap agreements do not protect against losses a fund may incur if the issuers of portfolio securities do not make timely payments of interest and/or principal. A wrap agreement provider also could default on its obligations under the agreement. Therefore, the funds will only invest in a wrap provider with an investment-grade credit rating. There is no active trading market for wrap agreements and none is expected to develop. Therefore, wrap agreements are considered illiquid investments. There is no guarantee that a fund will be able to purchase any wrap agreements or replace ones that defaulted. Wrap agreements are valued using procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees. There are risks that the value of a wrap agreement may not be sufficient to minimize the fluctuations in a fund's NAV. All of these factors might result in a decline in the value of a fund's shares.

ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such securities accruing that year. In order to continue to qualify as a "regulated investment company" or "RIC" under the Code and avoid a certain excise tax, a fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may occur in periods of adverse market prices, in order to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

THE FOLLOWING INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS MAY BE CHANGED ONLY BY VOTE OF A MAJORITY OF EACH FUND'S OUTSTANDING SHARES.

EACH OF THE LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND TM, LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND TM AND LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND TM MAY NOT:

1) Purchase securities of any issuer unless consistent with the maintenance of its status as a diversified company under the 1940 Act.

2) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, or the rules or regulations thereunder.

38

3) Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts or real estate, lend or borrow money, issue senior securities, underwrite securities, or pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted by the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder.

THE LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND TM MAY NOT:

1) Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

2) Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

3) Purchase or sell commodities or real estate, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

4) Make loans to other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

5) Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

6) Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

7) Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS OF THE 1940 ACT MAY ASSIST INVESTORS IN UNDERSTANDING THE ABOVE POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS.

Borrowing. The 1940 Act restricts an investment company from borrowing (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in excess of 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets). Transactions that are fully collateralized in a manner that does not involve the prohibited issuance of a "senior security" within the meaning of
Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act, shall not be regarded as borrowings for the purposes of a fund's investment restriction.

Concentration. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment company's total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions.

Diversification. Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a "diversified company," as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer (other

39

than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuer's voting securities would be held by the fund.

Lending. Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies.

Real Estate. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment company's ability to invest in real estate, but does require that every investment company have a fundamental investment policy governing such investments. Each fund has adopted a fundamental policy that would permit direct investment in real estate. However, each fund has a non-fundamental investment limitation that prohibits it from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed only by vote of a fund's Board of Trustees.

Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by an investment company evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits each fund from issuing senior securities, although it provides allowances for certain borrowings and certain other investments, such as short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, when such investments are "covered" or with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligations.

Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.

THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

EACH FUND MAY NOT:

1) Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

2) Purchase securities of other investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.

3) Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative instruments are not considered selling securities short).

4) Purchase securities on margin, except such short term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

40

5) Borrow money except that the fund may (i) borrow money from banks or through an interfund lending facility, if any, only for temporary or emergency purposes (and not for leveraging) and (ii) engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party; provided that (i) and (ii) in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of its total assets (any borrowings that come to exceed this amount will be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with the limitation within three business days).

6) Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt securities or repurchase agreements).

7) Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries.

8) Purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts or real estate, including interests in real estate limited partnerships, provided that the fund may (i) purchase securities of companies that deal in real estate or interests therein (including REITs), (ii) purchase or sell futures contracts, options contracts, equity index participations and index participation contracts, and (iii) purchase securities of companies that deal in precious metals or interests therein.

Policies and investment limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard shall be measured immediately after and as a result of the fund's acquisition of such security or asset, unless otherwise noted. Except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could not then make the same investment. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause a fund to exceed its limitation, the fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS

The funds are overseen by a Board of Trustees. The trustees are responsible for protecting shareholder interests. The trustees regularly meet to review the investment activities, contractual arrangements and the investment performance of each fund. The trustees met 8 times during the most recent fiscal year.

Certain trustees are "interested persons." A trustee is considered an interested person of the trust under the 1940 Act if he or she is an officer, director or an employee of Charles Schwab Investment Management Inc. ("CSIM") or Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. ("Schwab"). A trustee also may be considered an interested person of the trust under the 1940 Act if he or she owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation, a publicly traded company and the parent company of the funds' investment adviser and distributor.

Each of the officers and/or trustees also serves in the same capacity as described for the trust, for The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments and Schwab Annuity Portfolios (collectively referred to herein as the "Family of Investment Companies"), which as of October 31, 2005, included 57 funds.

41

On January 30, 2004, CSIM became the investment advisor of the Laudus Trust and the Laudus Variable Insurance Trust (the Family of Investment Companies, Laudus Trust and Laudus Variable Insurance Trust are collectively referred to herein as the "fund complex"). As of December 31, 2005, the fund complex consisted of 68 funds. Ms. Byerwalter and Mr. Hasler also serve as trustees for the Laudus Trust and Laudus Variable Insurance Trust, therefore, each of these trustees oversees all 68 funds in the fund complex. The address of each individual is 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104.

Each officer's and trustee's principal occupations during the past five years, other current directorships and affiliations, if any, with The Charles Schwab Corporation, Schwab and CSIM are as follows:

       NAME, YEAR OF                                        PRINCIPAL
         BIRTH, AND             TERM OF OFFICE             OCCUPATIONS
     (POSITION(S) WITH           AND LENGTH OF           DURING THE PAST
         THE TRUST)              TIME SERVED 1             FIVE YEARS              OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

DONALD F. DORWARD             Trustee of Schwab       Chief Executive              None
1931                          Capital Trust since     Officer, Dorward &
(Trustee)                     1993.                   Associates (corporate
                                                      management,
                                                      marketing and
                                                      communications
                                                      consulting firm).
                                                      From 1996-1999,
                                                      Executive Vice
                                                      President and
                                                      Managing Director,
                                                      Grey Advertising.
                                                      Prior to 1996,
                                                      President and Chief
                                                      Executive Officer,
                                                      Allen & Dorward
                                                      Advertising.

ROBERT G. HOLMES              Trustee of Schwab       Chairman, Chief              None
1931                          Capital Trust since     Executive Officer and
(Trustee)                     1993.                   Director, Semloh
                                                      Financial, Inc.
                                                      (international
                                                      financial services and
                                                      investment advisory
                                                      firm).

DONALD R. STEPHENS            Trustee of Schwab       Managing Partner,            None
                              Capital Trust since     D.R. Stephens &


1 Trustees remain in office until they resign, retire or are removed by shareholder vote. The Schwab Funds(R) retirement policy requires that independent trustees elected after January 1, 2000 retire at age 72 or after twenty years as a trustee, whichever comes first. Independent trustees elected prior to January 1, 2000 will retire on the following schedule: Messr. Holmes and Dorward will retire on December 31, 2007, and Messrs. Stephens and Wilsey will retire on December 31, 2010.

42

       NAME, YEAR OF                                        PRINCIPAL
         BIRTH, AND             TERM OF OFFICE             OCCUPATIONS
     (POSITION(S) WITH           AND LENGTH OF           DURING THE PAST
         THE TRUST)              TIME SERVED 1             FIVE YEARS              OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Company
1938                          1993.                   (investments). Prior to
(Trustee)                                             1996, Chairman and
                                                      Chief Executive
                                                      Officer of North
                                                      American Trust (real
                                                      estate investment
                                                      trust).


MICHAEL W. WILSEY             Trustee of Schwab       Chairman and Chief         None
1943                          Capital Trust since     Executive Officer,
(Trustee)                     1993.                   Wilsey Bennett, Inc.
                                                      (real estate investment
                                                      and management, and
                                                      other investments).

MARIANN BYERWALTER            Trustee of Schwab       Chairman of JDN            Ms. Byerwalter is on the
1960                          Capital Trust since     Corporate Advisory         Boards of Stanford
(Trustee)                     2000.                   LLC. From 1996 to          University, America First
                                                      2001, Vice President       Companies (venture
                                                      for Business Affairs       capital/fund management),
                                                      and Chief Financial        Redwood Trust, Inc.
                                                      Officer of Stanford        (mortgage finance),
                                                      University, and in         Stanford Hospitals and
                                                      2001, Special Advisor      Clinics, SRI International
                                                      to the President of        (research), PMI Group Inc.
                                                      Stanford University. 2     (mortgage insurance),
                                                                                 Lucile Packard Children's
                                                                                 Hospital, and Pacific Life
                                                                                 Insurance Company. Ms.
                                                                                 Byerwalter is also a
                                                                                 Trustee of Laudus Trust
                                                                                 and Laudus Variable
                                                                                 Insurance Trust, both of
                                                                                 which are managed by
                                                                                 CSIM or its affiliates and
                                                                                 are included in the Schwab
                                                                                 mutual fund complex.

WILLIAM A. HASLER             Trustee of Schwab       Dean Emeritus, Haas        Mr. Hasler is on the
1941                          Capital Trust           School of Business,        Boards of Aphton
(Trustee)                     since 2000.             University of              Corporation (bio-
                                                      California, Berkeley.      pharmaceuticals), Mission
                                                      Until February 2004,       West Properties
                                                      Co-Chief Executive         (commercial real estate),


2 Charles R. Schwab, an interested trustee (see below) has served as a Trustee of Stanford University since December 1993.

43

       NAME, YEAR OF                                        PRINCIPAL
         BIRTH, AND             TERM OF OFFICE             OCCUPATIONS
     (POSITION(S) WITH           AND LENGTH OF           DURING THE PAST
         THE TRUST)              TIME SERVED 1             FIVE YEARS              OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Officer, Aphton            Stratex Networks (network
                                                      Corporation (bio-          equipment), Genitope
                                                      pharmaceuticals).          Corp. (bio-
                                                      Prior to August 1998,      pharmaceuticals), TOUSA
                                                      Dean of the Haas           (homebuilding); Non-
                                                      School of Business,        Executive Chairman,
                                                      University of              Solectron Corporation
                                                      California, Berkeley       (manufacturing). Mr.
                                                      (higher education).        Hasler is also a Trustee of
                                                                                 Laudus Trust and Laudus
                                                                                 Variable Insurance Trust,
                                                                                 both of which are managed
                                                                                 by CSIM or its affiliates
                                                                                 and are included in the
                                                                                 Schwab mutual fund
                                                                                 complex.

GERALD B. SMITH               Trustee of Schwab       Since 1990, Chairman       Mr. Smith is on the Board
1960                          Capital Trust           and Chief Executive        of Cooper Industries
(Trustee)                     since 2000.             Officer and founder of     (electrical products, tools
                                                      Smith Graham & Co.         and hardware); Chairman,
                                                      (investment advisors).     Texas Southern University
                                                                                 Foundation; Executive
                                                                                 Committee and Board
                                                                                 Member, MD Anderson
                                                                                 Cancer Center; Chairman
                                                                                 of the audit committee of
                                                                                 Northern Border Partners,
                                                                                 M.L.P. (energy).

44

       NAME, YEAR OF                                        PRINCIPAL
         BIRTH, AND             TERM OF OFFICE             OCCUPATIONS
     (POSITION(S) WITH           AND LENGTH OF           DURING THE PAST
         THE TRUST)              TIME SERVED 1             FIVE YEARS              OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              INTERESTED TRUSTEES

CHARLES R. SCHWAB 3           Chairman and            Chairman, Chief            Trustee, Charles and Helen
1937                          Trustee of Schwab       Executive Officer and      Schwab Foundation;
(Chairman and                 Capital Trust since     Director, The Charles      Chairman, All Kinds of
Trustee)                      1993.                   Schwab Corporation,        Minds Institute
                                                      Charles Schwab &           (education); Chairman and
                                                      Co., Inc.; Chairman        Director, Charles Schwab
                                                      and Director, Charles      Foundation; Chairman of
                                                      Schwab Investment          the Finance Committee,
                                                      Management, Inc.,          San Francisco Museum of
                                                      Charles Schwab             Modern Art; Trustee,
                                                      Bank, N. A.;               Stanford University.
                                                      Chairman and Chief
                                                      Executive Officer,
                                                      Schwab (SIS)
                                                      Holdings Inc. I,
                                                      Schwab International
                                                      Holdings, Inc.; Chief
                                                      Executive Officer and
                                                      Director, Schwab
                                                      Holdings, Inc.;
                                                      Director, U.S. Trust
                                                      Company, U.S. Trust
                                                      Corporation, United
                                                      States Trust Company
                                                      of New York. Until
                                                      May 2003, Co-Chief
                                                      Executive Officer,
                                                      The Charles Schwab
                                                      Corporation.


3 In addition to their employment with the investment adviser and the distributor, Messrs. Schwab and Merk also own stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation. Mr. Schwab and Mr. Merk are Interested Trustees because they are employees of Schwab and/or the adviser.

45

       NAME, YEAR OF                                        PRINCIPAL
         BIRTH, AND             TERM OF OFFICE             OCCUPATIONS
     (POSITION(S) WITH           AND LENGTH OF           DURING THE PAST
         THE TRUST)              TIME SERVED 1             FIVE YEARS              OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RANDALL W. MERK 3 4           Trustee of Schwab       Executive Vice               N/A
1954                          Capital Trust           President and
(Trustee)                     since 2005.             President, Schwab
                                                      Financial Products,
                                                      Charles Schwab &
                                                      Co., Inc.; Director,
                                                      Charles Schwab Asset
                                                      Management (Ireland)
                                                      Limited. From
                                                      September 2002 to
                                                      July 2004, Chief
                                                      Executive Officer,
                                                      Charles Schwab
                                                      Investment
                                                      Management, Inc. and
                                                      Executive Vice
                                                      President, Charles
                                                      Schwab & Co., Inc.
                                                      Prior to September
                                                      2002, President and
                                                      Chief Investment
                                                      Officer, American
                                                      Century Investment
                                                      Management, and
                                                      Director, American
                                                      Century Companies,
                                                      Inc.; Until June 2001,
                                                      Chief Investment
                                                      Officer -- Fixed
                                                      Income, American
                                                      Century Companies,
                                                      Inc.

                                                    OFFICERS

EVELYN DILSAVER               Officer of Schwab       Director, Executive          N/A
1955                          Capital Trust since     Vice President and
(President and Chief          2004.                   President, Charles
Executive Officer)                                    Schwab Investment
                                                      Management, Inc.
                                                      Vice President,
                                                      Laudus Trust and
                                                      Laudus Variable


3 In addition to their employment with the investment adviser and the distributor, Messrs. Schwab and Merk also own stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation. Mr. Schwab and Mr. Merk are Interested Trustees because they are employees of Schwab and/or the adviser.

4 Mr. Merk was appointed to the board on May 24, 2005.

46

       NAME, YEAR OF                                        PRINCIPAL
         BIRTH, AND             TERM OF OFFICE             OCCUPATIONS
     (POSITION(S) WITH           AND LENGTH OF           DURING THE PAST
         THE TRUST)              TIME SERVED 1             FIVE YEARS              OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Insurance Trust.
                                                      From June 2003 to
                                                      July 2004, Senior
                                                      Vice President, Asset
                                                      Management Products
                                                      and Services, Charles
                                                      Schwab & Co., Inc.
                                                      Prior to June 2003,
                                                      Executive Vice
                                                      President, Chief
                                                      Financial Officer, and
                                                      Chief Administrative
                                                      Officer, U.S. Trust, a
                                                      subsidiary of The
                                                      Charles Schwab
                                                      Corporation.

STEPHEN B. WARD               Officer of Schwab       Director, Senior Vice        N/A
1955                          Capital Trust           President and Chief
(Senior Vice President        since 1991.             Investment Officer,
 and Chief Investment                                 Charles Schwab
Officer)                                              Investment
                                                      Management, Inc.;
                                                      Chief Investment
                                                      Officer, The Charles
                                                      Schwab Trust
                                                      Company.

GEORGE PEREIRA                Officer of Schwab       Senior Vice President        N/A
1964                          Capital Trust           and Chief Financial
(Treasurer and                since 2004.             Officer, Charles
Principal Financial                                   Schwab Investment
Officer)                                              Management, Inc.;
                                                      Director, Charles
                                                      Schwab Asset
                                                      Management (Ireland)
                                                      Limited. From
                                                      December 1999 to
                                                      November 2004, Sr.
                                                      Vice President,
                                                      Financial Reporting,
                                                      Charles Schwab &
                                                      Co., Inc.

47

       NAME, YEAR OF                                        PRINCIPAL
         BIRTH, AND             TERM OF OFFICE             OCCUPATIONS
     (POSITION(S) WITH           AND LENGTH OF           DURING THE PAST
         THE TRUST)              TIME SERVED 1             FIVE YEARS              OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KOJI E. FELTON                Officer of Schwab       Senior Vice President,       N/A
1961                          Capital Trust           Chief Counsel and
(Secretary)                   since 1998.             Corporate Secretary,
                                                      Charles Schwab
                                                      Investment
                                                      Management, Inc.;
                                                      Senior Vice President
                                                      and Deputy General
                                                      Counsel, Charles
                                                      Schwab & Co., Inc.
                                                      Prior to June 1998,
                                                      Branch Chief in
                                                      Enforcement at U.S.
                                                      Securities and
                                                      Exchange
                                                      Commission in San
                                                      Francisco.


RANDALL FILLMORE              Officer of Schwab       Senior Vice President,       N/A
1960                          Capital Trust           Institutional
(Chief Compliance             since 2002.             Compliance and Chief
 Officer)                                             Compliance Officer,
                                                      Charles Schwab
                                                      Investment
                                                      Management, Inc.
                                                      Chief Compliance
                                                      Officer, Laudus Trust
                                                      and Laudus Variable
                                                      Insurance Trust.
                                                      From 2002 to 2003,
                                                      Vice President,
                                                      Charles Schwab &
                                                      Co., Inc., and Charles
                                                      Schwab Investment
                                                      Management, Inc.
                                                      From 2000 to 2002,
                                                      Vice President,
                                                      Internal Audit,
                                                      Charles Schwab &
                                                      Co., Inc.

48

       NAME, YEAR OF                                        PRINCIPAL
         BIRTH, AND             TERM OF OFFICE             OCCUPATIONS
     (POSITION(S) WITH           AND LENGTH OF           DURING THE PAST
         THE TRUST)              TIME SERVED 1             FIVE YEARS              OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KIMON P. DAIFOTIS             Officer of Schwab       Senior Vice President        N/A
1959                          Capital Trust           and Chief Investment
(Senior Vice President        since 2004.             Officer -- Fixed
and Chief Investment                                  Income, Charles
Officer)                                              Schwab Investment
                                                      Management, Inc.
                                                      Prior to 2004, Vice
                                                      President and Sr.
                                                      Portfolio Manager,
                                                      Charles Schwab
                                                      Investment
                                                      Management, Inc.

JEFFREY M. MORTIMER           Officer of Schwab       Senior Vice President        N/A
1963                          Capital Trust           and Chief Investment
(Senior Vice President        since 2004.              Officer -- Equities,
 and Chief Investment                                 Charles Schwab
Officer)                                              Investment
                                                      Management, Inc.;
                                                      Vice President and
                                                      Chief Investment
                                                      Officer, Laudus Trust
                                                      and Laudus Variable
                                                      Insurance Trust. Prior
                                                      to 2004, Vice
                                                      President and Sr.
                                                      Portfolio Manager,
                                                      Charles Schwab
                                                      Investment
                                                      Management, Inc.

TRUSTEE COMMITTEES

The Board of Trustees has established certain committees and adopted Committee charters with respect to those committees, each as described below:

- The Audit and Compliance Committee (formerly the Audit/Portfolio Compliance Committee) has oversight responsibility for the integrity of the Trusts' financial reporting processes and compliance policies, procedures and processes, and for each Trust's overall system of internal controls. This Committee is comprised of at least four Independent Trustees. Currently, Messrs. Hasler, Holmes, Wilsey and Ms. Byerwalter are members of this Committee. The charter directs that the Committee must meet four times annually, with additional meetings as the Committee deems appropriate. The Committee met 4 times during the most recent fiscal year.

49

- The primary purpose of the Governance Committee is to review and make recommendations to the Board regarding Trust governance-related matters, including but not limited to Board compensation practices, retirement policies and term limits, Board self-evaluations, the effectiveness and allocation of assignments and functions by the Board, the composition of committees of the Board, and the training of Trustees. The Committee is also responsible for selecting and nominating candidates to serve as trustees. There are no specific procedures in place to consider nominees recommended by shareholders, but such nominees would be considered if such nominations were submitted in accordance with Rule 14a-8 of the 1934 Act in conjunction with a shareholder meeting to consider the election of Trustees. This Committee is comprised of at least three Independent Trustees. Currently, Messrs. Dorward, Hasler and Holmes and Ms. Byerwalter are members of this Committee. The charter directs that the Committee meets at such times and with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. The Committee did not meet during the most recent fiscal year.

- The primary purpose of the Investment Oversight Committee is to oversee the investment activities of each Trust. This Committee is comprised of at least three Independent Trustees. Currently, Messrs. Smith, Stephens and Wilsey are members of this Committee. The charter directs that the Committee meets at such times and with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. The Committee did not meet during the most recent fiscal year.

- The primary purposes of the Marketing, Distribution and Shareholder Servicing Committee are to review matters relating to the marketing of the funds' shares; to oversee the quality and cost of shareholder services provided to the Trusts and their shareholders pursuant to the shareholder servicing and/or administrative service plans; and to oversee the Trusts' distribution-related arrangements, including the distribution-related services provided to the Trusts and their shareholders. This Committee is comprised of at least three Independent Trustees. Currently, Messrs. Dorward, Smith and Stephens are members of this Committee. The charter directs that the Committee meets at such times and with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. The Committee did not meet during the most recent fiscal year.

TRUSTEE COMPENSATION

The following table provides trustee compensation for the fiscal year ending October 31, 2005. This information is for the fund complex, which included 68 funds as of October 31, 2005.

                              ($)
                           Aggregate
                          Compensation
                           From the:         Pension or
                                             Retirement
                                              Benefits
                                             Accrued as              ($)
                          Schwab Capital    Part of Fund     Total Compensation
Name of Trustee               Trust           Expenses       from Fund Complex
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab                      0        N/A                           0

Randall W. Merk                        0        N/A                           0

Mariann Byerwalter               $33,113        N/A                    $223,026

50

Donald F. Dorward                        $33,113                          N/A                          $168,025

William A. Hasler                        $35,090                          N/A                          $233,026

Robert G. Holmes                         $33,113                          N/A                          $168,025

Gerald B. Smith                          $33,113                          N/A                          $168,025

Donald R. Stephens                       $33,113                          N/A                          $168,025

Michael W. Wilsey                        $31,900                          N/A                          $161,800

SECURITIES BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY EACH TRUSTEE

The following table provides each Trustee's equity ownership of a fund and ownership of all registered investment companies overseen by each Trustee in the Family of Investment Companies as of December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2005, the Family of Investment Companies included 57 funds.

                                         Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership of the:






                                                                                                     Aggregate
                          --------------------------------------------------------------------    Dollar Range of
                                             Laudus                                                   Trustee
                                            Balanced                                Laudus          Ownership In
                           Laudus U.S.       Market-      Laudus Small-Cap      International       the Family of
                          Market-Masters     Masters       Market-Masters       Market-Masters       Investment
Name of Trustee              Fund TM         Fund TM          Fund TM              Fund TM           Companies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab               None          None      $10,001-$50,000      $10,001-$50,000        Over $100,000
--------------------------- ------------- ------------- -------------------- -------------------- -------------------
Randal W. Merk                  None          None             None                 None            Over $100,000

Mariann Byerwalter              None          None             None                 None            Over $100,000

Donald F. Dorward               None          None             None                 None            Over $100,000

William A. Hasler               None          None             None                 None            Over $100,000

Robert G. Holmes                None          None             None                 None            Over $100,000

Gerald B. Smith                 None          None             None                 None            Over $100,000

Donald R. Stephens              None          None             None                 None            Over $100,000

Michael W. Wilsey               None          None             None                 None            Over $100,000

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Independent Trustees may enter into a fee deferral plan. Under this plan, deferred fees will be credited to an account established by the trust as of the date that such fees would have been paid to the trustee. The value of this account will equal the value that the account would have if the fees credited to the account had been invested in the shares of Schwab Funds(R) selected by the trustee. Currently, none of the Independent Trustees has elected to participate in this plan.

51

CODE OF ETHICS

The funds, their investment adviser and Schwab have adopted a Code of Ethics ("Ethics Code") as required under the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions or restrictions, the Ethics Code permits the trustees, directors, officers or advisory representatives of the funds or the investment adviser or the directors or officers of Schwab to buy or sell directly or indirectly securities for their own accounts. This includes securities that may be purchased or held by the funds. Securities transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of the investment adviser's Chief Compliance Officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting and review requirements.

In addition, each sub-adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics and, subject to certain conditions, each sub-adviser's Code of Ethics permits directors or officers of the sub-adviser to buy or sell securities for their own account, including securities that may be purchased or held by the funds. Securities transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of the sub-adviser's chief compliance officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting and review requirements.

DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

Charles Schwab Investment Management ("CSIM"), as an investment adviser, is generally responsible for voting proxies with respect to the securities held in accounts of investment companies for which it provides discretionary investment management services. CSIM's Proxy Committee exercises and documents CSIM's responsibility with regard to voting of client proxies (the "Proxy Committee"). The Proxy Committee is composed of representatives of CSIM's Compliance, Fund Administration, Legal and Portfolio Management Departments, and chaired by CSIM's Chief Investment Officer. The Chairman of the Committee may appoint the remaining members of the Committee. The Proxy Committee reviews and, as necessary, may amend periodically these Procedures to address new or revised proxy voting policies or procedures. The policies stated in these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures (the "CSIM Proxy Procedures") pertain to all of CSIM's clients.

The Boards of Trustees (the "Trustees") of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios (collectively, the "Funds" or "SchwabFunds") has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective Investment Advisory and Administration Agreements. The Trustees have adopted these Proxy Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various SchwabFunds portfolios. CSIM will present amendments to the Trustees for approval. However, there may be circumstances where the Proxy Committee deems it advisable to amend the Proxy Procedures between regular SchwabFunds Board meetings. In such cases, the Trustees will be asked to ratify any changes at the next regular meeting of the Board.

To assist CSIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, CSIM has retained Institutional Shareholder Services ("ISS") as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate governance area. ISS is an independent company that specializes in providing a variety of proxy-related services to institutional investment managers, plan sponsors, custodians, consultants, and other institutional investors. The services provided by ISS include in-depth research, global issuer analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping.

52

PROXY VOTING POLICY

For investment companies and other clients for which CSIM exercises its responsibility for voting proxies, it is CSIM's policy to vote proxies in the manner that CSIM and the Proxy Committee determine will maximize the economic benefit to CSIM's clients. In furtherance of this policy, the Proxy Committee has received and reviewed ISS's written proxy voting policies and procedures ("ISS's Proxy Procedures") and has determined that ISS's Proxy Procedures are consistent with the CSIM Proxy Procedures and CSIM's fiduciary duty with respect to its clients. The Proxy Committee will review any material amendments to ISS's Proxy Procedures to determine whether such procedures continue to be consistent with the CSIM Proxy Voting Procedures, and CSIM's fiduciary duty with respect to its clients.

Except under the circumstances described below, the Proxy Committee will delegate to ISS responsibility for voting proxies, including timely submission of votes, on behalf of CSIM's clients in accordance with ISS's Proxy Procedures.

For proxy issues that are not addressed by ISS's Proxy Procedures or are determined by the Proxy Committee or the applicable portfolio manager or other relevant portfolio management staff to raise significant concerns with respect to the accounts of CSIM clients, the Proxy Committee will review the analysis and recommendation of ISS. Examples of factors that could cause a matter to raise significant concerns include, but are not limited to: issues whose outcome has the potential to materially affect the company's industry, or regional or national economy, and matters which involve broad public policy developments which may similarly materially affect the environment in which the company operates. The Proxy Committee also will solicit input from the assigned portfolio manager and other relevant portfolio management staff for the particular portfolio security. After evaluating all such recommendations, the Proxy Committee will decide how to vote the shares and will instruct ISS to vote consistent with its decision. The Proxy Committee has the ultimate responsibility for making the determination of how to vote the shares in order to maximize the value of that particular holding.

With respect to proxies of an affiliated mutual fund, the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the fund (i.e., "echo vote"), unless otherwise required by law. When required by law, the Proxy Committee will also "echo vote" proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund. For example, certain exemptive orders issued to the SchwabFunds by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, require the SchwabFunds, under certain circumstances, to "echo vote" proxies of registered investment companies that serve as underlying investments of the SchwabFunds. When not required to "echo vote," the Proxy Committee will delegate to ISS responsibility for voting proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund in accordance with ISS's Proxy Procedures.

Conflicts of Interest. Except as described above for proxies of mutual funds, for proxy issues that present material conflicts of interest between CSIM, and/or any of its affiliates, and CSIM's clients, CSIM will delegate to ISS responsibility for voting such proxies in accordance with ISS's Proxy Procedures. The CSIM Legal Department is responsible for developing procedures to identify material conflicts of interest.

Voting Foreign Proxies. CSIM has arrangements with ISS for voting proxies. However, voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign securities may involve significantly greater effort and corresponding cost than voting proxies with respect to domestic securities, due to the variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy voting.

53

Problems voting foreign proxies may include the following:

- proxy statements and ballots written in a foreign language;

- untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;

- restrictions of foreigner's ability to exercise votes;

- requirements to vote proxies in person;

- the imposition of restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting;

- requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate CSIM's voting instructions.

In consideration of the foregoing issues, ISS uses its best-efforts to vote foreign proxies. As part of its ongoing oversight, the Proxy Committee will monitor the voting of foreign proxies to determine whether all reasonable steps are taken to vote foreign proxies. If the Proxy Committee determines that the cost associated with the attempt to vote outweighs the potential benefits clients may derive from voting, the Proxy Committee may decide not to attempt to vote.

Sub-Advisory Relationships. For investment companies or other clients that CSIM has delegated day-to-day investment management responsibilities to an investment adviser, CSIM may delegate its responsibility to vote proxies with respect to such investment companies' or other clients' securities. Each Sub-adviser to whom proxy voting responsibility has been delegated will be required to review all proxy solicitation material and to exercise the voting rights associated with the securities as it has been allocated in the best interest of each investment company and its shareholders, or other client. Prior to delegating the proxy voting responsibility, CSIM will review each sub-adviser's proxy voting policy to ensure that each Sub-adviser's proxy voting policy is generally consistent with the maximization of economic benefits to the investment company or other client.

REPORTING AND RECORD RETENTION

CSIM will maintain, or cause ISS to maintain, records which identify the manner in which proxies have been voted (or not voted) on behalf of CSIM clients. CSIM will comply with all applicable rules and regulations regarding disclosure of its or its clients proxy voting records and procedures.

CSIM will retain all proxy voting materials and supporting documentation as required under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

PROXY COMMITTEE QUORUM

Attendance by four members (or their respective designates) constitutes a quorum.

CONCISE SUMMARY OF ISS U.S. PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
Effective for meetings on or after Feb. 1, 2006

1. AUDITORS

RATIFYING AUDITORS

Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless:

- An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the company, and is therefore not independent;

54

- There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has rendered an opinion which is neither accurate nor indicative of the company's financial position; or

- Fees for non-audit services are excessive.

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

VOTING ON DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN UNCONTESTED ELECTIONS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on director nominees, examining, but not limited to, the following factors:

- Composition of the board and key board committees;

- Attendance at board and committee meetings;

- Corporate governance provisions and takeover activity;

- Disclosures under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

- Long-term company performance relative to a market and peer index;

- Extent of the director's investment in the company;

- Existence of related party transactions;

- Whether the chairman is also serving as CEO;

- Whether a retired CEO sits on the board;

- Number of outside boards at which a director serves.

WITHHOLD from individual directors who:

- Attend less than 75 percent of the board and committee meetings without a valid excuse (such as illness, service to the nation, work on behalf of the company);

- Sit on more than six public company boards;

- Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own (withhold only at their outside boards).

WITHHOLD from the entire board (except for new nominees, who should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis) if:

- The company's poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand feature. Withhold every year until this feature is removed;

- The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval since the beginning of 2005, does not commit to putting it to shareholder vote within 12 months of adoption or reneges on a commitment to put the pill to a vote and has not yet been withheld from for this issue;

- The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval by a majority of the shares outstanding the previous year;

- The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two consecutive years;

- The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of the shareholders tendered their shares;

- At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold rate;

- A Russell 3000 company underperformed its industry group (GICS group). The test will consist of the bottom performers within each industry group (GICS) based on a weighted average TSR. The weightings are as follows: 20 percent weight on 1-year TSR; 30 percent weight on 3-year TSR; and 50 percent weight on 5-year TSR. Company's response to performance issues will be considered before withholding.

WITHHOLD from inside directors and affiliated outside directors when:

- The inside or affiliated outside director serves on any of the three key committees: audit, compensation, or nominating;

55

- The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee;

- The full board is less than majority independent. WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee if:

- The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive;

- A material weakness identified in the Section 404 disclosures rises to a level of serious concern; there are chronic internal control issues and an absence of established effective control mechanisms.

WITHHOLD from the members of the Compensation Committee if:

- There is a negative correlation between chief executive pay and company performance;

- The company fails to submit one-time transfers of stock options to a shareholder vote;

- The company fails to fulfill the terms of a burn rate commitment they made to shareholders;

- The company has poor compensation practices.

WITHHOLD from directors, individually or the entire board, for egregious actions or failure to replace management as appropriate.

CLASSIFICATION/DECLASSIFICATION OF THE BOARD

Vote AGAINST proposals to classify the board. Vote FOR proposals to repeal classified boards and to elect all directors annually.

INDEPENDENT CHAIR (SEPARATE CHAIR/CEO)

Generally vote FOR shareholder proposals requiring the position of chair be filled by an independent director unless there are compelling reasons to recommend against the proposal, such as a counterbalancing governance structure. This should include all of the following:

- Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties. (The role may alternatively reside with a presiding director, vice chairman, or rotating lead director; however the director must serve a minimum of one year in order to qualify as a lead director.);

- Two-thirds independent board;

- All-independent key committees;

- Established governance guidelines;

- The company does not under-perform its peers.

MAJORITY VOTE SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

Generally vote FOR reasonably crafted shareholders proposals calling for directors to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast and/or the elimination of the plurality standard for electing directors (including binding resolutions requesting that the board amend the company's bylaws), provided the proposal includes a carve-out for a plurality voting standard when there are more director nominees than board seats (e.g., contested elections). Consider voting AGAINST the shareholder proposal if the company has adopted a formal corporate governance policy that present a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and provide an adequate response to both new nominees as well as incumbent nominees who fail to receive a majority of votes cast.

At a minimum, a company's policy should articulate the following elements to adequately address each director nominee who fails to receive an affirmative of majority of votes cast in an election:

- Established guidelines disclosed annually in the proxy statement concerning the process to follow for nominees who receive majority withhold votes;

56

- The policy needs to outline a clear and reasonable timetable for all decision-making regarding the nominee's status;

- The policy needs to specify that the process of determining the nominee's status will be managed by independent directors and must exclude the nominee in question;

- An outline of a range of remedies (for example, acceptance of the resignation, maintaining the director but curing the underlying causes of the withheld votes, etc.);

- The final decision on the nominee's status should be promptly disclosed via an SEC filing. The policy needs to include the timeframe for disclosure and require a full explanation of how the decision was reached.

In addition, the company should articulate to shareholders why its policy is the best structure for demonstrating accountability to shareholders.

3. PROXY CONTESTS

VOTING FOR DIRECTOR NOMINEES IN CONTESTED ELECTIONS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

- Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to its industry;

- Management's track record;

- Background to the proxy contest;

- Qualifications of director nominees (both slates);

- Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of critique against management;

- Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates);

- Stock ownership positions.

REIMBURSING PROXY SOLICITATION EXPENSES

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident slate, vote FOR the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy solicitation expenses associated with the election.

4. TAKEOVER DEFENSES

POISON PILLS

Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it UNLESS the company has: (1) A shareholder approved poison pill in place; or (2) The company has adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future specifying that the board will only adopt a shareholder rights plan if either:

- Shareholders have approved the adoption of the plan; or

- The board, in its exercise of its fiduciary responsibilities, determines that it is in the best interest of shareholders under the circumstances to adopt a pill without the delay in adoption that would result from seeking stockholder approval (i.e. the "fiduciary out" provision). A poison pill adopted under this fiduciary out will be put to a shareholder ratification vote within twelve months of adoption or expire. If the pill is not approved by a majority of the votes cast on this issue, the plan will immediately terminate.

Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for poison pills to be put to a vote within a time period of less than one year after adoption. If the company has no non-shareholder approved poison pill in place and has adopted a policy with the provisions outlined above, vote AGAINST the proposal. If these conditions are not met, vote FOR the proposal, but with the caveat that a vote within twelve months would be considered sufficient.

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals on poison pill ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights plan. Rights plans should contain the following attributes:

57

- No lower than a 20 percent trigger, flip-in or flip-over;

- A term of no more than three years;

- No dead-hand, slow-hand, no-hand or similar feature that limits the ability of a future board to redeem the pill;

- Shareholder redemption feature (qualifying offer clause); if the board refuses to redeem the pill 90 days after a qualifying offer is announced, ten percent of the shares may call a special meeting or seek a written consent to vote on rescinding the pill.

SUPERMAJORITY VOTE REQUIREMENTS

Vote AGAINST proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote. Vote FOR proposals to lower supermajority vote requirements.

5. MERGERS AND CORPORATE RESTRUCTURINGS

For mergers and acquisitions, evaluate the proposed transaction based on these factors:

- Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable?

- Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal?

- Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable.

- Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm's length? Was the process fair and equitable?

- Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests.

- Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the parties to the transaction?

6. STATE OF INCORPORATION

REINCORPORATION PROPOSALS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to change a company's state of incorporation, taking into consideration both financial and corporate governance concerns, including the reasons for reincorporating, a comparison of the governance provisions, comparative economic benefits, and a comparison of the jurisdictional laws. Vote FOR reincorporation when the economic factors outweigh any neutral or negative governance changes.

7. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

COMMON STOCK AUTHORIZATION

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance using a model developed by ISS. Vote FOR proposals to approve increases beyond the allowable increase when a company's shares are in danger of being de-listed or if a company's ability to continue to operate as a going concern is uncertain. In addition, for capital requests less than or equal to 300 percent of the current authorized shares that marginally fail the calculated allowable cap (i.e., exceed the allowable cap by no more than 5 percent), on a CASE-BY-CASE basis, vote FOR the increase based on the company's performance and whether the company's ongoing use of shares has shown prudence.

ISSUE STOCK FOR USE WITH RIGHTS PLAN

Vote AGAINST proposals that increase authorized common stock for the explicit purpose of implementing a non-shareholder approved shareholder rights plan (poison pill).

58

PREFERRED STOCK

Vote AGAINST proposals authorizing the creation of new classes of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights ("blank check" preferred stock). Vote AGAINST proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred stock authorized for issuance when no shares have been issued or reserved for a specific purpose.

Vote FOR proposals to create "de-clawed" blank check preferred stock (stock that cannot be used as a takeover defense). Vote FOR proposals to authorize preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable. Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to increase the number of blank check preferred shares after analyzing the number of preferred shares available for issue given a company's industry and performance in terms of shareholder returns.

8. EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Vote AGAINST the plan if:

- The total cost of the company's equity plans is unreasonable;

- The plan expressly permits the repricing of stock options without prior shareholder approval;

- There is a disconnect between CEO pay and the company's performance;

- The company's three year burn rate exceeds the greater of 2 percent and the mean plus 1 standard deviation of its industry group; or

- The plan is a vehicle for poor pay practices.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on compensation plans for non-employee directors, based on the cost of the plans against the company's allowable cap. Vote for the plan if ALL of the following qualitative factors in the board's compensation plan are met and disclosed in the proxy statement:

- Stock ownership guidelines with a minimum of three times the annual cash retainer.

- Vesting schedule or mandatory holding/deferral period:

- A minimum vesting of three years for stock options or restricted stock; or

- Deferred stock payable at the end of a three-year deferral period.

- A balanced mix between cash and equity. If the mix is heavier on equity, the vesting schedule or deferral period should be more stringent, with the lesser of five years or the term of directorship.

- No retirement/benefits and perquisites for non-employee directors; and

- A table with a detailed disclosure of the cash and equity compensation for each non-employee director for the most recent fiscal year.

DISCLOSURE OF CEO COMPENSATION-TALLY SHEET

Companies should provide better and more transparent disclosure related to CEO pay. Consider withhold votes in the future from the compensation committee and voting against equity plans if compensation disclosure is not improved and a tally sheet is not provided.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS--QUALIFIED PLANS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on qualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR plans if:

- Purchase price is at least 85 percent of fair market value;

- Offering period is 27 months or less; and

59

- The number of shares allocated to the plan is ten percent or less of the outstanding shares.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS--NON-QUALIFIED PLANS
Vote CASE-by-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans. Vote FOR plans with:
- Broad-based participation (i.e., all employees with the exclusion of individuals with 5 percent or more of beneficial ownership of the company);

- Limits on employee contribution (a fixed dollar amount or a percentage of base salary);

- Company matching contribution up to 25 percent of employee's contribution, which is effectively a discount of 20 percent from market value;

- No discount on the stock price on the date of purchase since there is a company matching contribution.

OPTION EXCHANGE PROGRAMS/RE-PRICING OPTIONS

Vote CASE-by-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration historic trading patterns, rationale for the re-pricing, value-for-value exchange treatment of surrendered options, option vesting, term of the option, exercise price and participation. Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option re-pricing to a shareholder vote.

SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS FOR EXECUTIVES/GOLDEN PARACHUTES

Vote FOR shareholder proposals to require golden parachutes or executive severance agreements to be submitted for shareholder ratification, unless the proposal requires shareholder approval prior to entering into employment contracts. Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis on proposals to ratify or cancel golden parachutes. An acceptable parachute should include:

- A trigger beyond the control of management;

- The amount should not exceed three times base amount (defined as the average annual taxable W-2 compensation during the five years prior to the year in which the change of control occurs;

- Change-in-control payments should be double-triggered, i.e., (1) after a change in the company's ownership structure has taken place, and (2) termination of the executive as a result of the change in control.

9. CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY

ANIMAL RIGHTS

Generally vote AGAINST proposals to phase out the use of animals in product testing unless:

- The company is conducting animal testing programs that are unnecessary or not required by regulation;

- The company is conducting animal testing when suitable alternatives are accepted and used at peer firms;

- The company has been the subject of recent, significant controversy related to its testing programs.

Generally vote FOR proposals seeking a report on the company's animal welfare standards.

DRUG PRICING AND RE-IMPORTATION

Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies implement specific price restraints on pharmaceutical products unless the company fails to adhere to legislative guidelines or industry norms in its product pricing. Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals requesting that the company evaluate their product pricing considering:

- The existing level of disclosure on pricing policies; - Deviation from established industry pricing norms;

- The company's existing initiatives to provide its products to needy consumers;

60

- Whether the proposal focuses on specific products or geographic regions. Generally vote FOR proposals requesting that companies report on the financial and legal impact of their policies regarding prescription drug re-importation unless such information is already publicly disclosed. Generally vote AGAINST proposals requesting that companies adopt specific policies to encourage or constrain prescription drug re-importation.

GENETICALLY MODIFIED FOODS

Vote AGAINST proposals asking companies to voluntarily label genetically engineered (GE) ingredients in their products or alternatively to provide interim labeling and eventually eliminate GE ingredients due to the costs and feasibility of labeling and/or phasing out the use of GE ingredients.

TOBACCO

Most tobacco-related proposals (such as on second-hand smoke, advertising to youth and spin-offs of tobacco-related business) should be evaluated on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.

TOXIC CHEMICALS

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that a company discloses its policies related to toxic chemicals. Vote CASE-BY-CASE on resolutions requesting that companies evaluate and disclose the potential financial and legal risks associated with utilizing certain chemicals. Generally vote AGAINST resolutions requiring that a company reformulate its products within a certain timeframe unless such actions are required by law in specific markets.

ARCTIC NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE

Generally vote AGAINST request for reports outlining potential environmental damage from drilling in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (ANWR) unless:

- New legislation is adopted allowing development and drilling in the ANWR region;

- The company intends to pursue operations in the ANWR; and

- The company has not disclosed an environmental risk report for its ANWR operations.

CONCENTRATED AREA FEEDING OPERATIONS (CAFOS)

Vote FOR resolutions requesting that companies report to shareholders on the risks and liabilities associated with CAFOs unless:

- The company has publicly disclosed guidelines for its corporate and contract farming operations, including compliance monitoring; or

- The company does not directly source from CAFOs.

GLOBAL WARMING AND KYOTO PROTOCOL COMPLIANCE

Generally vote FOR proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas emissions from company operations and/or products unless this information is already publicly disclosed or such factors are not integral to the company's line of business. Generally vote AGAINST proposals that call for reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by specified amounts or within a restrictive time frame unless the company lags industry standards and has been the subject of recent, significant fines or litigation resulting from greenhouse gas emissions.

Generally vote FOR resolutions requesting that companies outline their preparations to comply with standards established by Kyoto Protocol signatory markets unless:

- The company does not maintain operations in Kyoto signatory markets;

- The company already evaluates and substantially discloses such information; or,

- Greenhouse gas emissions do not significantly impact the company's core businesses.

61

POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to improve the disclosure of a company's political contributions considering: any recent significant controversy or litigation related to the company's political contributions or governmental affairs; and the public availability of a policy on political contributions. Vote AGAINST proposals barring the company from making political contributions.

LINK EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TO SOCIAL PERFORMANCE

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to review ways of linking executive compensation to social factors, such as corporate downsizings, customer or employee satisfaction, community involvement, human rights, environmental performance, predatory lending, and executive/employee pay disparities.

OUTSOURCING/OFFSHORING

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals calling for companies to report on the risks associated with outsourcing, considering: the risks associated with certain international markets; the utility of such a report; and the existence of a publicly available code of corporate conduct that applies to international operations.

HUMAN RIGHTS REPORTS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on requests for reports detailing the company's operations in a particular country and on proposals to implement certain human rights standards at company facilities or those of its suppliers and to commit to outside, independent monitoring.

10. MUTUAL FUND PROXIES

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors and trustees, following the same guidelines for uncontested directors for public company shareholder meetings. However, mutual fund boards do not usually have compensation committees, so do not withhold for the lack of this committee.

CONVERTING CLOSED-END FUND TO OPEN-END FUND

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on conversion proposals, considering the following factors:

- Past performance as a closed-end fund;

- Market in which the fund invests;

- Measures taken by the board to address the discount; and

- Past shareholder activism, board activity, and votes on related proposals.

ESTABLISH DIRECTOR OWNERSHIP REQUIREMENT

Generally vote AGAINST shareholder proposals that mandate a specific minimum amount of stock that directors must own in order to qualify as a director or to remain on the board.

REIMBURSE SHAREHOLDER FOR EXPENSES INCURRED

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation expenses. When supporting the dissidents, vote FOR the reimbursement of the solicitation expenses.

TERMINATE THE INVESTMENT ADVISOR

Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to terminate the investment advisor, considering the following factors:

- Performance of the fund's net asset value;

- The fund's history of shareholder relations;

62

The performance of other funds under the advisor's management.

Funds' Proxy Voting Records

The Trust is required to disclose annually each fund's complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX. A fund's proxy voting record for the most recent 12 month period ended June 30th is available by visiting the Schwab website at www.schwab.com/schwabfunds. A fund's Form N-PX is also available on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

As of February 15, 2006, the officers and trustees of the trust, as a group owned, of a record, directly or beneficially, less than 1% of the outstanding voting securities of any class of each fund.

As of February 15, 2006, the following represents persons or entities that owned, of record or beneficially, more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of any class of each fund:

LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND
David M. Cashman and Helen M. Cashman              4 Dunes Bluff,                      5.37%
                                                   Newport Coast, CA 92657
Larry L. Hull                                      10116 Soriano Street,               5.29%
                                                   Denton, TX 76207
Hubert C. Trenkamp                                 34 Moore Road,                      5.26%
                                                   Novato, CA 94949
William L. Oxley                                   202 N 23rd Street,                  7.52%
                                                   Terre Haute, IN 47807
Stephen David Prowse and Dianne Leslie Prowse      76 Waasland Drive,                 17.64%
                                                   Plano, TX 75025
Joseph G. Rosenfeld                                43 Springwood Drive,                6.18%
                                                   Southhampton, PA 18966
Terrence O. Wisner                                 1053 Point of Rocks Road,           5.29%
                                                   Whitehall, MT 59759

LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND
Tinniam A. Balasubramaniam                         184 Algonquin Trail,                6.75%
                                                   Ashland, MA 01721
M. Brian Ramon and Arline P. Ramon                 1415 Boardwalk Street,             17.88%
                                                   Arlington, TX 76011
Keith Mitchell Lowell                              40 17th Street,                     5.39%
                                                   Hermosa Beach, CA 90254

LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND
Jeffery Miller and Joanne Keenan Miller            35-56 77th Street,                  5.31%
                                                   Flushing, NY 11372

LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND
Charles Schwab Trust Company                       1 Montgomery Street, 7th Floor,     5.87%
                                                   San Francisco, CA 94104

63

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

INVESTMENT ADVISER AND SUB-ADVISERS

CSIM, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Charles Schwab Corporation, 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco CA 94104, serves as the funds' investment adviser and administrator pursuant to an Investment Advisory and Administration Agreement ("Advisory Agreement") between it and the trust. Schwab is an affiliate of the investment adviser and is the trust's distributor, shareholder services agent and transfer agent. Charles R. Schwab is the founder, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director of The Charles Schwab Corporation. As a result of his ownership of and interests in The Charles Schwab Corporation, Mr. Schwab may be deemed to be a controlling person of the investment adviser and Schwab.

Advisory Agreement

The continuation of a fund's Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually (1) by the vote of the trustees or by a vote of the shareholders of the fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment advisory agreement or "interested persons" of any party (the "Independent Trustees"), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

Each year, the Board of Trustees calls and holds a meeting to decide whether to renew the Advisory Agreement between the Trusts and CSIM with respect to existing funds in the Trusts. In preparation for the meeting, the Board requests and reviews a wide variety of materials provided by the funds' investment adviser, as well as extensive data provided by third parties, and the Independent Trustees receive advice from counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Each of the Laudus MarketMasters Funds TM is actively managed by a team of dedicated investment professionals, led by the investment adviser, who serves as the "manager of managers," and a team of sub-advisers, each of which manages a portion of the assets of each fund. The investment adviser oversees the advisory services provided to the funds. The investment adviser also may manage a portion of the funds' assets including its cash position. Pursuant to separate sub-advisory agreements, and under the supervision of the investment adviser and the funds' Board of Trustees, a number of sub-advisers are responsible for the day-to-day investment management of a discrete portion of the assets of the funds. The sub-advisers also are responsible for managing their employees who provide services to the funds. Subject to Board review, the investment adviser allocates and, when appropriate, reallocates the funds' assets among sub-advisers, monitors and evaluates sub-adviser performance, and oversees sub-adviser compliance with the funds' investment objectives, policies and restrictions.

The following are the sub-advisers for the funds.

AMERICAN CENTURY GLOBAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC. ("ACGIM") serves as sub-adviser to the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund. ACGIM was established as a Delaware corporation in September 2004 and has been managing mutual funds since January 2005. Prior to January 2005, the fund was managed by ACGIM's parent company, American Century Investment Management, Inc. (ACIM). The change of investment advisor is a result of a corporate restructuring of ACIM, in which ACGIM was incorporated as a subsidiary of ACIM. ACGIM's principal office is located at 666 3rd Avenue, 23rd Floor, New York, NY 10017. ACIM's principal office is located at 4500 Main Street, Kansas City, MO 64111.

64

ARTISAN PARTNERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ("ARTISAN PARTNERS") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund. It was established as a Delaware limited partnership in 1994. Artisan Investment Corporation is the general partner of Artisan Partners. Artisan Partners' and Artisan Investment Corporation's principal offices are located at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202-5402.

GARDNER LEWIS ASSET MANAGEMENT L.P. ("GARDNER LEWIS") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund and the Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund. Gardner Lewis was established as a Delaware corporation in 1990, converted to a Pennsylvania limited partnership in 1994 and is controlled by W. Whitfield Gardner. Mr. Gardner, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and John L. Lewis, IV, President, are control persons by ownership of Gardner Lewis. Gardner Lewis' principal office is located at 285 Wilmington-West Chester Pike, Chadds Ford, PA 19317.

HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P. ("HARRIS ASSOCIATES") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund and the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund. It was established as a Delaware limited partnership in 1976 and is a wholly owned subsidiary of IXIS Asset Management U.S Group The principal office of Harris Associates is located at Two North LaSalle, Suite 500, Chicago, Illinois 60602-3790. IXIS Asset Management U.S Group's principal office is located at 399 Bolyston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC ("JANUS") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund. It is organized as a Delaware limited liability company and was founded in 1969. Janus is a majority-owned subsidiary of Janus Capital Group Inc. ("JCG"), a publicly traded company whose subsidiaries are engaged in financial services. Janus' and JCG's principal offices are located at 151 Detroit Street, Denver, CO 80206. Janus may delegate certain investment management responsibilities to Perkins, Wolf, McDonnell and Company, LLC (see below). Janus owns 30% of Perkins, Wolf, McDonnell and Company, LLC.

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC ("PIMCO") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund. It is a Delaware limited liability company, and was founded in 1971. It is a subsidiary of Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P., formerly PIMCO Advisors L.P. ("ADAM LP"). Allianz AG, a European-based, multi-national insurance and financial services holding company is the indirect majority owner of ADAM L.P., and Pacific Life Insurance Company holds an indirect minority interest in ADAM LP. PIMCO's principal office is located at 840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 100, Newport Beach, California 92660. ADAM LP's principal office is located at 888 San Clemente Drive, Suite 100, Newport Beach, California 92660. Allianz AG's principal office is located at Koniginstrasse, 28 D-80802, Munich, Germany. Pacific Life Insurance Company's principal office is located at 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

PERKINS, WOLF, MCDONNELL AND COMPANY, LLC ("PERKINS") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund. Perkins was founded in 1980. As discussed above, Janus may delegate certain of its investment management responsibilities to Perkins. Perkins' principal office is located at 310 S. Michigan Avenue, Suite 2600, Chicago, Illinois 60604.

TAMRO CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC ("TAMRO") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund. It was organized as a Delaware limited liability company in 2000 and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ABN AMRO Asset Management, Inc. TAMRO's principal office is located at 1660 Duke Street, Suite 200, Alexandria, Virginia 22314. ABN AMRO Asset Management's principal offices are located at 161 N. Clark Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601.

65

TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY ("TCW") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund, Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund and Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund. It was organized as a California based corporation in 1987. TCW is a wholly owned subsidiary of The TCW Group, Inc. Societe Generale Asset Management, S.A. ("SGAM") is the majority owner of The TCW Group, Inc. Societe Generale, S.A., a publicly held financial services firm headquartered in Paris, France, owns 100% of SGAM. TCW's and The TCW Group, Inc.'s principal offices are located at 865 South Figueroa Street, Suite 1800, Los Angeles, California 90017. SGAM's principal office is located at 170 place Henri Regnault--La Defense 6, 92043 Paris--La Defense Cedex, France. Societe Generale, S.A's principal office is located at 19, Boulevard Hausmann, 75009 Paris, France.

THORNBURG INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC. ("THORNBURG") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund. It was organized as a Delaware corporation in 1982. Thornburg's principal office is located at 119 E. Marcy St., Suite 202, Sante Fe, New Mexico 87501.

TOCQUEVILLE ASSET MANAGEMENT LP ("TOCQUEVILLE") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund. It was established as a Delaware limited partnership in 1985. Tocqueville Management Corporation is the general partner of Tocqueville. Tocqueville's principal office is located at 40 W 57th Street, New York, New York 10019.

VEREDUS ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC ("VEREDUS") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund. It was organized as a Kentucky limited liability company in 1998. ABN AMRO Asset Management Holdings Company Inc. ("ABN") owns 50% of Veredus. ABN is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ABN AMRO Bank NV, a European financial services company headquartered in the Netherlands. Veredus' principal place of business is 6060 Dutchmans Lane, Suite 320, Louisville, Kentucky 40205.

WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, LLC ("WILLIAM BLAIR") serves as a sub-adviser to the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund. It was founded in 1935 and became a Delaware limited liability company in 1996. William Blair's principal office is located at 222 West Adams St., Chicago, Illinois 60606.

LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND TM

For its advisory and administrative services to the Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.925% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 0.920% of such net assets in excess of $500 million and less than $1 billion, and 0.910% of such net assets over $1 billion. The investment adviser pays the sub-advisers their fees out of this amount.

Prior to February 28, 2005, for its advisory and administrative services to the Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly, of 1.00% of the fund's average daily net assets. The investment adviser paid the sub-advisers their fees out of this amount.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $1,382,000, $1,613,000, and $1,167,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $220,000, $267,000, and $235,000, respectively).

66

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the investment adviser paid to the sub-advisers investment advisory fees of $909,000, $941,000, and $730,000, respectively.

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund's Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.25% and 1.07%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND TM

For its advisory and administrative services to the Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.775% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 0.750% of such net assets in excess of $500 million and less than $1 billion, and 0.725% of such net assets over $1 billion. The investment adviser pays the sub-advisers their fees out of this amount.

Prior to February 28, 2005, for its advisory and administrative services to the Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly, of 0.85% of the fund's average daily net assets. The investment adviser paid the sub-advisers their fees out of this amount.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $871,000, $799,000, and $621,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $240,000, $273,000, and $226,000, respectively).

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the investment adviser paid to the sub-advisers investment advisory fees of $675,000, $502,000, and $400,000, respectively.

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund's Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.10% and 0.95%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND TM

For its advisory and administrative services to the Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 1.17% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 1.13% of such net assets in excess of $500 million and less than 1 billion, and 1.07% of such net assets over $1 billion. The investment adviser pays the sub-advisers their fees out of this amount.

Prior to February 28, 2005, for its advisory and administrative services to the Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly, of 1.30% of the fund's average daily net assets. The investment adviser paid the sub-advisers their fees out of this amount.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $1,316,000, $1,435,000, and $949,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $174,000, $299,000, and $228,000, respectively).

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the investment adviser paid to the sub-advisers investment advisory fees of $837,000, $924,000, and $684,000, respectively.

67

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund's Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.55% and 1.37%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND

For its advisory and administrative services to the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a graduated annual fee, payable monthly, of 1.29% of the fund's average daily net assets not in excess of $500 million, 1.27% of such net assets in excess of $500 million and less than $1 billion, and 1.25% of such net assets over $1 billion. The investment adviser pays the sub-advisers their fees out of this amount.

Prior to February 28, 2005, for its advisory and administrative services to the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund, the investment adviser was entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly, of 1.40% of the fund's average daily net assets. The investment adviser paid the sub-advisers their fees out of this amount.

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund paid net investment advisory fees of $10,579,000, $5,510,000, and $2,551,000, respectively (gross fees were reduced by $753,000, $1,155,000, and $596,000, respectively).

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the investment adviser paid to the sub-advisers investment advisory fees of $5,563,000, $3,103,000, and $1,505,000, respectively.

Schwab and the investment adviser have agreed to limit the "net operating expenses" (excluding interest, taxes and certain non-routine expenses) of the fund's Investor Shares and Select Shares to 1.65% and 1.47%, respectively, through February 27, 2007.

The amount of the expense caps is determined in coordination with the Board of Trustees, and the expense cap is intended to limit the effects on shareholders of expenses incurred in the ordinary operation of a fund. The expense cap is not intended to cover all fund expenses, and a fund's expenses may exceed the expense cap. For example, the expense cap does not cover investment-related expenses, such as brokerage commissions, interest and taxes, nor does it cover extraordinary or non-routine expenses, such as shareholder meeting costs.

DISTRIBUTOR

Pursuant to a Distribution Agreement, Schwab is the principal underwriter for shares of the funds and is the trust's agent for the purpose of the continuous offering of the funds' shares. Each fund pays the cost of the prospectuses and shareholder reports to be prepared and delivered to existing shareholders. Schwab pays such costs when the described materials are used in connection with the offering of shares to prospective investors and for supplemental sales literature and advertising. Schwab receives no fee under the Distribution Agreement.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES AND TRANSFER AGENT

Schwab provides fund information to shareholders, including share price, shareholder ownership and account activities and distributes the funds' prospectuses, financial reports and other informational literature about the funds. Schwab maintains the office space, equipment and

68

personnel necessary to provide these services. At its own expense, Schwab may engage third party entities, as appropriate, to perform some or all of these services.

For the services performed as transfer agent under its contract with each fund, Schwab is entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly from each share class of the fund, in the amount of 0.05% of each fund's or each share class' average daily net assets.

For the services performed as shareholder services agent under its contract with each fund, Schwab is entitled to receive an annual fee, payable monthly from each share class of the fund, in the amount of 0.20% of the Investor Shares' and 0.15% of the Select Shares(R)' average daily net assets.

CUSTODIAN AND FUND ACCOUNTANT

State Street Bank & Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as custodian and fund accountant.

The custodian is responsible for the daily safekeeping of securities and cash held or sold by the funds. The fund accountant maintains all books and records related to each fund's transactions.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The funds' independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers audits and reports on the annual financial statements of the funds and reviews certain regulatory reports and each fund's federal income tax return. They also perform other professional accounting, auditing, tax and advisory services when the trust engages them to do so. Their address is 3 Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, CA 94111. The funds' audited financial statements from the funds' annual report for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2005, are incorporated by reference into this SAI.

LEGAL COUNSEL

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP serves as counsel to the Trust.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

CSIM IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MONITORING AND COORDINATING THE OVERALL MANAGEMENT OF EACH OF THE MARKETMASTERS FUNDS.

OTHER ACCOUNTS. Each portfolio manager (collectively referred to as the "Portfolio Managers") is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain accounts, as listed below. The accounts listed below are not subject to a performance-based advisory fee. The information below is provided as of October 31, 2005, with respect to Jeff Mortimer, and December 31, 2005 for Caroline Lee.

                     REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES
                     (THIS AMOUNT INCLUDES THE FUNDS
                     IN THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL
                               INFORMATION)             OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES            OTHER ACCOUNTS
                       NUMBER OF                           NUMBER OF                          NUMBER OF
       NAME             ACCOUNTS        TOTAL ASSETS       ACCOUNTS        TOTAL ASSETS        ACCOUNTS       TOTAL ASSETS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jeffrey Mortimer           31         $52,782,321,069          0               --               3,999         $734,773,476
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Caroline Lee                                                   0               --                 0                 --
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

69

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. A Portfolio Manager's management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with its management of a fund's investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts include Schwab Personal Portfolio Managed Accounts and other mutual funds advised by CSIM (collectively, the "Other Managed Accounts"). The Other Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives as a fund, track the same index a fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by a fund. While the Portfolio Managers' management of Other Accounts may give rise to the potential conflicts of interest listed below, CSIM does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such conflicts are material, CSIM believes it has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.

Knowledge of the Timing and Size of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the Portfolio Managers' day-to-day management of the funds. Because of their positions with the funds, the Portfolio Managers know the size, timing, and possible market impact of fund trades. It is theoretically possible that the Portfolio Managers could use this information to the advantage of the Other Managed Accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a fund. However, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time. Moreover, with respect to index funds, which seek to track their benchmark index, much of this information is publicly available. When it is determined to be in the best interest of both accounts, the Portfolio Managers may aggregate trade orders for the Other Managed Accounts, excluding Schwab Personal Portfolio Managed Accounts, with those of a fund. All aggregated orders are subject to CSIM's aggregation and allocation policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that (i) a Portfolio Manager will not aggregate orders unless he or she believes such aggregation is consistent with his or her duty to seek best execution; (ii) no account will be favored over any other account; (iii) each account that participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average security price with all transaction costs shared on a pro-rata basis; and (iv) if the aggregated order cannot be executed in full, the partial execution is allocated pro-rata among the participating accounts in accordance with the size of each account's order.

Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the Portfolio Managers' management of a fund and Other Managed Accounts which, in theory, may allow them to allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors the Other Managed Accounts over a fund, which conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that CSIM or the Portfolio Managers receive, or expect to receive, greater compensation from their management of the Other Managed Accounts than the fund. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is CSIM's policy to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as discussed above, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with each account's investment objectives and related restrictions. For example, while the Portfolio Managers may buy for an Other Managed Account securities that differ in identity or quantity from securities bought for a fund or refrain from purchasing securities for an Other Account that they are otherwise buying for a fund in an effort to outperform its specific benchmark, such an approach might not be suitable for a fund given its investment objectives and related restrictions.

COMPENSATION. Charles Schwab & Co., the trust's distributor, compensates each CSIM Portfolio Manager for his or her management of the funds. Each Portfolio Manager's compensation consists of a fixed annual ("base") salary and a discretionary bonus. The base salary is determined considering compensation payable for a similar position across the

70

investment management industry and an evaluation of the individual Portfolio Manager's overall performance such as the portfolio manager's contribution to the firm's overall investment process, being good corporate citizens and contributions to the firm's asset growth and business relationships. The discretionary bonus is determined in accordance with the CSIM Portfolio Management Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), which is designed to reward consistent and superior investment performance relative to established benchmarks and/or industry peer groups. The Plan is an annual incentive plan that provides quarterly advances at management's discretion based on their determination of whether funds are available under the Plan as well as the portfolio manager's contribution to the firm's overall investment process, being good corporate citizens and contributions to the firm's asset growth and business relationships.

The Plan consists of two independent funding components: 75% of the funding is based on fund investment performance and 25% of the funding is based on Schwab's corporate performance. Funding from these two components is pooled into two separate incentive pools (one for Fixed Income portfolio managers and the second for Equity portfolio managers) and then allocated to the plan participants by CSIM senior management. This allocation takes into account fund performance as well as the portfolio manager's leadership, teamwork, and contribution to CSIM goals and objectives.

- Fund Investment Performance

Funding into this Plan component is determined by fund performance relative to a Lipper Category or an established industry peer group. Peer groups are determined by the CSIM Peer Group Committee and are reviewed on a regular basis.

- For all funds except index and money market funds: A fund's investment performance ranking relative to its peer group or respective Lipper Category ("fund ranking") is determined based on its 1-year and 3-year pre-tax return before expenses. In determining a fund ranking, 75% of the weighting is based on the 3-year pre-tax performance and 25% is based on the 1-year pre-tax performance. The 1-year and 3-year performance numbers are calculated based on a calendar year.

- For money market and index funds: A money market fund's investment performance ranking ("fund ranking") is determined by its gross yield (i.e., yield before expenses) relative to its iMoney Net category on a calendar year-to-date basis. An index fund's investment performance ranking ("fund ranking") is determined by the fund's tracking error (deviation from the bench mark) relative to its peer group on a calendar year-to-date basis.

A composite rating for each Portfolio Manager is then determined, based on a weighted average of all of their individual funds' rankings. The specific weight given to a fund in that calculation is determined by CSIM's senior management.

- Schwab Corporate Performance

Funding into this Plan component is determined by Schwab corporate performance which is based on two financial performance measures: (1) year-to-date net revenue growth; and (2) Schwab's profit margin. The actual amount of funding into the Plan is discretionary and is determined by Schwab's senior management following the end of each quarter.

The Portfolio Managers' compensation is not based on the value of the assets held in a fund's portfolio.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. The following table shows the dollar amount range of the Portfolio

71

Managers' "beneficial ownership" of shares of the funds they manage, as of December 31, 2005. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. "Beneficial ownership" is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PORTFOLIO MANAGER         FUND                                                        DOLLAR RANGE OF FUND
                                                                                             SHARES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jeffrey Mortimer          Laudus U.S. MarketMasters                                        $10,001-$50,000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Laudus Balanced MarketMasters                                  $100,001-$500,000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters                                                $0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Laudus International MarketMasters                             $100,001-$500,000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Caroline Lee              Laudus U.S. MarketMasters                                                     $0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Laudus Balanced MarketMasters                                                 $0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters                                                $0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Laudus International MarketMasters                                    $1-$10,000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUB-ADVISER PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

AMERICAN CENTURY GLOBAL INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC. ("AMERICAN CENTURY") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND (THE "FUND").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. The portfolio managers are also responsible for the day-to-day management of other accounts, as indicated by the following table. These accounts do not have an advisory fee based on the performance of the account. The information below is provided as of October 31, 2005.

                       REGISTERED INVESTMENT
                             COMPANIES             OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT            OTHER ACCOUNTS
                       (E.G., OTHER AMERICAN               VEHICLES              (E.G., SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
                           CENTURY FUNDS           (E.G., COMMINGLED TRUSTS       AND CORPORATE ACCOUNTS
                       AND AMERICAN CENTURY -         AND 529 EDUCATION            INCLUDING INCUBATION
                       SUB-ADVISED FUNDS)         SAVINGS PLAN ACCOUNTS)       STRATEGIES, CORPORATE MONEY)

                    NUMBER OF                     NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF
        NAME        ACCOUNTS     TOTAL ASSETS     ACCOUNTS    TOTAL ASSETS       ACCOUNTS      TOTAL ASSETS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Federico Laffan       1        $192,621,310         0            N/A              2          $118,001,618
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Trevor Gurwich        1        $192,621,310         0            N/A              2          $118,001,618
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Certain conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios. Potential conflicts include, for example, conflicts among investment strategies and conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities. American Century has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to minimize the effects of these conflicts.

Responsibility for managing American Century client portfolios is organized according to investment discipline. Investment disciplines include, for example, core equity, small- and mid-cap growth, large-cap growth, value, international, fixed income, asset allocation, and sector funds. Within each discipline are one or more portfolio teams responsible for managing specific client portfolios. Generally, client portfolios with similar strategies are managed by the same team using the same objective, approach, and philosophy. Accordingly, portfolio holdings, position sizes, and industry and sector exposures tend to be similar across similar portfolios, which minimize the potential for conflicts of interest.

For each investment strategy, one portfolio is generally designated as the "policy portfolio."

72

Other portfolios with similar investment objectives, guidelines and restrictions are referred to as "tracking portfolios." When managing policy and tracking portfolios, a portfolio team typically purchases and sells securities across all portfolios that the team manages. American Century's trading systems include various order entry programs that assist in the management of multiple portfolios, such as the ability to purchase or sell the same relative amount of one security across several funds. In some cases a tracking portfolio may have additional restrictions or limitations that cause it to be managed separately from the policy portfolio. The portfolio manager makes purchase and sale decisions for such portfolios alongside the policy portfolio to the extent the overlap is appropriate, and separately, if the overlap is not.

American Century may aggregate orders to purchase or sell the same security for multiple portfolios when it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution on behalf of its clients. Orders of certain client portfolios may, by investment restriction or otherwise, be determined not available for aggregation. American Century has adopted policies and procedures to minimize the risk that a client portfolio could be systematically advantaged or disadvantaged in connection with the aggregation of orders. To the extent equity trades are aggregated, shares purchased or sold are generally allocated to the participating portfolios pro rata based on order size. Because initial public offerings (IPOs) are usually available in limited supply and in amounts too small to permit across-the-board pro rata allocations, American Century has adopted special procedures designed to promote a fair and equitable allocation of IPO securities among clients over time. Fixed income securities transactions are not executed through a centralized trading desk. Instead, portfolio teams are responsible for executing trades with broker/dealers in a predominantly dealer marketplace. Trade allocation decisions are made by the portfolio manager at the time of trade execution and orders entered on the fixed income order management system.

Finally, investment of American Century's corporate assets in proprietary accounts may raise additional conflicts of interest. To mitigate these potential conflicts of interest, American Century has adopted policies and procedures intended to provide that trading in proprietary accounts is performed in a manner that does not give improper advantage to American Century to the detriment of client portfolios.

COMPENSATION. American Century portfolio manager compensation is structured to align the interest of the portfolio manager with those of the shareholders whose assets they manage. It includes the components described below, each of which is determined with reference to a number of factors such as overall performance, market competition, and internal equity. Compensation is not directly tied to the value of assets held in client portfolios.

Base Salary. The portfolio manager receives base pay in the form of a fixed annual salary.

Bonus. A significant portion of portfolio manager compensation takes the form of an annual incentive bonus tied to performance. Bonus payments are determined by a combination of factors. One factor is fund investment performance. For policy portfolios, investment performance is measured by a combination of one- and three-year pre-tax performance relative to a pre-established, internally- customized peer group and/or market benchmark. Custom peer groups are constructed using all the funds in appropriate Lipper or Morningstar categories as a starting point. Funds are then eliminated from the peer group based on a standardized methodology designed to result in a final peer group that more closely represents the fund's true peers based on internal investment mandates and that is more stable (i.e., has less peer turnover) over the long-term. In cases where a portfolio manager has responsibility for more than one policy portfolio, the performance of each is assigned a percentage weight commensurate with the

73

portfolio manager's level of responsibility.

With regard to tracking portfolios, investment performance may be measured in a number of ways. The performance of the tracking portfolio may be measured against a customized peer group and/or market benchmark as described above for policy portfolios. Alternatively, the tracking portfolio may be evaluated relative to the performance of its policy portfolio, with the goal of matching the policy portfolio's performance as closely as possible. In some cases, the performance of a tracking portfolio is not separately considered; rather, the performance of the policy portfolio is the key metric. This is the case for the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund.

A second factor in the bonus calculation relates to the performance of all American Century funds managed according to a particular investment style, such as U.S. growth or value. Performance is measured for each product individually as described above and then combined to create an overall composite for the product group. These composites may measure one-year performance (equal weighted) or a combination of one- and three-year performance (asset weighted) depending on the portfolio manager's responsibilities and products managed. This feature is designed to encourage effective teamwork among portfolio management teams in achieving long-term investment success for similarly styled portfolios.

A portion of the portfolio manager's bonus may be tied to individual performance goals, such as research projects and the development of new products.

Finally, a portfolio manager's bonus may occasionally be affected by extraordinarily positive or negative financial performance by American Century Companies, Inc. ("ACC"), the adviser's privately-held parent company. This feature has been designed to maintain investment performance as the primary component of portfolio manager bonuses while also providing a link to the adviser's ability to pay.

Restricted Stock Plans. The portfolio manager is eligible for grants of restricted stock of ACC. These grants are discretionary, and eligibility and availability can vary from year to year. The size of an individual's grant is determined by individual and product performance as well as other product-specific considerations. Grants can appreciate/depreciate in value based on the performance of the ACC stock during the restriction period (generally three years).

Deferred Compensation Plans. The portfolio manager is eligible for grants of deferred compensation. These grants are used in limited situations, primarily for retention purposes. Grants are fixed and can appreciate/depreciate in value based on the performance of the American Century mutual funds in which the portfolio manager chooses to invest them.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. The portfolio manager did not own any shares of the Fund as of October 31, 2005, the fund's most recent fiscal year end. The Fund is a tracking portfolio for a similarly managed American Century policy portfolio. American Century has adopted a policy that, with limited exceptions, requires its portfolio manager to maintain investments in the policy portfolios they oversee.

ARTISAN PARTNERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP ("ARTISAN PARTNERS") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND (THE "FUND").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. The following table lists the numbers and types of accounts (other than the Fund) advised or sub-advised by Artisan Partners for which the portfolio manager is responsible

74

and assets under management in those accounts as of October 31, 2005:

                     REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES    OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES            OTHER ACCOUNTS

                       NUMBER OF                           NUMBER OF                          NUMBER OF
       NAME             ACCOUNTS        TOTAL ASSETS       ACCOUNTS        TOTAL ASSETS        ACCOUNTS       TOTAL ASSETS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mark Yockey                6          $13,180,458,783          1           $250,391,095           33         $7,592,301,686
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following table lists the numbers and types of accounts advised or sub-advised by Artisan Partners for which the portfolio manager is responsible and assets under management in those accounts as of October 31, 2005, with respect to which all or a portion of the advisory fee received by Artisan Partners is based on the performance of the account:

                     REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES    OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES            OTHER ACCOUNTS
                       NUMBER OF                           NUMBER OF                          NUMBER OF
       NAME             ACCOUNTS        TOTAL ASSETS       ACCOUNTS        TOTAL ASSETS        ACCOUNTS       TOTAL ASSETS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mark Yockey                1            $407,360,203           0                $0                0                $0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Artisan Partners' international growth investment team, led by Mark Yockey as manager, manages portfolios for multiple clients within two investment strategies (international growth and international small-cap growth). These accounts may include accounts for registered investment companies, separate accounts (assets managed on behalf of institutions such as pension funds, insurance companies and foundations) and other private pooled investment vehicles. All investment accounts managed by Artisan Partners within a single investment strategy are managed to a single model, such that all client portfolios within a particular investment strategy (including the international growth investment strategy in which Artisan Partners manages assets for the Fund) are essentially the same, provided that there may be certain exceptions resulting from: (i) client-directed restrictions and limitations; and (ii) cash flows into and out of such accounts. Because of these considerations, and because of differences between Artisan Partners' international growth and international small-cap growth strategies, Artisan Partners' international growth investment team may from time to time purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one client account, but not for another client account for which that team is responsible. As a result, performance dispersion among client accounts within the international growth strategy may occur. In addition, some of the portfolios Artisan Partners' manages in its international growth strategy may have fee structures, including performance fees that are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Fund to Artisan Partners.

Artisan Partners' goal is to provide high quality investment services to all of its clients, while meeting its fiduciary obligation to treat all clients fairly. Artisan Partners has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients. In addition, Artisan Partners monitors a variety of areas, including compliance with primary Fund guidelines (to the extent applicable to the Artisan Partners portion of the portfolio), the allocation of IPOs and compliance with the firm's Code of Ethics.

COMPENSATION. An Artisan Partners portfolio manager is compensated through an industry competitive fixed base salary and a subjectively determined incentive bonus that is a portion of a bonus pool the aggregate of which is tied to the firm's fee revenues generated by all accounts included within the manager's investment strategy, including the Fund. A portfolio manager is not compensated based on the performance of accounts, except to the extent that positive account performance results in increased investment management fees earned by Artisan Partners based

75

on assets under management. Artisan Partners bases incentive bonuses on revenues earned with respect to the investment strategy, rather than on investment performance, because the firm believes that this method aligns the portfolio manager's interests more closely with the long-term interests of clients.

Artisan Partners portfolio managers participate in group life, health, medical reimbursement, and retirement plans that are generally available to all salaried employees of the firm.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. The portfolio manager did not beneficially own any shares of the Fund, as of October 31, 2005.

GARDNER LEWIS ASSET MANAGEMENT L.P. ("GARDNER LEWIS") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS

U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND AND THE LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND (EACH A "FUND" AND COLLECTIVELY, THE "FUNDS").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. In addition to the Funds, the portfolio managers (working as a team) are responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts as listed below. The information below is provided as of October 31, 2005.

                        REGISTERED INVESTMENT
                              COMPANIES             OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES           OTHER ACCOUNTS

                     NUMBER OF                         NUMBER OF                        NUMBER OF
       NAME          ACCOUNTS      TOTAL ASSETS        ACCOUNTS        TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS     TOTAL ASSETS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
W. Whitfield             6           $746 MM              5             $182 MM           1297         $3,817 MM
Gardner & John L.
Lewis, IV
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Accounts where compensation is based upon account performance:

                        REGISTERED INVESTMENT
                              COMPANIES             OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES           OTHER ACCOUNTS

                     NUMBER OF                        NUMBER OF                          NUMBER OF
       NAME          ACCOUNTS      TOTAL ASSETS        ACCOUNTS       TOTAL ASSETS       ACCOUNTS      TOTAL ASSETS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
W. Whitfield             0               0                4              $180 MM             8             $237
Gardner & John L.
Lewis, IV
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Mr. Gardner's and Mr. Lewis's management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of a Fund's investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts include foundation, endowment, corporate pension, mutual fund and other pooled investment vehicles (collectively, the "Other Accounts"). The Other Accounts might have similar investment objectives as a Fund, track the same index a Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by a Fund. While the portfolio managers' management of Other Accounts may give rise to the following potential conflicts of interest, Gardner Lewis does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such conflicts are material, Gardner Lewis believes that it has designed policies and procedures that are designed to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.

Knowledge of the Timing and Size of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers' day-to-day management of the Funds. Because of their positions with the Funds, the portfolio managers know the size, timing, and possible market impact of a Fund's trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of the

76

Funds. However, Gardner Lewis has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

Investment Opportunities. Gardner Lewis provides investment supervisory services for a number of investment products that have varying investment guidelines. The same portfolio management team works across all investment products. For some of these investment strategies, Gardner Lewis may be compensated based on the profitability of the account. These incentive compensation structures may create a conflict of interest for Gardner Lewis with regard to other client accounts where the Gardner Lewis is paid based on a percentage of assets in that Gardner Lewis may have an incentive to allocate the investment ideas that it believes might be the most profitable to the client accounts where they might share in investment gains. Gardner Lewis has implemented policies and procedures in an attempt to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated in a manner that is fair and appropriate to the various investment strategies based on the firm's investment strategy guidelines and individual client investment guidelines. When an investment opportunity is deemed appropriate for more than one strategy, allocations are generally made on a pro-rata basis.

COMPENSATION. The portfolio managers are principals of Gardner Lewis and their compensation varies with the general success of Gardner Lewis as a firm. Each portfolio manager's compensation consists of a fixed annual salary, plus additional remuneration based on the overall profitability of Gardner Lewis for the given time period. The portfolio managers' compensation is not linked to any specific factors, such as the Funds' performance or asset level.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. As of October 31, 2005, no portfolio managers beneficially owned any of the Funds' shares.

HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P. ("HARRIS ASSOCIATES") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND AND THE LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND (EACH A "FUND" AND COLLECTIVELY, THE "FUNDS").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. In addition to the Funds, the portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below, as of October 31, 2005. There are no accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.

LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND: Robert M. Levy

LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND: David G. Herro and Chad M. Clark

                        REGISTERED INVESTMENT
                              COMPANIES
                      (THESE AMOUNTS INCLUDE THE
                    LAUDUS U.S. AND INTERNATIONAL
                         MARKETMASTERS FUNDS)       OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES           OTHER ACCOUNTS

                     NUMBER OF                         NUMBER OF                        NUMBER OF
       NAME          ACCOUNTS      TOTAL ASSETS        ACCOUNTS        TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS      TOTAL ASSETS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert M. Levy           6        $3,397,416,355           2            $189,749,852       509*       $2,737,797,534
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
David G. Herro           7        $9,279,922,000           4          $4,871,361,633        14        $2,674,964,699
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chad M. Clark            5        $1,918,564,796           2          $1,436,520,599        10        $1,942,125,057
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*This number includes approximately 400 accounts that are managed pursuant to a "model portfolio" and involve no direct client communications. It also includes many client relationships with multiple accounts, and therefore the number of accounts greatly exceeds the number of relationships.

77

MATERIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Funds and the other accounts managed by the portfolio managers. A portfolio manager potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that have a different advisory fee arrangement (including any accounts that pay performance-based fees), accounts of affiliated companies, or accounts in which the portfolio manager has a personal investment. With respect to the allocation of investment opportunities, the Adviser makes decisions to recommend, purchase, sell or hold securities for all of its client accounts, including the Funds, based on the specific investment objectives, guidelines, restrictions and circumstances of each account. It is the Adviser's policy to allocate investment opportunities to each account, including the Funds, over a period of time on a fair and equitable basis relative to its other accounts. With respect to the allocation of aggregated orders, each account that participates in the aggregated order will participate at the average share price, and where the order has not been completely filled, each institutional account, including the Funds, will generally participate on a pro rata basis.

The Adviser has compliance policies and procedures in place that it believes are reasonably designed to mitigate these conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may arise.

COMPENSATION. Robert M. Levy is the portfolio manager of the Laudus U.S. Marketmasters Fund, and David G. Herro and Chad M. Clark are portfolio managers of the Laudus International Marketmasters Fund (collectively, the "Funds"). Each of the Funds' portfolio managers is compensated solely by Harris Associates L.P. (the "Firm"), a subadviser. Compensation for each of the portfolio managers is based on the Firm's assessment of the individual's long-term contribution to the investment success of the firm and is structured as follows:

(1) Base salary. The base salary is a fixed amount, and each portfolio manager receives the same base salary.

(2) Participation in a discretionary bonus pool. A discretionary bonus pool for each of the Firm's domestic and international investment groups is divided among the senior level employees of each group and is paid out annually.

(3) Participation in a long-term compensation plan that provides current compensation to certain key employees of the Firm and deferred compensation to both current and former key employees. The compensation plan consists of bonus units awarded to participants that vest and pay out over a period of time.

The determination of the amount of each portfolio manager's participation in the discretionary bonus pool and the compensation plan is based on a variety of qualitative and quantitative factors. The factor given the most significant weight is the subjective assessment of the individual's contribution to the overall investment results of the Firm's domestic or international investment group, whether as a portfolio manager, a research analyst, or both.

The quantitative factors considered in evaluating the contribution of portfolio managers include the performance of the portfolios managed by that individual relative to benchmarks, peers and other portfolio managers, as well as the assets under management in the accounts managed by the portfolio manager. The portfolio managers' compensation is not based solely on an evaluation of the performance of the funds or the amount of fund assets. Performance is measured in a number of ways, including by accounts and by strategy, and is compared to one or more of the following

78

benchmarks: S&P500, Russell Mid-Cap Value, Russell 1000 Value, Lipper Balanced, 60/40 S&P/Lehman (60% S&P500 and 40% Lehman Bond Index), Morgan Stanley Capital International EAFE (Europe, Australasia Far East) Index, and the Firm's approved lists of stocks, depending on whether the portfolio manager manages accounts in the particular strategy to which these benchmarks would be applicable. Performance is measured over one and three-year periods and on a pre-tax and after-tax basis to the extent such information is available.

If a portfolio manager also serves as a research analyst, then his compensation is also based on the contribution made to the Firm in that role. The specific quantitative and qualitative factors considered in evaluating a research analyst's contributions include, among other things, new investment ideas, the performance of investment ideas covered by the analyst during the current year as well as over longer-term periods, the portfolio impact of the analyst's investment ideas, other contributions to the research process, and an assessment of the quality of analytical work. In addition, an individual's other contributions to the Firm, such as a role in investment thought leadership and management, are taken into account in the overall compensation process.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. As of the end of the Funds' most recently completed fiscal year, no portfolio manager beneficially owned any of the Funds' shares.

JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC ("JANUS")/PERKINS, WOLF, MCDONNELL AND COMPANY, LLC
("PERKINS") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND (THE "FUND").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. The following is information regarding number of funds/accounts managed by the portfolio manager and total fund/account assets managed as of October 31, 2005. There are no accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account.

                      REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES
                   (INCLUDES SERIES OF JANUS INVESTMENT
                     FUND, JANUS ADVISER SERIES, JANUS
                    ASPEN SERIES, AND OTHER REGISTERED
                      INVESTMENT COMPANIES, INCLUDING                                                        OTHER ACCOUNTS
                    FUNDS SUB-ADVISED BY JANUS CAPITAL       OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES      (WHETHER MANAGED IN A PERSONAL OR
                              MANAGEMENT LLC)             (INCLUDING OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES)         PROFESSIONAL CAPACITY)

                     NUMBER OF         TOTAL ASSETS          NUMBER OF          TOTAL ASSETS        NUMBER OF         TOTAL ASSETS
   NAME              ACCOUNTS                                ACCOUNTS                               ACCOUNTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tom Perkins              8            $8,195,671,914             0                   0                 127           $1,599,219,679
Robert Perkins           5            $5,399,127,896             0                   0                 127             $660,645,882
Jeffrey Kautz            8            $8,195,671,914             0                   0                 127           $1,599,219,679

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. The Fund's portfolio managers may manage other funds and accounts with investment strategies similar to the Fund. The adviser may charge varying rates of advisory fees to these accounts and the portfolio managers may personally invest in some but not all of these accounts. Theoretically, these factors could create conflicts of interest because a portfolio manager may have incentives to favor certain accounts over others, resulting in other accounts or funds outperforming the Fund. A conflict may also exist if a portfolio manager identified a limited investment opportunity that may be appropriate for more than one account, but a Fund is not able to take full advantage of that opportunity due to the need to allocate that opportunity among multiple accounts. However, these risks are mitigated by the fact that accounts with like investment strategies managed by the portfolio managers are generally managed in a similar fashion, with exceptions to account for particular investment restrictions or policies applicable only to certain accounts, certain portfolio holdings transferred in-kind when an account is opened, differences in cash flows and account sizes of each account, and similar factors.

COMPENSATION. For managing the Fund, the portfolio managers receive base pay in the form of

79

a fixed annual salary paid by Perkins, Wolf, McDonnell and Company, LLC ("PWMLLC").

The portfolio managers, as part owners of PWMLLC, also receive compensation by virtue of their ownership interests in PWMLLC. Portfolio managers are also entitled to participate in such life insurance, medical, profit sharing and other programs as may be made generally available from time to time by PWMLLC for the benefit of its employees generally.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. As of October 31, 2005, the portfolio managers did not beneficially own any shares of the Fund.

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC ("PIMCO") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND (THE "FUND").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. The portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain accounts, as listed below. The information below is provided as of October 31, 2005.

                      REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES
                      (THIS AMOUNT INCLUDES THE FUNDS)      OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES              OTHER ACCOUNTS

                       NUMBER OF                              NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF
   NAME                ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS        ACCOUNTS          TOTAL ASSETS       ACCOUNTS      TOTAL ASSETS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chris Dialynas             8               $2,771,360            14              $6,643,460           92          $38,138,350

Accounts where compensation is based upon account performance:

                         REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES
                         (THIS AMOUNT INCLUDES THE FUNDS)     OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT VEHICLES             OTHER ACCOUNTS
                         NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF
   NAME                  ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS          TOTAL ASSETS       ACCOUNTS          TOTAL ASSETS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chris Dialynas              0                    0               0                    0               8               $2,847,980

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. From time to time, potential conflicts of interest may arise between a portfolio manager's management of the investments of a Fund, on the one hand, and the management of other accounts, on the other. The other accounts might have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Funds, track the same index a Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased or sold by the Funds. The other accounts might also have different investment objectives or strategies than the Funds.

Knowledge and Timing of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager's day-to- day management of a Fund. Because of their positions with the Funds, the portfolio managers know the size, timing and possible market impact of a Fund's trades. It is theoretically possible that the portfolio managers could use this information to the advantage of other accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of a Fund.

Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as result of the portfolio manager's management of a number of accounts with varying investment guidelines. Often, an investment opportunity may be suitable for both a Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, but may not be available in sufficient quantities for both the Fund and the other accounts to participate fully. Similarly, there may be limited opportunity to sell an investment held by a Fund and another account. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

Under PIMCO's allocation procedures, investment opportunities are allocated among various

80

investment strategies based on individual account investment guidelines and PIMCO's investment outlook. PIMCO has also adopted additional procedures to complement the general trade allocation policy that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest due to the side-by- side management of the Funds and certain pooled investment vehicles, including investment opportunity allocation issues.

Performance Fees. A portfolio manager may advise certain accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based entirely or partially on performance. Performance fee arrangements may create a conflict of interest for the portfolio manager in that the portfolio manager may have an incentive to allocate the investment opportunities that he or she believes might be the most profitable to such other accounts instead of allocating them to a Fund. PIMCO has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities between such other accounts and the Funds on a fair and equitable basis over time.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER COMPENSATION. PIMCO has adopted a "Total Compensation Plan" for its professional level employees, including its portfolio managers, that is designed to pay competitive compensation and reward performance, integrity and teamwork consistent with the firm's mission statement. The Total Compensation Plan includes a significant incentive component that rewards high performance standards, work ethic and consistent individual and team contributions to the firm. The compensation of portfolio managers consists of a base salary, a bonus, and may include a retention bonus. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO also receive compensation from PIMCO's profits. Certain employees of PIMCO, including portfolio managers, may elect to defer compensation through PIMCO's deferred compensation plan. PIMCO also offers its employees a non-contributory defined contribution plan through which PIMCO makes a contribution based on the employee's compensation. PIMCO's contribution rate increases at a specified compensation level, which is a level that would include portfolio managers.

Salary and Bonus. Base salaries are determined by considering an individual portfolio manager's experience and expertise and may be reviewed for adjustment annually. Portfolio managers are entitled to receive bonuses, which may be significantly more than their base salary, upon attaining certain performance objectives based on predetermined measures of group or department success. These goals are specific to individual portfolio managers and are mutually agreed upon annually by each portfolio manager and his or her manager. Achievement of these goals is an important, but not exclusive, element of the bonus decision process.

In addition, the following non-exclusive list of qualitative criteria (collectively, the "Bonus Factors") may be considered when determining the bonus for portfolio managers:

- 3-year, 2-year and 1-year dollar-weighted and account-weighted investment performance as judged against the applicable benchmarks for each account managed by a portfolio manager (including the Funds) and relative to applicable industry peer groups;

- Appropriate risk positioning that is consistent with PIMCO's investment philosophy and the Investment Committee/CIO approach to the generation of alpha;

- Amount and nature of assets managed by the portfolio manager;

- Consistency of investment performance across portfolios of similar mandate and guidelines (reward low dispersion);

- Generation and contribution of investment ideas in the context of PIMCO's secular and cyclical forums, portfolio strategy meetings, Investment Committee meetings, and on a day-to-day basis;

- Absence of defaults and price defaults for issues in the portfolios managed by the portfolio manager;

- Contributions to asset retention, gathering and client satisfaction;

81

- Contributions to mentoring, coaching and/or supervising; and

- Personal growth and skills added.

A portfolio manager's compensation is not based directly on the performance of any portfolio or any other account managed by that portfolio manager. Final award amounts are determined by the PIMCO Compensation Committee.

Retention Bonuses. Certain portfolio managers may receive a discretionary, fixed amount retention bonus, based upon the Bonus Factors and continued employment with PIMCO. Each portfolio manager who is a Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President of PIMCO receives a variable amount retention bonus, based upon the Bonus Factors and continued employment with PIMCO.

Investment professionals, including portfolio managers, are eligible to participate in a Long Term Cash Bonus Plan ("Cash Bonus Plan"), which provides cash awards that appreciate or depreciate based upon the performance of PIMCO's parent company, Allianz Global Investors of America L.P. ("AGI"), and PIMCO over a three-year period. The aggregate amount available for distribution to participants is based upon AGI's profit growth and PIMCO's profit growth. Participation in the Cash Bonus Plan is based upon the Bonus Factors, and the payment of benefits from the Cash Bonus Plan, is contingent upon continued employment at PIMCO.

Profit Sharing Plan. Instead of a bonus, portfolio managers who are Managing Directors of PIMCO receive compensation from a non-qualified profit sharing plan consisting of a portion of PIMCO's net profits. Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors receive an amount determined by the Managing Director Compensation Committee, based upon an individual's overall contribution to the firm and the Bonus Factors. Under his employment agreement, William Gross receives a fixed percentage of the profit sharing plan.

Allianz Transaction Related Compensation. In May 2000, a majority interest in the predecessor holding company of PIMCO was acquired by a subsidiary of Allianz AG ("Allianz"). In connection with the transaction, Mr. Gross received a grant of restricted stock of Allianz, the last of which vested on May 5, 2005.

From time to time, under the PIMCO Class B Unit Purchase Plan, Managing Directors and certain executive management (including Executive Vice Presidents) of PIMCO may become eligible to purchase Class B Units of PIMCO. Upon their purchase, the Class B Units are immediately exchanged for Class A Units of PIMCO Partners, LLC, a California limited liability company that holds a minority interest in PIMCO and is owned by the Managing Directors and certain executive management of PIMCO. The Class A Units of PIMCO Partners, LLC entitle their holders to distributions of a portion of the profits of PIMCO. The PIMCO Compensation Committee determines which Managing Directors and executive management may purchase Class B Units and the number of Class B Units that each may purchase. The Class B Units are purchased pursuant to full recourse notes issued to the holder. The base compensation of each Class B Unit holder is increased in an amount equal to the principal amortization applicable to the notes given by the Managing Director or member of executive management.

Portfolio managers who are Managing Directors also have long-term employment contracts, which guarantee severance payments in the event of involuntary termination of a Managing Director's employment with PIMCO.

82

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. As of October 31, 2005, the portfolio manager did not beneficially own any shares of the Fund.

PERKINS, WOLF, MCDONNELL AND COMPANY, LLC ("PERKINS")

See Janus above.

TAMRO CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC ("TAMRO") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND (THE "FUND").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. In addition to the Fund, the portfolio management investment team is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below (data shown below is as of October 31, 2005). These accounts do not have an advisory fee based on the performance of the account.

                            REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES       OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT              OTHER ACCOUNTS
                             (OTHER ABN AMRO/TAMRO FUNDS)                VEHICLES                    (SEPARATE ACCOUNTS)

                             NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF
   NAME                      ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS     TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS         TOTAL ASSETS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Philip D. Tasho, CFA            3             $197.6 million          0             $0               90          $103.2 million
Timothy A. Holland, CFA         3             $197.6 million          0             $0               90          $103.2 million
Massimo Marolo                  3             $197.6 million          0             $0               90          $103.2 million
Ronald G. Whitley               3             $197.6 million          0             $0               90          $103.2 million

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Certain conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the management of multiple portfolios. Potential conflicts include, for example, conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities in a way that favors other accounts over the Fund. TAMRO has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to minimize the effects of these conflicts. Responsibility for managing TAMRO client portfolios is organized according to the investment discipline. Investment disciplines are Small Cap, Large Cap Value, and All Cap Value. When managing portfolios, the manager will generally purchase and sell securities across all portfolios that he manages in each investment discipline. TAMRO will aggregate orders to purchase or sell the same security for multiple accounts when it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution on behalf of its clients. Some orders for certain client accounts may, by investment restriction or otherwise, not be available for aggregation. To the extent trades are aggregated, shares purchased or sold are generally allocated to the portfolios pro rata based on order size.

TAMRO does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or to the extent that any such conflicts are material TAMRO believes that it has designed policies and procedures that are designed to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.

COMPENSATION. Philip Tasho's compensation is comprised of an annual base salary, plus a bonus based on a combination of job performance and TAMRO's overall company performance. Timothy Holland, Massimo Marolo and Ronald Whitley's compensation is comprised of an annual base salary, plus a bonus based on a combination of job performance and TAMRO's overall company performance.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. As of October 31, 2005, the members of the portfolio management investment team did not own any shares of the Fund.

83

TCW INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY ("TCW") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS U.S.

MARKETMASTERS FUND, THE LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND, AND THE LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND (EACH A "FUND" AND COLLECTIVELY, THE "FUNDS").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. In addition to the Funds, the portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below (data shown below is as of October 31, 2005).

                            REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES       OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT              OTHER ACCOUNTS
                                                                         VEHICLES

                             NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF
   NAME                      ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS     TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS         TOTAL ASSETS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nicholas Galluccio               6             $1,858,697,119         7        $833,046,552         47           $3,093,873,387
Susan Suvall                     6             $1,858,697,119         7        $833,046,552         47           $3,093,873,387
Diane Jaffee                     6             $2,904,328,999         7        $564,696,427         57           $2,937,294,807
Matthew Spahn                    1               $752,313,899         0                   0          0                        0

Accounts where compensation is based upon account performance:

                            REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES       OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT              OTHER ACCOUNTS
                                                                         VEHICLES

                             NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF
   NAME                      ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS     TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS         TOTAL ASSETS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nicholas Galluccio               0                   0               2          $47,291,250          7            $790,099,727
Susan Suvall                     0                   0               2          $47,291,250          7            $790,099,727
Diane Jaffee                     0                   0               3       $2,745,209,908          1            $493,721,821
Matthew Spahn                    0                   0               0                    0          0                       0

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Actual or potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has management responsibilities to more than one account (including the Fund), such as devotion of unequal time and attention to the management of the accounts, inability to allocate limited investment opportunities across a broad band of accounts and incentive to allocate opportunities to an account where the portfolio manager or TCW has a greater financial incentive, such as a performance fee account or where an account or fund managed by a portfolio manager has a higher fee sharing arrangement than the portfolio manager's fee sharing percentage with respect to the Fund. TCW has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to address these types of conflicts and TCW believes its policies and procedures serve to operate in a manner that is fair and equitable among its clients, including the Fund.

COMPENSATION. Portfolio managers of the Advisor are compensated through a combination of base salary, profit sharing based compensation ("profit sharing") and equity incentive participation in the Advisor's immediate parent, The TCW Group, Inc. and/or ultimate parent, Societe Generale ("equity incentives"). Profit sharing and equity incentives generally represent most of the portfolio managers' compensation.

Profit sharing is linked quantitatively to a fixed percentage of income relating to accounts in the investment strategy area for which the portfolio managers are responsible and is paid quarterly. While it may be determined on a gross basis, without the deduction of expenses, in most cases, revenues are allocated to a pool and profit sharing compensation is paid out after the deduction of group expenses. The profit sharing percentage used to compensate the portfolio managers for management of the Fund is generally the same as that used to compensate them for all other client accounts they manage in the same strategy for the Advisor and its affiliates under The TCW Group (collectively, "TCW"), with limited exceptions involving grandfathered accounts, firm capital of TCW or accounts sourced through a distinct distribution channel. In general, portfolio managers do not receive discretionary bonuses.

84

In many cases, the profit sharing percentage is subject to increase based on the relative pre-tax performance of the investment strategy composite, net of fees and expenses, to that of a benchmark. The benchmark varies from strategy to strategy but, within a given strategy, it applies to all accounts, including the Funds. The measurement of performance can be based on single year or multiple year metrics, or a combination thereof.

Certain accounts of TCW have a performance fee in addition to or in lieu of a flat asset-based fee. These performance fees can be (a) asset-based fees, the percentage of which is tied to the performance of the account relative to a benchmark or (b) a percentage of the net gains of the account over a threshold gain tied to a benchmark. For these accounts, the portfolio managers' profit sharing compensation will apply to such performance fees. The profit sharing percentage in the case of performance fees is generally the same as it is for the profit sharing compensation applicable to the Fund; however, in the case of certain alternative investment products managed by a portfolio manager, the profit sharing percentage may be higher.

All portfolio managers participate in equity incentives providing benefits for performance of the Advisor and its affiliates, through stock ownership or participation and is in stock option or stock appreciation plans of TCW and/or Societe Generale. The TCW 2001 and 2005 TCW Stock Option Plans provide eligible portfolio managers the opportunity to participate in an effective economic interest in TCW, the value of which is tied to TCW's annual financial performance as a whole. TCW portfolio managers also participate in Societe Generale's Stock Option Plan which grants options on its common stock, the value of which may be realized after certain vesting requirements are met. Some portfolio managers are stockholders of TCW and/or Societe Generale, as well.

Certain portfolio managers also participate in compensation plans that are allocated a portion of management fees, incentive fees or performance fees payable to TCW in its products, including those not managed by the portfolio managers. Portfolio managers may also participate in deferred compensation programs, the value of which is tied to their tenure at TCW and is payable upon the reaching of certain time-based milestones.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. The TCW Code of Ethics prohibits TCW employees from purchasing or otherwise acquiring shares of any third party mutual fund advised or sub-advised by TCW. As a result, the portfolio managers do not own any shares of the Funds.

THORNBURG INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, INC. ("THORNBURG") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND (THE "FUND").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. In addition to the Fund, is the portfolio managers are responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below, as of October 31, 2005. As of October 31, 2005, the amount of the advisory fee for each of the accounts listed below was not based on the investment performance of the accounts.

                                  REGISTERED INVESTMENT            OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT              OTHER ACCOUNTS
                                       COMPANIES                          VEHICLES

                             NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF
   NAME                      ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS     TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS         TOTAL ASSETS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William V. Fries               27             $7,713,000,000         18       $2,127,000,000       3,357         $2,119,000,000
Ed Maran                       12             $3,200,000,000          7       $1,300,000,000       1,370         $1,100,000,000
Connor Brown

Accounts where compensation is based on account performance.

85

                                  REGISTERED INVESTMENT            OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT              OTHER ACCOUNTS
                                       COMPANIES                          VEHICLES

                             NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF
   NAME                      ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS     TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS         TOTAL ASSETS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
William V. Fries                0                    0               0              0                1            $645,300,000
Ed Maran                        0                    0               0              0              1,270          $697,000,000
Connor Brown

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Most investment advisors and their portfolio managers manage investments for multiple clients, including mutual funds, private accounts, and retirement plans. In any case where a portfolio manager manages the investments of two or more accounts, there is a possibility that conflicts of interest could arise between the portfolio manager's management of the fund's investments and the manager's management of other accounts. These conflicts could include:

- Allocating a favorable investment opportunity to one account but not another.

- Directing one account to buy a security before purchases through other accounts increase the price of the security in the marketplace.

- Giving substantially inconsistent investment directions at the same time to similar accounts, so as to benefit one account over another.

- Obtaining services from brokers conducting trades for one account, which are used to benefit another account.

Thornburg has informed the Fund that it has considered the likelihood that any material conflicts of interest could arise between the portfolio manager's management of the Fund's investments and the portfolio manager's management of other accounts. Thornburg has also informed the Fund that it has not identified any such conflicts that may arise, and has concluded that it has implemented policies and procedures to identify and resolve any such conflict if it did arise.

COMPENSATION. The compensation of William Fries includes an annual salary, annual bonus, and company-wide profit sharing. William Fries also owns equity shares in Thornburg. Both the salary and bonus are reviewed approximately annually for comparability with salaries of other portfolio managers in the industry, using survey data obtained from compensation consultants. The annual bonus is subjective. Criteria that are considered in formulating the bonus include, but are not limited to, the following: revenues available to pay compensation of the portfolio manager and all other expenses related to supporting the accounts managed by the portfolio manager, including the Fund; multiple year historical total return of accounts managed by the portfolio manager, including the Fund, relative to market performance and similar funds; single year historical total return of accounts managed by the portfolio manager, including the Fund, relative to market performance and similar funds; the degree of sensitivity of the portfolio manager to potential tax liabilities created for account holders in generating returns, relative to overall return. There is no material difference in the method used to calculate the portfolio manager's compensation with respect to the Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, except that certain accounts managed by the portfolio manager may have no income or capital gains tax considerations. To the extent that the portfolio manager realizes benefits from capital appreciation and dividends paid to shareholders of the investment manager, such benefits accrue from the overall financial performance of the investment manager.

86

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. As of October 31, 2005, the portfolio managers did not own any shares of the Fund.

TOCQUEVILLE ASSET MANAGEMENT LP ("TOCQUEVILLE") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS SMALL-CAP

MARKETMASTERS FUND (THE "FUND").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. As of October 31, 2005, in addition to the Fund, the portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as follows:

                            REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES       OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT              OTHER ACCOUNTS
                                                                         VEHICLES

                             NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF
   NAME                      ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS     TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS         TOTAL ASSETS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P. Drew Rankin                  0                    0               1*       $10.3 million         142          $514.2 million

* In addition to the standard investment advisory fee for managing this account, an incentive fee is payable based on the performance of the account if that performance raises the value of the account above a pre-determined threshold value.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. The portfolio manager manages multiple accounts, including the Fund, which has the potential for conflicts of interest. Potential conflicts of interest between accounts are addressed by Tocqueville through internal monitoring policies and procedures reasonable designed to manage or mitigate those conflicts.

Knowledge of the Timing and Size of Fund Trades. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio manager's day-to-day management of the Fund. Because of his positions with the Fund, the portfolio manager knows the size, timing, and possible market impact of Fund trades. It is possible that the portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts he manages and to the possible detriment of the Fund. Tocqueville has adopted policies and procedures it believes are reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time.

Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers' management of the Fund and other accounts that may allow him to allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors other accounts over the Fund. Tocqueville has adopted a "trade allocation and aggregation" policy that is designed to ensure that client accounts are treated fairly and equitably. Although trades are typically allocated based on order size, differences may exist based on a number of factors such as a client's investment objective or risk profile. The compliance officer reviews allocations periodically to attempt to ensure that all accounts are treated fairly.

Tocqueville has also adopted policies and procedures for managing multiple accounts ("Multiple Account Policies"). In addition to describing the allocation and aggregation policies, the Multiple Account Policies describe additional activities that may involve conflicts in connection with managing multiple accounts and set forth certain procedures to address those conflicts. For example, the portfolio manager must inform the chief operating officer or the chief compliance officer whenever he is to engaging in short sales of securities for the Fund or other accounts. The chief compliance officer periodically reviews permitted short sales to attempt to ensure that no accounts are systematically favored over others.

It is the policy of Tocqueville to manage each account based on the client's investment

87

objectives and related restrictions and, as discussed above, Tocqueville has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with each account's investment objectives and related restrictions.

COMPENSATION. Tocqueville Asset Management, L.P. ("Tocqueville") is one of several investment sub-advisers to the Fund for which it is paid an advisory fee based on the value of the Fund assets under its management.

As of October 31, 2005, Tocqueville compensates the portfolio manager for the Fund with a base monthly payment and an annual bonus. In the case of the portfolio manager being responsible for managing multiple Tocqueville accounts, the method used to determine the compensation of the portfolio manager is the same for his management services on all accounts, including the Fund, where he is the primary investment adviser/portfolio manager.

The base compensation is calculated and paid on a monthly basis. It is based on the amount of all investment advisory fees collected by Tocqueville each month, in arrears, based on the value of the portfolio assets of accounts, including the Fund, for which the portfolio manager is the primary investment adviser/portfolio manager at Tocqueville. For one unrelated account managed by the portfolio manager, a portion of the fee paid to Tocqueville may be linked to performance. For that particular account, Tocqueville will receive an incentive fee in addition to the standard advisory fee if the performance of the account raises the value of the account above a pre-determined threshold. The portfolio manager is paid a percentage of all these fees and Tocqueville retains the balance. The percentage of fees to be paid the portfolio manager was mutually agreed to and established at the time the portfolio manager first joined Tocqueville.

The portfolio manager also receives a discretionary annual bonus that is determined by a number of factors. One of the primary components is the overall profitability of Tocqueville. Other factors include the expansion of the client account base and, the market environment for the period under review. Another component is the amount of Tocqueville revenue that was generated by the work and effort of the portfolio manager. Additional factors include the involvement of the portfolio manager in the investment management functions of Tocqueville; his role in the development of other investment professionals and his work relationship with support staff; and, his overall contribution to strategic planning and his input in decisions for the Tocqueville group of investment managers.

Upon retirement, the portfolio manager is entitled to receive a continuation of monthly compensation for ten years calculated in accordance with the formula for the base compensation described above, based on a declining percentage of the investment advisory fees paid by his clients who continue to be clients of Tocqueville subsequent to his retirement.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. As of October 31, 2005 the portfolio manager did not own any Fund shares.

VEREDUS ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC ("VEREDUS") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND (THE "FUND").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. In addition to the Fund, the portfolio manager is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as follows (data shown below is as of October 31, 2005):

88

                            REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES       OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT             ALL OTHER ACCOUNTS
                                                                         VEHICLES

                             NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF
   NAME                      ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS     TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS         TOTAL ASSETS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Anthony Weber                4              1,358,753,000          1         67,701,000           32          1,052,054,600
Charles P. McCurdy, Jr.         4              1,358,753,000          1         67,701,000           32          1,052,054,600
Charles F. Mercer, Jr.          4              1,358,753,000          1         67,701,000           32          1,052,054,600

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. The management of other accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with management of the Fund's investments, on the one hand, and of the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The other accounts include Registered Investment Companies, a Hedge Fund, and Individually Managed Accounts (collectively, the "Other Accounts"). The Other Accounts might have similar investment objectives as the Fund, track the same index the Fund tracks or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities that are eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by the Fund. The Hedge Fund is an Investment Partnership open to qualified investors that charges a performance fee based on a percentage of profits earned in the individual capital accounts of the investors. Certain Individual Accounts also are charged a Fulcrum Fee based on the performance of the account against a selected benchmark. While the portfolio managers' management of the Other Accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, to the extent any such conflicts are material, Veredus believes that it has designed and implemented policies and procedures that are designed to manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.

Investment Opportunities. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the portfolio managers' management of the Fund and the Other Accounts which, in theory, may allow portfolio managers to allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors Other Accounts over the Fund, which conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that Veredus receives greater compensation from its management of the Other Accounts than the Fund. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is Veredus' policy to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as discussed above, Veredus has implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time in a manner consistent with each account's investment objectives and related restrictions. As a result, the portfolio managers may buy for an Other Account securities that differ in identity or quantity from securities bought for the Fund or refrain from purchasing securities for an Other Account that they are otherwise buying for the Fund.

COMPENSATION. Veredus compensates each portfolio manager for his management of the Fund. Each portfolio manager is a member of Veredus; therefore all portfolio managers share in the overall profits of company. The individual share of profits is based on a formula set forth in the Operating Agreement, based on membership interest. Each manager also receives an annual fixed guaranteed payment in addition to member profits. The portfolio managers' compensation is not linked to any specific factors, such as the Fund's performance or asset level.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. As of October 31, 2005, the portfolio managers did not beneficially own any Fund shares.

WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, LLC ("WILLIAM BLAIR") SUB-ADVISES THE LAUDUS INTERNATIONAL MARKETMASTERS FUND (THE "FUND").

OTHER ACCOUNTS. W. George Greig, the portfolio manager of the Fund, is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund, other registered investment companies, other pooled

89

investment vehicles and other advisory accounts. There are no accounts with respect to which the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account. As of October 31, 2005, the date of the Fund's most recent fiscal year end, information on these other accounts is as follows:

                            REGISTERED INVESTMENT COMPANIES       OTHER POOLED INVESTMENT             ALL OTHER ACCOUNTS
                                                                         VEHICLES

                             NUMBER OF                            NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF
   NAME                      ACCOUNTS           TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS     TOTAL ASSETS      ACCOUNTS         TOTAL ASSETS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

W. George Greig                 7                $6,167.0 M          14         $3,466.0 M         1,392           $5,688.6 M

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Since the portfolio manager manages other accounts in addition to the Fund, conflicts of interest may arise in connection with the portfolio manager's management of the Fund's investments on the one hand and the investments of such other accounts on the other hand. However, William Blair has adopted policies and procedures designed to address such conflicts, including, among others, policies and procedures relating to allocation of investment opportunities, soft dollars and aggregation of trades.

COMPENSATION. The compensation of William Blair portfolio managers is based on the firm's mission: "to achieve success for its clients." The Fund's portfolio manager is a principal of William Blair, and as of October 31, 2005 his compensation consists of a base salary, a share of the firm's profits and, in some instances, a discretionary bonus. The portfolio manager's compensation is determined by the head of William Blair's Investment Management Department, subject to the approval of the firm's Executive Committee. The base salary is fixed and the portfolio manager's ownership stake can vary over time based upon the portfolio manager's sustained contribution to the firm's revenue, profitability, long-term investment performance, intellectual capital and brand reputation. In addition, the discretionary bonus (if any) is based, in part, on the long-term investment performance, profitability and assets under management of all accounts managed by the portfolio manager, including the Fund.

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES. As of October 31, 2005, the portfolio manager did not beneficially own any shares of the Fund.

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

For reporting purposes, each fund's turnover rate is calculated by dividing the value of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year, whichever is less, by the monthly average value of portfolio securities the fund owned during the fiscal year. When making the calculation, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less ("short term securities") are excluded.

A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all portfolio securities (aside from short term securities) were sold and either repurchased or replaced once during the fiscal year.

Typically, funds with high turnover (such as a 100% or more) tend to generate higher capital gains and transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions.

The Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund's TM turnover rates for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005 and 2004, were 83% and 72%, respectively.

90

The Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund's TM turnover rates for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005 and 2004, were 283% and 242%, respectively.

The Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund's TM turnover rates for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005 and 2004, were 94% and 140%, respectively.

The Laudus International MarketMasters Fund's TM turnover rates for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2005 and 2004, were 53% and 69%, respectively.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE

The funds' Board of Trustees has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and circumstances regarding the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings information to shareholders and third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information regarding the funds' portfolio securities is in the best interests of fund shareholders, and include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the funds' shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the funds' investment adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated person of the funds, its investment adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to such procedures, the Board has authorized the president of the funds to authorize the release of the funds' portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles.

The Board exercises on-going oversight of the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings by overseeing the implementation and enforcement of a fund's policies and procedures by the Chief Compliance Officer and by considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning any material compliance matters. The Board will receive periodic updates, at least annually, regarding entities which were authorized to be provided "early disclosure" (as defined below) of a fund's portfolio holdings information.

A complete list of each fund's portfolio holdings is published on the Schwab Funds website at www.schwab.com/schwabfunds, under "Prospectuses and Reports", typically 60-80 days after the end of each fund's fiscal quarter. The portfolio holdings information available on the Schwab Funds' website is the same that is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form N-Q or Form N-CSR. In addition, each fund's top ten holdings list is posted on the Schwab Funds website monthly, typically with a 10-day lag. In addition to the top ten holdings information, the funds also provide on the website monthly information regarding certain attributes of a fund's portfolio, such as a fund's sector weightings, portfolio composition, credit quality and duration and maturity, as applicable. The information on the website is publicly available to all categories of persons.

Each fund may disclose portfolio holdings information to certain persons and entities prior to and more frequently than the public disclosure of such information ("early disclosure"). The president may authorize early disclosure of portfolio holdings information to such parties at differing times and/or with different lag times provided that (a) the president of the funds determines that the disclosure is in the best interests of the funds and that there are no conflicts of interest between the fund's shareholders and fund's adviser and distributor; and (b) the recipient is, either by contractual agreement or otherwise by law, required to maintain the confidentiality of the information.

Currently, Callan Associates, Inc. receives early disclosure of portfolio holdings information. Callan Associates provides consulting services to the Committee for the Charles Schwab Employee Benefit Administrative Committee in connection with the company's 401(k) plan.

91

Callan receives the funds' portfolio holdings on a calendar quarterly basis with a lag typically of 30 days. Neither the fund nor any other party receives compensation or other consideration from Callan Associates in connection with this arrangement. Pursuant to a confidentiality agreement entered into between Callan and the trusts, Callan is required to maintain the confidentiality of the portfolio holdings information and will not allow any of its employees or agents to use such information as a basis for trading in securities or making investment decisions or recommendations.

In addition, the funds' service providers including, without limitation, the investment adviser, investment sub-advisers, distributor, the custodian, fund accountant, transfer agent, auditor, proxy voting service provider, pricing information venders, publisher, printer and mailing agent may receive early disclosure of portfolio holdings information as frequently as daily in connection with the services they perform for the funds. Service providers will be subject to a duty of confidentiality with respect to any portfolio holdings information whether imposed by the provisions of the service provider's contract with the trust or by the nature of its relationship with the trust.

The funds' policies and procedures prohibit the funds, the funds' investment adviser or any related party from receiving any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

The investment adviser and sub-advisers make decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities on behalf of the funds. The investment adviser and sub-advisers are responsible for implementing these decisions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange or certain riskless principal transactions placed on NASDAQ are typically effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. Purchases and sales of fixed income securities may be transacted with the issuer, the issuer's underwriter, or a dealer. The funds do not usually pay brokerage commissions on purchases and sales of fixed income securities, although the price of the securities generally includes compensation, in the form of a spread or a mark-up or mark-down, which is not disclosed separately. The prices the funds pay to underwriters of newly-issued securities usually include a commission paid by the issuer to the underwriter. Transactions placed through dealers who are serving as primary market makers reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices. The money market securities in which certain of the funds invest are traded primarily in the over-the-counter market on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or transfer taxes. It is expected that the cost of executing portfolio securities transactions of the funds will primarily consist of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions.

The investment adviser and sub-advisers seek to obtain the best execution for the funds' portfolio transactions. The investment adviser or the sub-advisers may take a number of factors into account in selecting brokers or dealers to execute these transactions. Such factors may include, without limitation, the following: execution price; brokerage commission or dealer spread; size or type of the transaction; nature or character of the markets; clearance or settlement capability; reputation; financial strength and stability of the broker or dealer; efficiency of execution and error resolution; block trading capabilities; willingness to execute related or unrelated difficult transactions in the future; order of call; ability to facilitate short selling; provision of additional brokerage or research services or products; whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive, on aggregate, prices at least as favorable as the closing prices on a given day when adherence to

92

"market-on-close" pricing aligns with fund objectives; or whether a broker guarantees that a fund will receive the volume-weighted average price (VWAP) for a security for a given trading day (or portion thereof) when the investment adviser or the sub-advisors believe that VWAP execution is in a fund's best interest. In addition, the investment adviser and the sub-advisers have incentive sharing arrangements with certain brokers who guarantee market-on-close pricing: on a day when such a broker executes transactions at prices better, on aggregate, than market-on-close prices, that broker may receive, in addition to his or her standard commission, a portion of the net difference between the actual execution prices and corresponding market-on-close prices for that day.

The investment adviser and sub-advisers may cause a fund to pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable from other brokers or dealers in return for brokerage or research services or products if the investment adviser or a sub-adviser believes that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided. In addition to agency transactions, the investment adviser and sub-adviser may receive brokerage and research services or products in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in accordance with applicable SEC and other regulatory guidelines. In both instances, these services or products may include: economic, industry, or company research reports or investment recommendations; subscriptions to financial publications or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases; quotation equipment and services; research or analytical computer software and services; products or services that assist in effecting transactions, including services of third-party computer systems developers directly related to research and brokerage activities; and effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement). The investment adviser or the sub-advisers may use research services furnished by brokers or dealers in servicing all fund accounts, and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid commissions or spreads to the broker or dealer providing such services.

The investment adviser or a sub-adviser may receive a service from a broker or dealer that has both a "research" and a "non-research" use. When this occurs, the investment adviser or a sub-adviser will make a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with fund commissions or spreads, while the investment adviser or a sub-adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the investment adviser or a sub-adviser faces a potential conflict of interest, but the investment adviser and sub-advisers believe that the costs of such services may be appropriately allocated to their anticipated research and non-research uses.

The investment adviser and sub-advisers may purchase for the funds, new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the investment adviser or sub-advisers with research services, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations permitting these types of arrangements. Generally, the seller will provide research "credits" in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

The investment adviser and sub-advisers may place orders directly with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems. Placing orders with electronic communications networks or other alternative trading systems may enable funds to trade directly with other institutional holders. At times, this may allow funds to trade larger blocks than would be possible trading through a single market maker.

93

The investment adviser and sub-advisers may aggregate securities sales or purchases among two or more funds. The investment adviser and sub-advisers will not aggregate transactions unless it believes such aggregation is consistent with its duty to seek best execution for each affected fund and is consistent with the terms of the investment advisory agreement for such fund. In any single transaction in which purchases and/or sales of securities of any issuer for the account of a fund are aggregated with other accounts managed by the investment adviser and sub-advisers, the actual prices applicable to the transaction will be averaged among the accounts for which the transaction is effected, including the account of the fund.

In determining when and to what extent to use Schwab or any other affiliated broker-dealer (including affiliates of the sub-advisers) as its broker for executing orders for the funds on securities exchanges, the investment adviser and the sub-advisers follow procedures, adopted by the funds' Board of Trustees, that are designed to ensure that affiliated brokerage commissions (if relevant) are reasonable and fair in comparison to unaffiliated brokerage commissions for comparable transactions. The Board reviews the procedures annually and approves and reviews transactions involving affiliated brokers quarterly.

BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS

The Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund TM paid brokerage commissions of $388,690, $401,190, and $446,747 for fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

The Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund TM paid brokerage commissions of $317,837, $198,118, and $160,153 for fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

The Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund TM paid brokerage commissions of $597,602, $663,931, and $708,009 for fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

The Laudus International MarketMasters Fund TM paid brokerage commissions of $2,644,288, $2,041,448, and $1,142,041 for fiscal years ended October 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.

REGULAR BROKER-DEALERS

A fund's regular broker-dealers during its most recent fiscal year are: (1) the ten broker-dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions from the fund; (2) the ten broker-dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions; and (3) the ten broker-dealers that sold the largest dollar amount of the fund's shares. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2005, certain of the funds purchased securities issued by the following regular broker-dealers:

LAUDUS U.S. MARKETMASTERS FUND

                                               Value of Fund's Holdings
          Regular Broker-Dealer                 as of October 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JPMorgan Chase & Co.                                  $1,904,000
Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.                             $2,990,000
Citigroup, Inc.                                       $1,479,000
Bank of America                                       $1,360,000

94

LAUDUS BALANCED MARKETMASTERS FUND

                                               Value of Fund's Holdings
          Regular Broker-Dealer                 as of October 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.                               $777,000
JPMorgan Chase & Co.                                  $1,516,000
UBS Warburg                                             $592,000
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.                             $1,366,000

LAUDUS SMALL-CAP MARKETMASTERS FUND

          Regular Broker-Dealer                Value of Fund's Holdings
                                                as of October 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jefferies Group, Inc.                                   $914,000
Raymond James Financial Inc.                            $764,000

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST

Each fund is a series of Schwab Capital Trust, an open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust on May 7, 1993.

The funds may hold special shareholder meetings, which may cause the funds to incur non-routine expenses. These meetings may be called for purposes such as electing trustees, changing fundamental policies and amending management contracts. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share owned and may vote by proxy or in person. Proxy materials will be mailed to shareholders prior to any meetings, and will include a voting card and information explaining the matters to be voted upon.

The bylaws of the trust provide that a majority of shares entitled to vote shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a shareholders' meeting, except that where any provision of law, or of the Declaration of Trust or of the bylaws permits or requires that (1) holders of any series shall vote as a series, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that series entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that series, or (2) holders of any class shall vote as a class, then a majority of the aggregate number of shares of that class entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that class. Any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting, without the necessity of further notice. The Declaration of Trust specifically authorizes the Board of Trustees to terminate the trust (or any of its investment portfolios) by notice to the shareholders without shareholder approval.

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the trust's obligations. The Declaration of Trust, however, disclaims shareholder liability for the trust's acts or obligations and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the trust or the trustees. In addition, the Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the property of an investment portfolio in which a shareholder owns or owned shares for all losses and expenses of such shareholder or former shareholder if he or she is held personally liable for the obligations of the trust solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder. Moreover the trust will be covered by insurance, which the trustees consider adequate to cover foreseeable tort claims.

95

Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered remote, because it is limited to circumstances in which a disclaimer is inoperative and the trust itself is unable to meet its obligations. There is a remote possibility that a fund could become liable for a misstatement in the prospectus or SAI about another fund.

As more fully described in the Declaration of Trust, the trustees may each year, or more frequently, distribute to the shareholders of each series accrued income less accrued expenses and any net realized capital gains less accrued expenses. Distributions of each year's income of each series shall be distributed pro rata to shareholders in proportion to the number of shares of each series held by each of them. Distributions will be paid in cash or shares or a combination thereof as determined by the trustees. Distributions paid in shares will be paid at the net asset value as determined in accordance with the bylaws.

PURCHASE, REDEMPTION, DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS AND
PRICING OF SHARES

PURCHASING AND REDEEMING SHARES OF THE FUNDS

The funds are open each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open (business days). The NYSE's trading session is normally conducted from 9:30 a.m. Eastern time until 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, Monday through Friday, although some days, such as in advance of and following holidays, the NYSE's trading session closes early. The following holiday closings are currently scheduled for 2006:
New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr.'s Birthday, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. While orders to buy, sell and exchange shares are typically accepted by Schwab at any time, only orders that are received in good order by the funds' transfer agent no later than the close of the NYSE's trading session will be executed that day at the funds' (or class') share price calculated that day. On any day that the NYSE closes early, such as days in advance of holidays, the funds reserve the right to advance the time by which purchase, redemption and exchanges orders must be received by the funds' transfer agent that day in order to be executed that day at that day's share price.

As long as the funds or Schwab follows reasonable procedures to confirm that an investor's telephone or Internet order is genuine, they will not be liable for any losses the investor may experience due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. These procedures may include requiring a form of personal identification or confirmation before acting upon any telephone or Internet order, providing written confirmation of telephone or Internet orders and tape recording all telephone orders.

Share certificates will not be issued in order to avoid additional administrative costs, however, share ownership records are maintained by Schwab.

The Trust's Declaration of Trust provides that shares may be automatically redeemed if held by a shareholder in an amount less than the minimum required by each fund or share class. Each fund's minimum initial investments and minimum balance requirements, if any, are set forth in the prospectus. These minimums may be waived, for clients of Schwab Institutional and Schwab Corporate Services retirement plans. These minimums may also be waived for certain other investors, including trustees, officers and employees of Schwab, and for certain investment programs, including programs for retirement savings, education savings, or charitable giving. Schwab may receive other compensation for providing services to these clients, investors and programs. The minimums may be changed without prior notice.

96

Certain investment managers, including managers in Schwab Institutional, may aggregate the investments of their underlying customer accounts for purposes of meeting the Select Shares initial minimum investment and minimum balance requirements. In order to aggregate investments for these purposes, investment managers must purchase shares through a financial institution, such as a broker, that has been approved by the fund or its distributor and that has the capability to process purchase and redemption orders and to monitor the balances of the managers' underlying customer accounts on an aggregated basis.

As explained in more detail in the funds' prospectus, the Laudus MarketMasters Funds TM reserve the right to waive the early redemption fee, if applicable, for certain tax-advantaged retirement plans or charitable giving funds, certain fee-based or wrap programs, or in other circumstances when the funds' officers determine that such a waiver is in the best interests of a fund and its shareholders.

Each of the funds has made an election with the SEC to pay in cash all redemptions requested by any shareholder of record limited in amount during any 90-day period to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of its net assets at the beginning of such period. This election is irrevocable without the SEC's prior approval. Redemption requests in excess of these limits may be paid, in whole or in part, in investment securities or in cash, as the Board of Trustees may deem advisable. Payment will be made wholly in cash unless the Board of Trustees believes that economic or market conditions exist that would make such payment a detriment to the best interests of a fund. If redemption proceeds are paid in investment securities, such securities will be valued as set forth in "Pricing of Shares." A redeeming shareholder would normally incur transaction costs if he or she were to convert the securities to cash.

Each fund is designed for long term investing. Because short term trading activities can disrupt the smooth management of a fund and increase its expenses, each fund reserves the right to refuse any purchase or exchange order or large purchase or exchange orders, including any purchase or exchange order which appears, in its sole discretion, to be associated with short term trading activities or "market timing." Because market timing decisions to buy and sell securities typically are based on an individual investor's market outlook, including such factors as the perceived strength of the economy or the anticipated direction of interest rates, it is difficult for a fund to determine in advance what purchase or exchange orders may be deemed to be associated with market timing or short term trading activities. The funds and Schwab reserve the right to refuse any purchase or exchange order, including large orders that may negatively impact their operations. More information regarding the funds' policies regarding "market timing" is included in the funds' prospectus.

Shares of the funds may be held only through a Schwab account or certain financial intermediaries that have an arrangement with Schwab. If you close your Schwab account, your fund shares may be redeemed unless you first transfer them to such a financial intermediary.

In certain circumstances, shares of a fund may be purchased "in kind" (i.e., in exchange for securities, rather than for cash). The securities tendered as part of an in-kind purchase must be liquid securities that are not restricted as to transfer and have a value that is readily ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on the American Stock Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange, or Nasdaq. Securities accepted by the fund will be valued, as set forth in the fund's prospectus, as of the time of the next determination of net asset value after such acceptance. The shares of the fund that are issued to the shareholder in exchange for the securities will be determined as of the same time. All dividend, subscription, or other rights that are reflected in the market price of

97

accepted securities at the time of valuation become the property of the fund and must be delivered to the fund by the investor upon receipt from the issuer. A fund will not accept securities in exchange for its shares unless such securities are, at the time of the exchange, eligible to be held by the fund and satisfy such other conditions as may be imposed by the fund's investment adviser.

EXCHANGING SHARES OF THE FUNDS

An exchange order involves the redemption of all or a portion of the shares of one SchwabFund, including Laudus MarketMasters Funds TM and the simultaneous purchase of shares of another SchwabFund, including another Laudus MarketMasters Funds. Exchange orders must meet the minimum investment and any other requirements of the fund or class purchased. Also, exchange orders may not be executed between shares of Sweep Investments(R) and shares of non-Sweep Investments. Shares of Sweep Investments may be bought and sold automatically pursuant to the terms and conditions of your Schwab account agreement or by direct order as long as you meet the minimums for direct investments. In addition, different exchange policies may apply to Schwab Funds(R) that are bought and sold through third-party investment providers and the exchange privilege between Schwab Funds may not be available through third-party investment providers.

The funds and Schwab reserve certain rights with regard to exchanging shares of the funds. These rights include the right to: (i) refuse any purchase or exchange order that may negatively impact a fund's operations; (ii) refuse orders that appear to be associated with short-term trading activities; and
(iii) materially modify or terminate the exchange privilege upon 60 days' written notice to shareholders.

DELIVERY OF SHAREHOLDER DOCUMENTS

Typically once a year, an updated prospectus will be mailed to shareholders describing each fund's investment strategies, risks and shareholder policies. Twice a year, financial reports will be mailed to shareholders describing each fund's performance and investment holdings. In order to eliminate duplicate mailings of shareholder documents, each household may receive one copy of these documents, under certain conditions. This practice is commonly called "householding." If you want to receive multiple copies, you may write or call your fund at the address or telephone number on the front of this SAI. Your instructions will be effective within 30 days of receipt by Schwab.

PRICING OF SHARES

Each business day, each fund or share class calculates its share price, or NAV, as of the close of the NYSE (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time). This means that NAVs are calculated using the values of a fund's securities as of the close of the NYSE. Such values are required to be determined in one of two ways:
securities for which market quotations are readily available are required to be valued at current market value; and securities for which market quotations are not readily available are required to be valued at fair value using procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.

Shareholders of funds that invest in foreign securities should be aware that because foreign markets are often open on weekends and other days when the funds are closed, the value of some of a fund's securities may change on days when it is not possible to buy or sell shares of the fund.

98

The funds use approved pricing services to provide values for their securities. Current market values are generally determined by the approved pricing services as follows: generally securities traded on stock exchanges are valued at the last-quoted sales price on the exchange on which such securities are primarily traded, or, lacking any sales, at the mean between the bid and ask prices; generally securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported sales price that day, or, if no sales are reported, at the mean between the bid and ask prices. Generally securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued in accordance with the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. In addition, securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges are generally valued at the preceding closing values of such securities on their respective exchanges with these values then translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate. Fixed income securities normally are valued based on valuations provided by approved pricing services. Securities may be fair valued pursuant to procedures approved by the funds' Board of Trustees when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or suspended; when a security's primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a security's primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a security's value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security's primary trading market. The Board of Trustees regularly reviews fair value determinations made by the funds pursuant to the procedures.

TAXATION

This discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.

FEDERAL TAX INFORMATION FOR THE FUNDS

It is each fund's policy to qualify for taxation as a "regulated investment company" ("RIC") by meeting the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, each fund expects to eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal income tax to which it is subject. If a fund does not qualify as a RIC under the Code, it will be subject to federal income tax on its net investment income and any net realized capital gains.

Each fund is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes and is not combined with the trust's other funds. Each fund intends to qualify as a RIC so that it will be relieved of federal income tax on that part of its income that is distributed to shareholders. In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, a fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (generally, net investment income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) and also must meet several additional requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of a fund's gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock or securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership; (ii) at the close of each quarter of a fund's taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of a Fund's assets and that does not represent

99

more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (iii) at the close of each quarter of a fund's taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses if the fund owns at least 20% of the voting power of such issuers, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Certain master limited partnerships may qualify as "qualified publicly traded partnerships" for purposes of the Subchapter M diversification rules described above. In order to do so, the master limited partnership must satisfy two requirements during the taxable year. First, the interests of such partnership either must be traded on an established securities market or must be readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). Second, less than 90% of the partnership's gross income can consist of dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, or gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock securities or currencies.

The Code imposes a non-deductible excise tax on RICs that do not distribute in a calendar year (regardless of whether they otherwise have a non-calendar taxable year) an amount equal to 98% of their "ordinary income" (as defined in the Code) for the calendar year plus 98% of their net capital gain for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any undistributed amounts from prior years. The non-deductible excise tax is equal to 4% of the deficiency. For the foregoing purposes, a fund is treated as having distributed any amount on which it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year. A fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate fund investments in order to make sufficient distributions to avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the investment advisor or sub-adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC.

A fund's transactions in futures contracts, forward contracts, foreign currency exchange transactions, options and certain other investment and hedging activities may be restricted by the Code and are subject to special tax rules. In a given case, these rules may accelerate income to a fund, defer its losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of a fund's assets, convert short term capital losses into long term capital losses or otherwise affect the character of a fund's income. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. The funds will endeavor to make any available elections pertaining to these transactions in a manner believed to be in the best interest of the funds and their shareholders.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS

The discussion of federal income taxation presented below supplements the discussion in the funds' prospectus and only summarizes some of the important federal tax considerations generally affecting shareholders of the funds. Accordingly, prospective investors (particularly those not residing or domiciled in the United States) should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of investing in a fund.

Any dividends declared by a fund in October, November or December and paid the following January are treated, for tax purposes, as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of the year in which they were declared. In general, distributions by a fund of investment company taxable income (including net short-term capital gains), if any, whether received in cash or additional shares, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. A portion of these distributions may

100

be treated as qualified dividend income (eligible for the reduced maximum rate to individuals of 15% (5% for individuals in lower tax brackets)) to the extent that a fund receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain foreign corporations (e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that (i) the shareholder has not held the shares of the fund on which the dividend was paid for more than 60 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares of a fund become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (and each fund also satisfies those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder), (ii) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property, or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Distributions from net capital gain (if any) that are designated as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held shares of a fund. However, if you receive a capital gains dividend with respect to fund shares held for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares shall, to the extent of the capital gains dividend, be treated as a long-term capital loss. Long-term capital gains also will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Absent further legislation, the maximum 15% tax rate on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008.

A fund will inform you of the amount of your ordinary income dividends and capital gain distributions, if any, at the time they are paid and will advise you of their tax status for federal income tax purposes, including what portion of the distributions will be qualified dividend income, shortly after the close of each calendar year. For corporate investors in a fund, dividend distributions the fund designates to be from dividends received from qualifying domestic corporations will be eligible for the 70% corporate dividends-received deduction to the extent they would qualify if the fund were a regular corporation. Distributions by a fund also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes, and its treatment under applicable tax laws may differ from the federal income tax treatment.

A fund will be required in certain cases to withhold at the applicable withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury, the withheld amount of taxable dividends paid to any shareholder who (1) fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number certified under penalty of perjury; (2) is subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service for failure to properly report all payments of interest or dividends; (3) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is not subject to "backup withholding"; or (4) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder's ultimate U.S. tax liability.

Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from net investment income and short term capital gains; provided, however, that for a fund's taxable year beginning after December 31, 2004 and not beginning after December 31, 2007, interest related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding taxes. Distributions to foreign shareholders of such short-term capital gain dividends, of long term capital gains and any gains

101

from the sale or other disposition of shares of the funds generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who either (1) meets the Code's definition of "resident alien" or (2) is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above.

Income that the funds receive from sources within various foreign countries may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. If a fund has at least 50% of its assets invested in foreign securities at the end of its taxable year, it may elect to "pass through" to its shareholders the ability to take either the foreign tax credit or the deduction for foreign taxes. Pursuant to this election, U.S. shareholders must include in gross income, even though not actually received, their respective pro rata share of foreign taxes, and may either deduct their pro rata share of foreign taxes (but not for alternative minimum tax purposes) or credit the tax against U.S. income taxes, subject to certain limitations described in Code sections 901 and 904. A shareholder who does not itemize deductions may not claim a deduction for foreign taxes. It is expected that the funds, other than the Laudus International MarketMasters Fund TM, will not have 50% of their assets invested in foreign securities at the close of their taxable years, and therefore will not be permitted to make this election. Also, to the extent a fund invests in an underlying fund that elects to pass through foreign taxes, the fund will not be able to pass through the taxes paid by the underlying fund. Each shareholder's respective pro rata share of foreign taxes the fund pays will, therefore, be netted against their share of the fund's gross income.

The funds may invest in a non-U.S. corporation that could be treated as a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC") or become a PFIC under the Code. This could result in adverse tax consequences upon the disposition of, or the receipt of "excess distributions" with respect to, such equity investments. To the extent the funds do invest in PFICs, they may elect to treat the PFIC as a "qualified electing fund" or mark-to-market its investments in PFICs annually. In either case, the funds may be required to distribute amounts in excess of realized income and gains. To the extent that the funds do invest in foreign securities that are determined to be PFIC securities and are required to pay a tax on such investments, a credit for this tax would not be allowed to be passed through to funds' shareholders. Therefore, the payment of this tax would reduce the funds' economic return from their PFIC shares, and excess distributions received with respect to such shares are treated as ordinary income rather than capital gains.

Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting investments in the funds

102

APPENDIX - RATINGS OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES

From time to time, a fund may report the percentage of its assets that fall into the rating categories set forth below.

BONDS

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE

Aaa Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edged." Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

Aa Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

A Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

Baa Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Ba Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

B Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

STANDARD & POOR'S CORPORATION

INVESTMENT GRADE

AAA Debt rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by S&P. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

AA Debt rated 'AA' has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the highest rated debt only in small degree.

103

A Debt rated 'A' has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although it is somewhat more susceptible to adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

BBB Debt rated 'BBB' is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

SPECULATIVE GRADE

Debt rated 'BB' and 'B' is regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

BB Debt rated 'BB' has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The 'BB' rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied 'BBB-' rating.

B Debt rate 'B' has greater vulnerability to default but presently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions would likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The 'B' rating category also is used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied 'BB' or 'BB-' rating.

FITCH, INC.

INVESTMENT GRADE BOND

AAA    Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit
       quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest
       and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably
       foreseeable events.

AA     Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality.
       The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong,
       although not quite as strong as bonds rated 'AAA'. Because bonds rated in
       the 'AAA' and 'AA' categories are not significantly vulnerable to
       foreseeable future developments, short term debt of these issuers is
       generally rated 'F1+'.

A      Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The
       obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be
       strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic
       conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

BBB    Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit
       quality. The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is
       considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and
       circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these
       bonds, and therefore impair timely payment. The likelihood that the

104

ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.

SPECULATIVE GRADE BOND

BB Bonds are considered speculative. The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

B Bonds are considered highly speculative. While bonds in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor's limited margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of the issue.

DOMINION BOND RATING SERVICE

Bond and Long Term Debt Rating Scale

As is the case with all DBRS rating scales, long term debt ratings are meant to give an indication of the risk that the borrower will not fulfill its full obligations in a timely manner with respect to both interest and principal commitments. DBRS ratings do not take factors such as pricing or market risk into consideration and are expected to be used by purchasers as one part of their investment process. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations that are relevant for the borrowing entity.

AAA: Highest Credit Quality
AA: Superior Credit Quality
A: Satisfactory Credit Quality

BBB: Adequate Credit Quality
BB: Speculative
B: Highly Speculative

CCC: Very Highly Speculative
CC: Very Highly Speculative
C: Very Highly Speculative

"AAA" Bonds rated "AAA" are of the highest credit quality, with exceptionally strong protection for the timely repayment of principal and interest. Earnings are considered stable, the structure of the industry in which the entity operates is strong, and the outlook for future profitability is favorable. There are few qualifying factors present which would detract from the performance of the entity, the strength of liquidity and coverage ratios is unquestioned and the entity has established a creditable track record of superior performance. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has established for this category, few entities are able to achieve a AAA rating.

"AA" Bonds rated "AA" are of superior credit quality, and protection of interest and principal is considered high. In many cases, they differ from bonds rated AAA only to a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has for the AAA category (which few companies are able to achieve), entities rated AA are also considered to be strong credits which typically

105

exemplify above-average strength in key areas of consideration and are unlikely to be significantly affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

"A" Bonds rated "A" are of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is still substantial, but the degree of strength is less than with AA rated entities. While a respectable rating, entities in the "A" category are considered to be more susceptible to adverse economic conditions and have greater cyclical tendencies than higher rated companies.

"BBB" Bonds rated "BBB" are of adequate credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is considered adequate, but the entity is more susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, or there may be other adversities present which reduce the strength of the entity and its rated securities.

"BB" Bonds rated "BB" are defined to be speculative, where the degree of protection afforded interest and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic recession. Entities in the BB area typically have limited access to capital markets and additional liquidity support and, in many cases, small size or lack of competitive strength may be additional negative considerations.

"B" Bonds rated "B" are highly speculative and there is a reasonably high level of uncertainty which exists as to the ability of the entity to pay interest and principal on a continuing basis in the future, especially in periods of economic recession or industry adversity.

"CCC" / "CC" / "C" Bonds rated in any of these categories are very highly speculative and are in danger of default of interest and principal. The degree of adverse elements present is more severe than bonds rated "B". Bonds rated below "B" often have characteristics which, if not remedied, may lead to default. In practice, there is little difference between the "C" to "CCC" categories, with "CC" and "C" normally used to lower ranking debt of companies where the senior debt is rated in the "CCC" to "B" range.

"D" This category indicates Bonds in default of either interest or principal.

("HIGH", "LOW") grades are used to indicate the relative standing of a credit within a particular rating category. The lack of one of these designations indicates a rating which is essentially in the middle of the category. Note that "high" and "low" grades are not used for the AAA category.

COMMERCIAL PAPER AND SHORT-TERM DEBT RATING SCALE

Dominion Bond Rating Service

As is the case with all DBRS rating scales, commercial paper ratings are meant to give an indication of the risk that the borrower will not fulfill its obligations in a timely manner. DBRS ratings do not take factors such as pricing or market risk into consideration and are expected to be used by purchasers as one part of their investment process. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations which are relevant for the borrowing entity.

R-1: Prime Credit Quality

R-2: Adequate Credit Quality

R-3: Speculative

106

All three DBRS rating categories for short term debt use "high", "middle" or "low" as subset grades to designate the relative standing of the credit within a particular rating category. The following comments provide separate definitions for the three grades in the Prime Credit Quality area, as this is where ratings for active borrowers in Canada continue to be heavily concentrated.

"R-1 (HIGH)" Short term debt rated "R-1 (high)" is of the highest credit quality, and indicates an entity which possesses unquestioned ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due. Entities rated in this category normally maintain strong liquidity positions, conservative debt levels and profitability which is both stable and above average. Companies achieving an "R-1 (high)" rating are normally leaders in structurally sound industry segments with proven track records, sustainable positive future results and no substantial qualifying negative factors. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has established for an "R-1 (high)", few entities are strong enough to achieve this rating.

"R-1 (MIDDLE)" Short term debt rated "R-1 (middle)" is of superior credit quality and, in most cases, ratings in this category differ from "R-1 (high)" credits to only a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has for the "R-1 (high)" category (which few companies are able to achieve), entities rated "R-1 (middle)" are also considered strong credits which typically exemplify above average strength in key areas of consideration for debt protection.

"R-1 (LOW)" Short term debt rated "R-1 (low)" is of satisfactory credit quality. The overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios is not normally as favorable as with higher rating categories, but these considerations are still respectable. Any qualifying negative factors which exist are considered manageable, and the entity is normally of sufficient size to have some influence in its industry.

"R-2 (HIGH)", "R-2 (MIDDLE)", "R-2 (LOW)" Short term debt rated "R-2" is of adequate credit quality and within the three subset grades, debt protection ranges from having reasonable ability for timely repayment to a level which is considered only just adequate. The liquidity and debt ratios of entities in the "R-2" classification are not as strong as those in the "R-1" category, and the past and future trend may suggest some risk of maintaining the strength of key ratios in these areas. Alternative sources of liquidity support are considered satisfactory; however, even the strongest liquidity support will not improve the commercial paper rating of the issuer. The size of the entity may restrict its flexibility, and its relative position in the industry is not typically as strong as an "R-1 credit". Profitability trends, past and future, may be less favorable, earnings not as stable, and there are often negative qualifying factors present which could also make the entity more vulnerable to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

"R-3 (HIGH)", "R-3 (MIDDLE)", "R-3 (LOW)" Short term debt rated "R-3" is speculative, and within the three subset grades, the capacity for timely payment ranges from mildly speculative to doubtful. "R-3" credits tend to have weak liquidity and debt ratios, and the future trend of these ratios is also unclear. Due to its speculative nature, companies with "R-3" ratings would normally have very limited access to alternative sources of liquidity. Earnings would typically be very unstable, and the level of overall profitability of the entity is also likely to be low. The industry environment may be weak, and strong negative qualifying factors are also likely to be present.

107

SHORT TERM NOTES AND VARIABLE RATE DEMAND OBLIGATIONS

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE

Short term notes/variable rate demand obligations bearing the designations MIG-1/VMIG-1 are considered to be of the best quality, enjoying strong protection from established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing. Obligations rated MIG-2/VMIG-3 are of high quality and enjoy ample margins of protection although not as large as those of the top rated securities.

STANDARD & POOR'S CORPORATION

An S&P SP-1 rating indicates that the subject securities' issuer has a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues determined to possess very strong safety characteristics are given a plus (+) designation. S&P's determination that an issuer has a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest is denoted by an SP-2 rating.

FITCH, INC.

Obligations supported by the highest capacity for timely repayment are rated F1+. An F1 rating indicates that the obligation is supported by a very strong capacity for timely repayment. Obligations rated F2 are supported by a good capacity for timely repayment, although adverse changes in business, economic, or financial conditions may affect this capacity.

COMMERCIAL PAPER

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE

Prime-1 is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody's. Issuers (or related supporting institutions) of commercial paper with this rating are considered to have a superior ability to repay short term promissory obligations. Issuers (or related supporting institutions) of securities rated Prime-2 are viewed as having a strong capacity to repay short term promissory obligations. This capacity will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics of issuers whose commercial paper is rated Prime-1 but to a lesser degree.

STANDARD & POOR'S CORPORATION

A Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") A-1 commercial paper rating indicates a strong degree of safety regarding timely payment of principal and interest. Issues determined to possess overwhelming safety characteristics are denoted A-1+. Capacity for timely payment on commercial paper rated A-2 is satisfactory, but the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1.

FITCH, INC.

F1+ is the highest category, and indicates the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment. Issues rated F1 reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less than issues rated F1+. Issues assigned an F2 rating have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues in the first two rating categories.

108

PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

Item 23. Exhibits.

(a)     Articles of                     Agreement and Declaration of Trust,
        Incorporation                   dated May 6, 1993 is incorporated by
                                        reference to Exhibit 1, File No.
                                        811-7704, of Post-Effective Amendment
                                        No. 21 to Registrant's Registration on
                                        Form N-1A, electronically filed on
                                        December 17, 1997.

(b)     By-Laws                         Amended and Restated Bylaws are
                                        incorporated herein by reference to
                                        Exhibit (b), File No. 811-7704 of
                                        Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to
                                        Registrant's Registration Statement on
                                        Form N-1A, electronically filed on
                                        February 11, 2005.

(c)     Instruments           (i)       Article III, Section 5, Article V,
        Defining rights                 Article VI, Article VIII, Section 4 and
        of Security                     Article IX, Sections 1, 5 and 7 of the
        Holders                         Agreement and Declaration of Trust,
                                        dated May 6, 1993, referenced in Exhibit
                                        (a) above, are incorporated herein by
                                        reference to Exhibit 1, File No.
                                        811-7704, to Post-Effective Amendment
                                        No. 21 of Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A electronically
                                        filed on December 17, 1997.

                              (ii)      Articles 9 and 11 of the Amended and
                                        Restated Bylaws are incorporated herein
                                        by reference to Exhibit 2, File No.
                                        811-7704, of Post-Effective Amendment
                                        No. 7 to Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
                                        filed on February 27, 1996.

(d)     Investment            (i)       Investment Advisory and Administration
        Advisory Contracts              Agreement between Registrant and Charles
                                        Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (the
                                        "Investment Adviser"), dated June 15,
                                        1994, is incorporated herein by
                                        reference to Exhibit 5(a), File No.
                                        811-7704, of Post-Effective Amendment
                                        No. 21 to Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
                                        filed on December 17, 1997.


                              (ii)      Amended Schedules A and B to the
                                        Investment Advisory and Administration
                                        Agreement between Registrant and the
                                        Investment Adviser, referenced in
                                        Exhibit (d)(i) above, is incorporated by
                                        reference to Exhibit (d)(ii), File No.
                                        811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No.
                                        76 to Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A electronically
                                        filed on August 5, 2005.


                              (iii)     Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement
                                        between Registrant, Charles Schwab
                                        Investment Management Inc., and American
                                        Century Investment Management, Inc. is
                                        incorporated herein by reference to
                                        Exhibit (d)(iv), File No. 811-7704 of
                                        Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to
                                        Registrant's Registration Statement on
                                        Form N-1A electronically filed on May
                                        30, 2002.

                              (xviii)   Letter of Agreement between Registrant
                                        and Investment Adviser on behalf of
                                        Schwab Capital Trust is electronically
                                        filed herewith as Exhibit (d)(xviii),
                                        File No. 811-7704.


                              (xix)     Amendment to Investment Sub-Advisory
                                        Agreement between Registrant, Charles
                                        Schwab Investment Management Inc., and
                                        American Century Investment Management,
                                        Inc., dated March 26, 2003, is
                                        incorporated herein by reference to
                                        Exhibit (d)(xviii), File No. 811-7704 of
                                        Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to
                                        Registrant's Registration Statement on
                                        Form N-1A, electronically filed on
                                        February 26, 2004.

                              (xx)      Amendment to Investment Sub-Advisory
                                        Agreement between Registrant, Charles
                                        Schwab Investment Management Inc., and
                                        Artisan Partners Limited Partnership,
                                        dated March 26, 2003, is incorporated
                                        herein by reference to Exhibit (d)(xx),
                                        File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective
                                        Amendment No. 60 to Registrant's
                                        Registration Statement on Form N-1A,
                                        electronically filed on February 26,
                                        2004.

                              (xxi)     Amendment to Investment Sub-Advisory
                                        Agreement between Registrant, Charles
                                        Schwab Investment Management Inc., and
                                        Harris Associates LP, dated March 26,
                                        2003, is incorporated herein by
                                        reference to Exhibit (d)(xxii), File No.
                                        811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No.
                                        60 to Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
                                        filed on February 26, 2004.

                              (xxii)    Amendment to Investment Sub-Advisory
                                        Agreement between Registrant, Charles
                                        Schwab Investment Management Inc., and
                                        Pacific Investment Management Company
                                        LLC, dated March 26, 2003, is
                                        incorporated herein by reference to
                                        Exhibit (d)(xxiii), File No. 811-7704 of
                                        Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to
                                        Registrant's Registration Statement on
                                        Form N-1A, electronically filed on
                                        February 26, 2004.

                              (xxiii)   Amendment to Investment Sub-Advisory
                                        Agreement between Charles Schwab
                                        Investment Management Inc., and TAMRO
                                        Capital Partners, LLC dated March 11,
                                        2004, is incorporated herein by
                                        reference to Exhibit (d)(xxiii), File
                                        No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment
                                        No. 70 to Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
                                        filed on February 11, 2005.

                              (xxiv)    Amendment to Investment Sub-Advisory
                                        Agreement between Charles Schwab
                                        Investment Management Inc., and TAMRO
                                        Capital Partners, LLC dated December 15,
                                        2004, is incorporated by reference to
                                        Exhibit (d)(xxiii), File No. 811-7704 of
                                        Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 to
                                        Registrant's Registration Statement on
                                        Form N-1A, electronically filed on
                                        February 11, 2005.

                              (xxxix)   Amendment to Investment Sub-Advisory
                                        Agreement between Registrant, Charles
                                        Schwab Investment Management Inc., and
                                        Veredus Asset Management, LLC, dated
                                        December 2, 2004, is incorporated herein
                                        by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxxix), File
                                        No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment
                                        No. 71 to Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
                                        filed on February 25, 2005.

                              (xxxx)    Amendment to Investment Sub-Advisory
                                        Agreement between Registrant, Charles
                                        Schwab Investment Management Inc., and
                                        William Blair & Company, L.L.C., dated
                                        December 2, 2004, is incorporated herein
                                        by reference to Exhibit (d)(xxxx), File
                                        No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment
                                        No. 71 to Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
                                        filed on February 25, 2005.


(e)     Underwriting          (i)       Distribution Agreement between
        Contracts                       Registrant and Charles Schwab & Co.,
                                        Inc. ("Schwab"), dated July 21, 1993, is
                                        incorporated herein by reference to
                                        Exhibit 6(a), File No. 811-7704, of
                                        Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to
                                        Registrant's Registration Statement on
                                        Form N-1A, electronically filed on
                                        December 17, 1997.

                              (ii)      Amended Schedule A to the Distribution
                                        Agreement between Registrant and Schwab,
                                        referenced at Exhibit (e)(i) above, is
                                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                                        (e)(ii), File No. 811-7704 of
                                        Post-Effective Amendment No. 76 to
                                        Registrant's Registration Statement on
                                        Form N-1A electronically filed on August
                                        5, 2005.

(f)     Bonus or Profit                 Inapplicable
        Sharing Contracts


(g)     Custodian             (i)       Master Accounting Services Agreement
        Agreements                      between Registrant and State Street Bank
                                        and Trust Company, dated October 1,
                                        2005, is electronically filed herein as
                                        Exhibit (g)(i), File No. 811-7704

(ii) Transfer Agency Agreement between Registrant and Schwab, dated July 21, 1993, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 8(j), File No.

811-7704, of Post-Effective Amendment
No. 21 to Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
filed on December 17, 1997.


(iii) Amended Schedules A and C to the Transfer Agency Agreement referenced at Exhibit (g)(iii) above, are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(iv), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 76 to Regeistrant;s Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed on August 5, 2005

(iv) Shareholder Service Agreement between Registrant and Schwab, dated July 21, 1993 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 8(l), File No. 811-7704, of Post-Effective Amendment No. 21 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on December 17, 1997

(v) Amended Schedules A and C to the Shareholder Service Agreement between Registrant and Schwab, referenced at Exhibit (g)(v) above, are incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(vi), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 76 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed on August 5, 2005

(vi) Custodian Agreement by and between Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. dated June 29, 2001, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (g)(vi), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 55 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on June 30, 2003.

(vii) Amended Schedule A to Custodian Agreement between Registrant and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., dated July 1, 2003 referenced at Exhibit (g)(vii), is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (g)(viii), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on July 16, 2003.

(viii) Amended and Restated Master Custodian Agreement, between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company on behalf of Schwab Premier Equity Fund, Schwab Core Equity Fund, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund, Laudus International MarketMasters Fund, Laudus U.S.

MarketMasters Fund, Laudus Balanced
MarketMasters Fund, and Laudus Small-Cap
MarketMasters Fund is electronically
filed herein as Exhibit (g)(i), File No.
811-7704.


(h)     Other Material                  License Agreement between Schwab Capital
        Contracts                       Trust and Standard & Poor's is
                                        incorporated herein by reference to
                                        Exhibit (h), File No. 811-7704, of
                                        Post-Effective Amendment No. 32 to
                                        Registrant's Registration Statement on
                                        Form N-1A, electronically filed on
                                        February 26, 1999.


(i)     Legal Opinion                   Opinion of counsel is electronically
                                        filed herein as Exhibit (i), File No.
                                        811-7704.

(j) Other Opinions Consents of the Accountants is electronically filed herein as Exhibit
(j), File No. 811-7704.

(k)     Omitted Financial               Inapplicable.
        Statements

(l)     Initial Capital       (i)       Purchase Agreement for the Schwab
        Agreement                       International Index Fund(R), dated June
                                        17, 1993, is incorporated herein by
                                        reference to Exhibit 13(a), File No.
                                        811-7704, of Post-Effective Amendment
                                        No. 21 to Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
                                        filed on December 17, 1997.

                              (ii)      Purchase Agreement for the Schwab
                                        Small-Cap Index Fund(R), dated October
                                        13, 1993, is incorporated herein by
                                        reference to Exhibit 13(b), File No.
                                        811-7704, of Post-Effective Amendment
                                        No. 21 to Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
                                        filed on December 17, 1997.

                              (iii)     Purchase Agreement for the Schwab
                                        MarketTrack Portfolios - Growth
                                        Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio and
                                        Conservative Portfolio (formerly Schwab
                                        Asset Director(R)- High Growth, Schwab
                                        Asset Director - Balanced Growth, and
                                        Schwab Asset Director - Conservative
                                        Growth Funds) is incorporated herein by
                                        reference to Exhibit 13(c), File No.
                                        811-7704, of Post-Effective Amendment
                                        No. 6 to Registrant's Registration
                                        Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
                                        filed on December 15, 1996.

                              (xviii)   Purchase Agreement for Schwab Large-Cap
                                        Growth Fund is incorporated herein by
                                        reference to Exhibit (l)(xviii), file
                                        No. 811-7704, of Post-Effective
                                        Amendment No. 76 to Registrant's
                                        Registration Statement on Form N-1A
                                        electronically filed on August 5, 2005.


(m)     Rule 12b-1 Plan                 Inapplicable.

(n)     Rule 18f-3 Plan       (i)       Amended and Restated Multiple Class
                                        Plan, adopted on February 28, 1996,
                                        amended and restated as of August 26,
                                        2003 is incorporated herein by reference
                                        to Exhibit (o)(i), File No. 811-7704, of
                                        Post-Effective Amendment No. 58 to
                                        Registrant's Registration Statement on
                                        Form N-1A, electronically filed on
                                        December 11, 2003.


                              (ii)      Amended Schedule A to the Amended and
                                        Restated Multiple Class Plan referenced
                                        at Exhibit (o)(i) above is incorporated
                                        herein by reference to Exhibit (n)(ii),
                                        file No. 811-7704, of Post-Effective
                                        Amendment No. 76 to Registrant's
                                        Registration Statement on Form N-1A
                                        electronically filed on August 5, 2005


(o)                                     (Reserved)

(p) Code of Ethics (i) Code of Ethics adopted by Registrant, Charles Schwab Investment Management Inc. and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., dated January 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(i), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 25, 2005.

(ii) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by American Century Investment Management, Inc. is electronically filed herein as Exhibit (p) (ii), File No. 811-7704.

(iii) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by Gardner Lewis Asset Management, dated January 30, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to as Exhibit (q)(iii), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 25, 2005.

(iv) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by Artisan Partners Limited Partnership, dated January 30, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(iv), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 25,

2005.


(v) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by Janus Capital Management LLC, dated February 1, 2005, revised September 20, 2005, is electronically filed herein as Exhibit (p)(v), File No. 311-7704.

(vi) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by Harris Associates LP, dated January 12, 2005, as amended September 30, 2005 is electronically filed herein as Exhibit
(q)(vi), File No. 811-7704.

(vii) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, dated February 15, 2006, is electronically filed herein as Exhibit
(q)(vii), File No. 811-7704.

(viii) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by Perkins, Wolf, McDonnell & Company, LLC, dated July 7, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
(q)(viii), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 25, 2005.

(ix) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by TAMRO Capital Partners, LLC, dated February 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(ix), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 25, 2005.

(x) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by TCW Investment Management Company, dated February 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(x), File No.

811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No.
71 to Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form N-1A, electronically
filed on February 25, 2005.

(xi) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. is dated February 1, 2005, as revised on March 21, 2005, is electronically filed herein as Exhibit (p)(xi), File No. 811-7704.

(xii) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by Tocqueville Asset Management, L.P., dated October 5, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(xii), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 25,

2005.


(xiii) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by Veredus Asset Management LLC, dated January 7, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(xiii), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 25, 2005.

(xiv) Sub-Advisor Code of Ethics adopted by William Blair Company, L.L.C., dated October 15, 2004, as amended August 1, 2005, is electronically filed herein as Exhibit (q)(xiv), File No. 811-7704.

(q) Power of Attorney (i) Power of Attorney executed by Mariann Byerwalter, September 4, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (p)(i), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 28, 2003.

(ii) Power of Attorney executed by William A. Hasler, September 4, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (p)(ii), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 28, 2003.

(iii) Power of Attorney executed by Gerald B. Smith, September 4, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (p)(iii), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 28, 2003.

(iv) Power of Attorney executed by Charles R. Schwab, September 4, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (p)(iv), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 28, 2003.

(v) Power of Attorney executed by Donald F. Dorward, September 4, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (p)(vii), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 28, 2003.

(vi) Power of Attorney executed by Robert G. Holmes, September 4, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (p)(viii), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 28, 2003.


(vii) Power of Attorney executed by Donald R. Stephens, September 4, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (p)(ix), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 28, 2003.

(viii) Power of Attorney executed by Michael W. Wilsey, September 4, 2002, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (p)(x), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on February 28, 2003.

(ix) Power of Attorney executed by Evelyn Dilsaver, August 31, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (p)(ix), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on November 29, 2004.

(x) Power of Attorney executed by George Pereira, November 15, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit (p)(x), File No. 811-7704 of Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A, electronically filed on November 29, 2004.

(xi) Power of Attorney executed by Randall W. Merk, May 24, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit (q)(xii), file No. 811-7704, of Post-Effective Amendment No. 76 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A electronically filed on August 5, 2005.

Item 24. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with the Fund.

The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments and Schwab Annuity Portfolios each are Massachusetts business trusts registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), are advised by the Investment Adviser, and employ Schwab as their principal underwriter, transfer agent and shareholder services agent. As a result, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments and Schwab Annuity Portfolios may be deemed to be under common control with Registrant.

Item 25. Indemnification.

Article VIII of Registrant's Agreement and Declaration of Trust (Exhibit
(1) hereto, which is incorporated by reference) provides in effect that Registrant will indemnify its officers and trustees against all liabilities and expenses, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees reasonably incurred by any such officer or trustee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit, or other proceeding. However, in accordance with Section 17(h) and 17(i) of the 1940 Act and its own terms, said Agreement and Declaration of Trust does not protect any person against any liability to Registrant or its shareholders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. In any event, Registrant will comply with


1940 Act Releases No. 7221 and 11330 respecting the permissible boundaries of indemnification by an investment company of its officers and trustees.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of Investment Manager

Registrant's investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation, organized in October 1989 to serve as investment manager to Registrant, also serves as the investment manager to The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Laudus Trust and Laudus Variable Insurance Trust, each an open-end, management investment company. The principal place of business of the investment adviser is 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104. The only business in which the investment adviser engages is that of investment adviser and administrator to Registrant, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and any other investment companies that Schwab may sponsor in the future, investment adviser to Laudus Trust and Laudus Variable Trust and an investment adviser to certain non-investment company clients.

The business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each director and/or senior or executive officer of the investment adviser (CSIM) is or has been engaged during the past two fiscal years is listed below. The name of any company for which any director and/or senior or executive officer of the investment adviser serves as director, officer, employee, partner or trustee is also listed below. In addition, the name and position of each director and/or senior or executive officer of the Registrant's principal underwriter Charles Schwab & Co. Inc. is listed below.

Name and Position
with Registrant                  Name of Company                                Capacity
-----------------------------    -------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
Charles R. Schwab,               Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Chairman
Trustee and Chairman
                                 The Charles Schwab Bank, N.A.                  Chairman, Director

                                 The Charles Schwab Corporation                 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer


Name and Position
with Registrant                  Name of Company                                Capacity
-----------------------------    -------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                 Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.     Chairman

                                 Schwab Holdings, Inc.                          Chief Executive Officer

                                 Schwab International Holdings, Inc.            Chairman and Chief Executive
                                                                                Officer

                                 Schwab (SIS) Holdings, Inc. I                  Chairman and Chief Executive
                                                                                Officer

                                 Charles Schwab Holdings (UK)                   Chairman

                                 United States Trust Company of New York        Chairman, Director

                                 U.S. Trust Company                             Chairman, Director

                                 U.S. Trust Corporation                         Chairman, Director

                                 All Kinds of Minds                             Director

                                 Charles and Helen Schwab Foundation            Director

                                 Stanford University                            Trustee

                                 The Gap, Inc.                                  Director until May 2004

                                 Xign, Inc.                                     Director until June 2003

Robert Almeida                   Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President,
                                                                                Internal Audit

William Atwell                   Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President --
                                                                                Client Sales and Services and
                                                                                Schwab Bank

                                 The Charles Schwab Bank, N.A.                  Director

Jeremiah A. Chafkin              Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President and
                                                                                President of Advised Investor

John Clendening                  Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President and
                                                                                President of Independent
                                                                                Investor Business/IIE Marketing


Name and Position
with Registrant                  Name of Company                                Capacity
-----------------------------    -------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
Christopher V. Dodds             Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President and
                                                                                Chief Financial Officer

Carrie Dwyer                     Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President --
                                                                                Corporate Oversight and
                                                                                Corporate Secretary

Bryce Lensing                    Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.                      Executive Vice President, Risk
                                                                                Management

Jeffrey M. Lyons                 Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President and
                                                                                President, Active Trader
                                                                                Enterprise. Prior to July 2004,
                                                                                Mr. Lyons was Executive Vice
                                                                                President, Asset Management
                                                                                Products & Services.

                                 Laudus Funds                                   Trustee

Randall W. Merk                  Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President and
                                                                                President, AMPS Enterprise.
                                                                                From September 2002 to July
                                                                                2004, Mr. Merk was President &
                                                                                CEO of CSIM.

                                 Schwab Funds                                   Trustee

                                 Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland)      Director
                                 Limited

Jan Hier-King                    Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President -- Human
                                                                                Resources

Deborah McWhinney                Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President and
                                                                                President, Schwab
                                                                                Institutional.

Kevin Rowell                     Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President, Schwab
                                                                                Institutional Sales

Gideon Sasson                    Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President, Chief
                                                                                Information Officer

Becky Saeger                     Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President, Brand
                                                                                Management and Marketing
                                                                                Communications
Maurisa Sommerfield              Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Executive Vice President --
                                                                                Schwab Operations


Name and Position
with Registrant                  Name of Company                                Capacity
-----------------------------    -------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
Evelyn S. Dilsaver,              Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.     Director, President and Chief
President and Chief Executive                                                   Executive Officer
Officer

                                 Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.                      Executive Vice President. From
                                                                                June 2003 to July 2004, Ms.
                                                                                Dilsaver was Senior Vice
                                                                                President of the Asset
                                                                                Management Products and Services
                                                                                Enterprise, with responsibility
                                                                                for product development and
                                                                                distribution. Prior to this,
                                                                                Ms. Dilsaver was Executive Vice
                                                                                President of U.S. Trust, a
                                                                                subsidiary of The Charles Schwab
                                                                                Corporation, as its chief
                                                                                financial officer and chief
                                                                                administrative officer.

Stephen B. Ward,                 Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.     Director, Senior Vice President
Senior Vice President and                                                       and Chief Investment Officer
Chief Investment Officer

                                 The Charles Schwab Trust Company               Chief Investment Officer

Koji E. Felton,                  Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.     Senior Vice President, Chief
Secretary                                                                       Counsel and Assistant Corporate
                                                                                Secretary

                                 Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.                     Senior Vice President, Deputy
                                                                                General Counsel

Randall Fillmore,                Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.     Senior Vice President and Chief
Chief Compliance Officer                                                        Compliance Officer

                                 Laudus Funds                                   Chief Compliance Officer

Kimon P. Daifotis,               Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.     Senior Vice President and Chief
Senior Vice President and                                                       Investment Officer, Fixed Income
Chief Investment Officer

Jeffrey M. Mortimer,             Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.     Senior Vice President and Chief
Senior Vice President and                                                       Investment Officer, Equities
Chief Investment Officer


Name and Position
with Registrant                  Name of Company                                Capacity
-----------------------------    -------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                 Laudus Funds                                   Vice President and Chief
                                                                                Investment Officer

George Pereira,                  Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.     Senior Vice President and Chief
Treasurer and Chief Financial                                                   Financial Officer
Officer

                                 Charles Schwab Asset Management (Ireland)      Director
                                 Limited

Jana Thompson                    Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.     Senior Vice President
                                 Laudus Funds                                   President

Item 27. Principal Underwriters.

(a) Schwab acts as principal underwriter and distributor of Registrant's shares. Schwab also acts as principal underwriter for the Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios and intends to act as such for any other investment company which Schwab may sponsor in the future.

(b) See Item 26(b) for information on each director and/or senior or executive officer of Schwab. The principal business address of Schwab is 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104.

(c) Not applicable.

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records.

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained pursuant to Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of: Registrant and Registrant's investment adviser and administrator, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104; Registrant's former sub-investment adviser, Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc., 1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 1100, Santa Monica, California 90401; Registrant's principal underwriter, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., 101 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104; Registrant's custodian for the Schwab International Index Fund and the Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40 Water Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, Registrant's custodian for the balance of the funds and fund accountants, PNC Bank, National Association/PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, Chase Manhattan Bank, 1 Pierrepont Plaza, Brooklyn, New York 11201, and SEI Fund Resources, Oaks Pennsylvania 19456; Registrant's former custodians and fund accountants, Federated Services Company, 1001 Liberty Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02180; or Morgan Lewis & Bockius, 1701 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

Item 29. Management Services.

Not applicable.

Item 30. Undertakings.

Not applicable.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for the effectiveness of this Post Effective Amendment No. 79 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused this Post Effective Amendment No. 79 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Philadelphia, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, on the 27th day of February, 2006.

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
Registrant

Charles R. Schwab*
Charles R. Schwab, Chairman and Trustee

Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 79 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated this 27th day of February, 2006.

Signature                               Title
Charles R. Schwab*                      Chairman and Trustee
-------------------
Charles R. Schwab

Evelyn Dilsaver*                        President and Chief Executive Officer
-----------------
Evelyn Dilsaver

Mariann Byerwalter*                     Trustee
-----------------
Mariann Byerwalter

Donald F. Dorward*                      Trustee
------------------
Donald F. Dorward

William A. Hasler*                      Trustee
------------------
William A. Hasler

Robert G. Holmes*                       Trustee
-----------------
Robert G. Holmes

Gerald B. Smith*                        Trustee
----------------
Gerald B. Smith

Donald R. Stephens*                     Trustee
-------------------
Donald R. Stephens

Michael W. Wilsey*                      Trustee
-------------------
Michael W. Wilsey

George Pereira*                         Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
---------------
George Pereira

*By:  /s/ Timothy W. Levin
      --------------------
      Timothy W. Levin, Attorney-in-Fact
      Pursuant to Power of Attorney


Exhibit Index

(d)(xviii)        Letter Agreement
(g)(i)            Accounting services agreement
(g)(ix)           Custodian Agreement
(i)               Opinion of Counsel
(j)               Accountant's Consents
(p)(ii)           American Century COE
(p)(v)            Janus COE
(p)(vi)           Harris COE
(p)(vii)          PIMCO COE
(p)(xi)           Thornburg COE
(p)(xiv)          Blair COE


Ex-(d)(xviii)

February 24, 2006

Evelyn Dilsaver,
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Schwab Capital Trust & Schwab Investments 101 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, CA 94104

Re: Funds of Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab 1000 Fund

Dear Ms. Dilsaver:

This letter will confirm our agreement to limit net operating expenses of the following funds, as noted in the table below and described in the funds' registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Fund                                          Net Operating         Guaranteed
                                              Expense limit         through:

Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio -      50 bps               2/27/07
Investor Shares

Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio -    50 bps               2/27/07
Investor Shares

Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio -        50 bps               2/27/07
Investor Shares

Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio -          50 bps               2/27/07
Investor Shares

Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio -    35 bps               2/27/07
P Shares

Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio -          35 bps               2/27/07
P Shares

Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund- Investor      125 bps               2/27/07
Shares

Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund- Select        107 bps               2/27/07
Shares

Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund-           110 bps               2/27/07
Investor Shares

Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund Select      95 bps               2/27/07
Shares

Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund-          155 bps               2/27/07
Investor Shares

Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund- Select   137 bps               2/27/07
Shares

Laudus International MarketMasters Fund-      165 bps               2/27/07
Investor Shares

Laudus International MarketMasters Fund-      147 bps               2/27/07
Select Shares

Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund - Investor       120 bps               2/27/07
Shares

Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund - Select Shares   99 bps               2/27/07

Schwab Core Equity Fund                        75 bps               2/27/07

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund - Investor Shares    37 bps               2/27/07

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund - Select Shares      19 bps               2/27/07

Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund - e.Shares           28 bps               2/27/07

Schwab 1000 Index Fund - Investor Shares       51 bps               2/27/07

Schwab 1000 Index Fund - Select Shares         36 bps               2/27/07


Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund- Investor Shares   60 bps               2/27/07

Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund- Select Shares     42 bps               2/27/07

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund-          58 bps               2/27/07
Investor Shares

Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund-          39 bps               2/27/07
Select Shares


Schwab International Index Fund- Investor       69 bps              2/27/07
Shares

Schwab International -Index Fund- Select        50 bps              2/27/07
Shares

Schwab Dividend Equity Fund- Investors         110 bps              2/27/07
Shares

Schwab Dividend Equity Fund- Select Shares      95 bps              2/27/07

Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund- Investors        130 bps              2/27/07
Shares

Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund- Select Shares    112 bps              2/27/07

Schwab Hedged Equity Fund- Investor Shares     200 bps              2/27/07

Schwab Hedged Equity Fund- Select Shares       177 bps              2/27/07

Schwab Financial Services Fund                 110 bps              2/27/07

Schwab Health Care Fund                        110 bps              2/27/07

Schwab Technology Fund                         110 bps              2/27/07

Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund        10 bps              2/27/07

Schwab Premier Equity Fund - Investor Shares   130 bps              2/27/07

Schwab Premier Equity Fund - Select Shares     115 bps              2/27/07

Schwab Target 2010 Fund                          6 bps              2/28/07

Schwab Target 2020 Fund                          4 bps              2/28/07

Schwab Target 2030 Fund                          3 bps              2/28/07

Schwab Target 2040 Fund                          1 bps              2/28/07

Schwab Retirement Income Fund                   10 bps              2/28/07

Sincerely,

/s/ George Pereira                             /s/ Pamela Saunders
---------------------------------------       ---------------------------------
George Pereira                                Pamela Saunders,
Chief Financial Officer, Charles Schwab       Vice President, Proprietary Funds
Investment Management, Inc.                   Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

cc:
Jody Stuart
Shelley Harding-Riggen
Michael Bonardi
Yi-Ching Wu
Jonathan De St Paer
George Pereira
Mei-Luh Lee
Gregory J. Hand


Ex-(g)(i)

MASTER FUND ACCOUNTING AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made as of October 1, 2005 by and among each regulated management investment company identified on Appendix A hereto (each such management investment company and each regulated management investment company made subject to this Agreement in accordance with Section 11.5 below shall hereinafter be referred to as a "FUND" and are sometimes collectively hereinafter referred to as the "FUNDS"), and STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company, having its principal place of business at One Lincoln Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (the "ACCOUNTING AGENT").

WHEREAS, each Fund desires to retain the Accounting Agent to perform certain fund accounting and recordkeeping services;

WHEREAS, each Fund may or may not be authorized to issue common stock or shares of beneficial interest ("SHARES") in separate series, with each such series representing interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets;

WHEREAS, each Fund so authorized intends that this Agreement be applicable to its series of Shares (as identified on Appendix A hereto (such series together with all other series subsequently established by such Fund and made subject to this Agreement in accordance with Section 11.6 below, shall hereinafter be referred to as the "PORTFOLIO(s)"));

WHEREAS, each Fund not so authorized intends that this Agreement be applicable to it and that all references hereinafter to one or more "Portfolio(s)" shall be deemed to refer to such Fund(s); and

WHEREAS, the Accounting Agent is willing to perform such services upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. APPOINTMENT OF ACCOUNTING AGENT.

Each Fund hereby appoints Accounting Agent for purposes of providing certain fund accounting, recordkeeping and related services for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. Accounting Agent accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services stated herein upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

SECTION 2. DUTIES OF THE ACCOUNTING AGENT.

SECTION 2.1 BOOKS OF ACCOUNT.


The Accounting Agent shall maintain the books of account of each Fund and shall perform such other duties set forth on Schedule A hereto (collectively, the "SERVICES") in the manner prescribed by such Fund's currently effective prospectus, statement of additional information or other governing document, certified copies of which have been supplied to the Accounting Agent (a "GOVERNING DOCUMENT").

Each Fund shall provide timely prior notice to the Accounting Agent of any modification in the manner in which such duties/calculations are to be performed as prescribed in any revision to such Fund's governing document and shall supply the Accounting Agent with certified copies of all amendments and/or supplements to the governing documents in a timely manner. For purposes of calculating the net asset value of a Fund, the Accounting Agent shall value each Fund's portfolio securities utilizing prices obtained from sources designated by such Fund (collectively, the "AUTHORIZED PRICE SOURCES") on a Price Source Authorization substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, as the same may be amended from time to time, or otherwise designated by means of Proper Instructions (as such term is defined in Section 3.3 below) (the "PRICE SOURCE AUTHORIZATION"). The Accounting Agent shall not be responsible for any revisions to calculation methods made by the Fund unless such revisions are communicated in writing to the Accounting Agent.

SECTION 2.2 RECORDS.

The Accounting Agent shall create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such a manner as will meet the obligations of each Fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, specifically Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. All such records shall be the property of the applicable Fund and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Accounting Agent be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the applicable Fund and employees and agents of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Subject to Section 5 below, the Accounting Agent shall preserve for the period required by law the records required to be maintained thereunder.

Each Fund acknowledges that, in keeping the books of account of such Fund and/or making the calculations described herein with respect to Fund property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14), or purchased pursuant to
Section 2.6(7) of such Fund's custodial services agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company or otherwise with regard to free deliveries or payments of Fund assets or monies effected by a Fund's custodian, the Accounting Agent is authorized and instructed to rely upon information provided to it by such Fund, such Fund's counterparty(ies) (as identified by free delivery or free payment instructions issued pursuant to the relevant custody agreement), or the authorized agents of either of them.

SECTION 2.3 APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS AND OTHERS.

The Accounting Agent is authorized to and may employ or associate with such person or persons, entity or entities as the Accounting Agent may deem desirable to assist it in performing its duties under this Agreement ("DELEGATE(s)"); provided, however; (a) Accounting Agent may not

2

delegate more fifty percent of any service to such Delegate without the prior written approval of the Fund which shall not be unreasonably withheld; (b) Accounting Agent shall pay all compensation and expenses of such Delegates; (c) Accounting Agent shall be fully responsible for the acts and omissions of such Delegates as Accounting Agent is for its own acts and omissions; and (d) Accounting Agent agrees that as used in this paragraph, the references to Delegates apply only to the provision of services by temporary workers or sub-contractors for the purpose of handling short-term increases in Fund activity or short-term shortage of Accounting Agent personnel.

SECTION 3. DUTIES OF EACH FUND.

SECTION 3.1 DELIVERY OF INFORMATION.

Each Fund shall provide, or shall cause a third party to provide, timely notice to the Accounting Agent of certain data as a condition to the Accounting Agent's performance described in Sections 1 and 2 above. The data required to be provided pursuant to this section is set forth on Schedule B hereto, which schedule may be separately amended or supplemented by the parties from time to time.

The Accounting Agent is authorized and instructed to rely upon the information it receives from the Fund or any of its Authorized Price Sources, Authorized Persons or Third Party Agents (as such terms are defined in Section 3.3 below and pursuant to instructions as defined in Section 3.3 below). Except as otherwise required by the Price Source Authorization with respect to data obtained from Authorized Price Sources, the Accounting Agent shall have no responsibility to review, confirm or otherwise assume any duty with respect to the accuracy or completeness of any data supplied to it by or on behalf of any Fund.

SECTION 3.2 DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS.

Each Fund will promptly deliver to the Accounting Agent copies of each of the following documents and all future amendments and supplements, if any:

a. The Fund's Declaration and by-laws;

b. The Fund's currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 ACT"), and the 1940 Act and the Fund's Prospectus(es) and Statement(s) of Additional Information relating to all Portfolios and all amendments and supplements thereto as in effect from time to time;

c. Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors or Board of Trustees of the Fund (the "BOARD") authorizing (1) the Fund to enter into this Agreement and (2) certain individuals or entities on behalf of the Fund to
(a) give instructions to the Accounting Agent pursuant to this Agreement and (b) sign checks and pay expenses;

3

d. A copy of the investment advisory agreement between the Fund and its investment adviser; and

e. Such other certificates, documents or opinions which the Accounting Agent reasonably believes to be necessary or appropriate in the proper performance of its duties, subject to the consent of the Fund, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

SECTION 3.3 PROPER INSTRUCTIONS.

Each Fund and any person/entity duly authorized by such Fund for such communication ("AUTHORIZED PERSON(s)") shall communicate to the Accounting Agent by means of Proper Instructions. Proper Instructions shall mean (i) a writing signed or initialed by one or more Authorized Persons as the Board of a Fund shall have from time to time authorized or (ii) communication effected directly between a Fund or its duly authorized third-party agents (each, a "THIRD PARTY AGENT") and the Accounting Agent by electro-mechanical or electronic devices, provided that such Fund and the Accounting Agent have approved such security procedures. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, each Fund shall provide to the Accounting Agent a list of all Authorized Persons (with signature specimens and such other information as the Accounting Agent may reasonably require) in form and substance satisfactory to the Accounting Agent. The Accounting Agent may rely upon any Proper Instruction reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly issued by an Authorized Person or on behalf of the applicable Fund and the Accounting Agent shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of an Authorized Person (or any other person or entity) until receipt of written notice from the applicable Fund. Oral instructions shall be considered Proper Instructions if the Accounting Agent reasonably believes them to have been given by an Authorized Person. The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in accordance with clauses (i) or (ii) above, as appropriate. The Fund shall give timely Proper Instructions to the Accounting Agent in regard to matters affecting accounting practices and the Accounting Agent's performance pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

a. The Accounting Agent represents and warrants to, and covenants with, the Funds that:

(i) It is a Massachusetts trust company, duly organized and existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts;

(ii) It has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts;

(iii) All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;

4

(iv) No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would impair the Accounting Agent's ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement;

(v) Its entrance into this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Accounting Agent or any law or regulation applicable to it; and

(vi) It will comply with all applicable securities, banking, tax, commodities and other laws, rules and regulations applicable to it in connection with and as applicable to its provision of services hereunder.

b. Each Fund represents and warrants to, and covenants with, the Accounting Agent that:

(i) It is a business trust, duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of Massachusetts;

(ii) It has the corporate power and authority under applicable laws and by its charter and by-laws to enter into and perform this Agreement;

(iii) All requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;

(iv) It is an investment company duly registered under the 1940 Act;

(v) A registration statement under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act has been filed and will be effective and remain effective during the term of this Agreement. The Fund also warrants to the Accounting Agent that as of the effective date of this Agreement, all necessary filings under the securities laws of the states in which the Fund offers or sells its shares have been made;

(vi) No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would impair the Fund's ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement;

(vii) Its entrance into this Agreement will not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Fund or any law or regulation applicable to it; and

(viii) It will comply with all securities, banking, tax, commodities and other laws, rules and regulations applicable to it.

SECTION 5. STANDARD OF CARE; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

5

The Accounting Agent shall, at all times, act in good faith and exercise reasonable care in performing the Services. The Accounting Agent shall be responsible for the performance of only the Services and, except as otherwise provided under Section 2.3 above, shall have no responsibility for the actions or activities of any other party, including other service providers, except as described in Section 2.3 above. The Accounting Agent shall be entitled to obtain, rely on and act upon the advice of counsel for the Fund on all matters. The Accounting Agent shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted in good faith in accordance with the advice of counsel for the Fund. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby specifically understood and agreed that nothing in this Section shall be construed as imposing upon the Accounting Agent any obligation to seek such advice of counsel for the Fund. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Accounting Agent shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage arising from causes beyond its control or, on an industry standard basis, its anticipation.

Each Fund, any Third Party Agent or Authorized Price Sources from which the Accounting Agent shall receive or obtain certain records, reports and other data utilized or included in the services provided hereunder are responsible for the contents of such information including, without limitation, the accuracy thereof and each Fund agrees to make no claim against the Accounting Agent arising out of the contents of such third-party data including, but not limited to, the accuracy thereof. The Accounting Agent shall have no responsibility to review, confirm or otherwise assume any duty with respect to the accuracy or completeness of any such information and shall be without liability for any loss or damage suffered as a result of the Accounting Agent's reasonable reliance on and utilization of such information, except as otherwise required by the Price Source Authorization with respect to the use of data obtained from Authorized Price Sources. The Accounting Agent shall have no responsibility and shall be without liability for any loss or damage caused by the failure of any Fund, Authorized Person or Third Party Agent to provide it with the information required by Section 3.1, Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 above. Further, and without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Accounting Agent shall have no liability in respect of any loss, damage or expense suffered by the Fund or any third party, insofar as such loss, damage or expense arises from the performance of the Accounting Agent's duties hereunder by reason of the Accounting Agent's good faith reliance upon records that were maintained for any Fund by any entity other than the Accounting Agent prior to such Fund's appointment of the Accounting Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

The Accounting Agent shall have no liability for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss or damage resulting from the performance or nonperformance of its duties hereunder except to the extent caused by or resulting from the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Accounting Agent, its directors, officers, employees or Delegates. No party hereto shall be liable for any special, indirect, incidental, punitive or consequential damages, including lost profits, of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees) under any provision of this Agreement or for any such damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder, each of which is hereby excluded by agreement of the parties regardless of whether such damages were foreseeable or whether either party or any entity had been advised of the possibility of such damages. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby acknowledged that the damage limitations set forth in the immediately preceding sentence are not intended to relieve the

6

Accounting Agent from any responsibility that it may otherwise have to a Fund under this Agreement for foreseeable loss incurred by such Fund as a direct result of the Accounting Agent's negligent calculation of such Fund's net asset value.

In any event, for any liability or loss suffered by the Fund including, but not limited to, any liability relating to qualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any liability relating to the Fund's compliance with any federal or state tax or securities statute, regulation or ruling, the Accounting Agent's liability under this Agreement with respect to the Services "n" through "aa" as set forth on Schedule A hereto only shall be limited to such amount as may be agreed upon from time to time by the parties hereto. This limitation on liability shall not be applicable to any other services listed on said Schedule
A.

Each Fund agrees to indemnify and hold the Accounting Agent and its directors, officers, employees and Delegates free and harmless from any expense, loss, cost, damage or claim, including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses (collectively, "LOSSES"), suffered by the Accounting Agent and caused by or resulting any claim, demand, action or suit (collectively, "CLAIMS") in connection with any action or omission by the Accounting Agent in the performance of its duties hereunder, or as a result of acting upon any instructions reasonably believed by it to have been communicated by Authorized Persons, or from the acts or omissions of such Fund or any authorized third-party whose services the Accounting Agent must rely upon in performing services hereunder, provided, however, that this indemnification shall not apply to actions or omissions of the Accounting Agent, its directors, officers, employees or Delegates in cases of its or their own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

The indemnifications contained herein shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Each Fund acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to investments it maintains with an entity which may from time to time act as a transfer agent for uncertificated shares of regulated investment companies (the "UNDERLYING TRANSFER AGENT"), such Underlying Transfer Agent is the sole source of information on the number of shares held by it on behalf of a Fund and that the Accounting Agent has the right to rely on holdings information furnished by the Underlying Transfer Agent to the Accounting Agent in performing its duties under this Agreement.

SECTION 6. DISASTER RECOVERY AND BUSINESS CONTINUITY.

The Accounting Agent shall implement and maintain reasonable disaster recovery and business continuity procedures that are reasonably designed to recover data processing systems, data communications facilities, information, data and other business related functions of the Accounting Agent in a manner and time frame consistent with legal, regulatory and business requirements applicable to the Accounting Agent in its provision of Services hereunder. In the event of any disaster which causes a business interruption, the Accounting Agent shall act in good faith and take reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions.

7

SECTION 7. SERVICE LEVEL DOCUMENTS.

The Fund and the Accounting Agent may from time to time, in good faith, agree on certain performance measures by which the Accounting Agent is expected to provide the services contemplated by this Agreement ("SERVICE LEVEL DOCUMENTS"). The Service Level Documents are designed to provide metrics and other information which may be utilized by the parties to help measure performance. The parties agree Service Level Documents reflect performance measures as opposed to specific contractual obligations. Notwithstanding, the parties agree that (a) the Accounting Agent's inability to achieve such performance measures may give rise to grounds for termination pursuant to
Section 9 below; and (b) the Accounting Agent's performance and/or non-performance of the services, separate and apart from the performance measures in the Service Level Documents, may give rise to any remedies in tort or contract that the Fund may assert against Accounting Agent under the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 8. COMPENSATION OF ACCOUNTING AGENT; EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT.

The Accounting Agent shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and reasonable expenses as Accounting Agent, as agreed upon from time to time between the Fund and the Accounting Agent. All expenses in excess of $500 must be pre-approved by the Fund in writing and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

At no additional charge to the Fund, the Accounting Agent shall provide the office facilities, equipment, supplies, the personnel and other items determined by it to perform the services contemplated herein. Each Fund agrees promptly to reimburse the Accounting Agent for any equipment and supplies specially ordered in writing by or for such Fund through the Accounting Agent and for any other reasonable expenses not contemplated by this Agreement that the Accounting Agent may incur on a Fund's behalf at a Fund's request or with the Fund's consent. All such equipment, supplies and expenses must be pre-approved by the Fund in writing and such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Each Fund will bear all expenses that are incurred in its operation and not assumed by the Accounting Agent. Expenses to be borne by the Funds, include, but are not limited to: the Fund's organizational expenses; cost of services of independent accountants and the Fund's outside legal and tax counsel (including such counsel's review of the Fund's registration statement, proxy materials, federal and state tax qualification as a regulated investment company and other reports and materials prepared by the Accounting Agent under this Agreement); cost of any services contracted for by the Fund directly from parties other than the Accounting Agent; cost of trading operations and brokerage fees, commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the purchase and sale of securities for the Fund; investment advisory fees; taxes, insurance premiums applicable to the Fund's operation; costs incidental to any meetings of shareholders (excluding costs specifically assumed by the Accounting Agent) including, but not limited to, the Fund's legal and accounting fees, proxy filing fees and the costs of printing and mailing of any proxy materials; costs incidental to Board meetings (excluding costs specifically assumed by the Accounting Agent), including fees and expenses of Board members; the salary and expenses of any officer, director\trustee or

8

employee of the Fund; costs of printing and distribution of the Fund's registration statements and any amendments thereto and shareholder reports; cost of typesetting and printing of prospectuses; cost of filing of the Fund's tax returns, Form N-1A or N-2, Form N-CSR, Form N-Q, Form N-PX and Form N-SAR, and all notices, registrations and amendments associated with applicable federal and state tax and securities laws; all applicable registration fees and filing fees required under federal and state securities laws; the Fund's fidelity bond and directors' and officers' liability insurance; and cost of independent pricing services that have been approved by the Fund used in computing the Portfolios' net asset values.

SECTION 9. TERM OF AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT.

a. This Agreement shall become effective on the date of its execution and shall remain in full force and effect for a period of three (3) years from the effective date (the "INITIAL TERM"), and thereafter shall automatically continue in full force and effect unless either party terminates this Agreement by written notice to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the date of termination.

b. During the Initial Term and thereafter, the Accounting Agent may, at its discretion, terminate the Agreement for cause with respect to (1) one or more Portfolios; and/or (2) the Fund in its entirety by providing not less than 60 days prior written notice to the Fund upon occurrence of any of the following termination events:

(A) Fund has been convicted, pled guilty or pled no contest to criminal conduct in a criminal proceeding;

(B) Fund has been found to have violated federal or state law in an administrative or regulatory proceeding; provided such violation (1) involves unethical conduct; and (2) Accounting Agent reasonably believes that such violation would have a material adverse impact on Accounting Agent's ability to perform services under this Agreement:

(C) Fund has encountered financial difficulties which are evidenced by the authorization or commencement of, or involvement by way of pleading, answer, consent or acquiescence in, a voluntary or involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as from time to time is in effect, or any applicable law, other that said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relation to the liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors;

(D) Fund has been terminated for cause by the Accounting Agent pursuant to the terms of (1) any fund accounting or custody agreement between Accounting Agent or Fund, or (2) any fund accounting, custody or administrative agreement between Accounting Agent and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. ("CSIM") or any other investment company other than the Fund advised by CSIM;

9

(E) CSIM has been terminated for cause by the Accounting Agent pursuant to the terms of any agreement between Accounting Agent and CSIM;

(F) Fund attempts to assign this Agreement in violation of Section 11.3 of this Agreement; and

(G) Fund has committed a material breach of this Agreement, and such breach has not been remedied by the Fund within sixty days written notice of such breach by Accounting Agent.

c. During the Initial Term and thereafter, Fund, at its discretion, may terminate this agreement for cause with respect to (1) one or more Portfolios, and/or (2) the Fund in its entirety by providing at least 60 days written notice to Accounting Agent upon the occurrence of any of the following termination events;

(A) Accounting Agent has been convicted, pled guilty or pled no contest to criminal conduct in any criminal proceeding in connection with the provision of fund administration, fund accounting and/or custody services to any client;

(B) Accounting Agent has been found to have violated federal or state law in any administrative or regulatory proceeding; provided such violation (1) involves unethical behavior and (2) relates to the provision of administrative services, fund accounting services and/or custody services to any client;

(C) Accounting Agent has encountered financial difficulties which are evidenced by the authorization or commencement of, or involvement by way of pleading, answer, consent or acquiescence in, a voluntary or involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as from time to time is in effect, by any applicable law, other than said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relating to the liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors;

(D) Accounting Agent has been terminated by the Fund for cause pursuant to the terms of (1) any administration or custody agreement between Accounting Agent and Fund, or (2) any administration, custody or fund accounting agreement between Accounting Agent and CSIM or any investment company (other than Fund) advised by CSIM;

(E) Accounting Agent has been terminated by CSIM for cause pursuant to the terms of any sub-administrative agreement between Accounting Agent and or its affiliates and CSIM;

(F) Accounting Agent transfers fifty percent (50%) or more of any class of its voting securities; (2) transfers all, or substantially all, of its assets to a non-affiliate; or (3) attempts to assign this Agreement in violation of Section 11.3 of this Agreement; and

(G) In Fund's reasonable opinion, Accounting Agent has not achieved one or more of the performance measures set forth in any Service Level Document established pursuant to

10

pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, and a plan or revised plan has not been put into place in accordance with the following procedures: In the event that Fund reasonably believes that the Accounting Agent has not met one or more of the performance measures set forth in any Service Level Document during any calendar quarter or other period of measurement as may be set forth in any Service Level Document, the Fund may, in its discretion, submit a written deficiency notice to Accounting Agent outlining the performance deficiencies ("DEFICIENCY NOTICE"). Such Deficiency Notice must be provided to Accounting Agent within 20 days of the end of such quarter. After receipt of such notice, Accounting Agent shall present the Fund with a written plan to address the deficiencies set forth in the Deficiency Notice (the "PLAN"). Such Plan must be provided to Fund within 30 days after receipt of the Deficiency Notice. If Accounting Agent fails to submit a Plan within such 30 day period, Fund may terminate the Agreement upon 60 days written notice to the Accounting Agent. The Fund, in its discretion, may accept the Plan or reject the Plan ("REJECTION NOTICE"). Such Rejection Notice must be submitted to the Accounting Agent within 15 days after submission of the Plan. If Fund fails to provide a Rejection Notice within such 15 days period, it shall be presumed that Fund accepted the Plan. In the event, Fund submits a Rejection Notice, Accounting Agent shall submit a revised plan ("REVISED PLAN") to the Fund. Such Revised Plan must be provided to Fund within 30 days after provision of the Rejection Notice. If Accounting Agent fails to submit a Revised Plan within such 30 day period, Fund may terminate the Agreement upon 60 days written notice to Accounting Agent. The Fund, in its sole discretion, may accept the Revised Plan or reject the Revised Plan ("DENIAL NOTICE"). Any Denial Notice must be submitted to Accounting Agent within 15 days after provision of the Revised Plan. If Fund fails to provide a Denial Notice within such 15 day period, it shall be presumed that Fund accepted the Revised Plan. If Fund provides a Denial Notice to Accounting Agent, Fund may, in its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement upon 60 days written notice to Accounting Agent. Such termination notice must be submitted to Accounting Agent within 60 days after provision of the Denial Notice.

(H) Accounting Agent has committed a material breach of this Agreement and such breach has not been remedied by the Accounting Agent within sixty days written notice of such breach by Fund.

d. Termination of this Agreement with respect to any given Portfolio or Fund shall in no way affect the continued validity of this Agreement with respect to any other Portfolio or Fund.

e. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Fund shall pay to the Accounting Agent such compensation and any reimbursable expenses as may be due and undisputed under the terms hereof as of the date of such termination, including reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with such termination. All out-of-pocket expenses associated under the sub-paragraph for which the Accounting Agent seeks reimbursement must be pre-approved by this Fund in writing, such approval shall not be unreasonable withheld.

11

f. This Agreement may be modified or amended from time to time by mutual written agreement of the parties hereto.

SECTION 10. SUCCESSOR ACCOUNTING AGENT.

If a successor accounting agent for any Fund shall be appointed by a Fund, the Accounting Agent shall upon termination deliver to such successor agent at the office of the Accounting Agent all properties of such Fund held by it hereunder. If no such successor agent shall be appointed, the Accounting Agent shall at its office upon receipt of Proper Instructions deliver such properties in accordance with such instructions.

SECTION 11. GENERAL.

SECTION 11.1 MASSACHUSETTS LAW TO APPLY. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts excluding that body of law applicable to conflicts of law.

SECTION 11.2 PRIOR AGREEMENTS. This Agreement supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior agreements between any Fund and the Accounting Agent relating to fund accounting and recordkeeping services regarding such Fund.

SECTION 11.3 ASSIGNMENT. No part or whole of this Agreement may be assigned by any party hereto without the prior consent in writing of (a) the Funds in the event of assignment by the Accounting Agent or (b) by the Accounting Agent in the event of assignment by any Fund, except that any party may, without such prior consent, assign to an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such party or to a successor of all of or a substantial portion of its business.

SECTION 11.4 INTERPRETIVE AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Accounting Agent and the Funds may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by all parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of a Fund's governing documents. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.

SECTION 11.5 ADDITIONAL FUNDS. In the event that any management investment company in addition to those listed on Appendix A hereto desires to have the Accounting Agent render services as accounting agent under the terms hereof, it shall so notify the Accounting Agent in writing, and if the Accounting Agent agrees in writing to provide such services, such

12

management investment company shall become a Fund hereunder and be bound by all terms and conditions and provisions hereof with respect to such Fund.

SECTION 11.6 ADDITIONAL PORTFOLIOS. In the event that any Fund establishes one or more series of Shares in addition to those set forth on Appendix A hereto with respect to which it desires to have the Accounting Agent render services as accounting agent under the terms hereof, it shall so notify the Accounting Agent in writing, and if the Accounting Agent agrees in writing to provide such services, such series of Shares shall become a Portfolio hereunder.

SECTION 11.7 REMOTE ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM. Each Fund and the Accounting Agent hereby agree to the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum hereto.

SECTION 11.8 CONFIDENTIALITY.

a. Definition of term "Fund Confidential Information." The term "FUND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" means any information that Fund discloses, whether in writing, electronically or orally, to Accounting Agent whether in tangible or intangible form which is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure or which by the circumstances of disclosure or nature of the information would be considered to be confidential. By way of example and not limitation, Fund Confidential Information includes: (i) any information concerning Fund's, its agents or licensors' technology, such as systems, source code, databases, hardware, software, programs, applications, engine protocols, routines, models, displays and manuals, including, without limitation, the selection, coordination, and arrangement of the contents thereof; and (ii) any information concerning Fund's, its agents or licensors' financial or business plans or operations, such as research activities and plans, marketing or sales plans, pricing or pricing strategies, operational techniques, internal controls, compliance policies, methods of operation, security procedures, strategic plans, customer information, and unpublished financial information, including information concerning revenues, profits and profit margins. Accounting Agent agrees that Fund will have no obligation to specifically identify by any notice or other action any information to which the protection of this Agreement extends. Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent disclosed to the Accounting Agent, portfolio holdings information of the Fund shall be deemed to be Confidential Information of the Fund until such time as such portfolio holdings information shall made in a public filing by the Fund. The Accounting Agent shall not purchase or sell securities or other investments on the basis of confidential portfolio holdings information of the Fund provided to the Accounting Agent and shall take reasonable steps to prevent any employee or agent of Accounting Agent from purchasing or selling securities or other investments on the same basis.

b. Restrictions on Use. Without the prior written consent of Fund, Accounting Agent will not use any portion of Fund Confidential Information for any purpose other than for the services provided under this Agreement. Accounting Agent further agrees that:

(i) it will hold Fund Confidential Information of Fund in the strictest confidence;

13

(ii) it will exercise the same care with respect to Fund Confidential Information as it exercises with respect to its own proprietary and confidential information;

(iii) it will not, without Fund's prior written consent, copy or disclose to any third party any portion thereof;

(iv) it will notify immediately Fund of any unauthorized disclosure or use unless in and ownership of Fund Confidential Information resulting from such unauthorized disclosure or use by or through Accounting Agent; and

(v) it will restrict dissemination of Fund Confidential Information to only those persons within or related to its organization who are involved in the delivery services provided under this Agreement, to Accounting Agent's regulatory authorities as required to comply with such regulatory authorities' request or order, and to Accounting Agent's examiners, auditors, directors and legal counsel to the extent Accounting Agent believes the same is reasonably required provided that Accounting Agent makes reasonable effort to notify such parties as to the confidential nature of the Fund Confidential Information.

c. Exceptions. The foregoing shall not prohibit or limit Accounting Agent's use, disclosure, reproduction or dissemination of Fund Confidential Information which:

(i) is or becomes public domain information or material through no fault or breach on the part of Accounting Agent;

(ii) as demonstrated by the written records of Accounting Agent or otherwise, was already lawfully known (without restriction on disclosure) to Accounting Agent prior to the information being disclosed to Accounting Agent by Fund or any representative of Fund;

(iii) has been or is hereafter rightfully furnished to Accounting Agent without restriction on disclosure by the Fund or a third person lawfully in possession thereof;

(iv) has been independently developed, by or for Accounting Agent, without reference to Fund Confidential Information;

(v) is requested or required to be disclosed pursuant to any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, where required by law, regulation, rule or self-regulatory organization rule, provided that, unless prohibited from doing so in such circumstance, the Accounting Agent notifies Fund as promptly as possible so that Fund may to have a reasonable opportunity to obtain a protective order or other form of protection against disclosure. Notwithstanding any such disclosure by Accounting Agent, such disclosure will not otherwise affect Accounting

14

Agent's obligations hereunder with respect to Fund Confidential Information so disclosed which is retained by Accounting Agent; or

(vi) is disclosed by the Accounting Agent with the prior written consent of the applicable Fund to disclose, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Any Fund Confidential Information in the possession of Accounting Agent that has been disclosed to it by Fund or any representative of Fund that is not within any of the exceptions above shall be considered confidential unless the Accounting Agent may demonstrate otherwise by records, documentation or other reasonable means.

d. Equitable Relief. Accounting Agent agrees and acknowledges that any breach of this Section 11.8 may cause Fund irreparable harm for which monetary damages would be inadequate. Accordingly, Fund will be entitled to seek injunctive or other equitable relief to remedy any threatened or actual breach of this Section 11.8 by Accounting Agent, as well as monetary damages.

e. No Publicity. No party hereto will announce or disclose the existence of this Agreement, or its contents to any third party without the prior written consent of the other or except as may be required by law, in which case the party required to make such a disclosure will give the other party the maximum feasible prior notice of such disclosure.

SECTION 11.9 NOTICES. Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder may be delivered in person to the offices of the parties as set forth herein during normal business hours or delivered prepaid registered mail or by telex, cable or telecopy to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

To any Fund:                  [Name of Fund]
                              101 Montgomery Street
                              San Francisco, California  94104
                              Attention:  George M. Pereira, Treasurer and
                              Principal Financial Officer
                              Telephone:  415-636-3300
                              Telecopy:  415-667-3800

With a copy to:               Koji E. Felton, Secretary
                              101 Montgomery Street
                              San Francisco, California  94104
                              Telephone:  415-636-3461
                              Telecopy:  415-667-3440

15

To the Accounting Agent:      STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                              1776 Heritage Drive
                              North Quincy, Massachusetts  02171
                              Attention:  James M. Keenan, Vice President
                              Telephone: 617-985-9422
                              Telecopy: 617-985-7575

Such notice, instruction or other instrument shall be deemed to have been served in the case of a registered letter at the expiration of five business days after posting, in the case of cable twenty-four hours after dispatch and, in the case of telex, immediately on dispatch and if delivered outside normal business hours it shall be deemed to have been received at the next time after delivery when normal business hours commence and in the case of cable, telex or telecopy on the business day after the receipt thereof. Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.

SECTION 11.10 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 11.11 SEVERABILITY. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

SECTION 11.12 REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS. This Agreement and all schedules, addenda, exhibits, appendices, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

Section 11.13 MASSACHUSETTS BUSINESS TRUST. With respect to any Fund which is a party to this Agreement and which is organized as a Massachusetts business trust (in each case a "TRUST"), the term "Fund" (as used throughout this Agreement) means and refers to the trustees from time to time serving under the applicable trust agreement of such Trust, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "DECLARATION OF TRUST"). It is expressly agreed that the obligations of any such Trust hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of such Trust personally, but bind only the trust property of the Trust as set forth in the applicable Declaration of Trust. In the case of each Trust, the execution and delivery of this Agreement on behalf of the Trust has been authorized by the trustees, and signed by an authorized officer of the Trust, in each case acting in such capacity and not individually, and neither such authorization by the trustees nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually, but shall only bind the trust property of the Trust as provided in its Declaration of Trust.

16

SIGNATURE PAGE

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed as of the date first above-written.

SIGNATURE ATTESTED TO BY:              EACH REGULATED MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT
                                       COMPANY SET FORTH ON APPENDIX A HERETO

/s/ Michael Clinton                    By: /s/ George M. Pereira
-------------------------                  ------------------------------------
Name:  Michael Clinton                     George M. Pereira, Treasurer and
Title: Assistant Treasurer                 Principal Financial Officer



SIGNATURE ATTESTED TO BY:              STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

/s/ Stephanie L. Poster                By: /s/ Joseph L. Hooley
-------------------------                  ------------------------------------
Stephanie L. Poster, Vice President        Joseph L. Hooley,
                                           Executive Vice President

17

APPENDIX A
TO
MASTER ACCOUNTING SERVICES AGREEMENT

MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES AND PORTFOLIOS THEREOF, IF ANY

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST
Schwab International Index Fund
Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio
Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio
Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio
Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund
Schwab Dividend Equity Fund
Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund
Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund Schwab Large Cap Growth Fund
Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund
Schwab Financial Services Fund
Schwab Health Care Fund
Schwab Technology Fund
Schwab Target 2040 Fund
Schwab Target 2030 Fund
Schwab Target 2020 Fund
Schwab Target 2010 Fund
Schwab Retirement Income Fund
Schwab Premier Equity Fund
Schwab Core Equity Fund
Schwab Hedged Equity Fund
Laudus International MarketMasters Fund
Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund
Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund
Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund

SCHWAB ANNUITY PORTFOLIOS
Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio II
Schwab S&P500 Portfolio
Schwab Money Market Portfolio

CHARLES SCHWAB FAMILY OF FUNDS
Schwab Money Market Fund
Schwab Value Advantage Money Fund
Schwab Retirement Advantage Money Fund
Schwab Retirement Money Fund
Schwab Government Money Fund
Schwab U.S. Treasury Money Fund
Schwab Municipal Money Fund
Schwab California Municipal Money Fund
Schwab New York Municipal Money Fund
Schwab Florida Municipal Money Fund
Schwab Massachusetts Municipal Money Fund Schwab Pennsylvania Municipal Money Fund Schwab New Jersey Municipal Money Fund
Schwab Cash Reserves Fund
Schwab Advisor Cash Reserves Fund

(i)

SCHWAB INVESTMENTS
Schwab 1000 Index Fund
Schwab Short-Term Bond Market Fund
Schwab Total Bond Market Fund
Schwab California Short/Intermediate Tax-Free Bond Fund Schwab California Long-Term Tax-Free Bond Fund Schwab Short/Intermediate Tax-Free Bond Fund Schwab Long-Term Tax-Free Bond Fund
Schwab Yield Plus Fund
Schwab GNMA Fund
Schwab California Tax-Free YieldPlus Fund Schwab Tax-Free YieldPlus Fund

(ii)

EXHIBIT A
TO
MASTER FUND ACCOUNTING SERVICES AGREEMENT
FORM OF PRICE SOURCE AUTHORIZATION

(i)

SCHEDULE A
TO
MASTER FUND ACCOUNTING AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

LIST OF SERVICES

a. Record general ledger entries;

b. Calculate daily expenses;

c. Calculate daily income;

d. Reconcile daily activity to the trial balance;

e. Calculate net asset value;

f. Prepare account balances;

g. Verify the underlying fund net asset values and reconcile the positions with the Portfolio's recordkeeping agent for any Fund-of Funds;

h. Maintain historical tax lots for each asset;

i. Record investment purchases and sales;

j. Monitor the activities of the Custodian, including, but not limited to, the daily reconciliation of cash and investment positions;

k. Record the capital share activities and reconcile such activities daily with the Transfer Agent;

l. Assist in reporting the cash balances available for investment for each of the next five business days;

m. Assist in monitoring daily collateral asset segregation for futures and other financial instruments;

n. Assist in preparing for review and approval by officers of the Trust the Investment Funds' financial information contained within the Trust's semi-annual and annual shareholder reports, Form N-Q reports and other quarterly reports (as mutually agreed upon), including tax footnote disclosures where applicable;

o. Assist in the preparation of annual fund expense budgets, perform accrual analyses and rollforward calculations and recommend changes to fund expense accruals on a periodic basis, arrange for payment of the Trust's expenses, review calculations of fees paid to the

(i)

Trust's investment adviser, custodian, fund accountant, distributor and transfer agent, and obtain authorization of accrual changes and expense payments;

p. Prepare SEC-yield, portfolio turnover rate and average weighted maturity for money market funds, calculated in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws and regulations and as may be reasonably requested by fund management;

q. Prepare and furnish total return performance information, including such information on an after-tax basis, calculated in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws and regulations, as may be reasonably requested by fund management;

r. In conjunction with the Trust's Principal Financial Officer, assist in preparing for and coordinating the Trust's annual audit of its financial statements;

s. Assist in the calculation of (pre-declaration) periodic income distributions and annual minimum distributions;

t. Assist in preparing and disseminating vendor survey information;

u. Assist in maintaining certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b) of the 1940 Act, as may be mutually agreed upon;

v. Assist in developing guidelines and procedures to improve overall compliance by the Trust;

w. Consult with the Trust's officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, custodian, fund accountant, distributor, and transfer agent in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust;

x. Assist the Trust in the handling of routine regulatory examinations and work with the Trust's legal counsel in response to any non-routine regulatory matters;

y. Assist in computing tax basis provisions for both excise and income tax purposes;

z. Coordinate Forms 1042/1042S with the Trust's transfer agent; and

aa. Provide periodic certifications and reasonable documentation to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust in connection with Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act.

(ii)

SCHEDULE B
TO
MASTER FUND ACCOUNTING AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE SUPPLIED       RESPONSIBLE PARTY
-----------------------------------       -----------------
Portfolio Trade Authorizations            Investment Adviser
Currency Transactions                     Investment Adviser
Cash Transaction Report                   Custodian
Portfolio Prices                          Third Party Vendors/Investment Adviser
Exchange Rates                            Third Party Vendors/Investment Adviser
Capital Stock Activity Report             Transfer Agent
Dividend/Distribution Schedule            Investment Adviser
Dividend/Distribution Declaration         Investment Adviser
Dividend Reconciliation/Confirmation      Transfer Agent
Corporate Actions                         Custodian
Service Provider Fee Schedules            Investment Adviser
Expense Budget                            Investment Adviser/Administrator
Amortization Policy                       Investment Adviser
Accounting Policy/Complex Investments     Investment Adviser
Audit Management Letter                   Auditor
Annual Shareholder Letter                 Investment Adviser
Annual/Semi-Annual Reports                Investment Adviser/Administrator

(i)

[ATTACH: REMOTE ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM]

(i)

Ex-(g)(ix)

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made as of October 17, 2005 by and among each management investment company identified on Appendix A hereto (each such investment company and each management investment company made subject to this Agreement in accordance with Section 18.5 below, shall hereinafter be referred to as (the "FUND"), and STATE STREET BANK and TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company (the "CUSTODIAN"),

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, each Fund may or may not be authorized to issue shares of common stock or shares of beneficial interest in separate series ("SHARES"), with each such series representing interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets;

WHEREAS, each Fund so authorized intends that this Agreement be applicable to each of its series set forth on Appendix A hereto (such series together with all other series subsequently established by the Fund and made subject to this Agreement in accordance with Section 18.6 below, shall hereinafter be referred to as the "PORTFOLIO(s)").

WHEREAS, each Fund not so authorized intends that this Agreement be applicable to it and all references hereinafter to one or more "Portfolio(s)" shall be deemed to refer to such Fund(s); and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. EMPLOYMENT OF CUSTODIAN AND PROPERTY TO BE HELD BY IT

Each Fund hereby employs the Custodian as a custodian of assets of the Portfolios, including securities which the Fund, on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, desires to be held in places within the United States ("DOMESTIC SECURITIES") and securities it desires to be held outside the United States ("FOREIGN SECURITIES"). The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of a Portfolio which is not received by it or which is delivered out in accordance with Proper Instructions (as such term is defined in Section 7 hereof) including, without limitation, Portfolio property (i) held by brokers, private bankers or other entities on behalf of the Portfolio (each a "LOCAL AGENT") or (ii) held by entities which have advanced monies to or on behalf of the Portfolio and which have received Portfolio property as security for such advance(s) (each a "PLEDGEE"), so long as the Custodian's or its sub-custodian's or agent's or a Foreign Sub-Custodian's negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct has not directly caused such non-receipt or delivery, as the case may be. With respect to uncertificated shares (the "UNDERLYING SHARES") of registered "investment companies" (as defined in Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time (the "1940 ACT")), whether in the same "group of investment companies" (as defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the 1940 Act) or otherwise, including pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "UNDERLYING PORTFOLIOS") the holding of confirmation statements that identify the shares as being recorded in the Custodian's name on behalf of the Portfolios will be deemed custody for purposes hereof.


Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall on behalf of the applicable Portfolio(s) from time to time employ one or more sub-custodians located in the United States, but only in accordance with an applicable vote by the Board of Trustees or the Board of Directors of the Fund (as appropriate, and in each case, the "BOARD") on behalf of the applicable Portfolio(s) (each, a "Directed Sub-Custodian"), and provided that the Custodian shall have no more or less responsibility or liability to any Fund on account of any actions or omissions of any Directed Sub-Custodian so employed than any such Directed Sub-Custodian has to the Custodian.

The Custodian may place and maintain each Fund's foreign securities with foreign banking institution sub-custodians employed by the Custodian and/or foreign securities depositories, all as designated in Schedules A and B hereto, but only in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 3 and 4 hereof.

SECTION 2. DUTIES OF THE CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY OF THE PORTFOLIOS TO BE HELD IN THE UNITED STATES

SECTION 2.1 HOLDING SECURITIES. The Custodian shall hold and physically segregate for the account of each Portfolio all non-cash property, to be held by it in the United States, including all domestic securities owned by such Portfolio other than (a) securities which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.8 in a clearing agency which acts as a securities depository or in a book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (each, a "U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEM") and (b) Underlying Shares owned by each Fund which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof in an account with State Street Bank and Trust Company or such other entity which may from time to time act as a transfer agent for the Underlying Portfolios and with respect to which the Custodian is provided with Proper Instructions (the "UNDERLYING TRANSFER AGENT").

SECTION 2.2 DELIVERY OF SECURITIES. The Custodian shall release and deliver domestic securities owned by a Portfolio held by the Custodian, in a U.S. Securities System account of the Custodian or in an account at the Underlying Transfer Agent, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

1) Upon sale of such securities for the account of the Portfolio and receipt of payment therefor;

2) Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such securities entered into by the Portfolio;

3) In the case of a sale effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8 hereof;

4) To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for securities of the Portfolio;

2.


5) To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian;

6) To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Portfolio or into the name of any nominee or nominees of the Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or into the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1; or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;

7) Upon the sale of such securities for the account of the Portfolio, to the broker or its clearing agent, against a receipt, for examination in accordance with "street delivery" custom; provided that in any such case, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Custodian's or its own sub-custodian's or agent's or a Foreign Sub-Custodian's negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

8) For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

9) In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

10) For delivery in connection with any loans of securities made by the Portfolio (a) against receipt of collateral as agreed from time to time by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, except that in connection with any loans for which collateral is to be credited to the Custodian's account in the book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Custodian will not be held liable or responsible for the delivery of securities owned by the Portfolio prior to the receipt of such collateral or (b) to the lending agent, or the lending agent's custodian, in accordance with written Proper Instructions (which may not provide for the receipt by the Custodian of collateral therefor) agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the Fund;

11) For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by a Fund on behalf of a Portfolio requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund on behalf of such Portfolio;

12) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "EXCHANGE ACT") and a member of The

3.


National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund on behalf of a Portfolio;

13) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among a Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, the Custodian, and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the "CFTC") and/or any contract market, or any similar organization or organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund on behalf of a Portfolio;

14) For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio;

15) Upon the sale or other delivery of such investments (including, without limitation, to one or more additional custodians appointed by the Fund, and communicated to the Custodian from time to time via a writing duly executed by an authorized officer of the Fund, for the purpose of engaging in repurchase agreement transactions(s), each a "REPO CUSTODIAN"), and prior to receipt of payment therefor, as set forth in written Proper Instructions (such delivery in advance of payment, along with payment in advance of delivery made in accordance with Section 2.6(7), as applicable, shall each be referred to herein as a "FREE TRADE"), provided that such Proper Instructions shall set forth (a) the securities of the Portfolio to be delivered and (b) the person(s) to whom delivery of such securities shall be made;

16) Upon receipt of instructions from the Fund's transfer agent (the "TRANSFER AGENT") for delivery to such Transfer Agent or to the holders of Shares in connection with distributions in kind, as may be described from time to time in the currently effective prospectus and statement of additional information of the Fund related to the Portfolio (the "PROSPECTUS"), in satisfaction of requests by holders of Shares for repurchase or redemption;

17) In the case of a sale processed through the Underlying Transfer Agent of Underlying Shares, in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof; and

18) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions from the Fund on behalf of the applicable Portfolio specifying (a) the securities of the Portfolio to be delivered and (b) the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

SECTION 2.3 REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES. Domestic securities held by the Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Portfolio or in the name of any nominee of a Fund on behalf of the Portfolio or of any nominee of the Custodian which nominee shall be assigned exclusively to the Portfolio, unless the Fund has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used in common with other registered management investment

4.


companies having the same investment adviser as the Portfolio, or in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or in the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1. All securities accepted by the Custodian on behalf of the Portfolio under the terms of this Agreement shall be in "street name" or other good delivery form. If, however, a Fund directs the Custodian to maintain securities in "street name" (i.e. other than registered or held as described above), the Custodian shall utilize its best efforts only to timely collect income due the Fund on such securities and to notify the Fund on a best efforts basis only of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.

SECTION 2.4 BANK ACCOUNTS. The Custodian shall open and maintain a separate bank account or accounts in the United States in the name of each Portfolio of each Fund, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the Portfolio, other than cash maintained by the Portfolio in a bank account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the 1940 Act. Funds held by the Custodian for a Portfolio may be deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in the banking department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the 1940 Act and that each such bank or trust company and the funds to be deposited with each such bank or trust company shall on behalf of each applicable Portfolio be approved by vote of a majority of the Board. Such funds shall be deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.

SECTION 2.5 COLLECTION OF INCOME. Except with respect to Portfolio property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14) or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7), and subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities held hereunder to which each Portfolio shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held by the Custodian or its agent thereof and shall credit such income, as collected, to such Portfolio's custodian account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall detach and present for payment all coupons and other income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities held hereunder. Income due each Portfolio on securities loaned pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 (10) shall be the responsibility of the applicable Fund. The Custodian will have no duty or responsibility in connection therewith, other than to provide the Fund with such information or data as may be necessary to assist the Fund in arranging for the timely delivery to the Custodian of the income to which the Portfolio is properly entitled.

SECTION 2.6 PAYMENT OF FUND MONIES. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out monies of a Portfolio in the following cases only:

1) Upon the purchase of domestic securities, options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts or other financial instruments for the account of the Portfolio but only (a) against the delivery of such securities or evidence of title to such options,

5.


futures contracts or options on futures contracts to the Custodian (or any bank, banking firm or trust company doing business in the United States or abroad which is qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian and has been designated by the Custodian as its agent for this purpose) registered in the name of the Portfolio or in the name of a nominee of the Custodian referred to in Section 2.3 hereof or in proper form for transfer; (b) in the case of a purchase effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof; (c) in the case of a purchase of Underlying Shares, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.10 hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase agreements entered into between the applicable Fund on behalf of a Portfolio and the Custodian, or another bank, or a broker-dealer which is a member of NASD, (i) against delivery of the securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting the Custodian's account at the Federal Reserve Bank with such securities or (ii) against delivery of the receipt evidencing purchase by the Portfolio of securities owned by the Custodian along with written evidence of the agreement by the Custodian to repurchase such securities from the Portfolio; or (e) for transfer to a time deposit account of the Fund in any bank, whether domestic or foreign; such transfer may be effected prior to receipt of a confirmation from a broker and/or the applicable bank pursuant to Proper Instructions from the Fund as defined herein;

2) In connection with conversion, exchange or surrender of securities owned by the Portfolio as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof;

3) For the redemption or repurchase of Shares issued as set forth in
Section 6 hereof;

4) For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Portfolio, including but not limited to the following payments for the account of the Portfolio: interest, taxes, management, accounting, transfer agent and legal fees, and operating expenses of the Fund whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

5) For the payment of any dividends on Shares declared pursuant to the Fund's articles of incorporation or organization and by-laws or agreement or declaration of trust, as applicable, and Prospectus (collectively, "GOVERNING DOCUMENTS");

6) For payment of the amount of dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

7) For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio;

8) Upon the purchase of domestic investments including, without limitation, repurchase agreement transactions involving delivery of Portfolio monies to Repo Custodian(s), and prior to receipt of such investments, as set forth in written Proper Instructions (such payment in advance of delivery, along with delivery in advance of payment made in accordance with Section 2.2(14), as applicable, shall each be referred to herein as a "FREE TRADE"), provided that such Proper Instructions shall also set forth

6.


(a) the amount of such payment and (b) the person(s) to whom such payment is made; and

9) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions from the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio specifying (a) the amount of such payment and (b) the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

SECTION 2.7 APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS. The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any other bank or trust company which is itself qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Section 2 as the Custodian may from time to time direct; provided, however, that the Custodian shall be fully responsible for the acts and omissions of such agents or sub-custodians to the same extent as if such act or omission were performed by the Custodian itself. The Underlying Transfer Agent shall not be deemed an agent or sub-custodian of the Custodian for purposes of this Section 2.7 or any other provision of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.8 DEPOSIT OF FUND ASSETS IN U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEMS. The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by a Portfolio in a U.S. Securities System in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

SECTION 2.9 SEGREGATED ACCOUNT. The Custodian shall upon receipt of Proper Instructions on behalf of each applicable Portfolio, establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of each such Portfolio, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities, including securities maintained in an account by the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof, (a) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of the NASD (or any futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the CFTC or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Portfolio, (b) for purposes of segregating cash or government securities in connection with options purchased, sold or written by the Portfolio or commodity futures contracts or options thereon purchased or sold by the Portfolio, (c) for the purposes of compliance by the Portfolio with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), or interpretative opinion of the staff of the SEC, relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies, and (d) for any other purpose in accordance with Proper Instructions.

SECTION 2.10 DEPOSIT OF FUND ASSETS WITH THE UNDERLYING TRANSFER AGENT. Underlying Shares beneficially owned by the Fund, on behalf of a Portfolio, shall be deposited and/or maintained in an account or accounts maintained with an Underlying Transfer Agent and the Custodian's only responsibilities with respect thereto shall be limited to the following:

1) Upon receipt of a confirmation or statement from an Underlying Transfer Agent that such Underlying Transfer Agent is holding or maintaining Underlying Shares in the name of the Custodian (or a nominee of the Custodian) for the benefit of a Portfolio, the

7.


Custodian shall identify by book-entry that such Underlying Shares are being held by it as custodian for the benefit of the Portfolio.

2) In respect of the purchase of Underlying Shares for the account of a Portfolio, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall pay out monies of such Portfolio as so directed, and record such payment from the account of such Portfolio on the Custodian's books and records.

3) In respect of the sale or redemption of Underlying Shares for the account of a Portfolio, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall transfer such Underlying Shares as so directed, record such transfer from the account of such Portfolio on the Custodian's books and records and, upon the Custodian's receipt of the proceeds therefor, record such payment for the account of such Portfolio on the Custodian's books and records.

The Custodian shall not be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund or any Portfolio resulting from the maintenance of Underlying Shares with Underlying Transfer Agent except for loss or damage resulting directly from the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Custodian or any of its sub-custodians or agents or any Foreign Sub-Custodian or of any of its or their employees.

SECTION 2.11 OWNERSHIP CERTIFICATES FOR TAX PURPOSES. The Custodian shall execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt of income or other payments with respect to domestic securities of each Portfolio held by it and in connection with transfers of securities.

SECTION 2.12 PROXIES. Except with respect to Portfolio property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14), or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7), the Custodian shall, with respect to the domestic securities held hereunder, cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of the Portfolio or a nominee of the Portfolio, all proxies, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such securities.

SECTION 2.13 COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO PORTFOLIO SECURITIES. Except with respect to Portfolio property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14), or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7), and subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund for each Portfolio all written information (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of domestic securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of exercise of call and put options written by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio and the maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio) received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities being held for the Portfolio. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. Provided that the Custodian's or its sub-custodian's or agent's or a Foreign Sub-Custodian's own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct has not directly prevented any of the following conditions from

8.


occurring, the Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with domestic securities or other property of the Portfolios at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian is in actual possession of such domestic securities or property and
(ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power.

SECTION 3. PROVISIONS RELATING TO RULES 17F-5 AND 17F-7

SECTION 3.1. DEFINITIONS. As used throughout this Agreement, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the indicated meanings:

"COUNTRY RISK" means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country including, but not limited to, such country's political environment, economic and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country), prevailing or developing custody and settlement practices, and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.

"ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIAN" has the meaning set forth in section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5, including a majority-owned or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. Bank (as defined in Rule 17f-5), a bank holding company meeting the requirements of an Eligible Foreign Custodian (as set forth in Rule 17f-5 or by other appropriate action of the SEC), or a foreign branch of a Bank (as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act) meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act; the term does not include any Eligible Securities Depository.

"ELIGIBLE SECURITIES DEPOSITORY" has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.

"FOREIGN ASSETS" means any of the Portfolios' investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States and such cash and cash equivalents as are reasonably necessary to effect the Portfolios' transactions in such investments.

"FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER" has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.

"RULE 17F-5" means Rule 17f-5 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

"RULE 17F-7" means Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

SECTION 3.2. THE CUSTODIAN AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER.

3.2.1 DELEGATION TO THE CUSTODIAN AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER. Each Fund, by resolution adopted by its Board, hereby delegates to the Custodian, subject to Section (b) of Rule 17f-5, the responsibilities set forth in this
Section 3.2 with respect to Foreign Assets of the Portfolios held outside the United States, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to the Portfolios.

9.


3.2.2 COUNTRIES COVERED. The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities defined below only with respect to the countries and custody arrangements for each such country listed on Schedule A to this Agreement, which list of countries may be amended from time to time by any Fund with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A the Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the assets of the Portfolios, which list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will provide amended versions of Schedule A in accordance with
Section 3.2.5 hereof.

Upon the receipt by the Foreign Custody Manager of Proper Instructions to open an account or to place or maintain Foreign Assets in a country listed on Schedule A, and the fulfillment by each Fund, on behalf of the applicable Portfolio(s), of the applicable account opening requirements for such country, the Foreign Custody Manager shall be deemed to have been delegated by such Fund's Board on behalf of such Portfolio(s) responsibility as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to that country and to have accepted such delegation. Execution of this Agreement by each Fund shall be deemed to be a Proper Instruction to open an account, or to place or maintain Foreign Assets, in each country listed on Schedule A. Following the receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account of a Portfolio with the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in a designated country, the delegation by the Board on behalf of such Portfolio to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager for that country shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and the Custodian shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager with respect to such Portfolio with respect to that country.

The Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of delegated responsibilities with respect to a designated country upon written notice to the Fund. Forty-five days (or such longer period to which the parties agree in writing) after receipt of any such notice by the Fund, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Fund with respect to the country as to which the Custodian's acceptance of delegation is withdrawn.

3.2.3 SCOPE OF DELEGATED RESPONSIBILITIES:

(a) SELECTION OF ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS. Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.2, the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Foreign Assets in the care of the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each country listed on Schedule A, as amended from time to time. In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1).

(b) CONTRACTS WITH ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS. The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2).

10.


(c) MONITORING. In each case in which the Foreign Custody Manager maintains Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, the Foreign Custody Manager shall establish a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with such Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the contract governing the custody arrangements established by the Foreign Custody Manager with the Eligible Foreign Custodian. As required by Rule 17f-5, in the event the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian it has selected are no longer appropriate including, no longer meeting the requirements of Rule 17f-5, the Foreign Custody Manager shall notify the Board in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereunder.

3.2.4 GUIDELINES FOR THE EXERCISE OF DELEGATED AUTHORITY. For purposes of this Section 3.2, the Board shall be deemed to have considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets in each country for which the Custodian is serving as Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios.

3.2.5 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. The Foreign Custody Manager shall report the withdrawal of the Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of such Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Board an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which an amendment to such Schedule has occurred. The Foreign Custody Manager shall make reasonably prompt written reports notifying the Board of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Portfolios described in this Section 3.2 after the occurrence of the material change.

3.2.6 STANDARD OF CARE AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER OF A PORTFOLIO. In performing the responsibilities delegated to it, the Foreign Custody Manager agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act would exercise.

3.2.7 REPRESENTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO RULE 17F-5. The Foreign Custody Manager represents to each Fund that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5. Each Fund represents to the Custodian that its Board has determined that it is reasonable for such Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios.

3.2.8 EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION OF THE CUSTODIAN AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER. Each Board's delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party. Termination will become effective forty-five (45) days after receipt by the non-terminating party of such notice. The provisions of Section 3.2.2 hereof shall govern the delegation to and termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios with respect to designated countries.

SECTION 3.3 ELIGIBLE SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES.

3.3.1 ANALYSIS AND MONITORING. The Custodian shall (a) provide the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment adviser) with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B

11.


hereto in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment adviser) of any material change in such risks, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7.

3.3.2 STANDARD OF CARE. The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the duties set forth in Section 3.3.1.

SECTION 4. DUTIES OF THE CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY OF THE PORTFOLIOS TO BE HELD OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES

SECTION 4.1 DEFINITIONS. As used throughout this Agreement, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the indicated meanings:

"FOREIGN SECURITIES SYSTEM" means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B hereto.

"FOREIGN SUB-CUSTODIAN" means a foreign banking institution serving as an Eligible Foreign Custodian.

SECTION 4.2. HOLDING SECURITIES. The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Portfolios the foreign securities held by each Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System. The Custodian may hold foreign securities for all of its customers, including the Portfolios, with any Foreign Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to foreign securities of the Portfolios which are maintained in such account shall identify those securities as belonging to the Portfolios and (ii), to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that securities so held by the Foreign Sub-Custodian be held separately from any assets of such Foreign Sub-Custodian or of other customers of such Foreign Sub-Custodian.

SECTION 4.3. FOREIGN SECURITIES SYSTEMS. Foreign securities shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a designated country through arrangements implemented by the Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian, as applicable, in such country.

SECTION 4.4. TRANSACTIONS IN FOREIGN CUSTODY ACCOUNT.

4.4.1. DELIVERY OF FOREIGN ASSETS. The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities of the Portfolios held by the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

(i) Upon the sale of such foreign securities for the Portfolio in accordance with commercially reasonable market practice in the country where such foreign securities are held or traded, including, without limitation: (A) delivery against expectation of receiving later payment; or (B) in the case of a sale effected through a Foreign

12.


Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of the Foreign Securities System;

(ii) In connection with any repurchase agreement related to foreign securities;

(iii) To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for foreign securities of the Portfolios;

(iv) To the issuer thereof or its agent when such foreign securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;

(v) To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian (or the name of the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian) or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;

(vi) To brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom; provided that in any such case, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such foreign securities prior to receiving payment for such foreign securities except as may arise from the Custodian's, its agent's or sub-custodian's or the Foreign Sub-Custodian's own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

(vii) For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;

(viii) In the case of warrants, rights or similar foreign securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities;

(ix) For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by a Fund on behalf of a Portfolio requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund on behalf of such Portfolio;

(x) In connection with trading in options and futures contracts, including delivery as original margin and variation margin;

(xi) Upon the sale or other delivery of such foreign securities (including, without limitation, to one or more Repo Custodians) as a Free Trade, provided that applicable Proper Instructions shall set forth (A) the foreign securities to be delivered and (B) the person or persons to whom delivery shall be made;

(xii) In connection with the lending of foreign securities; and

13.


(xiii) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying (A) the foreign securities to be delivered and (B) the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

4.4.2. PAYMENT OF PORTFOLIO MONIES. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out, or direct the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, monies of a Portfolio in the following cases only:

(i) Upon the purchase of foreign securities for the Portfolio, unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, by (A) delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such foreign securities; or (B) in the case of a purchase effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Foreign Securities System;

(ii) In connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender of foreign securities of the Portfolio;

(iii) For the payment of any expense or liability of the Portfolio, including but not limited to the following payments: interest, taxes, investment advisory fees, transfer agency fees, fees under this Agreement, legal fees, accounting fees, and other operating expenses;

(iv) For the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts for the Portfolio, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian or its Foreign Sub-Custodians;

(v) In connection with trading in options and futures contracts, including delivery as original margin and variation margin;

(vi) Upon the purchase of foreign investments including, without limitation, repurchase agreement transactions involving delivery of Portfolio monies to Repo Custodian(s), as a Free Trade, provided that applicable Proper Instructions shall set forth (A) the amount of such payment and (B) the person or persons to whom payment shall be made;

(vii) For payment of part or all of the dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

(viii) In connection with the borrowing or lending of foreign securities; and

(ix) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying (A) the amount of such payment and (B) the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

14.


4.4.3. MARKET CONDITIONS. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Portfolios and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Portfolios may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.

The Custodian shall provide to each Board the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian described on Schedule C hereto at the time or times set forth on such Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, provided that no such revision shall result in a Board being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided hereunder.

SECTION 4.5. REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN SECURITIES. The foreign securities maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the applicable Portfolio or in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any Foreign Sub-Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the foregoing, and the applicable Fund on behalf of such Portfolio agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability as a holder of record of such foreign securities. The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall not be obligated to accept securities on behalf of a Portfolio under the terms of this Agreement unless the form of such securities and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with reasonable market practice.

SECTION 4.6 BANK ACCOUNTS. The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the applicable Fund cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with the Custodian. Where the Custodian is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance of, cash on the books of the Custodian, a bank account or bank accounts shall be opened and maintained outside the United States on behalf of a Portfolio with a Foreign Sub-Custodian. All accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by the Custodian (or, if applicable, such Foreign Sub-Custodian) acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to hold cash received by or from or for the account of the Portfolio. Cash maintained on the books of the Custodian (including its branches, subsidiaries and affiliates), regardless of currency denomination, is maintained in bank accounts established under, and subject to the laws of, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

SECTION 4.7. COLLECTION OF INCOME. The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which the Portfolios shall be entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the applicable Portfolio. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, and the need for such measures is not directly caused by the Custodian, or its sub-custodian's or agent's or the Foreign Sub-Custodian's negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures.

15.


SECTION 4.8 SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. With respect to the foreign securities held pursuant to this Section 4, the Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. Each Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of such Fund to exercise shareholder rights.

SECTION 4.9. COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO FOREIGN SECURITIES. The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund written information with respect to materials received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Portfolios (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of foreign securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith). With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund written information with respect to materials so received by the Custodian from issuers of the foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. Provided that the Custodian's or its agent's or sub-custodian's or the Foreign Sub-Custodian's own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct has not directly prevented any of the following conditions from occurring, the Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Portfolios at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian or the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian is in actual possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power.

SECTION 4.10. LIABILITY OF FOREIGN SUB-CUSTODIANS. Each agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall, to the extent possible, require the Foreign Sub-Custodian to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties, and to indemnify, and hold harmless, the Custodian from and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the Foreign Sub-Custodian's performance of such obligations. At a Fund's election, the Portfolios shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claims against a Foreign Sub-Custodian as a consequence of any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim if and to the extent that the Portfolios have not been made whole for any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim. Such subrogation rights are in addition to any other rights and remedies that a Fund may have under this Agreement.

SECTION 4.11 TAX LAW. The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on any Fund, the Portfolios or the Custodian as custodian of the Portfolios by the tax law of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof. It shall be the responsibility of each Fund to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on such Fund with respect to the Portfolios or the Custodian as custodian of the Portfolios by the tax law of countries other than those mentioned in the above sentence, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting. The sole responsibilities of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to effect the withholding of local taxes and related charges with regard to market entitlement/payment in accordance with local law and subject to local market practice or custom and

16.


to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of countries for which such Fund has provided such information.

SECTION 4.12. LIABILITY OF CUSTODIAN. The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in this Agreement, it being specifically understood and agreed that any liability of the Custodian for the negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall be determined in light of the circumstances and practices prevailing in the jurisdiction where such Foreign Sub-Custodian's act or omission occurred. Regardless of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or a Foreign Securities System, the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of war or terrorism, or any other loss where the Foreign Sub-Custodian has otherwise acted with reasonable care.

SECTION 5. RESERVED.

SECTION 6. PAYMENTS FOR SALES OR REPURCHASES OR REDEMPTIONS OF SHARES.

The Custodian shall receive from the distributor of the Shares or from the Transfer Agent and deposit into the account of the appropriate Portfolio such payments as are received for Shares thereof issued or sold from time to time by the applicable Fund. The Custodian will provide timely notification to such Fund on behalf of each such Portfolio and the Transfer Agent of any receipt by it of payments for Shares of such Portfolio.

From such funds as may be available for the purpose, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of Proper Instructions from the Transfer Agent, make funds available for payment to holders of Shares who have delivered to the Transfer Agent a request for redemption or repurchase of their Shares. In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the Custodian is authorized upon receipt of Proper Instructions from the Transfer Agent to wire funds to or through a commercial bank designated by the redeeming shareholders. In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the Custodian shall honor checks drawn on the Custodian by a holder of Shares, which checks have been furnished by a Fund to the holder of Shares, when presented to the Custodian in accordance with such procedures and controls as are mutually agreed upon from time to time between such Fund and the Custodian.

SECTION 7. PROPER INSTRUCTIONS.

"PROPER INSTRUCTIONS," which may also be standing instructions, as such term is used throughout this Agreement shall mean instructions received by the Custodian from a Fund or a person or entity duly authorized by a Fund ("AUTHORIZED PERSON"). Such instructions may be in writing signed by the Authorized Person or may be in a tested communication or in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro-mechanical or electronic devices or may be by such other means and utilizing such intermediary systems and utilities as may be agreed from time to time by the Custodian and the person(s) or entity giving such instruction, provided that the Fund has followed

17.


any security procedures agreed to from time to time by the applicable Fund and the Custodian including, but not limited to, the security procedures selected by the Fund via the form of Funds Transfer Addendum hereto. Oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions if the Custodian reasonably believes them to have been given by an Authorized Person with respect to the transaction involved; the Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing. For purposes of this Section, Proper Instructions shall include instructions received by the Custodian in accordance with any multi-party agreement which requires a segregated asset account in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter, as appropriate, each Fund shall deliver to the Custodian, duly certified by any of such Fund's Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, a certificate setting forth the names, titles, signatures and scope of authority of all persons authorized to give Proper Instructions or any other notice, request, direction, instruction, certificate or instrument on behalf of the Fund. Such certificate may be accepted and relied upon by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the facts set forth therein and shall be considered to be in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of a similar certificate to the contrary.

SECTION 8. EVIDENCE OF AUTHORITY

The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any Proper Instruction, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the applicable Fund. The Custodian may receive and accept a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of any Fund as conclusive evidence (a) of the authority of any person to act in accordance with such resolution or (b) of any determination or of any action by the applicable Board as described in such resolution, and such resolution may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary.

SECTION 9. ACTIONS PERMITTED WITHOUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY

The Custodian may in its discretion, without express authority from the applicable Fund on behalf of each applicable Portfolio:

1) Make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement; provided that the Custodian has not received prior written notice from the applicable Fund that such payment has been disputed by the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio and provided, further, all such payments shall be accounted for to the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio;

2) Surrender securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form;

3) Endorse for collection, in the name of the Portfolio, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

18.


4) In general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Portfolio except as otherwise directed by the applicable Board.

SECTION 10. SERVICE LEVEL DOCUMENTS

The Fund and the Custodian may from time to time, in good faith, agree on certain performance measures by which the Custodian is expected to provide the services contemplated by this Agreement ("SERVICE LEVEL DOCUMENTS"). The Service Level Documents are designed to provide metrics and other information which may be utilized by the parties to help measure performance. The parties agree Service Level Documents reflect performance measures as opposed to specific contractual obligations. Notwithstanding, the parties agree that (a) the Custodian's inability to achieve such performance measures may give rise to grounds for termination pursuant to Section 16; and (b) the Custodian's performance and/or non-performance of the services, separate and apart from the performance measures in the Service Level Documents, may give rise to any remedies in tort or contract that the Fund may assert against Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 11. RECORDS

The Custodian shall with respect to each Portfolio create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of each Fund under the 1940 Act, with particular attention to section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. All such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of such Fund and employees and agents of the SEC. The Custodian shall, at a Fund's request, supply the Fund with a tabulation of securities owned by each Portfolio and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Fund and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Fund and the Custodian, include certificate numbers in such tabulations. Each Fund acknowledges that, in creating and maintaining the records as set forth herein with respect to Portfolio property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14), or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7) hereof, the Custodian is authorized and instructed to rely upon information provided to it by the Fund, the Fund's counterparty(ies), or the agents of either of them.

SECTION 12. OPINION OF FUND'S INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANT

The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as a Fund with respect to a Portfolio may from time to time request, to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from the Fund's independent accountants with respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Fund's Form N-1A or Form N-2, as applicable, and Form N-SAR or other annual reports to the SEC and with respect to any other requirements thereof.

19.


SECTION 13. REPORTS TO FUND BY INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

The Custodian shall provide the applicable Fund, on behalf of each of the Portfolios at such times as such Fund may reasonably require, with reports by independent public accountants on the accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including securities deposited and/or maintained in a U.S. Securities System or a Foreign Securities System (either, a "SECURITIES SYSTEM"), relating to the services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement; such reports, shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Fund to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.

SECTION 14. COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN

The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as Custodian, as agreed upon from time to time between each Fund on behalf of each applicable Portfolio and the Custodian.

SECTION 15. RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN

So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable care, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper party or parties, including any futures commission merchant acting pursuant to the terms of a three-party futures or options agreement. The Custodian shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, but shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to any Fund for any action taken or omitted by it including, without limitation, acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction; provided the Custodian, its agents, sub-custodians or Foreign Sub-Custodians, as may be applicable in the instance of any particular act or omission, have acted in good faith without negligence or willful misconduct; and provided, further, that all references throughout this Agreement to the standard of care exercised by any Foreign Sub-Custodian (e.g. reasonable care, good faith, bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct) shall be construed in accordance with the circumstances and practices prevailing in the jurisdiction where such Foreign Sub-Custodian's act or omission occurred. The Custodian shall be entitled to obtain, receive, rely on and act upon the advice of counsel on all matters. The Custodian shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted in good faith pursuant to the advice of (i) counsel for the Fund or (ii) at the expense of the Custodian, such other counsel as the Custodian may choose; provided, however, in the event that such advice is sought for any matter other than a matter which may be in dispute between the Custodian and the Fund, the Custodian shall utilize its best efforts to provide advance notice to the Fund of the identity of such counsel, and provided, further, with respect to the performance of any action or omission of any action upon such advice, the Custodian shall be required to conform to the applicable standard of care set forth in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby specifically understood and agreed that nothing in this section shall be construed as imposing upon the Custodian any obligation

20.


to seek such advice of counsel. The Custodian shall be without liability to any Fund or Portfolio for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by anything which is part of Country Risk (as defined in Section 3 hereof), including without limitation nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of war, revolution, riots or terrorism.

Except as may arise from the Custodian's, its agent's or sub-custodian's or a Foreign Sub-Custodian's negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, the Custodian shall be without liability to any Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by; (i) events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian or any sub-custodian or Securities System or any agent or nominee of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the interruption, suspension or restriction of trading on or the closure of any securities market, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or communications disruptions, work stoppages, natural disasters, or other similar events or acts; (ii) errors by any Fund or its duly authorized investment manager or investment adviser in their instructions to the Custodian provided such instructions have been in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) the insolvency of or acts or omissions by a Securities System; (iv) any delay or failure of any broker, agent or intermediary, central bank or other commercially prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to the Custodian's sub-custodian or agent securities purchased or in the remittance or payment made in connection with securities sold; (v) any delay or failure of any company, corporation, or other body in charge of registering or transferring securities in the name of the Custodian, any Fund, the Custodian's sub-custodians, nominees or agents or any consequential losses arising out of such delay or failure to transfer such securities including non-receipt of bonus, dividends and rights and other accretions or benefits;
(vi) delays or inability to perform its duties due to any disorder in market infrastructure with respect to any particular security or Securities System; and
(vii) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or any other country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction.

The Custodian shall implement and maintain reasonable disaster recovery and business continuity procedures that are reasonably designed to recover data processing systems, data communications facilities, information, data and other business related functions of the Custodian in a manner and time frame consistent with legal, regulatory and business requirements applicable to the Custodian in its provision of services hereunder. In the event of any disaster which causes a business interruption, the Custodian shall act in good faith and take reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions.

If a Fund on behalf of a Portfolio requires the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund or the Portfolio being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability of some other form, such Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, as a prerequisite to requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to the Custodian (but not for the Custodian's, its agent's or sub-custodian's or a Foreign Sub-Custodian's negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct) in an amount and form reasonably satisfactory to it.

If a Fund requires the Custodian, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents, to advance cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement) or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this

21.


Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee's own negligent action, negligent failure to act, bad faith or willful misconduct, any property at any time held for the account of the applicable Portfolio shall be security therefor and should the Fund fail to repay the Custodian promptly, the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash and to dispose of such Portfolio's assets to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.

In no event shall any party hereto be liable for indirect, special or consequential damages.

The indemnifications contained herein shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 16. EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

a. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first above-written and shall remain in full force and effect for a period of three (3) years from such effective date (the "INITIAL TERM"), and thereafter shall automatically continue in full force and effect unless either party terminates this Agreement by written notice to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the date of termination.

b. During the Initial Term and thereafter, the Custodian may, at its discretion, terminate the Agreement for cause with respect to (1) one or more Portfolios; and/or (2) a Fund in its entirety by providing not less than 60 days prior written notice to the Fund upon occurrence of any of the following termination events:

(A) Fund has been convicted, pled guilty or pled no contest to criminal conduct in a criminal proceeding;

(B) Fund has been found to have violated federal or state law in an administrative or regulatory proceeding; provided such violation (1) involves unethical conduct; and (2) Custodian reasonably believes that such violation would have a material adverse impact on Custodian's ability to perform services under this Agreement:

(C) Fund has encountered financial difficulties which are evidenced by the authorization or commencement of, or involvement by way of pleading, answer, consent or acquiescence in, a voluntary or involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as from time to time is in effect, or any applicable law, other that said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relation to the liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors;

(D) Fund has been terminated for cause by the Custodian pursuant to the terms of (1) any fund accounting or administrative agreement between Custodian or Fund, or (2) any fund accounting, custody or administrative agreement between Custodian and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. ("CSIM") or any other investment company (other than the Fund) advised by CSIM;

(E) CSIM has been terminated for cause by the Custodian pursuant to the terms of any agreement between Custodian and CSIM;

22.


(F) Fund attempts to assign this Agreement in violation of Section 18.3 of this Agreement; and

(G) Fund has committed a material breach of this Agreement, and such breach has not been remedied by the Fund within sixty days written notice of such breach by Custodian.

c. During the Initial Term and thereafter, Fund, at its discretion, may terminate this agreement for cause with respect to (1) one or more Portfolios; and/or (2) a Fund in its entirety by providing at least 60 days written notice to Custodian upon the occurrence of any of the following termination events;

(A) Custodian has been convicted, pled guilty or pled no contest to criminal conduct in any criminal proceeding in connection with the provision of fund administration, fund accounting and/or custody services to any client;

(B) Custodian has been found to have violated federal or state law in any administrative or regulatory proceeding; provided such violation
(1) involves unethical behavior and (2) relates to the provision of fund administration, fund accounting and/or custody services to any client;

(C) Custodian has encountered financial difficulties which are evidenced by the authorization or commencement of, or involvement by way of pleading, answer, consent or acquiescence in, a voluntary or involuntary case under Title 11 of the United States Code, as from time to time is in effect, or any applicable law, other than said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relating to the liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors;

(D) Custodian has been terminated by the Fund for cause pursuant to the terms of (1) any fund administration or fund accounting agreement between Custodian and Fund, or (2) any fund administration, custody or fund accounting agreement between Custodian and CSIM or any investment company (other than Fund) advised by CSIM;

(E) Custodian has been terminated by CSIM for cause pursuant to the terms of any sub-administrative agreement between Custodian and or its affiliates and CSIM;

(F) Custodian transfers fifty percent (50%) or more of any class of its voting securities; (2) transfers all, or substantially all, of its assets to a non-affiliate; or (3) attempts to assign this Agreement in violation of Section 10.3 of this Agreement; and

(G) In Fund's reasonable opinion, Custodian has not achieved one or more of the performance measures set forth in any Service Level Document established pursuant to pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, and a plan or revised plan has not been put into place in accordance the following procedures: In the event that Fund reasonably believes that the Custodian has not met one or more of the performance measures set forth in any Service Level Document during any calendar quarter or other period of measurement as may be set forth in any Service Level Document, the Fund may, in its discretion, submit a written deficiency notice to Custodian outlining the performance deficiencies ("DEFICIENCY NOTICE"). Such Deficiency Notice must be provided to Custodian within 20 days of the end of such

23.


quarter. After receipt of such notice, Custodian shall present the Fund with a written plan to address the deficiencies set forth in the Deficiency Notice (the "PLAN"). Such Plan must be provided to Fund within 30 days after receipt of the Deficiency Notice. If Custodian fails to submit a Plan within such 30 day period, Fund may terminate the Agreement upon 60 days written notice to the Custodian. The Fund, in its discretion, may accept the Plan or reject the Plan ("REJECTION NOTICE"). Such Rejection Notice must be submitted to the Custodian within 15 days after submission of the Plan. If Fund fails to provide a Rejection Notice within such 15 days period, it shall be presumed that Fund accepted the Plan. In the event, Fund submits a Rejection Notice, Custodian shall submit a revised plan ("REVISED PLAN") to the Fund. Such Revised Plan must be provided to Fund within 30 days after provision of the Rejection Notice. If Custodian fails to submit a Revised Plan within such 30 day period, Fund may terminate the Agreement upon 60 days written notice to Custodian. The Fund, in its sole discretion, may accept the Revised Plan or reject the Revised Plan ("DENIAL NOTICE"). Any Denial Notice must be submitted to Custodian within 15 days after provision of the Revised Plan. If Fund fails to provide a Denial Notice within such 15 day period, it shall be presumed that Fund accepted the Revised Plan. If Fund provides a Denial Notice to Custodian, Fund may, in its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement upon 60 days written notice to Custodian. Such termination notice must be submitted to Custodian within 60 days after provision of the Denial Notice.

(H) Custodian has committed a material breach of this Agreement and such breach has not been remedied by the Custodian within sixty days written notice of such breach by Fund.

d. Termination of this Agreement with respect to any single given Portfolio or Fund shall in no way affect the continued validity of this Agreement with respect to any other Portfolio or Fund.

e. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Fund shall pay to the Custodian such compensation and any reimbursable expenses as may be due and undisputed under the terms hereof as of the date of such termination, including reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with such termination. All out-of-pocket expenses associated under this sub-paragraph for which the Custodian seeks reimbursement must be pre-approved by the Fund in writing, such approval shall not be unreasonable withheld.

f. This Agreement may be modified or amended from time to time by mutual written agreement of the parties hereto.

SECTION 17. SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN

If a successor custodian for one or more Portfolios shall be appointed by the applicable Board, the Custodian shall, upon termination and receipt of Proper Instructions, deliver to such successor custodian at the office of the Custodian, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all securities of each applicable Portfolio then held by it hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the securities of each such Portfolio held in a Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent.

24.


If no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in like manner, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer such securities, funds and other properties in accordance with such resolution.

In the event that no Proper Instructions designating a successor custodian or alternative arrangements shall have been delivered to the Custodian on or before the date when such termination shall become effective, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a "bank" as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts or New York, New York, of its own selection, having an aggregate capital, surplus, and undivided profits, as shown by its last published report, of not less than $25,000,000, all securities, funds and other properties held by the Custodian on behalf of each applicable Portfolio and all instruments held by the Custodian relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Agreement on behalf of each applicable Portfolio, and to transfer to an account of such successor custodian all of the securities of each such Portfolio held in any Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent. Thereafter, such bank or trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

In the event that securities, funds and other properties remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof owing to failure of any Fund to provide Proper Instructions as aforesaid, the Custodian shall be entitled to fair compensation for its services during such period as the Custodian retains possession of such securities, funds and other properties and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 18. GENERAL

SECTION 18.1 MASSACHUSETTS LAW TO APPLY. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

SECTION 18.2 PRIOR AGREEMENTS. This Agreement supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior Agreements between each Fund on behalf of each of the Portfolios and the Custodian relating to the custody of such Fund's assets.

SECTION 18.3 ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) any Fund without the written consent of the Custodian or (b) by the Custodian without the written consent of each applicable Fund, except that any party may, without such consent, assign to an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such party or to a successor of all of or a substantial portion of its business.

SECTION 18.4 INTERPRETIVE AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and each Fund on behalf of each of the Portfolios, may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by all parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of a Fund's Governing Documents. No interpretive or

25.


additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.

SECTION 18.5 ADDITIONAL FUNDS. In the event that any management investment company in addition to those listed on Appendix A hereto desires to have the Custodian render services as custodian under the terms hereof, it shall so notify the Custodian in writing, and if the Custodian agrees in writing to provide such services, such management investment company shall become a Fund hereunder and be bound by all terms and conditions and provisions hereof including, without limitation, the representations and warranties set forth in
Section 18.7 below.

SECTION 18.6 ADDITIONAL PORTFOLIOS. In the event that any Fund establishes one or more series of Shares in addition to those set forth on Appendix A hereto with respect to which it desires to have the Custodian render services as custodian under the terms hereof, it shall so notify the Custodian in writing, and if the Custodian agrees in writing to provide such services, such series of Shares shall become a Portfolio hereunder.

SECTION 18.7 THE PARTIES. All references herein to the "Fund" are to each of the management investment companies listed on Appendix A hereto, and each management investment company made subject to this Agreement in accordance with
Section 18.5 above, individually, as if this Agreement were between such individual Fund and the Custodian. In the case of a series corporation, trust or other entity, all references herein to the "Portfolio" are to the individual series or portfolio of such corporation, trust or other entity, or to such corporation, trust or other entity on behalf of the individual series or portfolio, as appropriate. Any reference in this Agreement to "the parties" shall mean the Custodian and such other individual Fund as to which the matter pertains. Each Fund hereby represents and warrants that (a) it is duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization; (b) it has the requisite power and authority under applicable law and its Governing Documents to enter into and perform this Agreement; (c) all requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement; (d) this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid, binding and enforceable agreement; and (e) its entrance into this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Fund or any law or regulation applicable to it.

SECTION 18.8 REMOTE ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM. The Custodian and each Fund agree to be bound by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum hereto.

SECTION 18.9 CONFIDENTIALITY.

a. Definition of term "Fund Confidential Information." The term "FUND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" means any information that Fund discloses, whether in writing, electronically or orally, to Custodian whether in tangible or intangible form which is identified as confidential at the time of disclosure or which by the circumstances of disclosure or nature of the information would be considered to be confidential. By way of example and not limitation, Fund Confidential Information includes: (i) any information concerning Fund's, its agents or licensors' technology, such as systems, source code, databases, hardware, software, programs, applications, engine protocols, routines, models, displays and manuals, including, without limitation, the selection, coordination, and arrangement of the contents thereof; and (ii) any information concerning Fund's, its agents or

26.


licensors' financial or business plans or operations, such as research activities and plans, marketing or sales plans, pricing or pricing strategies, operational techniques, internal controls, compliance policies, methods of operation, security procedures, strategic plans, customer information, and unpublished financial information, including information concerning revenues, profits and profit margins. Custodian agrees that Fund will have no obligation to specifically identify by any notice or other action any information to which the protection of this Agreement extends. Without limiting the foregoing, to the extent disclosed to the Custodian, portfolio holdings information of the Fund shall be deemed to be Confidential Information of the Fund until such time as such portfolio holdings information shall made in a public filing by the Fund. The Custodian shall not purchase or sell securities or other investments on the basis of confidential portfolio holdings information of the Fund provided to the Custodian and shall take reasonable steps to prevent any employee or agent of Custodian from purchasing or selling securities or other investments on the same basis.

b. Restrictions on Use. Without the prior written consent of Fund, Custodian will not use any portion of Fund Confidential Information for any purpose other than for the services provided under this Agreement. Custodian further agrees that:

(i) it will hold Fund Confidential Information of Fund in the strictest confidence;

(ii) it will exercise the same care with respect to Fund Confidential Information as it exercises with respect to its own proprietary and confidential information;

(iii) it will not, without Fund's prior written consent, copy or disclose to any third party any portion thereof;

(iv) it will notify immediately Fund of any unauthorized disclosure or use unless in and ownership of Fund Confidential Information resulting from such unauthorized disclosure or use by or through Custodian; and

(v) it will restrict dissemination of Fund Confidential Information to only those persons within or related to its organization who are involved in the delivery services provided under this Agreement, to Custodian's regulatory authorities as required to comply with such regulatory authorities' request or order, and to Custodian's examiners, auditors, directors and legal counsel to the extent Custodian believes the same is reasonably required provided that Custodian makes reasonable effort to notify such parties as to the confidential nature of the Fund Confidential Information.

c. Exceptions. The foregoing shall not prohibit or limit Custodian's use, disclosure, reproduction or dissemination of Fund Confidential Information which:

(i) is or becomes public domain information or material through no fault or breach on the part of Custodian;

(ii) as demonstrated by the written records of Custodian or otherwise, was already lawfully known (without restriction on disclosure) to Custodian prior to the information being disclosed to Custodian by Fund or any representative of Fund;

27.


(iii) has been or is hereafter rightfully furnished to Custodian without restriction on disclosure by the Fund or a third person lawfully in possession thereof;

(iv) has been independently developed, by or for Custodian, without reference to Fund Confidential Information;

(v) is requested or required to be disclosed pursuant to any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, where required by law, regulation rule or self-regulatory organization rule, provided that, unless prohibited from doing so in such circumstance, the Custodian notifies Fund as promptly as possible so that Fund may to have a reasonable opportunity to obtain a protective order or other form of protection against disclosure. Notwithstanding any such disclosure by Custodian, such disclosure will not otherwise affect Custodian's obligations hereunder with respect to Fund Confidential Information so disclosed which is retained by Custodian;

(vi) is disclosed by the Custodian with the prior written consent of the applicable Fund to disclose, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; or

(vi) is Fund or Portfolio data aggregated by the Custodian with similar data of other customers of the Custodian ("AGGREGATED DATA") for the purposes of the Custodian's construction of statistical models so long as such Aggregated Data represents such a sufficiently large sample that no Fund or Portfolio data can be identified either directly or by inference or implication.

Any Fund Confidential Information in the possession of Custodian that has been disclosed to it by Fund or any representative of Fund that is not within any of the exceptions above shall be considered confidential unless the Custodian may demonstrate otherwise by records, documentation or other reasonable means.

d. Equitable Relief. Custodian agrees and acknowledges that any breach of this Section 18.9 may cause Fund irreparable harm for which monetary damages would be inadequate. Accordingly, Fund will be entitled to seek injunctive or other equitable relief to remedy any threatened or actual breach of this Section 18.9 by Custodian, as well as monetary damages.

e. No Publicity. No party hereto will announce or disclose the existence of this Agreement, or its contents to any third party without the prior written consent of the other or except as may be required by law, in which case the party required to make such a disclosure will give the other party the maximum feasible prior notice of such disclosure.

SECTION 18.10 NOTICES. Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder may be delivered in person to the offices of the parties as set forth herein during normal business hours or delivered prepaid registered mail or by telex, cable or telecopy to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

28.


To any Fund:              [NAME OF FUND]
                          101 Montgomery Street
                          San Francisco, California  94104
                          Attention:  George M. Pereira, Treasurer and
                                      Principal Financial Officer
                          Telephone:  415-636-3300
                          Telecopy:  415-667-3800

With a copy to:           Koji E. Felton, Secretary
                          101 Montgomery Street
                          San Francisco, California  94104
                          Telephone:  415-636-3461
                          Telecopy:  415-667-3440

To the Custodian:         STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                          1776 Heritage Drive
                          North Quincy, Massachusetts  02171
                          Attention:  James M. Keenan, Vice President
                          Telephone: 617-985-9422
                          Telecopy: 617-985-7575

Such notice, instruction or other instrument shall be deemed to have been served in the case of a registered letter at the expiration of five business days after posting, in the case of cable twenty-four hours after dispatch and, in the case of telex, immediately on dispatch and if delivered outside normal business hours it shall be deemed to have been received at the next time after delivery when normal business hours commence and in the case of cable, telex or telecopy on the business day after the receipt thereof. Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.

SECTION 18.11 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

SECTION 18.12 SEVERABILITY. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

SECTION 18.13 REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS. This Agreement and all schedules, addenda, exhibits, appendices, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

29.


SECTION 18.14 SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS ELECTION. SEC Rule 14b-2 requires banks which hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, the Custodian needs each Fund to indicate whether it authorizes the Custodian to provide such Fund's name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose securities the Fund owns. If a Fund tells the Custodian "no," the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If a Fund tells the Custodian "yes" or does not check either "yes" or "no" below, the Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. For a Fund's protection, the Rule prohibits the requesting company from using the Fund's name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications. Please indicate below whether the Fund consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.

YES [ ]     The Custodian is authorized to release the Fund's name, address, and
            share positions.

NO  [X]     The Custodian is not authorized to release the Fund's name, address,
            and share positions.

Section 18.15 MASSACHUSETTS BUSINESS TRUST. With respect to any Fund which is a party to this Agreement and which is organized as a Massachusetts business trust (in each case a "TRUST"), the term "Fund" (as used throughout this Agreement) means and refers to the trustees from time to time serving under the applicable trust agreement of such Trust, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "DECLARATION OF TRUST"). It is expressly agreed that the obligations of any such Trust hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the trustees, shareholders, nominees, officers, agents or employees of such Trust personally, but bind only the trust property of the Trust as set forth in the applicable Declaration of Trust. In the case of each Trust, the execution and delivery of this Agreement on behalf of the Trust has been authorized by the trustees, and signed by an authorized officer of the Trust, in each case acting in such capacity and not individually, and neither such authorization by the trustees nor such execution and delivery by such officer shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually, but shall only bind the trust property of the Trust as provided in its Declaration of Trust.

30.


SIGNATURE PAGE

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed as of the date first above-written.

FUND SIGNATURE ATTESTED TO BY: EACH OF THE ENTITIES SET FORTH ON

APPENDIX A HERETO

By: /s/ Alice L. Schulman             By: /s/ George M. Pereira
    ------------------------              --------------------------------------
                                              George M. Pereira
Name: Alice L. Schulman                       Treasurer and Principal Financial
      ----------------------                  Officer


Title: *[Ass't Secretary]
       ----------------------------

SIGNATURE ATTESTED TO BY:             STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY



By: /s/ Stephanie L. Poster           By: /s/ Joseph L. Hooley
    -----------------------               --------------------------------------
    Stephanie L. Poster                   Joseph L. Hooley
    Vice President and Counsel            Executive Vice President

31.


APPENDIX A
TO
MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANIES REGISTERED WITH THE SEC AND PORTFOLIOS THEREOF, IF ANY

CHARLES SCHWAB FAMILY OF FUNDS

Schwab Money Market Fund
Schwab Value Advantage Money Fund Schwab Retirement Advantage Money Fund Schwab Retirement Money Fund
Schwab Government Money Fund
Schwab U.S. Treasury Money Fund
Schwab Municipal Money Fund
Schwab California Municipal Money Fund Schwab New York Municipal Money Fund Schwab Florida Municipal Money Fund Schwab Massachusetts Municipal Money Fund Schwab Pennsylvania Municipal Money Fund Schwab New Jersey Municipal Money Fund Schwab Cash Reserves Fund
Schwab Advisor Cash Reserves Fund

SCHWAB INVESTMENTS

Schwab 1000 Index Fund
Schwab Short-Term Bond Market Fund Schwab Total Bond Market Fund
Schwab California Short/Intermediate Tax-Free Bond Fund Schwab California Long-Term Tax-Free Bond Fund Schwab Short/Intermediate Tax-Free Bond Fund Schwab Long-Term Tax-Free Bond Fund Schwab Yield Plus Fund
Schwab GNMA Fund
Schwab California Tax-Free YieldPlus Fund Schwab Tax-Free YieldPlus Fund

SCHWAB CAPITAL TRUST

Schwab Premier Equity Fund
Schwab Core Equity Fund
Schwab Hedged Equity Fund
Laudus International MarketMasters Fund Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund
Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund

SCHWAB ANNUITY PORTFOLIOS

Schwab Money Market Portfolio

32.


STATE STREET SCHEDULE A
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS

COUNTRY                    SUBCUSTODIAN
Argentina                  Citibank, N.A.

Australia                  Westpac Banking Corporation

                           Citibank Pty. Limited

Austria                    Erste Bank der Osterreichischen Sparkassen AG

Bahrain                    HSBC Bank Middle East
                           (as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Bangladesh                 Standard Chartered Bank

Belgium                    BNP Paribas Securities Services, S.A.

Benin                      via Societe Generale de Banques en Cote d'Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Bermuda                    The Bank of Bermuda Limited

Botswana                   Barclays Bank of Botswana Limited

Brazil                     Citibank, N.A.

Bulgaria                   ING Bank N.V.

Burkina Faso               via Societe Generale de Banques en Cote d'Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Canada                     State Street Trust Company Canada

Cayman Islands             Scotiabank & Trust (Cayman) Limited

Chile                      BankBoston, N.A.

People's Republic          The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited,
of China                   Shanghai and Shenzhen branches

1

STATE STREET SCHEDULE A
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS

COUNTRY                    SUBCUSTODIAN
Colombia                   Cititrust Colombia S.A. Sociedad Fiduciaria

Costa Rica                 Banco BCT S.A.

Croatia                    Privredna Banka Zagreb d.d

Cyprus                     Cyprus Popular Bank Ltd.

Czech Republic             Ceskoslovenska Obchodni Banka, A.S.

Denmark                    Danske Bank A/S

Ecuador                    Banco de la Produccion S.A.

Egypt                      HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E.
                           (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Estonia                    AS Hansabank

Finland                    Nordea Bank Finland Plc.

France                     BNP Paribas Securities Services, S.A.

                           Deutsche Bank AG, Netherlands (operating through its Paris branch)

Germany                    Deutsche Bank AG

Ghana                      Barclays Bank of Ghana Limited

Greece                     National Bank of Greece S.A.

2

STATE STREET SCHEDULE A
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS

COUNTRY                    SUBCUSTODIAN
Guinea-Bissau              via Societe Generale de Banques en Cote d'Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Hong Kong                  Standard Chartered Bank (Hong Kong) Limited

Hungary                    HVB Bank Hungary Rt.

Iceland                    Kaupthing Bank hf.

India                      Deutsche Bank AG

                           The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Indonesia                  Deutsche Bank AG

Ireland                    Bank of Ireland

Israel                     Bank Hapoalim B.M.

Italy                      BNP Paribas Securities Services, S.A.

Ivory Coast                Societe Generale de Banques en Cote d'Ivoire

Jamaica                    Bank of Nova Scotia Jamaica Ltd.

Japan                      Mizuho Corporate Bank Ltd.

                           Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

Jordan                     HSBC Bank Middle East
                           (as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Kazakhstan                 HSBC Bank Kazakhstan
                           (as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

3

STATE STREET SCHEDULE A
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS

COUNTRY                    SUBCUSTODIAN
Kenya                      Barclays Bank of Kenya Limited

Republic of Korea          Deutsche Bank AG

                           The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Latvia                     A/s Hansabanka

Lebanon                    HSBC Bank Middle East
                           (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Lithuania                  SEB Vilniaus Bankas AB

Malaysia                   Standard Chartered Bank Malaysia Berhad

Mali                       via Societe Generale de Banques en Cote d'Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Malta                      HSBC Bank Malta Plc.

Mauritius                  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Mexico                     Banco Nacional de Mexico S.A.

Morocco                    Attijariwafa bank

Namibia                    Standard Bank Namibia Limited               -

Netherlands                Deutsche Bank N.V.

                           KAS BANK N.V.

New Zealand                Westpac Banking Corporation

4

STATE STREET SCHEDULE A
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS

COUNTRY                    SUBCUSTODIAN
Niger                      via Societe Generale de Banques en Cote d'Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Nigeria                    Stanbic Bank Nigeria Limited

Norway                     Nordea Bank Norge ASA

Oman                       HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
                           (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Pakistan                   Deutsche Bank AG

Palestine                  HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
                           (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Panama                     HSBC Bank (Panama) S.A.

Peru                       Citibank del Peru, S.A.

Philippines                Standard Chartered Bank

Poland                     Bank Handlowy w Warszawie S.A.

Portugal                   Banco Comercial Portugues S.A.

Puerto Rico                Citibank N.A.

Qatar                      HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
                           (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Romania                    ING Bank N.V.

Russia                     ING Bank (Eurasia) ZAO, Moscow

5

STATE STREET SCHEDULE A
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS

COUNTRY                    SUBCUSTODIAN
Senegal                    via Societe Generale de Banques en Cote d'Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Serbia                     HVB Bank Serbia and Montenegro a.d.

Singapore                  DBS Bank Limited

                           United Overseas Bank Limited

Slovak Republic            Ceskoslovenska Obchodni Banka, A.S., pobocka zahranicnej banky v SR

Slovenia                   Bank Austria Creditanstalt d.d. - Ljubljana

South Africa               Nedcor Bank Limited

                           Standard Bank of South Africa Limited

Spain                      Santander Central Hispano Investment S.A.

Sri Lanka                  The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Swaziland                  Standard Bank Swaziland Limited

Sweden                     Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB

Switzerland                UBS AG

Taiwan - R.O.C.            Central Trust of China

Thailand                   Standard Chartered Bank

Togo                       via Societe Generale de Banques en Cote d'Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

6

STATE STREET SCHEDULE A
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
SUBCUSTODIANS

COUNTRY                    SUBCUSTODIAN
Trinidad & Tobago          Republic Bank Limited

Tunisia                    Banque Internationale Arabe de Tunisie

Turkey                     Citibank, A.S.

Uganda                     Barclays Bank of Uganda Limited

Ukraine                    ING Bank Ukraine

United Arab Emirates       HSBC Bank Middle East Limited
                           (as delegate of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

United Kingdom             State Street Bank and Trust Company, United Kingdom Branch

Uruguay                    BankBoston, N.A.

Venezuela                  Citibank, N.A.

Vietnam                    The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Zambia                     Barclays Bank of Zambia Plc.

Zimbabwe                   Barclays Bank of Zimbabwe Limited

7

STATE STREET SCHEDULE B
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS

COUNTRY                    DEPOSITORIES
Argentina                  Caja de Valores S.A.

Australia                  Austraclear Limited

Austria                    Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG
                           (Wertpapiersammelbank Division)

Bahrain                    Clearing, Settlement, and Depository System of the Bahrain Stock Exchange

Bangladesh                 Central Depository Bangladesh Limited

Belgium                    Banque Nationale de Belgique

                           Caisse Interprofessionnelle de Depots et de Virements de Titres, S.A.

Benin                      Depositaire Central - Banque de Reglement

Bermuda                    Bermuda Securities Depository

Brazil                     Central de Custodia e de Liquidacao Financeira de Titulos Privados (CETIP)

                           Companhia Brasileira de Liquidacao e Custodia

                           Sistema Especial de Liquidacao e de Custodia (SELIC)

Bulgaria                   Bulgarian National Bank

                           Central Depository AD

Burkina Faso               Depositaire Central - Banque de Reglement

Canada                     The Canadian Depository for Securities Limited

Chile                      Deposito Central de Valores S.A.

1

STATE STREET SCHEDULE B
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS

COUNTRY                    DEPOSITORIES
People's Republic          China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited
of China                   Shanghai Branch

                           China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited
                           Shenzhen Branch

Colombia                   Deposito Central de Valores

                           Deposito Centralizado de Valores de Colombia S..A. (DECEVAL)

Costa Rica                 Central de Valores S.A.

Croatia                    Sredisnja Depozitarna Agencija d.d.

Cyprus                     Central Depository and Central Registry

Czech Republic             Czech National Bank

                           Stredisko cennych papiru - Ceska republika

Denmark                    Vaerdipapircentralen (Danish Securities Center)

Egypt                      Misr for Clearing, Settlement, and Depository S.A.E.

Estonia                    AS Eesti Vaartpaberikeskus

Finland                    Suomen Arvopaperikeskus

France                     Euroclear France

Germany                    Clearstream Banking AG, Frankfurt

Greece                     Apothetirion Titlon AE - Central Securities Depository

2

STATE STREET SCHEDULE B
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS

COUNTRY                    DEPOSITORIES
                           Bank of Greece,
                           System for Monitoring Transactions in Securities in Book-Entry Form

Guinea-Bissau              Depositaire Central - Banque de Reglement

Hong Kong                  Central Moneymarkets Unit

                           Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited

Hungary                    Kozponti Elszamolohaz es Ertektar (Budapest) Rt. (KELER)

Iceland                    Icelandic Securities Depository Limited

India                      Central Depository Services (India) Limited

                           National Securities Depository Limited

                           Reserve Bank of India

Indonesia                  Bank Indonesia

                           PT Kustodian Sentral Efek Indonesia

Israel                     Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Clearing House Ltd. (TASE Clearinghouse)

Italy                      Monte Titoli S.p.A.

Ivory Coast                Depositaire Central - Banque de Reglement

Jamaica                    Jamaica Central Securities Depository

Japan                      Bank of Japan  - Net System

                           Japan Securities Depository Center (JASDEC) Incorporated

3

STATE STREET SCHEDULE B
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS

COUNTRY                    DEPOSITORIES
Jordan                     Securities Depository Center

Kazakhstan                 Central Securities Depository

Kenya                      Central Depository and Settlement Corporation Limited

                           Central Bank of Kenya

Republic of Korea          Korea Securities Depository

Latvia                     Latvian Central Depository

Lebanon                    Banque du Liban

                           Custodian and Clearing Center of Financial Instruments for Lebanon
                           and the Middle East (Midclear) S.A.L.

Lithuania                  Central Securities Depository of Lithuania

Malaysia                   Bank Negara Malaysia

                           Bursa Malaysia Depository Sdn. Bhd.

Mali                       Depositaire Central - Banque de Reglement

Malta                      Central Securities Depository of the Malta Stock Exchange

Mauritius                  Bank of Mauritius

                           Central Depository and Settlement Co. Ltd.

Mexico                     S.D. Indeval, S.A. de C.V.

Morocco                    Maroclear

4

STATE STREET SCHEDULE B
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS

COUNTRY                    DEPOSITORIES
Namibia                    Bank of Namibia

Netherlands                Euroclear Nederland

New Zealand                New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited

Niger                      Depositaire Central - Banque de Reglement

Nigeria                    Central Securities Clearing System Limited

Norway                     Verdipapirsentralen (Norwegian Central Securities Depository)

Oman                       Muscat Depository & Securities Registration Company, SAOC

Pakistan                   Central Depository Company of Pakistan Limited

                           State Bank of Pakistan

Palestine                  Clearing, Depository and Settlement, a department of the Palestine
                           Stock Exchange

Panama                     Central Latinoamericana de Valores, S.A. (LatinClear)

Peru                       Caja de Valores y Liquidaciones, Institucion de
                           Compensacion y Liquidacion de Valores S.A

Philippines                Philippine Central Depository, Inc.

                           Registry of Scripless Securities (ROSS) of the Bureau of Treasury

Poland                     Rejestr Papierow Wartooeciowych

                           Krajowy Depozyt Papierow Wartosciowych S.A.

5

STATE STREET SCHEDULE B
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS

COUNTRY                    DEPOSITORIES
Portugal                   INTERBOLSA - Sociedade Gestora de Sistemas de Liquidacao e de Sistemas
                           Centralizados de Valores Mobiliarios, S.A.

Qatar                      Central Clearing and Registration (CCR), a
                           department of the Doha Securities Market

Romania                    Bucharest Stock Exchange Registry Division

                           National Bank of Romania

                           National Securities Clearing, Settlement and Depository Company

Russia                     Vneshtorgbank, Bank for Foreign Trade of the Russian Federation

Senegal                    Depositaire Central - Banque de Reglement

Serbia                     Central Registrar and Central Depository for Securities

Singapore                  The Central Depository (Pte) Limited

                           Monetary Authority of Singapore

Slovak Republic            Naodna banka slovenska

                           Centralny depozitar cennych papierov SR, a.s.

Slovenia                   KDD - Centralna klirinsko depotna druzba d.d.

South Africa               Share Transactions Totally Electronic (STRATE) Ltd.

Spain                      IBERCLEAR

Sri Lanka                  Central Depository System (Pvt) Limited

6

STATE STREET SCHEDULE B
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS

COUNTRY                    DEPOSITORIES
Sweden                     Vardepapperscentralen  VPC AB
                           (Swedish Central Securities Depository)

Switzerland                SegaIntersettle AG (SIS)

Taiwan - R.O.C.            Taiwan Securities Central Depository Company Limited

Thailand                   Bank of Thailand

                           Thailand Securities Depository Company Limited

Togo                       Depositaire Central - Banque de Reglement

Trinidad and Tobago        Trinidad and Tobago Central Bank

Tunisia                    Societe Tunisienne Interprofessionelle pour la Compensation
                           et de Depots des Valeurs Mobilieres (STICODEVAM)

Turkey                     Central Bank of Turkey

                           Takas ve Saklama Bankasi A.S. (TAKASBANK)

Uganda                     Bank of Uganda

Ukraine                    Mizhregionalny Fondovy Souz

                           National Bank of Ukraine

United Arab Emirates       Clearing and Depository System,
                           a department of the Dubai Financial Market

United Kingdom             CrestCo.

Uruguay                    Banco Central del Uruguay

7

STATE STREET SCHEDULE B
GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK
DEPOSITORIES OPERATING IN NETWORK MARKETS

COUNTRY                    DEPOSITORIES
Venezuela                  Banco Central de Venezuela

                           Caja Venezolana de Valores

Vietnam                    Securities Registration, Clearing and Settlement,
                           Depository Department of the Securities Trading Center

Zambia                     Bank of Zambia

                           LuSE Central Shares Depository Limited

TRANSNATIONAL

Euroclear

Clearstream Banking, S.A.

8

SCHEDULE C

MARKET INFORMATION

PUBLICATION/TYPE OF INFORMATION                      BRIEF DESCRIPTION
(scheduled frequency)

The Guide to Custody in World Markets       An overview of settlement and safekeeping procedures, custody practices and foreign
(hardcopy annually and regular              investor considerations for the markets in which State Street offers custodial services.
website updates)

Global Custody Network Review               Information relating to Foreign Sub-Custodians in State Street's Global Custody Network.
(annually)                                  The Review stands as an integral part of the materials that State Street provides to its
                                            U.S. mutual fund clients to assist them in complying with SEC Rule 17f-5. The Review
                                            also gives insight into State Street's market expansion and Foreign Sub-Custodian
                                            selection processes, as well as the procedures and controls used to monitor the
                                            financial condition and performance of our Foreign Sub-Custodian banks.

Securities Depository Review                Custody risk analyses of the Foreign Securities Depositories presently operating in
(annually)                                  Network markets. This publication is an integral part of the materials that State Street
                                            provides to its U.S. mutual fund clients to meet informational obligations created by
                                            SEC Rule 17f-7.

Global Legal Survey                         With respect to each market in which State Street offers custodial services, opinions
(annually)                                  relating to whether local law restricts (i) access of a fund's independent public
                                            accountants to books and records of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities
                                            System, (ii) a fund's ability to recover in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of a
                                            Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System, (iii) a fund's ability to recover in
                                            the event of a loss by a Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System, and (iv)
                                            the ability of a foreign investor to convert cash and cash equivalents to U.S. dollars.

Subcustodian Agreements                     Copies of the contracts that State Street has entered into with each Foreign
(annually)                                  Sub-Custodian that maintains U.S. mutual fund assets in the markets in which State
                                            Street offers custodial services.

Global Market Bulletin                      Information on changing settlement and custody conditions in markets where State Street
(daily or as necessary)                     offers custodial services.


                                            Includes changes in market and tax regulations, depository developments,
                                            dematerialization information, as well as other market changes that may impact
                                            State Street's clients.


Foreign Custody Advisories                  For those markets where State Street offers custodial services that exhibit special
(as necessary)                              risks or infrastructures impacting custody, State Street issues market advisories to
                                            highlight those unique market factors which might impact our ability to offer recognized
                                            custody service levels.

Material Change Notices                     Informational letters and accompanying materials confirming State Street's foreign
(presently on a quarterly                   custody arrangements, including a summary of material changes with Foreign
basis or as otherwise necessary)            Sub-Custodians that have occurred during the previous quarter. The notices also identify
                                            any material changes in the custodial risks associated with maintaining assets with
                                            Foreign Securities Depositories.


[STATE STREET LOGO]
FUNDS TRANSFER ADDENDUM

OPERATING GUIDELINES

1. OBLIGATION OF THE SENDER: State Street is authorized to promptly debit Client's account(s) upon the receipt of a payment order in compliance with the selected Security Procedure chosen for funds transfer and in the amount of money that State Street has been instructed to transfer. State Street shall execute payment orders in compliance with the Security Procedure and with the Client's instructions on the execution date provided that such payment order is received by the customary deadline for processing such a request, unless the payment order specifies a later time. All payment orders and communications received after this time will be deemed to have been received on the next business day.

2. SECURITY PROCEDURE: The Client acknowledges that the Security Procedure it has designated on the Selection Form was selected by the Client from Security Procedures offered by State Street. The Client agrees that the Security Procedures are reasonable and adequate for its wire transfer transactions and agrees to be bound by any payment orders, amendments and cancellations, whether or not authorized, issued in its name and accepted by State Street after being confirmed by any of the selected Security Procedures. The Client also agrees to be bound by any other valid and authorized payment order accepted by State Street. The Client shall restrict access to confidential information relating to the Security Procedure to authorized persons as communicated in writing to State Street. The Client must notify State Street immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such information or of any change in the Client's authorized personnel. State Street shall verify the authenticity of all instructions according to the Security Procedure.

3. ACCOUNT NUMBERS: State Street shall process all payment orders on the basis of the account number contained in the payment order. In the event of a discrepancy between any name indicated on the payment order and the account number, the account number shall take precedence and govern. Financial institutions that receive payment orders initiated by State Street at the instruction of the Client may also process payment orders on the basis of account numbers, regardless of any name included in the payment order. State Street will also rely on any financial institution identification numbers included in any payment order, regardless of any financial institution name included in the payment order.

4. REJECTION: State Street reserves the right to decline to process or delay the processing of a payment order which (a) is in excess of the collected balance in the account to be charged at the time of State Street's receipt of such payment order; (b) if initiating such payment order would cause State Street, in State Street's sole judgment, to exceed any volume, aggregate dollar, network, time, credit or similar limits upon wire transfers which are applicable to State Street; or (c) if State Street, in good faith, is unable to satisfy itself that the transaction has been properly authorized.

5. CANCELLATION OR AMENDMENT: State Street shall use reasonable efforts to act on all authorized requests to cancel or amend payment orders received in compliance with the Security Procedure provided that such requests are received in a timely manner affording State Street reasonable opportunity to act. However, State Street assumes no liability if the request for amendment or cancellation cannot be satisfied.

6. ERRORS: State Street shall assume no responsibility for failure to detect any erroneous payment order provided that State Street complies with the payment order instructions as received and State Street complies with the Security Procedure. The Security Procedure is established for the purpose of authenticating payment orders only and not for the detection of errors in payment orders.

7. INTEREST AND LIABILITY LIMITS: State Street shall assume no responsibility for lost interest with respect to the refundable amount of any unauthorized payment order, unless State Street is notified of the unauthorized payment order within thirty (30) days of notification by State Street of the acceptance of such payment order. In no event shall State Street be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages, even if advised of the possibility of such damages and even for failure to execute a payment order.

8. AUTOMATED CLEARING HOUSE ("ACH") CREDIT ENTRIES/PROVISIONAL PAYMENTS: When a Client initiates or receives ACH credit and debit entries pursuant to these Guidelines and the rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association and the New England Clearing House Association, State Street will act as an Originating Depository Financial Institution and/or Receiving Depository Institution, as the case may be, with respect to such entries. Credits given by State Street with respect to an ACH credit entry are provisional until State Street receives final settlement for such entry from the Federal Reserve Bank. If State Street does not receive such final settlement, the Client agrees that State Street shall receive a refund of the amount credited to the Client in connection with such entry, and the party making payment to the Client via such entry shall not be deemed to have paid the amount of the entry.

9. CONFIRMATION STATEMENTS: Confirmation of State Street's execution of payment orders shall ordinarily be provided within 24 hours. Notice may be delivered through State Street's proprietary information systems, such as, but not limited to Horizon and GlobalQuest(R), account statements, advises, or by facsimile or callback. The Client must report any objections to the execution of a payment order within 30 days.


[STATE STREET LOGO]
FUNDS TRANSFER ADDENDUM

10. LIABILITY ON FOREIGN ACCOUNTS: State Street shall not be required to repay any deposit made at a non-U.S. branch of State Street, or any deposit made with State Street and denominated in a non-U.S. dollar currency, if repayment of such deposit or the use of assets denominated in the non-U.S. dollar currency is prevented, prohibited or otherwise blocked due to: (a) an act of war, insurrection or civil strife; (b) any action by a non-U.S. government or instrumentality or authority asserting governmental, military or police power of any kind, whether such authority be recognized as a defacto or a dejure government, or by any entity, political or revolutionary movement or otherwise that usurps, supervenes or otherwise materially impairs the normal operation of civil authority; or (c) the closure of a non-U.S. branch of State Street in order to prevent, in the reasonable judgment of State Street, harm to the employees or property of State Street. The obligation to repay any such deposit shall not be transferred to and may not be enforced against any other branch of State Street.

The foregoing provisions constitute the disclosure required by Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 167D, Section 36.

While State Street is not obligated to repay any deposit made at a non-U.S. branch or any deposit denominated in a non-U.S. currency during the period in which its repayment has been prevented, prohibited or otherwise blocked, State Street will repay such deposit when and if all circumstances preventing, prohibiting or otherwise blocking repayment cease to exist.

11. MISCELLANEOUS: State Street and the Client agree to cooperate to attempt to recover any funds erroneously paid to the wrong party or parties, regardless of any fault of State Street or the Client, but the party responsible for the erroneous payment shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in trying to effect such recovery. These Guidelines may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by the parties.


[STATE STREET LOGO]
FUNDS TRANSFER ADDENDUM

Security Procedure(s) Selection Form

Please select one or more of the funds transfer security procedures indicated below.

[ ]SWIFT
SWIFT (Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication) is a cooperative society owned and operated by member financial institutions that provides telecommunication services for its membership. Participation is limited to securities brokers and dealers, clearing and depository institutions, recognized exchanges for securities, and investment management institutions. SWIFT provides a number of security features through encryption and authentication to protect against unauthorized access, loss or wrong delivery of messages, transmission errors, loss of confidentiality and fraudulent changes to messages. SWIFT is considered to be one of the most secure and efficient networks for the delivery of funds transfer instructions.

Selection of this security procedure would be most appropriate for existing SWIFT members.

[ ]STANDING INSTRUCTIONS
Standing Instructions may be used where funds are transferred to a broker on the Client's established list of brokers with which it engages in foreign exchange transactions. Only the date, the currency and the currency amount are variable. In order to establish this procedure, State Street will send to the Client a list of the brokers that State Street has determined are used by the Client. The Client will confirm the list in writing, and State Street will verify the written confirmation by telephone. Standing Instructions will be subject to a mutually agreed upon limit. If the payment order exceeds the established limit, the Standing Instruction will be confirmed by telephone prior to execution.

[ ]REMOTE BATCH TRANSMISSION
Wire transfer instructions are delivered via Computer-to-Computer (CPU-CPU) data communications between the Client and State Street. Security procedures include encryption and or the use of a test key by those individuals authorized as Automated Batch Verifiers.

Clients selecting this option should have an existing facility for completing CPU-CPU transmissions. This delivery mechanism is typically used for high-volume business.

[ ]GLOBAL HORIZON INTERCHANGE SM FUNDS TRANSFER SERVICE
Global Horizon Interchange Funds Transfer Service (FTS) is a State Street proprietary microcomputer-based wire initiation system. FTS enables Clients to electronically transmit authenticated Fedwire, CHIPS or internal book transfer instructions to State Street.

This delivery mechanism is most appropriate for Clients with a low-to-medium number of transactions (5-75 per day), allowing Clients to enter, batch, and review wire transfer instructions on their PC prior to release to State Street.

[ ]TELEPHONE CONFIRMATION (CALLBACK)
Telephone confirmation will be used to verify all non-repetitive funds transfer instructions received via untested facsimile or phone. This procedure requires Clients to designate individuals as authorized initiators and authorized verifiers. State Street will verify that the instruction contains the signature of an authorized person and prior to execution, will contact someone other than the originator at the Client's location to authenticate the instruction.

Selection of this alternative is appropriate for Clients who do not have the capability to use other security procedures.

[ ]REPETITIVE WIRES
For situations where funds are transferred periodically (minimum of one instruction per calendar quarter) from an existing authorized account to the same payee (destination bank and account number) and only the date and currency amount are variable, a repetitive wire may be implemented. Repetitive wires will be subject to a mutually agreed upon limit. If the payment order exceeds the established limit, the instruction will be confirmed by telephone prior to execution. Telephone confirmation is used to establish this process. Repetitive wire instructions must be reconfirmed annually.

This alternative is recommended whenever funds are frequently transferred between the same two accounts.

[ ]TRANSFERS INITIATED BY FACSIMILE
The Client faxes wire transfer instructions directly to State Street Mutual Fund Services. Standard security procedure requires the use of a random number test key for all transfers. Every six months the Client receives test key logs from State Street. The test key contains alpha-numeric characters, which the Client puts on each document faxed to State Street. This procedure ensures all wire instructions received via fax are authorized by the Client.

We provide this option for Clients who wish to batch wire instructions and transmit these as a group to State Street Mutual Fund Services once or several times a day.


[STATE STREET LOGO]
FUNDS TRANSFER ADDENDUM

[ ]AUTOMATED CLEARING HOUSE (ACH)
State Street receives an automated transmission or a magnetic tape from a Client for the initiation of payment (credit) or collection (debit) transactions through the ACH network. The transactions contained on each transmission or tape must be authenticated by the Client. Clients using ACH must select one or more of the following delivery options:

[ ]GLOBAL HORIZON INTERCHANGE AUTOMATED CLEARING HOUSE SERVICE
Transactions are created on a microcomputer, assembled into batches and delivered to State Street via fully authenticated electronic transmissions in standard NACHA formats.

[ ]Transmission from Client PC to State Street Mainframe with Telephone Callback

[ ]Transmission from Client Mainframe to State Street Mainframe with Telephone Callback

[ ]Transmission from DST Systems to State Street Mainframe with Encryption

[ ]Magnetic Tape Delivered to State Street with Telephone Callback

State Street is hereby instructed to accept funds transfer instructions only via the delivery methods and security procedures indicated. The selected delivery methods and security procedure(s) will be effective for payment orders initiated by our organization.

KEY CONTACT INFORMATION

Whom shall we contact to implement your selection(s)?

CLIENT OPERATIONS CONTACT                              ALTERNATE CONTACT


----------------------------------            ----------------------------------
             Name                                             Name


----------------------------------            ----------------------------------
            Address                                          Address


----------------------------------            ----------------------------------
       City/State/Zip Code                            City/State/Zip Code


----------------------------------            ----------------------------------
        Telephone Number                               Telephone Number


----------------------------------            ----------------------------------
        Facsimile Number                               Facsimile Number


----------------------------------
         SWIFT Number


----------------------------------
         Telex Number


INSTRUCTION(S)

TELEPHONE CONFIRMATION

FUND

INVESTMENT ADVISER CHARLES SCHWAB INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

AUTHORIZED INITIATORS
Please Type or Print

Please provide a listing of Fund officers or other individuals who are currently authorized to INITIATE wire transfer instructions to State Street:

NAME                         TITLE (Specify whether       SPECIMEN SIGNATURE
                             position is with Fund
                             or Investment Adviser)


----------------------       ----------------------       ----------------------

----------------------       ----------------------       ----------------------

----------------------       ----------------------       ----------------------

----------------------       ----------------------       ----------------------

----------------------       ----------------------       ----------------------

AUTHORIZED VERIFIERS
Please Type or Print

Please provide a listing of Fund officers or other individuals who will be CALLED BACK to verify the initiation of repetitive wires of $10 million or more and all non-repetitive wire instructions:

NAME                       CALLBACK PHONE NUMBER      DOLLAR LIMITATION (IF ANY)

----------------------     ----------------------     --------------------------

----------------------     ----------------------     --------------------------

----------------------     ----------------------     --------------------------

----------------------     ----------------------     --------------------------

----------------------     ----------------------     --------------------------


REMOTE ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM
TO
MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

ADDENDUM to that certain Master Custodian Agreement dated as of October 1, 2005 (the "Custodian Agreement") by and among each management investment company identified on Appendix A thereto and made subject thereto pursuant to Section 18.5 thereof (each, a "Customer") and State Street Bank and Trust Company, including its subsidiaries and affiliates ("State Street").

State Street has developed and utilizes proprietary accounting and other systems in conjunction with the services which State Street provides to the Customer. In this regard, State Street maintains certain information in databases under its control and ownership which it makes available to its customers (the "Remote Access Services").

THE SERVICES

State Street agrees to provide the Customer, and its designated investment advisors, consultants or other third parties authorized by State Street ("Authorized Designees") with access to In~Sight SM as described in Exhibit A or such other systems as may be offered from time to time (the "System") on a remote basis.

SECURITY PROCEDURES

The Customer agrees to comply, and to cause its Authorized Designees to comply, with remote access operating standards and procedures and with user identification or other password control requirements and other security procedures as may be issued from time to time by State Street for use of the System and access to the Remote Access Services. The Customer agrees to advise State Street immediately in the event that it learns or has reason to believe that any person to whom it has given access to the System or the Remote Access Services has violated or intends to violate the terms of this Addendum and the Customer will cooperate with State Street in seeking injunctive or other equitable relief. The Customer agrees to discontinue use of the System and Remote Access Services, if requested, for any security reasons cited by State Street.

FEES

Fees and charges for the use of the System and the Remote Access Services and related payment terms shall be as set forth in the fee schedule in effect from time to time between the parties. The Customer shall be responsible for any tariffs, duties or taxes imposed or levied by any government or governmental agency by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Addendum, including, without limitation, federal, state and local taxes, use, value added and personal property taxes (other than income, franchise or similar taxes which may be imposed or assessed against State Street). Any claimed exemption from such tariffs, duties or taxes shall be supported by proper documentary evidence delivered to State Street.

Proprietary Information/Injunctive Relief

The System and Remote Access Services described herein and the databases, computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design techniques, formulae, processes, systems, software, know-how, algorithms, programs, training aids, printed materials, methods, books, records, files, documentation and other information made available to the Customer by State Street as part of the Remote Access Services and through the use of the System and all copyrights, patents, trade secrets and other proprietary rights of State Street related thereto are the exclusive,

xv

valuable and confidential property of State Street and its relevant licensors (the "Proprietary Information"). The Customer agrees on behalf of itself and its Authorized Designees to keep the Proprietary Information confidential and to limit access to its employees and Authorized Designees (under a similar duty of confidentiality) who require access to the System for the purposes intended. The foregoing shall not apply to Proprietary Information in the public domain or required by law to be made public.

The Customer agrees to use the Remote Access Services only in connection with the proper purposes of this Addendum. The Customer will not, and will cause its employees and Authorized Designees not to, (i) permit any third party to use the System or the Remote Access Services, (ii) sell, rent, license or otherwise use the System or the Remote Access Services in the operation of a service bureau or for any purpose other than as expressly authorized under this Addendum, (iii) use the System or the Remote Access Services for any fund, trust or other investment vehicle without the prior written consent of State Street, or (iv) allow or cause any information transmitted from State Street's databases, including data from third party sources, available through use of the System or the Remote Access Services, to be published, redistributed or retransmitted for other than use for or on behalf of the Customer, as State Street's customer.

The Customer agrees that neither it nor its Authorized Designees will modify the System in any way; enhance or otherwise create derivative works based upon the System, nor will your or your Authorized Designees reverse engineer, decompile or otherwise attempt to secure the source code for all or any part of the System.

The Customer acknowledges that the disclosure of any Proprietary Information, or of any information which at law or equity ought to remain confidential, will immediately give rise to continuing irreparable injury to State Street inadequately compensable in damages at law and that State Street shall be entitled to obtain immediate injunctive relief against the breach or threatened breach of any of the foregoing undertakings, in addition to any other legal remedies which may be available.

Limited Warranties

State Street represents and warrants that it is the owner of and has the right to grant access to the System and to provide the Remote Access Services contemplated herein. Because of the nature of computer information technology including, but not limited to, the use of the Internet, and the necessity of relying upon third party sources, and data and pricing information obtained from third parties, the System and Remote Access Services are provided "AS IS", and the Customer and its Authorized Designees shall be solely responsible for the investment decisions, results obtained, regulatory reports and statements produced using the Remote Access Services. Except with respect to its obligations with respect to infringement hereunder, State Street will not be liable to the Customer or its Authorized Designees for any direct damages arising out of or in any way connected with the System or the Remote Access Services. State Street and its relevant licensors will not be liable to the Customer or its Authorized Designees for any indirect, special, incidental, punitive or consequential damages arising out of or in any way connected with the System or the Remote Access Services. Neither party shall be responsible for delays or nonperformance under this Addendum arising out of any cause or event beyond such party's control.

State Street will take reasonable steps to ensure that its products (and those of its third-party suppliers) reflect the available state of the art technology to offer products that are Year 2000 compliant, including, but not limited to, century recognition of dates, calculations that correctly compute same century and multi century formulas and date values, and interface values that reflect the date issues arising between now and December 31, 2099, and if any

xvi

changes are required, State Street will make the changes to its products at no cost to you and in a commercially reasonable time frame and will require third-party suppliers to do likewise. The Customer will do likewise for its systems.

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS ADDENDUM, STATE STREET, FOR ITSELF AND ITS RELEVANT LICENSORS, EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE SYSTEM AND THE SERVICES TO BE RENDERED HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Infringement

State Street will defend the Customer or, at our option, settle any claim or action brought against the Customer to the extent that it is based upon an assertion that access to the System or use of the Remote Access Services by the Customer under this Addendum constitutes direct infringement of any patent or copyright or misappropriation of a trade secret, and will hold the Customer harmless from any direct damages incurred by the Customer and resulting from any such action relating to proprietary intellectual property of State Street, provided that, in any such event, the Customer notifies State Street promptly in writing of any such claim or proceeding and cooperates with State Street in the defense of such claim or proceeding. Should the System or the Remote Access Services or any part thereof become, or in State Street's opinion be likely to become, the subject of a claim of infringement or the like under any applicable patent or copyright or trade secret laws, State Street shall have the right, at State Street's sole option, to (i) procure for the Customer the right to continue using the System or the Remote Access Services, (ii) replace or modify the System or the Remote Access Services so that the System or the Remote Access Services becomes noninfringing, or (iii) terminate this Addendum without further obligation. The foregoing shall be the Customer's sole remedy for any intellectual property infringement claim relating to the System or the Remote Access Services.

Termination

Either party to the Custodian Agreement may terminate this Addendum (i) for any reason by giving the other party at least one-hundred and eighty (180) days prior written notice in the case of notice of termination by State Street to the Customer or thirty (30) days notice in the case of notice from the Customer to State Street of termination, or (ii) immediately for failure of the other party to comply with any material term and condition of the Addendum by giving the other party written notice of termination. This Addendum shall in any event terminate within ninety (90) days after the termination of the Custodian Agreement. In the event of termination, the Customer will return to State Street all copies of documentation and other confidential information in its possession or in the possession of its Authorized Designees. The foregoing provisions with respect to confidentiality and infringement will survive termination for a period of three (3) years.

Miscellaneous

This Addendum and the exhibit hereto constitute the entire understanding of the parties to the Custodian Agreement with respect to access to the System and the Remote Access Services. This Addendum cannot be modified or altered except in a writing duly executed by each of State Street and the Customer and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

By its execution of the Custodian Agreement, the Customer (a) confirms to State Street that it informs all Authorized Designees of the terms of this Addendum;
(b) accepts responsibility for its and its Authorized Designees' compliance with the terms of this Addendum; and (c) indemnifies and holds State Street harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, charges, counsel fees, payments and liabilities

xvii

arising from any failure of the Customer or any of its Authorized Designees to abide by the terms of this Addendum.

xviii

EXHIBIT A
TO
REMOTE ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM

IN~SIGHT SM
System Product Description

In~Sight SM provides bilateral information delivery, interoperability, and on-line access to State Street. In~Sight SM allows users a single point of entry into State Street's diverse systems and applications. Reports and data from systems such as Investment Policy Monitor SM, Multicurrency Horizon SM, Securities Lending, Performance & Analytics and Electronic Trade Delivery can be accessed through In~Sight SM. This Internet-enabled application is designed to run from a Web browser and perform across low-speed data lines or corporate high-speed backbones. In~Sight SM also offers users a flexible toolset, including an ad-hoc query function, a custom graphics package, a report designer, and a scheduling capability. Data and reports offered through In~Sight SM will continue to increase in direct proportion with the customer roll out, as it is viewed as the information delivery system will grow with State Street's customers.

xix

Ex-(i)

1701 Market Street Morgan, Lewis Philadelphia, PA 19103-2921 & Bockius LLP 215-963-5000 Counselors at Law Fax: 215-963-5001

February 24, 2006

Schwab Capital Trust
101 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, CA 94104

Re: Opinion of Counsel regarding Post-Effective Amendment No. 79 to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 (File No. 33-62470).

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Schwab Capital Trust, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), in connection with the above-referenced Registration Statement on Form N-1A (as amended, the "Registration Statement"), which relates to the Trust's shares of beneficial interest, par value $.00001 per share (collectively, the "Shares"). This opinion is being delivered to you in connection with the Trust's filing of Post-Effective Amendment No. 79 to the Registration Statement (the "Amendment") to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") pursuant to Rule 485(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act"). With your permission, all assumptions and statements of reliance herein have been made without any independent investigation or verification on our part except to the extent otherwise expressly stated, and we express no opinion with respect to the subject matter or accuracy of such assumptions or items relied upon.

In connection with this opinion, we have reviewed, among other things, executed copies of the following documents:

(a) a certificate of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as to the existence of the Trust, which is duly authorized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts;

(b) copies of the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust and of all amendments and all supplements thereto (the "Declaration of Trust");

(c) a certificate executed by Alice L. Schulman, the Assistant Secretary of the Trust, certifying as to, and attaching copies of, the Trust's Declaration of Trust and Amended and Restated By-Laws (the "By-Laws"), and certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust authorizing the issuance of the Shares; and

(d) a printer's proof of the Amendment.


In our capacity as counsel to the Trust, we have examined the originals, or certified, conformed or reproduced copies, of all records, agreements, instruments and documents as we have deemed relevant or necessary as the basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed. In all such examinations, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons executing documents, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all original or certified copies, and the conformity to original or certified copies of all copies submitted to us as conformed or reproduced copies. As to various questions of fact relevant to such opinion, we have relied upon, and assume the accuracy of, certificates and oral or written statements of public officials and officers or representatives of the Trust. We have assumed that the Registration Statement, as filed with the SEC, will be in substantially the form of the printer's proof referred to in paragraph (d) above.

Based upon, and subject to, the limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when issued and sold in accordance with the Trust's Declaration of Trust and By-Laws, and for the consideration described in the Registration Statement, will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not concede that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

Very truly yours,

2

Ex-(j)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated December 16, 2005, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights which appears in the October 31, 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders of Schwab S&P 500 Index Fund, Schwab Institutional Select S&P 500 Fund, Schwab 1000 Index Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Index Fund, Schwab Total Stock Market Index Fund, Schwab International Index Fund, Schwab Large-Cap Growth Fund, Schwab Premier Equity Fund, Schwab Core Equity Fund, Schwab Dividend Equity Fund, Schwab Small-Cap Equity Fund, Schwab Hedged Equity Fund, Schwab Financial Services Fund, Schwab Health Care Fund, Schwab Technology Fund, Schwab Target 2010 Fund, Schwab Target 2020 Fund, Schwab Target 2030 Fund, Schwab Target 2040 Fund, Schwab Retirement Income Fund, Schwab MarketTrack All Equity Portfolio, Schwab MarketTrack Growth Portfolio, Schwab MarketTrack Balanced Portfolio, and Schwab MarketTrack Conservative Portfolio (the "Funds"), which are also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Financial Highlights" and "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
FEBRUARY 24, 2006


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N-1A of our report dated December 16, 2005, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights which appears in the October 31, 2005 Annual Report to Shareholders of Laudus U.S. MarketMasters Fund, Laudus Balanced MarketMasters Fund, Laudus Small-Cap MarketMasters Fund, and Laudus International MarketMasters Fund (the "Funds"), which are also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Financial Highlights" and "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
FEBRUARY 24, 2006


Ex-(p)(ii)

[AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS LOGO]
American Century Investments
WORKING WITH INTEGRITY...

CODE OF ETHICS

Defined terms are in BOLD ITALICS. Frequently used terms are defined in Appendix 1.

I. PURPOSE OF CODE.

The Code of Ethics was developed to guide the personal investment activities of American Century employees, officers and directors, including MEMBERS OF THEIR IMMEDIATE FAMILY. In doing so, it is intended to aid in the elimination and detection of personal securities transactions by American Century personnel that might be viewed as fraudulent or might conflict with the interests of our client portfolios. Primary among such transactions are the misuse for personal benefit of client trading information (so-called "front-running"), the misappropriation of investment opportunities that may be appropriate for investment by client portfolios, and excessive personal trading that may affect our ability to provide services to our clients.

The Directors of American Century's registered investment companies (our "Fund Clients" 1) who are not "interested persons" (the "Independent Directors") are covered under a separate Code applicable only to them.

Violations of this Code must be promptly reported to the Chief Compliance Officer.

II. WHY DO WE HAVE A CODE OF ETHICS?

A. INVESTORS HAVE PLACED THEIR TRUST IN AMERICAN CENTURY.

As an investment adviser, American Century is entrusted with the assets of our clients for investment purposes. American Century's fiduciary responsibility to place the interests of our clients before our own and to avoid even the appearance of a conflict of interest extends to all American Century employees. Persons subject to this Code must adhere to this general principle as well as comply with the Code's specific provisions. This is how we earn and keep our clients' trust. To protect this trust, we will hold ourselves to the highest ethical standards.

B. AMERICAN CENTURY WANTS TO GIVE YOU FLEXIBLE INVESTING OPTIONS.

Management believes that American Century's own mutual funds and other pooled investment vehicles provide a broad range of investment alternatives in virtually every segment of the securities market. We encourage American Century employees to use these vehicles for their personal investments. We do not encourage active trading by our employees. We recognize, however, that individual needs differ and that there are other attractive investment


1 See Schedule A for a listing of all of our Fund Clients.

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

opportunities. As a result, this Code is intended to give you and your family flexibility to invest, without jeopardizing relationships with our clients.

American Century employees are able to undertake personal transactions in stocks and other individual securities subject to the terms of this Code of Ethics. This Code of Ethics requires preclearance of all such transactions by Access, Investment, and Portfolio Persons, places further limitations on personal investments by Investment and Portfolio Persons, and requires transaction reporting by all employees.

C. FEDERAL LAW REQUIRES THAT WE HAVE A CODE OF ETHICS.

The Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 require that we have safeguards in place to prevent personal investment activities that might take inappropriate advantage of our fiduciary position. These safeguards are embodied in this Code of Ethics. 2

III. DOES THE CODE OF ETHICS APPLY TO YOU?

Yes! All American Century employees and contract personnel must observe the principles contained in the Code of Ethics. However, there are different requirements for different categories of employees. The category in which you have been placed generally depends on your job function, although unique circumstances may prompt us to place you in a different category. The range of categories is as follows:


Fewest Restrictions -----------------------------------------> Most Restrictions
NON-ACCESS PERSON ACCESS PERSON INVESTMENT PERSON PORTFOLIO PERSON

The standard profile for each of the categories is described below:

A. PORTFOLIO PERSONS.

Portfolio Persons include portfolio managers (equity or fixed income) and any other Investment Persons (as defined below) with authority to enter purchase/sale orders on behalf of the funds.

B. INVESTMENT PERSONS.

Investment Persons include

- Any SUPERVISED PERSONS that have access to nonpublic information regarding any client portfolio's securities trading, securities recommendations, or portfolio holdings or is involved in making securities recommendations that are nonpublic; and

- Any officers and directors of an INVESTMENT ADVISER.


2 Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 serve as a basis for much of what is contained in American Century's Code of Ethics.

Page 2

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

Such persons include but are not limited to investment analysts, equity traders, research and financial analyst personnel.

C. ACCESS PERSONS.

Access Persons are persons who, in connection with their regular function and duties, consistently obtain information regarding current recommendations with respect to the purchase or sale of securities or real-time trading information concerning client portfolios. Examples include:

- Persons who are directly involved in the execution, clearance, and settlement of purchases and sales of securities (e.g. certain investment accounting personnel);

- Persons whose function requires them to evaluate trading activity on a real time basis (e.g. attorneys, accountants, portfolio compliance personnel);

- Persons who assist in the design, implementation, and maintenance of investment management technology systems (e.g. certain I/T personnel);

- Support staff and supervisors of the above if they are required to obtain such information as a part of their regular function and duties; and

- An officer or "interested" director of our Fund Clients.

Single, infrequent, or inadvertent instances of access to current recommendations or real-time trading information or the opportunity to obtain such information through casual observance or bundled data security access is not sufficient to qualify you as an Access Person.

D. NON-ACCESS PERSONS.

If you are an officer, director, employee or contractor of American Century and you do not fit into any of the above categories, you are a Non-Access Person. While your trading is not subject to preclearance and other restrictions applicable to Portfolio, Investment, and Access Persons, you are still subject to the remaining provisions of the Code and are required to report to American Century certain information regarding your brokerage accounts and accounts invested in REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUNDS. 3

IV. RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL INVESTING ACTIVITIES.

A. PRINCIPLES OF PERSONAL INVESTING.

In keeping with applicable law and our high ethical standards, management of client portfolios should never be subordinated to personal gain or advantage. American Century employees, officers and directors may not misuse nonpublic information about client security holdings or portfolio transactions made or contemplated for a client for personal benefit or to cause others to benefit. Likewise, you may not cause a client portfolio to take


3 See Reporting Requirements for details on required reporting.

Page 3

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

action, or fail to take action, for personal benefit rather than the benefit of the client.

In addition, investment opportunities appropriate for the funds should not be retained for personal benefit. Investment opportunities arising as a result of American Century investment management activities must first be considered for inclusion in our client portfolios.

In undertaking their personal securities transactions, all American Century employees, officers, and directors must comply with the FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS and other governmental rules and regulations.

B. PRECLEARANCE OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.
[ACCESS, INVESTMENT, AND PORTFOLIO PERSONS]

Preclearance of personal securities transactions allows American Century to prevent certain trades that may conflict with client trading activities. The nature of securities markets makes it impossible for us to perfectly predict those conflicts. As a consequence, even trades that are precleared can result in potential conflicts between your trades and those effected for clients. You are responsible for avoiding such conflicts with any client portfolios for which you make investment recommendations. You have an obligation to American Century and its clients to avoid even a perception of a conflict of interest with respect to personal trading activities.

All Portfolio, Investment, and Access Persons must comply with the following preclearance procedures prior to entering into (i) the purchase or sale of a SECURITY for your own account or (ii) the purchase or sale of a SECURITY for an account for which you are a BENEFICIAL OWNER 4:

1. Is the SECURITY a "Code-Exempt Security"?

Check Appendix 3 to see if the SECURITY is listed as a CODE-EXEMPT SECURITY. If it is, then you may execute the transaction. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.

2. Preclear the transaction with the Legal Department's Compliance Group. 5

There are two ways to do this:

a. Use the "PTRA" routine in the CICS system and enter your request at the Personal Trade System screen.

b. If you do not have access to "PTRA," e-mail your request to "LG-PERSONAL SECURITY TRADES" (or "LG-PERSONAL_SECURITY_TRADES@AMERICANCENTURY.COM," if sending from outside American Century's Lotus Notes system), and provide the following information:

- Issuer name;


4 See Appendix 2 for an explanation of beneficial ownership.

5 If you are the Chief Investment Officer of an investment adviser, you must receive your preclearance from the General Counsel or his or her designee.

Page 4

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

- Ticker symbol or CUSIP number;

- Type of security (stock, bond, note, etc.);

- Number of shares;

- Maximum expected dollar amount of proposed transaction; and

- Nature of transaction (purchase or sale).

3. Use the "PTRB" routine in the CICS system to view the status of your trade requests.

4. If you receive PRECLEARANCE for the transaction, 6 you have five (5) business days to execute your transaction. If you do not execute your transaction within five (5) business days, you must repeat the preclearance procedure prior to undertaking the transaction.

American Century reserves the right to restrict the purchase and sale by Portfolio, Investment, and Access Persons of any security at any time. Such restrictions are imposed through the use of a Restricted List that will cause the Code of Ethics system to deny the approval of preclearance to transact in the security. Securities may be restricted for a variety of reasons including, without limitation, the possession of material nonpublic information by American Century or its employees.

C. ADDITIONAL TRADING RESTRICTIONS
[INVESTMENT AND PORTFOLIO PERSONS]

The following additional trading restrictions apply if you are an Investment or Portfolio Person:

1. Initial Public Offerings.

You may not acquire SECURITIES issued in an INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERING.

2. Private Placements.

Before you acquire any SECURITIES in a PRIVATE PLACEMENT, you must obtain approval from the Chief Investment Officer. Request for preclearance can be submitted by entering your request in PTRA and accessing the Private Placement screen (PF9 after your initials are entered) or by sending your request to "LG-PERSONAL SECURITY TRADES." You may not participate in any consideration of an investment in securities of the private placement issuer for any client portfolios while your preclearance is pending or during any period that you own, or are a BENEFICIAL OWNER of, the privately-placed security.

3. Short-Term Trading Profits.


6 See Appendix 4 for a description of the preclearance process.

Page 5

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

You may not profit from any purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities other than CODE-EXEMPT SECURITIES within sixty (60) calendar days.

D. SEVEN-DAY BLACKOUT PERIOD
[PORTFOLIO PERSONS]

If you are a Portfolio Person, you may not purchase or sell a SECURITY other than a CODE-EXEMPT SECURITY within seven (7) calendar days before and after it has been traded as a part of a client portfolio that you manage.

E. TRADING ON INSIDE INFORMATION
[ALL EMPLOYEES]

As you are aware, federal law prohibits you from trading based on material nonpublic information received from any source or communicating this information to others. This includes any confidential information that may be obtained by American Century employees regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling specific SECURITIES on behalf of clients. You are expected to abide by the highest ethical and legal standards in conducting your personal investment activities. For more information regarding what to do when you believe you are in possession of material nonpublic information, please consult American Century's INSIDER TRADING POLICY.

F. TRADING IN AMERICAN CENTURY MUTUAL FUNDS
[ALL EMPLOYEES]

Excessive, short-term trading of American Century client portfolios and other abusive trading practices (such as time zone arbitrage) may disrupt portfolio management strategies and harm fund performance. These practices can cause funds to maintain higher-than-normal cash balances and incur increased trading costs. Short-term and other abusive trading strategies can also cause unjust dilution of shareholder value if such trading is based on information not accurately reflected in the price of the fund.

You may not engage in short-term trading or other abusive trading strategies with respect to any American Century client portfolio. For purposes of this Code, American Century client portfolios include any mutual fund, variable annuity, institutional, or other account advised or subadvised by American Century. 7

Five-Day Holding Period. You will be deemed to have engaged in short-term trading if you have purchased shares or otherwise invested in a variable-priced (i.e., non-money market) American Century client portfolio (whether directly or through a brokerage, retirement plan, or other intermediary) and redeem shares or otherwise withdraw assets from that portfolio within five (5) business days. In other words, if you make an investment in an American Century fund, you may not redeem shares from that fund before the completion of the fifth (5th) business day following the purchase date.


7 See Schedule A for a list of Fund Clients. See Schedule B for a list of
SUBADVISED FUNDS.

Page 6

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

Limited Trading Within 30 Days. We realize that abusive trading is not limited to a 5-day window. As a result, persons subject to this Code of Ethics are also limited to having not more than two (2) instances during any 12-month period of purchasing shares or otherwise investing in any variable-priced American Century client portfolio (whether directly or through a brokerage, retirement plan, or other intermediary) and redeeming shares or otherwise withdrawing assets from that portfolio within 30 calendar days. In other words, persons subject to this Code are limited during any 12-month period to not more than two (2) round trips (i.e., a purchase and sale) in all American Century funds within 30 calendar days.

One round trip within 30 calendar days will subject that trade to scrutiny to determine whether the trade was abusive. Two round trips will receive additional scrutiny. Three or more round trips will be considered a violation.

Transactions Subject to Limitations. These trading restrictions are applicable to any account for which you have the authority to direct trades or of which you are a BENEFICIAL OWNER. Automatic investments such as AMIs, dividend reinvestments, employer plan contributions, and payroll deductions are not considered transactions for purposes of commencing the 5- and 30-day holding requirements. Check writing redemptions in a variable-priced fund will not be considered redemptions for purposes of these requirements.

Information to be Provided. To aid in the monitoring of these restrictions, you are required to provide certain information regarding mutual fund accounts beneficially owned by you. See the Reporting Requirements for your applicable Code of Ethics classification.

V. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.

You are required to file complete, accurate, and timely reports of all required information under this Code. All such information is subject to review for indications of abusive trading, misappropriation of information, or failure to adhere to the requirements of the Code of Ethics.

A. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO ALL EMPLOYEES

1. Code Acknowledgement

Upon employment, and not less than annually thereafter, you are required to acknowledge that you have received, read, and will comply with this Code. Non-Access persons will receive an e-mail requesting such information. Access, Investment, and Portfolio Persons are required to provide this information and acknowledgement as a part of their Initial and Annual Holdings Reports.

2. Reporting of Mutual Fund Accounts

a. Direct Accounts/American Century Retirement Plans

No transaction reporting is necessary for mutual fund accounts held directly through American Century under your social security number or for American Century retirement plans. Trading in such accounts will be monitored based on information contained on our transfer agency

Page 7

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

system. Investment and Portfolio Persons must include holdings in these accounts on their Initial and Annual Holdings Reports.

b. Beneficially Owned Direct Accounts

You must report the following information for mutual fund accounts in which you have a BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP interest held directly through American Century under a taxpayer identification or social security number other than your own (so-called "BENEFICIALLY OWNED DIRECT ACCOUNTS"):

- Account number; AND

- Name(s) of record owner(s) of the account.

Transaction reporting will not be required on such accounts as trading will be monitored based on information contained on our transfer agency system.

c. Certain Third-Party Accounts

Certain third-party accounts in which you have a BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP interest in REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUNDS must be reported. These "REPORTABLE THIRD-PARTY ACCOUNTS" include any (i) accounts in which you own or BENEFICIALLY OWN any SUBADVISED FUND (see Schedule B of this Code for a list of SUBADVISED FUNDS); and (ii) non-American Century retirement plan, unit investment trust, variable annuity, or similar accounts in which you own or BENEFICIALLY OWN REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUNDS. The following information must be reported for such accounts:

- Name of the financial institution where held;

- Account number; and

- Name(s) of the record owner(s) of the account.

In addition, you must provide either account statements or confirmations of trading activity in such REPORTABLE THIRD-PARTY ACCOUNTS to the Code of Ethics Manager within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter. Such statements or confirmations must include all trading activity in such accounts during the preceding calendar quarter.

3. Duplicate Confirmations

You are required to instruct your broker-dealer to send duplicate confirmations of all transactions in reportable brokerage accounts to:

Attention: Compliance
P.O. Box 410141
Kansas City, MO 64141-0141

"REPORTABLE BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS" include both brokerage accounts maintained by you and brokerage accounts maintained by a person whose trades you must report because you are a BENEFICIAL OWNER.

Page 8

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

B. ADDITIONAL REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS, INVESTMENT, AND PORTFOLIO PERSONS

1. Initial Holdings Report

Within ten (10) calendar days of becoming an Access, Investment, or Portfolio Person, you must submit an Initial Holdings Report. The information submitted must be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days before the report is filed and include the following:

- A list of all SECURITIES, other than certain CODE-EXEMPT SECURITIES 8, that you own or in which you hAve a BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP interest. This listing must include the name, number of shares, and principal amount of each covered security.

- Investment and Portfolio Persons must also provide a list of all REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUND holdings owneD or in which they have a BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP interest. This list must include investments held directly through American Century, investments in any SUBADVISED FUND, holdings in a REPORTABLE BROKERAGE ACCOUNT, and holdings in non-American Century retirement plans, unit investment trusts, variable annuity, or similar accounts.

2. Quarterly Transactions Report

Within thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter, all Portfolio, Investment and Access persons must submit a Quarterly Transactions Report. These persons will be reminded by electronic mail of the dates and requirements for filing the report. This reminder will contain a link to a database that will generate a report of the transactions for which we have received duplicate trade confirmations during the quarter. It is your responsibility to review the completeness and accuracy of this report, provide any necessary changes, and certify its contents when submitted.

a. The Quarterly Transactions Report must contain the following information about each personal securities transaction undertaken during the quarter other than those in certain CODE-EXEMPT SECURITIES 9:

- The date of the transaction, the security description and number of shares or the principal amount of each SECURITY involved;

- The nature of the transaction, that is, purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition;

- The transaction price; and

- The name of the bank, broker, or dealer through whom the transaction was executed.


8 See Appendix 3 for a listing of code-exempt securities that must be reported.

9 See Appendix 3 for a listing of code-exempt securities that must be reported.

Page 9

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

In addition, information regarding your reportable brokerage and other accounts should be verified at this time.

b. Investment and Portfolio Persons are also required to report transactions in REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUNDS. The Quarterly Transactions Report for such persons must contain the following information about each transaction during the quarter:

- The date of the transaction, the fund description and number of shares or units of each TRADE involved;

- The nature of the transaction, that is, purchase, sale, or any other type of acquisition or disposition;

- The transaction price; and

- The name of the bank, broker, or dealer, retirement plan or unit investment trust through whom the transaction was executed.

c. Investment and Portfolio Persons do not need to include certain REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUND transactions on their Quarterly Transaction Report where the information relating to such transactions is maintained by American Century, has been concurrently provided, or such transactions are pursuant to an AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN. Transactions that do not need to be reported include:

- Reinvested dividends;

- Transactions in your American Century retirement plan accounts;

- Transactions in mutual fund accounts held directly through American Century under your social security number;

- Transactions in BENEFICIALLY OWNED DIRECT ACCOUNTS if such account has been previously reported under this Code; and

- Transactions in REPORTABLE THIRD-PARTY ACCOUNTS to the extent that account statements or confirmationS containing such transactions have been received by the Code of Ethics Manager within 30 days of the end of the calendar quarter in which such transactions took place.

Transactions in REPORTABLE BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS must be included on the Quarterly Transaction Report.

3. Annual Holdings Report

Each year all Portfolio, Investment, and Access Persons must submit an Annual Holdings Report and verify their brokerage accounts and mutual fund account numbers reported under this Code. The Annual Holdings Report must be submitted within 45 calendar days after December 31st of each year and the information submitted must be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days before the report is filed. These persons will be reminded by electronic mail of the dates and requirements for filing the report. The information submitted must be current as of a date not more than 45 calendar days before the report is filed and include the following:

Page 10

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

- A list of all SECURITIES, other than certain CODE-EXEMPT SECURITIES 10, that you own or in which you have a BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP interest. This listing must include the name, number of shares, and principal amount of each covered security.

- Investment and Portfolio Persons must also provide a list of all REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUND holdings owned or in which they have a BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP interest. This list must include investments held directly through American Century, investments in any SUBADVISED FUND, holdings in a REPORTABLE BROKERAGE ACCOUNT, and holdings in non-American Century retirement plans, unit investment trusts, variable annuity, or similar accounts.

VI. CAN THERE BE ANY EXCEPTIONS TO THE RESTRICTIONS?

Yes. The General Counsel or his or her designee may grant limited exemptions to specific provisions of the Code on a case-by-case basis.

A. HOW TO REQUEST AN EXEMPTION

E-mail a written request to "LG-PERSONAL SECURITY TRADES" (or "LG-PERSONAL_SECURITY_TRADES@AMERICANCENTURY.COM" if sending from outside American Century's Lotus Notes system) detailing your situation.

B. FACTORS CONSIDERED

In considering your request, the General Counsel or his or her designee will grant your exemption request if he or she is satisfied that:

- Your request addresses an undue personal hardship imposed on you by the Code of Ethics;

- Your situation is not contemplated by the Code of Ethics; and

- Your exemption, if granted, would be consistent with the achievement of the objectives of the Code of Ethics.

C. EXEMPTION REPORTING

All exemptions must be reported to the Boards of Directors of our Fund Clients at the next regular meeting following the initial grant of the exemption. Subsequent grants of an exemption of a type previously reported to the Boards may be effected without reporting. The Boards of Directors may choose to delegate the task of receiving and reviewing reports to a committee comprised of Independent Directors.

D. THIRTY-DAY DENIAL EXEMPTION ON SALES

An exemption may be requested when a request to sell a security has been denied once a week over a 30-day timeframe. The covered person must be able to verify that they have periodically entered a request to sell a security in PTRA at least four times throughout the 30-day period. A written request


10 See Appendix 3 for a listing of CODE-EXEMPT SECURITIES that must be reported.

Page 11

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

must be e-mailed to "LG-PERSONAL SECURITY TRADES" to request the exemption. The General Counsel or his or her designee will review the request and determine if the exemption is warranted. If approval is granted, compliance will designate a short trading window during which the sale can take place.

E. NON-VOLITIONAL TRANSACTION EXEMPTION

Certain non-volitional purchase and sale transactions shall be exempt from the preclearance requirements of the Code. These transactions shall include stock splits, stock dividends, exchanges and conversions, mandatory tenders, pro rata distributions to all holders of a class of securities, gifts, inheritances, margin/maintenance calls (where the securities to be sold are not directed by the covered person), dividend reinvestment plans, and employer sponsored payroll deduction plans. These purchase and sale transactions, however, shall not be exempt from the Quarterly Transaction Report and Annual Holdings Report provisions of the Code.

F. BLIND TRUST EXEMPTION

An exemption from the preclearance and reporting requirements of the Code may be requested for SECURITIES that are held in a blind or quasi-blind trust arrangement. For the exemption to be available, you or a MEMBER OF YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY must not have authority to advise or direct SECURITIES transactions of the trust. The request will only be granted once the covered person and the trust's investment adviser certify that the covered person or MEMBERS OF THEIR IMMEDIATE FAMILY will not advise or direct transactions. American Century must receive statements at least quarterly for transactions within the trust.

VII. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

All information about Clients' SECURITIES transactions and portfolio holdings is confidential. You must not disclose, except as required by the duties of your employment, actual or contemplated SECURITIES transactions, portfolio holdings, portfolio characteristics or other nonpublic information about Clients, or the contents of any written or oral communication, study, report or opinion concerning any SECURITY. This does not apply to information which has already been publicly disclosed.

VIII. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.

You must receive prior written approval from the General Counsel or his or her designee, as appropriate, to do any of the following:

- Negotiate or enter into any agreement on a Client's behalf with any business concern doing or seeking to do business with the Client if you, or a person related to you, has a substantial interest in the business concern;

- Enter into an agreement, negotiate or otherwise do business on the Client's behalf with a personal friend or a person related to you; or

Page 12

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

- Serve on the board of directors of, or act as consultant to, any publicly traded corporation.

IX. WHAT HAPPENS IF YOU VIOLATE THE RULES IN THE CODE OF ETHICS?

If you violate the rules of the Code of Ethics, you may be subject to serious penalties. Violations of the Code and proposed sanctions are documented by the Code of Ethics Manager and submitted to the Code of Ethics Review Committee. The Committee consists of representatives of each INVESTMENT ADVISER and the Compliance and Legal Departments of American Century. The Committee is responsible for determining the materiality of a Code violation and appropriate sanctions.

A. MATERIALITY OF VIOLATION

In determining the materiality of a violation, the Committee considers:

- Evidence of violation of law;

- Indicia of fraud, neglect, or indifference to Code provisions;

- Frequency of violations;

- Monetary value of the violation in question; and

- Level of influence of the violator.

B. PENALTY FACTORS

In assessing the appropriate penalties, the Committee will consider the foregoing in addition to any other factors they deem applicable, such as:

- Extent of harm to client interests;

- Extent of unjust enrichment;

- Tenure and prior record of the violator;

- The degree to which there is a personal benefit from unique knowledge obtained through employment with American Century;

- The level of accurate, honest and timely cooperation from the covered person; and

- Any mitigating circumstances that may exist.

C. THE PENALTIES WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED INCLUDE:

1. First non-material violation

a. Warning (notice sent to manager); and

b. Attendance at Code of Ethics training session.

2. Second non-material violation within 12 months

a. Notice sent to manager; and

b. Suspension of trading privileges for up to 90 days.

Page 13

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

3. Penalties for material or more frequent non-material violations will be determined based on the circumstances. These penalties could include, but are not limited to

a. Suspension of trading privileges;

b. Fine; and/or

c. Suspension or termination of employment.

In addition, you may be required to surrender to American Century any profit realized from any transaction(s) in violation of this Code of Ethics.

X. AMERICAN CENTURY'S QUARTERLY REPORT TO FUND DIRECTORS.

American Century will prepare a quarterly report to the Board of Directors of each Fund Client of any material violation of this Code of Ethics.

Page 14

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

APPENDIX 1: DEFINITIONS

1. "AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN"

"Automatic investment plan" means a program in which regular periodic purchases or withdrawals are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An automatic investment plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

2. "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" OR "BENEFICIALLY OWNED"

See "Appendix 2: What is Beneficial Ownership?".

3. "CODE-EXEMPT SECURITY"

A "code-exempt security" is a security in which you may invest without preclearing the transaction with American Century. The list of code-exempt securities appears in Appendix 3.

4. "FEDERAL SECURITIES LAW"

Federal securities law means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the Commission under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the Commission or the Department of Treasury

5. "INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING"

"Initial public offering" means an offering of securities for which a registration statement has not previously been filed with the SEC and for which there is no active public market in the shares.

6. "INVESTMENT ADVISER"

"Investment adviser" includes each investment adviser listed on Schedule A attached hereto.

7. "MEMBER OF YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY"

A "member of your immediate family" means any of the following

- Your spouse or domestic partner;

- Your minor children; or

- A relative who shares your home

For the purpose of determining whether any of the foregoing relationships exist, a legally adopted child of a person is considered a child of such person.

Appendix 1--Page 1


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

8. "PRIVATE PLACEMENT"

"Private placement" means an offering of securities in which the issuer relies on an exemption from the registration provisions of the federal securities laws, and usually involves a limited number of sophisticated investors and a restriction on resale of the securities.

9. "REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUND"

A "reportable mutual fund" includes any mutual fund issued by a Fund Client (as listed on Schedule A) and any SUBADVISED FUNDS (as listed on Schedule B).

10. "SECURITY"

A "security" includes a great number of different investment vehicles. However, for purposes of this Code of Ethics, "security" includes any of the following:

- Note,

- Stock,

- Treasury stock,

- Bond,

- Debenture,

- Exchange traded funds (ETFs) or similar securities,

- Shares of open-end mutual funds,

- Shares of closed-end mutual funds,

- Evidence of indebtedness,

- Certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement,

- Collateral-trust certificate,

- Preorganization certificate or subscription,

- Transferable share,

- Investment contract,

- Voting-trust certificate,

- Certificate of deposit for a security,

- Fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral rights,

- Any put, call, straddle, option, future, or privilege on any security or other financial instrument (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof),

- Any put, call, straddle, option, future, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency,

- In general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a "security," or

Appendix 1--Page 2


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

- Any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, future on or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

11. "SUBADVISED FUND"

A "subadvised fund" means any mutual fund or portfolio listed on Schedule B.

12. "SUPERVISED PERSON"

A "supervised person" means any partner, officer, director (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee of an INVESTMENT ADVISER, or other person who provides investment advice on behalf of an INVESTMENT ADVISER and is subject to the supervision and control of the INVESTMENT ADVISER.

Appendix 1--Page 3


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

APPENDIX 2: WHAT IS "BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP"?

A "beneficial owner" of a security is any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares in the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a purchase or sale of the security.

1. ARE SECURITIES HELD BY FAMILY MEMBERS OR DOMESTIC PARTNERS "BENEFICIALLY OWNED" BY ME?

Probably. As a general rule, you are regarded as the beneficial owner of SECURITIES held in the name of

- A MEMBER OF YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY OR

- Any other person IF:

- You obtain from such SECURITIES benefits substantially similar to those of ownership. For example, if you receive or benefit from some of the income from the SECURITIES held by your spouse, you are the beneficial owner; OR

- You can obtain title to the SECURITIES now or in the future.

2. ARE SECURITIES HELD BY A COMPANY I OWN AN INTEREST IN ALSO "BENEFICIALLY OWNED" BY ME?

Probably not. Owning the SECURITIES of a company does not mean you "beneficially own" the SECURITIES that the company itself owns. However, you will be deemed to "beneficially own" the SECURITIES owned by the company if:

- You directly or beneficially own a controlling interest in or otherwise control the company; OR

- The company is merely a medium through which you, MEMBERS OF YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY, or others in a small group invest or trade in SECURITIES and the company has no other substantial business.

3. ARE SECURITIES HELD IN TRUST "BENEFICIALLY OWNED" BY ME?

Maybe. You are deemed to "beneficially own" SECURITIES held in trust if any of the following is true:

- You or a MEMBER OF YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY are a trustee or have a vested interest in the income or corpus of the trust OR

- You or a MEMBER OF YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY are a settlor or grantor of the trust and have the power to revoke the trust without obtaining the consent of all the beneficiaries.

A blind trust exemption from the preclearance and reporting requirements of the Code may be requested if you or MEMBERS OR YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY do not have authority to advise or direct SECURITIES transactions of the trust.

Appendix 2--Page 1


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

4. ARE SECURITIES IN PENSION OR RETIREMENT PLANS "BENEFICIALLY OWNED" BY ME?

Maybe. Beneficial ownership does not include indirect interest by any person in portfolio SECURITIES held by a pension or retirement plan holding SECURITIES of an issuer whose employees generally are the beneficiaries of the plan.

However, your participation in a pension or retirement plan is considered beneficial ownership of the portfolio SECURITIES if you can withdraw and trade the SECURITIES without withdrawing from the plan or you can direct the trading of the SECURITIES within the plan (IRAs, 401ks, etc.).

5. EXAMPLES OF BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

a. Securities Held by Family Members or Domestic Partners

Example 1: Tom and Mary are married. Although Mary has an independent source of income from a family inheritance and segregates her funds from those of her husband, Mary contributes to the maintenance of the family home. Tom and Mary have engaged in joint estate planning and have the same financial adviser. Since Tom and Mary's resources are clearly significantly directed towards their common property, they shall be deemed to be the beneficial owners of each other's SECURITIES.

Example 2: Mike's adult son David lives in Mike's home. David is self-supporting and contributes to household expenses. Mike is a beneficial owner of David's SECURITIES.

Example 3: Joe's mother Margaret lives alone and is financially independent. Joe has power of attorney over his mother's estate, pays all her bills and manages her investment affairs. Joe borrows freely from Margaret without being required to pay back funds with interest, if at all. Joe takes out personal loans from Margaret's bank in Margaret's name, the interest from such loans being paid from Margaret's account. Joe is a significant heir of Margaret's estate. Joe is a beneficial owner of Margaret's estate.

Example 4: Bob and Nancy are engaged. The house they share is still in Nancy's name only. They have separate checking accounts with an informal understanding that both individuals contribute to the mortgage payments and other common expenses. Nancy is the beneficial owner of Bob's SECURITIES.

b. Securities Held by a Company

Example 5: ABC Company is a holding company with five shareholders owning equal shares in the company. Although ABC Company has no business of its own, it has several wholly-owned subsidiaries that invest in SECURITIES. Stan is a shareholder of ABC Company. Stan has a beneficial interest in the SECURITIES owned by ABC Company's subsidiaries.

Example 6: XYZ Company is a large manufacturing company with many shareholders. Stan is a shareholder of XYZ Company. As a part of its cash management function, XYZ Company invests in SECURITIES. Neither Stan nor any MEMBERS OF HIS IMMEDIATE FAMILY are employed by XYZ Company. Stan does not beneficially own the SECURITIES held by XYZ Company.

Appendix 2--Page 2


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

c. Securities Held in Trust

Example 7: John is trustee of a trust created for his two minor children. When both of John's children reach 21, each shall receive an equal share of the corpus of the trust. John is a beneficial owner of any SECURITIES owned by the trust.

Example 8: Jane placed SECURITIES held by her in a trust for the benefit of her church. Jane can revoke the trust during her lifetime. Jane is a beneficial owner of any SECURITIES owned by the trust.

Example 9: Jim is trustee of an irrevocable trust for his 21 year-old daughter (who does not share his home). The daughter is entitled to the income of the trust until she is 25 years old, and is then entitled to the corpus. If the daughter dies before reaching 25, Jim is entitled to the corpus. Jim is a beneficial owner of any SECURITIES owned by the trust.

Example 10: Joan's father (who does not share her home) placed SECURITIES in an irrevocable trust for Joan's minor children. Neither Joan nor any MEMBER OF HER IMMEDIATE FAMILY is the trustee of the trust. Joan is a beneficial owner of the SECURITIES owned by the trust. She may, however, be eligible for the blind trust exemption to the preclearance and reporting of the trust SECURITIES.

Appendix 2--Page 3


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

APPENDIX 3: CODE-EXEMPT SECURITIES

Because they do not pose a likelihood for abuse, some securities, defined as code-exempt securities, are exempt from the Code's preclearance requirements. However, confirmations from your service providers are required in all cases (except non-REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUNDS) and some code-exempt securities must be disclosed on your Quarterly Transactions, Initial and Annual Holdings Reports.

1. CODE-EXEMPT SECURITIES NOT SUBJECT TO DISCLOSURE ON YOUR QUARTERLY TRANSACTIONS, INITIAL AND ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORTS:

- Open-end mutual funds that are not considered REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUND;,

- REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUNDS (Access Persons only);

- REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUND shares purchased through an AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN (including reinvested dividends);

- Money market mutual funds;

- Bank Certificates of Deposit;

- U.S. government securities (Treasury notes, etc.);

- Commercial paper;

- Bankers acceptances;

- High quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements. A "high quality short-term debt instrument" means any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized rating organization.

2. CODE-EXEMPT SECURITIES SUBJECT TO DISCLOSURE ON YOUR QUARTERLY TRANSACTIONS, INITIAL AND ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORTS:

- REPORTABLE MUTUAL FUND shares purchased other than through an AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN (Investment and Portfolio Persons only)

- Securities which are acquired through an employer-sponsored automatic payroll deduction plan (only the acquisition of the security is exempt, NOT the sale)

- Securities (other than open-end mutual funds) purchased through dividend reinvestment programs (only the re-investment of dividends in the security is exempt, NOT the sale or other purchases)

- Commodity futures contracts for tangible goods (corn, soybeans, wheat, etc.) Futures contracts for financial instruments are NOT Code-exempt.

- Futures contracts on the following:

- Standard & Poor's 500 Index; or

- Standard & Poor's 100 Index.

Appendix 3--Page 1


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

We may modify this list of securities at any time, please send an e-mail to "LG-PERSONAL SECURITY TRADES" to request the most current list.

Appendix 3--Page 2


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS                                      CODE OF ETHICS

APPENDIX 4: HOW THE PRECLEARANCE PROCESS WORKS

                                  [FLOW CHART]


                                                            Appendix 4--Page 1

AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS                                      CODE OF ETHICS

After your request is entered into our mainframe system, it is then subjected to the following tests.

STEP 1: RESTRICTED SECURITY LIST

- Is the security on the Restricted Security list?

If "YES", the system will send a message to you to DENY the personal trade request.

If "NO", then your request is subject to Step 2.

STEP 2: DE MINIMIS TRANSACTION TEST (THIS TEST DOES NOT APPLY TO THE TRADE

REQUESTS OF PORTFOLIO AND INVESTMENT PERSONS.)

- Is the security issuer's market capitalization greater than $1 billion?

- Will your proposed transaction, together with your other transactions in the security for the current calendar quarter, be less than $10,000?

- Does the security trade on a national securities exchange or market, such as the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) or National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (NASDAQ)?

If the answer to ALL of these questions is "YES", the system will generate a message and send it to you approving your proposed transaction.

If the answer to ANY of these questions is "NO", then your request is subject to Step 3.

STEP 3: OPEN ORDER TEST

- Is there an open order for that security for any Client?

If "YES", the system will send a message to you to DENY the personal trade request.

If "NO", then your request is subject to Step 4.

STEP 4: FOLLOW LIST TEST

- Does any account or Fund own the security?

- Does the security appear on the computerized list of stocks American Century is considering to purchase for a Client?

If the answer to BOTH of these questions is "NO", the system will send a message to you to APPROVE your proposed transaction.

If the answer to EITHER of these questions is "YES", then your request is subject to Step 5.

STEP 5: PRESENT INTENTIONS TEST

The system sends a message to our equity trading desk in Kansas City which identifies the security described in your preclearance request. A trading desk representative will review the request for recent activity in the security. The trading desk representative may deny the request based on recent trading activity. If not denied, the trading desk will contact a

Appendix 4--Page 2


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

representative from each of the portfolio management teams that have the security on their follow list or own the security. The portfolio teams will be asked if they intend to buy or sell the security within the next five (5) business days.

If ALL of the portfolio management teams respond "NO", your request will be
APPROVED.

If ANY of the portfolio management teams respond "YES", your request will be
DENIED.

STEP 6: CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER REQUESTS

The General Counsel or his/her designee must approve any preclearance request by ACIM's Chief Investment Officer before an APPROVAL message is generated.

THE PRECLEARANCE PROCESS CAN BE CHANGED AT ANY TIME TO ENSURE THAT THE GOALS OF AMERICAN CENTURY'S CODE OF ETHICS ARE ADVANCED.

Appendix 4--Page 3


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

SCHEDULE A

The Code of Ethics to which this Schedule is attached was most recently approved by the Board of Directors/Trustees of the following Companies as of the dates indicated:

Investment Advisers                             Most Recent Approval Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

American Century Investment Management, Inc.

American Century Global Investment
Management, Inc.

Principal Underwriter                           Most Recent Approval Date

American Century Investment Services, Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Fund Clients                                    Most Recent Approval Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
American Century Asset Allocation
Portfolios, Inc.

American Century California Tax-Free
and Municipal Funds

American Century Capital Portfolios, Inc.

American Century Government Income Trust

American Century International Bond Funds

American Century Investment Trust

American Century Municipal Trust

American Century Mutual Funds, Inc.

American Century Quantitative Equity Funds, Inc.

American Century Strategic Asset
Allocations, Inc.

American Century Target Maturities Trust

American Century Variable Portfolios, Inc.

American Century Variable Portfolios II, Inc.

American Century World Mutual Funds, Inc.

Appendix 4--Page 4


AMERICAN CENTURY INVESTMENTS CODE OF ETHICS

SCHEDULE B

The Code of Ethics to which this Schedule is attached applies to the following funds which are subadvised by an INVESTMENT ADVISER. This list of affiliated funds will be updated on a regular basis:

AEGON/Transamerica American Century International AEGON/Transamerica American Century Large Company Value AST American Century Income & Growth Portfolio AST American Century Strategic Balanced Portfolio AXP Discovery Fund
AXP Partners Aggressive Growth Fund
AXP Partners International Aggressive Growth Fund AXP Partners Small Cap Core Fund
GVIT (Gartmore Variable Insurance Trust) Small Company Fund ING American Century Select Portfolio
ING American Century Small Cap Value Portfolio Mainstay VP American Century Income & Growth Portfolio Manufacturers Investment Small Company Trust MassMutual Overseas Fund
Principal Investors Partners LargeCap Growth Fund II Principal Partners LargeCap Value Fund II Principal Variable Contracts Equity Value Account Schwab Capital Trust Laudus International MarketMasters Fund Season Series Trust Focus Value Portfolio Strategic Partners Balanced Fund
SunAmerica Focused Large-Cap Growth Portfolio Sun-America Focused Multi-Cap Value Portfolio TransAmerica IDEX American Century International TransAmerica IDEX American Century Large Company Value VALIC Income & Growth Fund
VALIC International Growth I Fund
VALIC Small Cap Fund
JPMorgan Fleming Investment Funds - Global ex-US Small Cap Fund SEI Trust Company International Growth Commingled Fund A

Appendix 4--Page 5


Ex-(p)(v)

(Janus Capital Graphic)

JANUS ETHICS RULES

"Discovering Winning Opportunities for our Investors"


PERSONAL TRADING CODE OF ETHICS POLICY
GIFT POLICY
OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT POLICY


REVISED SEPTEMBER 20, 2005



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEFINITIONS....................................................................1

INTRODUCTION...................................................................5

PERSONAL TRADING CODE OF ETHICS................................................5

OVERVIEW.......................................................................5

GUIDING PRINCIPLES.............................................................6

CAUTION REGARDING PERSONAL TRADING ACTIVITIES..................................6

COMMUNICATIONS WITH INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES.......................................6

GENERAL PROHIBITIONS...........................................................7

TRANSACTIONS IN COMPANY SECURITIES.............................................8

  WINDOW PERIODS FOR COMPANY SECURITY TRADES...................................8
  PRE-CLEARANCE PROCEDURES FOR COMPANY SECURITIES..............................8

TRANSACTIONS IN JANUS FUNDS....................................................9

  BAN ON SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFITS............................................9

TRANSACTIONS IN COVERED SECURITIES.............................................9

  TRADING RESTRICTIONS.........................................................9
  EXCLUDED TRANSACTIONS........................................................9
  DISCLOSURE OF CONFLICTS.....................................................10
  TRADING BAN ON PORTFOLIO MANAGERS...........................................10
  BAN ON IPOS.................................................................11
  BLACKOUT PERIOD.............................................................11
  SEVEN-DAY BLACKOUT PERIOD...................................................11

PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURES FOR COVERED SECURITIES................................11

  PRE-CLEARANCE PROCESS FOR JNS ACCESS PERSONS................................11
  PRECLEARANCE PROCESS FOR INTECH ACCESS PERSONS..............................13
  FOUR DAY EFFECTIVE PERIOD...................................................13
  PRE-CLEARANCE OF STOCK PURCHASE PLANS.......................................13
  SIXTY DAY RULE -- PROHIBITION ON SHORT-TERM PROFITS.........................14
  180 DAY RULE -- PROHIBITION ON SHORT-TERM PROFITS...........................14
  FIVE DAY BEST PRICE RULE....................................................14
  THIRTY DAY BEST PRICE RULE..................................................14
  SHORT SALES.................................................................14
  HEDGE FUNDS, INVESTMENT CLUBS AND OTHER INVESTMENTS.........................14

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS........................................................15

  ACCOUNT STATEMENTS..........................................................15
  HOLDINGS REPORTS............................................................15
  PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORTS.....................................16
  NON-INFLUENCE AND NON-CONTROL ACCOUNTS......................................16

OTHER REQUIRED FORMS..........................................................16

  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT FORM..............................................17


  ANNUAL CERTIFICATION FORM...................................................17
  TRUSTEE AND ADVISORY BOARD MEMBER REPRESENTATION FORM.......................17

GIFT POLICY...................................................................17

GIFT GIVING...................................................................18

GIFT RECEIVING................................................................18

CUSTOMARY BUSINESS AMENITIES..................................................18

GIFT/ENTERTAINMENT POLICY FOR INVESTMENT PERSONNEL............................18

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS........................................................19

OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT POLICY.....................................................19

PENALTY GUIDELINES............................................................19

SUPERVISORY AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES.........................................20

SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES........................................................20

  PREVENTION OF VIOLATIONS....................................................20
  DETECTION OF VIOLATIONS.....................................................21

COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES.........................................................21

  REPORTS OF POTENTIAL DEVIATIONS OR VIOLATIONS...............................21
  ANNUAL REPORTS..............................................................22

RECORDS.......................................................................22

  INSPECTION..................................................................23
  CONFIDENTIALITY.............................................................23
  FILING OF REPORTS...........................................................23

THE ETHICS COMMITTEE..........................................................23

  MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE.................................................23
  COMMITTEE MEETINGS..........................................................23
  SPECIAL DISCRETION..........................................................24

GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ETHICS RULES....................................24

DESIGNEES.....................................................................24

ENFORCEMENT...................................................................24

INTERNAL USE..................................................................25

APPENDIX A....................................................................26


APPENDIX B....................................................................30


JANUS ETHICS RULES

DEFINITIONS

The following definitions are used throughout this document. You are responsible for reading and being familiar with each definition.

1. "Access Person" shall mean:

1) Any Trustee, Director, Officer or Advisory Person of Janus

2) Any employee of Janus or other person who provides advice on behalf of Janus and is subject to the supervision and control of Janus who has access to nonpublic information regarding any Client's purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of the Janus Funds, or who is involved in making securities recommendations to Clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic

3) Any other persons designated by the Ethics Committee as having access to current trading information.

2. "Advisory Board Member" shall mean any person who serves on the Advisory Board to the Trustees of Janus Investment Fund, Janus Adviser Series or Janus Aspen Series.

3. "Advisory Person" shall mean:

1) Any employee of Janus Funds or Janus who in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a security by the Janus Funds or for the account of advisory Clients, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases and sales.

2) Any natural person in a control relationship to the Janus Funds or Janus who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Janus Funds or for the account of Clients with regard to the purchase or sale of securities.

4. "Assistant Portfolio Manager" shall mean any person who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, assists a Portfolio Manager with the management of a Janus Fund or advisory Client. Assistant Portfolio Managers generally do not execute any independent investment decisions nor do they have final responsibilities for determining the securities to be purchased or sold on behalf of any Janus Fund or advisory Client. If in the event an Assistant Portfolio Manager has the ability to independently make investment decisions on behalf of any Janus Fund or advisory Client, then such person will be considered a Portfolio Manager for purposes of these Rules.

5. "Beneficial Ownership" shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act") in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 except that the determination of direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership shall apply to all Covered Securities which an Access Person has or acquires. For example, in addition to a person's own accounts the term "Beneficial Ownership" encompasses securities held in the name of a spouse or equivalent domestic partner, minor children, a relative sharing your home, or certain trusts under which you or a related party is a beneficiary, or held under other arrangements indicating a sharing of financial interest.


6. "Client(s)" shall mean the Janus Funds and other individual and institutional advisory clients of Janus.

7. "Company Security" is any security or option issued by Janus Capital Group Inc ("JNS").

8. "Control" shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("1940 Act").

9. "Covered Persons" are all Trustees, Directors, Officers, and full-time, part-time or temporary employees of Janus and Enhanced Investment Technologies LLC (INTECH) and persons working for any of the foregoing on a contract basis.

10. "Covered Securities" generally include all securities, whether publicly or privately traded, and any option, future, forward contract or other obligation involving securities or index thereof, including an instrument whose value is derived or based on any of the above ("derivative"). Covered Securities also include securities of the Janus Funds (other than money market funds). The term Covered Security includes any separate security, which is convertible into or exchangeable for, or which confers a right to purchase such security. The following investments are not Covered Securities:

1) Shares of registered open-end investment companies (e.g., mutual funds) other than Janus Funds (excluding money market funds) and shares of unit investment trusts that invest exclusively in registered open-end investment companies

2) Shares of offshore open-end mutual funds other than the Janus Funds

3) Direct obligations of the U.S. government (e.g., Treasury securities) or any derivative thereof

4) High-quality short-term debt instruments, such as bank certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances, repurchase agreements, and commercial paper

5) Insurance contracts, including life insurance or annuity contracts

6) Direct investments in real estate, private business franchises or similar ventures

7) Physical commodities (including foreign currencies) or any derivatives thereof

11. "Designated Compliance Representatives" are David Kowalski and Ernie Overholt or their designee(s).

12. "Designated Legal Representatives" are Bonnie Howe and Kelley Howes or their designee(s).

13. "Director of Research" is Jim Goff.

14. "Ethics Committee" is comprised of Peter Boucher, Kelley Howes, John Bluher, Andy Iseman, David Kowalski, David Martin, Susan Wold, and Andrea Young.

15. "Independent Trustees" are Outside Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the Janus Funds within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

2

16. "Initial Public Offering" ("IPO") means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

17. "Inside Trustees" are Trustees who are employed by Janus.

18. "Interested Trustees" are Trustees who, due to special circumstances, are treated by Janus as "interested persons" of the Janus Funds. Interested Trustees are not employed by Janus.

19. "Investment Personnel" shall mean a person who makes or participates in making decisions regarding the purchase or sale of securities by or on behalf of any Client and any person such as an analyst or trader who directly assists in the process. Such employees shall include, but are not limited to, Portfolio Managers, Assistant Portfolio Managers, research analysts, research associates, traders and trade operations personnel. All Investment Personnel are also deemed Access Persons.

20. "Janus" is Janus Investment Fund, Janus Adviser Series, Janus Aspen Series, Janus Adviser, Janus Capital Management LLC, Janus Institutional Services LLC, Janus Services LLC, Janus Distributors LLC, Janus Capital International LLC, Janus Holding Corporation, Janus International Holding LLC, Janus International Ltd., Janus International (Asia) Ltd., Janus Capital Trust Manager Ltd., Janus Selection, Janus World Principal Protected Funds, Janus World Funds Plc, and INTECH.

21. "Janus Funds" are Janus Investment Fund, Janus Adviser Series, Janus Aspen Series, Janus Adviser, Janus Global Funds SPC, Janus Selection, Janus World Principal Protected Funds, and Janus World Funds Plc and any other mutual fund to which Janus or a control affiliate is a sub-adviser.

22. "Limited Offering" means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("1933 Act") pursuant to
Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rules 504, 505 and 506 thereunder. Limited offerings are often referred to as "private placements" and many unregistered investment vehicles such as hedge funds, private equity funds and venture capital funds are offered pursuant these exemptions.

23. "NASD" is the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

24. "Non-Access Person" is any person that is not an Access Person. If a Non-Access Person is a spouse or an equivalent domestic partner of an Access Person, then the Non-Access Person is deemed to be an Access Person.

25. "Operating Council" is comprised of John Bluher, Peter Boucher, Erich Gerth, Kelley Howes, David Kowalski, Doug Laird, Frank Lao, Kevin Lindsell, John Mari, David Martin, Girard Miller, Jesper Nergaard, and Andrea Young.

26. "Portfolio Manager" means any person who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, has primary responsibilities for determining the securities to be purchased or sold on behalf of any Janus Fund or advisory Client.

27. "Registered Persons" are persons registered with the NASD by JD LLC.

28. "Restricted Personnel" shall mean:

1) Any Independent Director or Officer of JNS.

3

2) Any employee who in the ordinary course of his or her business has access either directly or indirectly to material non-public information regarding JNS (such as certain specified members of the JNS internal audit, finance and legal staffs).

3) Any other persons determined by the Ethics Committee who potentially has access to material non-public information regarding JNS.

29. "Security Held or to be Acquired" means any Covered Security which, within the most recent fifteen (15) days (i) is or has been held by any Client; or (ii) is being or has been considered by any Client for purchase.

30. "SEC" is Securities and Exchange Commission.

31. "Trustees" are Trustees of Janus Investment Fund, Janus Adviser Series, Janus Adviser and Janus Aspen Series.

These definitions may be updated from time to time to reflect changes in personnel.

4


INTRODUCTION

These Ethics Rules ("Rules") apply to all Covered Persons and require that Janus' business be conducted in accordance with the highest ethical and legal standards, and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or perceived conflict of interest.

The Rules are intended to ensure that you (i) observe applicable legal (including compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws) and ethical standards in the performance of your duties and in pursuit of Janus' goals and objectives; (ii) at all times place the interests of the Janus Funds and their shareholders, and Clients first; (iii) disclose all actual or potential conflicts (including those between Janus Fund shareholders and JNS public stockholders), should they emerge, to the Operating Council or the Chief Compliance Officer; (iv) adhere to the highest standards of loyalty, candor and care in all matters relating to our Fund Shareholders and Clients; (v) conduct all personal trading, including transactions in Janus Funds, Company Securities and Covered Securities, consistent with the Rules and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of your position of trust and responsibility; and (vi) not use any material non-public information in securities trading. The Rules also establish policies regarding other matters such as outside employment and the giving or receiving of gifts. The Rules do not cover every issue that may arise, but set out basic principles to guide all personnel. Adherence to the Code is critical to maintaining the integrity, reputation and performance of Janus.

You should note that certain portions of the Rules (such as the rules regarding personal trading) may also apply to others, including certain members of your family.

You are required to read and retain these Rules and to sign and submit an Acknowledgment of Receipt Form to Compliance upon commencement of employment or other services. On an annual basis thereafter, you will be required to complete an Annual Certification Form. The Annual Certification Form confirms that (i) you have received, read and asked any questions necessary to understand the Rules; (ii) you agree to conduct yourself in accordance with the Rules; and
(iii) you have complied with the Rules during such time as you have been associated with Janus. Depending on your status, you may be required to submit additional reports and/or obtain clearances as discussed more fully below.

You are also responsible for reporting matters involving violations or potential violations of the Rules or applicable legal and regulatory requirements by JNS personnel of which you may become aware. Reports may be made to your supervisor, Compliance Representative or Legal Representative. You may also make anonymous reports of possible Code violations by calling 1-800-326-LOSS. An Employee who in good faith reports illegal or unethical behavior will not be subject to reprisal or retaliation for making the report. Retaliation is a serious violation of this policy and any concern about retaliation should be reported immediately. Any person found to have retaliated against an Employee for reporting violations will be subject to appropriate disciplinary action.

Unless otherwise defined, all capitalized terms shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Definitions section.

5


PERSONAL TRADING CODE OF ETHICS

OVERVIEW

In general, it is unlawful for persons affiliated with investment companies, their principal underwriters or their investment advisers to engage in personal transactions in securities held or to be acquired by a registered investment company or in the registered investment company itself if such personal transactions are made in contravention of rules the SEC has adopted to prevent fraudulent, deceptive and manipulative practices. Such rules require each registered investment company, investment adviser and principal underwriter to adopt its own written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent its employees from engaging in such conduct, and to maintain records, use reasonable diligence, and institute such procedures as are reasonably necessary to prevent violations of such code. In addition, registered investment advisers are required to establish, maintain and enforce written codes of ethics that include certain minimum standards of conduct, including among other things, reporting of personal securities transactions by Access Persons. This Personal Trading Code of Ethics ("Code") and information reported hereunder will enable Janus to fulfill these requirements.

The Code applies to transactions for your personal accounts and any other accounts you Beneficially Own. You may be deemed the Beneficial Owner of any account in which you have a direct or indirect financial interest. Such accounts include, among others, accounts held in the name of your spouse or equivalent domestic partner, your minor children, a relative sharing your home or certain trusts under which you or such persons are a beneficiary.

GUIDING PRINCIPLES

Recognizing that certain requirements are imposed on investment companies and their advisers by virtue of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, considerable thought has been given to devising a code of ethics designed to provide legal protection to accounts for which a fiduciary relationship exists and at the same time maintain an atmosphere within which conscientious professionals may develop and maintain investment skills. It is the combined judgment of Janus that as a matter of policy a code of ethics should not inhibit responsible personal investment by professional investment personnel, within boundaries reasonably necessary to ensure that appropriate safeguards exist to protect Janus Clients. This policy is based on the belief that personal investment experience can over time lead to better performance of the individual's professional investment responsibilities. The logical extension of this line of reasoning is that such personal investment experience may, and conceivably should, involve securities, which are suitable for Janus Clients in question. This policy quite obviously increases the possibility of overlapping transactions. The provisions of the Code, therefore, are designed to foster personal investments while minimizing conflicts under these circumstances and establishing safeguards against overreaching.

CAUTION REGARDING PERSONAL TRADING ACTIVITIES

Certain personal trading activities may be risky not only because of the nature of the transactions, but also because action necessary to close a position may become prohibited for some Covered Persons while the position remains open. For example, you may not be able to close out short sales and transactions in derivatives. Furthermore, if Janus becomes aware of material non-public information, or if a Client is active in a given security, some Covered Persons may find themselves "frozen" in a position. Janus will not bear any losses in personal accounts resulting from the application of these Rules.

COMMUNICATIONS WITH INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

As a regular business practice, Janus attempts to keep Independent Trustees informed with respect to its investment activities through reports and other information provided to them in connection with board

6

meetings and other events. In addition, Janus personnel are encouraged to respond to inquiries from Trustees, particularly as they relate to general strategy considerations or economic or market conditions affecting Janus. However, it is Janus' policy not to communicate specific trading information and/or advice on specific issues to Independent Trustees (i.e., no information should be given on securities for which current activity is being considered for Clients). Any pattern of repeated requests by such Independent Trustees should be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer or the Director of Compliance.

GENERAL PROHIBITIONS

The following activities are prohibited for applicable Covered Persons (remember, if you work at Janus full-time, part-time, temporarily, on a contract basis or you are a Trustee, you are a Covered Person). Persons who violate any prohibition may be required to disgorge any profits realized in connection with such violation to a charitable organization selected by the Ethics Committee and may be subject to other sanctions imposed by the Ethics Committee, as outlined in the Penalty Guidelines.

Covered Persons may not cause a Client to take action, or to fail to take action, for personal benefit, rather than to benefit such Client. For example, a Covered Person would violate this Code by causing a Client to purchase securities owned by the Covered Person for the purpose of supporting or increasing the price of that security or by causing a Client to refrain from selling securities in an attempt to protect a personal investment, such as an option on that security.

1) Covered Persons may not use knowledge of portfolio transactions made or contemplated for Clients to profit, or cause others to profit, by the market effect of such transactions.

2) Covered Persons have an obligation to safeguard material non-public information regarding Janus and its Clients. Accordingly, Covered Persons may not disclose current portfolio transactions made or contemplated for Clients or any other non-public information to anyone outside of Janus, except under Janus' Mutual Fund Holdings Portfolio Disclosure Policy (attached as Exhibit A) and Janus Capital Management LLC Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy for Separately Managed Accounts and Commingled Portfolios (attached as Exhibit B).

3) Covered Persons may not engage in fraudulent conduct in connection with the purchase or sale of Securities Held or to be Acquired by a Client, including without limitation:

(i) Employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Client.

(ii) Making any untrue statement of material fact to any Client or omitting to state to any Client a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, misleading.

(iii) Engaging in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any Client.

(iv) Engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to any Client.

(v) Investing in derivatives to evade the restrictions of this Code. Accordingly, individuals may not use derivatives to take positions in securities that would be otherwise prohibited by the Code if the positions were taken directly.

7

4) Investment Personnel may not serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company without prior written authorization from the Ethics Committee. No such service shall be approved without a finding by the Ethics Committee that the board service would not be inconsistent with the interests of Clients. If board service is authorized by the Ethics Committee, the Investment Personnel serving as Director normally should be isolated from those making investment decisions with respect to the company involved through "Chinese Walls" or other procedures.

5) Covered Persons are also prohibited from engaging in a pattern of transactions in Covered Securities, Company Securities and Janus Funds which are excessively frequent so as to potentially:

(i) Impact their ability to carry out their assigned responsibilities.

(ii) Increase the possibility of actual or apparent conflicts.

(iii) Violate any provision of the Rules, the Corporate Code of Conduct and Janus Funds' prospectuses.

TRANSACTIONS IN COMPANY SECURITIES

WINDOW PERIODS FOR COMPANY SECURITY TRADES

Restricted Personnel and their related parties (your parents, spouse, minor children and other persons living in your household, as well as you) may, subject to pre-clearance and other limitations under the insider trading policy and unless informed to the contrary, only trade in Company Securities during the Window Period. The Window Period will generally open twenty-four (24) hours after JNS publicly announces its quarterly earnings and will close on the last business day of quarter end. Unless Restricted Personnel have been notified by Compliance to the contrary, no securities trades may take place outside the Window Period.

Non-discretionary transactions in Company Securities (e.g., the acquisition of securities through Janus' ESPP or receiving options in Company Securities as part of a compensation or benefit plan) do not require pre-clearance.

Covered Persons may not engage in transactions in Company Securities that are speculative in nature. These transactions include, but are not limited to: (i) the writing of a call option and the purchase of a put option if the amount of securities underlying the option exceed the amount of securities you otherwise own; (ii) "sales against the box" (i.e., selling of borrowed securities when you own sufficient shares to cover the sale); and (iii) transacting in the securities of any entity with which Janus is discussing business matters.

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES ARE PROHIBITED FROM OWNING COMPANY SECURITIES.

PRE-CLEARANCE PROCEDURES FOR COMPANY SECURITIES

To pre-clear a trade, Restricted Persons must submit a Company Securities Pre-Clearance Form to Compliance through Janus' web-based Personal Trading Application ("P*Trade"). The Director of Compliance or such other Compliance or Legal Representative shall discuss the transaction with Janus' General Counsel, Chief

8

Financial Officer or Chief Compliance Officer. Compliance shall promptly notify the person of approval or denial for the transaction via email. Notification of approval or denial for the transaction may be given verbally; however, it shall be confirmed in writing within seventy-two (72) hours of verbal notification. Prior clearance is in effect for four business days from and including the day of first notification to execute the trade unless revoked by Janus prior to the expiration of the four business day period.

TRANSACTIONS IN JANUS FUNDS

No Covered Person (including Trustees and Advisory Board Members) shall engage in excessive trading or market timing activities with respect to any Janus Fund (excluding taxable and tax-exempt money market funds). For the purposes of the foregoing, "market timing" shall be defined as a purchase and redemption, regardless of size, in and out of the same Janus Fund in excess of four "round trips" per rolling 12-month period. A "round trip" is a redemption out of a Janus Fund (by any means) followed by a purchase back into the same Janus Fund (by any means).

COVERED PERSONS are also required to notify Compliance of each Janus Fund account in which they have Beneficial Ownership (see Reporting Requirements below). Covered Persons are subject to any redemption fees charged by the Janus Funds.

BAN ON SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFITS

Covered Persons (including Trustees and Advisory Board Members) shall disgorge any profits realized in the purchase and sale of the same Janus Fund (excluding taxable and tax-exempt money market funds) within ninety (90) calendar days. Accordingly, if you sell a Janus Fund within ninety (90) calendar days of purchasing it, you will be required to disgorge any profit made. Transactions will be matched with any opposite transaction within the most recent ninety (90) calendar days. The ninety (90) day holding period does not apply to written systematic purchase or sale plans such as payroll deduction, automatic monthly investment, or 401(k) contributions. However, it does apply to all other non-systematic transactions such as periodic rebalancing. Any disgorgement of profits required under this provision shall be donated to a charitable organization selected by the Ethics Committee. The Ethics Committee may grant exceptions to this ninety (90) day holding period as a result of death, disability or other special circumstances.

TRANSACTIONS IN COVERED SECURITIES

TRADING RESTRICTIONS

The trading restrictions of the Code apply to all direct and indirect acquisitions and dispositions of Covered Securities, whether by purchase, sale, stock purchase plan, gift, inheritance or otherwise. Unless otherwise noted, the following trading restrictions are applicable to any transaction in a Covered Security (excluding Janus Funds; trading restrictions for Janus Funds are noted above) Beneficially Owned by a Covered Person. Independent Trustees, Advisory Board Members and Interested Trustees are exempt from certain trading restrictions because of their limited access to current information regarding Janus Funds and Client investments. Any disgorgement of profits required under any of the following provisions shall be donated to a charitable organization selected by the Ethics Committee. However, if disgorgement is required as a result of trades by a portfolio manager that conflict with that manager's own Clients, disgorgement proceeds shall be paid directly to such Clients. If disgorgement is required under more than one provision, the Ethics Committee shall determine in its sole discretion the provision that shall control.

9

For trading restrictions applicable to Janus Funds, please see Transactions in Janus Funds above.

EXCLUDED TRANSACTIONS

Some or all of the trading restrictions listed below do not apply to the following transactions; however, these transactions must be reported to Compliance (see Reporting Requirements):

1. Tender offer transactions are exempt from all trading restrictions.

2. The acquisition of Covered Securities through an employer retirement plan such as 401(k) Plan or stock purchase plans is exempt from all trading restrictions except pre-clearance, the trading ban on Portfolio Managers, and the seven day rule. (Note: the sales of securities acquired through a stock purchase plan are subject to all of the trading restrictions of the Code.)

3. The acquisition of securities through stock dividends, automatic dividend reinvestment plans, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of such securities are exempt from all trading restrictions. The acquisition of securities through the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of securities, to the extent the rights were acquired in the issue, is exempt from all trading restrictions.

4. An Approved Non-Influence and Non-Control Account. See Non-Influence and Non-Control Account section of this Code. PLEASE NOTE THAT THESE ACCOUNTS ARE SUBJECT TO THE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS and to the pre-clearance requirements for TRADES IN COMPANY SECURITIES FOR RESTRICTED EMPLOYEES.

5. The acquisition of securities by gift or inheritance is exempt from all trading restrictions. (Note: the sales of securities acquired by gift or inheritance are subject to all trading restrictions of the Code.) ---

6. Transactions in Covered Securities that are gifted (except for gifts intended as political contributions) to charitable organizations are exempt from all trading restrictions. Note this exception does not apply to Company Securities.

DISCLOSURE OF CONFLICTS

If an Investment Person is planning to invest or make a recommendation to invest in securities for a Client, and such person has a material interest in the security or issuer of the security, such person must first disclose such interest to his or her manager. The manager shall conduct an independent review of the recommendation to purchase the security for the Client. The manager may review the recommendation only if he or she has no material interest in the security or issuer of the security. A material interest is Beneficial Ownership of any security (including derivatives, options, warrants or rights), offices, directorships, significant contracts, interests or relationships that are likely to affect such person's judgment.

Investment Personnel may not fail to timely recommend a suitable security to, or purchase or sell a suitable security for a Client in order to avoid an actual or apparent conflict with a personal transaction in that security. Before trading any security, a research analyst has a duty to provide to Janus any material; public information that comes from the company about such security in his or her possession. As a result, Investment Personnel should confirm that a research note regarding such information is on file prior to trading in the security, or if not, should disclose the information to his or her manager or the appropriate portfolio manager.

10

TRADING BAN ON PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

Portfolio Managers are generally prohibited from trading personally in Covered Securities. However, the following types of transactions are exempt from this policy, but are subject to all applicable provisions of the Rules, including pre-clearance:

1. The purchase or sale of Non-Covered Securities, Company Securities or Janus Funds.

2. The sale of any security that is not held by any Client.

3. The sale of any security in order to raise capital to fund a significant life event. For example, purchasing a home or automobile or paying medical or education expenses.

4. The purchase or sale of any security that is not a permissible investment for any Client.

BAN ON IPOS

Covered Persons (except Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members) may not purchase securities in an IPO (excluding secondary, fixed-income and convertible securities offerings). Such securities may be purchased or received, however, when the individual has an existing right to purchase the security based on his or her status as an investor, policyholder or depositor of the issuer. In addition, securities issued in reorganizations are also outside the scope of this prohibition if the transaction involves no investment decision on the part of the Covered Person except in connection with a shareholder vote. (Note: any securities or transactions that fall outside the scope of this prohibition are subject to all applicable trading restrictions.)

BLACKOUT PERIOD

No Access Person may engage in a transaction in a Covered Security when such person knows or should have known at the time there to be pending, on behalf of any Client, a "buy" or "sell" order in that same security. The existence of pending orders will be checked by Compliance as part of the pre-clearance process. Pre-clearance may be given when any pending Client order is completely executed or withdrawn.

SEVEN-DAY BLACKOUT PERIOD

Investment Personnel may not trade in a Covered Security within seven (7) calendar days after a trade in that security has been made on behalf of any Janus Fund or Client.

11

PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURES FOR COVERED SECURITIES

Access Persons (except Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members) must obtain pre-clearance prior to engaging in any personal transaction in Covered Securities, unless such transaction meets one of the Excluded Transactions provisions note above. A Personal Trading Pre-clearance Form must be submitted to Compliance through P*Trade. The Pre-clearance Form should indicate securities being purchased in a Limited Offering Compliance shall promptly notify the person of approval or denial of the transaction via email. Notification of approval or denial of the transaction may be given verbally; however, it shall be confirmed in writing within seventy-two (72) hours of verbal notification. When pre-clearance has been approved, the person then has four (4) business days from and including the day of first notification to execute the trade.

Investment personnel who have been authorized to acquire securities in a Limited Offering or who hold such securities must disclose that investment to the Director of Research when they are involved in a Client's consideration of an investment in that issuer, and the Client's decision to purchase such security must be independently reviewed and approved by the Chief Investment Officer or Director of Research provided such person have no personal interest in the issuer.

PRE-CLEARANCE PROCESS FOR JNS ACCESS PERSONS

General pre-clearance shall be obtained by all Access Persons from an authorized person from each of the following:

1. A designated Legal or Compliance Representative will present the personal investment to the attendees of the weekly investment meeting, whereupon an opportunity will be given to orally object. An attendee of the weekly investment meeting shall object to such clearance if such person knows of a conflict with a pending Client transaction or a transaction known by such attendee to be under consideration for a Client. Objections to such clearance should also take into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a Client. If no objections are raised, the Designated Legal or Compliance Representative shall so indicate on the Pre-clearance Form. Such approval shall not be required for sales of securities not held by any Clients.

2. A designated Legal or Compliance Representative will verify via P*Trade that at the time of the request there are no pending "buy" or "sell" orders in the security on behalf of a Janus Client (excluding INTECH Clients).

3. The Director of Compliance or a designated Legal or Compliance Representative may provide clearance if no legal prohibitions are known by such person to exist with respect to the proposed trade. Approvals for such clearance should take into account, among other factors, the existence of any Watch List or Restricted List, if it is determined by Compliance that the proposed trade will not have a material influence on the market for that security or will take advantage of or hinder client trading, if the Access Person has completed an Ethics Rules training session, and, to the extent reasonably practicable, recent trading activity and holdings of Clients.

4. Trades by Investment Personnel employed by JNS may not be pre-cleared by presentation at the weekly investment meeting. Instead, Investment Personnel must obtain the following approvals.

1) Investment Personnel must send an email to all Portfolio Managers, Research Analysts and Traders requesting pre-clearance with a detailed analysis (i.e., describe company's business,

12

valuation and investment rationale) as to why they are requesting the transaction AND WHY IT IS NOT APPROPRIATE FOR CLIENTS. This will start the clock for the Seven (7) Day Blackout Period.

2) If, on the seventh (7th) calendar day after the Investment Person sent the email to the group and no one objected to the trade and no trades in that security occurred on behalf of any Janus Fund or Clients, then the Investment Person must next receive WRITTEN
(EMAIL) APPROVAL FROM THE DIRECTOR OF RESEARCH who will evaluate (i) whether or not there is any conflict of interest or questions of impropriety and (ii) if the Investment Person is also a research analyst and at the time of the request covers the security, the Director of Research shall ensure the analyst has it rated a "strong buy."

3) If steps one and two above clear, then the Investment Person must request pre-clearance from Compliance via P*Trade. Compliance will verify steps one and two have been completed and then check the Restricted List and trading blotter to ensure no trades are pending.

If steps one, two and three above are all cleared, then pre-clearance will be granted and the Investment Person will have four (4) business days to execute the trade.

In addition to the pre-clearance requirements for Investment Personnel, Assistant Portfolio Managers must obtain prior written approval from the Portfolio Manager of the Janus Fund or advisory Client for which he or she is the Assistant Portfolio Manager. Assistant Portfolio Managers are also required to note on the Pre-clearance Form whether or not the security was recommended to Portfolio Managers for purchase or sale on behalf of any Janus Fund or advisory Client, and the reason why the Portfolio Manager decided the transaction was not appropriate at the time.

NO AUTHORIZED PERSON MAY PRE-CLEAR A TRANSACTION IN WHICH SUCH PERSON HAS BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP.

PRECLEARANCE PROCESS FOR INTECH ACCESS PERSONS

General pre-clearance shall be obtained by all INTECH Access Persons from an authorized person from each of the following:

1. A designated Legal or Compliance Representative will present the personal investment to Dave Hurley or Bob Garvy, whereupon they will have an opportunity to object in writing. Dave Hurley or Bob Garvy shall object to such clearance if such person knows of a conflict with a pending Client transaction or a transaction known to be under consideration for a Client. Objections to such clearance should also take into account, among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a Client. If no objections are raised, the Designated Legal or Compliance Representative shall so indicate on the Pre-clearance Form.

2. A designated Legal or Compliance Representative will verify via P*Trade that at the time of the request there are no pending "buy" or "sell" orders in the security on behalf of an INTECH Client (excluding JNS Clients).

3. The Director of Compliance, or a designated Legal or Compliance Representative may provide clearance if no legal prohibitions are known by such person to exist with respect to the proposed trade. Approvals for such clearance should take into account, among other factors, the existence of any Watch List or Restricted List, if it is determined by Compliance that the proposed trade will not have a material influence on the market for that security or will take advantage of or hinder client trading, if

13

the Access Person has completed an Ethics Rules training session, and, to the extent reasonably practicable, recent trading activity and holdings of Clients.

NO AUTHORIZED PERSON MAY PRE-CLEAR A TRANSACTION IN WHICH SUCH PERSON HAS BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP.

FOUR DAY EFFECTIVE PERIOD

Clearances to trade will be in effect for four (4) trading/business days from and including the day of first notification of approval. For stock purchase plans, exercise of Company Securities and similar transactions, the date the request is submitted to the company processing the transaction will be considered the trade date for purposes of this requirement. Open orders, including stop loss orders, will generally not be allowed unless such order is expected to be completed within the four (4) day effective period. It is necessary to re-pre-clear transactions not executed within the four-day effective period.

PRE-CLEARANCE OF STOCK PURCHASE PLANS

Access Persons (except Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members) who wish to participate in a stock purchase plan must pre-clear such trades via P*Trade prior to submitting notice of participation in such stock purchase plan to the applicable company. To pre-clear the trade, the Director of Compliance shall consider all material factors relevant to a potential conflict of interest between the Access Person and Clients. In addition, any increase of $100 or more to a pre-existing stock purchase plan must be pre-cleared.

14

SIXTY DAY RULE -- PROHIBITION ON SHORT-TERM PROFITS

Access Persons (except Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members) shall disgorge any profits realized in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same or equivalent Covered Securities within sixty
(60) calendar days.

180 DAY RULE -- PROHIBITION ON SHORT-TERM PROFITS

Investment Personnel shall disgorge any profits realized in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same or equivalent Covered Securities within 180 calendar days.

FIVE DAY BEST PRICE RULE

Any Access Person (except Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members) who buys or sells a Covered Security within five (5) business days before such security is bought or sold on behalf of any Client must disgorge any price advantage realized. The price advantage shall be the favorable spread, if any, between the price paid or received by such Access Person and the least favorable price paid or received by a Client during such period. 1 The Ethics Committee has the authority by unanimous action to exempt any person from the five (5) day rule if such person is selling securities to raise capital to fund a significant life event. For example, purchasing a home or automobile or paying medical or education expenses. In order for the Ethics Committee to consider such exemption, the life event must occur within thirty
(30) calendar days of the security transaction, and the person must provide written confirmation of the event.

THIRTY DAY BEST PRICE RULE

Any Investment Person who buys or sells a Covered Security within thirty (30) calendar days before such security is bought or sold on behalf of any Client must disgorge any price advantage realized. The price advantage shall be the favorable spread, if any, between the price paid or received by such person and the least favorable price paid or received by a Client during such period. 2

SHORT SALES

Any Access Person (except Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members) who sells short a Covered Security that such person knows or should have known is held long by any Client shall disgorge any profit realized on such transaction. This prohibition shall not apply, however, to securities indices or derivatives thereof (such as futures contracts on the S&P 500 index). Client ownership of Covered Securities will be checked as part of the pre-clearance process.

HEDGE FUNDS, INVESTMENT CLUBS AND OTHER INVESTMENTS


1 Personal purchases are matched against subsequent Client purchases and personal sales are matched against subsequent Client sales for purposes of this restriction. JNS Personnel trades will be matched against JNS Client trades and INTECH Personnel trades will be matched against INTECH Client trades.

2 Personal purchases are matched against subsequent Client purchases and personal sales are matched against subsequent Client sales for purposes of this restriction.

15

No Access Person (except Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members) may participate in hedge funds, investment partnerships, investment clubs or similar investment vehicles, unless such person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control over the trading. Covered Persons wishing to rely upon this provision must submit a Certification of Non-Influence and Non-Control Form to Compliance for approval. (See Non-Influence and Non-Control Accounts section below.) Such investments are typically Limited Public Offerings and are subject to pre-clearance.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

ACCOUNT STATEMENTS

All Covered Persons (except Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members) must notify Compliance of each brokerage account and Janus Fund account in which they have Beneficial Ownership and must arrange for their brokers or financial institutions to provide to Compliance, within thirty
(30) calendar days, duplicate account statements and confirmations showing all transactions in brokerage or Janus Fund accounts in which they have Beneficial Ownership. A Personal Brokerage/Janus Mutual Fund Account Disclosure Form should be completed for this purpose and submitted via P*Trade.

PLEASE NOTE THAT EVEN IF SUCH PERSON DOES NOT TRADE COVERED SECURITIES IN A PARTICULAR BROKERAGE OR COMMODITIES ACCOUNT (E.G., TRADING NON-JANUS MUTUAL FUNDS IN A SCHWAB ACCOUNT), THE REPORTING OF DUPLICATE ACCOUNT STATEMENTS AND CONFIRMATIONS IS REQUIRED. Reporting of accounts that do not allow any trading in Covered Securities (e.g., a mutual fund account held directly with the fund sponsor) is not required.

Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members must notify Compliance of each Janus Fund account in which he or she has Beneficial Ownership, including any brokerage account through which Janus Fund shares are held, and must arrange for their brokers or financial institutions to provide to Compliance, on a timely basis, duplicate account statements and confirmations showing all transactions in brokerage or Janus Fund accounts in which they have Beneficial Ownership. A Personal Brokerage/Janus Mutual Fund Account Disclosure Form should be completed for this purpose and submitted via P*Trade.

Covered Persons must immediately report to Compliance the opening of a reportable account, and certify annually thereafter, including the name of the firm and the name under which the account is carried. A Personal Brokerage/Janus Mutual Fund Account Disclosure Form should be completed for this purpose via P*Trade.

Certain transactions might not be reported through a brokerage account, such as private placements, inheritances or gifts. In these instances, Access Persons must report these transactions within ten (10) calendar days after the transaction using a Personal Securities Transaction Report as noted below.

Registered Persons of JD LLC are reminded that they must also inform any brokerage firm with which they open an account at the time the account is opened, that they are registered with JD LLC.

Non-Access Persons who engage in transactions of an aggregate of $25,000 or more in Covered Securities within a calendar year must provide Compliance with an Annual Transaction Report listing all such transactions in all accounts in which such person has Beneficial Ownership. Compliance will request this information annually via P*Trade and will spot check all or a portion of such transactions or accounts.

HOLDINGS REPORTS

16

Access Persons (except Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members) must submit to the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee via P*Trade, within ten (10) calendar days after becoming an Access Person, an Access Person Covered Securities/Janus Mutual Fund Holdings Disclosure Form which lists all Covered Securities beneficially held and any accounts through which such securities are maintained. In addition, persons designated Investment Personnel must provide a brief description of any positions held (e.g., Director, Officer, other) with for-profit entities other than Janus by submitting an Investment Person Directorship Disclosure Form. Every Access Person must submit an annual holdings report at least once each twelve month period. The reports must contain information current as of no more than forty-five (45) calendar days from the time the report is submitted.

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORTS

Access Persons (other than Independent Trustees and Advisory Board Members) must submit via P*Trade a Personal Securities Transaction Report to the Chief Compliance Officer or other persons designated in this Code within ten (10) calendar days after any month end showing all transactions in Covered Securities for which confirmations known by such person were not timely provided to Janus, and all such transactions that are not effected in brokerage or commodities accounts, including without limitation non-brokered private placements, and transactions in securities that are in certificate form, which may include gifts, inheritances and other transactions in Covered Securities.

Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members must report a transaction in a Covered Security if such person knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Trustee or Advisory Board Member should have known, that, during the fifteen (15) day period immediately preceding the date of his or her personal transaction, such security was purchased or sold by, or was being considered for purchase or sale on behalf of any Janus Fund for which such person acts as Trustee or Advisory Board Member.

Such persons must promptly comply with any request of the Director of Compliance to Provide Transaction reports regardless of whether their broker has been instructed to provide duplicate confirmations. Such reports may be requested, for example, to check that all applicable confirmations are being received or to supplement the requested confirmations when a broker is difficult to work with or otherwise fails to provide duplicate confirmations on a timely basis.

NON-INFLUENCE AND NON-CONTROL ACCOUNTS

The Rules shall not apply to any account, partnership or similar investment vehicle over which a Covered Person has no direct or indirect influence or control. Covered Persons wishing to rely upon this provision are required to receive prior approval from the Ethics Committee. In order to request such approval, a Certification of Non-Influence and Non-Control Form must be submitted to Compliance via P*Trade.

Note: Although a Covered Person may be given an exemption from the Rules for a certain account, such accounts are prohibited from purchasing securities in an initial public offering, Limited Public Offerings Janus Funds and Company Securities except in accordance with these Rules; and he or she is required to provide Compliance with duplicate account statements and trade confirmations.

Any account beneficially owned by a Covered Person that is managed by Janus in a discretionary capacity is not covered by these Rules as long as such person has no direct or indirect influence or control over the account. The employment relationship between the account-holder and the individual managing the account, in the absence of other facts indicating control will not be deemed to give such account-holder influence or control over the account.

17

OTHER REQUIRED FORMS

In addition to the Pre-clearance Form, Pre-clearance Form for Company Securities, Personal Brokerage Account Disclosure Form, Access Person Covered Securities Disclosure Form, Investment Person Directorship Disclosure Form, Report of Personal Securities Transactions, Annual Transaction Report and Certification of Non-Influence and Non-Control Form discussed above, the following forms (available through P*Trade) must be completed if applicable to you:

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT FORM

Each Covered Person must provide Compliance with an Acknowledgment of Receipt Form within ten (10) calendar days of commencement of employment or other services certifying that he or she has received a current copy of the Rules and acknowledges, as a condition of employment, that he or she will comply with the Rules in their entirety. In addition, Compliance will provide all Covered Persons with a copy of any amendments to these Rules, and each Covered Persons must sign an acknowledgement of receipt of any material amendments.

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION FORM

Each Covered Person must provide Compliance annually with an Annual Certification Form certifying that he or she:

1. Has received, read and understands the Rules.

2. Has complied with the requirements of the Rules.

3. Has disclosed or reported all open brokerage account and Janus Fund accounts, personal holdings and personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Rules.

TRUSTEE AND ADVISORY BOARD MEMBER REPRESENTATION FORM

All Trustees and Advisory Board Members must upon commencement of services and annually thereafter, provide Compliance with an Independent Trustee/Interested Trustee Representation Form. The Form declares that such persons agree to refrain from trading in any securities when they are in possession of any information regarding trading recommendations made or proposed to be made to any Client by Janus or its officers or employees.


GIFT POLICY

Gifts may be given (or accepted) only if they are in accordance with normally accepted business practices and do not raise any question of impropriety. A question of impropriety may be raised if a gift influences or gives the appearance of influencing the recipient. The following outlines Janus' policy on giving and receiving gifts to help us maintain those standards and is applicable to all officers, directors and employees of Janus (excluding Independent Trustees, Interested Trustees and Advisory Board Members).

18

GIFT GIVING

Neither you nor members of your immediate family may give any gift, series of gifts or other thing of value, including cash, loans, personal services or special discounts ("Gifts") in excess of $100 per year to any Client or any one person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of Janus or any Client (collectively referred to herein as "Business Relationships"). Additionally, Covered Persons should not make charitable contributions on behalf of a Client or financial intermediary unless it is clear that the contribution has been made by Janus. Charitable contributions made on behalf of or at the request of a Client or financial intermediary must be approved in advance by Compliance.

GIFT RECEIVING

Neither you nor members of your immediate family may receive any Gift of material value from any single Business Relationship. A Gift will be considered material in value if it influences or gives the appearance of influencing the recipient.

In the event the aggregate fair market value of all Gifts received by you from any single Business Relationship is estimated to exceed $250 in any twelve (12) month period, you must immediately notify your manager. Managers who receive such notification must report this information to the Director of Compliance if it appears that such Gifts may have improperly influenced the receiver. If the Gift is made in connection with the sale or distribution of a registered investment company or variable contract securities, the aggregate fair market value of all such Gifts received by you from any single Business Relationship may never exceed $100 in any twelve (12) month period.

Occasionally, Janus employees are invited to attend or participate in conferences, tour a company's facilities or meet with representatives of a company. Such invitations may involve traveling and may require overnight lodging. Generally, Janus must pay for all travel and lodging expenses provided in connection with such activities. However, if appropriate, and with prior approval from your manager, you may accept travel related amenities if the costs are considered insubstantial and are not readily ascertainable.

The solicitation of a Gift is prohibited (i.e., you may not request a Gift, such as tickets to a sporting event be given to you).

CUSTOMARY BUSINESS AMENITIES

Customary business amenities are not considered Gifts so long as such amenities are business related (e.g., if you are accepting tickets to a sporting event, the offerer must go with you), reasonable in cost, appropriate as to time and place and neither so frequent nor so costly as to raise any question of impropriety. Customary business amenities which you and, if appropriate, your guests, may accept (or give) include an occasional meal, a ticket to a sporting event or the theater, greens fees, an invitation to a reception or cocktail party or comparable entertainment.

Note: An exception to the requirement to attend as the offerer may be granted with your supervisor's approval. This exception applies only to tickets to a sporting event or the theater and the cost of the tickets must be reasonable.

GIFT / ENTERTAINMENT POLICY FOR INVESTMENT PERSONNEL

19

Investment Personnel may not receive more than $100 in gifts over the course of a calendar year from one brokerage firm. Gifts are things of value received where there was no direct meeting with the broker, e.g., a bottle of wine.

Investment Personnel may occasionally go to dinner or events (such as occasional meals, sporting events, theater/Broadway shows, golf outings, an invitation to a reception or cocktail party or comparable entertainment where the offerer is in attendance) with brokerage firms and companies (salespeople, analysts, traders etc.) subject to:

1. Max $250 value per employee, and, if applicable, max $500 value for employee and employee's guest PER SINGLE OUTING. The limits apply to the total market value cost (not face value) of the outing, including meals, travel (airfare/hotels/cars), sporting events, limo rides, etc.

2. Aggregate value per year of all such benefits may not exceed $1,000 per company.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Portfolio Managers, Research Analyst and Traders are required to report at least monthly gifts and/or entertainment received with a value greater than $50 from any one company.


OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT POLICY

No Covered Person (excluding Trustees and Advisory Board Members) shall accept employment or compensation as a result of any business activity (other than a passive investment), outside the scope of his relationship with Janus unless such person has provided prompt written notice of such employment or compensation to Compliance and, in the case of securities-related employment or compensation, has received the prior written approval of the Ethics Committee. All requests for approval must be submitted via P*Trade by submitting an Outside Employment Form. Registered Persons are reminded that prior approval must be given before any employment outside of Janus is accepted pursuant to JD LLC's Written Supervisory Procedures and applicable NASD rules.


PENALTY GUIDELINES

OVERVIEW

Covered Persons who violate any of the requirements, restrictions or prohibitions of the Rules may be subject to sanctions imposed by the Ethics Committee. The following guidelines shall be used by the Director of Compliance for recommending remedial actions for Covered Persons who violate prohibitions or disregard requirements of the Rules. Deviations from the Five Day, Sixty Day, Thirty Day and 180 Day Rules are not considered to be violations under the Rules and, therefore, are not subject to the penalty guidelines.

Upon learning of a potential deviation from, or violation of the Rules, the Director of Compliance will provide a written recommendation of remedial action to the Ethics Committee. The Ethics Committee has full discretion to approve such recommendation or impose other sanctions it deems appropriate. The Ethics Committee will take into consideration, among other things, whether the violation was a technical violation of

20

the Rules or an inadvertent oversight (i.e., ill-gotten profits versus general oversight). The guidelines are designed to promote consistency and uniformity in the imposition of sanctions and disciplinary matters.

PENALTY GUIDELINES

Outlined below are the guidelines for the sanctions that may be imposed on Covered Persons who fail to comply with the Rules:

- First Violation: The Chief Compliance Officer will send a memorandum of reprimand to the person and copy his or her Supervisor and department Vice President. The memorandum will generally reinforce the person's responsibilities under the Rules, educate the person on the severity of personal trading violations, inform the person of the possible penalties for future violations of the Rules and require the person to re-take Rules training.

- Second Violation (IF OCCURS BEYOND 2YRS OF 1ST VIOLATION, FIRST VIOLATION GUIDELINES WILL APPLY): The Ethics Committee will impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including without limitation, a letter of censure, fines, withholding of bonus payments or suspension of personal trading privileges for up to sixty (60) days. In addition, the Vice President of the employee's department, or in the case of Vice Presidents and above and Investment Personnel, the Chief Operating Officer, will be required to have an in person meeting with the employee to reinforce the person's responsibilities under the Rules, educate the person on the severity of personal trading violations, inform the person of the possible penalties for future violations of the Rules and require the person to re-take Rules training.

- Third Violation (IF OCCURS BEYOND 2 YRS OF 2ND VIOLATION, SECOND VIOLATION GUIDELINES WILL APPLY): The Ethics Committee will impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including without limitation, a letter of censure, fines, withholding of bonus payments or suspension personal trading privileges for up to ninety
(90) days or termination of employment. In addition, the Vice President of the employee's department and the Chief Operating Officer will be required to have an in person meeting with the employee to reinforce the person's responsibilities under the Rules, educate the person on the severity of personal trading violations, inform the person of the possible penalties for future violations of the Rules and require the person to re-take Rules training.

In addition to the above disciplinary sanctions, such persons may be required to disgorge any profits realized in connection with such violation. All disgorgement proceeds collected will be donated to a charitable organization selected by the Ethics Committee. The Ethics Committee may determine to impose any sanctions, including termination, immediately and without notice if it determines that the severity of any violation or violations warrants such action. All sanctions imposed will be documented in such person's personal trading file maintained by Janus and will be reported to Human Resources.


SUPERVISORY AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

The Chief Compliance Officer and Director of Compliance are responsible for implementing supervisory and compliance review procedures. Supervisory procedures can be divided into two classifications: prevention of violations and detection of violations. Compliance review procedures include preparation of special and annual reports, record maintenance and review and confidentiality preservation.

SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES

21

PREVENTION OF VIOLATIONS

To prevent violations of the Rules, the Director of Compliance should, in addition to enforcing the procedures outlined in the Rules:

1. Review and update the Rules as necessary, at least once annually, including but not limited to a review of the Code by the Chief Compliance Officer, the Ethics Committee and/or counsel;

2. Answer questions regarding the Rules, or refer the same to the Chief Compliance Officer;

3. Request from all persons upon commencement of services, and annually thereafter, any applicable forms and reports as required by the Rules;

4. Identify all Access Persons and notify them of their responsibilities and reporting requirements;

5. Write letters to the securities firms requesting duplicate confirmations and account statements where necessary; and

6. With such assistance from the Human Resources Department as may be appropriate, maintain a continuing education program consisting of the following:

1) Orienting Covered Persons who are new to Janus and the Rules; and

2) Further educating Covered Persons by distributing memos or other materials that may be issued by outside organizations such as the Investment Company Institute which discuss the issue of insider trading and other issues raised by the Rules.

DETECTION OF VIOLATIONS

To detect violations of these Rules, the Director of Compliance should, in addition to enforcing the procedures outlined in the Rules:

- Implement procedures to review holding and transaction reports, confirmations, forms and statements relative to applicable restrictions, as provided under the Code; and

- Implement procedures to review the Restricted and Watch Lists relative to applicable personal and Client trading activity, as provided under the Policy.

Spot checks of certain information are permitted as noted under the Code.

COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

REPORTS OF POTENTIAL DEVIATIONS OR VIOLATIONS

Upon learning of a potential deviation from or violation of the Rules, the Director of Compliance shall report such violation to the Chief Compliance Officer, together with all documents relating to the matter. The Chief Compliance Officer shall either present the information at the next regular meeting of the Ethics Committee or conduct a special meeting. The Ethics Committee shall thereafter take such action as it deems appropriate (see Penalty Guidelines).

22

ANNUAL REPORTS

The Chief Compliance Officer shall prepare a written report to the Ethics Committee and the Trustees at least annually. The written report to the Trustees shall include any certification required by Rule 17j-1. This report shall set forth the following information and shall be confidential:

- Copies of the Rules, as revised, including a summary of any changes made since the last report;

- Identification of any material issues arising under the Rules including material violations requiring significant remedial action since the last report;

- Identification of any material conflicts arising since the last report; and

- Recommendations, if any, regarding changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon Janus' experience under these Rules, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

The Trustees must initially approve these Rules within the time frame required by Rule 17j-1. Any material changes to these Rules must be approved within six months.

RECORDS

Compliance shall maintain the following records on behalf of each Janus entity:

- A copy of this Code and any amendment thereof which is or at any time within the past five years has been in effect;

- A record of any violation of this Code, or any amendment thereof, and any action taken as a result of such violation;

- Files for personal securities transaction confirmations and account statements, all reports and other forms submitted by Covered Persons pursuant to these Rules and any other pertinent information;

- A list of all persons who are, or have been, required to submit reports pursuant to these Rules;

- A list of persons who are, or within the last five years have been responsible for, reviewing transaction and holdings reports; and

- A copy of each report submitted to the Trustees pursuant to this Code.

- A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by Investment Personnel of securities in Limited Public Offerings for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which such approval was granted.

- A record of all Acknowledgements of Receipt for each person who is, or within the past five years was, a Covered Person.

23

INSPECTION

The records and reports maintained by Compliance pursuant to the Rules shall at all times be available for inspection, without prior notice, by any member of the Ethics Committee.

CONFIDENTIALITY

All procedures, reports and records monitored, prepared or maintained pursuant to these Rules shall be considered confidential and proprietary to Janus and shall be maintained and protected accordingly. Except as otherwise required by law or this Policy, such matters shall not be disclosed to anyone other than to members of the Ethics Committee, as requested.

FILING OF REPORTS

To the extent that any report, form acknowledgment or other document is required to be in writing and signed, such documents may be submitted by e-mail or other electronic form approved by Compliance. Any report filed with the Chief Compliance Officer or Director of Compliance of Janus shall be deemed filed with the Janus Funds.

THE ETHICS COMMITTEE

The purpose of this Section is to describe the Ethics Committee. The Ethics Committee was created to provide an effective mechanism for monitoring compliance with the standards and procedures contained in the Rules and to take appropriate action at such times as violations or potential violations are discovered.

MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE

The Committee consists of Peter Boucher, Senior Vice President of Human Resources; Kelley Howes, Vice President, General Counsel of Janus Capital Management LLC; John Bluher, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Public Affairs Officer; Andy Iseman, Senior Vice President of Operations ; David Kowalski, Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer; Susan Wold, Vice President and Director of Complaince; David Martin, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; and Andrea Young, Senior Vice President of Information Technology and Chief Technology Officer. The Director of Compliance currently serves as the Chairman of the Committee. The composition of the Committee may be changed from time-to-time.

COMMITTEE MEETINGS

The Committee shall generally meet every four months or as often as necessary to review operation of the compliance program and to consider technical deviations from operational procedures, inadvertent oversights or any other potential violation of the Rules. Deviations alternatively may be addressed by including them in the employee's personnel records maintained by Janus. Committee meetings are primarily intended for consideration of the general operation of the compliance program and substantive or serious departures from standards and procedures in the Rules.

Such other persons may attend a Committee meeting including INTECH personnel, at the discretion of the Committee, as the Committee shall deem appropriate. Any individual whose conduct has given rise to the meeting may also be called upon, but shall not have the right, to appear before the Committee.

It is not required that minutes of Committee meetings be maintained; in lieu of minutes the Committee may issue a report describing any action taken. The report shall be included in the confidential file maintained by

24

the Director of Compliance with respect to the particular employee or employees whose conduct has been the subject of the meeting.

SPECIAL DISCRETION

The Committee shall have the authority by unanimous action to exempt any person or class of persons or transaction or class of transactions from all or a portion of the Rules, provided that:

- The Committee determines, on advice of counsel, that the particular application of all or a portion of the Rules is not legally required;

- The Committee determines that the likelihood of any abuse of the Rules by such exempted person(s) or as a result of such exempted transaction is remote;

- The terms or conditions upon which any such exemption is granted is evidenced in writing; and

- The exempted person(s) agrees to execute and deliver to the Director of Compliance, at least annually, a signed Acknowledgment Form, which Acknowledgment shall, by operation of this provision, describe such exemptions and the terms and conditions upon which it was granted.

The Committee shall also have the authority by unanimous action to impose such additional requirements or restrictions as it, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate or necessary, as outlined in the Penalty Guidelines.

Any exemption, and any additional requirement or restriction, may be withdrawn by the Committee at any time (such withdrawal action is not required to be unanimous).


GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ETHICS RULES

DESIGNEES

The Director of Compliance and the Chief Compliance Officer may appoint designees to carry out their functions pursuant to these Rules.

ENFORCEMENT

In addition to the penalties described in the Penalty Guidelines and elsewhere in the Rules, upon discovering a violation of the Rules, the Janus entity in which a Covered Person is associated may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including without limitation, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of employment or personal trading privileges of the violator. All material violations of the Rules and any sanctions imposed with respect thereto shall be reported periodically to the Trustees.

25

INTERNAL USE

The Rules are intended solely for internal use by Janus and do not constitute an admission, by or on behalf of such companies, their controlling persons or persons they control, as to any fact, circumstance or legal conclusion. The Rules are not intended to evidence, describe or define any relationship of control between or among any persons. Further, the Rules are not intended to form the basis for describing or defining any conduct by a person that should result in such person being liable to any other person, except insofar as the conduct of such person in violation of the Rules may constitute sufficient cause for Janus to terminate or otherwise adversely affect such person's relationship with Janus.

26

APPENDIX A

JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
JANUS INVESTMENT FUND
JANUS ASPEN SERIES
JANUS ADVISER SERIES
JANUS WORLD FUNDS

MUTUAL FUND HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
ADOPTED AND EFFECTIVE MARCH 21, 2005
LAST REVISED SEPTEMBER 20, 2005

1. APPLICABILITY AND STATEMENT OF POLICY

Janus Capital Management LLC's ("Janus") and Janus Investment Fund, Janus Aspen Series, Janus Adviser Series and Janus World Funds (collectively the "Funds") Mutual Fund Holdings Disclosure Policies and Procedures ("Policies and Procedures") apply to disclosure of the Funds' portfolio holdings to all persons, including, without limitation, individual investors, intermediaries, third-party distributors, financial consultants, service providers, data aggregators and Janus' and/or the Funds' affiliates.

"Portfolio holdings" consists of a complete list of names of securities held by a Fund, or any subset thereof.

The Policies and Procedures are designed to be in the best interests of the Funds, protect the confidentiality of the Funds' portfolio holdings and to permit disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings where such disclosure is consistent with the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws and a Fund's or adviser's fiduciary duties.

2. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

A. PUBLIC DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS ON JANUS' WEBSITE

Janus generally posts on its website(s) a complete list of the equity and debt securities (excluding cash investments, derivatives and other investment positions) held in each Fund and the percentage weighting of each security on a periodic basis as described below. Janus may exclude from publication all or any portion of portfolio holdings or change the time periods of disclosure as deemed necessary to protect the interests of the Fund(s).

i. Non-money market fund portfolio holdings as of month-end shall generally be available on the website(s) monthly with a 30 day lag, and shall be posted approximately two business days after month-end, except as may be permitted as described in Section 2.B.v., below. The portfolio holdings shall remain available on the website(s) until the following month's portfolio holdings are posted.

Unless otherwise approved as described in Section 3., below, any dissemination of INTECH portfolio holdings information may contain only the names of portfolio securities and not number of shares and percentage weighting of the portfolio, except for top ten holdings as described in Section 2A.iii., below.

ii. Money market fund portfolio holdings as of month-end shall generally be available on the website(s) monthly, and shall be posted approximately six business days after month-end. Such portfolio holdings shall remain available on the website(s) until the following month's portfolio holdings are posted.

27

iii. Except as set forth below, the top 10 portfolio holdings of each Fund in order of position size and as a percentage of the total portfolio shall be available on the website(s) monthly with a 30 day lag and quarterly with a 15 day lag, and shall be posted approximately two business days after the end of the applicable period. Such portfolio holdings information shall generally remain available on the website(s) until the following month's or quarter's information is posted, as applicable.

As to the posting of top holdings as described above, only the top 5 holdings shall be available for the following Funds:

Janus Investment Fund:
Janus Twenty Fund
Janus Orion Fund
Janus Global Technology Fund Janus Global Life Sciences Fund

Janus Adviser Series:
Forty Fund
Orion Fund

Janus Aspen Series:
Forty Portfolio
Global Technology Portfolio
Global Life Sciences Portfolio

Janus World Funds:
Twenty Fund
Global Technology Fund
Global Life Sciences Fund

iv. Security breakdowns (for example, industry, sector, regional, market capitalization and asset allocation breakdowns) for all Funds shall be available on the website(s) quarterly with a 15 day lag, and shall be posted approximately two business days after the quarter end. The information shall remain available on the website(s) until information for the following quarter is posted.

v. Specific portfolio level performance attribution analysis/statistics for all Funds shall be available to any person monthly upon request with a 30 day lag. Any release of this information shall not occur prior to the next day after the posting of complete portfolio holdings to the website(s).

Portfolio holdings information shall be deemed "public" on the next day after it is posted to the website or the day it is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").

B. DISCLOSURE OF NON-PUBLIC PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The following describes circumstances in which non-public portfolio holdings information may be disclosed:

i. Regulatory, Administrative and Judicial Requirements. The Funds' portfolio holdings may be disclosed in accordance with applicable securities law requirements, such as periodic disclosure in filings with the SEC. Janus may also disclose non-public portfolio holdings in response to requests from state or federal

28

regulators, to comply with valid subpoenas or to otherwise comply with applicable law, whether or not such disclosures are required by law.

ii. Certain Service Providers. Portfolio holdings may be disclosed for legitimate business purposes to certain persons, including, but not limited to:
(a) persons who are subject to the Janus Ethics Rules (such as Janus personnel);
(b) investment advisers, distributors, administrators, transfer agents and custodians to a Fund; and (c) accounting firms, auditing firms, or legal counsel retained by Janus, a Janus affiliate, a Fund or the Funds' Trustees. Disclosure of portfolio holdings pursuant to this section 2.B.ii. shall be subject to such persons' legal duty of confidentiality and legal duty not to trade on the basis of any material non-public information, as such duties are imposed by the Janus Ethics Rules, by written agreement, or under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

iii. Other Service Providers. Janus may disclose portfolio holdings for legitimate business purposes to parties that provide services to Janus, Janus affiliates and/or the Funds. Such entities and persons include, but are not limited to, rating and ranking organizations, lenders, trade execution measurement systems providers, independent pricing services, proxy voting services, the Funds' insurers and computer systems service providers. Disclosure of portfolio holdings to a service provider shall be subject to a written agreement imposing a duty of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on the basis of any material non-public information.

iv. Broker-Dealers. Portfolio holdings information and other investment positions may be provided to broker-dealers in connection with such broker-dealers' trading of the Funds' securities on the Funds' behalf.

v. Consultants and Others. Disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings may be provided to consultants, data aggregators, and asset allocation services which calculate information derived from holdings either for use by Janus or by firms that supply their analyses (but not the holdings themselves) to their clients. Disclosure of such portfolio holdings shall be subject to a written agreement imposing a duty of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on the basis of any material non-public information.

vi. Other Transactions. Disclosure of portfolio holdings may be made to certain parties in certain transactions such as mergers and acquisitions of a Fund and redemptions in kind and to newly hired investment advisers prior to the time they commence duties to a Fund. Disclosure of portfolio holdings in these types of transactions shall be subject to a written agreement imposing a duty of confidentiality, include a duty not to trade on the basis of any material non-public information.

3. APPROVAL AND REPORTING OF DISCLOSURE OF NON-PUBLIC PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Except for categories of disclosure contemplated by Section 2.B.i., ii. iii. and
iv., above, disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings in all other cases must be pre-approved by the Chief Compliance Officer or Janus' Operating Committee and may be permitted if a Fund has a legitimate business purpose, consistent with these policies and procedures. In all cases, disclosure of portfolio holdings shall be subject to monitoring and reporting as described in Section 5, below.

4. FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

Any confidentiality agreements required or deemed appropriate pursuant to these Policies and Procedures should generally include provisions to the effect that:

i. portfolio holdings are the confidential property of a Fund (and its service provider, as applicable) and may not be shared or used directly or indirectly for any purpose, including

29

trading in Fund shares, except as provided in the confidentiality agreement;

ii. the recipient of the portfolio holdings agrees to limit access to the portfolio information to its employees and agents who, on a need to know basis, are: (i) authorized to have access to the portfolio holdings; and (ii) subject to confidentiality obligations, including duties not to trade on nonpublic information; and

iii. upon request, the recipient agrees to promptly return or destroy, as directed, the portfolio information.

5. MONITORING AND REPORTING

i. Monitoring. The Chief Compliance Officer or designee shall monitor a list of parties authorized to receive non-public portfolio holdings. The list shall be updated any time an agreement is entered into with a client to permit non-public portfolio holdings disclosure. On a periodic basis, the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee shall monitor appropriate business practices as deemed necessary to determine compliance with these Policies and Procedures. The Chief Compliance Officer shall request certifications from service providers as deemed necessary to determine compliance with these Policies and Procedures.

ii. Reporting. Any potential exceptions to, or violations of, these Policies and Procedures shall be promptly reported to the Chief Compliance Officer. If the Chief Compliance Officer deems that such matter constitutes a "material compliance matter" within the meaning of Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act, he shall report the matter to the Funds' Boards of Trustees in accordance with Rule 38a-1.

iii. Amendments. Any changes to these Policies and Procedures shall be approved by the Janus Ethics Committee and material changes shall be approved by the Funds' Boards of Trustees.

iv. Records. Janus shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place a copy of these Policies and Procedures (and any amendments thereto) and documentation supporting their implementation for a period of six years.

6. COMPENSATION

No Fund, affiliate or any other party shall receive compensation or other consideration for disclosing a Fund's portfolio holdings.

REVISION DATES:
December 31, 2003
March 21, 2005
July 1, 2005
September 20, 2005

30

APPENDIX B

JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICY FOR
SEPARATELY MANAGED ACCOUNTS AND COMMINGLED PORTFOLIOS
ADOPTED AND EFFECTIVE MARCH 21, 2005
LAST REVISED SEPTEMBER 20, 2005

1. APPLICABILITY AND STATEMENT OF POLICY

Janus Capital Management LLC's ("Janus") Separately Managed Account and Commingled Portfolio Disclosure Policies and Procedures ("Policies and Procedures") apply to disclosure of separately managed account, commingled account, wrap-separately managed account and subadvised fund (collectively, "Account") portfolio holdings information to all persons, including, without limitation, investors, intermediaries third-party distributors, financial consultants, service providers and data aggregators.

It is the policy of Janus to protect the confidentiality of Account portfolio holdings and prevent the selective disclosure of information regarding Account portfolio holdings that is not otherwise publicly available. Accordingly, Account portfolio holdings may not be disclosed except in accordance with these Policies and Procedures.

2. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION

A. DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS TO CURRENT CLIENTS

i. For existing Account clients (or the consultant representing an account), portfolio holding information relating to the client's Account shall be available upon request with no lag. Specific portfolio level attribution analysis shall be available to such clients or consultants upon request as of the most recent month-end with no lag.

B. PUBLIC DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS ON JANUS' WEBSITE AND DISSEMINATION OF REPRESENTATIVE ACCOUNT PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Representative Account portfolio holdings information must be publicly available prior to dissemination to any party. Representative Account portfolio holdings information shall be deemed "public" on the next day after full portfolio holdings information is posted to Janus' website. Janus may exclude from publication all or any portion of portfolio holdings or change the time periods of disclosure as deemed necessary.

i. Unless otherwise approved as described in Section 3., below, any dissemination of portfolio holdings information related to Accounts sub-advised or advised by Enhanced Investment Technologies LCC (INTECH) may contain only the names of portfolio securities and not number of shares and percentage weighting of the portfolio, except for top ten holdings as described in Section 2.B.iii., below.

ii. Full portfolio holdings for representative Accounts may be disseminated monthly with a 30 day lag to consultant databases, other "subscribed" entities and in RFPs, questionnaires, review books and finals presentations, except as may be otherwise permitted as described in Section
2.C.v., below.

iii. Top 10 holdings with portfolio weightings for representative Accounts may be disseminated quarterly with a 15 day lag to consultant databases, upon client request, and in marketing materials, quarterly review books, questionnaires and RFPs.

31

iv. Specific portfolio level performance attribution analysis/statistics for representative Accounts may be disseminated monthly with a 30 day lag to consultant databases, upon client request, and in quarterly review books, questionnaires and RFPs.

v. Security breakdowns (for example, industry, sector, regional, market capitalization and asset allocation breakdowns) for representative Accounts shall be available on the website(s) quarterly with a 15 day lag, and shall be posted approximately two business days after the quarter end. The information shall remain available on the website(s) until information for the following quarter is posted.

C. OTHER DISCLOSURE OF NON-PUBLIC PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

The following describes other circumstances in which non-public portfolio holdings information may be disclosed:

i. Regulatory, Administrative and Judicial Requirements. Portfolio holdings may be disclosed in response to requests from state or federal regulators, to comply with valid subpoenas or to otherwise comply with applicable law, whether or not such disclosures are required by law.

ii. Certain Service Providers. Portfolio holdings may be disclosed for legitimate business purposes to certain persons, including, but not limited to:
(a) persons who are subject to the Janus Ethics Rules (such as Janus personnel);
(b) investment advisers, distributors, administrators, transfer agents and custodians; and (c) accounting firms, auditing firms, or legal counsel retained by Janus or a Janus affiliate. Disclosure of portfolio holdings pursuant to this section 2.B.ii. shall be subject to such persons' legal duty of confidentiality and legal duty not to trade on the basis of any material non-public information, as such duties are imposed by the Janus Ethics Rules, by written agreement, or under applicable laws, rules and regulations.

iii. Other Service Providers. Janus may disclose portfolio holdings for legitimate business purposes to parties that provide services to Janus or Janus affiliates. Such entities and persons include, but are not limited to, rating and ranking organizations, lenders, trade execution measurement systems providers, independent pricing services, proxy voting services, insurers and computer systems service providers. Disclosure of portfolio holdings to a service provider shall be subject to a written agreement imposing a duty of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on the basis of any material non-public information.

iv. Broker-Dealers. Portfolio holdings information and other investment positions may be provided to broker-dealers in connection with such broker-dealers' trading of portfolio securities.

v. Consultants and Others. Disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings may be provided to consultants, data aggregators, and asset allocation services which calculate information derived from holdings either for use by Janus or by firms that supply their analyses (but not the holdings themselves) to their clients. Disclosure of such portfolio holdings shall be subject to a written agreement imposing a duty of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on the basis of any material non-public information.

32

vi. Other Transactions. Disclosure of portfolio holdings may be made to certain parties in certain transactions such as redemptions in kind. Disclosure of portfolio holdings in such transactions shall be subject to a written agreement imposing a duty of confidentiality, include a duty not to trade on the basis of any material non-public information.

3. APPROVAL AND REPORTING OF DISCLOSURE OF NON-PUBLIC PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Except for categories of disclosure contemplated by Section 2.B.i.,ii. iii and
iv., above, disclosure of non-public portfolio holdings in all other cases must be pre-approved by the Chief Compliance Officer or Janus' Operating Committee and may be permitted if there exists a legitimate business purpose, consistent with these policies and procedures. In all cases, disclosure of portfolio holdings shall be subject to monitoring and reporting as described in Section 5, below.

4. FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

Any confidentiality agreements required or deemed appropriate pursuant to these Policies and Procedures should generally include provisions to the effect that:

i. portfolio holdings are the confidential property of Janus (and its service provider, as applicable) and may not be shared or used directly or indirectly for any purpose, including trading in Account shares, except as provided in the confidentiality agreement;

ii. the recipient of the portfolio holdings agrees to limit access to the portfolio information to its employees and agents who, on a need to know basis, are: (i) authorized to have access to the portfolio holdings; and (ii) subject to confidentiality obligations, including duties not to trade on nonpublic information; and

iii. upon request, the recipient agrees to promptly return or destroy, as directed, the portfolio information.

5. MONITORING AND REPORTING

i. Monitoring. The Chief Compliance Officer or designee shall monitor a list of parties authorized to receive non-public portfolio holdings. The list shall be updated any time an agreement is entered into with a client to permit non-public portfolio holdings disclosure. On a periodic basis, the Chief Compliance Officer or his designee shall monitor appropriate business practices as deemed necessary to determine compliance with these Policies and Procedures. The Chief Compliance Officer shall request certifications from service providers as deemed necessary to determine compliance with these Policies and Procedures.

ii. Reporting. Any potential exceptions to, or violations of, these Policies and Procedures shall be promptly reported to the Chief Compliance Officer.

iii. Amendments. Any changes to these Policies and Procedures shall be approved by the Janus Ethics Committee.

iv. Records. Janus shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place a copy of these Policies and Procedures (and any amendments thereto) and documentation supporting their implementation for a period of six years.

33

6. COMPENSATION

Janus, affiliates or any other party shall not receive compensation or other consideration for disclosing Account portfolio holdings.

REVISION DATES:
December 31, 2003
March 21, 2005
July 1, 2005
September 20, 2005

34

Ex-(p)(vi)

HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P., HARRIS ASSOCIATES SECURITIES L.P. AND HARRIS ASSOCIATES

INVESTMENT TRUST

CODE OF ETHICS AND STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING
AS AMENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005

I. DEFINITIONS

A. FIRM OR HARRIS. The term "Firm" or "Harris" shall include Harris Associates L.P. ("HALP") and Harris Associates Securities L.P. ("HASLP").

B. TRUST. The term "Trust" shall mean Harris Associates Investment Trust, including any series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust (each, a "Fund").

C. EMPLOYEE. The term "Employee" shall include any person employed by the Firm, whether on a full or part-time basis and all partners, officers, shareholders and directors (other than Non-Access Directors (as defined below)) of the Firm.

D. ACCESS PERSON. The term "Access Person" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17j-1(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and rules thereunder (the "Act") and Section 204A-1(e)(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers Act"). Accordingly, Access Person means any director, officer, general partner, or Advisory Person (as defined below) of the Fund or HALP, but shall not include any trustee of the Trust who is not an "interested person" of the Trust and, in the case of HALP, shall not include any Non-Access Director.

E. ADVISORY PERSON. The term "Advisory Person" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17j-1(a)(2) of the Act. Accordingly, Advisory Person means any Employee of the Firm, who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities (as defined below) by a Client (as defined below), or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to purchases and sales. For the purpose of this Code, each Employee of the Firm with an office at the Firm's principal place of business shall be deemed to be an Advisory Person.

F. PERSONS SUBJECT TO THIS CODE. Each Employee is subject to this Code. In addition, Non-Access Directors are subject to the following provisions of this Code: II.A, II.B, II.C.i, II.J, and III (other than III.B.3 (i), (ii) and (iv) and the last sentence of III.B.4).

G. COVERED SECURITY. The term "Covered Security" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Act, 1 including any right to acquire such security, except that it shall not include


1 SEC. 2(a)(36) "Security" means any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value


securities which are direct obligations of the Government of the United States, bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debit instruments (including repurchase agreements), and shares issued by open-end investment companies other than Reportable Funds (defined below).

H. REPORTABLE FUND. The term "Reportable Fund" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 204A-1(e)(9) of the Advisers Act. Reportable Fund means any investment company registered under the Act that is advised or sub-advised or distributed by the Firm or any affiliated company (e.g. IXIS Asset Management Advisers, Loomis Sayles, or Hansberger). Reportable Funds include, for example, open-ended investment companies and closed-end funds 2. A current list of Reportable Funds is maintained on the Compliance page of the Firm's intranet site.

I. BENEFICIAL INTEREST OR OWNERSHIP. The term "beneficial interest or ownership" shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and rules thereunder, which includes any interest in which a person, directly or indirectly, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest. A pecuniary interest is the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from any transaction. Each person will be assumed to have a pecuniary interest, and therefore, beneficial interest or ownership, in all securities held by that person, that person's spouse, all members of that person's immediate family and adults sharing the same household with that person (other than mere roommates) and all minor children of that person and in all accounts subject to their direct or indirect influence or control and/or through which they obtain the substantial equivalent of ownership, such as trusts in which they are a trustee or beneficiary, partnerships in which they are the general partner, corporations in which they are a controlling shareholder or any other similar arrangement. Any questions an Employee may have about whether an interest in a security or an account constitutes beneficial interest or ownership should be directed to the Firm's General Counsel or Compliance Department. Examples of beneficial interest or ownership are attached as Appendix A.

J. CLIENT. The term "Client" shall mean any client of HALP, including any Fund.

K. SPECIAL COMPLIANCE PERSON. The term "Special Compliance Person" shall mean the current Compliance Officer of IXIS Asset Management - North America.


thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a "security," or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

2 Reportable Funds that are money market funds are not subject to the Code's reporting requirements or holding periods (see Section II.G - Procedures to Implement Trading Restrictions and Reporting Obligations).

2

L. NON-ACCESS DIRECTOR. The term "Non-Access Director" shall mean any person who is a Director of Harris Associates, Inc., the corporate general partner of HALP and HASLP, but who is not an officer or employee of any of HALP, HASLP or Harris Associates, Inc. and who meets all of the following conditions:

i) He or she, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, does not make, participate in or obtain information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a registered investment company, and whose functions do not relate to the making of recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales;

ii) He or she does not have access to nonpublic information regarding any Firm clients' purchases or sales of securities (other than information contained in standard account statements or reports that the Firm may furnish to such person in his or her capacity as a client of the Firm), or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund; and

iii) He or she is not involved in making securities recommendations to Firm clients, and does not have access to such recommendations that are nonpublic (other than information contained in standard account statements or reports that the Firm may furnish to such person in his or her capacity as a client of the Firm).

II. CODE OF ETHICS

A. GENERAL STATEMENT

Harris seeks to foster a reputation for integrity and professionalism. That reputation is a vital business asset. The confidence and trust placed in us by investors in mutual funds and clients with accounts advised by the Firm is something that is highly valued and must be protected. The Firm owes a fiduciary duty to its advisory clients, and the fundamental principle of the Firm is that at all times the interests of its Clients come first. As a result, any activity which creates even the suspicion of misuse of material non-public information by the Firm or any of its Employees, which gives rise to or appears to give rise to any breach of fiduciary duty owed to any Client, or which creates any actual or potential conflict of interest between any Client and the Firm or any of its Employees or even the appearance of any conflict of interest must be avoided and is prohibited.

The Investment Company Act and rules make it illegal for any person covered by the Code, directly or indirectly, in connection with the purchase or sale of a security held or to be acquired by the Trust to:

i) employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud the Trust;

ii) make any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of circumstances under which they are made, not misleading or in any way mislead the Trust regarding a material fact;

iii) engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Trust; or

iv) engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Trust.

3

The restrictions on personal securities transactions contained in this Code are intended to help the Firm monitor for compliance with these prohibitions.

Additionally, the federal securities laws require that an investment adviser maintain a record of every transaction in any Covered Security and Reportable Fund in which an Access Person acquires any direct or indirect beneficial interest or ownership, except any transaction in an account in which the Access Person has no direct or indirect control or influence.

To attempt to ensure that each Person Subject to this Code satisfies this Code and these record keeping obligations, the Firm has developed the following rules relating to personal securities trading, outside employment, personal investments with external investment managers and confidentiality. The General Counsel, Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Compliance Officer, acting in concert, have the authority to grant written waivers of the provisions of this Code in appropriate instances. However, the Firm expects that waivers will be granted only in rare instances, and some provisions of the Code that are mandated by the Act or the Advisers Act cannot be waived.

The Firm expects all Access Persons to comply with the spirit of the Code as well as the specific rules contained in the Code. Any violations of the Code must be reported promptly to the Firm's Chief Compliance Officer.

B. COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

More generally, Firm personnel and Non-Access Directors are required to comply with applicable federal securities laws at all times. Examples of applicable federal securities laws include:

i) the Securities Act of 1933, Securities Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and SEC rules thereunder;

ii) the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and SEC rules thereunder;

iii) the Investment Company Act of 1940 and SEC rules thereunder;

iv) Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (privacy and security of client non-public information); and

v) the Bank Secrecy Act, as it applies to mutual funds and investment advisers, and SEC and Department of the Treasury rules thereunder.

C. RESTRICTIONS ON EMPLOYEE TRADING

No trading activity by an Employee in any security in which an Employee has any beneficial interest or ownership which is also the subject of a Client portfolio purchase or sale shall disadvantage or appear to disadvantage such Client transaction. Further, the following specific restrictions apply to all trading activity for Advisory Persons:

i) Any transaction in a security in anticipation of client orders ("frontrunning") is prohibited,

4

ii) Any transaction in a security which is the subject of a Firm recommendation is prohibited until the tenth business day following the dissemination of the recommendation, or any longer period specified in this Code,

iii) Any transaction in a security which the Advisory Person knows or has reason to believe is being purchased or sold or considered for purchase or sale 3 by any investment company advised by the Firm is prohibited until the transaction by such investment company has been completed or consideration of such transaction has been abandoned, 4

iv) Any same day transaction in a security in which any Client advised by the Firm has a pending or actual transaction is prohibited. If an Advisory Person places a same day order for such security prior to the Client placing an order, the Employee's order will be canceled,

v) Any transaction in a security within two business days after any investment company advised by the Firm has traded in that security is prohibited,

vi) Any transaction involving options, single stock futures, or other derivatives relating to any security on the Firm's approved list or which are held by any investment company advised by the Firm that appears to evade the restrictions of the Code is prohibited, and

vii) Any acquisition of an equity security in an initial public offering is prohibited.

Additionally, no Employee of the Firm shall knowingly sell to or purchase from the Funds or the Trust any security or other property except, in the case of the Funds, securities issued by the Funds. Neither shall the Firm, HASL nor any Employee share in the profits or losses in any account of a customer carried by the Firm or HASL or any other NASD member, except to the extent provided for by Rule 205-3 of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 and/or NASD Rule 2330.

D. PRIVATE PLACEMENTS AND INVESTMENTS WITH EXTERNAL MONEY MANAGERS.

No Advisory Person or Access Person shall acquire any security or interest in a private placement or commit initial capital to any account for which such person has any beneficial interest (other than non-affiliated mutual funds where the account is held directly at such fund) with an external investment manager without the prior written approval of the Firm's Chief Executive Officer and Chief


3 A security is "being considered for purchase or sale"; the earlier of, when a recommendation to purchase or sell has been made and communicated or the security is placed on the research project list and, with respect to the person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.

4 Among the clients of the Firm are private investment partnerships (partnerships) in which various Employees of the Firm have equity interests. This trading prohibition shall not restrict purchases or sales for the accounts of such partnerships provided that the Trust and such accounts are treated fairly and equitably in connection with such purchases and sales.

5

Compliance Officer. For purposes of this Code, "private placement" shall mean any limited offering that is generally not available to the public, including unregistered investment pool vehicles (e.g., hedge funds, commodity pools), Rule 144A securities, limited partnerships, etc.

In deciding whether to grant approval, consideration will be given to whether the investment is consistent with the Firm's investment philosophy and guidelines and should be offered to Clients, and whether the investment creates an actual conflict or the appearance of a conflict of interest. An Advisory Person who has acquired a security in a private placement must disclose that investment to the Firm's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Compliance Officer if such Advisory Person later participates in the consideration of that issuer for inclusion on any list of securities approved for purchase by Firm clients.

E. ADDITIONAL RESTRICTION ON FUND MANAGERS OF INVESTMENT COMPANY ACCOUNTS.

Any Access Person who is a fund manager of any registered investment company that is advised by the Firm is prohibited from buying or selling a security for an account in which he or she has a beneficial interest within fifteen calendar days before and after the investment company that he/she manages trades in that security. Any profits realized on trades within the proscribed periods shall be required to be disgorged. 5

F. CERTAIN ACCOUNTS EXEMPT FROM REQUIREMENTS OF CODE.

Any account (including open-end investment companies and limited partnerships) for which the Firm acts as investment adviser or general partner shall be managed in accordance with the Firm's trading procedures for a Client account. Any such account shall be exempt from the provisions of Sections B, C and D of Part II of this Code if (1) accounts of persons not affiliated with the Firm are also invested in the account or (2) the account is being operated as a model portfolio in contemplation of management of Client accounts in the same or a similar strategy.

G. PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT TRADING RESTRICTIONS AND REPORTING OBLIGATIONS.

1) TRADING THROUGH HARRIS' TRADING DESK.

All Advisory Persons who have personal accounts that hold or can hold Covered Securities are required to maintain such accounts at Pershing LLC ("Pershing"), the Firm's prime broker. All transactions in Covered Securities in which an Advisory Person has any beneficial interest or ownership or in any accounts in which an Advisory Person has discretion, other than fee paying accounts ("Advisory Person account"),must be processed through the Firm's trading desk.

Additionally, all transactions in Reportable Funds in which an Advisory Person has any beneficial


5 Any profits disgorged shall be given to a tax-exempt charitable organization of Harris' choosing.

6

interest or ownership must be processed (i) directly with the fund; (ii) through the Firm's mutual fund trading desk for the Advisory Person's Pershing brokerage account; or (iii) through the Firm's Profit Sharing and Savings Plan. Reportable Funds are not allowed to be held in outside brokerage accounts. An Advisory Person may have beneficial ownership of Reportable Funds in his or her spouse's retirement or 401(k) plan held at another bank or broker. In such instances, the Advisory Person should contact the Chief Compliance Officer to apply for a waiver to transact and hold Reportable Funds through the spouse's plan Reportable Fund transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan or in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control do not need to be reported. Changes in allocations of funds connected to an automatic investment plan are considered volitional transactions and need to be reported. Transactions at brokers other than Pershing or banks are not permitted except in unusual circumstances and then only after the Advisory Person has: (i) provided notice in writing to his/her Supervisor and the Compliance Department prior to opening or placing an initial order in an account with such other broker or bank, (ii) obtained the written approval of his/her Supervisor and the Compliance Department prior to opening or placing an initial order in such account, (iii) provided such other broker or bank with a written notice of the Advisory Person's affiliation with Harris and request that copies of confirmations and statements be sent to the Firm's Compliance Department, and provide a report to the Firm that includes the name of the broker or bank with whom the account was established, the date the account was established, and the date the report is submitted. A copy of such written notice and request should also be provided to his/her Supervisor and the Compliance Department.

Even after an Advisory Person has obtained approval to execute transactions through another broker or bank, the Advisory Person must still present the Firm's trading desk with an order ticket for an order to be executed at the other broker or bank. In those exceptional situations in which it is inappropriate for the Firm's trading desk to place the order, the Advisory Person must promptly present the trading desk with a completed order ticket reflecting the details of the transaction and clearly indicating that the transaction has been completed.

2) MONITORING OF TRADES.

Transactions for an account of an Advisory Person that are executed through the Firm's trading desk are to be monitored by the Trading Department and reviewed and approved by the Chief Compliance Officer (or such party to whom he or she delegates). These transactions are unsolicited brokerage transactions, should be so marked on the original order ticket and may not be executed if they are in conflict with discretionary orders. Should a conflict arise, sharing of executions may be approved by the Chief Investment Officer, or in his/her absence, the Trading Supervisor.

The Firm's Compliance Department will access Advisory Person trade information online from Pershing (including the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number of each Covered Security or Reportable Fund involved, the date of the transaction, the interest rate and maturity rate (if applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security or Reportable Fund involved, the nature of the transaction (i.e. buy/sell), the price at which the transaction was effected, the name of the broker or bank through which the transaction was effected, and the date on which the report is submitted).

7

Transactions at brokers other than Pershing or banks, in addition to being placed through the trading desk, are to be monitored by the Compliance Department. To accomplish this, all Access Persons shall submit to the Compliance Department within thirty days after any transaction a report which includes the title and exchange ticker or CUSIP number of the Covered Security, the date of the transaction, the interest rate and maturity rate (if applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security involved, the nature of the transaction (i.e. buy/sell), the price at which the transaction was effected, the name of the broker or bank through which the transaction was effected and the date on which the report is submitted. This requirement may be satisfied by having the broker or bank send the Firm duplicate copies of confirmations and statements, provided that such confirmations and statements contain all of the information otherwise required to be provided in the report. The Compliance Department will maintain copies of all such transaction reports.

3) CANCELLATION OF TRADES.

Any transaction for an account of an Access Person is subject to cancellation or reversal if it is determined by either the Chief Executive Officer (or such party to whom he delegates), the Trading Supervisor, or the Compliance Department that the transaction is or was in conflict with or appeared to be in conflict with any Client transaction or any of the trading restrictions of this Code. Cancellations or reversals of transactions may be required after an extended period past the settlement date. The Trading Supervisor may also prevent the execution of orders for an Advisory Person's account if it appears that the trade may have to be canceled or reversed.

Client transactions include transactions for any investment company managed by the Firm, any other discretionary advisory clients or any other accounts managed or advised by Employees of the Firm for a fee.

The determination that a transaction of an Access Person may conflict with a Client transaction will be subjective and individualized and may include questions about timely and adequate dissemination of information, availability of bids and offers, as well as many other factors deemed pertinent for that transaction or series of transactions. It is possible that a cancellation or reversal of a transaction could be costly to an Access Person or his/her family. Therefore, great care is required to adhere to the Firm's trading restrictions and avoid conflicts or the appearance of conflicts.

4) HOLDING PERIODS FOR REPORTABLE FUNDS

No Advisory Person may purchase and sell, or conversely sell and repurchase shares of the same Reportable Fund within 30 calendar days. This restriction applies to purchases and sales IN ALL ACCOUNTS in which the Advisory Person has a beneficial ownership interest, including retirement plans and 401(k) plan investments. Note that an exchange of shares counts as a sale of shares for purposes of this prohibition.

For purposes of applying the 30-day holding period, the most recent purchase (or sale) will be measured against the sale (or purchase) in question. That is, a last-in-first-out analysis will apply.

8

All volitional purchase and sale transactions of Reportable Funds in any share class and in ANY account will be evaluated for purposes of applying the Holding Period, for example if an Access Person purchased a Reportable Fund in his Pershing brokerage account and sold the Reportable Fund in his 401(k) account within 30 days, he would have violated the Holding Period.

Hardship exemptions may be requested in advance from the Compliance Department. The Chief Executive Officer, General Counsel, and Chief Compliance Officer must approve any such waiver in accordance with Section II.A, above.

5) PARTICIPATION IN DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLANS AND SYSTEMATIC PURCHASE PLANS.

Advisory Persons may purchase Covered Securities through dividend reinvestment plans or systematic purchase plans without processing such transactions through the Firm's trading desk. Purchases are permitted only after the Advisory Person has: (i) provided notice in writing to his/her Supervisor and the Compliance Department prior to opening an account or placing an initial purchase, and (ii) obtained the written approval of his/her Supervisor and the Compliance Department prior to opening an account or placing an initial purchase. Even after the Advisory Person has obtained approval to invest in such a plan, the Advisory Person must provide the Compliance Department with duplicate copies of statements within thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter. Such report or statements must contain all of the information required to be reported with respect to transactions in Covered Securities under II(F)(2) above. The Compliance Department will maintain copies of all such transaction reports.

6) REPORTING ALL OTHER SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.

Because the obligations of an investment adviser to maintain records of Employee's personal securities transactions is broader than the type of transactions discussed above in this Section, all Employees have the following additional reporting obligations. Any transaction in a Covered Security not required to be placed through the Firm's trading desk in which an Employee has any beneficial interest or ownership (such as, real estate or oil and gas limited partnership interests and other privately placed securities and funds) must be reported to the Compliance Department. This report must be submitted within thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter and include: the title and exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, price, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security involved, the date and nature of the transaction (i.e. buy/sell), the name of the broker or bank used, if any, interest rate and maturity, if applicable, and the date on which the report is submitted. This report may be in any form, including a copy of a confirmation or monthly statement. However, no report is necessary for any transaction in an account in which the Employee has no control or influence.

7) INITIAL AND ANNUAL REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.

Each Access Person shall initially disclose in writing to the Compliance Department or within ten business days of becoming an Access Person, and annually thereafter within forty-five business days after each calendar year-end, the title and exchange ticker or CUSIP number, type of security, number of shares and principal amount of all Covered Securities and Reportable Funds beneficially owned by such Access Person, and the date the Access Person submits the report, as of the date of becoming a

9

Access Person or as of the preceding December 31 for annual reporting and the name of the broker or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which he or she has beneficial ownership of ANY security. The first such annual report of Reportable Funds under this amended Code of Ethics shall be made by February 1, 2005 for holdings as of December 31, 2004. An Access Person need not make an Initial or Annual Report for Covered Securities held in any account over which the Employee has no direct or indirect influence or control.

H. CONFIDENTIALITY & OBLIGATIONS OF EMPLOYEES

During the period of employment with the Firm an Employee will have access to certain "confidential information" concerning the Firm and its clients. This information is a valuable asset and the sole property of the Firm and may not be misappropriated and used outside of the Firm by an Employee or former Employee. "Confidential Information", defined as all information not publicly available about the business of the Firm, may include, but is not limited to, Client and prospect names and records, research, trading and portfolio information and systems, information concerning externally managed entities or accounts which have been considered or made on behalf of fee paying clients, and the financial records of the Firm and/or its Employees. In order to protect the interests of the Firm, an Employee or ex-Employee shall not, without the express written consent of the Firm's Chief Executive Officer, disclose directly or indirectly confidential information to anyone outside of the Firm. An Employee should be extremely careful to avoid inadvertent disclosures and to exercise maximum effort to keep confidential information confidential. Any questions concerning the confidentiality of information should be directed to the Chief Executive Officer or the General Counsel. An abuse of the Firm's policy of confidentiality could subject an Employee to immediate disciplinary action that may include dismissal from the Firm.

I. OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT, ASSOCIATIONS AND BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

1) OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT AND ASSOCIATIONS.

It is Harris's policy not to permit Advisory Persons to hold outside positions of authority, including that of being an officer, partner, director or employee of another business entity (except in the case of entities managed by the Firm). Also, Harris requires that all Advisory Persons make their positions with the Firm a full-time job. The approval of Harris, and in some cases the approval of the NASD, is required before any Advisory Person may hold any outside position with any business organization, regardless of whether such position is compensated or not. Any exception to this policy must be approved in writing by the Firm's Chief Executive Officer (or other person as he may delegate) and the Access Person's Supervisor, and a copy of such approval shall be provided by the Advisory Person to the Compliance Department. Any change in the status of such approved position immediately must be reported in writing to the Compliance Department and the Advisory Person's Supervisor. Any income or compensation received by an Advisory Person for serving in such position must be paid in full to the Firm. Under no circumstance may an Advisory Person represent or suggest that Harris has approved or recommended the business activities of the outside organization or any person associated with it.

10

2) OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES.

To further avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest and to maintain impartial investment advice, and equally important, the appearance of impartial investment advice, each Advisory Person must disclose in writing to the Compliance Department any special relationships and/or investments or business activities that they or their families have which could influence the investment activities of the Firm. If an Employee has any questions about any activities and the need for disclosure, the Employee should be cautious and direct any questions to the Firm's General Counsel or Compliance Department.

J. CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE BY ACCESS PERSONS.

The Firm shall distribute the Code to each Employee and Non-Access Director upon inception of employment and whenever the Code is amended, but no less frequently than annually. Each Access Person and Non-Access Director is required to certify in writing annually that (i) he or she has read and understands the Code, (ii) recognizes that he or she is subject to the Code, and, in the case of Access Persons, (iii) he or she has disclosed or reported all Personal Securities Transactions required to be disclosed or reported under the Code. Each Access Person who has not engaged in any personal securities transactions during the preceding year for which a report was required to be filed pursuant to the Code shall include a certification to that effect in his or her annual certification.

K. ANNUAL REPORT TO THE TRUST'S BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

The officers of the Trust shall prepare an annual report to the board of trustees of the Trust that:

i) summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in those procedures during the past year;

ii) describes issues that arose during the previous year under the Code or procedures concerning personal investing, including but not limited to information about material violations of the Code and sanctions imposed;

iii) certifies to the board that the Trust has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent its Investment Personnel and Access Persons from violating the Code; and

iv) identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under the Code, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

11

III. POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

A. BACKGROUND

Trading securities while in possession of material, nonpublic information or improperly communicating that information to others may expose you to stringent penalties. Criminal sanctions may include a fine of up to $1,000,000 and/or ten years imprisonment. The Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) can recover the profits gained or losses avoided through the violative trading, obtain a penalty of up to three times the illicit windfall and issue an order permanently barring you from the securities industry. Finally, you may be sued by investors seeking to recover damages for insider trading violations.

Regardless of whether a government inquiry occurs, Harris views seriously any violation of this Policy Statement. Such violations constitute grounds for disciplinary sanctions, including dismissal.

The law of insider trading is unsettled; an individual legitimately may be uncertain about the application of the Policy Statement in a particular circumstance. Often, a single question can forestall disciplinary action or complex legal problems. You should direct any questions relating to the Policy Statement to the General Counsel, or, in her absence, a member of the Stock Selection Group, or the Compliance Department. You also must notify the General Counsel, or, in her absence, a member of the Stock Selection Group or the Compliance Department immediately if you have any reason to believe that a violation of the Policy Statement has occurred or is about to occur.

B. POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

No person to whom this Policy Statement applies may trade, either personally or on behalf of others (such as Clients), while in possession of material, nonpublic information; nor may such persons communicate material, nonpublic information to others in violation of the law. This Policy Statement is drafted broadly; it will be applied and interpreted in a similar manner. This Policy Statement applies to securities trading and information handling by all Access Persons (including their spouses, minor children and adult members of their households).

The section below reviews principles important to this Policy Statement.

1. WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?

Information is "material" when there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions. Generally, this is information whose disclosure will have a substantial effect on the price of a company's securities. No simple "bright line" test exists to determine when information is material; assessments of materiality involve a highly fact-specific inquiry. For this reason, you should direct any questions about whether information is

12

material to the General Counsel, or, in her absence, a member of the Stock Selection Group, or Compliance Department.

Material information often relates to a company's results and operations including, for example, dividend changes, earnings results, changes in previously released earnings estimates, significant merger or acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems, and extraordinary management developments.

Material information also may relate to the market for a company's securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities may, in some contexts, be deemed material. Similarly, prepublication information regarding reports in the financial press also may be deemed material.

2. WHAT IS NONPUBLIC INFORMATION?

Information is "nonpublic" until it has been disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace. Tangible evidence of such dissemination is the best indication that the information is public. For example, information is public after it has become available to the general public through a public filing with the SEC or some other governmental agency, the Dow Jones "tape" or the WALL STREET JOURNAL or some other publication of general circulation, and after sufficient time has passed so that the information has been disseminated widely.

3. IDENTIFYING INSIDE INFORMATION

Before executing any trade for yourself or others, including Clients, you must determine whether you have access to material, nonpublic information. If you think that you might have access to material, nonpublic information, you should take the following steps:

i) Immediately alert the Trading Department to restrict trading in the security by placing the security on the restricted list maintained in the trading room. No reason or explanation should be given to the Trading Department for the restriction.

ii) Report the information and proposed trade immediately to the General Counsel and the Chief Compliance Officer, or in their absence, a member of the Stock Selection Group.

iii) Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including Clients.

iv) Do not communicate the information inside or outside Harris other than to the above individuals.

v) After the above individuals have reviewed the issue, the Firm will determine whether the information is material and nonpublic and, if so, what action(s) the Firm should take.

13

4. CONTACTS WITH PUBLIC COMPANIES

For Harris, contacts with public companies represent an important part of our research efforts. Harris may make investment decisions on the basis of the Firm's conclusions formed through such contacts and analysis of publicly-available information. Difficult legal issues arise, however, when, in the course of these contacts, an Access Person becomes aware of material, nonpublic information. This could happen, for example, if a company's Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results to an analyst or an investor relations representative makes a selective disclosure of adverse news to a handful of investors. In such situations, Harris must make a judgment as to its further conduct. To protect yourself, Clients and the Firm, you should contact the General Counsel, or in her absence, a member of the Stock Selection Group, or Compliance Department immediately if you believe that you may have received material, nonpublic information.

5. TENDER OFFERS

Tender offers represent a particular concern in the law of insider trading for two reasons. First, tender offer activity often produces extraordinary gyrations in the price of the target company's securities. Trading during this time period is more likely to attract regulatory attention (and produces a disproportionate percentage of insider trading cases). Second, the SEC has adopted a rule which expressly forbids trading and "tipping" while in possession of material, nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company or anyone acting on behalf of either. Employees should exercise particular caution any time they become aware of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer.

C. PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT THE POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

1. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING

The restrictions on Employee trading and procedures to implement those restrictions and the Firm's reporting obligations, which are set forth in
Section II above, constitute the same procedures to implement this Policy Statement. Review those procedures carefully and direct any questions about their scope or applicability to the General Counsel or the Compliance Department.

2. RESTRICTIONS ON DISCLOSURES

Harris Employees shall not disclose any nonpublic information (whether or not it is material) relating to Harris or its securities transactions to any person outside Harris (unless such disclosure has been authorized by Harris). Material, nonpublic information may not be communicated to anyone, including persons within Harris, except as provided in Section III(B)(3) above. Such information must be secured. For example, access to files containing material, nonpublic information and computer files containing such information should be restricted, and conversations containing such information, if appropriate at all, should be conducted in private.

14

IV. RETENTION OF RECORDS

The Compliance Department or the Secretary of the Trust will maintain the records listed below for a period of five years. Such records shall be maintained at the Firm's principal place of business in an easily accessible place:

i) a list of all persons subject to the Code during that period;

ii) receipts signed by all persons subject to the Code acknowledging receipt of copies of the Code and acknowledging that they are subject to it;

iii) a copy of each Code of Ethics that has been in effect at any time during the period;

iv) a copy of each report filed pursuant to the Code and a record of any known violations and actions taken as a result thereof during the period as well as a record of all persons responsible for reviewing these reports; and

v) a copy of any decision and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition of Limited Offerings.

15

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS AND STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

CODE OF ETHICS. Harris Associates L.P. ("HALP"), Harris Associates Securities L.P. ("HASLP") and Harris Associates Investment Trust (the "Trust") have adopted a written Code of Ethics and Statement on Insider Trading (the "Code") to avoid potential conflicts of interest by HALP and HASLP personnel and to govern the use and handling of material non-public information. A copy of the Code is attached to this acknowledgement. As a condition of your continued employment with HALP and HASLP, and/or the retention of your position, if any, as an officer of the Trust or a member of the board of HALP's general partner, you are required to read, understand and abide by the Code.

COMPLIANCE PROGRAM. The Code requires that all personnel (other than Non-Access Directors) furnish to the Compliance Department information regarding any investment account in which you have a "beneficial interest." You are also required to furnish to the Compliance Department copies of your monthly or quarterly account statements, or other documents, showing all purchases or sales of securities in any such account, or which are effected by you or for your benefit, or the benefit of any member of your household. Additionally, you are required to furnish a report of your personal securities holdings within ten days of commencement of your employment with HALP or HASLP and annually thereafter. These requirements apply to any investment account, such as an account at a brokerage house, trust account at a bank, custodial account or similar types of accounts.

This compliance program also requires that employees report any contact with any securities issuer, government or its personnel, or others, that, in the usual course of business, might involve material non-public financial information. The Code requires that employees bring to the attention of the General Counsel any information they receive from any source, which might be material non-public information.

Any questions concerning the Code should be directed to the General Counsel or the Compliance Department.

I affirm that I have read and understand the Code. I agree to the terms and conditions set forth in the Code.


Signature Date

ANNUAL AFFIRMATION OF COMPLIANCE
FOR ACCESS PERSONS AND NON-ACCESS DIRECTORS

I affirm that:

1. I have again read and, during the past year to the best of my knowledge, have complied with the Code of Ethics and Statement of Insider Trading (the "Code").

2. I have provided to the Compliance Department the names and addresses of each investment account that I have with any firm, including, but not limited to, broker-dealers, banks and others. (List of known accounts attached.) (Access Persons only)

3. I have provided to the Compliance Department copies of account statements or other reports showing each and every transaction in any security in which I have a beneficial interest, as defined in the Code, during the most recently ended calendar year

or

During the most recent calendar year there were no transactions in any security in which I had a beneficial interest required to be reported pursuant to the Code. (Access Persons only)

4. I have provided to the Compliance Department a report of my personal securities holdings as of the end of the most recent calendar year, including all required information for each security in which I have any direct or indirect beneficial ownership. (Access Persons only)

----------------------                      -----------------
      Signature                             Date

                                                                      APPENDIX A

EXAMPLES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

For purposes of the Code, you will be deemed to have a beneficial interest in a security if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security. Examples of beneficial ownership under this definition include:

- securities you own, no matter how they are registered, and including securities held for you by others (for example, by a custodian or broker, or by a relative, executor or administrator) or that you have pledged to another (as security for a loan, for example);

- securities held by a trust of which you are a beneficiary (except that, if your interest is a remainder interest and you do not have or participate in investment control of trust assets, you will not be deemed to have a beneficial interest in securities held by the trust);

- securities held by you as trustee or co-trustee, where either you or any member of your immediate family (i.e., spouse, children or descendants, stepchildren, parents and their ancestors, and stepparents, in each case treating a legal adoption as blood relationship) has a beneficial interest (using these rules) in the trust.

- securities held by a trust of which you are the settlor, if you have the power to revoke the trust without obtaining the consent of all the beneficiaries and have or participate in investment control;

- securities held by any partnership in which you are a general partner, to the extent of your interest in partnership capital or profits;

- securities held by a personal holding company controlled by you alone or jointly with others;

- securities held by (i) your spouse, unless legally separated, or you and your spouse jointly, or (ii) your minor children or any immediate family member of you or your spouse (including an adult relative), directly or through a trust, who is sharing your home, even if the securities were not received from you and the income from the securities is not actually used for the maintenance of your household; or

- securities you have the right to acquire (for example, through the exercise of a derivative security), even if the right is not presently exercisable, or securities as to which, through any other type of arrangement, you obtain benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership.

You will NOT be deemed to have beneficial ownership of securities in the following situations:

- securities held by a limited partnership in which you do not have a controlling interest and do not have or share investment control over the partnership's portfolio; and


APPENDIX A

- securities held by a foundation of which you are a trustee and donor, provided that the beneficiaries are exclusively charitable and you have no right to revoke the gift.

These examples are not exclusive. There are other circumstances in which you may be deemed to have a beneficial interest in a security. Any questions about whether you have a beneficial interest should be directed to the General Counsel or Compliance Department.


Ex-(p)(vii)

PIMCO CODE OF ETHICS

Effective February 15, 2006

INTRODUCTION

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

This Code of Ethics ("CODE") is based on the principle that you, as a director, officer or other Advisory Employee of Pacific Investment Management Company LLC ("PIMCO"), owe a fiduciary duty to, among others, the shareholders of Funds and other clients (together with the Funds, the "ADVISORY CLIENTS") for which PIMCO serves as an advisor or sub-advisor. Accordingly, you must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of our Advisory Clients.

At all times, you must observe the following GENERAL RULES:

1. YOU MUST PLACE THE INTERESTS OF OUR ADVISORY CLIENTS FIRST. In other words, as a fiduciary you must scrupulously avoid serving your own personal interests ahead of the interests of our Advisory Clients. You must adhere to this general fiduciary principle as well as comply with the Code's specific provisions. Technical compliance with the Code's procedures will not automatically insulate from scrutiny any trades that indicate an abuse of your fiduciary duties or that create an appearance of such abuse. PIMCO expects that, in your personal trading activities, as in your other activities, you will behave in an ethical manner that is consistent with PIMCO's dedication to fundamental principals of openness, integrity, honesty and trust.

Your fiduciary obligation applies not only to your personal trading activities but also to actions taken on behalf of Advisory Clients. In particular, you may not cause an Advisory Client to take action, or not to take action, for your personal benefit rather than the benefit of the Advisory Client. For example, you would violate this Code if you caused an Advisory Client to purchase a Security or Futures Contract you owned for the purpose of increasing the value of that Security or Futures Contract. If you are a portfolio manager or an employee who provides information or advice to a portfolio manager or helps execute a portfolio manager's decisions, you would also violate this Code if you made a personal investment in a Security or Futures Contract that might be an appropriate investment for an Advisory Client without first considering the Security or Futures Contract as an investment for the Advisory Client.

Similarly, PIMCO expects you to respect and to protect the confidentiality of material non-public information about our Advisory Clients. PIMCO has adopted Policies and Procedures Applicable to the Disclosure of Information Regarding the Portfolio Holdings of the Funds that PIMCO Advises. You are required to comply with those policies and procedures, which are incorporated into this

Code


and attached hereto as Appendix II. Violations of those policies and procedures may be sanctioned under the provisions of this Code.

2. YOU MUST CONDUCT ALL OF YOUR PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE, THE ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS OF AMERICA L.P. ("AGI") INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES (THE "AGI INSIDER TRADING POLICY") AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS, AND IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO AVOID ANY ACTUAL OR POTENTIAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST OR ANY ABUSE OF YOUR POSITION OF TRUST AND RESPONSIBILITY. PIMCO encourages you and your family to develop personal investment programs. However, those investment programs must remain within boundaries reasonably necessary to ensure that appropriate safeguards exist to protect the interests of our Advisory Clients and to avoid even the APPEARANCE of unfairness or impropriety. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS and you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in the AGI Insider Trading Policy, which is attached to this Code as Appendix III. Doubtful situations should be resolved in favor of our Advisory Clients and against your personal trading.

3. YOU MUST NOT TAKE INAPPROPRIATE ADVANTAGE OF YOUR POSITION. The receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, gifts or gratuities from persons seeking business with PIMCO directly or on behalf of an Advisory Client could call into question the independence of your business judgment. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading GIFTS AND SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR. Doubtful situations should be resolved against your personal interest.

THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE CODE'S
APPLICATIONS TO PERSONAL INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

The Code reflects the fact that PIMCO specializes in the management of fixed income portfolios. The vast majority of assets PIMCO purchases and sells on behalf of its Advisory Clients consist of corporate debt Securities, U.S. and foreign government obligations, mortgage-backed and asset-backed Securities, money market instruments, foreign currencies, and futures contracts and options with respect to those instruments. For its StocksPLUS portfolios, PIMCO also purchases futures and options on the S & P 500 index and, on rare occasions, may purchase or sell baskets of the stocks represented in the S & P 500 index. For its Convertible portfolios and other Advisory Clients, PIMCO purchases convertible securities that may be converted or exchanged into underlying shares of common stock. Other PIMCO Funds may also invest in convertible securities. The Convertible portfolios and other Advisory Clients may also invest a portion of their assets in common stocks.

Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act require REPORTING of all personal transactions in Securities (other than certain Exempt Securities) by certain persons, whether or not they are Securities that might be purchased or sold by PIMCO on behalf of its Advisory Clients. The Code implements those reporting

- 2 -

requirements as well as additional reporting requirements that PIMCO has adopted in light of regulatory developments regarding trading in mutual fund shares.

However, since the purpose of the Code is to avoid conflicts of interest arising from personal trading activities in Securities and other instruments that are held or might be acquired on behalf of our Advisory Clients, this Code only places RESTRICTIONS on personal trading activities in such investments. As a result, this Code does not place restrictions (beyond reporting) on personal trading in most individual equity Securities. Although equities are Securities, they are not purchased or sold by PIMCO on behalf of the vast majority of PIMCO's Advisory Clients and PIMCO has established special procedures to avoid conflicts of interest that might otherwise arise from personal trading in such equity securities. On the other hand, this Code does require reporting and restrict trading in certain Futures Contracts that, although they are not Securities, are instruments in which PIMCO frequently trades for many of its Advisory Clients.

This Code applies to PIMCO's officers and directors as well as to all of its Advisory Employees. The Code recognizes that portfolio managers and the investment personnel who provide them with advice and who execute their decisions occupy more sensitive positions than other Advisory Employees and that it is appropriate to subject their personal investment activities to greater restrictions.

THE ORGANIZATION OF THE CODE

The remainder of this Code is divided into three sections. The first section concerns PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS. The second section describes the restrictions on GIFTS AND SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR. The third section summarizes the methods for ensuring COMPLIANCE under the Code. In addition, the following APPENDICES are also a part of this Code:

I. Definitions of Capitalized Terms
II. PIMCO Policies and Procedures Applicable to the Disclosure of Information Regarding the Portfolio Holdings of the Funds that PIMCO Advises
III. The AGI Insider Trading Policy
IV. Form for Acknowledgment of Receipt of this Code
V. Form for Annual Certification of Compliance with this Code
VI. Form for Initial Report of Accounts
VII. Form for Quarterly Report of Investment Transactions
VIII. Form for Annual Holdings Report
IX. Preclearance Request Form
X. Preclearance Request Form for an Investment Transaction in a PIMCO Closed End Fund
XI. Preclearance of AGI Closed End Fund Transaction Form
XII. PIMCO Compliance Officers

- 3 -

QUESTIONS

Questions regarding this Code should be addressed to a Compliance Officer listed on Appendix XII.

PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

IN GENERAL

Subject to the limited exceptions described below, you are required to REPORT all Investment Transactions in SECURITIES AND FUTURES CONTRACTS made by you, a member of your Immediate Family or a trust in which you have an interest, or on behalf of any account in which you have an interest or which you direct. In addition, you must PRECLEAR certain Investment Transactions in SECURITIES AND FUTURES CONTRACTS THAT PIMCO HOLDS OR MAY ACQUIRE ON BEHALF OF AN ADVISORY CLIENT, INCLUDING CERTAIN INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS IN RELATED SECURITIES.

The details of these reporting and preclearance requirements are described below. This Code uses a number of acronyms and capitalized terms, e.g. AGI, AGI Closed End Fund, 1 AGID, Advisory Client, Advisory Employee, Beneficial Ownership, Closed End Fund, Code, Compliance Officer, Designated Security, Duplicate Broker Reports, ETF, Exempt Security, Fixed Income Security, Fund, Futures Contract, Immediate Family, Initial Public Offering, Insider Trading Policy, Investment Company Act, Investment Transaction, Money Market Fund, Mutual Fund, Mutual Fund Security, Personal Account, PIMCO, PIMCO Closed End Fund, Portfolio Employee, Private Placement, Qualified Foreign Government, Related Account, Related Security, Relevant Debt Security, Reportable Fund, and Security. The definitions of these acronyms and capitalized terms are set forth in Appendix I. TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES UNDER THE CODE, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT YOU REVIEW AND UNDERSTAND THE DEFINITIONS IN APPENDIX I.

REPORTING OBLIGATIONS

Notification Of Reporting Obligations

As an Advisory Employee, you are required to report accounts and Investment Transactions in accordance with the requirements of this Code.

Use Of Broker-Dealers And Futures Commission Merchants

Unless you are an independent director, YOU MUST USE A REGISTERED BROKER-DEALER OR REGISTERED FUTURES COMMISSION MERCHANT to engage in any purchase or sale of a publicly-traded Security or Publicly-Traded Futures Contract. This requirement also applies to any purchase or


1 Note that many AGI Closed End Funds are subadvised by PIMCO. Investment Transactions in such Closed End Funds are subject to the AGI preclearance procedures described on pages 9 and 10.

- 4 -

sale of a publicly-traded Security or of a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract in which you have, or by reason of an Investment Transaction will acquire, a Beneficial Ownership interest. Thus, as a general matter, any Investment Transaction in publicly-traded Securities or Publicly-Traded Futures Contracts by members of your Immediate Family will need to be made through a registered broker-dealer or futures commission merchant. For transactions involving a Mutual Fund Security that may be sold directly by a Mutual Fund, you may transact purchases or sales of these shares with the Mutual Fund's transfer agent or other designated entity.

Initial Report

Within 10 days after commencing employment or within 10 days of any event that causes you to become subject to this Code (e.g. promotion to a position that makes you an Advisory Employee), you shall supply to a Compliance Officer copies of the most recent statements for each and every Personal Account and Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest, as well as copies of confirmations for any and all Investment Transactions subsequent to the effective date of those statements. These documents shall be supplied to the Compliance Officer by attaching them to the form appended hereto as Appendix VI.

On that same form you shall supply the name of any broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant and the number for any Personal Account and Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest for which you cannot supply the most recent account statement. You shall also certify, where indicated on the form, that the contents of the form and the documents attached thereto disclose all such Personal Accounts and Related Accounts.

In addition, you shall also supply, where indicated on the form, the following information for each Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest, to the extent that this information is not available from the statements attached to the form:

1. A description of the Security or Futures Contract, including, as applicable, its name, title, interest rate, maturity date, exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number;

2. The quantity (e.g., in terms of numbers of shares, units or contracts) and principal amount (in dollars) of the Security or Futures Contract; and

3. The name of any broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant with which you maintain an account in which the Security or Futures Contract is held.

The information contained in your Initial Report (Appendix VI) and in the statements and other documents attached to that form must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date upon which you become an Advisory Employee. You must sign and date your Initial Report.

- 5 -

New Accounts

Immediately upon the opening of a NEW Personal Account or a Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract, you shall supply a Compliance Officer with the name of the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant for that account, the identifying number for that Personal Account or Related Account, and the date the account was established.

Timely Reporting Of Investment Transactions

You must cause each broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant that maintains a Personal Account or a Related Account that holds a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest to provide to a Compliance Officer, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of trade confirmations of all Investment Transactions in that account and of periodic statements for that account ("DUPLICATE BROKER REPORTS").

In addition, you must report to a Compliance Officer, on a timely basis, any Investment Transaction in a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have or acquired a Beneficial Ownership interest that was established without the use of a broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant.

Quarterly Certifications And Reporting

At the end of the first, second and third calendar quarters, a Compliance Officer will provide you with a list of all accounts that you have previously identified to PIMCO as a Personal Account or a Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract. Within 30 days after the end of that calendar quarter, you shall make any necessary additions, corrections or deletions to that list and return it to a Compliance Officer with a certification that: (a) the list, as modified (if necessary), represents a complete list of the Personal Accounts and Related Accounts that hold Securities or Futures Contracts in which you have or had a Beneficial Ownership interest and for which PIMCO should have received or will receive timely Duplicate Broker Reports for the calendar quarter just ended, and (b) the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant for each account on the list has been instructed to send a Compliance Officer timely Duplicate Broker Reports for that account no later than 30 days after the end of that calendar quarter.

You shall provide, on a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix VII, the following information for each Investment Transaction during the calendar quarter just ended, to the extent that the Duplicate Broker Reports for that calendar quarter did not supply or will not supply this information to PIMCO within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter:

1. The date of the Investment Transaction;

2. A description of the Security or Futures Contract, including, as applicable, its name, title, interest rate, maturity date, exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number;

- 6 -

3. The quantity (e.g., in terms of numbers of shares, units or contracts) and principal amount (in dollars) of each Security or Futures Contract involved;

4. The nature of the Investment Transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

5. The price of the Security or Futures Contract at which the transaction was effected; and

6. The name of the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank, or futures commission merchant with or through which the Investment Transaction was effected.

You shall provide similar information for the fourth calendar quarter on a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix VIII, which form shall also be used for the Annual Holdings Report described below. You must sign and date each of your Quarterly Reports.

Annual Holdings Reports

At the end of each calendar year, a Compliance Officer will promptly provide to you a list of all accounts that you have previously identified to PIMCO as a Personal Account or a Related Account that held or was likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract during that calendar year. Within 30 days after the end of that calendar year, you shall make any necessary additions, corrections or deletions to that list and return it to a Compliance Officer with a certification that: (a) the list, as modified (if necessary), represents a complete list of the Personal Accounts and Related Accounts that held Securities or Futures Contracts in which you had a Beneficial Ownership interest as of the end of that calendar year and for which PIMCO should have received or will receive an account statement of holdings as of the end of that calendar year, and (b) the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant for each account on the list has been instructed to send a Compliance Officer such an account statement.

You shall provide, on a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix VIII, the following information for each Security or Futures Contract in which you had a Beneficial Ownership interest, as of the end of the previous calendar year, to the extent that the previously referenced account statements have not supplied or will not supply this information to PIMCO:

1. A description of the Security or Futures Contract, including, as applicable, its name, title, interest rate, maturity date, exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number;

2. The quantity (e.g., in terms of numbers of shares, units or contracts) and principal amount (in dollars) of each Security or Futures Contract in which you had any Beneficial Ownership interest; and

3. The name of any broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant with which you maintain an account in which any such Security or Futures Contract has been held or is held for your benefit.

- 7 -

The information contained in your Annual Holdings Report (Appendix VIII) and in the statements and other documents attached to or referenced in that form must be current as of a date not more than 45 days prior to the date that report is submitted to PIMCO. You must sign and date your Annual Holdings Report.

In addition, you shall also provide on your Annual Holdings Report (Appendix VIII) your Investment Transaction information for the fourth quarter of the calendar year just ended. This information shall be of the type and in the form required for the quarterly reports described above.

All of the Reporting Obligations described above shall apply to MUTUAL FUND SECURITIES (OTHER THAN MONEY MARKET FUNDS) AND EXCHANGE-TRADED FUNDS ("ETFS") in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest.

Related Accounts

The reporting and certification obligations described above also apply to any Related Account (as defined in Appendix I) and to any Investment Transaction in a Related Account.

It is important for you to recognize that the definitions of "Related Account" and "Beneficial Ownership" in Appendix I may require you to provide, or to arrange for the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant to furnish, copies of reports for any account used by or for a member of your Immediate Family or a trust in which you or a member of your Immediate Family has any vested interest, as well as for any other accounts in which you may have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in the profit derived from any Investment Transaction in that account.

Exemptions From Reporting

You need not report Investment Transactions in any account over which neither you nor an Immediate Family Member has or had any direct or indirect influence or control.

You also need not report Investment Transactions in Exempt Securities (as defined in Appendix I) nor need you furnish, or require a broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant to furnish, copies of confirmations or periodic statements for accounts that hold only Exempt Securities. This exemption from reporting shall end immediately, however, at such time as there is an Investment Transaction in that account in a Futures Contract or in a Security that is not an Exempt Security.

PROHIBITED INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

Initial Public Offerings of Equity Securities

No Advisory Employee may acquire Beneficial Ownership of any equity Security in an Initial Public Offering.

- 8 -

Private Placements and Initial Public Offering of Debt Securities

You may not acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Security through a Private Placement (or subsequently sell it), or acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Fixed Income Security in an Initial Public Offering unless you have received the prior written approval of a Compliance Officer listed on Appendix XII. Approval will not be given unless a determination is made that the investment opportunity should not be reserved for one or more Advisory Clients, and that the investment opportunity has not been offered to you by virtue of your position with PIMCO.

If, after receiving the necessary approval, you have acquired a Beneficial Ownership interest in a Fixed Income Security through an Initial Public Offering or in a Security through a Private Placement, you must DISCLOSE that investment when you play a part in any consideration of any investment by an Advisory Client in the issuer of that Security, and any decision to make such an investment must be INDEPENDENTLY REVIEWED by a portfolio manager who does not have a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Security of that issuer.

Allianz AG

You may not engage in any Investment Transaction in Securities of Allianz AG, except during the trading windows applicable to such transactions, as set forth below under "Blackout Periods."

PRECLEARANCE

All Investment Transactions in Securities and Futures Contracts in a Personal Account or Related Account, or in which you otherwise have or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest, must be precleared by a Compliance Officer unless an Investment Transaction, Security or Futures Contract falls into one of the following categories that are identified as "exempt from preclearance."

Preclearance Procedure

Preclearance shall be requested by completing and submitting a copy of the applicable preclearance request form attached hereto as Appendix IX (or, in the case of an Investment Transaction in a PIMCO Closed End Fund, Appendix X, or, in the case of an Investment Transaction in an AGI Closed End Fund, Appendix XI) to a Compliance Officer. No Investment Transaction subject to preclearance may be effected prior to receipt of written authorization of the transaction by a Compliance Officer. The authorization and the date of authorization will be reflected on the preclearance request form. Unless otherwise specified, that authorization shall be effective, unless revoked, until the earlier of: (a) the close of business on the day the authorization is given, or (b) until you discover that the information on the preclearance request form is no longer accurate. In the case of a request for preclearance of a limit order, a new request for preclearance must be submitted if your order is not filled by the close of business on the day the authorization is given.

- 9 -

The Compliance Officer from whom authorization is sought may undertake such investigation as he or she considers necessary to determine that the Investment Transaction for which preclearance has been sought complies with the terms of this Code and is consistent with the general principles described at the beginning of the Code.

Before deciding whether to authorize an Investment Transaction in a particular Security or Futures Contract, the Compliance Officer shall determine and consider, based upon the information reported or known to that Compliance Officer, whether within the most recent 15 days the Security, the Futures Contract or any Related Security: (a) is or has been held by an Advisory Client, or (b) is being or has been considered for purchase by an Advisory Client. The Compliance Officer shall also determine whether there is a pending BUY or SELL order in the same Security or Futures Contract, or in a Related Security, on behalf of an Advisory Client. If such an order exists, authorization of the personal Investment Transaction shall not be given until the Advisory Client's order is executed or withdrawn. This prohibition may be waived by a Compliance Officer if he or she is convinced that: (a) your personal Investment Transaction is necessary, (b) your personal Investment Transaction will not adversely affect the pending order of the Advisory Client, and (c) provision can be made for the Advisory Client trade to take precedence (in terms of price) over your personal Investment Transaction.

For an Investment Transaction in an AGI Closed End Fund, you must complete and submit the preclearance request form attached hereto as Appendix XI and comply with the AGI Policy for Transactions in Closed End Funds that may be found on the Legal and Compliance page of the PIMCO intranet site. In determining whether to preclear such an Investment Transaction, the Compliance Officer shall coordinate with the AGI Fund Administration Group. A list of AGI Closed End Funds (many of which are subadvised by PIMCO) may be found in Appendix I (as part of the definition of "AGI Closed End Fund") or on the Legal and Compliance page of the PIMCO intranet site.

Exemptions From Preclearance

Preclearance shall NOT be required for the following Investment Transactions, Securities and Futures Contracts. They are exempt only from the Code's preclearance requirement, and, unless otherwise indicated, remain subject to the Code's other requirements, including its reporting requirements.

Investment Transactions Exempt From Preclearance

Preclearance shall NOT be required for any of the following Investment Transactions:

1. Any transaction in a Security or Futures Contract in an account that is managed or held by a broker, dealer, bank, futures commission merchant, investment advisor, commodity trading advisor or trustee and over which you do not exercise investment discretion, have notice of transactions prior to execution, or otherwise have any direct or indirect influence or control. There is a presumption that you can influence or control accounts held by members of your Immediate Family

- 10 -

sharing the same household. This presumption may be rebutted only by convincing evidence.

2. Purchases of Securities under dividend reinvestment plans.

3. Purchases of Securities by exercise of rights issued to the holders of a class of Securities pro rata, to the extent they are issued with respect to Securities in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest.

4. Acquisitions or dispositions of Securities as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate distribution or reorganization applicable to all holders of a class of Securities in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest.

Securities Exempt From Preclearance Regardless Of Transaction Size

Preclearance shall NOT be required for an Investment Transaction in the following Securities or Related Securities, regardless of the size of that transaction:

1. All Exempt Securities as defined in Appendix I, i.e., U.S. Government Securities, shares in Money Market Funds, and high quality short-term debt instruments.

2. All Mutual Fund Securities as defined in Appendix I.

3. All Closed End Funds and rights distributed to shareholders in Closed End Funds other than any AGI Closed End Fund, PIMCO Closed End Fund or Closed End Fund that is a Designated Security.

4. All options on any index of equity Securities.

5. All Fixed Income Securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the Government of the United States.

6. All options on foreign currencies or baskets of foreign currencies (whether or not traded on an exchange or board of trade).

7. EXCEPT FOR DESIGNATED SECURITIES (as defined in Appendix I and discussed below), all equity Securities and ETFs or options, warrants or other rights to equity Securities or ETFs.

- 11 -

Securities Exempt from Preclearance Depending On Transaction Size

Preclearance shall NOT be required for an Investment Transaction in the following Securities or Related Securities if they do not exceed the specified transaction size thresholds (which thresholds may be increased or decreased by PIMCO upon written notification to employees in the future depending on the depth and liquidity of the markets for these Fixed Income Securities):

1. Purchases or sales of up to $1,000,000 (in market value or face amount, whichever is lesser) per calendar month per issuer of Fixed Income Securities issued by a Qualified Foreign Government.

2. Purchases or sales of the following dollar values (measured in market value or face amount, whichever is lesser) of corporate debt Securities, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed Securities, taxable or tax-exempt state, local and municipal Fixed Income Securities, structured notes and loan participations, foreign government debt Securities issued by non-qualified foreign governments, or debt Securities issued by an international agency or a supranational agency (hereinafter collectively referred to as "RELEVANT DEBT SECURITIES"):

a. Purchases or sales of up to $100,000 per calendar month per issuer if the original issue size of any Relevant Debt Security being purchased or sold was less than $50 million;

b. Purchases or sales of up to $500,000 per calendar month per issuer if the original issue size of any Relevant Debt Security being purchased or sold was at least $50 million but less than $100 million; or

c. Purchases or sales of up to $1,000,000 per calendar month per issuer if the original issue size of any Relevant Debt Security being purchased or sold was at least $100 million.

Preclearance of Designated Securities

If a Compliance Officer receives notification, from a Portfolio Employee or otherwise, that an equity Security or a Closed End Fund or an option, warrant or other right to such an equity Security or Closed End Fund is held by an Advisory Client or is being considered for purchase or sale by PIMCO on behalf of one or more of its Advisory Clients, the Compliance Officer will send you an e-mail message or similar transmission notifying you that this equity Security, Closed End Fund or option, warrant or other right to that equity Security or Closed End Fund is now a "DESIGNATED SECURITY." A current list of Designated Securities (if any) will also be available on the Legal and Compliance page of the PIMCO intranet site. You must preclear any Investment Transaction in a Designated Security or a Related Security during the period when that designation is in effect.

- 12 -

Futures Contracts Exempt From Preclearance Regardless Of Transaction Size

Preclearance shall NOT be required for an Investment Transaction in the following Futures Contracts, regardless of the size of that transaction (as indicated in Appendix I, for these purposes a "FUTURES CONTRACT" includes a futures option):

1. Currency Futures Contracts.

2. U.S. Treasury Futures Contracts.

3. Eurodollar Futures Contracts.

4. Futures Contracts on any index of equity Securities.

5. Futures Contracts on physical commodities or indices thereof (e.g., contracts for future delivery of grain, livestock, fiber or metals, whether for physical delivery or cash).

6. Privately-Traded Contracts.

Futures Contracts Exempt From Preclearance Depending On Transaction Size

Preclearance shall NOT be required for an Investment Transaction in the following Futures Contracts if the total number of contracts purchased or sold during a calendar month does not exceed the specified limitations:

1. Purchases or sales of up to 50 PUBLICLY-TRADED FUTURES CONTRACTS to acquire Fixed Income Securities issued by a particular Qualified Foreign Government.

2. Purchases or sales of up to 10 OF EACH OTHER INDIVIDUAL PUBLICLY-TRADED FUTURES CONTRACT if the open market interest for such Futures Contract as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the date of your Investment Transaction (for the previous trading day) is at least 1,000 contracts. Examples of Futures Contracts for which this exemption would be available include a Futures Contract on a foreign government debt Security issued by a non-qualified foreign government as well as a 30-day Federal Funds Futures Contract.

For purposes of these limitations, a Futures Contract is defined by its expiration month. For example, you need not obtain preclearance to purchase 50 December Futures Contracts on German Government Bonds and 50 March Futures Contracts on German Government Bonds. Similarly, you may roll over 10 September Fed Funds Futures Contracts by selling those 10 contracts and purchasing 10 October Fed Funds Futures Contracts since the contracts being sold and those being purchased have different expiration months. On the other hand, you could not purchase 10 January Fed Funds Future Contracts if the open interest for those contracts was less than 1,000 contracts, even if the total open interest for all Fed Funds Futures Contracts was greater than 1,000 contracts.

- 13 -

Additional Exemptions From Preclearance

PIMCO's Chief Compliance Officer, in consultation with PIMCO's Chief Legal Officer, may exempt other classes of Investment Transactions, Securities or Futures Contracts from the Code's preclearance requirement upon a determination that they do not involve a realistic possibility of violating the general principles described at the beginning of the Code.

Preclearance Required

Given the exemptions described above, preclearance shall be required for Investment Transactions in:

1. Designated Securities.

2. Relevant Debt Securities in excess of the per calendar month per issuer thresholds specified for purchases or sales of those Securities in paragraph 2 under "Securities Exempt from Preclearance Depending on Transaction Size."

3. More than $1,000,000 per calendar month in debt Securities of a Qualified Foreign Government.

4. Related Securities that are exchangeable for or convertible into one of the Securities requiring preclearance under (1), (2), or (3) above.

5. More than 50 Publicly-Traded Futures Contracts per calendar month to acquire Fixed Income Securities issued by a particular Qualified Foreign Government.

6. More than 10 of any other individual Publicly-Traded Futures Contract or any Publicly-Traded Futures Contract for which the open market interest as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the date of your Investment Transaction (for the previous trading day) is less than 1,000 contracts, unless the Futures Contract is exempt from preclearance regardless of transaction size.

7. Any other Security or Publicly-Traded Futures Contract that is not within the "exempt" categories listed above.

8. Any PIMCO Closed End Fund.

9. Any AGI Closed End Fund.

HOLDING PERIODS FOR CERTAIN INVESTMENTS

An Advisory Employee may not, within 60 CALENDAR DAYS, purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, the same FIXED INCOME SECURITY OR RELATED Security in any account(s) in which the Advisory Employee has a Beneficial Ownership interest.

- 14 -

An Advisory Employee may not, within 6 MONTHS, purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, SHARES OF AN AGI CLOSED END FUND SUBADVISED BY PIMCO OR SHARES OF A PIMCO CLOSED END FUND in any account(s) in which the Advisory Employee has a Beneficial Ownership interest. Pursuant to the AGI Policy for Transactions in AGI Closed End Funds (a copy of which may be found on the Legal and Compliance page of the PIMCO intranet site), the minimum holding period for an AGI Closed End Fund not subadvised by PIMCO is 60 CALENDAR DAYS.

As described below, different minimum holding periods apply to Investment Transactions in MUTUAL FUND SECURITIES (which do not include Closed End Funds).

A Portfolio Employee may not, within 60 CALENDAR DAYS, purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, the same DESIGNATED SECURITY OR RELATED SECURITY in any account(s) in which the Portfolio Employee has a Beneficial Ownership interest.

These minimum holding periods do NOT apply to Investment Transactions in U.S. Government Securities, most equity Securities, shares of Money Market Funds, index options or Futures Contracts nor do they apply to a purchase or sale in connection with one of the four categories of Investment Transactions Exempt From Preclearance described above, including purchases of Securities under a dividend reinvestment plan.

BLACKOUT PERIODS

You MAY NOT purchase or sell a Security, a Related Security or a Futures Contract at a time when you intend or know of another's intention to purchase or sell that Security or Futures Contract on behalf of any Advisory Client.

As noted previously in the description of the Preclearance Process, a Compliance Officer may not preclear an Investment Transaction in a Security or a Futures Contract at a time when there is a pending BUY OR SELL order in the same Security or Futures Contract, or a Related Security, until that order is executed or withdrawn.

These prohibitions do not apply to Investment Transactions in any Futures Contracts that are exempt from preclearance regardless of transaction size.

Special Blackout Periods apply to Investment Transactions in AGI Closed End Funds (see the AGI Policy for Transactions in AGI Closed End Funds, a copy of which may be found on the Legal and Compliance page of the PIMCO intranet site).

You are not permitted to purchase or sell shares of Allianz AG during any designated blackout period. A blackout period starts six weeks prior to the release of Allianz AG annual financial statements and two weeks prior to the release of Allianz AG quarterly results. These blackout periods also apply to the exercise of cash settled options or any kind of rights granted under compensation or incentive programs that completely or in part refer to Allianz AG.

- 15 -

TRANSACTIONS IN MUTUAL FUND SECURITIES

Reporting of Mutual Fund Security Transactions

All of the Reporting Obligations described in the Code shall apply to Mutual Fund Securities (other than Money Market Funds) in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest. For purposes of the Code, shares of Closed End Funds and ETFs are not considered Mutual Fund Securities. Investment Transactions in Closed End Funds and ETFs are covered by other sections of the Code.

Holding Periods for Mutual Fund Security Transactions

An Advisory Employee may not, within 30 calendar days, purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, the same MUTUAL FUND SECURITY in any account(s) in which the Advisory Employee has a Beneficial Ownership interest. This 30-day minimum holding period applies to purchases and sales of the same Mutual Fund Security regardless of whether those transactions occurred in a single account (e.g., a brokerage account, a 401(k) account, a deferred compensation account, etc.) or across multiple accounts in which the Advisory Employee has a Beneficial Ownership interest. With respect to a Mutual Fund that invests exclusively or primarily in Funds or other collective investment vehicles or pools (often referred to as a "fund of funds"), this minimum holding period applies only to the investment in the top-tier Mutual Fund. Thus, for purposes of determining compliance with this minimum holding period, an Advisory Employee is not required to "look through" a fund of funds in which he or she invests.

This minimum holding period SHALL NOT APPLY with respect to purchases or sales made pursuant to (1) automatic reinvestment of dividends, capital gains, income or interest received from a Mutual Fund, or (2) a periodic investment, redemption, or reallocation plan in a deferred compensation, 401(k), retirement or other account (e.g., purchases of Mutual Fund Securities every pay period in an employee's 401(k) account). In order to rely on this exception, the investment options in the plan may not be changed more frequently than every 30 calendar days. This minimum holding period also does not apply to a purchase or sale in connection with one of the four categories of Investment Transactions Exempt From Preclearance described above.

- 16 -

GIFTS AND SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

GIFTS

You MAY NOT accept any investment opportunity, gift, gratuity or other thing of more than nominal value from any person or entity that does business, or desires to do business, with PIMCO directly or on behalf of an Advisory Client (a "GIVER"). You MAY, however, accept gifts from a single Giver so long as the value of each gift is modest and their aggregate value does not exceed $1,000 per quarter. This includes business meals, sporting events and other entertainment events at the expense of a Giver, so long as the expense is reasonable, infrequent and both you and the Giver are present. You are expected to comply with the PIMCO Vendor, Broker and Issuer Conduct Policy and to notify a Compliance Officer if you are the recipient of a gift, business meal, sporting event or other entertainment event whose value may exceed a guideline set forth in that Policy. If the value of a gift, meal or event exceeds such a guideline, you may be asked to pay a charity the amount of that excess.

If you are a registered representative of Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC ("AGID"), the aggregate annual gift value from a single Giver shall not exceed $100.00. As an AGID representative, you are required to maintain a record of each gift, gratuity, investment opportunity or similar item, and make such record available to a Compliance Officer upon request.

SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

If you are an Advisory Employee, you may not serve on the board of directors or other governing board of a publicly traded entity, other than of a Fund for which PIMCO is an advisor or sub-advisor, unless you have received the prior written approval of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Legal Officer of PIMCO. Approval will not be given unless a determination is made that your service on the board would be consistent with the interests of our Advisory Clients. If you are permitted to serve on the board of a publicly traded entity, you will be ISOLATED from those Advisory Employees who make investment decisions with respect to the Securities of that entity, through a "Chinese Wall" or other procedures.

- 17 -

COMPLIANCE

DELIVERY OF THE CODE TO ALL ADVISORY EMPLOYEES

On or before the effective date of this Code, the Compliance Officers shall provide a copy of the Code to each Advisory Employee. If the Code is amended, the Compliance Officers shall provide a copy of that amendment to each Advisory Employee on or before the effective date of that amendment. On or before the commencement of each new Advisory Employee's employment, a Compliance Officer or his/her designee shall provide a copy of the Code and of any amendments to the Code to that new Advisory Employee.

CERTIFICATIONS

Upon Receipt Of This Code

Upon commencement of your employment or the effective date of this Code, whichever occurs later, you shall be required to acknowledge receipt of your copy of this Code by completing and returning a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix IV. By that acknowledgment, you will also agree:

1. To read the Code, to make a reasonable effort to understand its provisions, and to ask questions about those provisions you find confusing or difficult to understand.

2. To comply with the Code, including its general principles, its reporting requirements, its preclearance requirements, and its provisions regarding gifts and service as a director.

3. To advise the members of your Immediate Family about the existence of the Code, its applicability to their personal trading activity, and your responsibility to assure that their personal trading activity complies with the Code.

4. To cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry by or on behalf of a Compliance Officer to determine your compliance with the provisions of the Code.

In addition, your acknowledgment will recognize that any failure to comply with the Code and to honor the commitments made by your acknowledgment may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal.

Annual Certificate Of Compliance

You are required to certify on an annual basis, on a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix V, that you have complied with each provision of your initial acknowledgment (see above). In particular, your annual certification will require that you certify that you have read and that you understand the Code, that you recognize you are subject to its provisions, that you complied with the requirements of the Code during the year just ended and that you have

- 18 -

disclosed, reported, or caused to be reported all Investment Transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code.

POST-TRADE MONITORING

The Compliance Officers shall review the Initial Reports, Annual Holding Reports, Quarterly Transaction Reports, Duplicate Broker Reports and other information supplied to them concerning your personal Investment Transactions so that they can detect and prevent potential violations of the Code. The Compliance Officers may also review and rely upon reports and information provided to them by third parties, including AGI. PIMCO's Compliance Officers will perform such investigations and make such inquiries as they consider necessary to perform their post-trade monitoring function. You agree to cooperate with any such investigation and to respond to any such inquiry. You should expect that, as a matter of course, the Compliance Officers will make inquiries regarding any personal Investment Transaction in a Security or Futures Contract that occurs on the same day as a transaction in the same Security or Futures Contract on behalf of an Advisory Client.

DUTY TO REPORT VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE

Each Advisory Employee is required to report any suspected violation of the Code promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer.

WAIVERS

PIMCO's Chief Compliance Officer, in consultation with PIMCO's Chief Legal Officer, may grant an individual waiver to an Advisory Employee from any requirement of this Code (other than any requirement specified by Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act or under Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act) if together they determine that compliance with the requirement would impose an undue burden or hardship on the Advisory Employee. The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain a log of each waiver granted that includes, among other things, the name of the Advisory Employee, the particular requirement of the Code to which the waiver applies, the effective date of the waiver, and a summary of the reasons why the waiver was granted.

REMEDIAL ACTIONS

If you violate this Code, you are subject to remedial actions, which may include, but are not limited to, full or partial disgorgement of profits, imposition of a fine, censure, demotion, suspension or dismissal, or any other sanction or remedial action required by law, rule or regulation. As part of any sanction, you may be required to reverse an Investment Transaction and to forfeit any profit or to absorb any loss from the transaction.

PIMCO's Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer shall have the ultimate authority to determine whether you have violated the Code and, if so, the remedial actions they consider appropriate or required by law, rule or regulation. In making their determination, the Chief Legal Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer shall consider, among other factors, the gravity of your violation, the frequency of your violations, whether any violation caused harm or

- 19 -

the potential of harm to any Advisory Client, your efforts to cooperate with their investigation, and your efforts to correct any conduct that led to a violation.

REPORTS TO DIRECTORS AND TRUSTEES

Reports Of Material Violations

The General Counsel of AGI and the directors or trustees of any affected Fund that is an Advisory Client will be informed on a timely basis of any material violation of this Code.

Reports of Material Changes To The Code

PIMCO will promptly advise the directors or trustees of any Fund that is an Advisory Client if PIMCO makes any material change to this Code.

Annual Reports

PIMCO's management will furnish a written report annually to the General Counsel of AGI and to the directors or trustees of each Fund that is an Advisory Client. Each report, at a minimum, will:

1. Describe any issues arising under the Code, or under procedures implemented by PIMCO to prevent violations of the Code, since management's last report, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code, procedures and sanctions imposed in response to such material violations, and individual waivers from any requirement of the Code; and

2. Certify that PIMCO has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Advisory Employees from violating the Code.

RECORDKEEPING

Beginning on the effective date of this Code, PIMCO will maintain the following records, which shall be available to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any representative of the Commission at any time and from time to time for reasonable periodic, special or other examination:

1. PIMCO's Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain, in any easily accessible place at PIMCO's principal office:

(a) a copy of PIMCO's current Code and of each predecessor of that Code that was in effect at any time within the previous five
(5) years;

(b) a record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred;

- 20 -

(c) copies of all written acknowledgements of receipt of the Code for each Advisory Employee who is currently, or within the past five years was, an Advisory Employee;

(d) a copy of each report made by an Advisory Employee pursuant to this Code, including any Duplicate Broker Report submitted on behalf of that Advisory Employee, for at least two (2) years after the end of the fiscal year in which that report was made or that information was provided;

(e) a list of the names of all persons who are currently, or within the past five (5) years were, Advisory Employees and/or otherwise required to make reports pursuant to this Code and the names of all persons who are or were responsible for reviewing the reports of those Advisory Employees;

(f) a copy of each report to the General Counsel of AGI or to the directors or trustees of a Fund that is an Advisory Client for at least two (2) years after the end of the fiscal year in which that report was made;

(g) the log required under "Waivers" for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the relevant waivers were granted; and

(h) a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by an Advisory Employee of a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Security in an Initial Public Offering or in a Private Placement for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which such approval was granted.

2. PIMCO shall also maintain the following additional records in an easily accessible place:

(a) a copy of each report made by an Advisory Employee pursuant to this Code, including any Duplicate Broker Report submitted on behalf of that Advisory Employee, for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which that report was made or that information was provided; and

(b) a copy of each report to the General Counsel of AGI or to the directors or trustees of a Fund that is an Advisory Client for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which that report was made.

- 21 -

APPENDIX I

DEFINITIONS OF CAPITALIZED TERMS

The following definitions apply to the capitalized terms used in the Code:

AGI

The acronym "AGI" means Allianz Global Investors of America L.P.

AGI CLOSED END FUND

The term "AGI Closed End Fund" means any Closed End Fund identified below or on the Legal and Compliance page of the PIMCO intranet site. Advisory Employees are encouraged to check the PIMCO intranet site for changes to the list below.

AGI CLOSED END FUNDS SUBADVISED BY PIMCO                             OTHER AGI CLOSED END FUNDS
----------------------------------------                             --------------------------
PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund (PCQ)       Municipal Advantage Fund (MAF)
PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II (PCK)    NFJ Dividend, Interest & Premium Strategy Fund (NFJ)
PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund III (PZC)   Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund (NCV)
PIMCO Corporate Income Fund (PCN)                  Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II (NCZ)
PIMCO Corporate Opportunity Fund (PTY)             Nicholas-Applegate International & Premium Strategy Fund (NAI)
PIMCO Floating Rate Income Fund (PFL)
PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund (PFN)
PIMCO Global StocksPLUS & Income Fund (PGP)
PIMCO High Income Fund (PHK)
PIMCO Municipal Income Fund (PMF)
PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II (PML)
PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III (PMX)
PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund (PNF)
PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II (PNI)
PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III (PYN)

I-1

AGID

The acronym "AGID" means Allianz Global Investors Distributors LLC.

ADVISORY CLIENT

The term "Advisory Client" shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of the Code.

ADVISORY EMPLOYEE

The term "Advisory Employee" means: (1) a director, officer or general partner of PIMCO or an employee of PIMCO (or of any company in a control relationship to PIMCO): (a) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Security or Futures Contract by PIMCO on behalf of an Advisory Client; (b) who has access to non-public information regarding any Advisory Client's purchase or sale of Securities, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund; (c) whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to the purchase or sale of a Security or Futures Contract by PIMCO on behalf of an Advisory Client; or (d) who is involved in making securities recommendations to Advisory Clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are non-public; or (2) any natural person in a control relationship to PIMCO who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a Security by the Fund.

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

As a GENERAL MATTER, you are considered to have a "Beneficial Ownership" interest in a Security or a Futures Contract if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from an Investment Transaction in that Security or Futures Contract. YOU ARE PRESUMED TO
HAVE A BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTEREST IN ANY SECURITY OR FUTURES CONTRACT HELD, INDIVIDUALLY OR JOINTLY, BY YOU OR A MEMBER OF YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY (AS DEFINED BELOW). In addition, unless specifically excepted by a Compliance Officer based on a showing that your interest in a Security or a Futures Contract is sufficiently attenuated to avoid the possibility of conflict, you will be considered to have a Beneficial Ownership interest in a Security or a Futures Contract held by: (1) a JOINT ACCOUNT to which you are a party, (2) a PARTNERSHIP in which you are a general partner, (3) a PARTNERSHIP in which you or your Immediate Family holds a controlling interest and with respect to which Security or Futures Contract you or your Immediate Family has investment discretion, (4) a LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY in which you are a manager-member,
(5) a LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY in which you or your Immediate Family holds a controlling interest and with respect to which Security or Futures Contract you or your Immediate Family has investment discretion, (6) a TRUST in which you or a member of your Immediate Family has a vested interest or serves as a trustee with investment discretion, (7) a CLOSELY-HELD CORPORATION in which you or your Immediate Family holds a controlling interest and with respect to which Security or Futures Contract you or your Immediate Family has investment discretion, or
(8) ANY ACCOUNT (including retirement, pension, deferred

I-2

compensation or similar account) in which you or your Immediate Family has a substantial economic interest.

For purposes of this Code, "Beneficial Ownership" shall also be interpreted in a manner consistent with SEC Rule 16a-1(a)(2) (17 C.F.R. Section 240.16a-1(a)(2)).

CLOSED END FUND

The term "Closed End Fund" means (1) a collective investment vehicle or pool that is a "Closed-End Company" as defined in Section 5(a)(2) of the Investment Company Act and registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, (2) a collective investment vehicle or pool that is organized or established outside of the United States which issues a fixed number of Securities which generally does not provide the right to purchase or redeem such Securities or (3) a collective investment vehicle or pool organized or established in the United States that is either excluded from the definition of "investment company" under the Investment Company Act, or relies on an applicable exemption from registration under the Investment Company Act and which issues a fixed number of Securities no class of which is publicly traded in the U.S., and which generally does not provide the right to purchase or redeem such Securities.

CODE

The term "Code" shall have the same meaning provided in the first paragraph of the Code.

COMPLIANCE OFFICER

The term "Compliance Officer" means a PIMCO Compliance Officer listed on Appendix XII to the Code.

DESIGNATED SECURITY

The term "Designated Security" shall mean any equity Security or Closed End Fund or an option, warrant or other right to such an equity Security or Closed End Fund designated as such by a Compliance Officer, after receiving notification, from a Portfolio Employee or otherwise, that said equity Security or Closed End Fund is held by an Advisory Client or is being considered for purchase or sale by PIMCO on behalf of one or more of its Advisory Clients. A current list of Designated Securities may be found on the Legal and Compliance page of the PIMCO intranet site.

DUPLICATE BROKER REPORTS

The term "Duplicate Broker Reports" means duplicate copies of trade confirmations of relevant Investment Transactions and of periodic statements for a relevant Personal Account or Related Account.

I-3

ETF

The acronym "ETF" means an Exchange-Traded Fund.

EXEMPT SECURITY

The term "Exempt Security" refers to:

1. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

2. Shares issued by open-end Funds that are Money Market Funds; and

3. Bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements. For these purposes, a "high quality short-term debt instrument" means any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

FIXED INCOME SECURITY

The term "Fixed Income Security" shall mean a fixed income Security issued by an agency or instrumentality of, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the Government of the United States, a corporate debt Security, a mortgage-backed or other asset-backed Security, a taxable or tax-exempt fixed income Security issued by a state or local government or a political subdivision thereof, a structured note or loan participation, a foreign government debt Security, or a debt Security of an international agency or a supranational agency. For purposes of this Code, the term "Fixed Income Security" shall not be interpreted to include a U.S. Government Security or any other Exempt Security (as defined above).

FUND

The term "Fund" means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.

FUTURES CONTRACT

The term "Futures Contract" includes (a) a futures contract and an option on a futures contract traded on a United States or foreign board of trade, such as the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the London International Financial Futures Exchange or the New York Mercantile Exchange (a "Publicly-Traded Futures Contract"), as well as (b) a forward contract, a swap, a cap, a collar, a floor and an over-the-counter option (other than an option on a foreign currency, an option on a basket of currencies, an option on a Security or an option on an index of Securities) (a "Privately-Traded Contract"). Consult with a Compliance Officer prior to entering into a transaction in case of any doubt. For purposes of this definition, a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract is defined by its expiration month, i.e., a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract on a U.S. Treasury Bond that expires in June is treated as a separate Publicly-Traded

I-4

Futures Contract from a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract on a U.S. Treasury Bond that expires in July. For purposes of this Code, "Futures Contract" SHALL NOT include a "security future" as defined in Section 3(a)(55) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. Section 78c(a)(55)).

IMMEDIATE FAMILY

The term "Immediate Family" means any of the following persons who RESIDE IN YOUR HOUSEHOLD, DEPEND ON YOU FOR BASIC LIVING SUPPORT, OR FOR WHOM YOU HAVE INVESTMENT DISCRETION: your spouse, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including any adoptive relationships.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

The term "Initial Public Offering" means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. Section 77a), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. Section 78m or Section 78o(d)).

INSIDER TRADING POLICY

The term "Insider Trading Policy" shall mean the AGI Insider Trading Policy and Procedures attached as Appendix III to this Code.

INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT

The term "Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

INVESTMENT TRANSACTION

The term "Investment Transaction" means any transaction in a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, a Beneficial Ownership interest, and includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.

MONEY MARKET FUND

The term "Money Market Fund" means any taxable or tax-exempt money market Fund or any similar open-end Fund.

MUTUAL FUND

The term "Mutual Fund" means (1) a collective investment vehicle or pool that is an open-end management investment company as defined in Section 5(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act and registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act (other than Money Market Funds that are "Exempt Securities," as defined above), (2) a collective investment vehicle or pool that is organized or established outside of the United States that

I-5

generally provides the right to purchase or redeem Securities issued by such fund on a daily basis, or (3) a collective investment vehicle or pool organized or established in the United States that is either excluded from the definition of "investment company" under the Investment Company Act, or relies on an applicable exemption from registration under the Investment Company, and which generally provides the right to purchase or redeem Securities issued by such fund on a daily basis.

MUTUAL FUND SECURITY

The term "Mutual Fund Security" means an equity Security issued by a Mutual Fund.

PERSONAL ACCOUNT

The term "Personal Account" means the following accounts that hold or are likely to hold a Security (as defined below) or a Futures Contract (as defined above) in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest: any account in your individual name; any joint or tenant-in-common account in which you have an interest or are a participant; any account for which you act as trustee, executor, or custodian; any account over which you have investment discretion or otherwise can exercise control (other than non-related clients' accounts over which you have investment discretion), including the accounts of entities controlled directly or indirectly by you; and any other account in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest (other than such accounts over which you have no investment discretion and cannot otherwise exercise control).

PIMCO

The acronym "PIMCO" shall mean Pacific Investment Management Company LLC.

PIMCO CLOSED END FUND

The term "PIMCO Closed End Fund" means any Closed End Fund for which PIMCO acts as investment advisor, including, but not necessarily limited to, PIMCO Commercial Mortgage Securities Trust, Inc., and PIMCO Strategic Global Government Fund, Inc. A current list of PIMCO Closed End Funds may be found on the Legal and Compliance page of the PIMCO intranet site.

PORTFOLIO EMPLOYEE

The term "Portfolio Employee" means: (1) a portfolio manager or any employee of PIMCO (or of any company in a control relationship with PIMCO) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a Fund, or (2) any natural person who controls PIMCO and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a Fund that is an Advisory Client regarding the purchase or sale of Securities by the Fund. For these purposes, "control" has the same meaning as in Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. Section 80a-2(a)(9)).

I-6

PRIVATE PLACEMENT

The term "Private Placement" means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or
Section 4(6) (15 U.S.C. Section 77d(2) or Section 77d(6)) or pursuant to SEC Rules 504, 505 or 506 (17 C.F.R. Sections 230.504, 230.505, or 230.506) under the Securities Act of 1933.

QUALIFIED FOREIGN GOVERNMENT

The term "Qualified Foreign Government" means a national government of a developed foreign country with outstanding Fixed Income Securities in excess of fifty billion dollars. A list of Qualified Foreign Governments will be prepared as of the last business day of each calendar quarter, will be available from the Chief Compliance Officer, and will be effective for the following calendar quarter.

RELATED ACCOUNT

The term "Related Account" means any account, other than a Personal Account, that holds a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest.

RELATED SECURITY

The term "Related Security" shall mean any option to purchase or sell, and any Security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Security that is or has been held by PIMCO on behalf of one of its Advisory Clients or any Security that is being or has been considered for purchase by PIMCO on behalf of one of its Advisory Clients.

RELEVANT DEBT SECURITY

The term "Relevant Debt Security" shall mean corporate debt Securities, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed Securities, taxable and tax-exempt state, local and municipal Fixed Income Securities, structured notes and loan participations, foreign government debt Securities issued by non-qualified foreign governments, or debt securities issued by an international agency or a supranational agency.

REPORTABLE FUND

The term "Reportable Fund" shall mean any Fund for which PIMCO serves as an investment advisor (as defined in Section 2(a)(2) of the Investment Company Act) or any Fund whose investment advisor or principal underwriter controls PIMCO, is controlled by PIMCO, or is under common control with PIMCO.

SECURITY

As a GENERAL MATTER, the term "Security" shall mean any stock, note, bond, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (including any loan participation or assignment), ETF, Closed End Fund, limited partnership interest or investment contract OTHER THAN AN EXEMPT SECURITY

I-7

(as defined above). The term "Security" INCLUDES a Mutual Fund Security or an option on a Security, on an index of Securities, on a currency or on a basket of currencies, including such an option traded on the Chicago Board of Options Exchange or on the New York, American, Pacific or Philadelphia Stock Exchanges, as well as such an option traded in the over-the-counter market. For purposes of this Code, the term "Security" shall include a "security future" as defined in
Section 3(a)(55) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but otherwise SHALL NOT include a Futures Contract or a physical commodity (such as foreign exchange or a precious metal).

As a TECHNICAL MATTER, the term "Security" shall, except as otherwise provided above, have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. Section 80a-2(a)(36)), which defines a Security to mean:

Any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate of subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a "security", or any certificate of interest or instrument commonly known as a "security", or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

I-8

Ex-(p)(vii)

APPENDIX II

PIMCO POLICIES AND PROCEDURES APPLICABLE TO
THE DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION REGARDING

THE PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS OF FUNDS THAT PIMCO ADVISES

EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 15, 2006

I. INTRODUCTION

This document sets forth the policies and procedures to be followed by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC ("PIMCO") and its officers, directors and employees (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Employees") regarding the disclosure of non-public information about the portfolio holdings of various registered investment companies and collective investment vehicles for which PIMCO serves as an investment advisor or sub-advisor, including, but not limited to, PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Funds: Private Account Portfolio Series ("PAPS" ), PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust ("PVIT"), PIMCO Funds: Global Investor Series plc ("GIS"), PIMCO Luxembourg Trusts ("Luxembourg"), EQT PIMCO Funds ("Australia"), and various "Private Sponsored and Unsponsored Funds" (such as StocksPLUS, L.P.), PIMCO Global Relative Value Fund ("GRV"), PIMCO Absolute Return Strategy Funds ("PARS"), various U.S. Sub-Advised 1940 Act Funds, PIMCO Bermuda Trusts ("Bermuda Funds"), PIMCO Cayman Trusts ("Cayman Funds"), PIMCO Canada Trusts ("Canada Funds") and PIMCO-sponsored and unsponsored 1940 Act Closed End Funds (the "Closed End Funds") (collectively the "Funds").

These Policies and Procedures are intended to protect the confidentiality of each Fund's non-public portfolio holdings, to prevent the misuse and selective disclosure of such information, and to help ensure compliance by PIMCO and the Funds with the federal securities laws, including the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("1940 Act"), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 ("Advisers Act"), the rules promulgated thereunder and general principles of fiduciary duty or other equivalent legislation and duties that govern the non-US Funds noted above.

II. GENERAL POLICIES REGARDING THE DISCLOSURE OF NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION REGARDING THE PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS OF FUNDS PIMCO ADVISES

No PIMCO Employee shall disclose information regarding the specific portfolio holdings of any Fund to any person outside of PIMCO, except as permitted by the portfolio holdings policy set forth for that Fund or Fund group in Part III and Table A hereto.

If a Fund or a Fund's advisor has adopted a more restrictive policy regarding the disclosure of non-public information about its portfolio holdings, then PIMCO and its Employees shall follow that policy with respect to the portfolio holdings information of that Fund.


The foregoing prohibitions are not intended to and do not restrict or prevent:

A. The disclosure of relevant information to a Fund's service provider, including an advisor or sub-advisor to a Fund, that requires access to such information in order to fulfill its contractual duties to that Fund.

B. The disclosure of any information that may be required by any applicable law or regulation, a court order or any applicable EDGAR filing requirement established by the SEC or any equivalent regulatory requirement.

C. The disclosure of non-specific information and/or summary information (e.g., on a composite basis) about the holdings of one or more Funds. Except as permitted above, such information shall not identify any specific portfolio holding, but may reflect, among other things, the quality or character of a Fund's portfolio.

D. The disclosure of non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of a Fund to certain mutual fund analysts and rating agencies, such as Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services or other similar entities, for the purpose of facilitating their review of the Funds, provided, however, that any recipient of non-public portfolio holdings information is subject to a confidentiality agreement meeting the requirements of the relevant Fund's Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy.

E. The disclosure of portfolio holdings information with respect to securities held by the Funds that are in default, distressed, or experiencing a negative credit event at any time after such disclosure has been broadly disseminated via the Funds' website or other means.

Any other exceptions to the foregoing prohibition must be approved by PIMCO's Chief Legal Officer or Chief Compliance Officer.

III. PERMITTED DISCLOSURE OF A FUND'S PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION

With respect to each Fund or group of Funds described on Table A hereto, PIMCO and its Employees shall be permitted to disclose information about each Fund's specific portfolio holdings after the dates described on Table A. Table A may be revised from time to time as additional Funds are added or deleted or disclosure policies are updated. If a date described on Table A falls on a weekend or other non-business day, such information shall be available for disclosure on the following business day.

IV. REMEDIAL ACTIONS FOR VIOLATIONS OF THESE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Any PIMCO Employee who violates the policies and procedures set forth herein shall be subject to remedial action under the PIMCO Code of Ethics, which may include the imposition of a fine, censure, demotion, suspension or dismissal, or any other sanction or remedial action required by law, rule or regulation. PIMCO's Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer shall have

II-2


the ultimate authority to determine whether an Employee has violated these policies and procedures and, if so, the remedial action they consider appropriate or required by law, rule or regulation. In making their determination, the Chief Legal Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer shall consider, among other factors, the gravity of the Employee's violation of these policies and procedures, the frequency of such violations by the Employee, whether any violation caused harm or the potential for harm to a Fund, the efforts of the Employee to cooperate with their investigation and the efforts of that Employee to correct any conduct that led to the violation.

II-3


TABLE A

FUND OR FUND GROUP                    DISCLOSURE PERMITTED
------------------                    --------------------
PIMCO Funds, PVIT                     No sooner than 60 calendar days
                                      after quarter end or, if earlier,
                                      the date upon which the Funds:  (a)
                                      mail to shareholders an annual or
                                      semiannual report containing the
                                      Fund's portfolio holdings or (b)
                                      file the Fund's portfolio holdings
                                      with the SEC on Form N-Q.  In
                                      general, the Funds will transmit an
                                      annual or semiannual report to
                                      shareholders, or will file a Form
                                      N-Q with the SEC, on or about the
                                      60th day after a quarter's end.

GIS, Luxembourg                       No sooner than 60 calendar days
                                      after quarter end.

Australia                             No sooner than 15 calendar days after
                                      month end.

PAPS, GRV, PARS, Private Sponsored    No sooner than 5 calendar days after
and Unsponsored Funds, Canada Funds   month end.

U.S. Sub-Advised 1940 Act Funds       Information available daily to the
                                      sponsor or other entity designated
                                      by the sponsor.

Bermuda Funds                         Portfolio holdings information is
                                      available to any shareholder upon
                                      request as of the end of each month
                                      and made available no sooner than
                                      10 calendar days after month-end.
                                      Additionally, certain Funds serve
                                      as underlying investment vehicles
                                      for subscription only by other
                                      collective investment vehicles.
                                      Portfolio holdings information is
                                      available on a daily basis to
                                      investment advisers and management
                                      companies to these collective
                                      investment vehicles.  All such
                                      collective investment vehicle
                                      subscribers must agree to maintain
                                      the confidentiality of this
                                      information.

Cayman Funds                          Portfolio holdings information is
                                      available to any shareholder upon
                                      request as of the end of each month
                                      and made available no sooner than
                                      10 calendar days after month-end.
                                      Additionally, certain Funds serve
                                      as underlying investment vehicles for


                                      subscription only by other
                                      collective investment vehicles.
                                      Portfolio holdings information is
                                      available on a daily basis to
                                      investment advisers and management
                                      companies to these collective
                                      investment vehicles. All such
                                      collective investment vehicle
                                      subscribers must agree to maintain
                                      the confidentiality of this
                                      information. Shareholders of the
                                      PIMCO Cayman Global LIBOR Plus
                                      (U.S. Dollar-Hedged) Fund may, upon
                                      request, receive portfolio holdings
                                      information weekly, as of the last
                                      Japanese business day of each week,
                                      no sooner than 3 calendar days
                                      after the last Japanese business
                                      day of that week.

Closed End Funds                      For sponsored Closed End Funds,
                                      inquiries regarding holdings should
                                      be directed to 1-866-746-2606
                                      solely for the most recent Form
                                      N-Q, semi-annual and/or annual
                                      report or www.pcmfund.com for PCM
                                      or www.rcsfund.com for RCS; for
                                      unsponsored Closed End Funds,
                                      inquiries regarding holdings should
                                      be directed to 1-800-426-0107 or
                                      www.pimcofunds.com solely for the
                                      most recent Form N-Q, semi-annual
                                      and/or annual report.


APPENDIX III

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS OF AMERICA L.P.

INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

SECTION I. POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

A. Policy Statement on Insider Trading

Allianz Global Investors of America L.P. ("the Company") and its division or its subsidiaries, including, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, Allianz Hedge Fund Partners L.P., Allianz Private Client Services LLC, Allianz Private Equity Partners LLC, Cadence Capital Management LLC, Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management LLC, NFJ Investment Group L.P., OCC Distributors LLC, OpCap Advisors LLC, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, PA Fund Management LLC, PA Managed Accounts LLC, PA Retail Holdings LLC, PA CD Distributors LLC, PEA Capital LLC, ADAM Capital Management LLC and Alpha Vision Capital Management LLC (collectively, the Company or AGI Advisers) forbid any of their officers, directors or employees from trading, either personally or on behalf of others (such as, mutual funds and private accounts managed by an AGI Advisor), on the basis of material non-public information or communicating material non-public information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently referred to as "insider trading". This is a group wide policy.

The term "insider trading" is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the situation when a person trades while aware of material non-public information or communicates material non-public information to others in breach of a duty of trust or confidence.

While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:

(1) trading by an insider, while aware of material, non-public information; or

(2) trading by a non-insider, while aware of material, non-public information, where the information was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider's duty to keep it confidential; or

(3) communicating material, non-public information to others in breach of a duty of trust or confidence.

This policy applies to every such officer, director and employee and extends to activities within and outside their duties at the Company. Every officer, director and employee must read and retain this policy statement. Any questions regarding this policy statement and the related procedures set forth herein should be referred to your local compliance officer.

The remainder of this memorandum discusses in detail the elements of insider trading, the penalties for such unlawful conduct and the procedures adopted by the Company to implement its policy against insider trading.


1. TO WHOM DOES THIS POLICY APPLY?

This Policy applies to all employees, officers and directors (direct or indirect) of the Company ("Covered Persons"), as well as to any transactions in any securities participated in by family members, trusts or corporations controlled by such persons. In particular, this Policy applies to securities transactions by:

- the Covered Person's spouse;

- the Covered Person's minor children;

- any other relatives living in the Covered Person's household;

- a trust in which the Covered Person has a beneficial interest, unless such person has no direct or indirect control over the trust;

- a trust as to which the Covered Person is a trustee;

- a revocable trust as to which the Covered Person is a settlor;

- a corporation of which the Covered Person is an officer, director or 10% or greater stockholder; or

- a partnership of which the Covered Person is a partner (including most investment clubs) unless the Covered Person has no direct or indirect control over the partnership.

2. WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?

Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is deemed to be material. "Material information" generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company's securities.

Although there is no precise, generally accepted definition of materiality, information is likely to be "material" if it relates to significant changes affecting such matters as:

- dividend or earnings expectations;

- write-downs or write-offs of assets;

- additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities;

- expansion or curtailment of company or major division operations;

- proposals or agreements involving a joint venture, merger, acquisition;

- divestiture, or leveraged buy-out;

- new products or services;

- exploratory, discovery or research developments;

- criminal indictments, civil litigation or government investigations;

- disputes with major suppliers or customers or significant changes in the relationships with such parties;

- labor disputes including strikes or lockouts;

- substantial changes in accounting methods;

- major litigation developments;

- major personnel changes;

- debt service or liquidity problems;

- bankruptcy or insolvency;

- extraordinary management developments;

- public offerings or private sales of debt or equity securities;

- calls, redemptions or purchases of a company's own stock;

- issuer tender offers; or

- recapitalizations.

III-2


Information provided by a company could be material because of its expected effect on a particular class of the company's securities, all of the company's securities, the securities of another company, or the securities of several companies. Moreover, the resulting prohibition against the misuses of "material" information reaches all types of securities (whether stock or other equity interests, corporate debt, government or municipal obligations, or commercial paper) as well as any option related to that security (such as a put, call or index security).

Material information does not have to relate to a company's business. For example, in Carpenter v. U.S., 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in the Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not.

3. WHAT IS NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION?

In order for issues concerning insider trading to arise, information must not only be "material", it must be "non-public". "Non-public" information is information which has not been made available to investors generally. Information received in circumstances indicating that it is not yet in general circulation or where the recipient knows or should know that the information could only have been provided by an "insider" is also deemed "non-public" information.

At such time as material, non-public information has been effectively distributed to the investing public, it is no longer subject to insider trading restrictions. However, for "non-public" information to become public information, it must be disseminated through recognized channels of distribution designed to reach the securities marketplace.

To show that "material" information is public, you should be able to point to some fact verifying that the information has become generally available, for example, disclosure in a national business and financial wire service (Dow Jones or Reuters), a national news service (AP or UPI), a national newspaper (The Wall Street Journal, The New York Times or Financial Times), or a publicly disseminated disclosure document (a proxy statement or prospectus). The circulation of rumors or "talk on the street", even if accurate, widespread and reported in the media, does not constitute the requisite public disclosure. The information must not only be publicly disclosed, there must also be adequate time for the market as a whole to digest the information. Although timing may vary depending upon the circumstances, a good rule of thumb is that information is considered non-public until the third business day after public disclosure.

Material non-public information is not made public by selective dissemination. Material information improperly disclosed only to institutional investors or to a fund analyst or a favored group of analysts retains its status as "non-public" information which must not be disclosed or otherwise misused. Similarly, partial disclosure does not constitute public dissemination. So long as any material component of the "inside" information possessed by the Company has yet to be publicly disclosed, the information is deemed "non-public" and may not be misused.

III-3


INFORMATION PROVIDED IN CONFIDENCE. It is possible that one or more directors, officers, or employees of the Company may become temporary "insiders" because of a duty of trust or confidence. A duty of trust or confidence can arise: (1) whenever a person agrees to maintain information in confidence; (2) when two people have a history, pattern, or practice of sharing confidences such that the recipient of the information knows or reasonably should know that the person communicating the material non-public information expects that the recipient will maintain its confidentiality; or (3) whenever a person receives or obtains material non-public information from certain close family members such as spouses, parents, children and siblings. For example, personnel at the Company may become insiders when an external source, such as a company whose securities are held by one or more of the accounts managed by an AGI Adviser, discloses material, non-public information to AGI Adviser's portfolio managers or analysts with the expectation that the information will remain confidential.

As an "insider", the Company has a duty not to breach the trust of the party that has communicated the "material, non-public" information by misusing that information. This duty may arise because an AGI Adviser has entered or has been invited to enter into a commercial relationship with the company, client or prospective client and has been given access to confidential information solely for the corporate purposes of that company, client or prospective client. This duty remains whether or not an AGI Adviser ultimately participates in the transaction.

INFORMATION DISCLOSED IN BREACH OF A DUTY. Analysts and portfolio managers at an AGI Adviser must be especially wary of "material, non-public" information disclosed in breach of corporate insider's duty of trust or confidence that he or she owes the corporation and shareholders. Even where there is no expectation of confidentiality, a person may become an "insider" upon receiving material, non-public information in circumstances where a person knows, or should know, that a corporate insider is disclosing information in breach of a duty of trust and confidence that he or she owes the corporation and its shareholders. Whether the disclosure is an improper "tip" that renders the recipient a "tippee" depends on whether the corporate insider expects to benefit personally, either directly or indirectly, from the disclosure. In the context of an improper disclosure by a corporate insider, the requisite "personal benefit" may not be limited to a present or future monetary gain. Rather, a prohibited personal benefit could include a reputational benefit, an expectation of a "quid pro quo" from the recipient or the recipient's employer by a gift of the "inside" information.

A person may, depending on the circumstances, also become an "insider" or "tippee" when he or she obtains apparently material, non-public information by happenstance, including information derived from social situations, business gatherings, overheard conversations, misplaced documents, and "tips" from insiders or other third parties.

III-4


4. IDENTIFYING MATERIAL INFORMATION

Before trading for yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by the Company, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential material, non-public information, ask yourself the following questions:

i. Is this information that an investor could consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that could substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed?

ii. To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in The Financial Times, Reuters, The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation?

Given the potentially severe regulatory, civil and criminal sanctions to which you the Company and its personnel could be subject, any director, officer and employee uncertain as to whether the information he or she possesses is "material non-public" information should immediately take the following steps:

i. Report the matter immediately to a Compliance Officer or the Chief Legal Officer of the Company;

ii. Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by an AGI Adviser; and

iii. Do not communicate the information inside or outside the Company, other than to a Compliance Officer or the Chief Legal Officer of the Company.

After the Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer has reviewed the issue, you will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communication or will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.

5. PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING

Penalties for trading on or communicating material non-public information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include:
civil injunctions, treble damages, disgorgement of profits, jail sentences, fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three times, the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited, and fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.

In addition, any violation of this policy statement can be expected to result in serious sanctions by the Company, including dismissal of the persons involved.

III-5


SECTION II. PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT THE POLICY AGAINST INSIDER TRADING

A. Procedures to Implement the Policy Against Insider Trading

The following procedures have been established to aid the officers, directors and employees of an AGI Adviser in avoiding insider trading, and to aid an AGI Adviser in preventing, detecting and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every officer, director and employee of an AGI Adviser must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties.

TRADING RESTRICTIONS AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

1. No employee, officer or director of the Company who is aware of material non-public information relating to the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, including Allianz AG, may buy or sell any securities of the Company, including Allianz AG, or engage in any other action to take advantage of, or pass on to others, such material non-public information.

2. No employee, officer or director of the Company who is aware of material non-public information which relates to any other company or entity in circumstances in which such person is deemed to be an insider or is otherwise subject to restrictions under the federal securities laws may buy or sell securities of that company or otherwise take advantage of, or pass on to others, such material non-public information.

3. No employee, officer or director of the Company shall engage in a securities transaction with respect to the securities of Allianz AG, except in accordance with the specific procedures published from time to time by the Company.

4. No employee shall engage in a personal securities transaction with respect to any securities of any other company, except in accordance with the specific procedures set forth in the Company's Code of Ethics.

5. Employees shall submit reports concerning each securities transaction in accordance with the terms of the Code of Ethics and verify their personal ownership of securities in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Code of Ethics.

6. Because even inadvertent disclosure of material non-public information to others can lead to significant legal difficulties, officers, directors and employees of the Company should not discuss any potentially material non-public information concerning the Company or other companies, including other officers, employees and directors, except as specifically required in the performance of their duties.

III-6


B. Information Barrier Procedures

The Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act in the US require the establishment and strict enforcement of procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of "inside" information. Accordingly, you should not discuss material non-public information about the Company or other companies with anyone, including other employees, except as required in the performance of your regular duties. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing material non-public information should be sealed; access to computer files containing material non-public information should be restricted.

C. Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

The federal securities laws, including the US laws governing insider trading, are complex. If you have any doubts or questions as to the materiality or non-public nature of information in your possession or as to any of the applicability or interpretation of any of the foregoing procedures or as to the propriety of any action, you should contact your Compliance Officer. Until advised to the contrary by a Compliance Officer, you should presume that the information is material and non-public and you should not trade in the securities or disclose this information to anyone.

III-7


APPENDIX IV

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT

OF THE
CODE OF ETHICS OF
AND THE
INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES APPLICABLE TO

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

I hereby certify that I have received the attached Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy and Procedures. I hereby agree to read the Code, to make a reasonable effort to understand its provisions and to ask questions about those provisions I find confusing or difficult to understand. I also agree to comply with the Code, including its general principles, its reporting requirements, its preclearance requirements, and its provisions regarding gifts and service as a director. I also agree to advise members of my Immediate Family about the existence of the Code of Ethics, its applicability to their personal trading activity, and my responsibility to assure that their personal trading activity complies with the Code of Ethics. Finally, I agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry by or on behalf of a Compliance Officer to determine my compliance with the provisions of the Code. I recognize that any failure to comply in all aspects with the Code and to honor the commitments made by this acknowledgment may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal.

Date:
     --------------------------------       --------------------------------
                                            Signature


                                            --------------------------------
                                            Print Name


APPENDIX V

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

WITH THE
CODE OF ETHICS OF

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

I hereby certify that I have complied with the requirements of the Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy and Procedures that have applied to me during the year ended December 31, 200_. In addition, I hereby certify that I have read the Code and understand its provisions. I also certify that I recognize that I am subject to the provisions of the Code and that I have disclosed, reported, or caused to be reported all transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code. I recognize that any failure to comply in all aspects with the Code and that any false statement in this certification may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal.

Date:
     --------------------------------       --------------------------------
                                            Signature


                                            --------------------------------
                                            Print Name


APPENDIX VI

INITIAL REPORT OF ACCOUNTS

PURSUANT TO THE
CODE OF ETHICS OF

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

In accordance with the Code of Ethics, I have attached to this form copies of the most recent statements for each and every Personal Account and Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or Futures Contract in which I have a Beneficial Ownership interest, as well as copies of confirmations for any and all Investment Transactions subsequent to the effective dates of those statements. 1

In addition, I hereby supply the following information for each and every Personal Account and Related Account in which I have a Beneficial Ownership interest for which I cannot supply the most recent account statement:

(1) Name of employee:

(2) If different than (1), name of the person in whose name the account is held:
(3) Relationship of (2) to (1):
(4) Firm(s) at which Account is maintained:




(5) Account Number(s):





(6) Name and phone number(s) of Broker or Representative:





1 The Code of Ethics uses various capitalized terms that are defined in Appendix I to the Code. The capitalized terms used in this Report have the same definitions.

(7) Account holdings:

       Description of the Security
           or Futures Contract
     (including, as applicable, its
       name, title, interest rate,             Quantity
         maturity date, exchange          (numbers of shares,                                    Broker, Dealer, Transfer
       ticker symbol or CUSIP no.)        units or contracts)         Principal Amount ($)           Agent, Bank or FCM
       ---------------------------        -------------------         --------------------           ------------------
1.      ___________________                ______________               _______________              ___________________

2.      ___________________                ______________               _______________              ___________________

3.      ___________________                ______________               _______________              ___________________

4.      ___________________                ______________               _______________              ___________________

5.      ___________________                ______________               _______________              ___________________

(Attach additional sheets if necessary)

I also supply the following information for each and every Security or Futures Contract in which I have a Beneficial Ownership interest, to the extent this information is not available elsewhere on this form or from the statements and confirmations attached to this form. This includes Securities or Futures Contracts held at home, in safe deposit boxes, or by an issuer.

                                       Description of the
                                      Security or Futures
                                    Contract (including, as
                                      applicable, its name,
                                     title, interest rate,
                Person Who                  maturity                Quantity                                    Broker, Dealer,
             Owns the Security       date, exchange ticker     (numbers of shares,                                  Transfer
            Or Futures Contract       symbol or CUSIP no.)     units or contracts)    Principal Amount ($)     Agent, Bank or FCM
            -------------------       --------------------     -------------------    --------------------     ------------------
1.       ___________________            _________________       _________________      _________________       _________________

2.       ___________________            _________________       _________________      _________________       _________________

3.       ___________________            _________________       _________________      _________________       _________________

4.       ___________________            _________________       _________________      _________________       _________________

5        ___________________            _________________       _________________      _________________       _________________

(Attach additional sheets if necessary.)

I hereby certify that this form and the attachments (if any) identify all of the Personal Accounts, Related Accounts, Securities and Futures Contracts in which I have a Beneficial Ownership interest as of this date.


Signature


Print Name

Date:

Attachments


APPENDIX VII

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS DISTRIBUTORS LLC ("AGID")

QUARTERLY REPORT OF INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED ______________, 200_


Please mark one of the following:

[ ] No reportable Investment Transactions have occurred during the quarter just ended.

[ ] Except as indicated below, all reportable Investment Transactions were made through Personal Accounts and Related Accounts identified on the attached list, which, as modified (if necessary), represents a complete list of the Personal Accounts and Related Accounts that hold Securities or Futures Contracts in which I have or had a Beneficial Ownership interest and for which PIMCO should have received or will receive timely Duplicate Broker Reports for the calendar quarter just ended. 2 I hereby certify that the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant for each such account has been instructed to send a Compliance Officer Duplicate Broker Reports for that account no later than 30 days after the close of the quarter just ended.

The following information for Investment Transactions during the calendar quarter just ended does not appear on the Duplicate Broker Reports referenced above.

                 Description of the Security or
                 Futures Contract (including, as
                  applicable, its name, title,              Quantity
                            interest              (numbers of shares, units or        Nature of                      Broker, Dealer,
   Transaction    rate, maturity date, exchange            contracts)                Transaction       Transaction   Transfer Agent
      Date         ticker symbol or CUSIP no.)      and Principal Amount ($)     (i.e., buy or sell)      Price       Bank or FCM
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I hereby certify that this form and the attached list (if any) of Personal Accounts and Related Accounts are accurate and complete as of the date indicated below. SPECIAL NOTE TO AGID REGISTERED REPS AND ACCESS PERSONS: You will not have to fill out an extra form for each quarter for AGID.

SIGNED:
PRINT NAME:

DATE:


1 The Code of Ethics uses various capitalized terms that are defined in Appendix I to the Code. The capitalized terms used in this Report have the same definitions.

1. Please see the CODE OF ETHICS for a full description of the Investment Transactions that must be reported.

2. TRANSACTION DATE. In the case of a market transaction, state the trade date (not the settlement date).

3. TITLE OF SECURITY OR FUTURES CONTRACT. State the name of the issuer and the class of the Security (e.g., common stock, preferred stock or designated issue of debt securities). For Fixed Income Securities, please provide the Security's interest rate and maturity date. For all Securities, provide, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number for that Security. For a Futures Contract, state the title of any Security subject to the Futures Contract and the expiration date of the Futures Contract.

4. NUMBERS OF SHARES OR CONTRACTS AND PRINCIPAL AMOUNT. State the numbers of shares of Securities, the face amount of Fixed Income Securities or the units of other securities. For options, state the amount of securities subject to the option. Provide the principal amount of each Security or Futures Contract. If your ownership interest was through a spouse, relative or other natural person or through a partnership, trust, other entity, state the entire quantity of Securities or Futures Contracts involved in the transaction. You may indicate, if you wish, the extent of your interest in the transaction.

5. NATURE OF TRANSACTION. Identify the nature of the transaction (e.g., purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition).

6. TRANSACTION PRICE. State the purchase or sale price per share or other unit, exclusive of brokerage commissions or other costs of execution. In the case of an option, state the price at which the option is currently exercisable. No price need be reported for transactions not involving cash.

7. BROKER, DEALER, TRANSFER AGENT, BANK OR FCM EFFECTING TRANSACTION. State the name of the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or FCM with or through which the transaction was effected.

8. SIGNATURE. Sign and date the report in the spaces provided.

9. FILING OF REPORT. A report should be filed NOT LATER THAN 30 CALENDAR DAYS after the end of each calendar quarter with:

PIMCO
ATTN: Compliance Officer

840 Newport Center Drive Suite 100
Newport Beach, CA 92660

10. DUPLICATE BROKER REPORTS. Please remember that duplicates of all trade confirmations, purchase and sale reports, and periodic statements must be sent to the firm by your broker. You should use the address above.


APPENDIX VIII

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS DISTRIBUTORS LLC ("AGID")

ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT AND
FOURTH QUARTER REPORT OF INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS


FOR THE YEAR AND QUARTER ENDED DECEMBER 31, 200_


I hereby certify that, except as indicated below, all Securities or Futures Contracts in which I had a Beneficial Ownership interest at the end of the 200_ calendar year were held in Personal Accounts or Related Accounts identified on the attached list, as modified (if necessary), for which PIMCO should have received or will receive an account statement of holdings as of the end of that calendar year. 3 I hereby certify that the broker, dealer, bank or futures commission merchant for each such account has been instructed to send a Compliance Officer timely Duplicate Broker Reports, including a statement of holdings in that account as of the end of the calendar year.

The following information describes other Securities or Futures Contracts in which I had a Beneficial Ownership interest as of the end of the 200_ calendar year:

     Description of the Security or Futures
 Contract (including, as applicable, its name,                       Quantity
 title, interest rate, maturity date, exchange       (numbers of shares, units or contracts)       Broker, Dealer, Transfer Agent
          ticker symbol or CUSIP no.)                        and Principal Amount ($)                        Bank or FCM
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1 The Code of Ethics uses various capitalized terms that are defined in Appendix I to the Code. The capitalized terms used in this Report have the same definitions.

Please mark one of the following:

[ ] No reportable Investment Transactions have occurred during the quarter just ended.
[ ] Except as indicated below, all reportable Investment Transactions were made through Personal Accounts and Related Accounts identified on the attached list, which, as modified (if necessary), represents a complete list of the Personal Accounts and Related Accounts that hold Securities or Futures Contracts in which I have or had a Beneficial Ownership interest and for which PIMCO should have received or will receive timely Duplicate Broker Reports for the calendar quarter just ended. 4 I hereby certify that the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant for each such account has been instructed to send a Compliance Officer Duplicate Broker Reports for that account no later than 30 days after the close of the quarter just ended.

The following information for Investment Transactions during the calendar quarter just ended does not appear on the Duplicate Broker Reports referenced above.

             Description of the Security or Futures
             Contract (including, as applicable, its   Quantity (numbers
               name, title, interest rate, maturity   of shares, units or                                        Broker, Dealer,
Transaction              date, exchange                  contracts) and     Nature of Transaction   Transaction   Transfer Agent
   Date            ticker symbol or CUSIP no.)        Principal Amount ($)   (i.e., buy or sell)       Price       Bank or FCM
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I hereby certify that this form and the attached list (if any) of Personal Accounts and Related Accounts are accurate and complete as of the date indicated below.

SPECIAL NOTE TO AGID REGISTERED REPS AND ACCESS PERSONS: You will not have to
fill out an extra form for each year for AGID.

SIGNED:

PRINT NAME:

DATE:


1 The Code of Ethics uses various capitalized terms that are defined in Appendix I to the Code. The capitalized terms used in this Report have the same definitions.

1. Please see the CODE OF ETHICS for a full description of the Investment Transactions that must be reported.

2. TRANSACTION DATE. In the case of a market transaction, state the trade date (not the settlement date).

3. TITLE OF SECURITY OR FUTURES CONTRACT. State the name of the issuer and the class of the Security (e.g., common stock, preferred stock or designated issue of debt securities). For Fixed Income Securities, please provide the Security's interest rate and maturity date. For all Securities, provide, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number for that Security. For a Futures Contract, state the title of any Security subject to the Futures Contract and the expiration date of the Futures Contract.

4. NUMBERS OF SHARES OR CONTRACTS AND PRINCIPAL AMOUNT. State the numbers of shares of Securities, the face amount of Fixed Income Securities or the units of other securities. For options, state the amount of securities subject to the option. Provide the principal amount of each Security or Futures Contract. If your ownership interest was through a spouse, relative or other natural person or through a partnership, trust, other entity, state the entire quantity of Securities or Futures Contracts involved in the transaction. You may indicate, if you wish, the extent of your interest in the transaction.

5. NATURE OF TRANSACTION. Identify the nature of the transaction (e.g., purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition).

6. TRANSACTION PRICE. State the purchase or sale price per share or other unit, exclusive of brokerage commissions or other costs of execution. In the case of an option, state the price at which the option is currently exercisable. No price need be reported for transactions not involving cash.

7. BROKER, DEALER, TRANSFER AGENT, BANK OR FCM EFFECTING TRANSACTION. State the name of the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or FCM with or through which the transaction was effected.

8. SIGNATURE. Sign and date the report in the spaces provided.

9. FILING OF REPORT. A report should be filed NOT LATER THAN 30 CALENDAR DAYS after the end of each calendar year with:

PIMCO
ATTN: Compliance Officer

840 Newport Center Drive
Suite 100
Newport Beach, CA 92660

10. DUPLICATE BROKER REPORTS. Please remember that duplicates of all trade confirmations, purchase and sale reports, and periodic statements must be sent to the firm by your broker. You should use the address above.


APPENDIX IX

PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FORM

This form must be submitted to a Compliance Officer before executing any Investment Transaction for which preclearance is required under the PIMCO Code of Ethics. Before completing this form, you should review the PIMCO Code, including the terms defined in that Code. The capitalized terms used in this form are governed by those definitions. In addition, the Code provides information regarding your preclearance obligations under the Code, and information regarding the Transactions, Securities and Futures Contracts that are exempt from the Code's preclearance requirement. 5

No Investment Transaction subject to preclearance may be effected prior to receipt of written authorization of that Investment Transaction by a Compliance Officer. Unless otherwise specified, that authorization shall be effective, unless revoked, until the earlier of (a) the close of business on the date authorization is given, or (b) until you discover that information on this preclearance request form is no longer accurate.

(1)   Your Name:                                                                     ______________________________

(2)   If the Investment Transaction will be in someone else's name or in the
      name of a trust, the name of that person or trust:                             ______________________________

The   relationship of that person or trust to you:                                   ______________________________

(3)   Name of the firm (e.g., broker, dealer, bank, futures commission merchant)
      through which the Investment Transaction will be executed:                     ______________________________

The   relevant account number at that firm:                                          ______________________________

(4)   Issuer of the Security or identity of the Futures Contract for which
      preclearance is requested:                                                     ______________________________

The   relevant exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number:                               ______________________________

(5)   The maximum numbers of shares, units or contracts for which preclearance
      is requested, or the market value or face amount of the Fixed Income
      Securities for which preclearance is requested:                                ______________________________

(6)   The type of Investment Transaction for which preclearance is requested         ____ Purchase   ___ Sale   ____ Market Order
      (check all that apply):                                                        ____ Limit Order (Price Of Limit Order:_______)

PLEASE ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS TO THE BEST OF YOUR KNOWLEDGE AND

BELIEF:

(a)   Do you possess material non-public information regarding the Security or Futures
      Contract identified above or regarding the issuer of that Security?                           ____ Yes   ____ No

(b)   Is the Security or Futures Contract identified above held by any PIMCO Advisory
      Client or is it a Related Security (as defined in the PIMCO Code)?                            ____ Yes   ____ No


5 Unless exempted, preclearance is required for any Investment Transaction in Securities, Related Securities or Futures Contracts in a Personal Account or a Related Account in which you have or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest.

(c)   Is there a pending buy or sell order on behalf of a PIMCO Advisory Client for the
      Security or Futures Contract identified above or for a Security for which the Security
      identified above is a Related Security?                                                       ____ Yes   ____ No

(d)   Do you intend or do you know of another's intention to purchase or sell the
      Security or Futures Contract identified above, or a Security for which the Security
      identified above is a Related Security, on behalf of a PIMCO Advisory Client?                 ____ Yes   ____ No

(e)   Has the Security or Futures Contract identified above or a Related Security been
      considered for purchase by a PIMCO Advisory Client within the most recent 15 days?
      (Note: rejection of any opportunity to purchase the Security or Futures Contract for an
      Advisory Client would require an affirmative response to this question.)                      ____ Yes   ____ No

(f)   Is the Security being acquired in an Initial Public Offering? 6                               ____ Yes   ____ No

(g)   Are you acquiring or did you acquire Beneficial Ownership of the Security in a
      Private Placement? 7                                                                          ____ Yes   ____ No

(h)   If you are seeking preclearance of a purchase or sale of Securities, have you
      purchased or sold the same or similar Securities, or have you acquired or
      disposed of a Beneficial Ownership interest in the same or similar
      Securities, within the past 60 calendar days? 8                                                ____ Yes   ____ No

BY EXECUTING THIS FORM, YOU HEREBY CERTIFY THAT YOU HAVE REVIEWED THE PIMCO CODE OF ETHICS AND BELIEVE THAT THE INVESTMENT TRANSACTION FOR WHICH YOU ARE REQUESTING PRECLEARANCE COMPLIES WITH THE GENERAL PRINCIPLES AND THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF THE PIMCO CODE.


Employee Signature


Print or Type Name


Date Submitted


6 Under the PIMCO Code, Advisory Employees are not permitted to acquire equity Securities in an Initial Public Offering. The PIMCO Code requires special preclearance of acquisitions of Fixed Income Securities in an Initial Public Offering.

7 The PIMCO Code applies special rules to the acquisition of Securities through a Private Placement and to the disposition of Securities acquired through a Private Placement.

8 Under the PIMCO Code, there are certain minimum holding periods for Fixed Income Securities, Designated Securities, Related Securities, and Mutual Fund Securities. Minimum holding periods generally do not apply to transactions in U.S. Government Securities, most equity Securities, shares of Money Market Funds, index options or Futures Contracts. Please consult the Code for more details.


You are authorized to execute the Investment Transaction described above. Unless indicated otherwise below, this authorization remains effective, unless revoked, until: (a) the close of business today, or (b) until you discover that the information on this request form is no longer accurate. 9


Compliance Officer


Date of Authorization


9 In the case of a request for preclearance of a Limit Order, a new request for preclearance must be submitted if your order is not filled by the close of business today.

IPO/PRIVATE PLACEMENT ADDENDUM
TO APPENDIX IX

The following addendum to the Preclearance Request Form (Appendix IX) shall be completed by the Compliance Officer, and attached to the Preclearance Request Form, whenever he/she approves the acquisition of a Beneficial Ownership interest in a Security in an Initial Public Offering or in a Private Placement:

(1)   The Advisory Employee is a Portfolio Employee:                                   ____ Yes       ____ No

(2)   The Investment Transaction involves

      (a)   An Initial Public Offering

            (i)   Of an equity Security: 10                                            ____ Yes       ____ No

            (ii)  Of a debt Security:                                                  ____ Yes       ____ No

      (b)   A Private Placement

            (i)   Of an equity Security:                                               ____ Yes       ____ No

            (ii)  Of a Fixed Income Security:                                          ____ Yes       ____ No

(3)   This investment opportunity should be reserved for one or more Advisory

Clients:                                                                               ____ Yes 11    ____ No

(4)   This investment opportunity has been offered to the Advisory Employee by
      virtue of his/her position with PIMCO:                                           ____ Yes 12    ____ No

Other reasons supporting the decision to approve this acquisition:





10 An Advisory Employee may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of an equity Security in an Initial Public Offering

11 This Investment Transaction may not be approved.

12 This Investment Transaction may not be approved.


APPENDIX X

PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FORM
FOR AN INVESTMENT TRANSACTION IN A
PIMCO CLOSED END FUND

This form must be submitted to a Compliance Officer before executing any Investment Transaction in a PIMCO Closed End Fund. Before completing this form, you should review the PIMCO Code, including the terms defined in that Code. The capitalized terms used in this form are governed by those definitions. In addition, the Code provides information regarding your preclearance obligations under the Code, and information regarding the Transactions, Securities and Futures Contracts that are exempt from the Code's preclearance requirement. 13

No Investment Transaction subject to preclearance may be effected prior to receipt of written authorization of that Investment Transaction by a Compliance Officer. Unless otherwise specified, that authorization shall be effective, unless revoked, until the earlier of (a) the close of business on the date authorization is given, or (b) until you discover that information on this preclearance request form is no longer accurate.

(1)   Your name:                                                                                      ________________________

(2)   If different from (1), name of the person or trust in which the Investment
      Transaction will occur:                                                                         ________________________

(3)   Relationship of (2) to (1):                                                                     ________________________

(4)   Name of the firm through which the Investment Transaction will be
      executed:                                                                                       ________________________

(5)   Name of the PIMCO Closed End Fund:                                                              ________________________


(6)   Maximum number of shares for which preclearance is requested:                                   ________________________

(7)   Type of Investment Transaction (check all that apply):

      ____Purchase ____ Sale ____ Market Order ____ Limit Order (Price of Limit Order:_____)


(8)   Do you possess material non-public information regarding this PIMCO Closed
      End Fund 14                                                                                         ____ Yes ____ No

(9)   Have you or any Related Account covered by the authorization provisions of
      the Code purchased or sold shares of the same PIMCO Closed End Fund within
      the past 6 months? 15                                                                               ____ Yes ____ No


13 Unless exempted, preclearance is required for any Investment Transaction in Securities or Related Securities in a Personal Account or a Related Account in which you have or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest.

14 Employees are not permitted to acquire or sell a Security when they possess material non-public information regarding the Security or the issuer of the Security.

15 Under the PIMCO Code, an Advisory Employee may not, within 6 months, purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, shares of the same PIMCO Closed End Fund. Please consult the Code for more details.


BY EXECUTING THIS FORM, YOU HEREBY CERTIFY THAT YOU HAVE REVIEWED THE PIMCO CODE OF ETHICS AND BELIEVE THAT THE INVESTMENT TRANSACTION FOR WHICH YOU ARE REQUESTING PRECLEARANCE COMPLIES WITH THE GENERAL PRINCIPLES AND THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF THE PIMCO CODE.


Employee Signature


Print or Type Name


Date Submitted

You are authorized to execute the Investment Transaction described above. Unless indicated otherwise below, this authorization remains effective, unless revoked, until: (a) the close of business today, or (b) until you discover that the information on this request form is no longer accurate. 16


Compliance Officer


Date of Authorization


16 In the case of a request for preclearance of a Limit Order, a new request for preclearance must be submitted if your order is not filled by the close of business today.

APPENDIX XI

ALLIANZ GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND MANAGEMENT LLC

PRECLEARANCE OF AGI CLOSED-END FUND TRANSACTION FORM
(TO BE SUBMITTED TO LOCAL COMPLIANCE OFFICER)

(1)   Name of employee requesting authorization:                                       _________________________

(2)   If different from #1, name of the account where the trade will occur:            _________________________

(3)   Relationship of (2) to (1):                                                      _________________________

(4)   Name of brokerage firm and account number:                                       _________________________

(5)   Name of fund and type of security (e.g. common or preferred shares):             _________________________

(6)   Ticker Symbol:                                                                   _________________________

(7)   Intended number of shares:                                                       _________________________

(8)   Is the transaction being requested a purchase or sale?                           _________________________
                                                                        (NOTE: short sales are not permitted)

PLEASE ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS TO THE BEST OF YOUR KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF:

(9)   Has the fund completed all its initial common and preferred shares offerings and
      is not otherwise engaged in an offering of its shares?                                   ______ Yes       ______ No

(10)  Does the requested transaction violate the Closed-End Dividend Blackout Calendar
      posted on the Compliance Tab of the intranet?                                            ______ Yes       ______ No

(11)  Do you possess material nonpublic information regarding the security or the
      issuer of the security?                                                                  ______ Yes       ______ No

(12)  Are you a Section 16 reporting person with respect to the fund you wish to buy
      or sell?                                                                                 ______ Yes       ______ No


(13)  If the requested transaction is a sale, has the required holding period been met?        ______ Yes       ______ No

IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS ABOUT HOW TO COMPLETE THIS FORM PLEASE CONTACT A LOCAL COMPLIANCE OFFICER.


Approvals are valid until the close of business on the day approval has been granted. Accordingly GTC (good till canceled) orders are prohibited. If a trade is not executed by the close of business, you must submit a new preclearance request. Obtaining preclearance satisfies the preclearance requirements of the Code of Ethics (the "Code") and does not imply compliance with the Code's other provisions.

By signing below, the employee certifies that the above requested transaction is in compliance with the Company Code of Ethics.


Employee Signature


Date Submitted

PIMCO Compliance Officer

  _____ Authorized     _____ Not Authorized

By:          ______________________________

Printed Name:______________________________

Date:        ______________________________

AGI Compliance Officer

  _____ Authorized     _____ Not Authorized

By:          ______________________________

Printed Name:______________________________

Date:        ______________________________


APPENDIX XII

PIMCO COMPLIANCE OFFICERS

Mohan V. Phansalkar
(Chief Legal Officer)

Bradley W. Paulson

Denise C. Seliga
(Chief Compliance Officer)

Kevin M. Broadwater

J. Stephen King, Jr.

Arthur Y. D. Ong


Ex-(p)(xi)

THORNBURG INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

POLICY OBJECTIVES

Honesty and integrity are hallmarks of Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. (the "Firm"). The Firm has a fiduciary obligation to its Investment Clients, and the Firm seeks the highest standards of ethics and conduct in all of its business relationships.

This Code has been adopted by the Firm pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (4) and (5) of Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 with the objectives of deterring wrongdoing and (1) providing standards of honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships, (2) promoting full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents which the Firm files with the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications made by the Firm, (3) promoting compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, (4) facilitating prompt internal reporting of violations of this Code, and (5) providing accountability for adherence to this Code.

This code and the separately adopted Policy on Personal Securities Transactions in accordance with paragraphs (a)(3) and (b) of Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 is intended to be the Investment Adviser's code of ethics described in paragraph
(a)(1), (2), (4) and (5) of Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

All records and reports created or maintained pursuant to this Code are intended solely for the internal use of the Firm, are confidential, and in no event constitute an admission by any person as to any fact, circumstance or legal conclusion.

This Code is intended to coordinate with the Thornburg Investment Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (September 10, 2003). Where appropriate or necessary, specific sections of this Code include a coordinating provision referencing the appropriate section of the Thornburg Investment Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

Please see the Glossary of Terms for definitions of terms used in this Code.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS

The Firm expects its Supervised Persons to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to its operation and business. Supervised Persons should seek guidance whenever they are in doubt as to the applicability of any law, rule or regulation regarding any contemplated course of action. The Firm holds information and training sessions to promote compliance with laws, rules and regulations, including insider trading laws. Please consult the various guidelines and policies which the Firm has prepared in accordance with specific laws and regulations. A


GOOD GUIDELINE, IF IN DOUBT ON A COURSE OF ACTION, IS "ALWAYS ASK FIRST, ACT LATER -- IF YOU ARE UNSURE OF WHAT TO DO IN ANY SITUATION, SEEK GUIDANCE BEFORE YOU ACT."

As a registered investment adviser, the Firm is subject to regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and compliance with federal, state and local laws. The Firm insists on strict compliance with the spirit and the letter of these laws and regulations.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Each Supervised Person should be scrupulous in avoiding any conflict of interest with regard to the Firm's interest. A "conflict of interest" occurs when an individual's private interest interferes with the interests of the Firm or its Investment Clients. A conflict situation can arise when a Supervised Person pursues interests that prevent the individual from performing his duties for the Firm or an Investment Client objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when a Supervised Person or member of the individual's family receives undisclosed, improper benefits as a result of the individual's positions with the Firm. ANY CONFLICT OF INTEREST THAT ARISES IN A SPECIFIC SITUATION OR TRANSACTION MUST BE DISCLOSED BY THE INDIVIDUAL AND RESOLVED BEFORE TAKING ANY ACTION.

Matters involving a conflict of interest are prohibited as a matter of policy, except when approved by the Firm's president or Chief Compliance Officer. Conflicts of interest may not always be evident, and individuals should consult with higher levels of management or legal counsel if they are uncertain about any situation. In no event, however, shall investment in any security made in accordance with the Firm's Policy on Personal Securities Transactions (or comparable policy or code then in effect) be considered a conflict of interest with the Firm.

Comment: This section relating to conflicts of interest is substantially similar to the comparable section in the Thornburg Investment Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, but Supervised Persons should recognize that (i) the Trust's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governs conflicts with interest of the Trust, rather than the Firm and its Clients, and (ii) the procedures for reporting and resolving conflict under the Trust's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is different from the Procedure under this Code. If an interest of the Supervised Person appears to conflict with an interest of the Trust and the Firm), the Supervised Person should make a disclosure and seek any approval under the Trust's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

Supervised Persons shall not take for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of their position with the Firm, except with the approval of the Firm's President or Chief Compliance Officer. Supervised Persons of the Firm owe a duty to the Firm to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises. In no event, however, shall investment in any security made in accordance with the Firm's Policy on Personal Securities Transactions (or comparable policy or code then in effect) be considered a business opportunity of the Firm.

Comment: This section relating to corporate opportunities is substantially the same as the comparable section on the Thornburg Investment Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, but Supervised Persons should recognize that (i) the Trust's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics governs opportunities of the Trust, rather than the Firm, and (ii) the procedures for reporting and obtaining an approval under the Trust's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is different from the procedure under this Code. If an opportunity appears to relate both to the business of the Trust and the Firm, the Supervised Person should make disclosure and seek any approval under the Trust's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

2

CONFIDENTIALITY

Supervised Persons shall exercise care in maintaining the confidentiality of any confidential information respecting the Firm or its Investment Clients, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Supervised Persons should consult with the Firm's Chief Compliance Officer or legal counsel if they believe that have a legal obligation to disclose confidential information. Confidential information includes nonpublic information of the Firm that may be helpful to competitors, or otherwise harmful to the Firm, or its Investment Clients. Confidential information also includes information respecting the portfolio holdings of Investment Clients (including particularly Investment Company Clients). The obligation to preserve confidentiality of this information continues after association with the Firm ends.

Comment: Attention is directed to the Internal Confidentiality and Privacy Protections Policy, which appears in the Firm's Manual of Policies and Procedures, and which was adopted by the Firm to protect the nonpublic personal information of the Investment Clients of the Firm and the shareholders of Thornburg Investment Trust. This section respecting confidentiality is substantially the same as the comparable section in the Thornburg Investment Trust Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, except that a specific reference is made to information respecting portfolio holdings of Investment Clients.

FAIR DEALING

Supervised Persons should endeavor to deal fairly with Investment Clients, service providers and competitors, and shall not seek unfair advantage through improper concealment, abuse of improperly acquired confidential information, misrepresentation of material facts when the other party is known by the Supervised Persons to rely justifiably on the individual to disclose those facts truthfully, or improper and unfair dealing.

BUSINESS GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

The purpose of business entertainment and gifts in a commercial setting is to create goodwill and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage. No gift or entertainment should ever be offered, given, provided or accepted by any Supervised Person in connection with the Firm's business unless it (1) is not a cash gift, (2) is consistent with customary business practices, (3) is not excessive in value, (4) cannot be construed as a bribe, payoff or kickback and
(5) does not violate any laws or regulations.

PROTECTION AND PROPER USE OF FIRM ASSETS

All Supervised Persons should endeavor to protect the assets of the Firm and its Investment Clients, and pursue their efficient investment in accordance with the Firm's business purposes. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be immediately reported for investigation as hereinafter described under the caption "Administration and Enforcement of the Code."

The obligation of Supervised Persons to protect the assets of the Firm includes its proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trademarks and copyrights, as well as business, marketing and service plans, databases, records, salary information, unpublished financial data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information violates this Code.

3

INSIDER TRADING

All Supervised Persons should pay particular attention to potential violations of insider trading laws. Insider trading in both unethical and illegal and will be dealt with decisively if it occurs. ASSOCIATED PERSONS ARE EXPECTED TO FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING, ADOPTED BY THE FIRM. If they have questions about these guidelines, they should consult with the Firm's president, the Chief Compliance Officer, or the Firm's legal counsel.

Comment: Attention is directed to the Firm's Policy Statement on Insider Trading, which appears in the Firm's Manual of Policies and Procedures.

ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE CODE

Certification

Each newly hired Supervised Person of the Firm will be provided a copy of the Code. Each such individual must certify in writing within 30 days that they have received a copy of the Code, read and understand all provisions of the Code, and agree to comply with the applicable terms of the Code. The Firm will provide its Supervised Persons with any amendments to the Code and will require all such individuals to certify in writing that that have received, read and understand the amendments. Each year the Chief Compliance Officer will conduct an annual meeting with Supervised Persons to review the Code. Supervised Persons will annually certify that they have read, understood and complied with the Code, that they have made all of the reports required by the Code and have not engaged in any prohibited conduct.

Reporting Violations

All Supervised Persons are required to promptly report any actual, apparent or suspected violations of the Code to the Chief Compliance Officer. If the Chief Compliance Officer or another compliance officer is not available the individual should report the violation to their immediate supervisor who is then responsible for reporting it to the Chief Compliance Officer. All reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly.

GLOSSARY

"CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER" means, for purposes of this Code, the Firm's chief compliance officer.

"FUND" means any series of Thornburg Investment Trust or any other Investment Company as to which the Firm is an investment adviser or sub-adviser.

"INVESTMENT CLIENT" means any person with whom the Firm has a contract to perform discretionary investment management services, including any series of an Investment Company.

4

"INVESTMENT COMPANY" means a company registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

"INVESTMENT COMPANY CLIENT" means any Investment Company (or series thereof ) as to which the Firm is an investment adviser or investment sub-adviser.

"POLICY ON PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS" means the Firm's written policy of that name, as revised from time to time. This Policy can be found in the Firm's Manual of Policies and Procedures.

"SUPERVISED PERSON" means any director, managing director, officer (or other person occupying a similar status or performing functions similar to any of those persons) and employees, and any other persons who provide advice on behalf of the Firm and who are subject to the Firm's supervision and control.

"TRUST" means Thornburg Investment Trust.

"TSC" means Thornburg Securities Corporation.

History: Provisions previously appeared in Firm's "Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Policy on Personal Securities Transactions," February 1, 2005; provisions were incorporated into this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on March 21, 2005.

5

Ex-(p)(xi)

THORNBURG INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
POLICY ON PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

POLICY OBJECTIVES

Honesty and integrity are hallmarks of Thornburg Investment Management, Inc. (the "Firm"). The Firm has a fiduciary obligation to its Investment Clients, and the Firm seeks the highest standards of ethics and conduct in all of its business relationships.

This Policy has been adopted by the Firm with the objectives of promoting honesty and integrity, preventing wrongdoing, and preventing any Supervised Person, in connection with the direct or indirect purchase or sale by the person of Securities held or proposed to be purchased by any Investment Company Client, from: (1) employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Investment Company Client; (2) making any untrue statement of material fact to any Investment Company Client or omitting to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to any Investment Company Client, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; (3) engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operated or would act as a fraud or deceit on any Investment Company Client; or (4) to engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to any Investment Company Client.

This Policy is intended to constitute (i) provisions requiring certain persons to report, and the Firm to review, personal securities transactions and holdings, as described in paragraph (3) of Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and (ii) a policy on personal investment activities of certain personnel of the Firm as required by Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

This policy together with the separately adopted Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, is intended to comprise the Investment Adviser's code of ethics described in Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940

Please see the Glossary of Terms for definitions of terms used in this Policy.

PRIOR AUTHORIZATION FOR ALL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

For all personal Securities transactions the Firm requires its Access Persons to obtain prior authorization, utilizing the Request for Prior Clearance of Security Transactions form. The Access Person will obtain prior authorization from the Chief Compliance Officer or other compliance officer designated by the Chief Compliance Officer. If the Chief Compliance Officer is seeking prior authorization for a trade the officer will obtain prior authorization from the President of the Firm.

As an internal policy the Firm requires all Access Persons to obtain prior authorization for sales of investment company shares. In addition, documentation proving that the shares have been held for more than 30 days must be attached to the Request for Prior Clearance of Security


Transactions form. If the shares have not been held for 30 days or more the procedures in the "Prohibition of Certain Transactions" section below must be followed.

The Firm exempts the following transactions from prior authorization requirements.

- Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

- Purchases or sales through an Automatic Investment Plan.

- Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its Securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuers, and sales of such rights so acquired.

- Purchases or sales of shares issued by unit investment trusts.

- Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of the Access Person.

- Purchases or sales of shares issued by exchange traded funds that are based on any broad-based securities index.

PROHIBITION OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

The Firm prohibits the following transactions:

- The purchase or sale by Access Persons of any Securities, including specifically (but not limited to) Securities distributed in an Initial Public Offering (IPO) or in a Limited Offering, unless prior authorization has been granted.

- The purchase or sale by Access Persons of Securities on the Restricted List, unless the Chief Compliance Officer issues a written waiver because
(1) either the Blue Chip Exemption applies, (2) the Blackout Exemption applies, or (3) the transaction would be very unlikely to affect a highly institutional market or because it is clearly not related economically to Securities purchased, sold or held by Investment Clients.

- The redemption of any investment company shares within 30 days of purchase. This prohibition can be waived only in exceptional circumstances upon written request to the Chief Compliance Officer, and issuance of a written waiver.

RESTRICTED LIST

The Firm maintains a Restricted List of Securities. The Chief Compliance Officer or designee shall maintain the Restricted List. The list is available on the Firm's intranet site: www.gothornburg.com. A Security will be placed on this list when:

2

1. The Firm possesses material nonpublic information about or affecting the Security or its issuer.

2. The Security is currently held or is to be acquired by an Investment Client, is being considered for purchase or sale by an Investment Client, or is being purchased or sold by an Investment Client. A Security "held" or "to be acquired" means any Security which, within the most recent 15 days, (1) is or has been held by an Investment Client, or (2) is being or has been considered for purchase or sale by an Investment Client. A Security is "being considered for purchase or sale" when a recommendation to purchase or sell the security has been communicated by the Firm to the Investment Client or when an Access Person of the Firm seriously considers making the recommendation to the Client or a purchase or sale on the Client's behalf.

REPORTING OF PERSONAL SECURITIES OWNERSHIP

Statement of Outside Brokerage Activity

Each newly hired or newly designated Supervised Person must file a Statement of Outside Brokerage Activity with the Chief Compliance Officer within 10 days of being hired or designated a Supervised Person. On this statement the Supervised Person must disclose each brokerage account in which they have any Beneficial Ownership. It also must include the brokerage account(s) for any Family Member. It is the responsibility of each Supervised Person to notify each broker, dealer or bank through which the Supervised Person or a Family Member maintains an account so that the broker complies with the Firm's requests for duplicate confirmations and statements in accordance with this Policy. If new outside brokerage accounts are opened at any time after the filing of the Statement of Outside Brokerage Activity it is the responsibility of the Supervised Person to notify the Compliance Department in writing.

Holdings Reports

- Newly hired or newly designated Access Persons are required to file an Initial Holdings Report within 10 days of being hired or designated as an Access Person. The Report must be current as of a date not more than 45 days before the individual becomes an Access Person.

- Access Persons are also required to file an Annual Holdings Report for the previous twelve months ending December 31st within 30 days of the end of the calendar year.

For each Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership, including all shares of investment companies held by the Access Person including but not limited to shares within their Thornburg 401K and Thornburg Funds, the Initial Holdings Report and the Annual Holdings Report must include the following information:

3

- The title and type of each Security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, and quantity;

- The name of each broker, dealer or bank maintaining a brokerage account and the account number assigned to it;

- The date the Access Person files the report;

- Reports must also include the information described above for the Access Person's Family Members.

You may submit copies of brokerage account statements if they contain the necessary information.

Quarterly Transactions Reports

- Each Supervised Person must file with the Chief Compliance Officer a Quarterly Transaction Report within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter.

For each Security in which the Supervised Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership, including all shares of investment companies held by the Supervised Person including but not limited to shares within their Thornburg 401K and Thornburg Funds, the Quarterly Transaction Report must include the following information:

- the date of each transaction, the number of shares, the title of the Security;

- The nature of the transaction that is, a purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition of the Security;

- The price at which the transaction was effected;

- The name of each broker, dealer or bank maintaining a brokerage account in which the Access Person had any Beneficial Ownership or effected any transaction during the period;

- The date the Supervised Person files the report;

- Reports also must also include the information described above for the Supervised Person's Family Members;

- Transactions through Automatic Investment Plans may be omitted from the Quarterly Transaction Report.

4

You may submit copies of brokerage account statements if they contain the necessary information. If the compliance department already receives duplicate confirmations and statements there is no need to attach it, however, you must ensure that all transactions placed within the designated period appear on those duplicate confirmations and statements.

REPORTING EXEMPTIONS

The Firm exempts the following transactions from the reporting requirements.

- Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE POLICY

The Chief Compliance Officer will designate a compliance officer of the Firm to serve as the filing and review officer. The officer will be responsible for:

- Maintaining current and previous lists of all Supervised Persons.

- Maintain a record of the filing and review officers in such a manner that the individuals serving as filing and review officer can be identified for any period of time.

- Providing Supervised Persons with the forms necessary for filing required reports.

- Maintain Holdings and Transactions Reports and Statements of Outside Brokerage Activity filed, including all backup documentation.

- Maintain a schedule of report filing dates. This schedule will reflect any case in which a Supervised Person has not timely filed a report and the date any reminders were sent out. If a report is not filed within the required time the filing and review officer will advise the Chief Compliance Officer.

- Maintaining copies the current and previous Restricted Lists.

- Maintain Request for Prior Clearance for Securities Transactions forms.

- Maintain records of waivers, including backup documentation of any waivers issued.

- Review and monitor the personal Securities transactions and trading patterns of Supervised Persons. The Chief Compliance Officer will review the personal Securities transactions of the filing and review officer.

- Report to the Chief Compliance Officer any violations.

5

- The filing and review officer will request duplicate confirmations of all personal Securities transactions and periodic statements for all Securities accounts from brokers, dealers and banks maintaining accounts for Supervised Persons and their Family Members.

- Maintain records of requests for duplicate brokerage confirmations and account statements, and files of duplicate brokerage confirmation and account statements.

See "Books and Records," below for the periods of time records are to be retained.

Certification

Each newly hired Supervised Person of the Firm will be provided a copy of this Policy. Each such individual must certify in writing within 30 days that they have received a copy of this Policy, read and understand all provisions of this Policy, and agree to comply with the applicable terms of this Policy. The Firm will provide its Supervised Persons with any amendments to the Policy and will require all such individuals to certify in writing that that have received, read and understand the amendments. Each year the Chief Compliance Officer will conduct an annual meeting with Supervised Persons to review the Policy. The Firm also requires that its Supervised Persons annually certify that they have read, understood and complied with the Policy, that they have made all of the reports required by the Policy and have not engaged in any prohibited conduct.

Reporting Violations and Other Matters

The Chief Compliance Officer shall periodically report to the President any waivers granted with respect to the prohibition of redemptions of Investment Company Client shares within 30 days of purchase. The Chief Compliance Officer also shall periodically report to the Trustees of Thornburg Investment Trust any such waivers with respect to redemptions of the Trust's shares.

The Chief Compliance Officer shall report to the Trustees of Thornburg Investment Trust at least annually. The report shall (i) describe any issues arising under this Policy since the last report, including but not limited to, any material violations of this Policy and any sanctions imposed, and (ii) certify that the Firm has procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Supervised Persons from violating this Policy.

All Supervised Persons are required to promptly report any actual, apparent or suspected violations of the Policy to the Chief Compliance Officer. If the Chief Compliance Officer or another compliance officer is not available the individual should report the violation to their immediate supervisor who is then responsible for reporting it to the Chief Compliance Officer. All reports will be treated confidentially to the extent permitted by law and investigated promptly.

Sanctions

6

Upon discovering a violation of this Policy, the Firm may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, a letter of censure, suspension or termination of the violator's employment.

COORDINATION WITH THORNBURG INVESTMENT TRUST POLICY
ON PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

Thornburg Investment Trust has adopted a Policy on Personal Securities Transactions in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("Trust Policy"). It is the intention and policy of the Firm to coordinate its administration of this Policy with the Trust Policy. Any report filed by a Supervised Person under the Trust Policy, and any waiver obtained by a Supervised Person under the Trust Policy, shall be considered a report or waiver under this Policy.

Similarly, TSC has adopted a Policy on Personal Securities Transactions in accordance with Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("TSC Policy"). It is the intention and policy of the Firm to coordinate its administration of this Policy with the TSC Policy. Any report filed by a Supervised Person under the TSC Policy, and any waiver obtained by an Supervised Person under the TSC Policy, shall be considered a report or waiver under this Policy.

BOOKS AND RECORDS

In its books and records the Compliance Department will retain:

- A copy of each version of this Policy that has been in effect at any time.

- A record of any violations of this Policy and any action taken as a result of the violation.

- Maintain Holdings and Transaction Reports and Statements of Outside Brokerage Activity, including backup documentation.

- Maintain copies of duplicate brokerage confirmations and account statements.

- Maintain Request for prior Clearance for Securities Transaction forms, and any backup documentation, and waivers granted.

- Maintain copies of Restricted Lists.

- Maintain lists of Supervised Persons.

- Maintain schedule of report filing dates, reminders, sanctions imposed.

- Maintain copies of reports to the Chief Compliance Officer, to the Trust, and to Investment Company Clients.

7

- A record of persons designated as filing and review officers.

- Maintain sign in sheet and material distributed to Supervised Persons at the annual review meetings.

- Retain signed certification forms.

For the first two years these items will be stored in a designated area at the Firm's principal place of business; after the two year period they may be moved and stored offsite, where the records will be retained as required by law or applicable regulations.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

"ACCESS PERSON" means for purpose of this Policy:

- Any director, managing director or officer of the Firm.

- Employees of the Firm who have access to or obtain nonpublic information regarding any Investment Client's purchase or sale of Securities or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Investment Company Client, or who make, participate in, or are involved in (or whose functions relate to the making of) recommendations with respect to any Investment Client's purchase or sale of Securities.

- Directors, officers, general partners or employees of any company in a Control relationship with the Firm who, in connection with their regular functions or duties, make, participate in, or obtain information regarding the purchase or sale of Securities by any Investment Company Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to those purchases or sales.

- Any natural person who is in a Control relationship with the Firm and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to any Investment Company Client with regard to the purchase or sale of Securities by the Investment Company Client.

"AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN" means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

"BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP" shall be interpreted in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

"BLUE CHIP EXEMPTION": Transactions by an Access Person involving Securities on the Restricted List are prohibited unless the following conditions are met:

8

(1) the Firm (for all of its Investment Clients) does not have a total transaction volume greater than 1% of the Security's 15 day average trading volume; and

(2) the issuer has a market capitalization greater than $2 billion; and

(3) the proposed transaction involves less that $50,000 of the issuer's Securities; and

(4) the individual proposing the transaction verifies to the Chief Compliance Officer that conditions (1) and (2) have been met.

For purposes of this definition, "total transaction volume" means the total volume of shares purchased or sold by Investment Clients over the preceding seven days and all currently known transactions involving Investment Clients over the ensuring seven days.

"BLACKOUT EXEMPTION": If approval for the proposed transaction is not granted because it does not meet the conditions of the Clue Chip exemption, approval may still be granted if:

(1) there has not been a transaction in the opposite direction of the proposed transaction by the Firm for an Investment Client within the previous 7 days; and

(2) there are no pending trades for the Security; and

(3) the Firm does not expect the Security to be purchased or sold for an Investment Client within the next 7 days in the same direction as the proposed transaction.

"CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER" means the Firm's chief compliance officer.

"CONTROL" means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with the company. See Section 2(a)(9) under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

"FAMILY MEMBER" means any individual who is a member of an Supervised Person's immediate family or other person, who lives in the Supervised Person's household.

"FUND" means any series of Thornburg Investment Trust.

"INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING" means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

"INVESTMENT CLIENT" means (1) any Investment Company or series thereof or any component of such series for which the Firm is an investment adviser or investment subadviser; or (2) any private accounts owned by any person for which the Firm is an investment adviser or investment sub-adviser.

"INVESTMENT COMPANY" means a company registered as such under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

"INVESTMENT COMPANY CLIENT" means an Investment Company (or any series or portion thereof) as to which the Firm is an investment adviser or investment subadviser.

9

"LIMITED OFFERING" means an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) thereof, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505 or Rule 506 adopted thereunder.

"PRESIDENT" means the president of the Firm, or in his absence any vice president who is a managing director of the Firm.

"PURCHASE OR SALE OF A SECURITY" includes the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.

"REGISTERED PERSONS" means individuals registered with the NASD as representatives.

"SECURITY" or "SECURITIES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, except that it shall not include direct obligations of the U.S. Government, bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, high quality short-term debt instruments, and shares in "money market" mutual funds.

"SUPERVISED PERSON" includes Access Persons and Registered Persons and any director, managing director, officer (or other person occupying a similar status or performing functions similar to any of those persons) and employee, and any other person who provides advice on behalf of the Firm and who is subject to the Firm's supervision and control.

"TRUST" means Thornburg Investment Trust.

"TSC" means Thornburg Securities Corporation.

History: Initial policy adopted February 1, 2005. Revised on March 21, 2005.

10

Ex-(p)(xiv)

CODE OF ETHICS

WILLIAM BLAIR FUNDS

AND

WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY, L.L.C.'S INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
DEPARTMENT

The objective of William Blair & Company, L.L.C.'s Investment Management Department ("William Blair") as the investment adviser to individual and institutional clients, including the William Blair Funds, and as a sub-adviser to other registered investment companies (together with the William Blair Funds, individually, a "Fund" and collectively, the "Funds") is to provide the highest level of professional conduct and service to these clients and Funds. One of the most important requirements that William Blair's goal of professional service imposes is that all transactions for the Funds and other clients of William Blair have priority over the personal transactions of those individuals involved with the Funds and their operations and other clients of William Blair.

William Blair recognizes that, as a fiduciary to its clients, it owes a duty to all of its clients to avoid conflicts of interest and act solely in the best interests of its clients. Accordingly, each principal and officer (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), and employee of William Blair, and any other person who provides advice on behalf of William Blair and is subject to William Blair's supervision and control (each, a "supervised person"), is required to comply will all applicable federal securities laws.

Consequently, it is imperative that any information that any person obtains regarding the Funds' and other clients' investment plans be held in strictest confidence, and never be used to the advantage of anyone but the Funds and the other clients, respectively. This obligation to avoid personal advantage from such information extends to all of the Funds' officers and trustees, as well as to all of William Blair's principals and employees. In carrying out their obligation to monitor the Funds' pursuit of their respective investment objectives, the Funds' respective trustees may, on occasion, acquire "inside" information regarding the Funds' portfolio transactions. Any such knowledge would impose upon the Funds' trustees the obligation to avoid personal use of such information.

This Code of Ethics is applicable to William Blair Funds and to William Blair with regard to its activities for all of its investment management clients, including the Funds. William Blair will provide each supervised person with a copy of this Code of Ethics and any amendments thereto. Each supervised person will provide a written acknowledgement of their receipt and review of the Code of Ethics and any amendments to William Blair's Chief Compliance Officer (the "CCO"). Each supervised person will promptly report any known violations of the Code of Ethics to the CCO.


1. Definitions.

a. The "President" is the President of William Blair Funds.

b. An "Access Person" means:

i. Each principal and officer of William Blair's Investment Management Department (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);

ii. Any supervised person of William Blair (i) who has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients' purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Fund, or (ii) is involved in securities recommendations to clients or who has access to nonpublic recommendations.

iii. An officer or trustee of the William Blair Funds who is an "interested person" of the William Blair Funds as defined in
Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940;

iv. A principal or an officer (or other person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), or employee of the William Blair Funds or William Blair (or of any company in a control relationship to the William Blair Funds or William Blair) (other than an Independent Trustee) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and

v. A natural person in a control relationship to the William Blair Funds or William Blair (other than an Independent Trustee) who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Fund.

For purposes of this Code, an account which is managed by William Blair or any of its affiliates, which is not a registered investment company and in which Access Persons or other principals of William Blair hold interests ("Private Fund Account") will not be deemed an Access Person hereunder if the aggregate beneficial ownership of all Access Persons and principals of William Blair in such Private Fund Account represents less than 10% of the total interests in the Private Fund Account.

c. An "Independent Trustee" is any trustee of William Blair Funds who is not an "interested person" of the Fund as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

d. A person does not become an Access Person simply by virtue of the following:

2

i. normally assisting in the preparation of public reports, or receiving public reports, but not receiving information about nonpublic recommendations or trading; or

ii. a single instance of obtaining knowledge of nonpublic recommendations or trading activity, or infrequently and inadvertently obtaining such knowledge.

e. A Covered Security is "being purchased or sold" by a Fund from the time when the person or persons with the authority to make investment decisions for the Fund decides to purchase or sell a specified amount of the Covered Security within a specified price range until the earlier of the time when the sale or purchase has been completed or the time when the price range is first exceeded.

f. A Covered Security is "being considered for purchase or sale" when a recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated and, with respect to the person making the recommendation, when such person seriously considers making such a recommendation.

g. The "beneficial ownership" of a Covered Security shall be determined hereunder in the same manner as under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder, except that the determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities which the person has or acquires. Specifically, a person will be regarded as having beneficial ownership of (i) any Covered Security, title to which can vest or revest in that person, (ii) any Covered Security held in another's name, if, by reason of any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, the person obtains therefrom benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership, and (iii) any Covered Security owned by (A) the person's spouse or minor children, (B) a trust of which the person, or the person's spouse or minor children, is or are named (individually or by class) as beneficiaries and have a present beneficial interest, or (C) relatives of the person who share the person's home.

h. "Control" shall have the same meaning as that set forth in
Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

i. The term "purchase or sale of a Covered Security" includes, inter alia, the buying or writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security and any security convertible into or exchangeable for such Covered Security.

j. The term "Covered Security" shall mean a "security" as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as well as futures and commodities, except that it does not include direct obligations of the Government of the United States, bankers' acceptances, bank and savings and loan association accounts, high quality short-term debt instruments (including repurchase agreements), certificates of deposit, commercial paper, or shares of registered open-end investment companies. However, for Access Persons the term "Covered Security" shall also mean shares of a Fund.

k. A person will "indirectly" effect a transaction if, but only if, the person knowingly causes or influences another person to effect the transaction.

3

l. The "Supervisory Committee" shall consist of the President, the department manager of William Blair's Investment Management Department and the CCO and such other persons as are designated by the President, the department manager of William Blair's Investment Management Department and the CCO.

m. "Initial Public Offering" means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

n. "Limited Offering" means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or
Section 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505 or rule 506 thereunder.

o. "Fund portfolio management team" includes the portfolio manager(s) with investment management responsibilities for a specific Fund, as well as any dedicated analyst(s) and portfolio assistant(s) who support such portfolio manager(s) with respect to the Fund.

2. Exempted Transactions. The prohibitions and reporting requirements of Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this Code do not apply to the following items:

a. Transactions effected or securities held in any account over which a person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

b. Transactions effected pursuant to an automatic investment plan. 1

3. Prohibitions.

a. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Code, no Access Person may purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, a Covered Security in which such Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires or sells, any beneficial ownership, if the Person knew or reasonably should have known at the time of such purchase or sale that the security was being purchased or sold by a Fund or other client, or was being considered for such purchase or sale.

b. No Access Person may disclose to any person any non-public information regarding transactions in any Covered Security being purchased or sold by a Fund or other client, or being considered for such purchase or sale. This prohibition does not apply to disclosures among such Persons in connection with their performance of duties for a Fund or other client.

c. Access Persons who are members of a Fund portfolio management team are prohibited from buying or selling a Covered Security, for themselves or for any account that they may advise on behalf of a principal or employee of William Blair (excluding Private Fund


1 However, any transaction that overrides the pre-set schedule or allocations of the automatic investment plan is not exempt (i.e. it must be pre-cleared and reported).

4

Accounts described in Section 1.b. hereof), within a seven-calendar-day period before or after their Fund portfolio trades in the same security.

d. The purchase and sale, or the sale and purchase, by an Access Person of the same Covered Security (other than a Fund) within thirty (30) calendar days and at a net profit is prohibited. This prohibition applies without regard to tax lot considerations. 2 Involuntary calls of an option written by an Access Person are excluded; however, purchases and sales of options occurring within 30 days resulting in profits are prohibited. Profits from trading within any 30-day period will require disgorgement. For purpose of counting the 30 days, multiple transactions in the same Covered Security will be counted in such a manner as to produce the shortest time period between transactions. This prohibition includes short sales. Sales at original purchase price or at a loss are not prohibited. All other exceptions require advance written approval from the CCO (or designee). Access Persons are responsible for ensuring that the 30-day rule is observed when preclearance requests are made.

e. Purchases of the Funds, other than the William Blair Ready Reserves Fund and the William Blair Income Fund, are required to be held by Access Persons at least sixty (60) calendar days. 3 This prohibition applies without regard to tax lot considerations and without regard to profitability. Profits from any sale before the 60-day period expires will require disgorgement. Any applicable redemption fees will also apply. Any exceptions require advance written approval from the CCO (or designee).

f. No Access Person may trade in a Covered Security (other than a Fund) if a client order for that security is open except where an open client limit order is away from the current market price at the time the Access Person's order is received.

g. No Access Person may trade a Covered Security (other than a Fund) for two (2) business days from the time William Blair initiates coverage or changes a rating of a Covered Security, or otherwise has a Covered Security under review. If the announcement of the initiation of coverage, rating change or other review of a Covered Security occurs after the opening of the market on a given day, the security will be restricted for the remainder of that trading day plus the following 2 business days.

h. No member of a Fund portfolio management team may trade in a Covered Security within 7 calendar days prior to any of the advisory or discretionary clients of that Fund portfolio management team in that same security. Further, no member of that Fund portfolio management team may trade a Covered Security in the opposite direction of a client within two (2) business days after any of the clients of that Fund portfolio management team. However, unless restricted by other sections of this Code of Ethics, a trade by the Fund portfolio management team may immediately follow the client trade so long as the Fund portfolio management team trade is consistent with the client trade (i.e. the trades for both the client and the member of the Fund portfolio management team are buys or both are sells).

i. No Access Person may seek or accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimus value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of a Fund or


2 Multiple purchases (or short sales) within the preceding 30 days will be averaged to determine if there is a profit.

3 Purchases of the Funds made pursuant to an automatic investment plan are also exempt.

5

other client. For purposes of this Code, de minimus is defined, as reasonable and customary business entertainment, such as lunch, dinner or tickets to sporting or cultural events, but does not include trips or similar activities.

j. No Access Person may personally or beneficially acquire for his or her account any security in an Initial Public Offering.

k. No Access Person may personally or beneficially acquire any security described by an underwriter as a "hot issue" public offering or "new issue".

l. No Access Person may purchase any security offered in a Limited Offering without prior approval from the Compliance Department. Consideration will take into account whether or not the investment opportunity should be reserved for a Fund.

m. No Access Person may purchase foreign Covered Securities without prior approval from the Supervisory Committee.

n. No Access Person may serve on Boards of Directors of publicly traded companies without prior authorization from the Supervisory Committee, which would base its determination upon whether the board service would be consistent with the interests of the Fund.

o. Notwithstanding the prohibitions set forth above in Sections 3.c,
3.f, 3.g and 3.h, preclearance requests for transactions in individual securities contained in the Standard & Poor's 500 index, not to exceed 500 shares, will be approved unless they conflict with the 30-day short-term profit restriction in Section 3.d.

4. Reporting.

a. Except as provided in Section 2 of the Code, each Access Person must report to the Supervisory Committee (or to such person as the Supervisory Committee may designate from time to time) the information described in Section
4.c of this Code with respect to any transaction in which the Access Person has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any beneficial ownership.

b. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Code, each Independent Trustee must report to the Supervisory Committee the information described in
Section 4.c of this Code with respect to any transaction of which the Independent Trustee is aware in a Covered Security in which the Independent Trustee has, or by reason of such transaction acquires, any beneficial ownership if such Independent Trustee at the time of the transaction knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling the Independent Trustee's official duties as a trustee of the Fund should have known, that, during the fifteen-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, the security was purchased or sold by a Fund, or was being considered for such purchase or sale.

c. Every such required report must be made no later than thirty days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction with respect to which the report relates is effected and must contain the following information:

6

i. the date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, interest rate and maturity date and number of shares, and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

ii. the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

iii. the price at which the transaction was effected;

iv. the name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with or through whom the transaction was effected; and

v. the date of the report.

d. Each Access Person shall arrange to have duplicate brokerage statements and confirmations for each account in which the Access Person has beneficial ownership sent directly to William Blair's Compliance Department and such other person(s) as may be designated by the Supervisory Committee from time to time. If a confirmation for the reporting Access Person's transaction includes the required information, the form of report under 4.c may be a copy of the confirmation involved.

e. Each Access Person will, no later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, provide to the Supervisory Committee (or to such person as the Supervisory Committee may designate from time to time) a report with respect to accounts established with any broker during the quarter in which the Access Person has beneficial ownership. Such report will contain the name in which the account is maintained, the name of the broker, dealer or bank where the account was established, the date the account was established and the date the report is submitted.

f. Access Persons who have obtained prior authorization to acquire securities in a Limited Offering, or who otherwise hold securities previously acquired in a Limited Offering, are required to disclose that investment in any subsequent consideration of a Fund of an investment in the private placement issuer.

g. Each Access Person shall provide the Supervisory Committee with a schedule of all personal securities holdings upon commencement of employment (or upon becoming an Access Person) and annually thereafter. The initial report shall be made within 10 calendar days after commencement of employment (or upon becoming an Access Person) and shall include the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the date the person becomes an Access Person). Annually thereafter, the report shall include the following information as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the report was submitted.

i. the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP numbers, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which such Access Person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

ii. the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or

7

indirect benefit of such Person, the name in which the account is maintained and the number of the account (or if no such account is maintained, a statement to that effect); and

iii. the date the report is submitted by the Access Person.

Annual reports shall be submitted within ten calendar days after the last day of each calendar year. Unless otherwise required by the Supervisory Committee, this obligation may be fulfilled by providing the Supervisory Committee with a copy of such Access Person's brokerage account statements, provided that (1) such statements contain in the aggregate all of the information called for above and (2) that such Access Person indicates that he or she has reviewed the statements for accuracy and completeness by signing the copy of each statement submitted to the Supervisory Committee.

h. Any report made pursuant to this Section 4 may contain a statement that the report may not be construed as an admission by the Access Person making the report that the Access Person has any beneficial ownership interest in the Covered Security to which the report relates.

i. The CCO shall establish procedures to enforce this Code of Ethics and shall designate one or more persons who shall be responsible for reviewing the transaction and holding reports made pursuant to this Section 4. No member of the Compliance Department shall review his own reports and such reports shall be reviewed by a compliance or management person who is senior to such person.

5. Preclearance of Personal Securities Transactions.

a. All Access Persons must `preclear' their personal purchases or sales of Covered Securities (other than Funds) prior to their execution with the person or persons designated by the Supervisory Committee to perform the preclearance function. 4 All preclearance requests must be made between 9:00
a.m. (Central time) and the close of the regular trading hours of the New York Stock Exchange (which is generally 3:00 p.m. Central time) on each day when the Exchange is open. If authorization is granted, it is effective until the earlier of: (1) its revocation; or (2) the close of business of the same trading day that the authorization is granted. If the order for the transaction is not executed within that period, a new advance authorization must be obtained before the transaction is placed.

b. Access Persons shall execute through William Blair all transactions in Covered Securities subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 4.a for an account in which the person has beneficial ownership, unless an exemption is obtained from the Compliance Department.


4 The Supervisory Committee currently has designated the CCO and the other members of William Blair's Compliance Department to pre-approve all transactions by Access Persons. Access Persons are currently required to submit their preclearance requests, as well as the reports described in Section 4, via Dataware Solutions' Personal Trading Assistant ("PTA") automated compliance monitoring system. The CCO, the other members of William Blair's Compliance Department and such other persons as may be designated by the CCO shall be responsible for administering PTA.

8

6. Violations.

Upon discovering a violation of this Code, William Blair shall impose the penalties described below upon Access Persons who are officers, principals or employees of William Blair. William Blair shall inform the Fund's board of trustees of any discovered violations by members of the Fund's board of trustees, and the board of trustees shall have the authority and power to discipline its members for such violations.

Penalties against William Blair personnel will be assessed according to the following penalty chart.

- MINOR OFFENSES:

- First minor offense - Verbal warning;

- Second minor offense - Written notice;

- Third minor offense - $1,000 fine to be donated to charity*.

Minor offenses include (but are not limited to) the following:
failure or late submissions of quarterly transaction reports and other certifications, and conflicting pre-clearance request dates versus actual trade dates.

- SUBSTANTIVE OFFENSES:

- First substantive offense - Written notice (in addition to disgorgement of profits);

- Second substantive offense - $1,000 fine (in addition to disgorgement of profits) to be donated to charity*;

- Third substantive offense - $2,500 fine (in addition to disgorgement of profits) to be donated to charity*.

Substantive offenses include (but are not limited to) the following: violations of the prohibitions described in Section 3 above, including but not limited to the unauthorized purchase/sale of restricted investments, material violations of trading blackouts, failure to request trade pre-clearance, and violations of the short-term trading prohibitions.

- SERIOUS OFFENSES

Trading with insider information and/or "front running" a client is considered a "serious offense". William Blair will take appropriate steps, which may include suspension or termination of employment. The Fund's board of trustees will be informed immediately of any serious offense.

If a Minor or Substantive offense occurs two or more years after a prior such offense, it will be considered a first offense unless determined otherwise by the Supervisory Committee. William Blair may deviate from the penalties listed above where the Supervisory Committee determines that a more or less severe penalty is appropriate based on the specific circumstances of that situation. For instance, repeated minor or substantive offenses may result in suspension or termination.

* All fines will be made payable to the "United Way" or the Access Person's other charity of choice (reasonably acceptable to William Blair) and turned over to William Blair, which in turn will mail the donation check on behalf of the Access Person.

9

7. Miscellaneous.

a. No knowledge or information regarding a Fund's portfolio transactions will be imputed to a trustee by reason of a meeting of the board of trustees if the trustees did not attend the portion of the meeting at which the information was discussed.

b. No report is required under Section 4.c of this Code to the extent that the information therein would duplicate information recorded under subsections 12 or 13 of Rule 204-2(a) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, provided that such information shall be provided automatically to the Supervisory Committee.

c. Covered Securities, and transactions in Covered Securities, may be exempted (individually or by class) from Section 3.a hereof by the Supervisory Committee on a finding that the purchase or sale involved is only remotely potentially harmful to the Fund or other client because, e.g., the purchase or sale would be very unlikely to affect a highly institutional market. The Supervisory Committee may also exempt the sale of a Covered Security by an Access Person under unusual circumstances, such as a personal financial emergency, which shall be reported to the board of trustees of the Fund as part of the annual report on the Code of Ethics.

d. The fact that a Covered Security has been the subject of a formal or informal research report shall not, in and of itself, indicate that the Covered Security is under consideration for purchase or sale. For purposes hereof, it shall not be considered that any Access Person knew or should have known, that a Covered Security was under consideration for purchase or sale, or that the Covered Security had been purchased or sold, solely on the basis of receipt of a research report thereon.

e. No Covered Security purchase or sale by an Access Person will prevent the President (or other person controlling investments) from purchasing or selling the Covered Security for a Fund or other client.

f. William Blair and the Fund shall submit this Code to the board of trustees of the Fund for approval within the time frames required by Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Any material changes to this Code shall be submitted to such board within six months of such change.

g. On an annual basis, William Blair and the Fund shall provide a written report that summarizes existing procedures concerning personal investing and any additional procedures adopted during the year; describes any material issues arising under the Code or such procedures since the last report, including but not limited to any material violations of the Code or such procedures and any sanctions imposed in response thereto; identifies material conflicts that arose during the year; and identifies any recommended changes in restrictions or procedures based upon the companies' experience under this Code, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable law or regulations. Such report must include any certification required by Rule 17j-l.

10

h. William Blair shall maintain all records required to be kept under Rule 17j-l and Rule 204-2 on its own behalf and on behalf of the Fund.

AMENDED: August 1, 2005

11